CW Post Campus Long Island University

C.W. Post CampusLong Island University

2007-2009Graduate Bulletin

C.W. Post Campus/Long Island University720 Northern Boulevard, Brookville, NY 11548-1300

General Information: (516) 299-2000Web: www.liu.edu/cwpost

Admissions: (516) 299-2900Toll-free: 1-800-LIU-PLAN

Fax: (516) 299-2137E-mail: enroll@cwpost.liu.edu

Notice to Students: Long Island University reserves the right to delete any course described in this publication for anyreason and cannot guarantee enrollment into any specific sections of courses. The University also reserves the right toeffect any other changes in the curriculum, administration, tuition and fees, academic schedule, program offerings, orany other phase of school activity without notice. The University assumes no liability for interruption of classes orother instructional activities due to fire, flood, strike, war or other force majeure. The University expects each studentto have a knowledge of the information presented in the bulletin and other official publications of the various facultiesand campuses pertaining to his/her course of study. For further information or specific degree requirements, prospectivestudents should call the Admissions Office and enrolled students should speak with their advisers.

C.W. Post Campus

LONG ISLAND UNIVERSITYEntering its ninth decade of providing access to theAmerican dream through excellence in higher education,Long Island University is a multicampus, diverse, doctoralinstitution of higher learning. One of the largest and mostcomprehensive private universities in the country, LongIsland University offers almost 600 undergraduate, graduateand doctoral degree programs and certificates, and educatesmore than 18,600 credit-seeking students and 5,900continuing education students in Brooklyn, Brookville(C.W. Post), Brentwood, Riverhead, Rockland,Westchester and Southampton. The Arnold & MarieSchwartz College of Pharmacy and Health Sciencesprepares students for successful careers in the fields ofpharmacy and health care. The University’s Global Collegeoffers a wide range of study abroad options at overseascenters in China, Costa Rica, Japan and South Africa.

Long Island University’s more than 650 full-time facultymembers provide outstanding instruction, which issupplemented by internships and cooperative educationopportunities. The accomplishments of more than162,000 living alumni are a testament to the success of itsmission – providing the highest level of education topeople from all walks of life. The University’s NCAADivision I and II athletic teams, nationally renownedGeorge Polk Awards in journalism, Tilles Center for the

Performing Arts and Long Island University Public RadioNetwork (WLIU-FM and WCWP-FM) provideenrichment for students and the community.

Dr. David J. Steinberg assumed the University’spresidency in 1985. New York born and Harvard educated,a noted Southeast Asia scholar, former professor at theUniversity of Michigan and vice president of BrandeisUniversity, he is passionate about the institution’s mission:“Long Island University is committed to providing a

superb, experience-enriched education through whichtens of thousands of our students have gained access tothe American dream. We are pledged to giving ourstudents the great learning tradition of liberal arts andsciences and, simultaneously, the new skills andtechnologies — the essential literacies — demanded byour post-modern society in the 21st century.”Accreditation and program registration. Long Island

University is accredited by the Commission on HigherEducation of the Middle States Association of Collegesand Schools, 3624 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA19104, (215) 662-5606. The Commission on HigherEducation is an institutional accrediting agencyrecognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education and theCouncil for Higher Education Accreditation. The degreeand certificate programs also are approved and registeredby the New York State Department of Education.

Table of Contents

Long Island University .........................ii

Campuses of Long Island University ..1Residential Campuses.........................1Regional Campuses ............................2

Academic Calendar ...............................3

General Information .............................7C.W. Post Mission Statement ............7About C.W. Post ................................7Faculty ................................................7

Graduate Programs................................8

Continuing Education andProfessional Studies ..........................9

Enrollment Services ..............................9Summer Session................................10Winter Session .................................10Evening Programs.............................10Weekend College .............................10Senior Adult Programs.....................10Contract Programs............................10Intensive English ProgramInternational Students .................11

Admissions ...........................................11Admissions Procedures.....................11Graduate Admission Status..............11Undergraduate Students...................12International Students .....................12Admission to Classes........................13Visiting Students ..............................13

Registration..........................................13Advisement ......................................13Course Load......................................13Maintenance of Matriculation.........13Leave of Absence .............................13Medical Leave of Absence ...............14Readmission......................................14Program Changes..............................14Audit.................................................14Withdrawal .......................................14Class Size ..........................................14Class Schedules ................................14Payment of Tuition and Fees............15

Academic Policy ..................................14Grading.............................................14Quality-Point Index .........................15Unsatisfactory Grades ......................15Attendance.......................................15Absence from Final Examination ....15Academic Conduct ..........................16Course Numbers andCourse Frequency .........................16

Transfer Credit..................................16Change of Major ..............................16Time Limit........................................17Oral Qualifying orComprehensive Examination.......17

Graduation and Diplomas ................17Transcript Requests ..........................17Additional Academic Policies .........17

Tuition and Fees ..................................18Rates for 2006-2007 .........................18Special Programs ..............................18Refunds .............................................19

Financial Assistance ............................20Application Process..........................20Processing Codes ..............................20Monthly InstallmentPayment Plans ..............................20

University LimitedDeferred Payment Plan ................20

C.W. Post Financial Aid Programs ..20Graduate Assistantships ...................21Awards and Grants ...........................21Federal Aid Programs .......................21Graduate Student Grants,Scholarships and Fellowships.......22

New York Aid...................................22

Student Affairs ....................................22Emergencies ......................................23Hillwood Commons .........................23Student Life and LeadershipDevelopment ................................23

Residence Life ..................................23Housing Applications/Deposits........23Student Health andCounseling Services .....................23

International Student Services ........24Students with Disabilities ................24Public Safety Information ................24Security Report.................................24

Resources and Facilities......................25Library...............................................25Office of Information Technology ...27Psychological Services Center .........28Digital Art and Design Lab..............28Media Arts Labs ...............................28Jerrold Mark Ladge Speechand Hearing Center......................28

Benjamin and Elizabeth AbramsCommunications Center..............28

Institute for Arts & Culture.............29Tilles Center for the PerformingArts ...............................................29

Hillwood Art Museum .....................29

College of Information andComputer Science ...........................30Palmer School of Libraryand Information Science..............31

Programs ...........................................32Information Studies – Ph.D. ............32Library and Information Science –M.S. ..............................................33

Rare Books and SpecialCollections....................................33

Archives and Records ManagementAdvanced Certificate ...................34

School Library Media Specialist ......34Dual-Degree Program withNew York University....................35

Public Library DirectorAdvanced Certificate ...................35

Admission Requirements for M.S.and Advanced Certificates...........35

Course Descriptions..........................38Computer Science/Management Engineering ............44

Degree Programs...............................44Academic Policy...............................45Information Systems – M.S..............47

College of Liberal Arts and Sciences..55Biology ..............................................56Earth and Environmental Science...61English ..............................................65Environmental Studies.....................68Foreign Languages ............................76History ..............................................79Mathematics .....................................84Political Science/International Studies....................88

Psychology – M.A. ...........................92Clinical Psychology – Psy.D.............95Interdisciplinary Studies.................103Service Course Descriptions ..........103

C.W. POST CAMPUSGRADUATE BULLETIN 2007-2009

C.W. Post Campus

College of Management.....................106School of Business ..............................109Business Administration ................110

M.B.A. Program .................................119School of ProfessionalAccountancy ..................................119

School of Public Service ....................123Criminal Justice..............................125

Health Care andPublic Administration....................128

Social Work ........................................136

School of Education ..........................143Counseling and Development........146Curriculum and Instruction ...........157Educational Leadershipand Administration ....................164

Educational Technology.................168Special Education and Literacy......172Communication Sciencesand Disorders ..............................175

School of Health Professions& Nursing......................................180Biomedical Sciences.......................181Nursing ...........................................188Nutrition.........................................193Dietetic Internship .........................194

School of Visual andPerforming Arts.............................197Interactive Multimedia Arts ..........200Art ..................................................202Clinical Art Therapy......................204Art Education.................................205Music ..............................................210Music Education.............................212Theatre, Film and Dance ...............217

Approved Programs...........................221

C.W. Post Campus Faculty...............225

Administration...................................234C.W. Post Campus..........................234Long Island University...................235

Index...................................................238

Map of Long Island University’sCampuses .......................................241

Policy of Non-discrimination ...........241

Specialized and ProfessionalAccreditations................................241

Map of C.W. Post Campus ...............242

Campuses of Long Island University

CAMPUSES OF LONG ISLAND UNIVERSITY

The ResidentialCampuses

Brooklyn CampusThe Brooklyn Campus is distinguished

by dynamic curricula reflecting the greaturban community it serves. Distinctiveprograms encompass the arts and media,natural sciences, business, social policy,urban education, the health professions,pharmacy and health sciences, all on apluralistic campus that draws insight andstrength from differences. The Campusoffers Ph.D. programs in clinical psychol-ogy and pharmaceutics, the D.P.T. inphysical therapy and the Pharm.D. inpharmacy. In the last five years, facultyand staff members have secured morethan $13 million in research and scholar-ly grants from the National ScienceFoundation, the National Institutes ofHealth and other federal agencies.Founded in 1926, the Brooklyn Campus

is the original unit of Long IslandUniversity and the only one in NewYork City. Its 11-acre site in downtownBrooklyn is convenient to all subwaylines, many bus lines and the Long IslandRail Road.The Brooklyn Campus offers 206

undergraduate, graduate, doctoral andcertificate programs. Serving 11,654*full-time, part-time and non-creditstudents, its academic units include theRichard L. Conolly College of LiberalArts and Sciences; the School ofBusiness, Public Administration andInformation Sciences; the School ofEducation; the School of Nursing; theSchool of Health Professions; and theArnold & Marie Schwartz College ofPharmacy and Health Sciences. It isknown for its nationally recognizedHonors Program.In 2005, the Campus opened a new

performing arts complex, which includesthe 320-seat Kumble Theater, and in2006, a $45 million Wellness, Recreationand Athletic Center, both of which servethe Campus and the community.

C.W. Post CampusThe C.W. Post Campus is distinguished

by programs of excellence with small classesin accountancy, business, information andcomputer science, education, publicservice, health professions and nursing,visual and performing arts, and liberal artsand sciences. The wooded suburbancampus, only 20 miles from New YorkCity, is home to the renowned TillesCenter for the Performing Arts,Hillwood Art Museum and WCWP-FM,a Long Island University Public RadioNetwork station. C.W. Post offers thePh.D. in information studies and thePsy.D. in clinical psychology.The Campus was established on the

former estate of cereal heiress MarjorieMerriweather Post in 1954 to accommodatethe growing educational needs of NassauCounty following World War II. Namedfor breakfast cereal creator CharlesWilliam Post, C.W. Post offers its10,794* full-time, part-time and non-credit students a comprehensive range of257 undergraduate, graduate anddoctoral degree programs and certificates.In addition, the Campus offers college-credit courses to more than 2,000 highschool students in area schools.The Campus is recognized as one of

the nation’s most beautiful academicsettings. Modern buildings range froman acclaimed student union to an elegantlibrary. Beautiful red-brick academicbuildings, including Humanities Hall,Pell Hall/Life Science and the KahnDiscovery Center, are outfitted withwireless classrooms, major-specificlaboratories and computer centers.C.W. Post’s award-winning cooperativeeducation program is nationallyrespected for its extensive careercounseling and job placement services.Seventeen NCAA men’s and women’s

sports teams take advantage of C.W.Post’s 70 acres of playing fields. Clubs,fraternities and sororities provide manyother outlets for student activities.C.W. Post’s $18 million Pratt RecreationCenter is a state-of-the-art health andfitness facility featuring an eight-laneswimming pool, three full-size basketballcourts, racquetball courts and anelevated jogging track.Tilles Center for the Performing Arts,

Long Island’s premier concert facility,brings Carnegie Hall and Lincoln Centerto the Campus with world-class jazz,rock, folk music, dance, mime, orchestraland chamber music performances.

The RegionalCampuses

Brentwood CampusThe Brentwood Campus of Long Island

University has been offering undergraduateand graduate programs to residents ofSuffolk County, Long Island since 1959.The Campus, which serves a total enroll-ment of 1,203 graduate, undergraduateand non-credit students, is located onSecond Avenue in Brentwood, on 172acres of tree-lined property owned by theSisters of St. Joseph.Graduate program offerings include

criminal justice (Fast-Track M.S.) andeducation (M.S./M.S.Ed.) in the areas ofschool counseling, mental health coun-seling, early childhood, childhood, child-hood/special education childhood/literacy, special education and literacy.Graduate courses are offered in con-

junction with a number of different pro-grams at the C.W. Post Campus,including business administration andlibrary and information science. TheCampus also offers an undergraduateprogram in criminal justice.Classes are small and personalized.

Students take advantage of a full range ofcomputer and library facilities by net-working to the University’s mainframesystems. The Campus schedules most ofits courses during late afternoons,evenings and on weekends.

*This number includes high school students enrolled in one or more degree-credit courses.

Rockland Graduate CampusThe Rockland Graduate Campus offers

courses that are diverse and classes thatare small. For more than 25 years, theCampus has been offering residents inthe Lower Hudson Valley region aLong Island University master’s degreeor certificate with the assurance that itcomes from a recognized and respectededucational institution.Conveniently located in Orangeburg,

New York, the Campus offers personal-ized instruction delivered by a full-timefaculty and adjunct professors drawnfrom the top ranks of their professions.Most courses are offered at night and onweekends to accommodate the busyschedules of working professionals.The Rockland Graduate Campus library

features an online computer card cataloguethat lists holdings at all Long IslandUniversity campuses, which are availableto Rockland students, as well as access toelectronic Internet resources, includingseveral on-site, full-text databases.Information is instantly available throughtwo computer labs, which are networkedto the University’s mainframe system.A bachelor’s degree from an accredited

institution is required for admission tothe Rockland Graduate Campus. Manyof the graduate programs permit changesin major from undergraduate studies.The Rockland Graduate Campus offers

master’s degrees and programs in businessadministration (M.B.A.), with concen-trations in finance and management;health administration (M.P.A.); education,including adolescence education (M.S.Ed.),school counselor (M.S.), special education(M.S.Ed.), literacy (M.S.Ed.), childhoodeducation (M.S.Ed.), and school buildingleader (M.S. Ed.); mental health coun-seling (M.S.); and pharmaceutics (M.S.).

Southampton Graduate andRiverhead CampusesLong Island University provides quality

higher education to residents of LongIsland’s East End at two exceptionallocations. Long Island University’sRiverhead site, conveniently based onSuffolk County Community College’sEastern Campus, just 10 minutes fromexit 70 of the Long Island Expressway,offers master’s-level courses in childhoodeducation, literacy education and teachingstudents with disabilities. Long IslandUniversity at Riverhead also is home tothe University’s Homeland SecurityManagement Institute, which offers oneof the nation’s first Master of Sciencedegrees in Homeland SecurityManagement as well as an advancedcertificate in the discipline.The Southampton Graduate Campus,

located in the heart of the world-famousHamptons, is home to the School ofContinuing Education, which providescredit and non-credit courses for careeradvancement and personal enrichment.In addition, Long Island University PublicRadio Network WLIU 88.3, broadcastsoriginal local news coverage, jazz andentertainment programming to East Endresidents as well as those living inSouthern Westchester and Connecticutfrom this location. Programs at Long IslandUniversity at Riverhead and at theSouthampton Graduate Campus areaccredited by the Commission of HigherEducation of the Middle States Associationof Colleges and Secondary Schools.

Westchester Graduate CampusSince 1975, Long Island University

has been offering graduate degree pro-grams in Westchester County. TheWestchester Graduate Campus is locatedon the grounds of Purchase College ofthe State University of New York. Thefacility features high-tech classroomsdesigned for adult learners, technologi-cally advanced library facilities, main-frame-networked computer labs andother resources.Students enroll at the Campus as

degree candidates or as non-degree stu-dents who wish to pursue graduate cours-es for personal enrichment and/orprofessional advancement. Most classesare held in the late afternoons, in theevenings and on the weekends to meetthe scheduling needs of working adults.Program offerings include education

in the areas of early childhood (Birth-Grade 2), childhood (Grades 1-6),middle childhood and adolescence(Grades 5-12), special education,literacy, bilingual, TESOL, school coun-seling, school psychology; marriage &family therapy; mental health counseling;library and information science; andbusiness administration (M.B.A.).

C.W. Post Campus

ACADEMIC CALENDAR2007-2009

SPRING SEMESTER 2007Classes Begin ...............................................................January 22Add/Drop and Late Registration ............January 22 - February 2Award of January Degrees............................................January 28Last Day to File for May 2007 Degrees .......................February 9Presidents Weekend - No Classes ....................February 17 - 20Registration Begins for Summer & Fall 2007.................March 5Spring Recess - No Classes.........................................April 2 - 8(Passover, Good Friday)

Last Day to Opt P/F or W...............................................April 13Final Examinations ...............................................May 2 - May 8Make-up Exams (Faculty use only).............................May 9 - 10Term Ends .........................................................................May 10Commencement ...............................................................May 13

SUMMER SESSION 2007Summer Session I*Undergraduate & Graduate Courses ................May 21 - June 22Graduate Business, Graduate Health Care andPublic Administration, & AdvancedUndergraduate Accounting Courses .............May 21 - July 27

Graduate Accounting Courses .....................May 21 - August 10Undergraduate & Graduate Nursing.................May 21 - July 27Late Registration Drop/Add......................................May 21 - 22Memorial Day - Holiday No Classes (Make-up 6/1) ......May 28Make-up day for 5/28 .........................................................June 1Last Day to Opt P/F or W in Summer Session I................June 8

Summer Session II*Undergraduate Courses, Graduate Health Care andPublic Administration Courses, Graduate& Education Courses.....................................June 25 - July 27

Advanced Accounting Courses ...................June 25 - August 24Late Registration Drop/Add .....................................June 25 - 26Independence Day - HolidayNo Classes (Make-up 7/13)....July 4Make-up day for 7/4...........................................................July 13Last Day to File for September Degrees ............................July 13Last Day to Opt P/F or W in Summer Session II .............July 13

Summer Session III*Undergraduate (except Mathematics & Sciences Courses) &Graduate Courses, Graduate Health Care andPublic Administration Courses .................July 30 - August 24

Undergraduate Mathematics &Sciences Courses........................................July 30 - August 31

Late Registration Drop/Add ......................................July 30 - 31Last Day to Opt P/F or W for Summer Session III......August 17

*Late Registration and Program Change Period (Add/Drop)through second day of session. Last day to withdraw from acourse or elect Pass/Fail option is: 5 week course - 1 week priorto end of session; 10 week course - 2 weeks prior to end of ses-sion; more than 10 weeks - 3 weeks prior to end of session.

WEEKEND COLLEGE 2006 - 2007Session I, Fall 2006A: September 16 - October 28C: September 9 - 10; October 7 - 8; October 28 - 29C - Off Campus: September 16 - 17; October 14 - 15;

November 4 - 5D: September 9 - October 21E: September 10 - October 22F: September 9 - November 4G: September 10 - November 5

NO CLASSES: .................September 23 - 24, Rosh Hashanah

Session II, Fall 2006 - 2007A: November 18 - January 13C: November 11 - 12; December 9 - 10; January 13 - 14C - Off Campus: November 18 - 19; December 16-17;

January 20 - 21D: November 4 - December 16E: November 5 - December 17F: November 11 - January 20G: November 12 - January 21

NO CLASSES: November 22 - November 26, ThanksgivingRecess; December 19-27, Christmas; December 30 -January 1, New Year’s

Session III, Spring 2007A: February 10 - March 24C: February 3 - 4; March 3 - 4; March 24 - 25C - Off Campus: February 10 - 11; March 10 - 11;

March 31 - April 1D: January 27 - March 10E: January 28 - March 11F: February 3 - March 31G: February 4 - April 1

NO CLASSES: February 17 - 20, Presidents Weekend

Session IV, Spring 2007A: April 21 - June 9C: April 14 - 15; May 5 - 6; June 9 - 10C - Off Campus: April 21 - 22; May 19 - 20; June 16 - 17D: March 24 - May 5E: March 25 - May 6F: April 14 - June 16G: April 15 - June 17

NO CLASSES: April 2 - 8, Spring Recess (Passover, GoodFriday, Easter); May 12 - 13, Commencement; May 26 - 28,Memorial Day Holiday

Session V, Summer 2007A: June 30 - August 11C: June 23 - June 24; July 21 - 22; August 11 - 12C - Off Campus: June 30 - July 1; July 28 - 29; August 18 - 19D: May 19 or 20 - June 23 or 24E: June 30 or July 1 - August 4 or 5F: June 23 - August 18G: June 24 - August 19

NO CLASSES: July 7 - 8, July 4, Independence Day Holiday

Academic Calendar

FALL SEMESTER 2007Classes Begin ............................................................September 5Add/Drop and Late Registration ......................September 5 - 21Rosh Hashanah - No Classes..........................September 12 - 14Award of September Degrees .................................September 30Yom Kippur - No Classes after 4:10 pm(Make-up on 10/8) ............................................September 21

Columbus Day - No Holiday - Classes in SessionMonday classes suspended. Friday eveningclasses from 9/21 meet .............................................October 8

Registration Begins for Spring 2008 ............................October 1Last Day to File for January 2008 Degrees .................October 19Election Day - Holiday - No Classes........................November 6Last Day to Opt P/F or W ......................................November 16Make-up Day - Official Use Only ..........................November 21Thanksgiving Recess - No Classes.................November 22 - 25Final Examinations ..........................................December 17 - 21Term Ends................................................................December 21

WINTER SESSION 2007 - 2008Classes Begin ...........................................................December 27Late Registration & Add/Drop ...............................December 27New Years Holiday No Classes.............December 31 - January 1Classes End ..................................................................January 11

SPRING SEMESTER 2008Classes Begin ...............................................................January 22Add/Drop and Late Registration ............January 22 - February 4Conferral of January Degrees.......................................January 18Last Day to File for May 2008 Degrees .....................February 15Presidents Weekend - No Classes ....................February 16 - 18Monday Classes MeetTuesday Classes Suspended....................................February 19

Registration Begins for Summer & Fall 2008...............March 10Spring Recess - No Classes...................................March 17 - 23(Good Friday, Easter)

Last Day to Opt P/F or W...............................................April 11Passover....................................................................April 19 - 20Final Examinations............................................April 30 - May 6Make-up Exams (Faculty use only)...............................May 7 - 8Term Ends ...........................................................................May 8Commencement ...............................................................May 11Conferral of May Degrees.................................................May 16

SUMMER SESSION 2008Summer Session I*Undergraduate & Graduate Courses ................May 19 - June 20Graduate Business, Graduate Health Care andPublic Administration, & AdvancedUndergraduate Accounting Courses .............May 19 - July 25

Graduate Accounting Courses .......................May 19 - August 8Undergraduate & Graduate Nursing.................May 19 - July 25Late Registration Drop/Add......................................May 19 - 20Memorial Day - Holiday (Make-up 5/30) ........................May 26Make-up day for 5/26........................................................May 30Last Day to Opt P/F or W in Summer Session I..............June 13

Advanced Accounting Courses ...................June 23 - August 22Graduate Education &Palmer School Courses...............................June 30 - August 1

Late Registration Drop/Add .....................................June 23 - 24Independence Day Weekend - Holiday.........................July 4 - 6Last Day to File for September 2008 Degrees ...................July 11Last Day to Opt P/F or W in Summer Session II .............July 18

Summer Session III*Undergraduate (except Mathematics & Sciences Courses) &Graduate Courses, Graduate Health Care and PublicAdministration Courses ............................July 28 - August 22

Graduate Education &Palmer School Courses ..........................August 4 - August 29

*Late Registration and Program Change Period (Add/Drop)through second day of session. Last day to withdraw from acourse or elect Pass/Fail option is: 5 week course - 1 week priorto end of session; 10 week course - 2 weeks prior to end of ses-sion; more than 10 weeks - 3 weeks prior to end of session.

WEEKEND COLLEGE 2007 - 2008Session I, Fall 2007A: September 15 - October 27C: September 8 - 9; October 6 - 7; October 27 - 28C - Off Campus: September 15 - 16; October 13 - 14;

November 3 - 4D: September 8 - October 20E: September 9 - October 21F: September 8 - November 3G: September 9 - November 4

NO CLASSES: September 22 - 23, Yom Kippur

Session II, Fall 2007 - 2008A: November 17 - January 5C: November 10 - 11; December 8 - 9; January 5 - 6C - Off Campus: November 17 - 18; December 15 - 16;

January 12 - 13D: November 3 - December 15E: November 4 - December 16F: November 10 - January 12G: November 11 - January 13

NO CLASSES: November 22-November 25, ThanksgivingRecess; December 22-26, Christmas; December 31 - January 1,New Year’s

Session III, Spring 2008A: February 2 - March 15C: January 26 - 27; February 23 - 24; March 15 - 16C - Off Campus: February 2 - 3; March 1 - 2; March 29 - 30

C.W. Post Campus

D: January 26 - March 3E: January 27 - March 4F: January 26 - March 29G: January 27 - March 30

NO CLASSES: February 16 - 18, Presidents Weekend;March 17-23, Spring Recess

Session IV, Spring 2008A: April 12 - June 7C: April 5 - 6; May 3 - 4; June 7 - 8C - Off Campus: April 12 - 13; May 17 - 18; June 14 - 15D: March 15 - May 3E: March 16 - May 4F: April 5 - June 14G: April 6 - June 15

NO CLASSES: March 17 - 23, Spring Recess April 19 - 20,Passover; May 10 - 11, Commencement; May 26 - 28,Memorial Day Holiday

Session V, Summer 2008A: July 12 - August 16C: June 28 - June 29; July 19 - 20; August 16 - 17C - Off Campus: July 12 - July 13; July 26 - 27; August 23 - 24F: June 28 - August 23G: June 29 - August 24

FALL SEMESTER 2008Classes Begin ............................................................September 2Add/Drop and Late Registration ......................September 2 - 15Conferral of September Degrees ............................September 19Rosh Hashanah - No Classes ............September 29 - October 1Yom Kippur - No Classes after 4:10 pm(Make-up on 12/15) ................................................October 8

Yom Kippur - No Classes .....................................October 9 - 10Registration Begins for Spring 2009 ..........................October 13Columbus Day - No Holiday - Classes in Session ....October 13Last Day to File for January 2009 Degrees .................October 17Election Day - Holiday - No Classes.......................November 4Last Day to Opt P/F or W ......................................November 14Make-up Day - Official Use Only ..........................November 26Thanksgiving Recess - No Classes..................November 27 - 30Monday Classes suspended. Wednesday Evening classes meetDecember 15

Final Examinations ..........................................December 16 - 22Term Ends................................................................December 22

WINTER SESSION 2008 - 2009Classes Begin ...........................................................December 29Late Registration & Add/Drop ...............................December 29New Years Holiday No Classes............December 31 - January 1Classes End ..................................................................January 13

SPRING SEMESTER 2009Classes Begin ...............................................................January 14Add/Drop and Late Registration .........................January 14 - 28Martin Luther King Day - No Classes ........................January 19Conferral of January Degrees.......................................January 16Last Day to File for May 2009 Degrees .......................February 6Presidents Weekend - No Classes ....................February 14 - 16Monday Classes Meet,Tuesday Classes Suspended....................................February 17

Registration Begins for Summer & Fall 2009.................March 2Spring Recess - No Classes......................................March 9 - 15Last Day to Opt P/F or W.................................................April 3Passover/Easter - No Classes.....................................April 8 - 12Study Day ........................................................................April 29Final Examinations............................................April 30 - May 6Make-up Exams (Faculty use only) ....................................May 7Term Ends ...........................................................................May 8Commencement ...............................................................May 10Conferral of May Degrees.................................................May 15

SUMMER SESSION 2009

Summer Session I*Undergraduate & Graduate Courses ................May 18 - June 19Graduate Business, Graduate Health Care andPublic Administration, & AdvancedUndergraduate Accounting Courses .............May 18 - July 24

Graduate Accounting Courses .......................May 18 - August 7Undergraduate & Graduate Nursing.................May 18 - July 24Late Registration Drop/Add......................................May 18 - 19Memorial Day - Holiday (Make-up 5/29) ........................May 25Make-up day for 5/25........................................................May 29Last Day to Opt P/F or W in Summer Session I..............June 12

Graduate Education & Palmer School Courses ...June 29 - July 31Advanced Accounting Courses ...................June 22 - August 21Late Registration Drop/Add .....................................June 22 - 23Independence Day - Holiday .........................................July 4 - 5Last Day to File for September 2009 Degrees ...................July 10Last Day to Opt P/F or W in Summer Session II .............July 17

Summer Session III*Undergraduate (except Mathematics & Sciences Courses) &Graduate Courses, Graduate Health Care andPublic Administration Courses .................July 27 - August 21

Graduate Education &Palmer School Courses ..........................August 3 - August 28

*Late Registration and Program Change Period (Add/Drop)through second day of session. Last day to withdraw from acourse or elect Pass/Fail option is: 5 week course - 1 week prior

Academic Calendar

C.W. Post Campus

to end of session; 10 week course - 2 weeks prior to end of ses-sion; more than 10 weeks - 3 weeks prior to end of session.

WEEKEND COLLEGE 2008 - 2009

Session I, Fall 2008A: September 13 - October 18C: September 6 - 7; September 27 - 28; October 18 - 19C - Off Campus: September 13 - 14; October 4 - 5;

October 25 - 26D: September 6 - October 11E: September 7 - October 12F: September 6 - October 25G: September 7 - October 26

Session II, Fall 2008 - 2009A: November 8 - December 20C: November 1 - 2; November 22 - 23; December 20 - 21C - Off Campus: November 8 - 9; December 6 - 7; January 3 - 4D: November 1 - December 13E: November 2 - December 14F: November 1 - January 3G: November 2 - January 4

NO CLASSES: November 27 - November 30, ThanksgivingRecess; December 23-28, Christmas; December 31 -January 1, New Year’s

Session III, Spring 2009A: January 24 - March 7C: January 17 - 18; February 21 - 22; March 7 - 8C - Off Campus: January 24 - 25; February 28 - March 1;

March 21 - 22D: January 17 - February 28E: January 18 - February 29F: January 7 - March 21G: January 8 - March 22

NO CLASSES: February 14-16, Presidents Weekend;March 9-15, Spring Recess

Session IV, Spring 2009A: April 18 - June 6C: April 4 - 5; May 2 - 3; June 6. 7C - Off Campus: April 18 - 19; May 16 - 17; June 13 - 14D: April 4 - May 16E: April 5 - May 17F: April 4 - June 13G: April 5 - June 14

NO CLASSES: April 8 - 12, Passover, Good Friday, Easter;May 9 - 10, Commencement; May 23 - 25, Memorial DayHoliday

Session V, Summer 2009A: July 11 - August 15C: June 27 - 28; July 18 - 19; August 15 - 16C - Off Campus: July 11 - 12; July 25 - 26; August 22 - 23F: June 27 - August 25G: June 28 - August 26

FALL SEMESTER 2009

Classes Begin ............................................................September 8Add/Drop and Late Registration ......................September 8 - 21Rosh Hashanah - Individual Observances.............September 18Rosh Hashanah - No Classes.........................September 19 - 20Yom Kippur - No Classes ...............................September 26 - 28Conferral of September Degrees ............................September 18Columbus Day - No Holiday – Classes in Session ...October 12Registration Begins for Spring 2010 ..........................October 12Last Day to File for January 2010 Degrees .................October 16Election Day - Holiday - No Classes........................November 3Last Day to Opt P/F or W ......................................November 13Thanksgiving Recess - No Classes.................November 25 - 29Study Day/Snow Day...............................................December 15Final Examinations ..........................................December 16 - 22Term Ends................................................................December 22

General Information

C.W. POSTMISSIONSTATEMENT

At its core a liberal arts institution, theC.W. Post Campus of Long IslandUniversity is dedicated to meeting theneeds and expanding the horizons of allits students, whether in the arts and sci-ences or in our professional schools. AtC.W. Post, we are committed to providinghighly individualized educational experi-ences in every department and programfrom the freshman year through advanceddoctoral research in selected areas. Theemphasis on the student learner is evidentin our faculty’s devotion to excellence inteaching, our intensive advisement systemand our encouragement of experientiallearning through cooperative education,internships, practica, community service,study abroad, research projects and artisticperformance. Our students benefit as wellfrom the Campus’ participation in one ofthe nation’s largest private university sys-tems and from our ability to draw on theunparalleled cultural and professionalresources of New York City and LongIsland. C.W. Post students develop strongcritical and expressive abilities, a sense ofcivic responsibility and a mature under-standing of the ideas, events and forcesshaping the modern world.

GENERALINFORMATION

C.W. Post CampusThe C.W. Post Campus was founded

by Long Island University in 1954 toaccommodate the educational needs ofNassau County residents and workers.Today, C.W. Post enrolls 8,500 full- and

part-time students from all over the globeand offers a comprehensive range of under-graduate, graduate and certificate programsin accountancy, business, computer science,education, health professions and nursing,liberal arts and sciences, library and informa-tion science, public service, and the visualand performing arts. Doctorates are offered inclinical psychology and information studies.To meet the needs of students with

busy lives, courses are offered year-round

during the day, evenings and weekends.The Campus offers the traditional fallsemester (begins in September) and springsemester (begins in January), plus a wintersession and three summer sessions.With its tree-lined paths, rolling green

lawns and historic buildings, the 307-acreBrookville campus is recognized as one ofthe most beautiful in the nation. The C.W.Post Campus is located in Nassau County,Long Island, an area that combines metro-politan sophistication with suburban beau-ty and convenience. It is less than an hourby automobile or train from Manhattan.The Campus is formed by three

notable estates from Long Island’s famed“Gold Coast” era and includes the formerhomes of financial wizard E.F. Huttonand Marjorie Merriweather Post, daugh-ter of breakfast cereal creator CharlesWilliam Post. The Campus is named forMrs. Post’s father, who, in building hiscereal empire, embodied ingenuity, deter-mination and courage – qualities that areliving inspirations for the University’sfaculty and students.Modern campus buildings range from an

award-winning student union to an ele-gant library. Most classes are conducted ineight major academic buildings on campus:Humanities Hall, Kahn Discovery Center,Pell Hall/Life Science, Hoxie Hall, RothHall, Lorber Hall, Fine Arts and the B.Davis Schwartz Memorial Library.To provide students with a high-tech

learning experience, C.W. Post has morethan 500 computer workstationsthroughout the Campus and wirelesscapabilities in the library, student centersand outdoors, on the Great Lawn. TheCampus boasts several major-specificcomputer laboratories in such disciplinesas accountancy, music, multimedia arts,journalism and computer science. Manyacademic buildings feature “smart class-rooms” with multimedia capabilities, lap-top connections and Internet access.Every residence hall room is wired

with two Internet access ports and allstudents receive free e-mail accounts.The C.W. Post Campus has an exten-

sive academic advisement system andoffers excellent career counseling andplacement services. The C.W. PostCooperative Education program hasgarnered national awards for its stellarreputation and high job placement ratesfor graduating students.From the world-renowned Tilles

Center for the Performing Arts andHillwood Art Museum to the HutchinsGallery and award-winning Post TheatreCompany, C.W. Post provides a richselection of on-campus cultural events,with more than 1,000 activities eachyear. These include plays and recitals,

symphonies, dance performances, androck and pop concerts by the world’sleading artists as well as art exhibits,lectures and conferences.The Campus serves the general public

through exceptional community out-reach programs, including the LongIsland Women’s Institute, the Center forGifted Youth, the Center on Aging, thePsychological Services Center, the J.M.Ladge Speech and Hearing Center, theC.W. Post Community Arboretum, theHutchins Gallery and Tilles Center forthe Performing Arts.Dining facilities and food service areas

are available in several locations. TheArnold S. Winnick Student Center,located in the Residence Hall Quadrangle,contains an all-you-care-to-eat cafeteriaand a banquet hall called the Gold CoastRoom. Hillwood Commons offers a full-service cafeteria as well as a Subwaysandwich shop, a hot grilled food stationand a gourmet coffee shop called JavaCity. The Ocelot, located on the lowerlevel of Pell Hall/Life Science, and theBookmark Cafe in the library offerssnacks, prepackaged food and light lunchthroughout the day and evening hours.The Grab & Go snack bar in HumanitiesHall offers sandwiches, snacks andbeverages.

FACULTY

Full- and part-time faculty members aswell as a number of visiting professorseducate C.W. Post students. Of the full-time faculty, approximately 90% hold thehighest degree available in their field.C.W. Post is primarily a teaching insti-

tution; classroom instruction is its priority.The faculty who deliver the curricu-

lum include many accomplished scholarsand artists. Research and publication byfaculty members are encouraged and sup-ported through a program of researchgrants, release time from teaching duties,sabbaticals, travel allowances, and assis-tance in writing grant proposals to secureprivate and government sources of fund-ing. Various C.W. Post Campus programsalso employ adjunct or part-time facultyin a number of capacities:1. In professional areas such as business,accountancy, computer science, educa-tion, journalism, communications andcriminal justice, where full-time expe-rience and active participation in thefield are desirable qualifications;

C.W. Post Campus

2. In fine arts such as music, painting,sculpture and theatre, where again, afaculty member is practicing as well asteaching his or her specialty;

3. In other departments such as Englishor mathematics that need a large staffto serve the number of studentsenrolled in required courses.

GRADUATEDEGREE ANDADVANCEDCERTIFICATEPROGRAMS

According to the respective departmentor program, graduate degree and advancedcertificate programs available at theC.W. Post Campus of Long IslandUniversity are listed below.

AccountingAccountancy – M.S.Taxation – M.S.

ArtArt Education (B-12) – M.S.Art – M.A.Clinical Art Therapy – M.A.Fine Arts and Design – M.F.A.Interactive Multimedia Arts – M.A.

BiologyBiology – M.S.Biology: Middle Childhood Education(5-9) – M.S.

Biology: Adolescence Education(7-12) – M.S.

Business AdministrationBusiness Administration –Advanced Certificate

Business Administration – M.B.A.Business Administration/Law with TouroLaw Center – M.B.A./J.D.

Accelerated International Business –M.B.A.

Communication Sciences andDisordersSpeech/Language Pathology – M.A.

Computer Science/ManagementEngineeringInformation Technology Education – M.S.Information Systems – M.S.Management Engineering – M.S.

Counseling and DevelopmentMental Health Counseling – M.S.School Counselor – M.S.

Criminal Justice and SecurityAdministrationCriminal Justice – M.S.

Curriculum and InstructionArt Education (B-12) – M.S.Biology: Middle Childhood Education(5-9) – M.S.

Biology: Adolescence Education(7-12) – M.S.

Childhood Education (1-6) – M.S.Early Childhood Education (B-2) – M.S.Earth Science: Middle ChildhoodEducation (5-9) – M.S.

Earth Science: Adolescence Education(7-12) – M.S.

English: Middle Childhood Education(5-9) – M.S.

English: Adolescence Education(7-12) – M.S.

Mathematics: Middle ChildhoodEducation (5-9) – M.S.

Mathematics: Adolescence Education(7-12) – M.S.

Music Education (B-12) – M.S.Social Studies: Middle Childhood

Education (5-9) – M.S.Social Studies: Adolescence Education(7-12) – M.S.

Spanish: Middle Childhood Education(5-9) – M.S.

Spanish: Adolescence Education(7-12) – M.S.

Teaching English to Speakers of OtherLanguages (TESOL) – M.A.

Earth and Environmental ScienceEarth Science – M.S.Earth Science: Adolescence Education –M.S.

Educational TechnologyEducational Technology – M.S.

Educational Leadership andAdministrationSchool Building Leader – M.S.Ed. orAdvanced Certificate

School District Business Leader –Advanced Certificate

Higher Education – AdvancedCertificate, Advanced Diploma

EnglishEnglish – M.A.English: Middle Childhood Education(5-9) – M.S.

English: Adolescence Education(7-12) – M.S.

Environmental StudiesEnvironmental Studies – M.S.

Foreign LanguagesSpanish – M.A.Spanish: Middle Childhood Education(5-9) – M.S.

Spanish: Adolescence Education(7-12) – M.S.

Health Professions and NursingAdvanced Practice Nursing – M.S.Cardiovascular Perfusion – M.S.Clinical Laboratory Management – M.S.Family Nurse Practitioner – M.S. orAdvanced Certificate

Medical Biology – M.S.Nursing Education – M.S. or AdvancedCertificateNutrition – M.S.Dietetics (Dietetic Internship) –Advanced Certificate

HistoryHistory – M.A.

Interdisciplinary StudiesInterdisciplinary Studies – M.A., M.S.

Library and Information ScienceArchives and Records Management –Advanced Certificate

Information Studies – Ph.D.Library and Information Science – M.S.Public Library Administration –Advanced Certificate

School Media Library Specialist –Advanced Certificate

MathematicsApplied Mathematics – M.S.Mathematics for Secondary SchoolTeachers – M.S.

Mathematics: Middle ChildhoodEducation (5-9) – M.S.

Mathematics: Adolescence Education(7-12) – M.S.

MusicMusic Education (B-12) – M.S.Music – M.A.

Political SciencePolitical Science – M.A.

PsychologyApplied Behavior Analysis – AdvancedCertificate

Clinical Psychology – Psy.D.Psychology – M.A.

Public AdministrationHealth Care Administration/Law withTouro Law Center – M.P.A./J.D.

Health Administration – M.P.A.

Public Administration – M.P.A.Non-Profit Management – M.P.A. orAdvanced Certificate

Gerontology – M.P.A. or AdvancedCertificate

Social Work (M.S.W.)

Special Education/LiteracyTeachers of Special Education(1-6) – M.S.Ed.

Literacy (B-6) – M.S.Ed.

TheatreTheatre – M.A.

CONTINUINGEDUCATION &PROFESSIONALSTUDIES

C.W. Post’s Continuing Education andProfessional Studies (CEPS) departmentoffers adult students a world of career andpersonal development opportunitiesthrough its nine Institutes – Business,Computer Technology, DistanceEducation, Corporate Training, FinancialServices, Health Studies, Legal Studies,Real Estate, and Personal Enrichment.Participants can enroll in certificate pro-grams, non-credit courses, and workshopsdesigned to help them train for a newprofession, advance in their chosen field,or simply to fulfill a personal interest.The corporate training program pro-

vides custom-designed training solutionsthat can help organizations and business-es meet their unique and strategic goals.Special and innovative educational andtraining programs have been individuallydesigned for business, industry, govern-mental agencies, and educational institu-tions. Registration and class meetings areheld at off-campus sites for the conve-nience of students engaged in full-timework activities. C.W. Post created itsContinuing Education and ProfessionalStudies Institutes to bring the academicpower of a major university to the localcommunities. Certificate programs, non-unit courses, and workshops are offeredat convenient day, evening and weekendtimes. Registration can be done by phone,fax, in person or online. The main officesof Continuing Education and ProfessionalStudies are located on the second floor ofthe Chase Bank building, 57 Northern

Blvd., Greenvale, New York. Studentsmay register for classes at this site. Classesare held at the Greenvale location as wellas on the C.W. Post Campus inBrookville. For more information call(516) 299-2236 or visit the Web at:https://ceps.liu.edu/cedweb/start.aspx.

Annual CampusSecurity Report

A copy of the C.W. Post Campus ofLong Island University’s annual securityreport includes statistics for the previousthree years concerning reported crimesthat occurred on the Campus; in certainoff-campus buildings or property ownedby or controlled by C.W. Post; and onpublic property within, or immediatelyadjacent to and accessible from, theCampus. The report also includes institu-tional policies about Campus securitysuch as policies concerning alcohol anddrug use, crime prevention, the reportingof crimes, sexual assault and other mat-ters. You can obtain a copy of this reportby contacting: Admissions, C.W. PostCampus, Long Island University, 720Northern Blvd., Brookville, NY 11548 orby accessing the Public Safety Web site:www.cwpost.liunet.edu/cwis/cwp/stuact/secure/index.html

ENROLLMENTSERVICES

The Center for Enrollment Servicesprovides assistance and support for newand continuing Undergraduate andGraduate students. The Center attemptsto identify, assist and retain students whowish to enroll at C.W. Post to pursuetheir educational and academic goals. Inthis role, the offices of Admissions,Academic Counseling, Adult StudentServices, the Transfer Center, Bursar,English Language Institute, English as aSecond Language (ESL), FinancialAssistance, Registrar, Retention, theS.C.A.L.E. and A.C.E. Programs,Evening Program, Summer Sessions,Weekend College and the WinterSession are a part of the Center forEnrollment Services.The Office of the Associate Provost

for Enrollment Services is located in the

General Information

C.W. Post Campus

Administration Building Room 205,(516) 299-3230.E-mail:enrollment.services@cwpost.liu.edu.Web site:http://www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/admissions/enrollment.html

Summer Session

The Summer Sessions include under-graduate and graduate course offerings byall schools/colleges at C.W. Post.The College of Management’s gradu-

ate courses meet for one 10-week periodand the School of ProfessionalAccountancy graduate courses meet forone 12-week program. In addition, grad-uate programs from the otherschools/colleges are offered over threeSummer sessions, one Weekend Collegesession, and through other specialSummer learning experiences. Thecourses are equivalent in content andcredit to courses offered during the regu-lar academic year.Most schools/colleges offer undergrad-

uate and graduate programs during theday and evenings at the C.W. Post,Brentwood and Rockland Campuses.Opportunities are available for studentsto accelerate their programs or to takespecial courses to supplement their regu-lar programs. In addition, various areasare highlighted each summer in the formof special one-week intensive institutesand workshops.For further information on programs

offered at C.W. Post, contact the officeof Summer, Evening, Winter andWeekend Programs at (516) 299-2431.E-mail: study@cwpost.liu.eduWeb site: www.liu.edu/cwpsummer

Winter Session

The C.W. Post Winter Session is apopular 10-day session that is ideal forstudents who wish to accelerate, enrichor begin their college studies. WinterSession usually runs from late Decemberto early January and includes severalundergraduate and graduate courses froma variety of disciplines. Courses areoffered during the morning, afternoonand evenings. Most course offerings arethree units (credits) and can be applied

to undergraduate core requirements,major and minor requirements or serve aselective courses. Graduate students havethe opportunity to fulfill major or elec-tive requirements.For more information please contact

the Winter Sessions Office at (516) 299-2431 or visit www.liu.edu/cwpwinter.

Evening Programs

One of the main functions of theEvening Program is to provide graduatecourse offerings for students preferring lateafternoon, evening and weekend classes.The C.W. Post Campus schedules

classes from 8 a.m. until 9 p.m. in aneffort to accommodate special studentneeds. Normally, graduate degree require-ments can be completed within two yearsthrough enrollment in the EveningProgram.For further information, contact the

Summer, Evening, Winter and WeekendPrograms Office at (516) 299-2040.E-mail: study@cwpost.liu.edu. Web site:http://www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/conted/evening/index.html

Weekend College

Weekend College is an intensive edu-cational program for students who areunable to attend classes during the weekor who prefer a weekend format. Coursesoffered are the equivalent in content andcredit to the courses offered during theregular academic year. The intensiveclassroom format, combined with inde-pendent study and individual consulta-tions, provides students with aneducational challenge that has proven tobe beneficial and rewarding.There are Weekend College schedules

designed to meet individual needs:Schedule A – six Saturdays; Schedule C– three intensive weekends; Schedule F –eight consecutive Saturdays, andSchedule G – eight consecutive Sundays.Graduate programs offered through theweekend format include Education,Healthcare/Public Administration andCriminal Justice. Weekend College alsoprovides the opportunity for concentrat-ed study in several academic areas, coursework for certification and in-servicetraining for educators and professionals.

For further information, contact theSummer, Evening, Winter and WeekendOffice at (516) 299-2040. E-mail:study@cwpost.liu.edu. Web site:http://www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/conted/evening/index.html

Senior Adult Programs

Senior citizens are eligible for under-graduate and graduate courses. You mustbe 65 years or older prior to the begin-ning of the semester for which you wishto enroll.Please note that senior citizens may

not submit registration until one weekbefore classes begin. These registrationswill be processed on the first day of class-es if there are seats available.Senior citizens pay 1/2 tuition for unit

courses and 1/4 tuition for audit courses.The special senior citizen tuition rate isnot applicable to institutes, workshops,continuing education programs, per capi-ta classes, individualized courses ofinstruction or studio art classes. Seniorcitizens are not eligible for awards thatfurther reduce the tuition rate.Please note that while special course

fees such as laboratory fees and art feesstill apply as indicated, the following feesare waived: application, registration andactivity fees.For further information contact the

Office of Adult Student Services at(516) 299-2445.E-mail: adult-services@cwpost.liu.edu

Contract Programs

The Office of Contract Programs hasbeen designed to meet the educationaland training needs of all segments of thepopulation.Special and innovative educational

and training programs have beenindividually designed for business,industry, governmental agencies andeducational institutions.Registration and class meetings are

held at off-campus sites for the conve-nience of students engaged in full-timework activities.Further information may be obtained

by contacting the Office of ContractPrograms at (516) 299-2040.

Admissions

Intensive EnglishProgram forInternational Students

The Intensive English Program, part ofthe C.W. Post English LanguageInstitute, offers international graduateand undergraduate students an opportu-nity to improve their listening, speaking,reading and writing skills in preparationfor future college study or for their ownenrichment. Specific instruction is alsoprovided in grammar and American cul-ture. Programs are provided each year inthe Fall and Spring semesters and anintensive Summer session. In all of theseprograms, students work closely withexperienced and dedicated teachers inclassroom and laboratory settings.Prospective international students who

lack extensive English skills but whomeet academic requirements for a gradu-ate degree program may be considered forconditional enrollment. In these cases,students with strong academic records(from prior secondary and collegiateinstitutions) may be eligible to enter theUniversity, complete the Intensive EnglishProgram, and then continue in their cho-sen field of study. Interested studentsshould consult with the InternationalAdmissions Office for additional infor-mation.

All Intensive English Programs provide:• Small, comfortable classes, approxi-mately 15 students

• Convenient Monday throughThursday schedule

• 20 hours of class per week of intensiveEnglish instruction

• State-of-the-art computer and Internetequipped laboratories

• Experienced, on-site dedicated instruc-torsFor more details, contact the Intensive

English Program office at (516) 299-4002or e-mail ELI@cwpost.liu.edu. Visit ourWeb site at www.liu.edu/ELI.

ADMISSIONS

Admission Procedures

Requests for a graduate admissionapplication and related correspondenceconcerning admission to graduate pro-grams should be directed to:Graduate Admissions OfficeC.W. Post CampusLong Island University720 Northern BoulevardBrookville, New York 11548-1300Telephone: (516) 299-2900

Online application: www.liu.edu/postappE-mail: enroll@cwpost.liu.eduWeb site: www.liu.edu/graduate

To apply for admission, a student mustsubmit the completed application andrequest that two official transcripts of hisor her undergraduate and graduaterecords be sent to the GraduateAdmissions Office. Candidates for gradu-ate study must have a conferred bache-lor’s degree, or its equivalent, from anaccredited institution and must have anacceptable academic record.Some programs require letters of rec-

ommendation, standardized test scores,and/or other documentation.Specific application requirements are

outlined in the graduate application. Anon-refundable $30 application fee mustaccompany the application.An applicant should file his or her

application and supporting documents asearly as possible. Eligibility requirementsand deadlines vary by department andprogram. Specific information is outlinedin the individual departmental descrip-tions within this bulletin.

Graduate AdmissionStatus

A student may be admitted to C.W.Post for graduate study in one of the fol-lowing categories:1. A Full Admit is a student who hassubmitted all required documentationand meets all eligibility requirementsfor his or her degree program.

2. A Limited Admit is a student whoplans to apply for matriculation butdoes not meet all academic require-ments or has not submitted allrequired credentials. A limited matric-ulant must submit any missing applica-tion credentials by the end of the firstsemester he or she is enrolled.Any student accepted as a Limited

Matriculant because of academic defi-ciencies must satisfy all conditionsoutlined in the acceptance letter to beconsidered for full matriculation. If theconditions of limited matriculation arenot satisfied, the student may be per-manently reclassified as a Non-Matriculant. Once all deficiencies areremoved, the student must submit awritten request to be re-classified as a

C.W. Post Campus

full matriculant to the GraduateAdmissions Office.

3. A Non-Degree Admit is a studentwho has a bachelor’s degree but is nota candidate for a graduate degree andis taking a limited number of coursesfor certification, professional advance-ment or personal enrichment. AnyNon-Matriculated student who wishesto be considered for a degree programmust apply for a change of status andsatisfy all admission eligibility require-ments for his or her area of interest.Certain graduate programs do not allowvisiting students. Please consult withthe Graduate Admissions Office forfurther information at (516) 299-2900or via e-mail at enroll@cwpost.liu.edu

4. Students who hold a bachelor’s degreeand wish to take a limited number ofundergraduate or graduate-level cours-es, may be admitted as a PersonalEnrichment Student. Acceptance as apersonal enrichment student does notconstitute acceptance into a degree orcertificate program although coursestaken might apply to degree programsif a student subsequently applies to andgains admission to a specific program.Most departments limit students to 6-9units (credits) taken under PersonalEnrichment; in addition, some depart-ments do not allow students to enrollwith Personal Enrichment status. Amaximum of two semesters of PersonalEnrichment are permitted, and stu-dents must complete an applicationeach semester prior to registration.

For additional information, pleaseconsult with the Graduate Admissionsoffice at 516-299-2900 or e-mail:enroll@cwpost.liu.edu

Admission ofUndergraduateStudents

A qualified C.W. Post senior who needsless than a full program to meet his or herbachelor’s degree requirements may con-currently register for undergraduate coursesand a limited number of graduate courses,the units from which may be appliedtoward his or her master’s degree require-ments. Any interested student must:1. Complete an application for graduateadmission

2. Be provisionally accepted into thedepartment or school (if the student isaccepted, the appropriate graduatedepartment must notify the RecordsOffice so that his or her graduaterecord is created)

3. Make a written declaration of his orher intention to take graduate coursesand reserve them for graduate creditand concurrently register for requiredundergraduate bachelor’s degree courses

4. Have his or her registration cardsigned by both the undergraduate andgraduate academic counselors, and bythe appropriate department chairper-son and dean

Graduate Units (credits)Applied to Undergraduate DegreeRequirementsA qualified C.W. Post Campus junior

or senior student with a minimum cumu-lative grade point average of 3.25 maycomplete bachelor’s degree requirementsby taking graduate courses at the under-graduate tuition rate. Requests to registerfor graduate classes must be approved bythe student’s undergraduate academiccounselor, department chairperson anddean. An undergraduate student maynormally register for a maximum of 12graduate units. Units earned in graduatecourses that are applied to the bachelor’sdegree may not subsequently be appliedto a master’s degree. Exemptions to thispolicy are found in descriptions of accel-erated programs in Accountancy,Biology, Business Administration,Criminal Justice, Health Care/PublicAdministration. Descriptions are foundin the Undergraduate Bulletin, availableby calling (516) 299-2900 orwww.liu.edu/cwpbulletin.

International Students

Admissions CriteriaAn international student applicant

must submit an Application forInternational Admission and the follow-ing supporting documents to theAdmissions Office by June 1 forSeptember admission or by November 1for January admission (except whereother departmental deadlines apply asoutlined in departmental requirements).1. Original, official records of completeduniversity work and verification of

earned degrees (official certified trans-lations required if records are not inEnglish)

2. Test of English as a Foreign Language(TOEFL) or International EnglishLanguage Testing System (IELTS)results

3. Statement of intended major or fieldof interest

4. GMAT or GRE results, if required bydepartment (see department require-ments)

5. Letters of recommendation and/orother documentation required for spe-cific programs as outlined in depart-mental requirements

Immigration RequirementsAn international applicant who

intends to apply for an F-1 student visamust submit an I-10 Application show-ing how he/she will finance his/hereducation and living expenses. Financialdocuments must be submitted in supportof the I-20 Application.Upon acceptance and submission of all

required financial documentation eacheligible student is sent a certificate ofEligibility for Nonimmigrant (F-1)Student Status (also called a Form I-20).This form may be used to apply for an F-1 entrance visa to the U.S. issued byAmerican embassies abroad. For informa-tion visit our International AdmissionsWeb site at www.liu.edu/international.

Language ProficiencyAn international student who demon-

strates an insufficient level of English lan-guage proficiency may be grantedconditional acceptance if his/her TOEFLscore is at least 425. In this case, he/shemust successfully complete the C.W. PostIntensive English Program. Once his or herlanguage ability demonstrates the requiredproficiency level, he/she will be offered fullacceptance and will be eligible to enroll inC.W. Post Campus academic courses.The C.W. Post Campus is authorized

under federal law to enroll non-immi-grant alien students.

Registration

Admission to Classes

Admission to graduate classes does notimply that a student has been acceptedas a degree candidate. In order for a stu-dent to be accepted as a degree candi-date, he/she must satisfy all graduateprogram entrance requirements and mustbe granted full matriculation status.

Visiting Students

A graduate student who is in goodstanding at another college or universitymay register for C.W. Post Campus coursesby filing an application for admission as avisiting student. Certain graduate programsdo not allow visiting students. Please con-sult with the Graduate Admissions Officefor further information at (516) 299-2900or e-mail: enroll@cwpost.liu.edu

REGISTRATION

Dates and deadlines will be announcedbefore each registration period.Registration rules and regulations applyequally to all students. Registrationrequirements may vary in certain academicdepartments. Check registration proceduresspecific to the academic departments.During the Fall and Spring semesters,

the Registrar’s Office is convenientlyopen Monday-Thursday from 9 a.m. until7 p.m. and Friday from 9 a.m. until 5 p.m.

Further information is available by call-ing (516) 299-2756.Closed and cancelled courses may be

checked on the Web at http://www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/registrar/

Advisement

Each student is assigned a graduateacademic counselor who helps developan appropriate Plan of Study, assists incourse selection and schedules andapproves registration.The student must meet with his or her

academic counselor before registeringeach semester. A graduate student isencouraged not to take more than twoconsecutive courses in a single day.

Course Load

A full-time graduate student must reg-ister for at least 9 graduate units eachsemester. Eligibility for some financialaid programs may require enrollment fora minimum of 12 units. Further informa-tion is available from the Office ofFinancial Assistance at (516) 299-2338.E-mail: finaid@cwpost.liu.edu

Maintenance ofMatriculation

Unless granted an official leave ofabsence, graduate students must registerfor consecutive semesters (excluding sum-mer sessions). Although students typicallyproceed toward their degrees by enrollingin classes, they may apply for“Maintenance of Matriculation” statusprovided that they are engaged in somesort of academic activity, such as workingon a thesis. Students approved forMaintenance of Matriculation are entitledto avail themselves of Campus facilitiesand services (e.g., computer labs, libraryresources, health services). Maintenanceof Matriculation does not, however,extend the time limits specified under“Requirements for Degrees,” and studentsshould be aware that such status mayaffect their eligibility for financial aid.Students must apply to an academic

counselor for Maintenance ofMatriculation prior to or during the reg-istration period in a given semester. Thefee is $50, and this matriculation statuswill be recorded on their transcripts as a“class” for zero credit. Maintenance ofMatriculation is generally limited to twosemesters. An extension beyond twosemesters, due to extenuating circum-stances, must be approved by the appro-priate academic dean. Otherwise,students will have to apply for readmis-sion to their academic program in accor-dance with procedures and policies statedelsewhere in this bulletin.Maintenance of Matriculation is

essential for international students, whomust either attend classes or maintainmatriculation through suitable academicactivity in order to maintain their visastatus. In addition, Maintenance ofMatriculation status enables students tocontinue to purchase student healthinsurance through Long Island University.

Leave of Absence

A student is expected to register forconsecutive Fall-Spring semesters untildegree requirements have been complet-ed. Absence for one or more semesterswill subject a student to degree require-ments in effect at the time of his or herreturn to the program and requires a stu-

C.W. Post Campus

dent to apply for readmission. In order toextend the time allocated to completethe requirements as specified in theBulletin at the time when admitted, astudent must apply in writing for a Leaveof Absence to his or her dean.If the Leave of Absence is approved,

the Registrar’s Office will be notified andit will be recorded on the student’s tran-script. The maximum length of a leave isone year. A student may not attend anyother university while on leave.Returning to his or her studies after anapproved Leave of Absence, a studentrequires no Admissions authorization andcan register with his or her graduateadviser. A student whose Leave ofAbsence extends beyond a year mustapply for readmission to the programthrough the Admissions Office. Requestsfor the extension of any leave must befiled with the dean.International students should know

that INS regulations will likely prohibitthose who have been granted such aleave from maintaining their visa status.

Medical Leave ofAbsence

A Medical Leave of Absence may begranted when serious medical and/or psy-chological circumstances prevent a stu-dent from adequately completing coursework in a given semester.A student who wishes to request a

Medical Leave of Absence will need toobtain an application form from theStudent Health and Counseling Center.The student must complete the form,attach adequate medical documentationand submit it to the Student Health andCounseling Center for evaluation.A Medical Leave of Absence may be

granted to any full- or part-time graduatestudent and is initially granted for onesemester only. A request for a continu-ance may be granted for up to one year.The Director of Student Health andCounseling evaluates the request and for-wards the decision to the AcademicStanding Committee.Recipients of federal, state and/or

University assistance who are granted aMedical Leave of Absence may losefinancial assistance for the semester theyare withdrawn. Students must contactthe Financial Assistance Office about

possible consequences of this change instatus. In addition, students should checkwith the Bursar regarding eligibility for atuition adjustment.All students are required to meet with

and provide medical documentation tothe Director of Student Health andCounseling prior to receiving approval toreturn.

Readmission

If a student is out of attendance andhas not maintained his or herMaintenance of Matriculation status (asdescribed in the previous section) or hasnot been granted a Leave of Absence, heor she must apply for readmission in theGraduate Admissions Office as follows:• Students out of attendance for one ortwo semesters (up to one academicyear) must complete a reactivationcard available in the GraduateAdmissions Office

• Students out of attendance for morethan one academic year, but fewerthan five years, must fill out a “Requestfor Readmission” form available in theGraduate Admissions Office. This formmust be approved and signed by theappropriate academic department.

• Students out of attendance for morethan five years must submit a new appli-cation and all supporting credentials.If readmission is approved, students

return subject to the academic require-ments posted in the Graduate Bulletin ineffect at the time of readmission.

Program Changes

A student may drop and/or add cours-es, transfer from one section of a courseto another, or change a course to auditstatus (or vice versa) in one or morecourses by filing an official change ofprogram form with his or her academiccounselor. The deadline for all such pro-gram changes is specified in the academ-ic calendar. After this time, these changescannot be made. All program changes,with the exception of changing coursesections, must be approved in writing bythe student’s academic counselor.

With the dean’s permission, selectedcourses may be taken on a audit basis.

Withdrawal

In order to withdraw from a course, astudent must complete an officialDrop/Add Withdrawal Form and submitit to his or her academic counselor dur-ing the official drop/add period listed inthe academic calendar. The withdrawalis noted on the student’s transcript witha grade of (W). If the drop/add perioddeadline has passed, the student mustobtain the appropriate instructor anddean’s approval. A student who is failinga course and requests authorization towithdraw, or stops attending classes with-out obtaining this authorization, will begiven the grade (WF).

Class Size

Every effort is made to provide anoptimal learning environment by limit-ing the number of students in eachcourse section. The C.W. Post Campusgraduate class size average is 15 students.

Class Schedules

For a minimum total of 14 class sessions,most courses convene once a week dur-ing the Fall and Spring semesters. Eachsession lasts for approximately two hours.Specifically scheduled days and times areoutlined in the Schedule of Classesbooklet that is published each semester.Weekend classes are available in selectacademic disciplines (see WeekendCollege). Schedules are available on ourWeb site at http://academic.liu.edu/schedules/schedules.aspx?campus=P

Academic Policy

Payment of Tuitionand Fees

Students who register will be billed fortuition and fees. Payment in full is dueupon receipt of the bill. Any exceptionsto this policy must be cleared by theBursar before the billing due date.Students may check their current bal-ance at https://it.liu.edu/sis/SIS.aspx

ACADEMICPOLICY

Refer to specific department listingsfor degree requirements.

GradingCredit is granted for courses completed

with the grade of (A), (A-), (B+), (B),(B-), (C+), (C) or (P). A grade of (P)signifies pass and a grade of (SP) signifiessatisfactory progress for dissertation super-vision. The grade of (F) signifies failure,and a grade of (W) indicates a student-initiated withdrawal from a course thatoccurred some time after the add/dropperiod through the final day to select thepass/fail option. A grade of (UW) indi-cates an unauthorized withdrawal.A grade of (INC) is assigned at the

discretion of the professor and indicatesthat some of the course requirementshave not been completed. A student hasuntil the end of the following semester tomake up incomplete coursework. When,due to extenuating circumstances, a stu-dent needs additional time to completethe course, he or she must submit a writ-ten request to the appropriate facultymember, chairperson and dean for anextension. After completion of anincomplete (INC) course, a grade of (I)is retained on the transcript along withthe final earned grade and the date.

Quality-Point IndexA student’s grade point average is calcu-

lated using the University’s quality-pointindex. A grade of (A) corresponds to anindex number of 4.00, (A-) to 3.67, (B+)to 3.33, (B) to 3.00, (B-) to 2.67, (C+) to2.33, (C) to 2.00 and (F) to 0.

Grades of (W), (UW), (P), (SP), and(INC) are not factored into the compu-tation, nor are grades for courses taken atanother college or university.

Unsatisfactory GradesA student’s cumulative grade point

average in his or her approved programof study may be no less than 3.00. Anystudent who receives grades below (B) intwo graduate courses is considered tohave an academic deficiency. A studentwho earns a third grade below (B) maylose his or her matriculated status or maybe dismissed from the graduate program.Academic standards vary and may bemore stringent in select departments.Complete information is found in thespecific department listings.

Attendance

A student is expected to attend allclass sessions scheduled for the courses inwhich they are enrolled. The instructorestablishes the attendance policy foreach respective course.

Absences from classes or laboratoriesmay affect the final grade. Permission tomake up work missed through absence isnot automatic and is given at the discre-tion of the instructor.The University reserves the right to

exclude a student from an examination,courses or program if his or her classattendance record is unsatisfactory.Excessive rates of unexcused absencesmay result in grades of (F) or (UW) forthe course(s) in question.

Absence from FinalExamination

A student who is absent from a finalexamination must:1. Notify his or her professor or depart-ment chairperson within 24 hours andprovide a reason for the absence

2. Request the professor’s permission totake a deferred final examinationA deferred final examination is a priv-

ilege that may be granted only to a stu-dent who complies with the notification

C.W. Post Campus

regulations outlined above, whose workduring the semester is satisfactory andwhose reason for missing the scheduledexamination is an authorized excuse.

Academic Conduct

Student ConductDiscipline in the classroom is the

responsibility of the faculty member incharge of the class. Misbehavior thatinterferes with the educational efficiencyof a class is considered sufficient causefor suspension of a student from class. Astudent who is suspended from class fordisciplinary reasons must first attempt toresolve the problem with the facultymember. If this is not possible, the prob-lem will be referred to the DepartmentChairperson and if not resolved at theDepartment Chairperson level, then theAcademic Dean. A record of the disposi-tion of the case will be sent to theJudicial Affairs Coordinator.

Academic IrregularitiesIn cases of academic irregularities or

dishonesty in examinations or class work,responsibility for disciplinary action isassigned to the appropriate AcademicDean. Plagiarism and cheating are notonly serious violations of the rules, but

also may reflect adversely on the student’sreputation as well as on the reputation ofthe Campus. Faculty, administrators andthe student body share responsibility foracademic integrity. A student in violationof accepted academic procedures may besubject to disciplinary action, up to andincluding expulsion from the Campus.Faculty members will report to theAcademic Dean any case of irregular ordishonest behavior that occurs in theclass or in his or her observation.Students may likewise make such a reportto the faculty member or dean. TheAcademic Dean will decide what disposi-tion is to be made of the charges.Requests for appeals may be made to theStudent/Faculty Appeals Board.In the case of a minor infraction that is

the student’s first disciplinary offense, theDean may authorize the faculty memberto dispose of the charges, limiting themaximum penalty to failure in the course.The faculty member will make a report ofthe incident and the action taken to thedean and the Judicial Affairs Coordinator.In the case of a major infraction, or in

the case of repeat academic offenses, thestudent may be subject to suspension orexpulsion from the Campus. If currentnon-academic disciplinary action ispending for a student, further discipli-nary action may result, up to and includ-ing expulsion from the Campus.

Course Numbers andCourse Frequency

Courses numbered 600 and above aregenerally open only to those who qualifyfor graduate standing. Courses numbered500 to 599 are designed primarily forthose who qualify for graduate standing,but may be taken by advanced under-graduate students.The frequency with which Fall and

Spring courses are offered is indicatedafter every department course descrip-tion. A complete listing of courses isavailable at http://academic.liu.edu/schedules/schedules.aspx?campus=PEvening, Summer and Weekend

course frequency is not indicated.Information on course offerings duringthese sessions is available by contactingthe appropriate academic department orby calling Enrollment Services at (516)299-2040.

Transfer Credits orUnits

Courses taken at another universityafter admission to a master’s program atthe C.W. Post Campus may not be usedfor transfer credit unless prior writtenpermission is obtained from the majordepartment.Previous graduate credits earned at

other institutions may be credited to astudent’s graduate degree. A request totransfer credits must be made to theappropriate academic program chairper-son with the submission of official tran-scripts of all previous graduate work.Transfer credit is normally limited to sixsemester unit hours with an earned gradeof (B) or better. Transfer credits are notrecorded on a student’s transcript unlesshe or she completes 15 semester unit hoursin residence and is fully matriculated.

Change of Major

In order to change majors and transferfrom one academic department to another,a graduate student’s application for admis-sion must be formally accepted by the newdepartment chairperson. Before leaving

Academic Policy

the academic department, the graduatestudent is expected to notify the depart-ment chairperson. If the student has aquality-point average of less than 3.00, theappropriate dean must approve the pro-posed change. Application forms are avail-able in the Graduate Admissions Office orwith the department graduate advisors.

Time Limit

Degree requirements for a master’sdegree must be completed within fiveyears from the term for which the candi-date is admitted and enrolled (exclusiveof time spent in military service). Allrequests for an extension must be in writ-ing and submitted to the appropriatedean for approval.

Oral Qualifying orComprehensiveExamination

Some departments require a student totake examinations in his or her majorfield. These examinations include:

Qualifying ExaminationThis examination is given in academic

departments that require a common coreof courses. Degree candidacy status andan assignment of a thesis project aredeferred until the examination is success-fully completed.

Comprehensive ExaminationSome academic departments give a

comprehensive examination after stu-dents complete a minimum of 24 semes-ter unit hours. This examination isdesigned to test the candidate’s knowl-edge of both general concepts and his orher area of concentration. The examina-tion may be oral or written.Oral Examination (and defense of the-

sis): Academic departments that requirea degree candidate to write a thesis mayrequire the candidate to defend his orher thesis through an oral examination.The examination is designed to test thecandidate not only on the thesis projectbut also on ancillary areas.Students must be fully matriculated and

must have completed the minimum numberof semester unit hours (set by the depart-ment) to be admitted to these examinations.

Students must register and attendC.W. Post Campus classes or maintainmatriculation during the semester he orshe applies to take the examination.

Graduation andDiplomas

A graduation candidate is required tofile a degree application well in advanceof Commencement. A candidate mustalso notify the Graduate Records Officeof his or her anticipated graduation dateby the deadline date found in theAcademic Calendar available on theC.W. Post Web site (www.liu.edu/cwpost)or in the Schedule of Classes. A studentwho meets all requirements for his or herdegree in September or January is consid-ered for the following May’s graduatingclass. Diplomas are dated three times ayear: September, January and May.Students who file their degree applica-tions after the specified graduation datewill have their degrees awarded at thenext conferral regardless of the date ofcompletion of requirements.

Transcript Requests

Official transcripts for professional andgraduate schools, prospective employersand other institutions must be requestedin writing. Please note: if you owe theUniversity any funds or have any blockson your account, your request cannot beprocessed. Enrolled students may use theStudent Information System (SIS) locat-ed on the Long Island University Website (www.liu.edu/sis) to check theirfinancial and academic record. Studentshave the three following options tosecure transcripts:• In Person – By coming to the campusRecord’s Office and showing pictureID, you will be able to pick up to twoofficial transcripts (or student copies);

• Internet – By logging into the StudentInformation System, enrolled studentswill be able to order transcripts online.Alumni or students currently not inattendance can order transcriptsthrough our online provider,Credentials, Inc., by going to theRegistrar’s Web site at:http://www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/registrar/

• Telephone – You can contact theCredential’s Inc. Customer Servicesline at 1-800-646-1858. There is anadditional charge for the service.

Fax, mail and e-mail requests are notsupported by the online provider.For each in-person request, payment

in the amount of $5 must be made to theBursar’s Office. The online serviceprovider charges $6.75. All major creditcards are accepted for this online service.Student copies may be requested in

the same manner and are subject to thesame fee.Essential information to be furnished

should include:(a) Full name, address, social security

number, dates of attendance(b) Name while enrolled, if different

from (a)(c) Complete name and address of recipi-

ent including institution, departmentname, city, state and zip codeMany transcripts do not reach their

proper destination in time, becauseincomplete and inaccurate information isincluded in the original request. Exceptduring peak periods at the conclusion ofeach semester, requests are usuallyprocessed within two business days. If thetranscript is to be held for completion ofcourses in process, processing will occurwithin 10 days after the Records Officereceives grades for posting.For more information visit the C.W.

Post Registrar Web site at http://www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/registrar/

Additional AcademicPolicies

Respective academic departments mayhave additional academic policies.Exceptions to academic policy provisionsmay be made only with written permis-sion from the appropriate dean.

C.W. Post Campus

TUITION AND FEES —GRADUATE (2006-2007 Rates)

C.W. Post accepts payment by check, money order or creditcards (VISA, MasterCard or Discover). These forms of paymentprotect both the student and the University.

Credit Card Usage: All students may charge tuition, fees androom and board on their MasterCard, Visa or Discover Cardaccounts. Students who pay by credit card will have any refundscredited to the same charge accounts. No refund checks can beissued to students who pay by charge cards.

Rates for 2006-2007

The following information is for the 2006-2007 academicyear and is subject to change for subsequent years.

TuitionTuition, per unit, all graduate studentsexcept as follows:...........................................................$790.00

Speech/Pathology program (per unit) ..............................$790.00Ph.D. in Information Science program (per unit) .........$1032.00Psy.D. in Clinical Psychology program ..............$16,143 plus fees

AuditsAudit Fee per unit – Graduate ......................1/2 tuition plus fees

Course FeesIn addition to the regular tuition charges, fees ranging from

$10 to $810 per semester are charged for laboratory, studio, andspecial

University Registration Fee (2006-2007 Rates)The University Fee is a general fee to defray total University

expenditures, including administrative and registration expens-es.Registration Fee (Non-Refundable) ...................................$15.004 units or less .....................................................................$105.004.1-11.9 units.....................................................................$220.0012 or more units ................................................................$500.00

Student Activity Fees (2006-2007 Rates)12 or more units ..................................................................$90.00Less than 12 per unit.............................................................$7.00

Other Fees (2004-2005 Rates)Application Fee (nonrefundable) .......................................$30.00Late Registration Fee (not applicable to new orreentering students) ........................................................$10.00

Late Payment Fee* ..............................................................$50.00Second Late Payment Fee*.................................................$50.00Returned Check Fee ($100 or less)** ................................$25.00Returned Check Fee (More than $100)** .........................$50.00Transcript (per request)***...................................................$5.00

I.D. Card (if lost and replaced)...........................................$10.00Account Statement Fee ........................................................$5.00Reinstatement Fee*...........................................................$100.00Delayed Registration Fee* ................................................$200.00Diploma Replacement Fee ..................................................$10.00Maintenance of Matriculation, per semester......................$50.00Malpractice Insurance Fee ....................................................$7.00*A registered student who has not cleared the Bursar by the duedate indicated on the bill will be obliged to pay a Late PaymentFee of $25. Bills not cleared by the mid-point of semester willbe assessed an additional late fee of $50. In addition, if a stu-dent fails to clear the Bursar, his or her registration may be can-celled, and he or she will be assessed a $100 Reinstatement Fee.Any student who deliberately fails to register but attends classeswith the intention of registering late in the term, will beresponsible for paying a Delayed Registration Fee of $200.**Repayments of returned checks and all future payments tothe University from a student who has presented a bad checkmust be tendered via bank check, certified check or moneyorder.***Per transcript for the first 10 copies and $1 each for eachadditional copy issued at the same time.

Special Programs

Senior AdultsThe following rates apply to senior adults who have reached

the age of sixty-five (65) years old or over before the first day ofthe semester. No Application Fee, University Fee or specialCourse Fees will be charged. Senior adult students may not reg-ister before the week before the beginning of a semester. Theserates are not applicable to institutes, workshops, reading cours-es, continuing education programs, per capita classes, individualcourses of instruction and Studio Art classes. However, studentsmatriculated in an Art degree program may register for StudioArt classes.

Graduate per unit ...........................................1/2 tuition plus feesAudit – Graduate per unit ................................................$197.50

Lifetime of LearningProgram Fee (per semester)...............................................$100.00

Life Experience Credit (to earn undergraduate units only)Application Fee.................................................................$100.00Each unit awarded...........................................1/2 tuition per unit

Family Tuition — Weekend CollegeIf members of the immediate family (same household) enroll

in the same course and section, one pays full tuition and otherfamily members enroll at the special undergraduate or graduatediscount rate (1/3 reduction).All costs quoted are for the 2006-2007 year. Contact the

Bursar’s Office at (516) 299-2323 or visit www.liu.edu/bursar forcorrect rates.

Tuition and Fees

Refunds

A student may make a written request to withdraw from oneor more courses before the end of the semester. Once thisrequest is submitted and processed, the student will receive arefund as indicated in the schedules listed below. The refundcalculation will be based on the last day of attendance; howev-er, a student may be charged for services (e.g., housing, dining)used after the last day of attendance. These charges may not bepaid with Title IV funds. Certain fees are not refundable. Theseinclude fees for services used before withdrawal, for materialsand equipment purchased, for services that continue to be avail-able after withdrawal, and fees paid to outside entities.

Time of Fall/Spring Summer 5-6Withdrawal Semester Week Session

Cancellation before Complete refund Complete refundbeginning of except for deposit except for depositsemester or and applicable and applicablesession Registration Fee Registration Fee

During:

1st calendar week 90% 60%2nd calendar week 75% 25%3rd calendar week 50% No Refund4th calendar week 25% No RefundAfter 4th week No Refund No Refund

Time of 7-8 Week 10-WeekWithdrawal Semester Semester

Cancellation before Complete refund Complete refundbeginning of except for deposit except for depositsemester or and applicable and applicablesession Registration Fee Registration Fee

During:

1st calendar week 70% 80%2nd calendar week 30% 60%3rd calendar week No Refund 25%4th calendar week No Refund No Refund

Time of 3-WeekWithdrawal Session

Cancellation before Complete refund except for depositbeginning of and applicable Registration Feesemester or session

During:

1st calendar week 60%2nd calendar week No Refund

Time of WeekendWithdrawal College

Cancellation before Complete refund except for depositbeginning of and applicable Registration Feesemester or session

During:

2nd weekend 70%3rd weekend 30%Following 3rd weekend No Refund

Time of Short-Term InstitutesWithdrawal (Less than 3 Weeks)

Cancellation before Complete refund except for depositfirst class and applicable Registration Fee

Up to mid-point of 1st class 80%Following mid-point of 1st class No Refund

Time of ContinuingWithdrawal Education

Cancellation before Complete refund except for depositfirst class and applicable Registration Fee

Before start of second class 80%After second class session No Refund

C.W. Post Campus

FINANCIAL AID

Application Process

Financial aid is available throughscholarships, grants, loans and part-timeemployment and is offered only after thestudent is granted admission to theC.W. Post Campus in a degree grantingprogram. All financial aid awards fromfederal, state and University sources areawarded on a funds-available basis.Any student requesting financial aid

must annually file the Free Applicationfor Federal Student Aid (FAFSA),www.fafsa.ed.gov, no later than March 1to meet the University’s May 15 finan-cial aid application deadline. TheFAFSA may be obtained from the Officeof Financial Assistance at (516) 299-2338or finaid@cwpost.liu.edu.A continuing C.W. Post Campus grad-

uate student must reapply for financialassistance each year, meeting the May 15deadline date and using the RenewalFree Application for Federal StudentAid. This form should be filed no laterthan March 1 to meet the May 15 appli-cation deadline. It may also be filed overthe Internet by visiting www.fafsa.ed.gov.Students are advised to plan ahead,

anticipate costs and budget resources.Costs should include tuition, fees, books,supplies, transportation and room andboard if residing on Campus. Resourcesshould include expected student contri-butions from income, expected employercontributions, student savings, and allscholarships from outside sources.Full-time (12 units per semester) grad-

uate students who are residents of NewYork State are expected to apply for thefull amount of the Tuition AssistancePrograms (TAP) award for which theyare eligible. This award is taken intoaccount in considering total financialassistance.

Processing Codes

Please use the following C.W. Postapplication processing codes:FAFSA – 002751NY State TAP – 5570

Monthly InstallmentPayment Plans

Private programs are available for stu-dents and parents who desire to pay edu-cational expenses in monthly installments.Use of these plans is optional and is sug-gested solely as a convenience.Tuition Management Systems42 Valley RoadNewport, RI 02840-6376(800) 722-4867

In this program, students may scheduletheir first payment anytime from May 1to October 1. This plan may be writtento include insurance on the life of theparent or spouse. Agreements may bewritten to cover all costs of a collegeeducation, not just tuition charges alone.However, to obtain the advantage of the

smallest monthly installment, it is recom-mended that students start the program atthe earliest month. Applications for theseplans are available in the Bursar’s Office orthrough Tuition Management Systems.

University LimitedDeferred Payment Plan

Students may defer up to half of theirtuition and fees provided their account isin good standing with the Bursar.Deferments are available for the Fall andSpring semesters only. There is a mini-mal service charge on all deferments.

If students wish to use the defermentplan, they must submit with their bill acheck or money order for 50% of theirtuition. Students must indicate that theywish to defer payment, and they mustsign the payment agreement on thereverse of the bill.A confirmation of the deferment will

be sent indicating the balance due andthe due dates (usually three paymentsthroughout the semester).

C.W. Post CampusFinancial AidPrograms

The University reserves the right tochange the criteria, deadlines and award-ing process for all forms of C.W. Postassistance.A letter of stipulation detailing the

terms of the assistance is sent to all eligi-ble recipients. Students are governed bythe stipulations accompanying their spe-cific awards. All assistance is contingentupon successful completion of unitstaken during the respective semester forwhich recipients register. Students areadvised to inform C.W. Post of any aidreceived from outside sources. C.W. Postassistance may be adjusted if additionaloutside resources are in excess of estimat-ed need and/or cost of attendance.International students are eligible tomake application for the C.W. Post pro-grams listed below.

Financial Aid

Graduate Assistantships

Academic AssistantshipsAll academic assistantship applicants

must file an assistantship applicationwhich is available in the appropriategraduate department office.

Graduate Assistantships/DepartmentalGraduate Assistantships are available

on a limited basis. Students will haveteaching responsibilities and/or directassignments for working with undergrad-uate students. The Graduate Assistantreceives tuition credit assistance plus astipend.

Awards and Grants

Admissions AwardsDeadlines: In order to be eligible for

the GSA or GAA awards outlinedbelow, applications must be received byJuly 1 for Fall entry, November 1 forSpring entry, or March 1 for Summerentry. Students who apply by the dead-line dates will be considered for theseawards on a funds-available basis.

Graduate Scholars Award (GSA)New incoming graduate students

applying for their first or second master’sdegree may receive a $125 grant pergraduate unit if they have a cumulativeGPA 3.75 or higher in all work complet-ed in their most recent degree (bachelor’sor master’s) earned. This award is notavailable to students pursuing a doctoraldegree (Ph.D. or Psy.D.).

Graduate Academic Award (GAA)New incoming graduate students apply-

ing for their first or second master’s degreemay receive a $75 grant per unit if theyhave a cumulative GPA between 3.50 and3.74 from their most recent degree earned(bachelor’s or master’s). This award is notavailable to students pursuing a doctoraldegree (Ph.D. or Psy.D.).

Graduate Incentive AwardContinuing C.W. Post graduate stu-

dents may be considered to receive up to$1,500 per semester if they meet thefollowing requirements:1. New applicants must submit theGraduate Incentive Award applicationby July 1 each year

2. Students must be fully matriculated

and have completed two consecutivesemesters of C.W. Post graduatecoursework

3. Students must be registered for a mini-mum of six units per semester

4. Student must have a 3.5 cumulativeGPA for initial award consideration

5. Award is renewable by semester pro-vided that the student successfullyearns units registered for and main-tains a 3.5 cumulative GPA

6. Students exhibiting financial need asdetermined by the FAFSA will begiven first priority.

Students must file the FAFSA annual-ly before March 1. The FinancialAssistance Office will then evaluate astudent’s eligibility for this award on afirst-come, first-served basis until fundingis exhausted. Students receiving assist-antships, teacher credit letters, reducedtuition rates, or any other full or partialUniversity scholarships are not entitledto this award. This award may only beapplied to graduate tuition charges forFall and Spring semesters at the C.W.Post Campus. This award is not applica-ble to doctoral programs.

Federal Aid Programs

Benefits from all federal programs aresubject to legislative changes. All recipi-ents of federal programs must be U.S. cit-izens or permanent residents. Allstudents wishing to apply for any federalassistance must file the Free Applicationfor Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) orRenewal FAFSA annually. Students mustmaintain satisfactory academic progress.

Federal Work Study/America ReadsProgramCriteria: This program provides jobs for

full- or part-time students in financial need.Summer employment is also available.Application: Application is made by fil-

ing the Free Application for FederalStudent Aid (FAFSA), which can beobtained from high school guidanceoffices and college financial aid offices oronline at www.fafsa.ed.gov.Amount: Students can earn $6.25 per

hour and above. Average earnings duringthe academic year range from $1,500 to$3,000.Repayment: None.

Federal Perkins LoanCriteria: Full-time and part-time stu-

dents in need may be eligible to borrowfor their undergraduate and/or graduatestudies. If funding permits, graduate stu-dents may be considered.Application: Application is made by fil-

ing the Free Application for FederalStudent Aid (FAFSA), which may beobtained from high school guidanceoffices and college financial aid offices oronline at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Eligible bor-rowers must complete an online PerkinsLoan entrance interview and anElectronic Master Promissory Note.Amount: Annual amounts are deter-

mined by the C.W. Post FinancialAssistance Office. The total aggregateloan amount for both undergraduate andgraduate studies is $30,000.Repayment: Repayment begins six

months after graduation or when a stu-dent stops attending school at least halftime (6 units per semester) at five per-cent interest. The loan has a special can-cellation provision for students employedin specific service jobs.

Federal William D. Ford DirectLoans (subsidized/unsubsidized)Criteria: These subsidized and unsubsi-

dized loans are available to full- and part-time matriculated students makingsatisfactory academic progress in a degreegranting program. Eligibility for theseloans is determined by the C.W. PostFinancial Assistance Office. The subsi-dized loan is based on financial need.The unsubsidized loan is not based onneed.Application: Application is made each

year by filing the Free Application forFederal Student Aid (FAFSA). A DirectLoan Electronic Master Promissory Notemust be completed as a new Direct Loanborrower. New students must conduct anonline entrance interview session beforethe loan proceeds will be disbursed totheir Bursar account.Web sites: www.dlssonline.com

http://dlenote.ed.govAmount: Eligible students may borrow

up to the following annual loan limits.Aggregate Limits: Total undergraduate

and graduate combined loan limit:$138,500. Loan proceeds are disbursedtwice during the year and made co-payable to the student and college.Borrowers are charged an origination feewhich is deducted from the loan proceeds.

C.W. Post Campus

Repayment: Repayment begins sixmonths after the student ceases half-timeenrollment (6 units per semester) andmay extend up to 10 years. Loans have afixed interest rate. There is no interestaccrual while the student is in collegehalf-time for subsidized loans.Repayment of interest is required forunsubsidized loans while the student is inschool or the interest may be capitalized.

Annual Federal Subsidized DirectLoan LimitsGraduate/Professional: $8,500

Annual Subsidized & UnsubsidizedFederal Direct Loan LimitsCombinedGraduate/Professional: $18,500

Federal William D. Ford DirectParent Loan Program(PLUS)/PLUS Graduate LoansCriteria: Degree seeking graduate stu-

dents enrolled at least half-time may par-ticipate. Students must maintainsatisfactory academic progress.Application: The PLUS borrower must

complete an electronic PLUS MasterPromissory Note. (Web site:http://dlenote.ed.gov) Loan proceeds aredisbursed electronically to the student’stuition account. Any refund due isreturned to the PLUS borrower.Amount: Loans may not exceed the

cost of attendance less financial aid.Students who have no adverse credit his-

tory as determined by the federal loanservicer may be eligible. The loan inter-est rate is approximately 7.9%. There isno aggregate loan limit. Borrowers arecharged an origination fee and insurancefee which are deducted from the loanproceeds before disbursement.Repayment: Repayment of PLUS loans

begin 60 days after the loan is disbursedand may extend up to 30 years depend-ing on amount borrowed.*A Grad PLUS borrower may receive adeferment while he or she is enrolled on atleast a half-time basis.

Graduate StudentGrants, Scholarshipsand FellowshipsAvailable Through theFederal Government

Jacob K. Javits FellowshipsCriteria: Graduate students in the arts,

humanities and social sciences.Applicants should be of superior academ-ic ability. Fellows are selected on thebasis of demonstrated achievement andexceptional promise. In addition, appli-cants must:1. Be a national of the U.S., or reside inthe U.S. and intend to become a per-manent resident or be a permanentresident of the Trust Territory of thePacific Islands or the NorthernMariana Islands;

2. Devote full-time effort to the programfor which the fellowship is awarded;and

3. Maintain satisfactory academic progress.The U.S. Education Department makesawards in conjunction with the criteriaby the Jacob K. Javits FellowshipWeb site:

http://www.ed.gov/programs/iegpsjavitsApplication: Applications must be sub-

mitted to the U.S. Education Departmentby the deadline published annually inthe Federal Register. Applications shouldinclude information about scholarly hon-ors and awards, narratives describing per-sonal goals and references. Fellows mustmaintain satisfactory progress and devotethemselves to full-time status in the fel-lowship program.Amount: One-year stipends are deter-

mined in accordance with the fellow’sdemonstrated level of need. Requests forcontinuation of support are handled onan annual basis. Financial support isawarded for a maximum of 48 months.Repayment: None.

New York State Aid

New York State Tuition AssistanceProgram (TAP)Full-time graduate students enrolled in

12 units each semester who meet theincome guidelines set forth by New YorkState may qualify for this state tuitionassistance.The New York State net taxable

income ceiling for students who aredependent on their parents or who aremarried and/or have dependents of theirown is currently $20,000. The New YorkState net taxable income ceiling for sin-gle independent students who do nothave dependents is $5,666. Eligible grad-uate student may receive awards rangingfrom $75 to $550 per year for up to fouryears of study to be used for tuitionexpenses only. Students should file theFree Application for Federal Student Aid(FAFSA) at www.fafsa.ed.gov and usethe “TAP on the Web” link.

Student Affairs

STUDENTAFFAIRS

The mission of the Student AffairsDivision is to provide educational anddevelopmental opportunities and serviceswhich enhance the quality of life on theCampus, establish a sense of community,and foster the overall maturation andethical development of each student.The division provides opportunities

which encourages students to take respon-sibility for their own intellectual, social,emotional and cultural identities. By fos-tering the ideals of community living –such as cooperation, individual and collec-tive responsibility, and social interdepen-dence – we seek to enhance student’s skills inthe areas of communication, leadership andteamwork. Inherent in this is the provisionof a safe, comfortable and healthy environ-ment in which each person’s rights areprotected. Finally, the Office of StudentAffairs is committed to assisting studentsto become productive members of society.The Office of the Associate Provost

for Student Affairs is located in theAdministration Building Room 201 andcan be reached at (516) 299-2255.

Emergencies

The Office of the Associate Provostfor Student Affairs will attempt to locatestudents in the event of an emergency.Call (516) 299-2255 for assistance.

Hillwood Commons

The Student Life and LeadershipDevelopment staff administers theHillwood Commons complex, which isthe Campus’s principal social, culturaland leisure-time center. The Commonsprovides a locus for students, faculty, staffand alumni; it is open seven days a week.Designed to accommodate an array ofactivities, it houses a lecture hall, cine-ma, multi-purpose room, cafeteria, eatery,bank, lounges, computer labs, HillwoodArt Museum and meeting rooms.The performing arts complex, Tilles

Center, seats 2,220 and is adjacent to theHillwood Commons Complex.

Information on programs and hours maybe obtained by calling (516) 299-2611.

Student Life andLeadershipDevelopment

Ideally, an education will fully inte-grate intellectual, social, recreational andcultural experiences. Through the manystudent activity organizations at theC.W. Post Campus, students have theopportunity to supplement their formalclassroom learning experience. TheStudent Life and LeadershipDevelopment office works closely withthe members of the campus communityto plan a wide variety of activities. Theseactivities are subject to the guidance ofthe Student Government Association,the Office of Student Life andLeadership Development and theDivision of Student Affairs. Studentsmay participate in the governance of theCampus through these student associa-tions. Additional information is availablefrom the Office of Student Life andLeadership Development in HillwoodCommons at (516) 299-2800.

Residence Life

The Campus provides a comfortablehome away from home, an ambience con-ducive to quiet study as well as activesocialization. C.W. Post, through itsResidence Life Office, maintains attrac-tive residence halls for on-campus resi-dents. In keeping with the belief thatstudents should have a hand in choosingtheir own lifestyles, these facilities offer avariety of alternatives including: coeduca-tional halls; one suite-style residence hall;and one intensified study residence hall.Each of the buildings is staffed with

qualified residence hall directors and res-ident assistants to aid students.All student rooms are equipped with

essential furniture, dual internet ports, andCable TV. There are lounges in each build-ing to be used for studying or relaxation.A variety of meal plans are available

to students during the academic year.Any student wishing to reside onCampus must be registered for a PioneerLiving Plan, which includes meals. The

cost of a meal plan depends upon thenumber of meals per day and per week,and the amount of food desired. Limitedcooking facilities are available.On-campus housing for Graduate stu-

dents is very limited and applicants mustapply by May 1 for the Fall Semester andNovember 1 for the Spring Semester.

HousingApplications/Deposits

Applications for on-campus housingmust be made directly to the Bursar’sOffice with a deposit of $300. Whenthere is a waiting list for housing, a stu-dent’s home residence will be considered.In other words, a student living fartheraway from campus will have priority. Allassignments for Fall housing are madeduring the Summer, and the ResidenceLife Office does its best to try to fulfillstudent requests for rooms.Students should note that completion

of the housing application neitherimplies nor guarantees an assignment inthe residence halls. Notification will besent from the Residence Life Office onthe disposition of each application. Allhousing contracts are issued for the acad-emic year, and the deposit of $300 isnonrefundable after July 1 unless the stu-dent is on a waiting list.Students who withdraw from the

residence halls during the year will notreceive a refund unless granted anexception, as outlined in the contract.C.W. Post reserves the right to ask a stu-dent to withdraw from the residence hallsor the meal plan should there be a viola-tion of Campus or housing regulations.Further housing information may

be obtained by calling the ResidenceLife Office at (516) 299-2326 or e-mailresidencelife@cwpost.liu.edu

Student Health andCounseling Services

The Student Health and CounselingCenter offers programs to meet both phys-ical and personal needs of all students.

InfirmaryThe Infirmary offers students the med-

ical services of an internist, gynecologist

C.W. Post Campus

and two registered nurses. The Infirmaryis open from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m., Mondaythrough Friday. Birth control counselingand information on current illnesses areprovided. Medication is available at lowcost and treatment is provided at no cost.After Infirmary hours, medical coverageis also provided by certified emergencymedical technicians: call (516) 299-2222. The Infirmary is located in Room154 Pell Hall, Life Science Building andcan be reached at (516) 299-2345.

Counseling ServicesWith a staff of nutritionists, social

workers and a consulting psychiatrist,counseling services offers students theopportunity to discuss any of their prob-lems in a confidential manner. The pro-gram also offers a number of personalgrowth and issue-oriented programs. Thestaff includes graduate interns.

International StudentServices

C.W. Post welcomes over 300 interna-tional students each year and providesspecific support for their needs. This sup-port is organized into two primary areas.The first is the International AdmissionsOffice staff who respond to inquiriesfrom applicants from other countries.The second area of support is InternationalStudent Services which is responsible foradvising all current international studentsthrough the International Student

Orientation (held prior to the Fall andSpring semesters), programs in the KlarIntercultural Student Center, and immi-gration advising. The Director ofInternational Student Services may bereached at (516) 299-1451,e-mail: ois@cwpost.liu.eduImmigration Requirements: All new

international students must report to ISSduring International Orientation or uponarrival at the Campus in accordance withINS regulations. During Orientation, stu-dents will meet with their academic coun-selors to register for appropriate courses.Any graduate student who is in an F-1status must be enrolled in a minimum of 9units each semester. For more informationon immigration requirements while onF-1 status, please contact InternationalStudent Services at (516) 299-1451.Scholarship/Employment: C.W. Post

provides some limited awards to qualifiedgraduate students. Anyone interested inobtaining additional scholarships mustdo so through private or home-countrygovernment sources. International stu-dents are authorized to work on Campusfor up to 20 hours per week while schoolis in session and “full-time” during vaca-tion periods. This work is in academic oradministrative offices through assistant-ships or part-time employment.Information about assistantships andemployment opportunities is availablethrough individual academic and admin-istrative departments.Support/Programs: Apart from advising

on the above issues and other individualstudent needs, the ISS coordinates social,educational and cultural events in con-junction with several international stu-dent clubs. In addition, the ISS sponsorsregular excursions off-campus. For moreinformation, contact the Office ofInternational Student Services at (516)299-1451, e-mail: ois@cwpost.liu.edu

Students withDisabilities

The C. W. Post Campus of Long IslandUniversity is committed to providingaccessibility to students with disabilities.The Office of Disability Support Services(DSS), located in The Learning SupportCenter, assists students in securing thenecessary accommodations from academicdepartments and other offices, if needed.

It is the collaborative effort betweenthe student with a disability, thefaculty/staff member, and the DSS Officethat best contributes to student success.It is the mission of the DSS Office toensure that students with disabilitieshave equal access to all aspects ofuniversity life.The Office of Disability Support

Services is committed to providing assis-tance and advocacy to students with dis-abilities as well as education for thecampus community. All students withdisabilities are urged to contact the DSSOffice at (516) 299-3057 for additionalinformation.

Public SafetyInformation

The Department of Public Safety isconcerned with the welfare and safety ofall members of the Campus communityand their guests. The Department servesthe campus 24 hours a day, 7 days a weekyear-round and may be reached by dial-ing extension 2214 or 2222 for emergen-cies (add prefix 299 when using outsidelines), or Public Safety may be reachedfrom one of the many “blue-light” emer-gency phones located strategicallythroughout the Campus. Public SafetyOfficers are licensed by the State of NewYork and are trained, certified and regis-tered pursuant to the New York StateSecurity Guard Act. The activities of theDepartment are enhanced by its closerelationship with the Old Brookville,Old Westbury and Nassau County PoliceDepartments. The Department of PublicSafety is located in the Facilities Servicesbuilding at the northeast corner of theCampus.

Security Report

In accordance with provisions of TheCrime Awareness and Campus SecurityAct of 1990, a copy of the C.W. PostCampus of Long Island University’sannual security report includes statisticsfor the previous three years concerningreported crimes that occurred on theCampus; in certain off-campus buildingsor property owned by or controlled byC.W. Post; and on public property with-

Resources and Facilities

in, or immediately adjacent to and acces-sible from, the Campus. The report alsoincludes institutional policies about cam-pus security such as policies concerningalcohol and drug use, crime prevention,the reporting of crimes, sexual assault,bias crime and other matters. You canobtain a copy of this report by contact-ing: Admissions, C.W. Post Campus,Long Island University, 720 NorthernBlvd., Brookville, NY 11548 or byaccessing the Public Safety Web site:www.cwpost.liunet.edu/cwis/cwp/stuact/secure/index.htmlThe statistics are also available by

accessing the United States EducationWeb site at www.ope.ed.gov/security

RESOURCESAND FACILITIES

Library

The B. Davis Schwartz MemorialLibrary has a large and diverse collectionwith more than 1.9 million volumes andmore than 4,000 periodicals and newspa-per subscriptions in its various public ser-vice departments.The library is open 86 hours a week,

including evenings and weekends, withspecial extended hours during finalexaminations periods. The Library’s Website is located at: www.liunet.edu/cwis/cwp/library/libhome.htm, and has links tothousands of World Wide Web sites ofvalue to researchers.Most library departments have their

own homepage and provide online accessto the Library catalog, LIUCAT, theelectronic databases, periodical holdingsand the Internet. Computerized access tohundreds of online databases enablesusers to retrieve bibliographic recordsand full-text resources in a variety of sub-ject fields. Remote access is being offeredfor more and more of these databases toLong Island University users.An intensive instruction program is

available to graduate students throughclass lectures, demonstrations, and orien-tations. Various classes demonstratingthe intricacies of conducting researchusing all types of sources and formats,including online resources, are offered tothe entire Campus community. Library

competency education is provided toundergraduates through a seven-sessionlibrary workshop. The Library collabo-rates with the English Department toteach Information Literacy.The collections of all Long Island

University libraries (including theBrooklyn, Southampton, Brentwood andRockland Campuses) are listed in LIU-CAT. This computerized network makesinformation available to faculty and stu-dents at all LIU campuses. Books, journalarticles and other library materials can berequested through Interlibrary LoanMaterials within the LIU libraries areforwarded by the University courier sys-tems by fax or by mail.The Reference Services Department is

part of the Reference Commons, whichincludes The Reference Desk; BLISS:Business, Law, and Information ScienceSources; Library Instruction Room andthe Circulation Reserve. This area isequipped with 30 computers for studentuse, a quiet study area for students, agroup study gazebo, and a copy center.The Reference collection, with 36,000

volumes of reference and research mate-rials, is particularly strong in the areas ofliterature and the arts, and has an exten-sive core of legal resources.The Center for Business Research was

developed through the integration of theformer Nassau County Research Librarywith C.W. Post’s existing resources. Abroad range of materials, including com-pany directories, international resources,industry data and financial services,make this one of the finest research cen-ters for business students and profession-als in the area.The Library and Information Science

resources are primarily used by doctoral,master’s and undergraduate degree stu-dents in the Palmer School of Libraryand Information Science. There aremore than 22,000 volumes in thisspecialized collection, and 270 currentjournal subscriptions, many of which areavailable full-text online.The Government Information

Department includes a FederalDepository with more than a half milliondocuments, a New York State Depository,and extensive microfiche collections incriminal justice and education, and spe-cialized print, CD-ROM, and Web-basedaccess to government information.Current subscriptions to more than

2,500 journals, and a large retrospectivecollection, are maintained in the

Periodicals Department, with print andcomputerized indexes and databases pro-viding access to the material. While awide range of academic subjects isincluded in its holdings, the Departmentis particularly strong in psychology, edu-cation, literature, art and business.The Instructional Media Center

(IMC) is the multimedia resource centerof the C.W. Post Campus, with morethan 1,500 films, videos, interactive CD-ROMs and a rich variety of other audio-visual resources. The IMC containsequipment, production and preview facil-ities. Its exemplary collection of curricu-lum resources for K-12 (teacher resourcematerials, children’s books and textbooks)supports the programs in the School ofEducation and the Palmer School ofLibrary and Information Science.The Art Slide Library is a collection of

more than 100,000 slides encompassing avast array of images dating from prehis-toric times through the 21st century andrepresents all forms of art media.The Special Collections Department

contains many notable holdings, such as:the only portion of Eugene and CarlottaO’Neill’s personal library that survives asa whole; the William Randolph Hearstart photograph collection; a comprehen-sive collection, donated by the TheodoreRoosevelt Association, of TR’s life times,and writings; 5,000 movie posters mainlyfrom the 1940s and 1950s; letters byHenry James to his publisher; the FineArt Facsimile Editions of the Book ofKells and the Tres Riches Heures of Jean,Duc du Berry; and the developingWinthrop Palmer collection of rarebooks of Irish and French literature.The Department also has the archives

of Long Island University, especially theC.W. Post Campus, featuring a completerun of the student newspaper, the Pioneer,and the student yearbook, Opticon, aswell as other University documents.The library is also the home of the

School of Education, the College ofInformation and Computer Science, theAudio-Visual Department, the Office ofInformation Technology, the Post LibraryAssociation and the Hutchins Gallery.The Christine B. Gilbert Collection

of Children’s Literature, named in honorof a former professor of the PalmerSchool, and the American JuvenileCollection, a research collection offiction and folklore published byAmerican publishers from 1910 to 1960,are also located in the Library.

The Post Library Association, (PLA) aFriends of the Library organization, wasfounded by Mrs. Carleton Palmer, a for-mer member of the Board of Trustees ofLong Island University and a professor ofEnglish at C.W. Post. The PLA conductsmany cultural and educational programsin the Hutchins Gallery. Alumni andother friends of the University are cor-dially invited to join the membership.Through the generosity of the Carleton

H. and Winthrop B. Palmer MemorialFund, an endowment of over $4 millionenables the library to purchase materialsin the arts and humanities, supplementingits regular budget for acquisitions andenriching collections immeasurably.

Full-Time Library Faculty

Donald L. UngarelliDean, University LibrariesProfessorB.A., M.S.L.S., M.S.Ed., Long IslandUniversity;D.A.L.M., Simmons Collegedonald.ungarelli@liu.edu

Robert L. BattenfeldProfessorHead, Periodicals DepartmentB.A., State University of New York atNew Paltz;M.L.A., Queens College, City Universityof New York;M.S., Long Island University

Mary Kathleen Boyd-ByrnesAssistant ProfessorReference ServicesB.A., State University of New York atGeneseo;M.L.S., Long Island Universitymarykate.boyd-byrnes@liu.edu

Rosemary Burgos-MiraInstructorAcquisitions DepartmentA.A., B.A., New York University;M.S., Long Island Universityrosemary.burgos-mira@liu.edu

Martha CooneyAssistant ProfessorAssistant Dean, User ServicesB.A., Syracuse University;M.L.S., Pratt Institute;M.S., Long Island Universitymartha.cooney@liu.edu

Jacqueline ElsasAssociate ProfessorAssistant Dean, Reference ServicesB.A., Long Island University;M.L.S., Pratt Institutejacqueline.elsas@liu.edu

Mellissa J. HintonAssociate ProfessorHead, Acquisitions DepartmentB.A., State University of New York atOswego;M.S.L.S., M.A., Long Island Universitymhinton@liu.edu

Joanne HongAssociate ProfessorCataloging DepartmentB.A., M.A., Ewha Women’s University(Korea);M.L.S., Pratt Institutejoanne.hong@liu.edu

Iris IrwinAssociate ProfessorPeriodicals DepartmentB.A., Hofstra University;M.S.L.S., Long Island Universityiris.irwin@liu.edu

Susan KetchamProfessorLibrarian, Brentwood CampusB.S., Slippery Rock University;M.S., M.L.S., Long Island University

Lawrence KirschenbaumAssociate ProfessorPeriodicals DepartmentB.S., City College of New York;M.L.S., Columbia University;M.S., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;M.S., Manhattan Collegelawrence.kirschenbaum@liu.edu

Catherine LarkinAssistant ProfessorDigital Services and Slide LibrarianB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Queens College, City University ofNew Yorkcatherine.larkin@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

Fung Har LeeAssociate ProfessorCataloging DepartmentB.A., University of Hong Kong;M.S.L.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee;M.A., St. John’s University;M.S., Long Island Universityfung-har.lee@liu.edu

Amrita MadrayAssistant ProfessorReference ServicesB.A., Adelphi University;M.S.L.S., Long Island Universityamrita.madray@liu.edu

Laura ManzariAssociate ProfessorLibrary & Information Science LibrarianB.A., Queens College, City University ofNew York;J.D., St. John’s University;M.L.S., Queens College, City Universityof New Yorklaura.manzari@liu.edu

Dona McDermottAssociate ProfessorInstructional ServicesB.A., Marymount College;M.L.S., St. John’s University;M.B.A., Long Island Universitydona.mcdermott@liu.edu

Elizabeth MezickAssociate ProfessorBusiness & Reference ServicesB.B.A., Adelphi University;M.S.L.S., M.S., Long Island Universityelizabeth.mezick@liu.edu

Louis PishaAssociate ProfessorHead, Interlibrary LoanA.A., Rockland Community College;B.A., State University of New York Collegeat Geneseo;M.L.S., Rutgers;D.L.S., Columbia Universitylouis.pisha@liu.edu

Manju Prasad-RaoAssociate ProfessorHead, Instructional Media CenterB.A., Mount Carmel College (India);M.A., Central College (India);M.S., Indiana University;M.S., M.S.L.S., Long Island Universitymanju.prasad-rao@liu.edu

William RobersonProfessorHead Library, Brentwood CampusB.A., M.S., State University of New Yorkat Stony Brook;Advanced Certificate in Library andInformation Science, St. John’s University;M.S.L.S., Long Island Universitywilliam.roberson@liu.edu

Wendy RobertsAssistant ProfessorReference ServicesB.A., M.L.S., State University of NewYork at Buffalowendy.roberts@liu.edu

Marilyn RosenthalAssociate ProfessorReference ServicesB.A., State University of New York atStony Brook;M.S.L.S., M.S., Long Island Universitymarilyn.rosenthal@liu.edu

Conrad SchoefflingAssociate ProfessorHead, Special Collections DepartmentB.A., Iona College;M.S.L.S., M.A., Long Island Universityconrad.schoeffling@liu.edu

William TornowAssociate ProfessorHead, Cataloging DepartmentB.S., M.S.L.S., Long Island Universitywilliam.tornow@liu.edu

Jean UhlAssistant ProfessorInstructional Media CenterB.A., M.L.S., M.S., Long Island Universityjean.uhl@liu.edu

Emily WalsheAssociate ProfessorReference ServicesB.A., Kalamazoo College;M.S.L.S., M.A., Long Island Universityemily.walshe@liu.edu

Maria ZaryckyAssociate ProfessorInstructional Media CenterB.A., M.L.S., State University of NewYork at Buffalo;M.S., Long Island Universitymaria.zarycky@liu.edu

Office of InformationTechnology

The Office of Information Technologyis responsible for introducing new tech-nologically mediated processes into theeveryday educational life of theUniversity while supporting the missionand values within the institution. Weserve both the administrative and acade-mic lives of the institution; the students,faculty and staff.Computer technology enhances com-

munication and expands the opportuni-ties to explore the library andmulti-media resources. Electronic mailand the use of the World Wide Weballow students, faculty and staff to exam-ine messages and texts through computerprogram applications. The goal of the ITOffice is to make computer technologyeasy to use.The Campus has approximately 5,000

ports available with more than 1,700computers for faculty, staff and students.Our Campus backbones are entirely fiberoptic, enabling us to provide intra-cam-pus connectivity at multi-Gigabit speeds.Information Technology supports 26

Campus-wide labs with more than 525computers for student access. All labsoffer free high-speed laser printing. Awide range of software is available,including standard office suite products,Web development, graphics, program-ming and numeric manipulation tools.Most classrooms have network connec-tions available for faculty demonstrationand some have high-resolution overheaddigital projectors and screens. To main-tain a state-of-the-art environment, hard-ware and software are routinely upgraded.The Campus and the University con-

nectivity vision is to provide easy accessanytime and anywhere. All of the resi-dence hall rooms are equipped with net-work connections, which allow quickaccess to the Internet from a PC. OurCampus was the first in the area to intro-duce outdoor wireless connectivity onthe Great Lawn. In addition, wirelessinternet connections are available inmany other areas around Campus,including student dining areas.Every member of the University com-

munity is given an account on theUniversity-wide, integrated e-mail sys-tem, which includes an easy to use Webinterface. Students can locate this and

C.W. Post Campus

other information by accessing theStudent Information System (SIS) locat-ed on the Web at www.liu.edu/sis. TheSIS is designed to help students accessonline information concerning grades,registration, financial aid, e-mail andWebCT accounts, class schedules andjob bank listings.More information is available on our

departmental Web site:www.liu.edu/it/cwpost

PsychologicalServices Center

The Clinical Psychology DoctoralProgram operates the PsychologicalServices Center (PSC). Located at OneExpressway Plaza, Roslyn Heights, NewYork (about 15 minutes by car from theC.W. Post Campus), the PSC is an inde-pendent community mental health facilitywhose purpose is to provide psychologicalservices to the community and to serveas a training facility for graduate studentsin the doctoral program. During the four-year residency, each doctoral candidate isrequired to complete a one-year extern-ship at the PSC. The PSC contains two-way mirrors for observation, a children’sroom for play therapy, audio and videoequipment for recording of supervisedcases, conference rooms, and ample officespace for testing and therapy sessions.

Digital Art andDesign Lab

The School of Visual and PerformingArts Digital and Design Lab, located onthe second floor of Humanities Hall, is astate-of-the-art digital art and designfacility for students majoring in art, digi-tal art and design, graphic design andphotography. The complex of fiveMacintosh laboratories is fully equippedand includes networked computers, cur-rent software packages, digital and videocameras, film and flatbed scanners, andlaser printers. Students can create every-thing from newspaper layouts, fully inter-active Web pages to 3D-images andanimations in a studio setting.

Music TechnologyLaboratory

The Music Technology Lab in theFine Arts Center features 14 computermusic workstations, a teaching station, alarge screen projection system and astereo sound system. In the lab, studentsexplore high tech options for composi-tion, theory, recording, and their ownprojects while taking courses in sequenc-ing, notation, digital audio, ear-training,theory, composition and music education.

Media Arts Labs

Television FacilityThe Media Arts Department in the

School for Visual and Performing Artshas a television facility that features astate of the art production studio, a pro-fessional control room, linear editing anddigital editing labs. Computers areequipped with the latest video software.The television facility is also home toPTV, which provides student program-ming, and feature films to the entirecampus. The television facility is locatedin Humanities Hall room 214.

Journalism Lab and NewsroomHumanities Hall room 205 serves as a

computer laboratory for journalism andpublic relations students. It is equippedwith the latest software for writing, desk-top publishing and web publishing. Thelab is designed as a professional news-room with a cable hookup, newspapers,magazines and an AP wire for studentuse. The web publication UniversalCampus is created in this lab, along withnews stories for all campus media outlets.

Jerrold Mark LadgeSpeech and HearingCenter

The Ladge Speech and HearingCenter provides evaluation and thera-peutic services for children and adultswith speech language and/or hearingproblems. The Center is fully equippedwith the latest instrumentation andmaterials in speech-language pathologyand audiology. The clinic services aresupervised by a full-time clinic directorand other supervisors who are ASHA

certified and licensed by the State ofNew York. The Center serves as a train-ing facility for graduate students workingtoward certification and licensure asspeech-language pathologists. Servicesare available to the community as well asthose at C.W. Post at a reasonable fee.For more information, call the LadgeSpeech and Hearing Center at (516)299-2437.

Benjamin andElizabeth AbramsCommunicationCenter

The Communication Center containsfour broadcast facilities all of which areequipped with state-of-the-art digitalequipment. These include WCWP 88.1FM and WebRadio WCWP, as well asproduction and live performance studios.Broadcasting 24 hours a day, WCWP88.1 FM, a non-commercial station, ispartnered with anchor station WLIU88.3 FM. Together these stations makeup the Long Island University PublicRadio Network. During its daytime andearly evening hours, WCWP airs WLIUjazz programming and public radio newsand information programming such asNational Public Radio. In the evening,student-hosted music programming isbroadcast on WCWP 88.1 FM.WebRadio WCWP is a multi-format-

ted, student-operated learning laboratoryfor the Media Arts Department as well asfor students majoring in other disciplines.WebRadio WCWP can be heard on theCampus cable channel and on the inter-net via the Long Island University Webpage each day during the academic yearat www.webradiowcwp.org. The joint mis-sion of WCWP 88.1 FM and WebRadioWCWP is to foster the individual andcollective growth of the students and staffwhile providing programming that servesthe needs and interests of the campusand off-campus communities.

Institute for Arts &Culture

The Institute for Arts & Culture wasestablished in 1998 on the principle thatengagement with the arts is an indispens-able component of higher education.Our mission is to make the art central tothe lives of Long Island University stu-dents, faculty, and staff, and to enhancethe educational and cultural experienceof the Campus community. The Institutedevelops programs using the professionalarts resources of Tilles Center andHillwood Art Museum and serves as aclearinghouse for information on theprofessional and academic arts activitieson campus.Through the Rose Tilles Encounters

with the Arts Program, the Institutecoordinates lectures, master classes,workshops and residency activities withvisiting artists who, in recent years,include the Tokyo Quartet, Judith Ivey,David Parsons, Edward Villela, AndreWatts, and members of the New YorkPhilharmonic Orchestra.

Tilles Center for thePerforming Arts

Tilles Center for the Performing Artsprovides C.W. Post with an internation-ally recognized venue for great perfor-mances, featuring the most importantclassical and popular artists of our time.The 2,200-seat concert hall, which

adjoins Hillwood Commons, is the LongIsland home for many of New York City’sfinest ensembles including the New YorkPhilharmonic, the Big Apple Circus andthe Alvin Ailey American DanceTheater. Tilles Center presents nearly100 performances annually, incorporatingevery style from classical music, danceand opera to jazz, rock and hip-hop, withmany programs designed especially forfamilies and children.Long Island University students

receive substantial discounts on manyTilles programs. The Box Office can pro-vide current schedules and prices at(516) 299-3100 or www.tillescenter.org.

Hillwood Art Museum

Hillwood Art Museum, located inHillwood Commons, serves as an integralpart of the cultural resources at C.W.Post. Each year the Museum featuresexhibitions accompanied by lectures,demonstrations and symposia to enrich,explain and educate.Hillwood Art Museum also serves as

custodian to the University’s PermanentCollection consisting of more than 4,000objects from ancient Roman glass to con-temporary photography. The extensivecollection offers opportunities for schol-arly research in many areas. The recording,conservation and display of the collectionserve as an educational platform formuseum assistants interested in pursuinga career in arts management, art historyor art education. Students are offeredunique opportunities for employment ina professional museum environment.For more information on exhibitions

or educational programs call (516) 299-4073.

C.W. Post Campus

COLLEGE OF INFORMATIONAND COMPUTER SCIENCE

The College of Informationand Computer Science

offers graduate programs ininformation technologyeducation, informationsystems, library and informa-tion science, managementengineering, archives andrecords management, publiclibrary management andschool media specialist, rarebooks and special collections.It also offers the Ph.D. inInformation Studies, the onlyone of its kind in the NewYork metropolitan area.Students have the uniqueadvantage of combining thetechnical aspect of computerscience and information tech-nology (such as programmingand software development)with both the professional ofinformation access (human/computer interaction, informa-tion retrieval, Internet access,libraries and information ser-vices), and with content ori-entation (digital libraries, information architecturefor the Internet, corporate databases and otherresources). The College has two divisions: thenationally renowned Palmer School of Library andInformation Science and the Department ofComputer Science/Management Engineering.

Web site: www.liu.edu/cicsPhone: (516) 299-3444Fax: (516) 299-4168E-mail: cics@liu.edu

John J. Regazzi, Ph.D.Deanjohn.regazzi@liu.edu

Mary L. Westermann-Cicio, Ph.D.Assistant Dean, Palmer Schoolwesterma@liu.edu

Susan Fife Dorchak, Ph.D.Co-Chair, ComputerScience/Management Engineeringsusan.dorchak@liu.edu

Seth Magot, Ph.D.Co-Chair, ComputerScience/Management Engineeringseth.magot@liu.edu

COLLEGE OFINFORMATIONAND COMPUTERSCIENCEOVERVIEW

The College of Information andComputer Science offers excellent degreeand certificate programs that prepare stu-dents for complementary expertise incomputer technology and informationmanagement.The College houses two divisions: The

Palmer School of Library and InformationScience and the Department of ComputerScience/Management Engineering.The Palmer School, founded in 1959,

is nationally recognized for its AmericanLibrary Association-accredited Master’sDegree in Library and InformationScience (a distinction shared by only 57schools in the country), and for its Ph.D.in Information Studies, the only one ofits kind in the New York metropolitanarea. The Department of ComputerScience/Management Engineering hasoffered cutting-edge computer technologyprograms for more than four decades.The Management Engineering compo-nent offers an intensive program in tech-nical project management. The College’sB.S. in Information Management andTechnology (ITR), which recognizes theneed for an information literate work-force, is one of a new breed of programsthat combines information technology,content and delivery.By combining two divisions of study

under one umbrella, students benefitfrom a wide range of diverse course offer-ings, team-teaching opportunities byPalmer School and Computer Science/Management Engineering faculty, andeducational training in emerging areassuch as digital libraries, informationarchitecture, knowledge management,and enterprise content management.Faculty conduct joint research projects,which are used in classroom teaching.

PALMERSCHOOL OFLIBRARY ANDINFORMATIONSCIENCE

Phone: (516) 299-2866Fax: (516) 299-4168Web site: www.liu.edu/palmer

Faculty

John J. RegazziDeanB.A. St. John’s University;M.A. University of Iowa;M.S. Columbia University;Ph.D. Rutgers Universityjohn.regazzi@liu.edu

Patrick McGuire, Ed.D.Associate Dean of CICSB.A., St. John’s University;M.S., Fordham University;Ed.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversitypatrick.mcguire@liu.edu

Mary L. Westermann-CicioAssistant Dean for the Palmer SchoolB.A., M.S.L.S., M.P.A., Long IslandUniversity;M.A., Ph.D., State University of NewYork at Stony Brookwesterma@liu.edu

Beatrice BaadenAssistant ProfessorB.S., St. John’s University;M.A., Adelphi University;M.S., Long Island University;C.A.S., P.D., Hofstra University;Ed.D., Hofstra Universitybeatrice.baaden@liu.edu

Michael ByrneAssociate ProfessorB.A., University of Notre Dame;M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State Universitymichael.byrne@liu.edu

Heting ChuProfessorB.A., Peking University;M.L.I.S., McGill University;Ph.D., Drexel Universityhchu@liu.edu

Gregory HunterProfessorB.A., St. John’s University;M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., New YorkUniversityghunter@liu.edu

Michael E.D. KoenigProfessorB.A., Yale University;M.A., M.B.A., University of Chicago;Ph.D., Drexel Universitymichael.koenig@liu.edu

Thomas KrichelAssistant ProfessorDiplome, Universiteí des Sciences Socialesde Toulouse;Magistere, Universiteí de Paris, Sorbonne;M.A., University of Exeter;Ph.D., University of Surreythomas.krichel@liu.edu

Seth MagotCo-Chair, Computer Science/ManagementEngineering Department;Associate Professor of Computer ScienceB.A., Ricker College;M.S., M.S.L.S., Long Island University;M.Ph., Ph.D., St. John’s Universityseth.magot@liu.edu

Lucienne MailletProfessorB.S., Bates College;M.A., George Washington University;M.S., Catholic University of America;M.B.A., Long Island University;D.L.S., Columbia Universitylucienne.maillet@liu.edu

Gerald NicholsDirector, Public Library Administrator’sCertificate ProgramB.A., Springfield College;M.L.S., Long Island Universitygerald.nichols@liu.edu

William SaffadyProfessorB.A., Central Michigan University;M.A., M.S.L.S., Ph.D., Wayne StateUniversitywsaffady@liu.edu

Bette SchneidermanAssociate ProfessorB.A., M.S., Syracuse University;Ph.D., Hofstra UniversityBES@liu.edu

Library and Information Science

C.W. Post Campus

Richard P. SmiragliaProfessorB.A., Lewis and Clark College;M.L.S., Indiana University;M.Div., General Theological Seminary;Ph.D., University of Chicagosmiraglia@liu.edu

Amy E. SpauldingProfessorB.A., Willamette University;M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh;D.L.S., Columbia Universityamy.spaulding@liu.edu

Deirdre C. StamAssociate ProfessorB.A., Harvard University;M.A., New York University;M.S., Johns Hopkins University;M.L.S., Catholic University of America;D.L.S., Columbia Universitydeirdre.stam@liu.edu

Donald E. WilsonDirector, School Media ProgramB.A., M.S., Long Island University;M.A., State University of New York atStony Brookdonald.wilson@liu.edu

Qiping ZhangAssistant ProfessorB.A., M.S., Peking University;M.S., Ph.D. University of Michiganqiping.zhang@liu.edu

PALMERSCHOOLPROGRAMS

The Palmer School – a division of theCollege of Information and ComputerScience – offers the following programs:Doctor of Philosophy in InformationStudies and the Master of Science inLibrary and Information Science. ThePalmer School also offers two post-bac-calaureate Advanced Certificate programsin Archives and Records Managementand Public Library Director.

Information Studies –Ph.D.

Program Mission and ObjectivesThe mission of the Palmer School is to

contribute to knowledge in library and

information studies through educationand scholarship; and to instill in theinformation professions a commitment tothe free flow of information, to serviceexcellence, and to use technology in asocially responsible way.The specific mission of the doctoral

program in Information Studies is to pre-pare individuals to assume leadershippositions in research, teaching and prac-tice. Graduates of the program will con-tribute to theoretical and operationalresearch in existing and new fields, andwill be equipped to fill a documentedneed for researchers and faculty membersin the broad field of information studies.There is a strong interdisciplinary

component throughout the program ofstudy, and at the research and disserta-tion phases. This provides solutions tothe problems of organizing, storing andretrieving vast amounts of information indatabases and other formats that requirethe combined knowledge of computerscientists, management specialists, educa-tors, psychologists and librarians, andother disciplines.

ADMISSION CRITERIAAND PROCEDURES

Applicants must hold a master’s degreewhich can be in any discipline. Workexperience is an asset but is not required.Admission decisions will be based on thefollowing factors: academic proficiency,professional accomplishments, proposedintellectual focus, and potential for com-pleting a rigorous program. After an ini-tial review of applications, some will beinvited to interview. Those who are qual-ified but cannot be accepted in a givenyear may be placed on a waiting list oroffered a place in the following year’sclass.In addition to an application form

(available from the Palmer School’soffice at the C.W. Post Campus), appli-cants must submit the following materi-als by February 15 if they wish to beginclasses in the Fall Semester:1. A completed application form.2. A full curriculum vitae.3. A statement that explains reasons forwanting to pursue a doctoral degreeand outlines the proposed area of studyand research.

4. A copy of a publication or a sample ofother scholarly writing.

5. Two official copies of all undergradu-ate and graduate transcripts; includingevidence of an earned Master’s degree.

6. Three letters of reference.

AdmissionAll of the following application mate-

rials must be received:1. Completed application form2. Two copies of official transcripts for allundergraduate and graduate course-work

3. Three letters of recommendation fromprofessional contacts

4. Full curriculum vitae5. Statement outlining the reasons forpursuing a doctoral degree and adescription of the proposed area ofstudy and research

6. Sample of a published work or otherscholarly writing

For program information and an appli-cation form, contact:Ph.D. in Information StudiesPalmer School of Library andInformation ScienceC.W. Post CampusLong Island University720 Northern BoulevardBrookville, NY 11548-1300Telephone: (516) 299-2866Fax: (516) 299-4168E-mail: palmer@liu.edu

CURRICULUM

The Ph.D. program requires 48 unitsof coursework beyond a master’s degree,plus a minimum of 12 units at the disser-tation stage. In addition, students mustsuccessfully pass a comprehensive exami-nation, a dissertation proposal defenseand a dissertation defense. The statutorylimit for completion of all degree require-ments is five years after a student passesthe qualifying examination. Normal pro-gression through the program will be asfollows:1. Required doctoral level courses (12units)

2. Elective coursework (36 units)a. Elective doctoral-level courses (18units minimum)

b. Elective related master’s-level courses(0-9 units) or independent study

c. Elective co-related courses (9 units)3. Comprehensive examination4. Dissertation proposal preparation

Palmer School Programs

5. Dissertation proposal defense6. Dissertation research7. Dissertation defense8. Graduation

Required Courses (12 units)

Area/Content Courses (6 units)DIS 801 Information Access and Systems(3 units)

DIS 803 Information Studies andServices (3 units)

Research Methods Courses (6 units)DIS 805 Research Methods I (3 units)DIS 807 Research Methods II (3 units)

These four courses must be taken inthe first year of study with two coursesrequired in the first Fall semester andtwo courses required in the first Springsemester.

Elective Courses (36 units total)

Doctoral Level Electives – Minimum of18 units from the following:DIS 810 Knowledge OrganizationDIS 812 Information RetrievalDIS 815 Information Systems: Theories,Paradigms, and Methods

DIS 816 Human Computer InteractionDIS 820 Information Policy and ServicesDIS 822 Information and SocietyDIS 826 Organizational InformationManagement

There are no distribution requirementsbetween the two main areas of study.Doctoral students may take any of theabove as doctoral-level electives, butthey must pass the comprehensive exam-inations in both areas since one of theobjectives of the program is to produceindividuals with a broad understandingof the field. It is expected that studentswill take electives that complement theirown strengths and experience.

Electives from related doctoral/master’slevel courses (0-9 units)The distribution of electives between

related courses and co-related courses isflexible and will be determined by studentsin conjunction with the major advisorsand possibly the external advisors. Prioreducation, experience and research planswill be considered in making decisionsabout what is to be taken in the field ofinformation studies and in co-related areas.Students may choose additional electives

from the doctoral courses above or takeDIS 899-Independent Study or LIS 901Special Topics. DIS 899 IndependentStudy requires an application (contact thePalmer School for a REQUEST FORINDEPENDENT STUDY form) that isapproved by the major advisor, the facultymember who will supervise the indepen-dent study, the Doctoral Committee, andthe Dean. Advanced master’s courses atthe 700 level in the Palmer School canalso be used to satisfy the related electiverequirements.

Electives from co-related courses(9 units)Students must identify a co-related

field of study outside the field ofInformation Studies and prepare toanswer a question in that area on thecomprehensive examination. Thesecourses must be graduate courses at thedoctoral-level or master’s coursesapproved as appropriate for doctoral-level study. They may be taken at theC.W. Post Campus or at other institu-tions. The selection of courses in the co-related area must be approved by themajor advisor in advance of registration.If the courses are taken outside of

Long Island University after a student isadmitted to the Information Studies doc-toral program, the “Permission to takeCourses at Another Institution” formmust be completed in advance of regis-tering for the course. It is submitted tothe major advisor who processes itthrough the required levels of approval.At the C.W. Post Campus, students

have the opportunity to select co-related,doctoral-level courses in the ClinicalPsychology Doctoral program, subject tothe approval of the Major Advisor andthe Director of the Psy.D. program.In addition, there are master’s-level

courses available in the College of LiberalArts and Sciences, School of Education,College of Management, School ofHealth Professions and Nursing, and theSchool of Visual and Performing Artsthat can be used as co-related electives bydoctoral students in Information Studies.While some of these master’s-level cours-es have been reviewed by the PalmerSchool faculty in prior years, approval ofactual courses as co-related electives isdone in the semester before the coursesare taken. Current syllabi for these cours-es must be obtained and reviewed by thestudent’s major advisor before they can beapproved as a co-related course.

Academic PoliciesAfter acceptance to the Ph.D. pro-

gram, each student are given a handbookthat outlines the academic policies thatapply to them throughout their course ofstudy until completion of the program.

Library and InformationScience – M.S.

The Master of Science in Library andInformation Science is registered withthe New York State EducationDepartment at the C.W. Post Campusand in the Borough of Manhattan.Selected M.S. courses are offered at LongIsland University’s Westchester GraduateCampus in Purchase (WestchesterCounty), New York and BrentwoodCampus on Long Island. The M.S.degree program is accredited by theAmerican Library Association.

Required Courses (15 units)LIS 510 Introduction to Library andInformation Science

LIS 511 Information Sources andServices

LIS 512 Introduction to KnowledgeOrganization

LIS 514 Introduction to Research inLibrary and Information Science

LIS 690 Internship

Electives (21 units)An additional 21 units of electives can

be taken from a broad array of coursesthat are tailored to suit individual careerobjectives.Manhattan ProgramMaster’s courses have been offered in

Manhattan since 1986. Since the Fall of1993, the Palmer School has had its baseof operation in Manhattan in the NewYork University Bobst Library (70Washington Square South) where thePalmer School has offices and class-rooms. Students registered for courses inManhattan are given access cards andborrowing privileges at the Bobst Library.Courses may be offered at other sites inManhattan depending on the nature ofthe course and its needs.

Westchester ProgramThe Palmer School offers selected

master’s courses toward the M.S. degreeat Long Island University’s Westchester

C.W. Post Campus

Graduate Campus in Purchase(Westchester County), New York. TheWestchester Graduate Campus is servedby bus from the White Plains MetroNorth Station and is easily accessible bycar from several major highways. M.S.students in the Westchester programmust take three units at the C.W. PostCampus or at the Manhattan location.

Archives and RecordsManagementAdvanced Certificate

This certificate program is only offeredas part of the M.S. in Library andInformation Science or as a separatepost-M.S. certificate. In order to attainthis certificate, students must completethe program in Library and InformationScience or must hold a previously com-pleted master’s degree.Since all types of institutions create

and maintain records, there are careeropportunities for both archivists andrecords managers in a variety of settingssuch as corporations, government agen-cies, libraries of all types, museums, his-torical societies, and nonprofitorganizations and associations.

AdmissionStudents who wish to obtain a certifi-

cate concurrent with the M.S. degreemust comply with admission criteria anddeadlines for the Master’s program. Foradmission to the Archives and RecordsManagement program only, applicantsmust submit:• a graduate application• two copies of an official transcriptindicating completion of a Master’sDegree program

• two letters of recommendation

ProgramRequirementsThe Certificate in Archives and Records

Management encompasses 18 units, ofwhich nine are in required courses:

LIS 520 Records Management ILIS 714 Archives and ManuscriptsLIS 690 InternshipStudents may choose an additional

nine units from a variety of electives that

are tailored to suit individual careerobjectives, including:

LIS 657 Introduction to PreservationLIS 713 Rare Books & SpecialCollections Librarianship

LIS 721 Appraisal of Archives andManuscripts

LIS 722 Records Management II:Electronic Records

LIS 763 Metadata: Description andAnalysis

LIS 765 Knowledge RepresentationLIS 770 Information Storage andRetrieval

School Library MediaSpecialist (SLMS)Program

A candidate for admission to thePalmer School must have a baccalaureatedegree from an accredited institution ofhigher education. Undergraduate orgraduate preparation must include a con-centration in one of the liberal arts andsciences, which will include English,mathematics, science, social studies, andat least one year of study in a languageother than English. All students enteringthe School Media Program will be sub-ject to a Transcript Evaluation to deter-mine whether or not they meet therequirements set forth by New York StateDepartment of Education.

CertificationThe SLMS specialization has the fol-

lowing required courses in addition tothe CORE courses for students enteringthe program with NYS TeacherCertification or equivalent:

LIS 620 Instructional Design &Leadership (EDU 980)

LIS 622 Management of the SchoolMedia Center (EDU 981)

LIS 626 Teaching Methodologies for theSchool Media Center

LIS 628 School Media & Materials inthe Curriculum

LIS 629 Integrating Technology into theSchool Media Center

LIS 690 Internship/Student Teaching

Also one of the following:

LIS 729 Young Adult Sources andServices

LIS 731 Materials & Services for EarlyChildhood

LIS 733 Children’s Sources & Services

Students entering the program withoutNew York State Teacher Certification orequivalent will be required to take thiseducation course in addition to theabove requirements:

EDS 610 Literacy, Teaching, andLearning, Birth-Grade 6 (or equivalentwith School Media Director’s permission).

To qualify for provisional New YorkState Certification as a School MediaSpecialist, students must also completeor obtain the following:1. A two-hour child abuse seminar2. Violence prevention workshop3. Qualifying scores on LAST/ATS-Wand CST exams

4. New York State fingerprinting

Following two years of successfulemployment in a school library mediacenter, a candidate may apply to thestate for professional certification.

Rare Books andSpecial CollectionsConcentration

The Palmer School offers a concentra-tion in Rare Books and SpecialCollections as part of the AmericanLibrary Association-accredited M.S. inLibrary and Information Science pro-gram. The program is designed for stu-dents intending to pursue careers inresearch institutions and the book tradeand for those collectors and scholarsinterested in this material. Studentsdevelop proficiency in rare book curator-ship, archival techniques, the history ofthe book, rare book cataloging, preserva-tion, and exhibition planning. Theybecome acquainted with major collec-tions through field trips and internships,and will have opportunities to meetexperts in this area. The program willmake extensive use of the rich rare booksand special collections libraries in thegreater New York area. Specialized cours-es in book history are offered, and cours-es relevant to this concentration may

also be selected from the Palmer School’scertificate program in Archives andRecords Management. All courses will beavailable in Manhattan, although stu-dents may take basic requirements atother Palmer School locations.Students pursuing this concentration

receive a letter of recognition when theycomplete their courses. To qualify, stu-dents must take four courses in this area:Rare Book and Special CollectionsLibrarianship (LIS 713), one course inthe history of the book, and two of thefollowing courses:

LIS 603 Humanities Sources andServices

LIS 657 Introduction to PreservationLIS 662 Library Public RelationsLIS 714 Archives and ManuscriptsLIS 763 Metadata: Description and AccessLIS 773 Comparative BibliographyLIS 901 Special Topics (with a rarebooks and/or special collections focus)

Courses in web design and digitallibraries are strongly recommended eventhough they do not count toward theconcentration per se.Students may take up to two 2 courses

in the University of Virginia’s Rare BookSchool as part of this concentration.This option must be approved by thePalmer School before the student enrollsin the RBS program.For more information, contact the

Palmer School Manhattan at (212) 998-2680, e-mail palmer@cwpost.liu.edu orvisit www.liu.edu/palmer

Public LibraryAdministrator’sCertificate Program

The Public Library Administrator’sCertificate Program consists of five cours-es that carry graduate academic units andculminate in an Advanced Certificate inPublic Library Administration recognizedby the New York State EducationDepartment. The Public LibraryAdministrator’s Certificate is offered inpartnership with regional library organi-zations in a variety of locations. Studentsmust complete five specific courses (LIS700-704). Admission is made throughthe partnering library organizations incooperation with the Palmer School and

the Long Island University School ofContinuing Education and ProfessionalStudies. This program is open to librarianswith a minimum of two years professionalexperience, and has been designed to:

• Provide a solid management educationprogram for public library administrators

• Update librarians on new managementprinciples and organizational structures

• Integrate these concepts and illustratetheir practical application within thepublic library setting

• Explore current issues and trends inpublic library management andimprove leadership skills within theworkplace

• Provide a forum where important man-agement issues germane to publiclibrarians can be discussed in light ofthe theoretical constructs covered withthis program

AdmissionThe Public Library Administrator’s

Certificate is only offered as a post-MLSprogram. Students must complete fivespecific courses (LIS 700-704). Thesecourses are offered as full three-unit grad-uate offerings or one-unit “certificate only”courses. For admission to the programapplicants must submit the following:Graduate application form• Two copies of official transcripts from arecognized MLS program

• Two letters of recommendation

Although not required, applicants maybe asked to come for an interview.

For more information on admission tothe program contact: Gerald Nichols at(516) 299-2867 or via e-mailgerald.nichols@liu.edu.

Program RequirementsThe certificate in Public Library

Administration encompasses five requiredcourses. Students may elect to take thecourses for one or three units. The samelevel of effort is required however onlythree-unit courses are eligible for transferto other graduate-level programs:

LIS 700 Principles of Public LibraryOrganization and Management

LIS 701 Seminar in Legal Issues and theRegulatory/Governance Environmentof the Public Library

LIS 702 Human Resources Administrationin the Public Library

LIS 703 Financial Management ofPublic Libraries

LIS 704 Public Library Facilities,Automation Systems andTelecommunications

Dual-Degree Programwith New YorkUniversity

Our new dual-degree program providesa student with two Master’s degrees, anMSLIS from The Palmer School and anM.A. from the Graduate School of Artsand Science (GSAS) at NYU. GSASoffers 48 programs in 200 fields of study.The purpose of this new program,

approved by the New York StateDepartment of Education in May 2006,is to produce subject specialists andscholar-librarians for academic andresearch institutions and the informationindustry. Students take 13 fewer units inthe dual-degree program than if theytook each Master’s separately. An impor-tant part of this program is a speciallydesigned mentorship program with NYULibraries’ library subject specialists.Mentors stay with the student from thebeginning until the end of the degree.

RequirementsThe Palmer School part of the pro-

gram requires 28 units

Four core courses for 12 units:

LIS 510 Introduction to Library andInformation Science

LIS 511 Information Sources andServices

LIS 512 Introduction to KnowledgeOrganization

LIS 514 Introduction to Research inLibrary & Information Science

Mentorship for 4 units (includes aninternship program)

4 Electives for 12 units

NYU’s GSAS program requirements canbe found on their website - www.nyu.edu.Students are advised to speak with a direc-tor of graduate study in the departmentwhere they plan to apply before they com-plete their GSAS application.

C.W. Post Campus

After completing 12 units at NYU andafter completing 12 units at Palmer, stu-dents in the dual-degree program will:• transfer eight units from their NYUprogram to complete the dual-degreerequirements for Palmer.

• transfer nine units from their Palmerprogram to complete the dual-degreerequirements for NYU.

Students are responsible for applyingfor this transfer of unit and should do soonce 12 units are completed at eitherinstitution.

SpecializationWithin the dual-degree program, stu-

dents can complete a concentration inrare books or archives or a more generalMSLIS with elective courses in informa-tion technologies, subject reference andorganization of information.

Please note: Because the School LibraryMedia Specialist program has a minimumof six mandatory courses in addition tothe core courses, it is not part of thedual-degree program.

M.S. AdmissionRequirements andProcedures

In addition to the graduate applicationform, applicants for admission to theMaster of Science in Library andInformation Science program in thePalmer School must submit the followingdocuments to the C.W. Post GraduateAdmissions Office, even if all or most ofthe courses will be completed inManhattan:1. Two copies of an undergraduate tran-script with a cumulative grade pointaverage of 3.00, or equivalent, in abachelor’s program or in the last twoyears of such a program. Applicantswho will not have completed theirdegrees before admission deadlinesshould submit a transcript without thefinal semester’s grades. Such applicantsmay be accepted pending receipt oftheir final transcripts.

2. Official transcripts from all other insti-tutions attended, including other grad-uate programs.

3. Applicants whose undergraduate averageis below a 3.00 will be required to submit

the results of the Graduate Record Examor Miller Analogies Test taken in thelast five years. Students already holding amaster’s degree or who can show success-ful completion of coursework in graduateschool will not be required to take theGRE or MAT exams.

4. Two professional and/or academic let-ters of recommendation that addressthe applicant’s potential in the profes-sion and ability to complete a graduateprogram

5. A current resumé, including an E-mailaddress

6. A written statement that describes theapplicant’s motivation for seeking thedegree, special areas of interest, andcareer objectives in the profession(250-300 words)

7. Students for whom English is a secondlanguage must submit results of aTOEFL test on which a score of over550 has been achieved

Conditional AdmissionApplicants who do not meet the

above minimum criteria may be consid-ered for admission as limited matricu-lants if potential for success in theprogram and the field can be confirmedby one or more of the following:1. An unusually high score on theGraduate Record Exam, the MillerAnalogies Test, or another comparablegraduate test

2. A documented record of extensive andsuccessful experience in the field

3. Evidence that an applicant with aninadequate grade point average hasattained the level of maturity and ded-ication necessary to pursue study atthe master’s level

4. Exceptional letters of recommendationfrom supervisors and/or professionalsin the field

5. A personal interview by a facultymember or the Dean

Conditional Admission forExceptional Applicants withoutBachelor’s Degrees1. GRE or MAT scores – 90 percentile orhigher

2. Minimum 10 years experience in the fieldin progressively responsible positions

3. Substantial scholarly essay on a topicof choice, but dealing with some aspectof library and information science

4. Detailed goals statement with empha-sis on the expected future contributionof the candidate to the profession

5. Exceptional letters of recommendationfrom supervisors and professionals inthe field

6. Successful personal interview with theadmissions committee and other facul-ty members

Application FormsGraduate application forms can be

obtained from the Admissions Office,Long Island University, C.W. PostCampus, 720 Northern Blvd., Brookville,New York 11548-1300, (516) 299-2900.Applicants wishing to study at theWestchester Campus should obtainapplication forms from the Long IslandUniversity Westchester GraduateCampus, 735 Anderson Hill Road,Purchase, New York 10577, (914) 251-6510. International students shouldrequest an international applicationform. Students can access an on-lineapplication at www.liu.edu/postapp.

Advanced Certificate ProgramAdmissionFor admission to the 18-unit certifi-

cate program in Archives and RecordsManagement or the 15-unit AdvancedCertificate in Public Library Director,applicants must submit the following:1. Graduate application form2. Two copies of official transcripts froman undergraduate degree program andall other higher educational institu-tions attended

3. Two letters of recommendationAlthough not required, applicants maybe asked for a personal interview

M.S. AcademicRequirements andPolicies

ResidencyThe time limit for completing the

M.S. is five years from the date of firstmatriculation. It is expected that eachstudent has continuous registration oversuccessive semesters, excluding theSummer session. (See also the Leave ofAbsence Section.)All students enrolled in the M.S. pro-

gram in Westchester are required to reg-ister for at least three units at theC.W. Post Campus or at the ManhattanCampus.

Transfer of unitsGraduate courses taken elsewhere may

be credited toward the M.S. offered bythe Palmer School. Permission to trans-fer units from another institution shouldbe requested at the time of admission.Courses must have been completed with-in the past five years, and must be gradu-ate level-courses in which the studentachieved a grade of B or better. Transferis normally limited to six unit hours. Thecourses may not have been appliedtoward another degree. Transfer units forcourses in cognate disciplines will beconsidered, but must be relevant to thestudent’s plan of study.A student may apply for transfer units

by writing to the Dean of the PalmerSchool and enclosing copies of the coursesyllabus, catalog description and proof ofsuccessful completion of the course(s),along with a letter of justification.Transfer units are not recorded on the

transcript until a student has successfullycompleted 15 unit hours at Long IslandUniversity.

Transfer LimitationsStudents wanting to meet certification

requirements for School MediaSpecialists in New York State may haveadditional limitations on transfer of unitsand should consult the academic coun-selor or their faculty advisor beforeapplying for transfer of units.For the certificate program, students

may apply for transfer of a maximum ofthree units.The faculty reserves the right to deny

transfer of units for cognate courses ifthey put at risk a student’s ability toachieve those competencies required tocomplete the school’s Master’s degreeprogram. Work experience will not beconsidered as a waiver for LIS 690Internship.

Cognate CoursesStudents have the option of taking up

to six units in other disciplines. Theseelective courses may not only be usedtoward another degree, but also must fitwith the student’s plan of study, and mustbe graduate-level courses. Cross-listedcourses (LIS and another program) countas LIS courses, not as cognate electives.The approval of the faculty advisor

and the Dean must be obtained beforeregistration in courses outside of theschool.

Academic PerformanceA “B” average (or a cumulative grade

point average of 3.00 on a 4.00 scale) orbetter and continued attendance arerequired for maintenance of matricula-tion status. Grading is according to theletter grades used for all Long IslandUniversity graduate programs as follows:A (4.00)A- (3.67)B+ (3.33)B (3.00)B- (2.67)C+ (2.33)C (2.00)F Failure to achieve minimal compe-

tencies (0.00)W Withdrawal from course without

penaltyI Incomplete. (Granted at the discre-

tion of the instructor in cases ofemergency or hardship. Incompletework must be finished before theend of the next semester (excludingSummers) or the student may notbe permitted to register for furthercourses.)

Instructors establish policy about latepenalties for individual assignments andwhether or not tests can be made up.Instructors are responsible for including astatement about the consequences ofincomplete/late work in the syllabus foreach course.Cognate courses taken in other facul-

ties or schools must meet the PalmerSchool’s grading standards.

Academic ConductAcademic irregularities or dishonesty,

such as plagiarism and cheating, mayresult in an automatic failure in a courseand dismissal from the program.

Unsatisfactory PerformanceIn the M.S. program, a student whose

cumulative grade point average fallsbelow 3.00 at any time in the programmay lose matriculation status and be dis-missed from the program. An “F” gradein any course may result in immediatedismissal from the program. Studentswith two “C” or “C+” grades will bereferred to the Dean for review.Students who wish to challenge a final

grade in a course may do so by firstappealing to the instructor for a review.If the matter is not resolved, the student,

in accordance with University proce-dures, may appeal in writing to the Deanof the Palmer School for a hearing onthe matter. The hearing may be with theDean or a committee of the faculty orboth.In a certificate program, one grade of

“C” or “C+” will result in a review.

Leave of AbsenceIf a student is unable to attend for a

semester and wishes to continue underthe requirements in effect when firstadmitted, a leave of absence must berequested in an interview with the Dean,or a representative, or by letter if aninterview is not possible. If the leave ofabsence is approved, it must be recordedwith the School’s office before the begin-ning of the academic semester. (See thebeginning of the bulletin for a full expla-nation of this process.)

Violations of Academic PolicyViolations of academic policy are a

serious matter that also touch upon pro-fessional ethics. The following processindicates how violations of academic pol-icy are handled within the PalmerSchool:• Allegations of violation of academicpolicies will be referred to a specialcommittee of the faculty. Anonymousallegations will not be considered. TheCommittee will meet one or moretimes to discuss the matter.

• The student accused of violating acad-emic policies must be advised in writ-ing by the chairperson and invited to ameeting of the Committee. The lettermust indicate the purpose of the meet-ing and the procedures followed ininvestigating the alleged violation.

• The student must have the opportuni-ty to question the person who broughtthe allegation to the Committee. TheDean may not be present at this meet-ing since he or she is part of a subse-quent appeal process.

• The Committee will forward its con-clusion and recommendation in writ-ing to the Dean. The recommendationwill be one of the following: expulsion,suspension (for a specified period), amemorandum in the student’s file, orno action.

• The Dean will convey the recommen-dation to the student and advise thestudent that he or she has 30 days inwhich to appeal the decision before itbecomes final.

C.W. Post Campus

• If the student chooses to appeal, he orshe must do so in writing within the30-day period.

• In the case of an appeal, theCommittee and the student will for-ward all relevant information to theDean. The Dean may consult with theentire faculty before making a decision.

• The Dean will make a decision andsend it to the student in writing.

• Within the Palmer School, there is noappeal beyond the Dean. Students maychoose to exercise additional appealrights through the C.W. Post Campusand Long Island University levels.

Academic StatusAll students admitted to the M.S. pro-

gram will be classified as follows:• Matriculant – A student who has suc-cessfully satisfied all admission require-ments and has been officially acceptedinto the M.S. degree program.

• Limited Matriculant – A student whoplans to matriculate, but has not metall admission requirements. These defi-ciencies must be removed by the timesix units have been completed. Whenthis is done, the student is reclassifiedas a matriculated student. Studentsmay also be admitted as limited matric-ulants if there is a question about theirability to do work at the master’s level.These are normally reviewed aftercompletion of six units or the firstsemester, whichever comes first.

• Non-Matriculant – A student who has amaster’s degree in library science and isseeking certification or a student whois seeking to update skills.

• Personal Enrichment – A student who isinterested in taking courses to explorethe program or a career in the field.Students in this status may take up tosix units. A bachelor’s degree isrequired.

Personal EnrichmentApplicants with a bachelor’s degree or

higher may, with permission from theDean, take master’s-level courses for per-sonal enrichment purposes. To takecourses on this basis, students must:• Send a “Personal Enrichment/VisitingStudent” application form to thePalmer School, along with a $30 appli-cation fee; and,

• Send a copy of a transcript or otherproof that their degree has been com-pleted satisfactorily

• Acceptance as a personal enrichmentstudent does not constitute acceptanceinto a degree or certificate program.Enrollment is limited to a maximum ofsix units. To take courses after sixunits, a regular graduate applicationmust be completed and acceptedaccording to policies established byLong Island University as outlined inthe Graduate Bulletin. Units taken forpersonal enrichment are not automati-cally applied to subsequent degree orcertificate programs in which a studentmay register, but may be taken intoconsideration by the School.

Visiting StudentsStudents enrolled in other graduate

programs may take courses in the PalmerSchool provided that they:• Complete and submit a “PersonalEnrichment/Visiting Student” applica-tion form to the Palmer School, alongwith a $30 application fee; and,

• Provide proof that (a) he or she is astudent in good standing at anothermaster’s program in library and infor-mation studies or related field; and (b)his or her faculty advisor/deanapproves of the courses, if they are tobe used as transfer units.

Acceptance as a visiting student doesnot constitute acceptance into a degreeor certificate program. Enrollment is lim-ited to a maximum of six units. To takecourses after six units, a regular graduateapplication must be completed, andaccepted, according to policies estab-lished by Long Island University as out-lined in the Graduate Bulletin. Unitstaken by visiting students are not auto-matically applied to subsequent degree orcertificate programs in which a studentregisters, but may be taken into consider-ation.

Advanced Graduate CoursesIndividuals who already have a mas-

ter’s degree in library and informationstudies or related fields may register totake courses in the Palmer School toupdate and expand their knowledge, andto undertake in-depth study of a specificsubject. Such individuals have no limita-tions placed on the number of units theymay take. Courses may be taken for unitor audited. To register, students in thiscategory must:• Complete and submit a regular gradu-ate application form requesting non-

matriculated status to the PalmerSchool, along with a $30 applicationfee; and,

• Provide proof (a photocopy is suffi-cient) that they hold a master’s degreeas outlined above.

Acceptance into advanced courseworkdoes not constitute acceptance into adegree or certificate program. There is nolimit to the number of units that can betaken. Should individuals subsequentlyapply for admission to a degree or certifi-cate program, the units taken are notautomatically applied to subsequentdegree or certificate programs.

Student Associations

The Palmer School has a number ofstudent associations and groups for stu-dents who wish to become participantsin professional groups while attendingschool. The Palmer School StudentAssociation provides educational meet-ings and seminars and serves as a liaisonbetween the student body and thePalmer School faculty. In addition, theSchool has active student chapters of theAmerican Library Association and theAmerican Society for InformationScience. Membership in these groups isopen to all Palmer School students.

Course Descriptions

Courses in the 500 series are open toupper level undergraduates, provided pre-requisites are met or instructor’s permis-sion is granted. Upper level (700) LIScourses are open to master’s and Ph.D.students. 800 level courses are only fordoctoral students. The scheduled fre-quency of course offerings (in italics)applies to the C.W. Post Campus only.There may be special fees for some courses.

M.S. Courses

Required

LIS 510 Introduction to Library &Information ScienceOverview of the field. Introduction tothe history, purpose, functions, andprocesses of the field, its place in society,practice of the profession in various types

of settings, and current issues and trends.Each Semester, 3 units

LIS 511 Information Sources andServicesPhilosophy, process, and techniques ofinformation services. Overview of infor-mation access and delivery, types ofresources and formats used in informationservices, evaluation and measurement ofsources and services, and informationseeking processes and behaviors.Each Semester, 3 units

LIS 512 Introduction to KnowledgeOrganizationBasic principles of bibliographic control.Emphasizes understanding the functionof catalogs, indexes, bibliographies, Web-browsers and acquiring the ability to useand interpret these tools effectively.Introduction to bibliographic utilities,online catalogs and indexes, World WideWeb, metadata and the Dublin Core,MARC formats, Anglo-AmericanCataloguing Rules, Library of CongressSubject Headings, Sears List of SubjectHeadings, Dewey Decimal Classification,Library of Congress Classification.Pre- or co-requisites: LIS 510Fall and Spring Semesters, 3 units

LIS 514 Introduction to Research inLibrary and Information ScienceTheoretical and applied research design,methodologies, and evaluations in libraryand information science. Review ofexisting research in the field, techniquesof proposal preparation, and design ofinstruments used in the field.Pre- or co- requisites: LIS 510Each Semester, 3 units

LIS 690 Internship120 hours (or a combined 40 days at twoschool sites for school media students) dur-ing a semester at an approved site, workingunder supervision of a professional in thefield. Guided by a Learning Contract joint-ly approved by faculty and the site supervi-sor, students augment what they have beentaught in formal courses, further theircareer objectives, and enhance their skills,competencies, and abilities. For studentswith extensive library experience, LIS 695(Master’s Project) is available as an alterna-tive to the internship, with permissionfrom the student’s advisor and Dean.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512,LIS 514, and most electives.LIS 620, LIS 622, LIS 626, LIS 628, &LIS 629 are prerequisites for SLMS studentswithout New York State Teacher Certification.There may be additional prerequisites.Check with your academic or faculty advisor.Each Semester, 3 units

Electives

LIS 508 Technology for InformationManagementA comprehensive introduction to digitaland communications technologies as theunderpinnings for information storageand retrieval systems. These include thetheory of digital representation of infor-mation (text, graphical images, andsound), the inter-relationship of hard-ware, operating system software andapplications software in stand-alone sys-tems, and extensions of these in net-worked environments.Each Semester, 3 units

LIS 513 Management of Libraries andInformation CentersPrinciples and techniques of manage-ment applicable to libraries and informa-tion service organizations. Focusesmanagement theory on organizing forlibrary and information services, collec-tions, facilities management, and mea-surement and evaluation of services.Pre- or co- requisites: LIS 510Fall and Spring Semesters, 3 units

LIS 520 Records Management I:FundamentalsIntroduction to the systematic manage-ment of business records. Topics coveredinclude: inventorying records, prepara-tion of retention schedules, space man-agement for inactive records,micrographics, protection of vitalrecords, and file organization concepts.Fall, 3 units

LIS 603 Humanities Sources andServicesA study of the nature of the knowledge,historical development, research, andpublications in the humanities. Includesthe identification and evaluation of bib-liographic, reference, and selectionsources in philosophy, religion, language,fine arts, minor and applied arts, per-forming arts, music, and world literature.Prerequisite: LIS 511Spring, Every Second Year, 3 units

LIS 604 Science and TechnologySources and ServicesA study of the background, trends, termi-nology, and notable publications in thephysical and biological sciences, engi-neering, and technology. Special consid-eration is given to the forms taken byscientific literature, bibliographic, selec-

C.W. Post Campus

tion, and reference sources. The needs ofthe user of various types of libraries areemphasized.Prerequisite: LIS 511On Occasion, Every Second Year, 3 units

LIS 605 Social Science Sources andServicesAn examination of trends, terminology,and notable works in history, geography,political science, law, education, psychol-ogy, economics, business sociology,anthropology, and social sciences. A con-sideration for the form taken by socialscience literature. A study of biblio-graphic, reference, and selection tools inprint and electronic formats.Prerequisites: LIS 511Fall, Every Second Year, 3 units

LIS 607 Health Science Sources andServicesExamines health science reference tools,both print and electronic. Includes studyof the National Library of Medicine, andhealth science professional organizationsand their publications. Specific attentionis given to access to Medline throughPubMed. The literature and resources forconsumer health information, medicalterminology and Internet resources willbe explored.Prerequisite: LIS 511On Occasion, 3 units

LIS 608 Legal Sources and ServicesProvides an overview of the tools andtechniques of legal research. Students areintroduced to the structure and processesof the three major components of thelegal system in the United States: com-mon law, statutes, and administrativelaw. Sources of foreign and internationallaw are examined.Prerequisite: LIS 511On Occasion, Every Second Year, 3 units

LIS 609 Business & EconomicsSources & ServicesExamines business and economic fields,their literature and research, and the var-ious settings and environments of busi-ness and economic research for the U.S.,with some attention to internationalneeds. Includes collection developmentand services, general reference sources,statistical, bibliographic, governmentdocuments, periodicals, associations, etc.,in print and electronic form, and tech-niques for using them. Also covers spe-cific client groups, ethics, management,and current issues.Prerequisite: LIS 511On Occasion, 3 units

LIS 618 Online Information RetrievalTechniquesA survey of the design and use of com-puterized information retrieval systemsand services, including online catalogs,commercial database searches, andInternet-based search services and elec-tronic resources. The emphasis will be onacquiring a practical understanding ofthese systems and services to aid in thedevelopment of advanced search, selec-tion, and evaluation competencies. Thecourse will include the application ofsearch strategies and techniques to alltypes of formats of electronic resources,including bibliographic, full-text, andmultimedia resources. Instructionalmethods include lecture, online demon-strations, and hands-on training.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512or instructor permissionEach Semester, 3 unitsSpecial Fee Required

LIS 620 Instructional Design andLeadership (Same as EDU 980)Examines the curriculum consultant andinstructional leadership roles of theschool media specialist. Attention isgiven to the history of curriculum designand delivery systems, and opportunitiesare provided for students to blend recentdevelopments in curriculum and instruc-tion with information literacy objectivesand staff development strategies.Presentation and discussion of appropri-ate techniques dealing with studentshaving special needs and disabilities andaccommodating inclusion children in thelibrary media center. Collaborative,interdisciplinary approaches are empha-sized. For information specialists, supervi-sors, administrators, and others involvedin the teaching/learning process. Therewill be 25 hours of field experiences(observation) related to coursework aspart of the requirement in SED 52.21 (b)(3) (i). A total of 100 hours of observa-tion must be completed prior to studentteaching or practica (internship).Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511 or instruc-tor permissionEach Semester, 3 units

LIS 622 Management of the SchoolMedia Center(Same as EDU 981)An examination of developments in theprinciples and strategies for managinginformation and school information cen-ters. This course examines philosophiesand practices related to policy develop-ment, budgeting, personnel, resourceorganization, networking, public rela-tions, and facilities planning, includingexamination of facilities for persons with

disabilities and special needs. There willbe 25 hours of field experiences (observa-tion) related to coursework as part of therequirement in SED 52.21 (b) (3) (i). Atotal of 100 hours of observation must becompleted prior to student teaching orpractica (internship).Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512or instructor permissionEach Semester, 3 units

LIS 626 Teaching Methodologies forSchool Media SpecialistsThis course will present teaching strate-gies important for the school media spe-cialist in the school library informationcenter “classroom.” Learn and practicetechniques for using the school informa-tion center as a vital part of the instruc-tion occurring within the school. Lessonplanning, questioning strategies andhands-on practice with important educa-tional trends are integral components ofthis course.Prerequisites: LIS, 510, LIS 511, LIS 512,LIS 620, LIS 622 or instructor permissionSpring, 3 units

LIS 628 School Media Materials andthe CurriculumSurvey of nonfiction resources in supportof the subject content areas in the mod-ern school curriculum, including non-fic-tion materials covering persons withdisabilities and special needs. Attentionis given to new developments in the cur-riculum, with emphasis on the wholelanguage approach as it relates to theselections and use of library materials.There will be 25 hours of field experi-ences (observation) related to course-work as part of the requirement in SED52.21 (b) (3) (i). A total of 100 hours ofobservation must be completed prior tostudent teaching or practica (internship).Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS512,LIS 620, LIS 622 or instructorpermissionEach Semester, 3 units

LIS 629 Integrating Technology intothe School Media CurriculumStudents will examine software, hard-ware, Internet utilities, and Web sites tosee how curriculum and technology facil-itate learning in the school media center;and explore the ways hardware and soft-ware should be integrated into the cur-riculum, including examination ofage-appropriate material for childrenwith disabilities and special needs anduse of adaptive technology. There will be25 hours of field experiences (observa-tion) related to coursework as part of therequirement in SED 52.21 (b) (3) (i). Atotal of 100 hours of observation must be

completed prior to student teaching orpractica (internship).Prerequisites: LIS, 510, LIS 511, LIS 512,LIS 620,622, or instructor permissionEach Semester, 3 units

LIS 650 Passive Web Site Architectureand DesignThis courses introduces students to thefundamentals of designing, building andmaintaining passive web sites. Passiveweb sites are those that do not changeappearance as a result of user interaction.Students will learn and apply web sitetechnologies such as XHTML (theHypertext Markup Language using XMLsyntax) and CSS (Cascading StyleSheets). Students will be introduced tothe web site architecture and web sitedesign literature as far as they are rele-vant for passive web sites. Some funda-mental aspects of the web such as httpand URLs will also be addressed.Prerequisite: good computer skillsOn Occasion, 3 units

LIS 651 Active Web Site Architectureand DesignThis courses introduces students to thefundamentals of designing, building andmaintaining active web sites. Active websites are those that do change appearanceas a result of user interaction. For exam-ple, the user may point the mouse at apicture and the pictures changes. Or theuser may file a request using a form and aresponse is given by the server. Studentswill learn and apply server-side technolo-gies such as PHP (the PHP HypertextProcessor) and client-side technologiessuch as Javascript. Students will be intro-duced to the web site architecture andweb site design literature as far as theyare relevant for active web sites.Prerequisites: LIS 650On Occasion, 3 units

LIS 657 Introduction to PreservationAn introduction to the principles andpractices of library and archives preserva-tion. Current preservation methods,national, regional, and local preservationefforts, the history of preservation, anddisaster planning and recovery will beexamined.Fall, Every Second Year, 3 units

LIS 658 History of the BookStudents in this course become acquaint-ed with recognized icons of the westernbook and with theoretical approaches tointerpreting “the book” in its broadestsense. They gain first-hand experiencewith the intellectual tools of the bookhistorian’s trade including vocabulary,bibliography in its various manifesta-

tions, sources, and major collections andrelated bibliographic institutions.Prerequisite: LIS 510 or LIS 511On Occasion, 3 units

LIS 662 Library Public RelationsExamines the principles and practice ofpublic relations; the library image; thenews media; special events and programs;exhibits and displays; library publica-tions; publicity, marketing techniquesand discussion of public relations as itapplies to all types of libraries.Prerequisites: LIS 510Fall, Every Second Year, 3 units

LIS 669 Government InformationStudy and evaluation of documents andinformation from federal, state, andmunicipal sources, including internation-al governments. Most emphasis on theU.S. The nature of documents, electron-ic formats (databases, CD-ROMs), theirreference and research value, as well asselection, acquisition, organization andaccess in various settings.Prerequisite: LIS 510, LIS 511 or permissionFall or Spring, Every Second Year, 3 units

LIS 695 Master’s ProjectAvailable for students with extensivelibrary experience as an alternative toLIS 690 (Internship). Independentresearch, design, or development thatmay include one of the following: aresearch paper of publishable quality; aninstructional or informational design pro-gram; a creative performance program.The student will be required to present aproposal for approval as well as the com-pleted results of the selected paper orprogram project to the faculty advisor,project supervisor and the Dean.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512,LIS 514, and Dean’s approvalEach Semester, 3 units

LIS 697 Master’s ThesisIndependent research for the prepara-tion, development, and presentation of amaster’s thesis under a faculty member’sadvisement and supervision. The com-pleted thesis must be approved by thethesis advisor and the Dean.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512,LIS 514 and Dean’s approvalEach Semester, 3 units

LIS 699 Independent StudyThrough independent study, studentsmay explore in depth areas in the fieldthat are of particular interest. A studentwill be limited to two independent stud-ies during their course of study. For fur-ther information, contact the academiccounselor.

Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512and Dean’s approvalEach Semester, 3 units

Public Library AdministratorsNot open to Master’s degree students

LIS 700 Principles of Public LibraryOrganization & ManagementThis seminar explores public organiza-tion and management. Topics includeprinciples of management and organiza-tion, the planning process, policy deci-sion-making and leadership principles.Issues such as assessing communityneeds, public and governmental rela-tions, cooperative ventures, leadershipand management systems, professionalethics and censorship are also addressed.On Occasion, 1-3 units

LIS 701 Seminar in Legal Issues & theRegulatory/Governance Environment ofthe Public LibraryThis seminar focuses on the legal basisfor the public library, sources of the pub-lic library’s authority and the organiza-tional framework that enables the libraryto function in society. Attention is givento the laws, rules and regulations on thelocal, state and national level that affectpublic libraries. Other topics include theroles of the board of trustees and thelibrary director; regulatory agencies andreporting requirements, insurance riskmanagement, liability; library policiesand their enforcement and the relation-ship of the public library to other agen-cies.On Occasion, 1-3 units

LIS 702 Human ResourcesAdministration in the Public LibraryThis seminar deals with issues involvedin developing and implementing ahuman resources program in the publiclibrary. Topics include performance eval-uation, job descriptions, salary adminis-tration, fringe benefits, human resourcespolicies, contract and collective bargain-ing negotiations; recruitment and inter-viewing techniques; civil service issues;and all legal aspects of personnel supervi-sion and administration.On Occasion, 1-3 units

LIS 703 Financial Management ofPublic LibrariesThis course is designed to provide librarymanagers with an understanding of pub-lic finance and economic theory. Specifictopics such as basic economic theory,public finance, community assessment,budget process and preparation, the audit

C.W. Post Campus

function, taxation and capital fundingare covered.On Occasion, 1-3 units

LIS 704 Public Library Facilities,Automation Systems andTelecommunicationsThis seminar is designed to prepare thepublic library administrator to deal withthe process and problems of planning,managing and evaluating library facili-ties. Emphasis is placed on maintenanceand operation of public facilities, includ-ing space planning and utilization, build-ing and grounds maintenance, security,and branch library issues. The process ofdefining, specifying, evaluating andselecting automation and telecommuni-cation systems, furniture and otherequipment is covered in depth. Othertopics include the basics of writing afacilities program and selection of anarchitectural firm, project manager andbuilding contractor.On Occasion, 1-3 units

M.S. and Ph.D. Courses

LIS 713 Rare Books and SpecialCollections LibrarianshipExamines the characteristics, criteria,and appraisal of book materials.Historical background, principles, andpractice of rare book librarianship. Theorganization, administration, collectionbuilding, maintenance, preservation,exhibition, publication, special problems,and use of rare books in all settings.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 512Spring, 3 units

LIS 714 Archives and ManuscriptsIdentification, preservation, and use ofarchival materials. Emphasis on the orga-nization and administration of archivalcollections and departments of archivesin various types of institutions.Fall, 3 units

LIS 721 Appraisal of Archives andManuscriptsDiscusses classic archival appraisal theoryand recent refinements, including docu-mentation strategies. Relates appraisal tothe mission, goals, and objectives of anarchival institution. Explores the applic-ability of appraisal theory to records onmedia other than print.Prerequisite: LIS 714 or LIS 520Spring, 3 units

LIS 722 Records Management II:Electronic RecordsIn-depth examination of electronicrecords management implications andapplications. Topics include: document

imaging systems, document managementsystems, inventorying and retention ofelectronic records, preservation of elec-tronic records, and protection of vitalelectronic records.Special Fee RequiredPrerequisite: LIS 520, LIS 714, or instruc-tor permissionSpring, 3 units

LIS 729 Young Adults Sources andServicesA survey of adolescents and their read-ing, with special emphasis on books writ-ten especially for this age group (12-18).The readings will include materialemphasizing multicultural characters andsettings and bibliotherapy, including sto-ries of persons with disabilities and spe-cial needs. Students will attain skills inproviding library services for the youngadult population, including informationand referral. Programming, applying newtechnology advocacy, working with pro-fessional staff and administration, part-nering with parents and community,school and public library cooperativeprojects, publicity, evaluation of litera-ture and techniques for introducing liter-ature to the adolescent population. Thecourse requires reading of text, readingand discussion of a number of youngadult titles in a variety of genres, smallgroup presentations, oral presentationsand bibliography.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511Fall or Spring Semester, 3 units

LIS 731 Materials and Services forEarly ChildhoodMaterials and services for the youngchild, viewed from a library perspective.Discussion of underlying theories such asservices and development of appropriateprograms including presentation of age-appropriate material for children withdisabilities and special needs, use ofadaptive toys, equipment and material.Emphasis on books – their selection,analysis, and presentation with attentionto other materials, e.g., oral tradition,recorded materials, toys and puppets.Prerequisite: LIS 510, LIS 511Fall, Every Second Year, 3 units

LIS 733 Children’s Sources & ServicesA survey of literature for children ofpreschool through elementary school age(pre-K to 11 years) with emphasis on theliterary quality and characteristics of fic-tional and biographical materials. Thesurvey will include materials emphasizingmulticultural characters and settings andbibliotherapy including stories of personswith disabilities and special needs. Issuesand problems of bringing books to chil-

dren are also discussed.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511Spring, 3 units

LIS 735 Storytelling & Folk LiteratureAnalysis and evaluation of folk literatureand epic tales as revelation of the cultureof various people. This course emphasizesthe art, techniques, and practices of oralpresentation as a medium of communica-tion and appreciation of literature. Therewill be presentation and discussion ofappropriate folk literature that portrayscharacters and situations involving per-sons with disabilities or special needs.Prerequisite: LIS 510, LIS 511 or instructorpermissionSummer, 3 units

LIS 737 Serving Diverse PopulationsA seminar on services for multiculturalpopulations and groups with specialinterests or needs: sensory or mobility-impaired, learning disabilities; adultbeginning readers; English-as-a-second-language, gifted and talented; latchkeychildren; homeless, aging, etc. Coversfederal regulations, materials, profession-al attitudes, techniques, equipment andprograms, at all levels and settings.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511Fall, Every Second year, 3 units

LIS 739 Myth and the Age ofInformationA seminar on the role of myth and story-telling in modern settings within diversecontexts such as management, market-ing, psychology, politics, anthropology,literature, broadcast media and popularculture, multicultural education and reli-gion. Covers the benefits and pitfalls ofusing story in different types of settingsand the role of the information-basedinstitution.Prerequisites: NoneSummer, Every Second Year, 3 units

LIS 741 Public LibrariesA study of the philosophy, background,function and place of public libraries incontemporary society. Examines the prin-ciples and techniques of public libraryorganization, planning, operation,resources, services and facilities, as wellas how to identify and serve groups andorganizations in a community. Study ofpresent condition, trends and issues.Emphasis on public service orientation.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512or instructor permissionFall or Spring Semester, 3 units

LIS 745 Academic LibrariesA study of the place and function of theacademic library within the parent organi-

zation with particular concern for libraryneeds of students and faculty. Includesorganization and administration, policy-making regarding collections, access, orga-nization, facilities, services, personnel,budget, and finance. Attention is given tohigher education, relevant networks, andexternal influences.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512or instructor permissionFall or Spring Semester, Every Second Year,3 units

LIS 747 Special LibrariesA study of the historical development andcharacteristics of a variety of speciallibraries. Organization, administration andfunction within their parent organizations,problems and solutions associated withplanning, collections, services, personnel,facilities, budgets, and evaluation are cov-ered. Emphasis is on information centers,networks, the Special LibrariesAssociation and related organizations.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512or instructor permissionSpring, Every Second Year, 3 units

LIS 749 Health Sciences LibrariesAn overview of the services and pro-grams of health sciences libraries. Theprinciples and techniques of administra-tion and management will be discussedwith emphasis on the selection and orga-nization of collections, budgeting, facili-ties, staffing and evaluation.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512or instructor permissionOn Occasion, 3 units

LIS 755 Information Technologies andSocietyA study of the history of technologies ofinformation and communication andtheir social impact. The course examinesthe evolution of several technologies –such as writing, the printing press, film,digitization – and their social and cultur-al context. The course also explores thedevelopment of the Internet and its cur-rent potential impact on social, econom-ic, political and cultural structures.Prerequisite: LIS 510On Occasion, 3 units

LIS 763 Metadata: Description andAccessThis course covers the application ofstandards and rules to the construction oftools for information retrieval, primarilyWeb resources and catalogs in library andinformation environments. The courseincludes an overview of metadata appli-cations. Special problems in the organi-zation of library materials in variousforms, including books, serials, maps,

music, sound recordings and differentforms of material.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 512Fall, 3 units

LIS 765 Knowledge RepresentationThis course covers the theory of subjectanalysis, vocabulary control and classifica-tion. The course compares the use of theDewey Decimal Classification, Library ofCongress Classification, Library ofCongress Subject Headings, PRECIS,and the Art & Architecture Thesaurus.The course is also an introduction to theUniversal Decimal Classification, ColonClassification, Medical SubjectHeadings, and other systems.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 512Spring, 3 units

LIS 768 Abstracting and Indexing forInformation SystemsThe principles and concepts of abstract-ing and indexing methods in the contextof manual and computer-based informa-tion retrieval systems are covered in thiscourse. The course includes preparationof abstracts, subject analysis and vocabu-lary control, thesaurus construction andcomputer-assisted indexing. Also includ-ed are the evaluation of indexing andretrieval systems.Special fee requiredPrerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 512Spring, 3 units

LIS 770 Information Storage & RetrievalThis course covers the fundamentals ofinformation storage and retrieval (ISR)systems, including components, models,structures, information representation,vocabulary control, search strategies,human-computer interaction and evalua-tion. The course includes the design andimplementation of ISR systems and otheradvances and research in the field.Prerequisites: LIS 510 or instructor permissionFall, Every Second Year, 3 units

LIS 773 Comparative BibliographyThis course is an introduction to the studyof artifacts of recorded knowledge and asurvey of the techniques of enumerative,descriptive and analytical bibliographyand bibliometric analysis. Students engagein the comparative study of knowledgerecords, compile an enumerative bibliog-raphy, describe and analytically comparedescriptions of one work and use simplebibliometric techniques to describe theliterature of their chosen field.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512Spring, 3 units

LIS 900 InstitutesThese are special workshops on topicsnot generally covered in the regular cur-riculum. These seminars are generallyoffered in intensive one-week or week-end formats.*

*Graduate students entering the PalmerSchool are permitted to take a maximum oftwo Institutes toward their master’s degree.Institutes are defined as those courses whichmeet in abbreviated one-week or intensiveweekend formats and carry the LIS 900course number designation. Students areallowed to take as many special topics cours-es as their elective load permits. Special top-ics are numbered LIS 901.

LIS 901 Special TopicsA special topic not covered in the regu-lar curriculum is explored in-depth.Each semester, 3 units

Ph.D. Courses

DIS 801 Information Access andSystemsOverview of the foundations, topics andissues in information organization andaccess, including current research inknowledge organization, informationstorage and retrieval, systems analysisand design, and user-systems interaction.Fall, 3 units

DIS 803 Information Studies &ServicesThis course is an overview of the founda-tions, topics and issues in informationstudies and services including currentresearch in information and society,information policy, information servicesand organizational information manage-ment.Spring, 3 units

DIS 805 Research Methods ISurvey of principles of scientific inquiry.Emphasis on the overall research processand developing quantitative methodolog-ical skills, including the application ofdescriptive and inferential statistics indata analysis. Design of research projectsand preparation of research report.Critical review of empirical research ininformation studies.Prerequisite: Master’s-level research methodscourseFall, 3 units

DIS 807 Research Methods IIExamination of the qualitative paradigmof research. Examination of historicalmethods for research. Overview of meta-analysis. Critical review of qualitativeand historical research in information

C.W. Post Campus

studies. Design and implementation ofqualitative and historical research.Prerequisite: DIS 805Spring, 3 units

DIS 810 Information Organization andAccessThis course is the identification andstudy of problems in knowledge organiza-tion, with close attention to theory-building through research. The emphasisin the course is on autonomous studentinvestigation, writing and discussion.Students conduct original research andreport the results in the class. The coursealso includes the historical context forbibliographic control; problems relatedto descriptive cataloging, classificationand subject analysis, vocabulary control,authority control; and the design of bib-liographic retrieval systems.Prerequisite: DIS 801Fall, 3 units

DIS 812 Information RetrievalFundamentals and theories of informa-tion retrieval (IR) are examined, includ-ing retrieval language, query formation,IR models, approaches, techniques, IRsystems, hypertext and multimedia IRand evaluation. Research in the field,with an emphasis on identifying addi-tional topics for further study.Prerequisite: DIS 801Spring, 3 units

DIS 815 Information Systems:Theories, Paradigms, and MethodsConceptual and paradigmatic foundationsof information systems research and devel-opment throughout history, from Shannonand Weaver’s mathematical, objectivistperspective and cybernetics, to today’sneo-humanistic, ethnographically-orientedsocio-cultural paradigm represented in theworks of the proponents of distributed cog-nition and activity theory. The epistemo-logical and ontological assumptions ofthese paradigms will be examined. Variousinformation systems development andresearch methodologies will be reviewed,with an in-depth look at the issues sur-rounding each of these methodologies.Prerequisite: DIS 801Fall, 3 units

DIS 816 Human-Computer InteractionThis course is an examination of theuser-system interaction from a number oftheoretical and design perspectives thathave been applied to this area. Includedin the course are cognitive and holisticapproaches as well as usability studies.While most of the course reviews theinteraction of end-users with computer-ized information systems, some time is

devoted to the interaction of users withother systems.Prerequisite: DIS 801Spring, 3 units

DIS 820 Information Policy and ServicesThis course is an investigation of histori-cal context and current policy agendawith attention to social, political, andeconomic issues along with the policyimplications of the electronic environ-ment particularly the Internet, theWorld Wide Web and development ofthe National Information Infrastructure.In this course, the focus is on stakehold-ers in policy development and imple-mentation; the economics of informationand the valuing of information; newinformation technologies; the role of thelegal system; federal, state, and municipalroles and responsibilities; and the inter-national arena for information policy.Prerequisite: DIS 803Fall, 3 units

DIS 822 Information and SocietyThe course covers the complexity of theinterrelationship among information andinformation technologies and society. Byutilizing the work of several of the classicthinkers of the 1930s, ’40s and ’50s(Mumford, Ellul and Gideon) and mov-ing to more modern approaches such asthe social constructivist approach of theSociety for the History of Technology,the course will investigate the socialeffects of the use of technology andinformation, the economics of informa-tion and the social and political aspectsof information.Prerequisite: DIS 803Spring, 3 units

DIS 826 Organizational InformationManagementExploration of the ways organizationsmanage information for decision-makingand other purposes. Topics include: orga-nizational structure and culture, archivalmanagement, record management, digitalrecords, preservation, knowledge manage-ment, data warehousing and data mining.Prerequisite: DIS 803Fall, 3 units

DIS 880 Dissertation ResearchThe course is the process of research,upon approval and the successful defenseof the dissertation proposal. All studentsmust register for at least one unit in eachof the Fall and Spring semesters in orderto maintain candidacy.Prerequisites: All coursework and qualifyingexaminationsFall/Spring, 1-3 units

DIS 890 Special TopicsA special topic not covered in the regu-lar curriculum is explored in-depth.

DIS 899 Independent StudyThe course is an in-depth exploration ofa subject that is not covered in the formalcurriculum at the doctoral level. In casethe subject is in the student’s co-relatedarea, the study may be conducted underthe direction of an approved instructoroutside of Long Island University. Thestudy must include a comprehensive andanalytical review of the literature.Prerequisites: DIS 801, DIS 803, DIS 805,DIS 807 and Dean’s permissionEvery Semester, 3 units

COMPUTERSCIENCE/MANAGEMENTENGINEERING

Phone: (516) 299-2293Web site: http://www.liu.edu/cics

Faculty

James D. BasileProfessor of Computer ScienceB.A., State University of New York atNew Paltz;M.A., Ph.D., State University of NewYork at Stony Brookjames.basile@liu.edu

Susan Fife DorchakCo-Chair, Computer Science/ManagementEngineering Department;Professor of Computer Science/ManagementEngineeringS.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology;M.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., Nova Southeastern Universitysusan.dorchak@liu.edu

Steven G. HeimAssociate Professor of Computer ScienceB.A., M.S., Long Island University;D.M.A., State University of New York atStony Brooksheim@liu.edu

Seth MagotCo-Chair, Computer Science/ManagementEngineering Department;Associate Professor of Computer ScienceB.S., Ricker College;M.S., M.L.S., Long Island University;M.Ph., Ph.D., St. John’s Universityseth.magot@liu.edu

Computer Science/Management Engineering

Christopher MalinowskiAssociate Professor of ComputerScience/Management EngineeringB.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice;M.S., Long Island Universitycmalinow@liu.edu

David RozenshteinAssociate Professor of Computer ScienceB.A., Ph.D., State University of New Yorkat Stony Brookdavid.rozenshtein@liu.edu

Stephanie WhiteProfessor of Computer Science/ManagementEngineeringB.S., Hunter College;M.S., New York University;Ph.D., Polytechnic Universitystephanie.white@liu.edu

The prospective student should beadvised that due to time required to cre-ate the bulletin, there may have beenchanges in requirements and fees.

Degree Programs

The Department of ComputerScience/Management Engineering, adivision of the College of Informationand Computer Science, offers three pro-grams leading to the Master of Sciencedegree. The Management EngineeringProgram provides students with relevantknowledge for practical technical man-agement. The Information TechnologyEducation Program prepares students totrain and support various levels of usersof computer-based technology. TheInformation Systems Program preparesstudents to analyze, develop and managecomplex information systems in anenterprise environment.Our programs are designed for the

working professional. All courses aretaught in the evenings or on the week-ends to accommodate the majority ofstudents who hold full-time jobs.Graduate classes are small (average size is15), which enables our students to get toknow each other and to work together asthey go through their programs of study.

Academic Policy

MatriculationA student admitted without condi-

tions or limitation is fully matriculatedupon admission. Any student admittedwith either technical or academic defi-ciencies is classified as a limited matricu-lant and must apply for full matriculationupon removal of the deficiencies. A non-matriculated student may be acceptedonly with the department chairperson’sapproval. Matriculation may be with-drawn under conditions of extendedinterruption in continuous registration orpoor scholarship. A limited matriculantmust satisfy the conditions of his or heracceptance within a prescribed time.Registration beyond that point will notbe permitted if entrance deficiencieshave not been removed.

Waiver of Required CoursesA student who completes equivalent

academic work at another approvedinstitution (undergraduate or graduate)or equivalent professional experiencemay apply for a waiver of one or more ofthe required courses by submitting a writ-ten request to the graduate programdirector. If the equivalent courses alsomeet the transfer unit requirements, aseparate application for such unit mustbe submitted; otherwise, the studentmust add an equal number of units to hisor her Plan of Study to maintain thetotal required semester hours of unit.The department may initiate such awaiver, in which case the student maynot take the waived course for unittoward the M.S. degree.

Transfer UnitsTransfer unit may be granted for a

graduate course previously completed atanother approved institutions providedthat:1. The course has not been appliedtoward another degree

2. The course is deemed relevant by thegraduate advisor

3. A minimum letter grade of B wasearned for the course

4. The course was completed no morethan five years before the student regis-ters for graduate work in the departmentNormally, transfer unit is limited to amaximum of sixsemester hours.

Degree RequirementsA candidate for any of the Master of

Science degrees must meet the followingrequirements:1. Fully matriculated status2. Completion of the requisite units ofthe program with a minimum cumula-tive grade point average of 3.00 (seedetails under specific program) and nomore than one grade below B

3. Completion of coursework within fiveyears from the date of first registrationin the department. (A written requestfor an extension, supported by com-pelling reasons, may be submitted tothe Dean who will review requests ona case-by-case basis.)

4. In special cases, the academic counselormay establish additional course require-ments. He or she will not approvedegree unit for courses that significantlyduplicate previously completed work.

5. Thesis: (6 units) Before graduation,the candidate must complete a thesison an approved topic. The student hasthe responsibility of selecting a topicand obtaining the department chair-person’s approval prior to registration.Only one thesis course may be takenper semester. Each student must pre-sent an oral defense to a faculty com-mittee. Note: No unit toward thedegree requirements is granted for theresearch half until the writing has beencompleted and the thesis has beendefended, at which point the studentwill earn six semester hours of unit.

Off-Campus CoursesFrom time to time, department courses

are offered in various local plants andoffices. These are taught by departmentalfaculty and are offered for unit toemployees of companies who have beenaccepted to participate in a programoffered by the department.

Continuous RegistrationA student is expected to register for

each regular semester until he or she hascompleted the degree requirements.Failure to do so may cause the loss of stu-dent status in the department.Absence for two or more regular

semesters will subject the student to thedegree requirements in effect at the timeof his or her return to the program. In acase of extenuating circumstances, a stu-dent may apply to the director of thegraduate program for a leave-of-absencefor one semester. If granted, a leave of

C.W. Post Campus

absence automatically extends the timeallocated to complete degree requirements.

Academic PerformanceEach student is expected to maintain a

satisfactory scholastic record in his or hercourse work. Any student whose perfor-mance causes the department to haveconcern about his or her ability to satis-factorily complete degree requirementsmay be placed on probation, may losematriculation status or may be deniedpermission to take additional courses.A grade of F in a required course may

result in immediate dismissal from thedegree program. A grade of C- is not anacceptable grade for required courses. Astudent must complete each preparatorycourse (e.g., Information Systems Pre-Core Courses) with a grade of B or better.

Denial of RegistrationPermission to register may be denied

to a student who has lost his or her acad-emic standing because of poor scholar-ship or extended periods ofnon-registration.A student who has full-time employ-

ment is not permitted to register formore than six hours of unit per semester.A full-time student is not permitted toregister for more than nine hours of unitper semester.

Use of FacilitiesIn many courses, a student is required

to use university facilities such as thelibrary and the computer centers. Eachstudent is advised to allow time for thisin his or her personal schedule. Use ofdepartment facilities is subject to depart-ment guidelines and limited to studentswho are currently registered in depart-ment courses.

ManagementEngineering – M.S.

The primary objective of this programis to provide students with the knowl-edge and skills required to be effectiveleaders in multi-disciplinary projectteams. This 36 unit program is appropri-ate for engineers and other technicalprofessionals who are interested in devel-oping the skills and knowledge base nec-essary to be effective project managers.This is a flexible program in the sense

that the students can combine therequired courses with a variety of electivecourses best suited to advancing theirown careers and to making them morevaluable to the organization in whichthey are employed.

PrerequisitesAn applicant to the graduate program

in Management Engineering is expectedto have a baccalaureate degree with aminimum grade point average of 2.50 ina field of study that develops quantitativereasoning and scientific methodology (ingeneral, most applicants will have doneundergraduate work in fields such as com-puter science, mathematics, the physicalsciences, quantitative management orengineering at approved institutions).In addition, the student should have

taken courses in the following subjects:differential calculus, integral calculus,matrix methods, probability and statistics,economics and computer programming.It is also suggested that the student

have practical experience in engineeringor a related field.

Degree RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Master

of Science specializing in ManagementEngineering must complete a minimumof 36 semester hours of unit in coursesapproved by the graduate director andmust attain a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 3.00. At least 30 semes-ter hours of graduate unit must be earnedin department courses (i.e., prefixed byCSC, MGE or TEL).

Required Courses (33 units)MGE 501 Engineering EconomicAnalysis

MGE 521 Project ManagementPrinciples

MGE 523 Quality and ProcessImprovement

MGE 525 Human Resources andCommunications Management

MGE 611 Engineering Cost AnalysisMGE 621 Project Planning and ControlMGE 627 Project Risk ManagementMGE 633 Systems EngineeringMGE 695 Project Management PracticumMGE 707, 709 Thesis

Other requirements:3 units MGE, CSC or TEL courses

plus six units thesis

Thesis (6 units)Before graduation, the candidate must

complete a thesis on an approved topic.The student who has the responsibility ofselecting a topic and obtaining thedepartment chairperson’s approval.These steps must be completed at least30 days before thesis course registration.Only one thesis course may be taken persemester. Each student must present anoral defense of his or her thesis to a fac-ulty committee. Note: No unit towardthe degree requirements is granted forthe first half of the thesis requirementuntil the completion of the second half,at which point the student will earn sixsemester hours of unit.

Management Engineering PrizesThe Henry J. Plock Prize, established

in 1965 to honor the first ManagementEngineering department chairperson, willbe awarded annually to a ManagementEngineering graduate student who hasmade significant contributions to engi-neering. Contribution will be measuredby papers presented to professional orga-nizations, by publications and by othersignificant professional accomplishments.The Samuel S. Stephenson Award,

established in 1972 to honor the secondManagement Engineering departmentchairperson, will be awarded annually tothe Management Engineering degreerecipient who has earned the highestcumulative grade point average.

InformationTechnologyEducation – M.S.

The Master of Science in InformationTechnology Education is designed forcurrent and future educators and trainersof technology who wish to enrich theirteaching by expanding their technicalbackground. Potential career opportuni-ties include industrial training, user sup-port, help desk management andtechnical course design for on-sitevenues, distance learning and other edu-cational environments.

PrerequisitesAn applicant to the Information

Technology Education program is notrequired to have any previous technicaltraining. An applicant is expected to

have a baccalaureate degree and a mini-mum undergraduate cumulative gradepoint average of 3.00 (on a 4.00 scale).

Degree RequirementsThe Master of Science in Information

Technology Education requires eachdegree candidate to complete 36 units.The coursework must be completed witha minimum grade point average of 3.00.

Required Courses (30 units)CSC 502 Computers and ProgrammingCSC 504 Intermediate ProgrammingCSC 506 Networking SystemsFundamentals

CSC 508 Computer Systems andArchitecture

CSC 540 Database FundamentalsCSC 554 Information SystemsDevelopment

CSC 580 Methods and Tools forTechnical Training

CSC 590 Computer User SupportCSC 706, 708 Thesis

A student who enters the programhaving previously completed any of theabove required coursework may not berequired to take one or more of theabove courses. He or she must substituteequivalent units of approved electives inlieu of these courses.

Electives (6 units)Each degree candidate will select elec-

tives from offerings of the Department ofComputer Science/ManagementEngineering. Elective courses must beapproved by the graduate director.

Information Technology EducationAwardThe Michael H. Pressman Award is

awarded annually to the InformationTechnology Education degree recipientwho demonstrates outstanding academicachievement, as well as exhibits superiorpotential as an educator.

Information Systems –M.S.

The Master of Science in InformationSystems provides technical and organiza-tional knowledge needed to analyze anddesign complex information systems. Theprogram also gives students the funda-

mental knowledge and skills that arerequired at the project management levelwithin the enterprise, including thetechnical foundations of information sys-tems and the skills required to manageresources and to lead people. Throughoutthe program, courses are taught in a waythat enables the student to learn to inte-grate all components of information sys-tem technology (hardware and software),people and business strategy into an effi-cient and effective resource that helps anorganization fulfill its unique missionwithin the economy and society.The program is well suited to those

who want to change careers and/or gainmarketable skills in a world that isbecoming increasingly more reliant onthe computer collection, processing, dis-tribution and accessibility of information.

PrerequisitesAn applicant to the graduate

Information Systems program is expectedto have a baccalaureate degree with aminimum cumulative grade point aver-age of 3.00 (on a 4.00 scale). To enterthe program as a full matriculant the stu-dent must have majored either inComputer Science or Information

Systems or have equivalent professionalexperience. Any applicant who lacks thisrequired background will be admitted tothe program on a conditional or a limit-ed matriculated basis until he or shecompletes the necessary pre-core coursesthat are described below.

Pre-Core Courses(Required of those who have insuffi-

cient academic background to begin themaster’s program.)The pre-core courses can be completed

in one year or less and they prepare astudent to take the courses required forthe graduate Information Systems pro-gram.

Courses UnitsCSC 502 Computers and Programming 3CSC 504 Intermediate Programming 3CSC 506 Networking SystemsFundamentals 3

CSC 508 Computer Systems andArchitecture 3

CSC 540 Database Fundamentals 3CSC 554 Information SystemsDevelopment 3

C.W. Post Campus

Degree RequirementsThe Master of Science in Information

Systems requires each student to be fullymatriculated and to complete 36 units.He or she must maintain a minimumcumulative grade point average of 3.00.The pre-core courses may be taken forgraduate unit, but these units will be inaddition to the 36-unit requirement.

Required Courses (30 units)Courses UnitsCSC 600 Database Design 3CSC 602 Database Implementation 3CSC 614 Information Systems Analysis3CSC 616 Information Systems Designand Implementation 3

CSC 620 Administration of InformationSystems Personnel 3

CSC 622 Management and Economicsof Information Systems 3

CSC 624 Communicating andDocumenting Information Systems 3CSC 634 Computer Networks andInformation Systems 3

CSC 636 Enterprise Networks 3One of the following:CSC 650 Human-Computer Interaction 3CSC 710 Information Systems ProjectManagement 3

MGE 633 Systems Engineering 3

CSC 706, 708 Thesis (6 units)Before graduation, the candidate must

either complete a thesis on an approvedtopic. The student has the responsibilityof selecting a topic, and obtaining thedepartment chairperson’s approval.These steps must be completed at least30 days before thesis course registration.Only one thesis course may be taken persemester. Each student must present anoral defense of his or her thesis to a fac-ulty committee. Note: No unit towardthe degree requirements is granted forthe first half of the thesis requirementuntil the completion of the second half,at which point the student will earn sixsemester hours of unit.

Information Systems AwardThe John T. Keane III Memorial

Award, established in 2002, honors thegraduate director who was integrallyresponsible for the creation and successof the graduate Information SystemsProgram. It is awarded annually to theInformation Systems degree recipientwho attains the highest overall cumula-tive grade point average.

Course Descriptions

CSC 502 Computers and ProgrammingThis course introduces the computer andcomputer programming. Using a currenthigh-level language, emphasis is placedon the application of software engineer-ing principles to the programmingprocess. Topics also include problem defi-nition, algorithmic solutions, computersystem structure, program structure andelementary data types. This course can-not be applied for unit in the M.S.Information Systems program.Computer usage feeFall, 3 units

CSC 504 Intermediate ProgrammingThis course applies and extends the pro-gramming concepts of CSC 502. Thestudent will design and build programs ofincreased complexity and size focusingon programs that involve user interac-tion. Graphical User Interface designprinciples provide the design basis ofmany of the programming problemsalong with the satisfaction of user specifi-cation for functionality.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 502Spring, 3 units

CSC 506 Networking SystemsFundamentalsThis is a foundation course in networksand the multiple systems they connect.This course presents an overview of datacommunications by covering signals andtheir transmission and the hardware andprotocols needed to create a networkusing these signals. An overview of whata network is and its various possibilities(WANs, MANs, LANs, Intranets andExtranets) are discussed.Note: This course cannot be applied forcredit in the M.S. in Information Systemsprogram.Computer usage feeCo-requisite: CSC 502 or equivalentSpring, 3 units

CSC 508 Computer Systems andArchitectureThis course facilitates an understandingof the organization and architecture ofcomputer systems. Topics include operat-ing systems (OS) fundamentals and therelationship between computer architec-ture and systems software. The studentwill develop an understanding of the“user view” of operating systems, includ-ing a variety of OS user interfaces.Prerequisite: CSC 502 or equivalentSpring, 3 units

CSC 512 C Programming and ItsApplicationThis course introduces the student to theC programming language and its applica-tion in the industrial programming envi-ronment. Topics cover both the syntaxand the semantics of the language,advantages and the pitfalls of C andfuture trends. Examples are providedfrom several application areas.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 504 or equivalentOn Occasion, 3 units

CSC 540 Database FundamentalsThis course covers fundamentals of mod-ern database design and use. Specifictopics include the transformation of sys-tem analysis products to entity relation-ship modeling, relational databasedesign, introduction to normalization,SQL and an overview of implementationand administration issues.Note: This course cannot be applied forcredit in the M.S. in Information Systemsprogram.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 504Fall, 3 units

CSC 552 Advanced Data Structuresand AlgorithmsThis course develops the student’s abilityto write and analyze programs throughexposure to problems and their algorith-mic solution. Topics include combina-tions, integer arithmetic, real arithmetic,polynomial arithmetic, random numbers,matrix operations, systems programming,artificial intelligence and domain inde-pendent techniques.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 504 or equivalentOn Occasion, 3 units

CSC 554 Information SystemsDevelopmentThis course presents an overview of thelife cycle for information systems devel-opment. Topics include: information sys-tems components (people, data,technology and procedures), project lifecycles, requirements analysis, modelingmethodologies, logical and physicaldesign, implementation considerations,systems quality and testing, systemsmaintenance, and project organizationand management.Note: This course cannot be applied forcredit in the M.S. in Information Systemsprogram.Co-requisite: CSC 502Fall, 3 units

CSC 556 Programming LanguagesThe central goal of this course is to bringtogether the various facets of languagedesign and implementation within a sin-gle conceptual framework. The topics tobe discussed in this course encompass theconcepts in a variety of languages toallow the relationships among variants ofthe same concept to be clearly seen. Thecore of the course is to develop essentialconcepts in the areas of data representa-tion, operations on data structures andprogram structures. Specific program-ming languages are chosen for analysisaccording to two major criteria: wide-spread use and diversity of concept.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 504 or equivalentOn Occasion, 3 units

CSC 558 Advanced Operating Systemsand Computer ArchitectureThis course continues the developmentof the material in CSC 508 with anemphasis on intra-system communica-tions. The course includes a discussion ofI/O and interrupt structure, addressingschemes and memory management.Topics include concurrent processes,name management, resource allocation,protection and advanced concepts.Computer Usage FeePrerequisites: CSC 508 and CSC 504On Occasion, 3 units

CSC 580 Methods and Tools forTechnical TrainingThis course addresses the analysis, designand implementation issues for the devel-opment of technical courses. The courseobjective is to teach students how to cre-ate and present quality technical train-ing. Method topics include: trainingneeds assessment, learning objectiveidentification, lesson planning, perfor-mance and course evaluation, and alter-native pedagogies. The course also coversthe tools used by the trainer for present-ing information and introduces studentsto the authoring tools used to developcomputer training courseware.Prerequisites: CSC 504, 506, 508Spring, 3 units

CSC 590 Computer User SupportThis course introduces a wide range ofissues in the computer user support field.Topics include: customer service skills,computer problem trouble-shooting, helpdesk operation, product evaluation, userneeds analysis and assessment, user refer-ence and help materials and end-user sys-tem installation.Prerequisite: CSC 506, 508Fall, 3 units

CSC 600 Database DesignThis course presents advanced issues andconcepts of logical database design.Topics include data modeling and logicaldesign and refinement, modeling tools,business rules and information needsdetermination and analysis.Co-requisite: CSC 624Spring, 3 units

CSC 602 Database Implementation andAdministrationThis course emphasizes the concepts andtechniques involved with ensuring theintegrity and operation of databases.Topics include: transactional integrity;concurrency control; back-up, disasterplanning and recovery; security andauthorization; performance analysis, tun-ing and troubleshooting; ODBC andother access strategies; and query toolsand application generators.Computer usage fee, $40Prerequisite: CSC 600Fall, 3 units

CSC 604 Software Engineering with AdaThis course explores the development oftechnically oriented systems using Ada asboth a design and implementation lan-guage. Topics include: packaging, taskingof concurrent processes and real timeprogramming systems.Computer usage feePrerequisites: CSC 504 and CSC 554On Occasion, 3 units

CSC 608 Introduction to KnowledgeEngineeringTopics covered in this course includeconcepts of Artificial Intelligence, rule-based systems, inference engines, knowl-edge bases, user interfaces, methods forknowledge representation and applica-tions to expert system development.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 504 or equivalentOn Occasion, 3 units

CSC 610 Application of FormalMethodsThis course provides an introduction tothe theory of automata and formal lan-guages and applications to program test-ing, formal verification and correctness.Topics include languages and grammars,finite automata, regular expressions, algo-rithm complexity and decidability.Prerequisite: CSC 552On Occasion, 3 units

CSC 612 Compiler Design andImplementationThis course introduces students to meth-ods for constructing compilers. Topicsinclude parsing methods, lexical analysis,

symbol table construction, intermediatecode generation and code optimization.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 610On Occasion, 3 units

CSC 614 Information Systems AnalysisThis course presents an in-depth look atinformation systems analysis within thecontext of a current modeling methodol-ogy. Topics include information gather-ing, analysis techniques, systemsmodeling, problem definition, alterna-tives generation and evaluation and for-mal specification composition.Prerequisite: CSC 616Fall, 3 units

CSC 616 Information Systems Designand ImplementationThis course presents the tools and tech-niques used to design, implement, testand maintain information systems.Topics include translation of require-ments specifications into logical andphysical design models, human-computerinteraction, reduction of design complex-ity, integration of system and data mod-els, evaluation of design quality, blackbox and white box testing, informationsystems maintenance and software quali-ty assurance.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 614Spring, 3 units

CSC 620 Administration ofInformation Systems PersonnelThis course introduces information sys-tems concepts in organizations. Topicsinclude relating systems and informationto the organization, administration of theinformation systems function, selectionand development of information systemspersonnel, the role of the informationsystems executive in the organization,computer center administration and theramifications of individual and groupbehavior on information systems admin-istration.Prerequisite: CSC 554On occasion, 3 units

CSC 622 Management and Economicsof Information SystemsThis course deals with the managementand economics of the information sys-tems process and product. Topics includeplanning an organizational informationsystem, management of information andapplication systems development, devel-opment of strategies, application software“make” or buy decisions and planning toaccommodate change.Prerequisite: IS Pre-core coursesSpring, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

CSC 624 Communicating andDocumenting Information SystemsThis writing-intensive course pullstogether the technical and organizationalaspects of information systems.Documentation of the process and prod-uct of information systems developmentis stressed, including such areas as analy-sis and design specifications, conforma-tion correspondence, RFP responses,walkthroughs and technical reviews, doc-umentation standards, manuals and therole of documentation in the systemquality function. Interpersonal communi-cation is examined as it relates to theinformation systems development process.Prerequisite: IS Pre-core coursesFall, 3 units

CSC 630 Database ManagementSystems InternalsThis course presents a technical view ofthe internal workings of database manage-ment systems. It begins with a review ofmass storage technology and sequentialand indexed-sequential file organizations.It then goes on to explore sorting, indexedfiles, B and B+ tree indices, dynamic-hash-ing, concurrency and its control, two-phase locking protocol, database backupand recovery, commit protocols and anintroduction to distributed databases.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 540On Occasion, 3 units

CSC 632 Theoretical Foundations ofInformation SystemsThis course explores the theoreticalfoundations of information systems top-ics, including set theory and formal dataquery languages such as relational algebraand relational calculus. Other conceptscovered include normalization theory,functional dependencies, Armstrongdeductive system, soundness and com-pleteness of deductive systems, informa-tion preserving decompositions andnormal forms.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 602On Occasion, 3 units

CSC 634 Computer Networks andInformation SystemsThis course discusses the role of comput-er networks within enterprise-wide infor-mation systems. Topics include networkspecifications, protocols used in varioustypes of computer-based networks fromcentralized mainframe to distributedclient/server, comparison of differenttopologies and arrangements and evalua-tion of telecommunications equipment.Prerequisite: IS Pre-core coursesFall, 3 units

CSC 636 Enterprise NetworksThis course emphasizes the administra-tive concerns of the enterprise networks.Topics include creation of networksunder different conditions, maintenanceand management of the networks createdand the effect these networks have onthe enterprise’s information system.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 634Spring, 3 units

CSC 640 Computer SimulationIn this course, computer simulation tech-niques are used in the solution of systemproblems. Topics include: techniques forgenerating pseudo-random numbers andapplicable statistical testing procedures,the formulation of a model for computersimulation solution, data-gathering, para-meter estimation, design of simulationexperiments, variance reduction tech-niques, validation and analysis of simula-tion results.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 552On Occasion, 3 units

CSC 644 System PerformanceEvaluationTechniques for system analysis and pro-gram performance measurement are pre-sented. Topics include: levels and typesof system simulations, performance pre-diction and monitoring, and modeling ofconcurrent processes and the resourcesthey share.Computer usage feePrerequisite: CSC 558 and CSC 554On Occasion, 3 units

CSC 648 Computer ScienceMathematicsThis course surveys mathematical methodsapplied to computer science. Algorithmsand special language structures of mathe-matical problems are analyzed.Prerequisite: CSC 552 or equivalentOn Occasion, 3 units

CSC 650 Human-ComputerInteractionThis course provides an overview ofHuman-Computer Interface (HCI)design. HCI paradigms are examined inrelation to the historical evolution ofhardware and software. Topics include:techniques facilitating effective human-computer interaction; design principles,guidelines and methodologies for interac-tive systems that optimize user productiv-ity, design issues such as user helpfacilities and error information handling;and strategies for evaluating human-com-puter interfaces. Application of tech-niques and principles using prototyping

will be examined.Prerequisite: IS Pre-core coursesSpring, 3 units

CSC 670 E-CommerceThis course emphasizes recent technolo-gies for Web design and development asthey are applied to E-Commerce on theInternet. Areas covered include: rela-tionship management with the con-sumer, personalization and membershipusing Site Server and Commerce Server,LDAP, push and pull technology, multi-casting and personalized mail.Prerequisite: IS Pre-core courses and CSC600Spring, 3 units

CSC 690, 692 Special Topics in IS/ITEThe specific contents of these coursesmay vary each time they are offered.They reflect current research and prac-tice in advanced areas. Topics and pre-requisites are announced before theregistration period begins.Note: students are permitted to repeat thesecourses for additional credit provided thatcontent is different.Prerequisite: Matriculated status in depart-ment; other prerequisites to be announcedOn Occasion, 3 units

CSC 700 IS/ITE ProjectThis course is for students who wish toundertake an approved software projectincluding design, implementation anddocumentation. The project is under theguidance of an advisor, and the topicmust be approved jointly by the advisor,the graduate director and the departmentchair.On Occasion, 1 to 3 units (based on com-plexity)

CSC 706, 708 IS/ITE ThesisThe student researches and prepares forthe master’s thesis under the guidance ofan advisor. A thesis outline must beapproved before registering for thissequence. The completed thesis isdefended before a department facultycommittee. A grade of “Incomplete” isgiven to CSC 706 and is changed onlyupon the successful completion of thethesis with CSC 708.On Occasion, 3 units each

CSC 710 Information Systems ProjectManagementThis course presents a detailed study ofthe integration of the qualitative andquantitative elements of information sys-tems while applying project managementtechniques. Students work through andmanage a complete project from concep-tion through the various deliverables to

termination. Stress is on the practicaltools and application of problem defini-tion, work breakdown structure, planningand scheduling, meeting quality specifi-cations, project review and evaluationtechniques and scope and risk manage-ment.Co-requisite: Completion of all requiredcourseworkSpring, 3 units

Management Engineering Courses

MGE 501 Engineering EconomicAnalysis IThis course discusses the development ofquantitative foundations upon whichengineering decisions are based. Topicsinclude: engineering economic analysis,developing and evaluating cost effectiveprograms, introduction to statistical deci-sion-making and hypothesis-testing.Systems are carried through to the prepa-ration of financial statements as theyrelate to the technical project.Spring, 3 units

MGE 505 Engineering Probability andStatisticsTopics covered in this course includedevelopment of the logical probabilisticfoundations upon which quantitativemanagement engineering is based, devel-opment of the fundamentals of probabili-ty theory, commonly used probabilitydistributions and set notation, introduc-tion to statistical decision theory, sam-pling methods and hypothesis-testing.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 509 Cost FundamentalsThis course presents the fundamentals ofindustrial cost systems from a manage-ment engineering view including datasources, collection and recording; costanalysis and prediction; allocation ofindirect and joint costs; and the prepara-tion and use of budgets. Job order,process and standard cost systems areinvestigated. The systems are carriedthrough to the preparation of financialstatements.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 521 Project ManagementPrinciplesThis course presents an overview of thebasic principles of project management:planning, definition of work require-ments, quality and quantity of work, defi-nition of needed resources, progresstracking, comparison of actual to predict-ed outcomes, analysis of impacts andchange management. Appropriate pro-ductivity software will be introduced.Fall, 3 units

MGE 523 Quality and ProcessImprovementThis course addresses the identification,documentation and evaluation of theproject management process, the metricsinvolved in that process and a discussionof various models of quality manage-ment. Emphasis will be on the integra-tion of process and productimprovement.Co-requisite: MGE 521Fall, 3 units

MGE 525 Human Resources andCommunications ManagementThis course examines the people side ofthe interdisciplinary project team: lead-ership; hiring, training, and evaluating ofpersonnel; and technical communica-tions within the project team, with theorganization’s managers, outside vendors,suppliers, and other project stakeholders.Prerequisite: MGE 521Spring, 3 units

MGE 541 Marketing in the TechnicalEnvironmentThis presentation of management tech-niques for marketing technical productsand engineering services covers topicswhich include: the marketing system,strategic marketing, market opportunityanalysis, market planning, product strate-gy formulation, the marketing mix, themarketing organization, marketingresearch, marketing information systemsand sales force decisions.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 591 Policy for the Managementof Technical FirmsThis course examines policy-setting andmanagerial decision-making and prac-tices in technical firms by means of casestudies and student role-playing.Emphasis is on state-of-the-art tech-niques for such decision-making.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 593 Systems Methodology forManagement EngineeringThis integrating course for managementengineering emphasizes the set of sys-tems-based methods used to define andintervene in technical problem andopportunity situations. Topics include:comparison of hard and soft systemsthinking, practical applications usingcase studies, and principles of creativethinking used to develop research anddevelopment strategies.Prerequisite: MGE 521, MGE 523, MGE525On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 601 Engineering EconomicAnalysis IIQuantitative methods and economiclogic are interwoven to establish deci-sion-making patterns for the industrialfirm. Among the practical and analyticalconcepts covered are the environment ofrisk and uncertainty, forces of demandand pricing structures, problems of capi-tal budgeting and engineering economicanalysis, and cost-effectiveness studies.Prerequisite: MGE 501On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 605 Engineering Statistics andApplicationThis course discusses the application ofprobability and statistical decision theoryto the solution of management engineer-ing problems. Topics include the usesand functions of random variables, prob-ability distributions, point and intervalestimation, hypothesis testing, regression,and techniques in the use of statisticaldecision theory for problem solving.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 611 Engineering Cost AnalysisThis course explores the use of the basiccost system in constructing cost estimatesand in reporting and controlling costsand the effect of cost studies on manage-rial decisions. Advanced topics in costsystems include: approaches to allocation,cost variance analysis, cost-volume-profitrelationships, responsibility accountingand management control, sales and pro-duction mix, capital budgeting, profitplanning and applications of quantitativemanagement science techniques.Fall, 3 units

MGE 617 Management of R&DThis intermediate course applies princi-ples of technical management to the par-ticular problems of research anddevelopment. Discussion covers suchareas as manager-engineer/scientist andengineer/scientist-technician relations,interdepartmental problems, planningand scheduling R&D, contract adminis-tration and the creative environment.Prerequisite: MGE 521 or CSC 620On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 621 Project Planning and ControlThis course centers around the processesand procedures involved in planning aproject (e.g., scope management, state-ment of work, requirements specification,work breakdown structure, allocation tosub-contractors, scheduling); managingthe trade-offs involved in terms of cost,time and performance; monitoring theproject’s progress in terms of both sched-uling and cost; and managing the

changes that take place at various stagesof the project life cycle. Appropriate pro-ductivity software will be introduced.Prerequisite: MGE 521Spring, 3 units

MGE 623 Configuration ManagementConfiguration management proceduresand methods are studied for the establish-ment of technical documentation cover-ing configuration identification, controland accounting for a complex weaponssystem or systems of other contract enditems (Cel’s). The study extends from theconceptual phase through the contractdefinition and acquisition/operation phas-es of the life cycle of a system.Prerequisite: Two years of professional expe-rience or permission of the instructorOn Occasion, 3 units

MGE 625 Patents and Engineering LawTopics covered in this course arepatentability; applications for patentsinfringement; litigations; procedures beforethe U.S. Patent and Trademark Office andbefore the courts; various types of patentsincluding utility patents, reissue patents,design patents, and plant patents; ancillarymatters including employment contracts,assignments, licenses, confidential rela-tionships, trade secrets and antitrust; com-parative foreign patent law; and anintroduction to trademarks and copyright.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 627 Project Risk ManagementThis course explains how to identify,analyze, mitigate and monitor the vari-ous risks involved in any project. Thedifferent categories of risks associatedwith a project (technical, performance,scope, schedule, cost) will be examined.Also discussed are the particular risksinvolved in procurement and sub-con-tracting. Appropriate productivity soft-ware will be introduced.Prerequisite: MGE 621Fall, 3 units

MGE 631 Human Factors inEngineering DesignThis course discusses systems engineeringapproaches to equate human capabilitiesto hardware for increasing the effectiveperformance of man-machine systems.Topics include: the evaluation of visualand auditory information display, envi-ronmental effects, control and workplacedesign; and anthropometric data analysisfor increasing operational effectiveness,accelerating training accomplishments,reducing accidents and increasing sys-tems reliability.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 633 Systems EngineeringThis course introduces the concepts ofsystems engineering, which are used tocope with the complexity of modern sys-tem development. The approach can beapplied to a wide variety of develop-

ments from huge aerospace systems tomass-produced consumer electronics,pharmaceuticals and information sys-tems. The course covers the followingtopics: systems engineering process, sys-tems engineering management, user andsystem requirements, system architecture,system integration and test, the role ofsoftware in systems, prototyping, require-ments tracking and dependability.Prerequisite: MGE 621Fall, 3 units

MGE 635 Engineering Reliability andMaintainabilityThe decision models of systems reliabilityand maintainability are developed.Engineering and managerial aspects ofreliability programs are treated, includinglife testing, redundancy, trade-offs, sys-tems design review and failure reporting.Discussions deal with reliability struc-tures, hazard functions and Markovmodels.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 651 Mathematical ProgrammingThis course explores the development ofrecursive optimization algorithms.Particular emphasis is given to the sim-plex algorithm used in linear program-ming (the optimization of a linearfunction subject to linear constraints).The “assignment” and “transportation”recursive procedures are also analyzed.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

MGE 655 Operations Research IThe application of the scientific methodto organizations and systems is devel-oped. Deterministic models are empha-sized, particularly applications ofprogramming algorithms both to softwaredesign and development as well as soft-ware utilization.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 659 Operations Research IIThis course is a continuation ofOperations Research I covering stochas-tic models and their application to soft-ware development and to the operationof systems.Prerequisite: CSC 655On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 665 Industrial Dynamics SystemsSimulationThis course covers design, constructionand computer simulation models. Modelsconstructed represent structure, policiesand decisions in such areas as productionand inventory, research and engineering,personnel policies and capital expendi-tures. Employing industrial dynamicsconcepts, the interaction of feedback ina dynamic management system is testedand studied over a wide spectrum of timecycles. Students construct, run and ana-lyze elementary models of their ownchoice.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 681 Industrial EngineeringControl SystemsThis course analyzes the operating char-acteristics of production, quality assur-ance and inventory control systems. Itincludes development of numericalmethods for controlling systems perfor-mance at the decision-making level andproblems in quality control, station bal-ancing, economic order quantity, period-ic and order point inventory controlunder uncertainty, network schedules,production planning and control systems.Activities of industrial engineering as amanagement system are developed.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 685 Industrial EngineeringMethodsThis comprehensive course covers effec-tive plant location and layout, materialhandling, development and applicationof work measurement, value engineeringtechniques, process charting, work sam-pling, line balancing, learning curve the-ory and principles of work simplification.The justification of capital expendituresand determination of manufacturingproduct costs are also treated.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 687 Production and InventoryAnalysisThis is a quantitative approach to prob-lems in inventory and production con-trol. Inventory models for fixed orderand fixed interval systems, both deter-ministic and probabilistic, are discussed;also, the techniques of modifying themodels for special conditions are consid-ered. Other topics include low demandand fixed demand problems, the interre-lationship of inventory control and pro-duction control, and an introduction toproduction scheduling models.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 691, 693 Special Topics inManagement Engineering andManagement ScienceThe specific contents of these coursesmay vary each time they are offered.They reflect current research and prac-tice in advanced areas. Topics and pre-requisites are announced before theregistration period begins.Note: Students are permitted to repeatthese courses for additional credit provid-ed that content is different.Prerequisite: Matriculated status indepartment; other prerequisites to beannouncedOn Occasion, 3 units per semester

MGE 695 Project ManagementPracticumThis course is a capstone course thatapplies and integrates theory and imple-mentation of qualitative and quantitativeelements of project management. Stressis on the practical tools and applicationof planning, budgeting, staffing, schedul-ing, and operations research involved incomplex engineering programs and pro-jects.Co-requisite: MGE 52, completion of otherMGS required coursesSpring, 3 units

MGE 701 Management EngineeringProjectsThis course is for students who wish towork on an approved project in manage-ment engineering and prepare a papersuitable for publication in a professionaljournal. Arrangements are made with thedepartment chairperson.On Occasion, 3 units

MGE 707, 709 ManagementEngineering ThesisThe student researches and prepares forthe master’s thesis under the guidance ofan advisor. A thesis outline must beapproved before registering for thissequence. The completed thesis isdefended before a department faculty

committee. A grade of “Incomplete” isgiven to 707 and is changed only uponthe successful completion of the thesiswith 709.Every Semester, 3 units per semester

TEL 502 TelecommunicationsThis course is an overview of the historyand future of the telecommunicationsindustry. Topics include telecommunica-tions technology, regulatory environ-ment, competitive structure, product andservice offerings, and managerial andsocial implications of telecommunica-tions.On Occasion, 3 units

TEL 504 Systems, Signals and CircuitsThis course is an introduction to electri-cal engineering topics fundamental tocommunications and computer systems.Topics include properties of systems inthe time and frequency domains, controlsystems, signal and noise concepts, mod-ulation, multiplexing, estimation, filter-ing and detection of signals, informationtheory, fundamental properties of electriccircuits, the network model, equilibriumequations and dynamics, introduction toelectronic devices and circuits.On Occasion, 3 units

TEL 614 Voice Communications andBasic TelephonyThis basic course in telephony coverstopics that include the evolution of theswitched networks: telephone, PBX andother customer premise equipment,interoffice connection, signal methodsand traffic problems. The analyses of thetechnology and advantages of the princi-pal transmission media and switchingtechniques, regulatory environment,competitive structure and managerialimplications of voice communication arealso covered.Prerequisites: TEL 502, TEL 504On Occasion, 3 unitsTEL 618 Data CommunicationsThis course introduces students to basicconcepts in data communications. Topicsinclude terminals and processing hard-ware and software, codes and protocols,network alternatives and architectures,packet switching, local area networks,regulatory environment, competitivestructure and managerial implications.Prerequisite: TEL 614On Occasion, 3 units

TEL 626 TelecommunicationsManagement IssuesThis course integrates material from pre-ceding telecommunications courses, pre-sents additional selected topics, andanalyzes issues, including strategies for

planning and managing a telecommuni-cations facility and marketing telecom-munications products. Selected topicsmay include international communica-tions, new telecommunication products,services and their applications; and regu-latory policy and tariffs.Prerequisite: TEL 618On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

The College of Liberal Artsand Sciences at C.W. Post

offers more than 20 master’sdegree programs through thedepartments of Biology, English,Earth and EnvironmentalScience, Foreign Languages,History, Mathematics, PoliticalScience/International Studies,and Psychology, as well as in theEnvironmental Studies Programand Interdisciplinary Studies.These programs, along with theAPA-accredited doctoral programin Clinical Psychology, are allregistered with the New YorkState Department of Education.

Web site: www.liu.edu/postlasPhone: (516) 299-2233Fax: (516) 299-4140

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTSAND SCIENCES

Katherine Hill-Miller, Ph.D.Deankatherine.hill-miller@liu.edu

Paul Forestell, Ph.D.Associate Deanpaul.forestell@liu.edu

Nicholas J. Ramer, Ph.D.Assistant Deannicholas.ramer@liu.edu

Overview

The College of Liberal Arts andSciences is C.W. Post’s oldest, largest andmost diverse academic unit. It remainsthe center of intellectual life on Campus– indeed, the heart and soul of C.W. Post– and continues to afford its studentswhat they need most for success in theworld of work and satisfaction in theirpersonal lives.The College’s chief resource is its full-

time faculty. Numbering more than 100,it includes many highly accomplishedscholars, researchers and artists. Whatmost unites these humanists, social sci-entists, mathematicians and scientists isa dedication to excellence in teaching.Liberal arts and sciences students rarely,if ever, attend large classroom lecturesand regularly receive a great deal of per-sonal attention.Through its 13 departments, the

College offers more than 40 undergradu-ate majors, at least as many minors andconcentrations, nearly 20 master’s pro-grams, accelerated bachelor’s/master’sprograms, and a doctoral program inclinical psychology. The College’s gradu-ate programs prepare students to work ina wide range of fields, including teach-ing, research, environmental manage-ment, behavioral analysis and manyothers.

ACADEMICPOLICY

Master of Arts andMaster of Science

A degree candidate must complete aminimum of 30 semester hours of gradu-ate units and, in most cases, submit anacceptable thesis or carry out an accept-able project. At least 18 of these hoursmust be in the major department or areaof study. Some departments permit theoption of six additional hours of specifiedgraduate courses instead of the thesis.

Thesis or Project

The thesis or project required in manyof the graduate programs is intended totest the candidate’s ability to engage inoriginal research and master the conceptsand methods of the area of specialization.Before the candidate’s thesis is accept-

ed for consideration, the following pre-requisites must be completed: completionof the required semester hours of unit inresidence in appropriate courses, matric-ulated status, successful completion ofthe qualifying or comprehensive exami-nation, and sponsorship and approval ofthe thesis proposal by a faculty commit-tee. The thesis is to be written under thedirect supervision of the chairperson ofthe Thesis Committee. The chairpersonwill be selected based on special compe-tence in the subject of the candidate’sthesis proposal. The chairperson of thedepartment or director of the programwill make this selection.

BIOLOGY

Phone: (516) 299-2481Fax: (516) 299-2484Web site:www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/clas/bio/bio.htm

Faculty

Orland J. Blanchard, Jr.Professor of BiologyA.B., Clark University;Ph.D., Cornell Universityoblancha@liu.edu

Matthew J. DraudChair, Biology DepartmentDirector, Graduate ProgramAssociate Professor of BiologyB.A., Thomas More College;M.S., University of SouthwesternLouisiana;Ph.D., Lehigh Universitymdraud@liu.edu

Karin A. MelkonianAssistant Professor of BiologyB.A., Connecticut College;Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brookkmelkoni@liu.edu

Glynis PereyraAssistant Professor of BiologyB.A., Kutztown State University ofPennsylvania;Ph.D., University of Marylandglynis.pereyra@liu.edu

Howard M. ReismanProfessor of BiologyA.B., M.S., Syracuse University;Ph.D., University of California SantaBarbarahoward.reisman@liu.edu

William A. Schutt, Jr.Associate Professor of BiologyB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Geneseo University;Ph.D., Cornell Universitywilliam.schutt@liu.edu

Michael ShodellProfessor of BiologyB.S., State University of New York atStony Brook;Ph.D., University of California at Berkeleyshodell@liu.edu

Stephen T. TettelbachProfessor of BiologyB.A., University of Miami;M.S., University of Washington;Ph.D., University of Connecticutstephen.tettelbach@liu.edu

Todd L. ZimmermanAssistant Professor of BiologyB.A., Wittenburg University;M.S., University of SouthwesternLouisiana;M.S., University of Southern California;Ph.D., University of California, LosAngelestodd.zimmerman@liu.edu

Degree Programs

The department of Biology seeks toprepare graduate students for primaryresponsibilities in research and teachingas well as for entry into graduate schoolsfor specialization in medicine, dentistry,veterinary medicine and numerous otherfields within the biological sciences.The Department offers a Master of

Science (M.S.) degree in Biology. Manygraduate courses are offered duringevening hours. Students who seek initialor professional New York State certifica-tion to teach biology in middle or sec-ondary schools may pursue the Master ofScience degree in Biology: MiddleChildhood Education (5-9) or the

C.W. Post Campus

Master of Science degree in Biology:Adolescence Education (7-12) (offeredin conjunction with the School ofEducation). Interested students shouldcontact academic advisors in both theBiology Department and the School ofEducation for more information.

Biology – M.S.

Admission to Degree ProgramA candidate for admission must submit

his or her credentials to the GraduateAdmissions Office for review by theBiology Graduate Committee, whichmay, subsequently, require a personalinterview. The applicant should havecompleted at the undergraduate level: sixsemesters of biology; one year of collegecalculus; one year of general chemistry,one year of organic chemistry; and oneyear of college physics. In addition, aminimum grade point average of 2.75 inthe major and completion of theGraduate Record Examination GeneralTest are required. A candidate whosecredentials satisfy all of the aboverequirements as well as university admis-sions requirements may be accepted as afully matriculated student.A student may be accepted on a limit-

ed matriculant basis if his or her creden-tials are deficient in not more than twoareas. Limited matriculants may apply forfull matriculant status after removal of alldeficiencies. Deficiencies must beremoved during the first year of graduatestudy. Courses taken to remove academicdeficiencies must be passed with a gradeof C- or better and will not be creditedtoward degree requirements.Courses may also be taken on a non-

matriculant basis. A non-matriculantmay apply for matriculant status after heor she completes at least 12, but no morethan 18, graduate biology units providedthat his or her cumulative grade pointaverage is 3.00 or better. At least half ofthese units must be from among thefoundation courses listed below. The stu-dent must also have taken the GraduateRecord Examination General Test andmust have removed any technical and/oracademic deficiencies. Undergraduatecoursework taken to fulfill a deficiencyafter the student has completed thebachelor’s degree must be passed with agrade of C- or better.

Degree RequirementsAll students must take a minimum of

15 units (Plan I) or 21 units (Plan II)from these foundation courses, includingBIO 500, which is required of all majorsin either plan:

Courses UnitsBIO 500 Biology Graduate Seminar –REQUIRED 1

BIO 503 Modern Concepts ofEvolution 3

BIO 505 Sources inBiological Research 3

BIO 510 Molecular Biology 4BIO 513 Biological Chemistry I 3BIO 518 Ecology 4BIO 520 Cell Biology 3BIO 525 Eukaryotic Genetics 3BIO 528 Developmental Biology 4

Plan I: Thesis OptionA student selecting this degree option

must complete a minimum of 30 units:15 units from the foundation courses,one of which must be BIO 500 (BiologyGraduate Seminar); three units each ofBIO 707 and 708 respectively (i.e.,Research and Preparation of Thesis); andnine additional units in Biology. A stu-dent planning to go on to further gradu-ate study is strongly urged to take anadditional six units of coursework.As soon as possible after matricula-

tion, a student planning to enter Plan Ishould select a mentor to aid in choosinga thesis topic and completing a thesiswhich must consist of original research.

Plan II: Non-Thesis OptionA student selecting this degree option

must complete 36 units including at least21 units from among the foundationcourses, one of which must be BIO 500(Biology Graduate Seminar).Courses beyond the required founda-

tion courses may be chosen from amongelective courses offered each semester.Upon acceptance into the biology

graduate program, the student shouldmake an appointment to meet with theBiology Department’s graduate director.During this meeting, the student andcounselor will discuss degree require-ments and complete a tentative Plan ofStudy and registration forms.Each grade below B- is considered a

deficiency. Two deficiency grades willresult in probation. Three deficiencygrades will result in dismissal. It is thestudent’s responsibility to bring any defi-ciencies to the attention of the graduatecommittee chairperson.Questions concerning the graduate

program should be taken to the graduatedirector.A maximum of six biology units may

be accepted as transfer units from otherschools, but these courses may not beapplied toward the M.S. in Biology with-out prior written approval from thedepartment chairperson. Limited modifi-cations in the required courses may bemade with the approval of the depart-ment chairperson and graduate director.For students who wish to prepare to

teach biology by pursuing a Master ofScience degree in Biology, consultation

Biology

with the Biology graduate director isrequired to determine specific biologyrequirements.

Biology: AdolescenceEducation (7-12) – M.S.

The degree of Master of Science inBiology: Adolescence Education (7-12)is offered by the School of Education inconjunction with the Department ofBiology. The student must take 18 unitsof biology, maintain a cumulative G.P.A.of 3.0 in the School of Education and inthe Liberal Arts and Sciences contentarea. In addition, any student whoreceives grades below B in two graduatecourses is considered to have an academ-ic deficiency. A student who earns athird grade below B may lose his or hermatriculated status or may be dismissedfrom the graduate program.

A. Required Courses: (6 units) UnitsBIO 505 – Sources in BiologicalResearch 3

BIO 513 – Biological Chemistry I 3

B. One Course: (3 units)BIO 503 – Modern Concepts ofEvolution 3

BIO 520 – Cell Biology 3BIO 604 – Biological ChemistryLaboratory 3

C. One Course: (3 or 4 units)BIO 510 – Molecular Biology 4BIO 525 – Eukaryotic Genetics 3BIO 530 – Human Genetics 3

D. One Course: (3 or 4 units)BIO 501 – Population Ecology 3BIO 517 – Vascular Plants ofLong Island 4

BIO 518 – Ecology 4BIO 609 – Marine Ecology 3

E. One Elective: (3 or 4 units)Any graduate biology course

Biology: MiddleChildhood Education(5-9) – M.S.

Students who wish to prepare to teachbiology by pursuing a Master of Sciencedegree in Biology: Middle ChildhoodEducation (5-9) should consult with theBiology graduate director to determinespecific biology requirements.For information on the Accelerated

B.S./M.S. in Biology, refer to theUndergraduate Bulletin or consult thegraduate director.

Course Descriptions

BIO 500 Biology Graduate SeminarThis once-a-week seminar ranges overthe entire spectrum of biological science.Invited speakers and departmental staffmembers speak earlier in the semester;later in the semester, each studentenrolled in the course presents a shortseminar based on library research onsome topic in biology. Regular atten-dance and the submission of a thoroughannotated bibliography on the student’sseminar topic are required. This coursemay be taken as many as three times.Annually, 1 unit

BIO 501 Population EcologyThis course is three hours of lecture andconsiders the ecology of populations withemphasis on structure, dynamics, demog-raphy and on the behavioral responses oforganisms to variable environments.Special fee, $75On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 502 Advanced MicroscopyThis course is two hours of lecture andfour hours of laboratory and focuses onthe study of microscopic techniqueincluding the theory and use of the scan-ning electron microscope, various typesof light microscopy, technical drawingand photography through the micro-scope, and darkroom/digital micrographimage preparation for publication. Termproject required.Special fee, $80On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 503 Modern Concepts ofEvolutionThis course is two hours of lecture withcollateral readings. This is a presentationof evidence favoring theories of organicevolution with emphasis on biochemicalevolution and population dynamics.Modern genetics and cytology areapplied to an understanding of thenature of the evolutionary process.Prerequisite: An undergraduate major orminor in biology and courses in organicchemistry and geneticsOn Occasion, 3 units

BIO 505 Sources in BiologicalResearchThis course is two hours of lecture cen-tered on the development of a criticalfacility as active readers of the primaryscientific literature. Historical materialsare initially employed as a starting pointfor critiquing experimental design, assess-ing modes of data presentation, and ana-lyzing conclusions drawn fromexperimental evidence. The course pro-gresses to in-depth analyses of currentprimary-source research publications.Student presentations and original stu-dent-generated protocols and experimen-tal design, with emphasis on theformulation of productive scientific ques-tions, the internal logic of the experi-mental approach, and appropriateexperimental design and controls, willconstitute the final portion of the course.Prerequisite: Either entry to the course as amatriculating graduate student in theDepartment of Biology or an advancedundergraduate with appropriate cumulativegrade point average and at least one biologycourse beyond the core curriculum or byspecial consent of the instructor.May be used to fulfill 3 units of the literacyrequirement for Adolescence Education stu-dents at the M.S. level.On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 506 Experimental BehavioralEcologyThis course focuses on active investiga-tions of aspects of behavioral ecologyincluding mate choice, intrasexual com-petition, territoriality, parental divisionof labor, aggression, foraging and commu-nication. Students work in small researchteams and learn to construct hypotheses,design experiments to test them and ana-lyze data statistically to draw conclu-sions. Experiments are conducted overseveral class periods. Four research pro-jects are conducted during the semester

C.W. Post Campus

that concentrate on topics listed above,and make use of a variety of vertebrateand invertebrate animals. Students writeresearch papers and review and critiquepeer-written research reports.Special fee, $65On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 508 Tropical BiologyThis is a multidisciplinary treatment ofthe complex interrelations betweenorganisms and their physical and bioticenvironments in the American tropics. Itprovides an introduction to the specialecological characteristics of tropicalplant and animal communities and offersfield experience in the tropics.Prerequisite: Permission of instructorOn Occasion, 4 units

BIO 510 Molecular BiologyThis course is two hours of lecture andfour hours of laboratory. Macromolecularstructures including collagen and chro-mosome, DNA function including repli-cation, information transfer includinggene regulation, gene exchange andrearrangements including transposons areto be considered with special emphasison recombinant DNA technology.Prerequisite: Undergraduate Genetics orCell Biology or equivalentSpecial fee, $65On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 511 PlanktonThis course is three hours of lecture andthree hours of laboratory/fieldwork.Topics covered include the taxonomy,morphology and identification of themajor zooplankton and phytoplanktongroups with consideration of ecologicaland economic significance.Special fee, $75On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 512 EndocrinologyThis course is two hours of lecture andcollateral readings. This is an introduc-tion to comparative morphology, physiol-ogy, histogenesis and biochemistry of thevertebrate endocrine glands. Emphasis ison the consideration of feedback regula-tory mechanisms in man and the verte-brates and some invertebrates. Topicsinclude steroid and protein hormonesand the effects of environmental stress.Prerequisite: Vertebrate Anatomy andPhysiologyPrerequisite or Co-requisite: BiochemistryOn Occasion, 3 units

BIO 513 Biological Chemistry IThis course is four hours of lecture and isan inquiry into the chemistry of aminoacids, proteins and lipids. Enzymes andtheir role in cytoplasmic carbohydratemetabolism and fatty acid synthesis arediscussed. The role of the mitochondri-on, especially the Krebs cycle and oxida-tive phosphorylation, is explored.Prerequisite: Two semesters (8 units) ofOrganic ChemistryOn Occasion, 3 units

BIO 514 Biological Chemistry IIThis course is four hours of lecture and isa study of pathways of nitrogen metabo-lism; steroid and phospholipid biosynthe-sis and mechanisms of regulation; andsynthesis, structure, metabolism anddegradation of nucleic acids.Prerequisite: Biological Chemistry I (BIO513)On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 515 Plant AnatomyThis course is two one-hour lectures andtwo hours of laboratory. The microscopicanatomy of representative vascular plantsincluding disposition and composition ofstem, root, leaf and floral tissues, and finestructure of individual cell types is cov-ered. Emphasis is placed on developmen-tal anatomy and taxonomic significanceof anatomical structure. Free-hand andfreezing techniques are used in prepara-tion of fresh material. Standard proce-dures of micro-technique andphotomicrography are stressed.Prerequisite: General botanySpecial fee, $75On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 517 Vascular Plants of Long IslandThis course is two, one-hour lectures andfour hours of laboratory and involvessummer field and laboratory studies ofthe local vascular flora including ferns,woody plants and herbaceous floweringplants. Field study sites include most ofLong Island’s major habitat types.Laboratory work emphasizes morphology,identification and preservation of field-collected materials, and also examinesthe methods and tools of plant systemat-ics investigations.Special fee, $75On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 518 EcologyThis course is two hours of lecture andfour hours of laboratory. This summer,field-oriented course studies organisms in

their physical environments, naturalcommunities, ecosystems and evolution-ary ecology. Study sites range from beachdunes and salt marshes to mixed uplandwoods.Special fee, $75On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 519 MammalogyThis course is three hours of lecture andcollateral readings. The course is con-cerned with the biology of major groupsof mammals including diversity, taxono-my, morphology, geographic distribution,behavior and evolutionary history.Identification of and environmentalimpact on local species are discussedwith considerations of ecological andeconomic significance.On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 520 Cell BiologyThis course is three hours of lecture andis an intensive survey of cellular life andfunction, emphasizing cellular organelleand function and its integrated role intotal cell function.Prerequisite: One-year introductory biologycourse; one-year general chemistry courseOn Occasion, 3 units

BIO 521 Recombinant DNAThis course is two hours of lecture andfour hours of laboratory. This coursestudies DNA, its structure, replicationand the repair principles underlying therecombinant DNA technique of genemanipulation including host-vector sys-tems, gene construction and cloning.The potential benefits as well as thepotential hazards are discussed.Prerequisite: Courses in Genetics,Microbiology and BiochemistrySpecial fee, $80On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 525 Eukaryotic GeneticsThis course is two hours of lecture. Thisadvanced study of genetics assumes abasic understanding of genetic principles.The course addresses some of the currentissues in genetics gene mapping, generegulation, genetic structure throughreading of historical and current scientif-ic literature. Students use statistical andcomputer methods of genetic analysis tomap genes and analyze DNA sequences.Prerequisite: An undergraduate course ingeneticsOn Occasion, 3 units

Biology

BIO 528 Developmental BiologyThis course is two hours of lecture, threehours of laboratory, and collateral read-ings. This lecture and experimental labo-ratory study of the mechanisms ofembryological development includessuch aspects as cellular differentiation,fertilization, morphogenesis, organogene-sis, induction, growth, regeneration,parthenogenesis and aging.Special fee, $65On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 530 Human GeneticsThis course is two hours of lecture andcollateral readings. The course focuses onthe relevance of genetics to man. It dis-cusses molecular and chromosomal disor-ders and how to remedy them throughgenetic counseling and genetic engineer-ing. The facts of environmental mutage-nesis and population genetics lead toconsideration of how to manage our mul-tiracial endowment. At a different level,cell genetics are discussed in the contextof cancer biology.Prerequisite: A basic course in geneticsOn Occasion, 3 units

BIO 531 IchthyologyThis course is two hours of lecture andfour hours of laboratory/field work. Thiscourse focuses on aspects of fish biologyincluding systematics, structure/function,evolution, ecology, physiology andbehavior. Lab and field work emphasizecollection, identification, maintenanceand preservation of specimens of mainlylocal freshwater, estuarine and marinefishes.Special fee, $65On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 535 Advanced Topics in BiologyThis course is two hours of lecture orseminar and collateral readings, in theformat that best suits the subject matter.For four units, a lab or field componentwill be included. Topics are designed toaid students interested in research activi-ties by stressing current topics, and thetheory and practice of current method-ologies. Different topics are covered eachsemester, and in subsequent semesters,different faculty members present thematerial. The specific topic will beannounced in advance and the studentmay take the course more than once pro-vided the topics differ.Prerequisites: Permission of the BiologyGraduate AdvisorOn Occasion, 3 or 4 Units

BIO 537 Fisheries Biology andAquacultureThis course is two hours of lecture andcollateral readings. This course exploresthe commercial and biological aspects offisheries with emphasis on the history,methods and potential of shellfish andfinfish farming including methods of esti-mation of catch, productivity of fishinggrounds, migration of fish and conserva-tion methods.On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 540 LimnologyThis course is two hours of lecture andtwo hours of laboratory. This is an exam-ination of freshwater biological commu-nities and their associated environments.Attention is given to biological produc-tivity and the chemical, physical andbiological dynamics of freshwater systemswith special consideration of planktonicand benthic organisms.Special fee, $75On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 572 General EntomologyThis course is two one-hour lectures andtwo two-hour labs. This summer courseincludes a survey of the insect orders, astudy of their structure, biology and clas-sification. It is an introduction to thestudy of insects as a major segment of thebiological community. Laboratory exer-cises in the anatomy and biology ofinsects include practice in the techniquesof insect identification.Prerequisite: General Zoology orInvertebrate ZoologySpecial fee, $75On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 604 Biological ChemistryLaboratoryThis course is four hours of laboratory,and illustrates the application of qualita-tive and quantitative chemical laboratoryprinciples and procedures to biochemicalexperimentation. Laboratory proceduresinvolve spectrophotometry, chromatogra-phy and radio-tracer methods amongother techniques.Prerequisite: Biology 513Special fee, $75Annually, 3 units

BIO 609 Marine EcologyThis course is two hours of lecture andtwo hours of field work. This courseinvolves summer field studies in marineand estuarine ecology with considerationof sampling methods and data treatments.

Prerequisite: Either an undergraduate orgraduate course in ecology or marine biologyOn Occasion, 3 units

BIO 614 Advanced ElectronMicroscopyThis course is two hours of lecture andtwo hours of laboratory. Course contentincludes the theory and practice ofadvanced electron microscopic tech-niques. Biological material is examinedby the methods of electron histochem-istry, negative staining, shadow casting,replication and autoradiography.Laboratory practice includes detailedinstruction on the use and maintenanceof the transmission electron microscope.Training in the use of the scanning elec-tron microscope is included.Prerequisite: Biology 502Special fee, $80On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 625 Ecological ModelingThis course is three hours of lecture andexamines the technique of synthesis ofmathematical models in ecology andexamination of selected current modelswith emphasis on their predictive proper-ties and on applications is covered. Modelsdealing with problems of ecoenergetics,population dynamics, spatial relationshipsand ecological diversity are considered.On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 626 Wildlife and WildernessResourcesThis course is three hours of lecture andexamines the nature and current status ofworld wildlife resources and problems ofwildlife conservation in relation to com-peting demands on wilderness and otherwild land areas.On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 641 Advanced MicrobiologyThis course is three hours of lecture andthree hours of laboratory. This is anadvanced study of microbes, their metab-olism, symbiotic interactions and appli-cations in industrial processes. Thecourse includes studies of microbial ecol-ogy with an emphasis on the role ofmicroorganisms in the environment.Prerequisite: Undergraduate course inMicrobiology, or B.S. in BiologySpecial fee, $65On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 651 Comparative AnimalPhysiologyThis course presents selected topics inanimal physiology to show the variety ofphysiological mechanisms in different

C.W. Post Campus

animal groups and illustrates some of thetrends in physiological adaptation tochanging environments. Among the top-ics to be included are osmoregulation,excretory mechanisms, respiratory pig-ments, temperature regulation, move-ment and neural control.Prerequisite: College course in Zoology,preferably Animal Physiology and/orVertebrate AnatomyOn Occasion, 3 units

BIO 700 Special Problems in BiologyIn this course, the student explores aresearch problem under the guidance of amember of the biology faculty.Special fee, $25 per unitEvery Semester, 1, 2 or 3 units (to be deter-mined with approval of the Biology depart-ment chairperson and the mentor)

BIO 707-708 Research andPreparation of ThesisThis course is open only to matriculatedstudents. Approval of department chair-person and mentor is required. In thiscourse, the student selects a thesis topicwhich the student completes under thesupervision of a faculty member.

EARTH ANDENVIRONMENTALSCIENCE

Phone: (516) 299-2318Fax: (516) 299-3945Web site:www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/clas/earthsci/ees.htm

Faculty

Margaret F. BoorsteinChair, Earth and Environmental ScienceDepartmentGraduate Academic Counselor, EarthScience EducationProfessor of GeographyB.A., Barnard College of ColumbiaUniversity;M.A., Ph.D., Columbia Universitymargaret.boorstein@liu.edu

Scott CarlinAssociate Professor of GeographyB.A., Brandeis University;Ph.D., Clark University, Graduate Schoolof Geographyscott.carlin@liu.edu

Victor J. DiVenereAssociate Professor of GeologyB.A., B.S., M.S., University of Florida;Ph.D., Columbia Universitydivenere@liu.edu

Donald GelmanChair, Physics DepartmentProfessor of PhysicsB.S., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;M.S., Ph.D., New York Universitydgelman@liu.edu

Patrick J. KennellyAssistant Professor of GeographyB.S., Allegheny College;M.S., University of Arizona;Ph.D., Oregon State Universitypatrick.kennelly@liu.edu

Fausto MarincioniAssistant ProfessorL.S., University of Urbino;M.S., Ph.D., University of Massachusettsat Amherstfausto.marincioni@liu.edu

E. Mark PiresAssociate Professor of GeographyB.A., University of Vermont;M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State Universitympires@liu.edu

Lillian Hess TanguayGraduate Program Director EnvironmentalStudiesAssociate Professor of GeologyB.A., State University of New York Collegeat Buffalo;M.A., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;Ph.D., The Graduate School, CityUniversity of New Yorklhess@liu.edu

Professor Emeritus

Robert S. HarrisonProfessor Emeritus of GeographyB.A., M.A., Ph.D., Cambridge University

Earth andEnvironmentalScience Department –Overview

The Earth and Environmental ScienceDepartment offers a Master of Science inEnvironmental Studies and a Master ofScience in Earth Science. In conjunctionwith the School of Education, theDepartment also offers a Master of Sciencein Earth Science: Middle Childhood

Education (5-9) and a Master of Sciencein Earth Science: Adolescence Education(7-12). The Middle Childhood andAdolescence Education programs are forstudents who seek initial or professionalNew York State teacher certification toteach in middle or secondary schools.The Graduate Environmental Studies

Program is offered in conjunction with theCollege of Liberal Arts and Sciencesdepartments of Biology, Chemistry,Economics, and Philosophy; the College ofManagement Department of Health Careand Public Administration; and theCollege of Information and ComputerScience Department of Computer Science.

Earth Science - M.S.

The Master of Science in EarthScience prepares teachers, environmen-tal leaders, industry consultants, plannersand others to manage community andnatural resource concerns.The program will satisfy New York State

certification requirements for graduateswho are teachers who hold initial certifica-tion but need a master’s degree to securepermanent teacher certification in theState of New York. The program may alsobenefit fully certified teachers who wish toexpand their field of certification. Studentsalso will be able to use the degree as a step-ping stone to a Ph.D. in Earth Science.

Entry RequirementsA bachelor’s degree, preferably in a nat-

ural science, with a minimum GPA of 3.0.Students who do not meet these require-ments are welcome to discuss their optionsfor admission with the graduate advisor.

Degree RequirementsCandidates for the Master of Science in

Earth Science must take a minimum of 32units. Students may choose to write a thesisor to take a comprehensive examination.

To ensure both the quality of theeducation and serving student interests,students are required to meet with andobtain the approval of the programadvisor in planning their courses of study.For degree requirements and more infor-

mation contact the Earth and EnvironmentalScience graduate advisor, Dr. Margaret F.Boorstein at 516-299-2318 or e-mail:maboorst@liu.edu or visit our Web site atwww.liu.edu/earthsciencems.

Earth and Environmental Science

Earth ScienceEducation

Earth Science:AdolescenceEducation (7-12) – M.S.

Admission to Degree ProgramA student interested in being consid-

ered for the Master of Science in EarthScience: Adolescence Education (7-12)program must submit an application tothe Graduate Admissions Office.Admission to the program requires abachelor’s degree (B.A. or B.S.) in a nat-ural science (e.g., biology, chemistry,geology, physics) and admission to theSchool of Education. However, applicantswith other bachelor’s degrees may beadmitted as limited matriculants. Furtherinformation is available by contactingthe departmental academic counselor.

Degree RequirementsThe Master of Science in Earth

Science: Adolescence Education (7-12)program requires 20 units in earth sci-ence courses. The Department ofCurriculum and Instruction specifiesunits in education. Students withouteducation courses on the undergraduatelevel may need to take additional coursesin education. Successful completion ofcomprehensive examinations in educa-tion and in earth science is also required.The student must maintain a cumulativeG.P.A. of 3.00 in the School of Educationand in the Liberal Arts and Sciencescontent area. In addition, any studentwho receives grades below (B) in twograduate courses is considered to have anacademic deficiency. A student whoearns a third grade below (B) may losehis or her matriculated status or may bedismissed from the graduate program.

Policy on Grades Below BThe student must maintain a cumulativeG.P.A. of 3.0 in the School of Educationand in Earth Science content courses. Inaddition, any student who receives gradesbelow B (B-, C+, C, C-, F) in two gradu-ate courses is considered to have an academ-ic deficiency. A student who earns a thirdgrade below (B) in Earth Science may losehis or her matriculated status or may be dis-missed from the graduate program. A stu-dent with two grades below a B (B-, C+,

C, C-, F) in Earth Science will be requiredto take an additional course or take a courseover again, with permission of the depart-ment. The student must receive a B or bet-ter in that course. An exception to therequirement to take an additional coursemay be made, at the department’s discretion,for a student who has two B- grades.

Required Courses: UnitsERS 513 Earth Environment I 4ERS 514 Earth Environment II 4

Required courses may be waived uponproviding the Earth Science Educationprogram graduate academic counselorwith documentation indicating successfulcompletion of these or equivalent courses.

Elective Courses: UnitsAST 501 Spherical and EllipticalAstronomy 3

ERS 515 Principles of Meteorology 3ERS 700 Research Problems inEarth Science 1 or 2

GGR 518 Topics in AppliedConservation 3

GLY 510 Oceanography 3GLY 511 Continental Drift andPlate Tectonics 3

GLY 513 Marine Geology 4GLY 514 Marine SedimentaryEnvironments 3

GLY 516 Physical Oceanography 3GLY 517 Geomorphic Processes 3GLY 518 Groundwater Geology 3GLY 520 Sedimentary Geology 3GLY 521 Stratigraphy 3GLY 523 Environmental Geochemistry 3GLY 524 Methods of MineralIdentification 3

GLY 526 Earth Materials 3GLY 533 Methods of Field Geology forEarth Science Teachers 3

GLY 549 The Age of Mammals 3

Literacy RequirementsTo satisfy the literacy requirement for

the M.S. Degree in Earth Science:Adolescence Education (7-12), studentsmust choose one of the followingadvanced electives to complete theircourse of study.GLY 510 OceanographyGLY 511 Continental Drift andPlate Tectonics

GLY 520 Sedimentary GeologyGLY 521 StratigraphyGGR 518 Topics in Applied Conservation

Comprehensive ExaminationUpon completion of required Earth

Science courses, and before graduationfrom the program, each candidate mustpass the Earth Science ComprehensiveExamination consisting of questions per-taining to his or her course of study inthe earth sciences.Students should take the Earth

Science Comprehensive Examination noearlier than their final semester ofcoursework. Students who fail theComprehensive Examination may, underspecial circumstances, take the examina-tion again. Students who fail the exami-nation a second time will not be awardedthe master’s degree.Note: The Earth Science

Comprehensive Examination is adminis-tered by the Department of Earth andEnvironmental Science as a requirementfor the master’s degree in AdolescenceEarth Science Education. It is in addi-tion to other examinations administeredby the School of Education and the NewYork State Department of Education(such as the Content Specialty Testrequired for teacher certification).Please contact the School of Education for

further information.

Earth Science MiddleChildhood Education(5-9) – M.S.

Students should consult with the acad-emic advisors in the School of Educationand College of Liberal Arts and Sciencesfor degree and course requirements forthe Middle Childhood Education (5-9)program.

Earth ScienceEducation CourseDescriptions

Astronomy

AST 501 Spherical and EllipticalAstronomyThe course is devoted to an advancedstudy of astronomical concepts, especial-ly the motions of the earth and otherbodies in the solar system and the physi-cal phenomena to which they give rise.

C.W. Post Campus

Topics include the Celestial Sphere, theSun, Precession of the Equinoxes, theObserver-Based Celestial Sphere, DiurnalMotion, the Celestial Meridian, theSolar System, Planetary Orbits andMotions, the Moon and Eclipses.On Occasion, 3 units

Earth Science

ERS 505 Natural DisastersThis course examines how Earth process-es when concentrated in space and timecan become extreme events posing seri-ous hazards to humans and their infra-structures. Emphasis is given to the factthat earthquakes, volcanoes, hurricanes,landslides, floods, and tsunamis are notdisasters until a vulnerable group of peo-ple is exposed. Case histories describingemergency mitigation, preparation andrecovery strategies will also be examined.On Occasion, 3 units

ERS 513 The Earth Environment ICross-listed as Geography 513This course consists of two hours of lec-ture, two hours of laboratory for fourunits. Students not in the Earth ScienceAdolescence Education program may optto take the course for three units withoutthe laboratory. This course is a study ofthe interrelationships that exist amongvarious aspects of the natural environ-ment. Topics covered include the Earthas a planet and Earth-Sun relationshipsas a basis for understanding the differen-tial pattern of energy- receipt on theEarth; elements of meteorology; the geo-graphical pattern of world climates; rela-tionship of climate to the basicbiogeographical resources-vegetation andsoils; the impact of man upon weather,climate, soils, and vegetation; and theresultant problems of conservation.Prerequisite: Graduate status or departmen-tal permissionLaboratory fee, $45Spring, 3 or 4 units

ERS 514 The Earth Environment IICross-listed as Geography 514This course is two hours of lecture andtwo hours of laboratory for four units.Students not in the Earth ScienceAdolescence Education program may optto take the course for 3 units without thelaboratory. Topics covered in this courseinclude: constitution and formation ofthe rocks of the earth; large-scale geolog-ical structures and global tectonics; theevolution of surface landscapes in

response to internal crustal agents andagents operating externally to the earth’scrust – weathering and erosion; andtopographic maps and air photographs inthe study of earth land-forms.Prerequisite: Graduate status or departmen-tal permissionLaboratory fee, $45Fall, 3 or 4 units

ERS 515 Principles of MeteorologyCross-listed as GGR 515This course examines atmospheric energyincluding composition of the atmos-phere; insolation and the heat-budget ofthe earth; the geographical transferenceof heat-energy. The course also coversmoisture in the atmosphere includingevaporation, condensation and precipita-tion; adiabatic changes; atmospheric sta-bility and instability and motion of theatmosphere such as controls on horizon-tal air-movements; global wind-belts andthe general atmospheric circulation; airmasses and fronts. Also discussed isweather forecasting including traditionaland modern methods and the impact ofman upon the weather.Prerequisite: Earth Science 513 (or equiva-lent) or departmental permissionOn Occasion, 3 units

ERS 700 Research Problems in EarthScienceThis detailed study of a chosen researchtopic or problem is presented under theguidance of an Earth and EnvironmentalScience faculty member.On Occasion, 1 or 2 units

ERS 707 Thesis ResearchStudents will work with an advisor toprepare a thesis proposal and conduct thenecessary research. Approval of facultyadvisor and department chair is required.On Occasion, 3 units

ERS 708 ThesisStudent will write and defend a thesisbased on the research developed in ERS707 as approved by the faculty advisorand two readers.On Occasion, 3 units

Geography

GGR 518 Topics in AppliedConservationThe application of geographic principlesto the problems of environmental con-servation is discussed. The course willinclude detailed studies of selectedaspects of resource conservation.

Students must demonstrate an ability toexplain the various ways in which geog-raphers and other environmental scien-tists organize knowledge andcommunicate the results of their researchin their disciplines.On Occasion, 3 units

Geology

GLY 502 History of the EarthA journey through 4.6 billion years ofEarth’s history guided by geologic theo-ries, principles, and methodologies.Emphasis is on the remarkable eventsthat have profoundly altered the Earth’scontinents, oceans, atmosphere and lifeas it has evolved through deep time tothe present.On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 510 OceanographyThis course studies the geological, chem-ical, physical and biological aspects ofthe oceans. Topics include: crustal andsedimentary composition and processes,morphologic features and their origins,tides, waves, currents, coastal dynamics,ecosystems and the physical and chemi-cal properties of water. Students mustdemonstrate an understanding of thedevelopment and organization of the dis-cipline as well as an ability to communi-cate this understanding through thediscursive conventions of the sciences.On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 511 Continental Drift and PlateTectonicsThis course investigates the developmentof the modern theory of the Earth fromthe theory of continental drift in the1920s, through the observations that ledto the plate tectonic revolution in the1960s, to recent discoveries of the Earth’sinternal dynamics. Topics will alsoinclude past supercontinents, moderntectonically formed regions and theinfluence of tetonics on past and presentclimate. Through reference to classicpapers, students will explore how earthscientists have approached outstandingproblems in the large-scale dynamics ofthe Earth. Students must demonstrate anunderstanding of the development of thescientific knowledge as presented in theliterature.Prerequisite: One year of undergraduateGeology or departmental permissionOn Occasion, 3 units

Earth and Environmental Science

GLY 513 Marine GeologyThis course may be taken with or withoutthe laboratory. Topics covered include theorigin and nature of the crust and sedi-ments of the ocean floor, and a survey oftheir exploration and exploitation.On Occasion, 3 or 4 units

GLY 514 Marine SedimentaryEnvironmentsIn this course, processes and sedimenta-tion in various siliciclastic, carbonateand evaporite coastal environments anddeep water settings including deltas,estuaries, beaches, tidal areas, shelves,platforms, slope and rise, oceanic ridges,trenches and abyssal plains. The courseexamines the characteristics of biogenic,authigenic and terrigenous sediments inthese environments. Topics are intro-duced as aims for learning. Studentsrespond to the aims of each topic in aseminar discussion guided by a studentleader and a workbook. Not open to stu-dents who have completed GLY 512Marine Sedimentation and GLY 514Coastal Environments.On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 516 Physical OceanographyThis course is a study of tides, waves, sur-face and deep currents and water move-ments in shallow areas of the ocean.Topics covered include the hydrodynam-ic equations used in calculating anddescribing the thermohaline circulationof the ocean and the transport of conser-vative and nonconservative water prop-erties in the sea (heat, salinity, chemicalsand elements).On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 517 Geomorphic ProcessesThis course is an analysis of the processesof erosion and deposition with specialemphasis on their effects on short-termchanges in landforms. Topics includeslope processes and slope stability, and thegeologic work of streams, waves and wind.On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 518 Groundwater GeologyThis course considers the factors control-ling the occurrence and movement ofgroundwater, the hydrologic cycle,groundwater regimes, theories and mod-els of groundwater flow and storage,porosity and permeability, the geologicwork of groundwater, exploration forgroundwater, problems of groundwaterquality and contamination, and ground-water management techniques.

Prerequisite: Physical Geology or permissionof departmentOn Occasion, 3 units

GLY 519 Coral Reef GeologyA coral reef field course, emphasizingcoral reef facies, physical and chemicalcontrols on carbonate sedimentation anddiagenesis, coral reef ecology and paleoe-cology, Jamaica’s stratigraphy andCaribbean tectonics. Two weeks of lec-tures, laboratory work and field trips tomodern and ancient coral reefs: sedimentand water quality surveys, snorkeling oncoral reefs, examination of cave andshoreline environments, fault line orien-tation measurement, fossil, mineral androck collection and identification.Accommodations, lectures and laborato-ry work at a marine laboratory on thenorth shore of Jamaica. SCUBA divingis optional for certified divers.On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 520 Sedimentary GeologyThe study of the classification, originand interpretation of sediments and sedi-mentary rocks. The course is concernedwith the physical, chemical and biologi-cal properties of sedimentary rocks, theprocess responsible for these propertiesand how these characteristics provide thebasis for interpreting paleoclimatology,paleogeography and paleoecology.Students must demonstrate an under-standing of how geologists discover andorganize knowledge, as well as an abilityto communicate this understandingthrough the discursive conventions ofthe discipline.Prerequisite: ERS 514 or one semester inGeology or instructor’s permissionOn Occasion, 3 units

GLY 521 StratigraphyThis course studies sedimentary rockstrata and their age relationships, succes-sion of beds, local and worldwide correla-tion of strata, and stratigraphic order andchronological arrangement of beds in thegeologic column. Students will learn howto apply the principles of magnetostratig-raphy, seismic stratigraphy, sequencestratigraphy and chemostratigraphy (iso-tope stratigraphy) to stratigraphic prob-lems. Students must demonstrate anunderstanding of how knowledge issought and tested in geology, as well asan ability to communicate this under-standing through the discurisive conven-tions of the discipline.

Prerequisite: ERS 514, or an undergraduatecourse in Physical Geology or Earth Science2, or permission of the instructorOn Occasion, 3 units

GLY 523 Environmental GeochemistryThis course is the study of the chemistryof the earth with emphasis on the surfi-cial geologic environment. Topicsinclude the chemistry of crustal rocks;chemical weathering and its products;the chemistry of natural waters and ofsoils; isotope geochemistry as a tracer ofenvironmental processes; naturalbedrock-related hazards such as radon;global chemical cycles, especially therole of geologic feedbacks in the carboncycle; and the moderating effects onglobal change.Prerequisites: At least one course inIntroductory Chemistry and IntroductoryGeology respectively or permission of theinstructorOn Occasion, 3 units

GLY 524 Methods of MineralIdentificationThis laboratory and field course dealswith identification of minerals by theirphysical and chemical properties. Topicsinclude optical methods such as specialinstruments and techniques, and evalua-tion and selection of mineral tests. Thecourse is supplemented by field trips toselect mineral collecting localities and isdesigned to assist teachers of earth sciencein the quick determination of minerals.Prerequisite: Mineralogy or permission ofinstructorSpecial fee, $50On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 526 Earth MaterialsA course studying the materials of theEarth’s crust and surface, including theimportant rock-forming minerals;igneous rocks, igneous processes andigneous bodies; weathering, sedimentsand sedimentary rocks; metamorphicprocesses and metamorphic rocks.Minerals and rocks will be identified inhand specimen and under the microscope.Prerequisites: ERS 514 or equivalent andone semester of Chemistry, or permission ofinstructorOn Occasion, 3 units

GLY 533 Methods of Field Geology forEarth Science TeachersThe course is designed to provide fieldexperience including geological mapping,field study of primary and secondary struc-tures, and methods of collecting fossils.

C.W. Post Campus

Prerequisite: One year of IntroductoryGeology or permission of the instructorOn Occasion, 3 units

GLY 549 The Age of MammalsThis course covers the history of mam-mals from the end of the Cretaceousperiod to the present as interpreted inthe fossil record. Evolution, migrationand extinction of various groups and fau-nas of mammals are related to changingenvironments and changes in the distrib-ution of land and sea as inferred from thegeologic record. The course is especiallyuseful for teachers of science. Someknowledge of paleontology or zoology ishelpful.Prerequisite: Physical and HistoricalGeology or instructor’s permissionOn Occasion, 3 units

ENGLISH

Phone: (516) 299-2391Fax: (516) 299-2997Web site:www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/clas/english/english.htm

Faculty

James P. BednarzProfessor of EnglishB.A., Columbia College;M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University

Isaac CatesAssistant Professor of EnglishDirector of Poetry CenterB.A., University of Texas at Austin;M.A., Johns Hopkins University;Ph.D., Yale Universityisaac.cates@liu.edu

Arthur ColemanProfessor of EnglishB.B.A., Manhattan College;M.A., Ph.D., New York University

Joan DigbyDirector of the Honors and Merit FellowshipProgramProfessor of EnglishB.A., New York University;M.A., University of Delaware;Ph.D., New York Universityjoan.digby@liu.edu

Phyllis T. DircksProfessor of EnglishB.A., St. John’s University;M.A., Brown University;Ph.D., New York Universityphyllis.dircks@liu.edu

Thomas FahyAssistant Professor of EnglishB.A., University of California, Davis;M.A., Ph.D., University of NorthCarolina-Chapel Hillthomas.fahy@liu.edu

Margaret HallissyProfessor of EnglishB.A., St. John’s University;M.A., Ph.D., Fordham Universitymargaret.hallissy@liu.edu

Katherine C. Hill-MillerProfessor of EnglishDean of the College of Liberal Arts andSciencesB.A., Fordham University;M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., ColumbiaUniversitykatherine.hill-miller@liu.edu

Barbara HorwitzProfessor of EnglishB.A., Barnard College;M.A., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brookbarbara.horwitz@liu.edu

Deborah LutzAssistant Professor of EnglishB. A., University of Colorado;M.A., Ph.D., City University of NewYork, Graduate Centerdeborah.lutz@liu.edu

Sheila J. McDonaldAssociate Professor of EnglishB.A., Howard University;M.A., The City College, City University ofNew York;Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brook

Sheila McKennaAssociate Professor of EnglishB.A., M.A., Long Island University;M.Ed., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversity;M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia Universitymckenna@liu.edu

Richard McNabbAssociate Professor of EnglishB.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizonarichard.mcnabb@liu.edu

Edmund MillerChair, English DepartmentGraduate Academic CounselorProfessor of EnglishB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Ohio State University;Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brookedmund.miller@liu.edu

Suzanne NalbantianProfessor of EnglishB.A., Barnard College;M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., ColumbiaUniversity

Dennis PahlProfessor of EnglishB.A., State University of New York atAlbany;M.A., Ph.D., State University of NewYork at Buffalodennis.pahl@liu.edu

Wendy RydenAssistant Professor of EnglishCoordinator of Writing Across theCurriculumB.A., Drew University;M.F.A., Brooklyn College, City Universityof New York;Ph.D., Graduate Center, City Universityof New Yorkwendy.ryden@liu.edu

John ScheckterProfessor of EnglishA.B., Grinnell College;M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowajohn.scheckter@liu.edu

Jonna SemeiksAssociate Professor of EnglishB.A., Hunter College, City University ofNew York;Ph.D., Rutgers Universityjonna.semeiks@liu.edu

Degree Programs –Overview

The Department of English offers aMaster of Arts in English. In conjunc-tion with the School of Education, theDepartment also offers a Master ofScience in English: Middle ChildhoodEducation (5-9) and a Master of Sciencein English: Adolescence Education (7-12). The Middle Childhood andAdolescence Education programs are forstudents who seek initial or professionalNew York State teacher certification toteach in middle or secondary schools.

English

The graduate English programs aredesigned to enhance literary appreciationand insight and to foster mastery of theEnglish language – goals which promotepersonal enrichment and which preparethe student not only for a career inteaching, but also for a wide range ofpositions in business and industry.

Admission to English Degree ProgramsApplicants for admission to the gradu-

ate program must have an undergraduatecumulative average of 3.00, an average inthe major of 3.50, and 24 units inEnglish. Students who lack any of theseprerequisites may enter as non-matricu-lants or as limited matriculants. A limit-ed matriculant is one who enrolls incourses before the admissions procedureis complete, who needs to make up adeficiency, or whose undergraduaterecord calls for probationary status. Anon-matriculant is a student who is notpursuing the Master of Arts degree but,wishes to take courses for personal rea-sons. A limited matriculant may apply inwriting to the graduate academic coun-selor for a change of status to full matric-ulation upon removal of all deficienciesand upon completion of 12 units of grad-uate English courses with a cumulativeaverage of at least 3.00. Non-matricu-lants who decide to matriculate mustreapply to the Graduate AdmissionsOffice and then be reviewed by thedepartment’s graduate academic coun-selor. Applicants to the graduate programare required to submit a sample of acade-mic writing.All applicants should meet with the

graduate academic counselor to design aprogram of study. Limited matriculantsare cautioned that courses that theycomplete before full matriculation isapproved may not constitute an accept-able program.Admissions procedures for the Master

of Science in English: AdolescenceEducation (7-12) are initiated in thegraduate School of Education, butmatriculant status is determined jointlyby the graduate academic counselors inthat school and in the EnglishDepartment. All candidates for thisdegree are expected to comply with thesame conditions as those set down forthe Master of Arts candidates and shouldmeet with the English Department grad-uate academic counselor early in theadmissions procedure in order to design asuitable program of study.

Admission procedures for the Masterof Science in English: Middle ChildhoodEducation (5-9) can be obtained fromthe student’s academic advisor in theSchool of Education.

English – M.A.

Degree RequirementsThe M.A. in English requires 30 units

of coursework and a thesis (ENG 708)for three additional units. ENG 510Research Methods and Critical Writingor another course with disciplinarymethodology (ENG 505 ClassicalRhetoric, ENG 563 ComparativeLiterature or ENG 670 The CriticalTradition) is required and should betaken in the first year of graduate study.There are no other required courses, butcourses taken should represent a broadrange of periods and subject matter.

English: AdolescenceEducation (7-12) – M.S.

Degree RequirementsThe M.S. in English: Adolescence

Education (7-12) requires 18 units inEnglish, including ENG 510 ResearchMethods and Critical Writing or anothercourse with disciplinary methodology(ENG 505 Classical Rhetoric, ENG 563Comparative Literature or ENG 670 TheCritical Tradition). Additional Englishcourses must be taken in five of six broadareas of study (Medieval literature or his-tory of the English language, literature ofthe English Renaissance, literature of theRestoration and 18th Century, 19th cen-tury British literature, AmericanLiterature of any period, and modern lit-erature of any country). There is a com-prehensive written essay examinationcovering the course work in English. TheDepartment of Curriculum andInstruction specifies units in Educationand an examination on these courses.Students without Education courses onthe undergraduate level may need to takeadditional courses in Education.

English: MiddleChildhood Education(5-9) – M.S.

The M.S. in English: MiddleChildhood Education (5-9) has the sameEnglish requirements as the M.S. inEnglish: Adolescence Education (7-12).For requirements in Education, studentsshould consult with the graduate acade-mic counselors in Curriculum andInstruction.

Policy on AcademicStanding

A student must maintain a cumulativeG.P.A. of at least 3.00 in English courses.Students in joint programs with theSchool of Education must separatelymaintain a cumulative G.P.A. of at least3.00 in Education courses as well. Inaddition, any student who receives gradesbelow B (including grades of B-) in twograduate courses (in English, Education,or a combination) is considered to havean academic deficiency. A student whoreceives a third such grade may losematriculated status or may be dismissedfrom the graduate program.

English CourseDescriptions

ENG 500 Contemporary LiteratureThis course presents a critical examina-tion of several facets of contemporaryworld literature in verse and prose. Theauthors will vary from semester to semes-ter, but will include one or two writers ofexperimental fiction, at least one figureof international stature, and several con-temporary poets.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 505 RhetoricIn this survey of the history and nature ofrhetoric through reading and discussion ofclassical and more modern works of theory,consideration is given to applications ofrhetorical theory and the production andevaluation of writing with some attentionto style in the students’ own work.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

ENG 510 Research and CriticismFaculty-directed literary research andwriting culminates in a 15 to 20 pagepaper using MLA format. The subjectmatter is in the area of the instructor’sexpertise, and special attention is givento the study and practice of various mod-ern critical approaches – psychoanalytic,feminist, new historical, demonstrativeand cultural studies.Every Semester, 3 units

ENG 511 Style and SyntaxCross-listed as LIN 511An advanced course in English grammarand syntax for writers and others whoneed a theoretical and technical knowl-edge of the field. The course will intro-duce students to various modern theoriesof grammar through intensive analysis ofthe language of English sentences. Someattention will be given to style and dis-course analysis of longer texts.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 512 Descriptive LinguisticsCross-listed as LIN 512This overview of descriptive linguisticsincludes the study of components of lan-guage such as phonemics, morphology,grammar and semantics.Note: Not open to students who took ENG516 before 1994Annually, 3 units

ENG 513 History of the EnglishLanguageThe course presents a historical and lin-guistic study of the development of ourlanguage from the Anglo-Saxon periodto the present.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 514 Historical LinguisticsCross-listed as EDU 838 and LIN 514This historical survey of language studygives special attention to the classicalorigins, the extensive development inthe 19th century, and the current under-standing of the classification of languagesinto families. Topics include how lan-guages change by analogy, how thesounds of language change over time,and how borrowing occurs.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 515 SociolinguisticsCross-listed as LIN 515In this course, topics covered includebasic sociolinguistic concepts, socialstratification of language and dialectinteraction, stable and unstable bilin-gualism, language planning, and sociolin-guistic field methods.Spring, 3 units

ENG 516 PsycholinguisticsCross-listed as LIN 516This course explores linguistic aspects ofbiology and physiology, speech and lan-guage rehabilitation, optimum age forlanguage study, psychology of learning andmotivation in the foreign language, humanability to recognize and reproduce speechsounds, and the pathology of language.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 517 Applied LinguisticsCross-listed as LIN 517This introduction to applied linguisticswill examine several ways that scholarsand educators use linguistics and relatedsciences to identify and address suchissues as problems in language and cultureas language and literacy, cross-culturalcommunication, language education andacademic development, foreign languageeducation, language proficiency assess-ment, bilingual and vernacular languageeducation, language policy and planning,and linguistic public policy.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 518 Cultural LinguisticsCross-listed as EDU 837 and LIN 518This course is an exploration of humancommunication in its cultural contextincluding the origins of language, the cre-ation of new languages, signs and symbols,nonverbal communication, and contem-porary issues in language and culture.Annually, 3 units

ENG 531 Theories of Academic LiteracyThe purpose of this seminar is to enablestudents to become informed of writingtheories and tutoring practices. Studentswill study the needs of students from arange of cultures, language backgroundsand life experiences who want to succeedat writing for a variety of audiences andpurposes. By the end of the semester, stu-dents will be able to theorize from experi-ences about the intersections of language,culture, disciplines and academic literacies.On Occasion, 0 units

ENG 533 Contemporary AmericanDramaThis course is a study of plays and otherdramatic presentations from the mid-20thcentury to the present. It is designed tointroduce students to the temper andforms of recent American Drama and tofamiliarize them with significant changesthat developed in the genre. Readingsinclude works by playwrights Hansberry,Albee, Shepard, Baraka, August Wilson,Marsha Norman, Wasserstein, Mamet,Lanford Wilson, Kushner and others.Non-traditional dramatic forms like the

musical, the monologue and the perfor-mance piece are considered.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 541 World DramaIn this course, drama from primitive manto the present, touching upon Eastern aswell as Western plays, is covered.Emphasis is placed on the theater as aunity of play, performance and audience.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 558 The Irish LiteraryRenaissanceYeats, Lady Gregory, Synge, Joyce andO’Casey are studied against the socialand political backgrounds of their time.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 563 Comparative LiteratureThis course is a study of the differentcritical methods of the comparative liter-ature discipline and the application ofcomparative approaches to the conflu-ence of literary themes and techniques inWestern literature.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 572 The English NovelThe rise of the novel in the 18th centuryis traced in such authors as Defoe,Richardson, Fielding and Sterne. Issuesof gender, class, economy, ideology andnarrative strategy are explored in thedevelopment of the novel as the greatmiddle-class art form in the 19th centuryin such authors as Austen, Dickens, Eliotand the Brontës. The questioning of tra-ditional values emerges as a theme in theworks of such later authors as Hardy,Conrad, Woolf, Joyce and Lawrence.Some consideration will also be given tofiction as a criticism of life, tensionbetween nature and civilization, techni-cal developments in point of view, andthe representation of consciousness.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 581 Writing WorkshopThe course involves extensive scholarlyand creative writing and practice in eval-uating student writing.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 582 Advanced Writing and WordProcessingThis recommended elective for academicassistants and thesis candidates is notapplicable as part of the minimum gradu-ate course requirements in English. It is anadvanced writing course using moderninformation processing technology toimprove written composition, to facilitatethe production of documented texts, andto examine the values and methods forusing such skills in the teaching of writing.On Occasion, 3 units

English

ENG 622 American RenaissanceThis course is a study of the majorAmerican writers of the mid-19th centu-ry and includes the works of Emerson,Thoreau, Poe, Hawthorne and Melville.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 623 Late 19th Century AmericanLiteratureThis course is a study of writers such asDickinson, Whitman, Twain, James andCrane.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 624 20th Century AmericanLiteratureStudents participate in an intensivestudy of writers such as Fitzgerald,Hemingway, Faulkner, Pynchon andMorrison.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 631 Modern PoetryIn this course, British and Americanpoetry from Yeats to contemporary writ-ers is presented.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 632 The Modern NovelIn relation to the society of their times,the novelists Dostoevsky, Kafka, Mann,Joyce and Faulkner are discussed.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 634 Modern DramaThis course explores major developmentsin technique, style and subject matter.Ibsen, Strindberg, Chekhov, Shaw,O’Neill, Brecht, Williams, Albee andBeckett are among the authors studied.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 643 ShakespeareIn this course, Shakespeare’s comedies,tragedies, histories and non-dramaticpoetry are studied.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 645 Literature of the EnglishRenaissanceThis course covers studies in literaturefrom the dawn of the Golden Age to thedeath of Elizabeth including such figures asShelton, Wyatt, Surrey, More and Sidney.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 650 ChaucerIn this course, Chaucer’s poems, with ref-erence to the social, linguistic and liter-ary background of medieval England, arepresented.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 651 Middle English LiteratureIn this course, lyric, romance, tale, fableand drama by Malory, Langland,Mandeville, The Pearl Poet, the

Wakefield Master and others of the peri-od 1100-1500 are covered.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 653 Metaphysical PoetryThis course presents 17th century poets,including Donne, Herbert, Vaughan,Crashaw and Marvell.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 654 MiltonIn this course, Milton’s poetry and prose,with reference to the religious and politicalbackground of the 17th century, is covered.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 655 The Romantic MovementThis course studies the poetry and proseof the major Romantic writers such asBlake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley,Byron and Keats.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 656 Studies in Victorian LiteratureIn this course, major poets and prosewriters of the Victorian period such asTennyson, Browning, Arnold, Dickensand the Rossetti’s are studied.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 657 Modern British LiteratureThis course analyzes the rise of mod-ernism in Britain in the early days of the20th century with an emphasis on writ-ers’ attempts to “experiment” with myth,convention and literary form. Topicsinclude the poetry of Yeats, the WorldWar I poets, Eliot, Auden; the fiction ofConrad, Lawrence, Woolf, Forster, Joyce;the drama of Shaw; their relation toshifting political and intellectual trends.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 658 18th Century Literature andLifeA reading of major writers 1660-1800(including Dryden, Swift, Pope andJohnson) and selected minor writers witha view of their world through music, the-atre, cuisine, high life and low life.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 659 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century DramaThis study of heroic drama, tragedy, com-edy of manners, sentimental comedy,mock drama and farce from 1660 to 1800considers the plays of Dryden, Congreve,Etheredge, Farquhar, Gay, Fielding,Goldsmith, Sheridan and others.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 670 The Critical TraditionIn this course, the great literary critics,from Aristotle to contemporary figures,are presented.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 684 Seminar in a Major AuthorStudents participate in an in-depth study ofa major author selected by the instructorand announced in the preceding semester.The course involves reading, research,reports and discussions and may be takenmore than once if content is different.Annually, 3 units

ENG 688 Special Literary TopicsIn a given term, the course consists of aclose study of a genre, idea or literary cir-cle designated by the faculty memberoffering the course. It may be taken morethan once if content is different.On Occasion, 3 units

ENG 690 Independent StudyThis independent research course istaken under the guidance of a professorof English, with the approval of thedepartment chairperson. It may be takenmore than once if content is different.May be taken only after completing 21units in English.Every Semester, 3 units

ENG 708 Thesis SeminarOpen only to matriculated students, thiscourse involves actual preparation of thethesis under supervision. The completedthesis is evaluated by a three-membercommittee and is the subject of an oralexamination.Every Semester, 3 units

ENVIRONMENTALSTUDIESPhone: (516) 299-2428Fax: (516) 299-3945Web site:www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/clas/ees/grad

FacultyThe faculty who teach in the

Environmental Studies Program are fromeight different academic disciplines.

Orland J. Blanchard, Jr.Professor of BiologyA.B., Clark University;Ph.D., Cornell Universityoblancha@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

Margaret F. BoorsteinChair, Earth and Environmental ScienceDepartmentProfessor of GeographyB.A., Barnard College;M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia Universitymaboorst@liu.edu

Matthew C. CordaroActing Dean, College of ManagementDirector, Center for Management AnalysisB.S., Long Island University;M.E., New York University;Ph.D., Cooper Unionmatthew.cordaro@liu.edu

Victor J. DiVenereAssociate Professor of GeologyB.A., B.S., M.S., University of Florida;M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia Universitydivenere@liu.edu

Matthew J. DraudChair, Biology DepartmentAssociate Professor of BiologyB.A., Thomas More College;M.S., University of SouthwesternLouisiana;Ph.D., Lehigh Universitymdraud@liu.edu

Susan Fife-DorchakProfessor of Computer ScienceB.S., Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology;M.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., Nova Southeastern Universitysusan.dorchak@liu.edu

Carl L. FigliolaProfessor of Health Care and PublicAdministrationB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Ph.D., New York Universitycarl.figliola@liu.edu

Stewart KarpProfessor of ChemistryB.S., Queens College, City University ofNew York;M.S., Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute ofNew Yorkkarp@liu.edu

Patrick J. KennellyAssistant Professor of GeographyB.S., Allegheny College;M.S., University of Arizona;Ph.D., Oregon State Universitypatrick.kennelly@liu.edu

Glenn MageeAssistant Professor of PhilosophyB.A., George Mason University;M.A., Ph.D., Emory Universityglenn.magee@liu.edu

Christopher MalinowskiAssociate Professor of ComputerScience/Management EngineeringB.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice;M.S., Long Island Universitycmalinow@liu.edu

Fausto MarincioniAssistant ProfessorL.S., University of Urbino;M.S., Ph.D., University of Massachusettsat Amherstfausto.marincioni@liu.edu

Karin A. MelkonianAssociate Professor of BiologyB.A., Connecticut College;Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brookkmelkoni@liu.edu

E. Mark PiresAssociate Professor of GeographyB.A., University of Vermont;M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State Universitympires@liu.edu

Justin R. RenzAssociate Professor of Public AdministrationB.A., St. John’s University;M.A., D.P.A., New York Universityjustin.renz@liu.edu

Lillian Hess TanguayDirector, Graduate Program inEnvironmental StudiesAssociate Professor of GeologyB.A., State University of New York Collegeat Buffalo;M.A., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;Ph.D., The Graduate School, CityUniversity of New Yorklhess@liu.edu

Stephen T. TettelbachProfessor of BiologyB.A., University of Miami;M.S., University of Washington;Ph.D., University of Connecticutstephen.tettelbach@liu.edu

Thomas C. WebsterChair, Department Health Care and PublicAdministrationProfessor of Health Care and PublicAdministrationA.A., B.A., Graceland College;M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State Universitythomas.webster@liu.edu

Todd L. ZimmermanAssistant Professor of BiologyB.A., Wittenburg University;M.S., University of Southwestern Louisiana;M.S., University of Southern California;Ph.D., University of California, Los Angelestodd.zimmerman@liu.edu

Environmental Studies– M.S.

The Graduate Program inEnvironmental Studies offers a Master ofScience degree in EnvironmentalStudies. It involves a number of academ-ic disciplines: biology, chemistry, earthsciences, geology, geography, publicadministration, computer science/man-agement engineering, economics andphilosophy.The 30-33 unit program of study offers

two major areas of concentration:Environmental Science with specializa-tions in ecology, environmental chem-istry, marine and coastal studies, andgeological environments; andEnvironmental Management with spe-cializations in regional planning, environ-mental politics, urban environment andplanning, and land use studies. Thesisresearch and internships are offeredthrough the university, industry, govern-ment and non-government organizations.Through the internship and thesis,

students are equipped to tackle real-world problems and shape environmentalstrategies for the 21st century as scien-tists, administrators, planners, and teach-ers in public and private institutionsconcerned with the Earth’s environment.

Admission to Degree ProgramTo be eligible for admission as a gradu-

ate student to the Graduate Program inEnvironmental Studies, an applicantmust meet the following general condi-tions:• Bachelor’s degree from an accreditedcollege or university

• Two letters of recommendation fromindividuals familiar with the appli-cant’s academic or professional work

• Undergraduate grade point average orGRE General Test scores indicative ofpreparedness for graduate studies

• An interview with the director• All students must show evidence ofproficiency in the use of computersthrough an undergraduate computercourse or experience.

Prospective applicants with degreesoutside the natural sciences must havesuccessfully completed:1 year of General Chemistry with lab(8 units)

1 semester Organic Chemistryand either

Environmental Studies

1 year General Biology with lab(8 units)

or1 year Geology/Earth Science with lab(8 units).

These undergraduate requirementsmay be completed concurrently withgraduate courses during the first year inthe program.A student with entrance deficiencies

in the undergraduate science courses maybe granted full matriculation when thesedeficiencies are removed. Deficienciesmust be removed as soon as possiblebecause the student may not continuetaking courses as a limited matriculantafter he or she has earned 12 graduateunits. The program director will assisteach student in planning his or herdegree program.

For more information, contact:Lillian Hess Tanguay, Ph.D.Director, Graduate Program inEnvironmental StudiesAssociate Professor of GeologyC.W. Post CampusLong Island University720 Northern Blvd.Brookville, NY 11548-1300(516) 299-2428lhess@liu.edu

Degree RequirementsRequirements for the Master of

Science in Environmental Studiesinclude the satisfactory completion of 30or 33 units consisting of a common coreof five courses (15 units) and additionalcourses in a concentration: environmen-tal science or environmental manage-ment. Students may choose either the 30unit thesis track program or the 33 unitinternship track program.

Thesis Track5 core courses 15 units3 electives in concentration 9 unitsResearch and thesis 6 unitsTotal 30 units

Internship Track5 core courses 15 units5 electives(4 or 5 in concentration) 15 units

Internship with report 3 unitsTotal 33 units

Environmental StudiesCourse Descriptions

Core Requirements (18 units)

ENV 601 Environmental Science I:GeologyThis course studies the geological foun-dations of environmental science. Itexamines natural geologic systems inrelation to human concerns, with specialattention paid to issues of relevance toLong Island and the New York metropol-itan area. Topics typically include soilsand soil mechanics, groundwater geologyand saltwater intrusion in coastalaquifers, streams and flooding, coastalerosion, earthquake hazards, the globalcarbon cycle and fossil fuels, and the geo-logic disposal of radioactive waste.Fall, 3 units

ENV 602 Environmental Science II:BiologyThis course studies the biological founda-tions of environmental science. Topicstypically include ecosystems and theirprotection, wetlands, ecological restora-tion and conservation, biodiversity andhabitat fragmentation, and environmen-tal impact vs. land use.Spring, 3 units

ENV 605 Environmental Science III:ChemistryThis course studies the chemical founda-tions of environmental science. It con-centrates on the chemistry of theenvironment as applied to air, energy,toxic substances, water and waste, andemphasizes sources of pollution, chemicalreactions and their mechanisms, fate ofpollutants and solid waste disposal.Energy sources and their environmentalconsequences are also examined.Fall, 3 units

PAD 712 Environmental Law andAdministrationThis course is an analysis of federal,state, and local government laws andregulations concerning the environment.Political and administrative problemsconcerning the implementation of suchlegislation, regulatory approaches, subsi-dies and other governmental alternativesare examined.Fall, 3 units

PAD 729 Environmental PlanningThis is a survey course exploring thedevelopment, utilization and mainte-nance of natural and man-made

resources. The planning function and itsrelationship to the environment are cov-ered. Problems of air and water pollution,sewage, energy conservation and noiselevels are examined as they relate toplanning.Spring, 3 units

Environmental SciencesConcentration

Environmental Science

ENV 503 Environmental AnalyticalChemistryThis study of environmental chemists‚methods for analyzing the environmentcovers the theory, application and limita-tions of these methods. The lab providesexperience with a representative selec-tion of methods.Prerequisite: One course in ChemistryOn Occasion, 3 units

ENV 604 EnvironmentalInstrumentationIn this introduction to instrumentalmethods in environmental studies, specialattention is given to theory, design andlimitation. The evaluation of environ-mental instrumentation emphasizes auto-mated methods, sensor techniques, dataconditioning, recording and processing.Prerequisite: ENV 605On Occasion, 3 units

ENV 606 Environmental DataManagementThis course is an analysis and study ofmethods used to acquire, develop andmaintain environmental databases forair, water and land resources. Emphasis ison the computerization and manipula-tion of data especially within the frame-work of their use in environmentalplanning and impact prediction.On Occasion, 3 units

Biology

BIO 500 Biology Graduate SeminarThis once-a-week seminar ranges overthe entire spectrum of biological science.Invited speakers and departmental staffmembers speak earlier in the semester;later in the semester each studentenrolled in the course presents a shortseminar based on library research onsome topic in biology. Regular atten-dance and the submission of a thoroughannotated bibliography on the student’sseminar topic is required. This coursemay be taken as many as three times.Annually, 1 unit

C.W. Post Campus

BIO 501 Population EcologyThis course is three hours of lecture andconsiders the ecology of populations withemphasis on structure, dynamics anddemography, and on the behavioralresponses of organisms to variable envi-ronments.Special fee, $75On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 502 Advanced MicroscopyThis course is two hours of lecture andfour hours of laboratory and focuses onthe study of microscopic techniqueincluding the theory and use of the scan-ning electron microscope, various typesof light microscopy, technical drawingand photography through the micro-scope, and darkroom/digital micrographimage preparation for publication. Termproject required.Special fee, $80On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 503 Modern Concepts of EvolutionThis course is two hours of lecture andcollateral readings. This is a presentationof evidence favoring theories of organicevolution with emphasis on biochemicalevolution and population dynamics.Modern genetics and cytology areapplied to an understanding of thenature of the evolutionary process.Prerequisite: An undergraduate major orminor in biology and courses in organicchemistry and geneticsOn Occasion, 3 units

BIO 505 Sources in Biological ResearchThis course is two hours of lecture cen-tered on the development of a criticalfacility as active readers of the primaryscientific literature. Historical materialsare initially employed as a starting pointfor critiquing experimental design, assess-ing modes of data presentation, and ana-lyzing conclusions drawn fromexperimental evidence. The course pro-gresses to in-depth analyses of currentprimary-source research publications.Student presentations and original stu-dent-generated protocols and experimen-tal design, with emphasis on theformulation of productive scientific ques-tions, the internal logic of the experi-mental approach, and appropriateexperimental design and controls, willconstitute the final portion of the course.Prerequisite: Either entry to the course as amatriculating graduate student in theDepartment of Biology or an advancedundergraduate with appropriate cumulativegrade point average and at least one biologycourse beyond the core curriculum or byspecial consent of the instructor.May be used to fulfill 3 units of the literacy

requirement for Adolescent Education stu-dents at the M.S. level.On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 506 Experimental BehavioralEcologyThis course focuses on active investiga-tions of aspects of behavioral ecologyincluding mate choice, intrasexual com-petition, territoriality, parental divisionof labor, aggression, foraging and commu-nication. Students work in small researchteams and learn to construct hypotheses,design experiments to test them, andanalyze data statistically to draw conclu-sions. Experiments are conducted overseveral class periods. Four research pro-jects are conducted during the semesterthat concentrate on topics listed above,and make use of a variety of vertebrateand invertebrate animals. Students writeresearch papers and review and critiquepeer-written research reports.Special fee, $65On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 508 Tropical BiologyThis course is a multidisciplinary treat-ment of the complex interrelationsbetween organisms and their physicaland biotic environments in theAmerican tropics. It provides an intro-duction to the special ecological charac-teristics of tropical plant and animalcommunities and offers field experiencein the tropics.Prerequisite: Permission of instructorOn Occasion, 4 units

BIO 511 PlanktonThis course is three hours of lecture andthree hours of laboratory/fieldwork.Topics covered include the taxonomy,morphology and identification of themajor zooplankton and phytoplanktongroups with consideration of ecologicaland economic significance.Special fee, $75On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 513 Biological Chemistry IThis course is four hours of lecture and isan inquiry into the chemistry of aminoacids, proteins and lipids. Enzymes andtheir role in cytoplasmic carbohydratemetabolism, and fatty acid synthesis arediscussed. The role of the mitochondri-on, especially the Krebs cycle and oxida-tive phosphorylation, is explored.Prerequisite: Two semesters (8 units) ofOrganic ChemistryOn Occasion, 3 units

BIO 514 Biological Chemistry IIThis course is four hours of lecture and isa study of pathways of nitrogen metabo-

lism; steroid and phospholipid biosynthe-sis and mechanisms of regulation; andsynthesis, structure, metabolism anddegradation of nucleic acids.Prerequisite: Biological Chemistry I (BIO513)On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 515 Plant AnatomyThis course is two, one-hour lectures andtwo hours of laboratory. The microscopicanatomy of representative vascular plantsincluding disposition and composition ofstem, root, leaf and floral tissues, and finestructure of individual cell types is cov-ered. Emphasis is placed on developmen-tal anatomy and taxonomic significanceof anatomical structure. Free-hand andfreezing techniques are used in prepara-tion of fresh material. Standard proce-dures of micro-technique andphotomicrography are stressed.Special fee, $75On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 517 Vascular Plants of LongIslandThis course is two, one-hour lectures andfour hours of laboratory, and involvessummer field and laboratory studies ofthe local vascular flora including ferns,woody plants and herbaceous floweringplants. Field study sites include most ofLong Island’s major habitat types.Laboratory work emphasizes morphology,identification and preservation of field-collected materials, and also examinesthe methods and tools of plant systemat-ics investigations.Special fee, $75On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 518 EcologyThis course is two hours of lecture and fourhours of laboratory. This summer, field-ori-ented course studies organisms in theirphysical environments, natural communi-ties, ecosystems and evolutionary ecology.Study sites range from beach dunes and saltmarshes to mixed upland woods.Special fee, $75On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 519 MammalogyThis course is three hours of lecture andcollateral reading. The course is con-cerned with the biology of major groupsof mammals including diversity, taxono-my, morphology, geographic distribution,behavior and evolutionary history.Identification of and environmentalimpact on local species are discussedwith considerations of ecological andeconomic significance.Prerequisites: Permission of the instructorOn Occasion, 3 units

BIO 531 IchthyologyThis course is two hours of lecture andfour hours of laboratory/field work. Thiscourse focuses on aspects of fish biologyincluding systematics, structure/function,evolution, ecology, physiology and behav-ior. Lab and field work emphasize collec-tion, identification, maintenance andpreservation of specimens of mainly localfreshwater, estuarine and marine fishes.Special fee, $65On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 535 Advanced Topics in BiologyThis course is two hours of lecture orseminar and collateral readings, in theformat that best suits the subject matter.For four units, a lab or field componentwill be included. Topics are designed toaid students interested in research activi-ties by stressing current topics, and thetheory and practice of current method-ologies. Different topics are covered eachsemester, and in subsequent semesters,different faculty members present thematerial. The specific topic will beannounced in advance and the studentmay take the course more than once pro-vided the topics differ.Prerequisites: Permission of the BiologyGraduate AdvisorOn Occasion, 3 or 4 Units

BIO 537 Fisheries Biology andAquacultureThis course is two hours of lecture andcollateral readings. This course exploresthe commercial and biological aspects offisheries with emphasis on the history,

methods and potential of shellfish andfinfish farming including methods of esti-mation of catch, productivity of fishinggrounds, migration of fish and conserva-tion methods.On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 540 LimnologyThis course is two hours of lecture andtwo hours of laboratory. This is an exam-ination of freshwater biological commu-nities and their associated environments.Attention is given to biological produc-tivity and the chemical, physical andbiological dynamics of freshwater systemswith special consideration of planktonicand benthic organisms.Special fee, $75On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 572 General EntomologyThis course is two one-hour lectures andtwo two-hour labs. This summer courseincludes a survey of the insect orders, astudy of their structure, biology and clas-sification. It is an introduction to thestudy of insects as a major segment of thebiological community. Laboratory exer-cises in the anatomy and biology ofinsects and practice in the techniques ofinsect identification are covered.Prerequisite: General Zoology orInvertebrate ZoologySpecial fee, $75On Occasion, 4 units

BIO 604 Biological ChemistryLaboratoryThis course is four hours of laboratory,and illustrates the application of qualita-tive and quantitative chemical laboratoryprinciples and procedures to biochemicalexperimentation. Laboratory proceduresinvolve spectrophotometry, chromatogra-phy and radio-tracer methods amongother techniques.Prerequisite: BIO 513Special fee, $75Annually, 3 units

BIO 609 Marine EcologyThis course is two hours of lecture andtwo hours of field work. This courseinvolves summer field studies in marineand estuarine ecology with considerationof sampling methods and data treatments.Prerequisite: Either an undergraduate orgraduate course in Ecology or Marine BiologyOn Occasion, 3 units

BIO 625 Ecological ModelingThis course is three hours of lecture andexamines the technique of synthesis ofmathematical models in ecology andexamination of selected current modelswith emphasis on their predictive proper-ties and on applications is covered. Models

dealing with problems of ecoenergetics,population dynamics, spatial relationshipsand ecological diversity are considered.On Occasion, 3 units

BIO 641 Advanced MicrobiologyThis course is three hours of lecture andthree hours of laboratory. This is anadvanced study of microbes, their metab-olism, symbiotic interactions and appli-cations in industrial processes. Thecourse includes studies of microbial ecol-ogy with an emphasis on the role ofmicroorganisms in the environment.Prerequisite: Undergraduate course inMicrobiology or B.S. in BiologySpecial fee, $65On Occasion, 4 units

Earth Science

ERS 501 Mapping Environmental Datawith GISThis is a hands-on, introductory geo-graphic information system (GIS) courseon managing spatial data using a comput-er. The course is based on the NationalCenter for Geographic Information andAnalysis introductory curriculum usingArcView software. The course addressesGIS principles, creating and queryingspatial views and themes, importing andexporting data, map projections, geocod-ing, attribute tabular data, charts, layoutsand applications. The course is lectureand laboratory and is designed for thepractitioner and as an introduction topractical GIS applications.Prerequisite: Familiarity with MicrosoftWindowsAnnually, 3 units

ERS 502 GIS ApplicationsThis course explores technical issues inGeographic Information Systems (GIS)and the application of GIS in addressingenvironmental problems. GIS applica-tions for environmental science andmanagement decision support mayinclude forest resource inventory, waterresources and modeling, coastal evolu-tion and sediment budget analysis, andurban planning and zoning.Prerequisite: ERS 501, equivalent, orinstructor’s permissionOn Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

ERS 505 Natural DisastersThis course examines how Earth process-es when concentrated in space and timecan become extreme events posing seri-ous hazards to humans and their infra-structures. Emphasis is given to the factthat earthquakes, volcanoes, hurricanes,landslides, floods, and tsunamis are notdisasters until a vulnerable group of peo-ple is exposed. Case histories describingemergency mitigation, preparation andrecovery strategies will also be examined.On Occasion, 3 units

ERS 513 The Earth Environment ICross-listed as Geography 513This course consists of two hours of lectureand two hours of laboratory for fourunits. Students not in the Earth ScienceAdolescence Education program may optto take the course for three units withoutthe laboratory. This course is a study ofthe interrelationships that exist amongvarious aspects of the natural environ-ment. Topics covered include the Earthas a planet and Earth-Sun relationshipsas a basis for understanding the differen-tial pattern of energy-receipt on theEarth; elements of meteorology; the geo-graphical pattern of world climates; rela-tionship of climate to the basicbiogeographical resources-vegetation andsoils; the impact of man upon weather,climate, soils and vegetation, and theresultant problems of conservation.Prerequisite: Graduate status or departmen-tal permissionLaboratory fee, $45Spring, 3 or 4 units

ERS 515 Principles of MeteorologyCross-listed as GGR 515This course examines atmospheric energyincluding composition of the atmosphere;insolation and the heat-budget of theEarth; and the geographical transference ofheat-energy. The course covers moisture inthe atmosphere including evaporation,condensation and precipitation; adiabaticchanges; atmospheric stability and insta-bility and motion of the atmosphere suchas controls on horizontal air-movements;global wind-belts and the general atmos-pheric circulation; air masses and fronts.Also discussed is weather forecastingincluding traditional and modern meth-ods; and impact of man upon the weather.Prerequisite: Earth Science 513 (or equiva-lent) or departmental permissionOn Occasion, 3 units

Geology

GLY 502 History of the EarthA journey through 4.6 billion years ofEarth’s history guided by geologic theories,

principles and methodologies. Emphasis ison the remarkable events that have pro-foundly altered the Earth’s continents,oceans, atmosphere and life as it hasevolved through deep time to the present.On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 510 OceanographyThis course studies the geological, chem-ical, physical and biological aspects ofthe oceans. Topics include: crustal andsedimentary composition and processes,morphologic features and their origins,tides, waves, currents, coastal dynamics,ecosystems and the physical and chemi-cal properties of water. Students mustdemonstrate an understanding of thedevelopment and organization of the dis-cipline, as well as an ability to communi-cate this understanding through thediscursive conventions of the sciences.On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 511 Continental Drift andPlate TectonicsThis course investigates the developmentof the modern theory of the Earth fromthe theory of continental drift in the1920s, through the observations that ledto the plate tectonic revolution in the1960s, to recent discoveries of the Earth’sinternal dynamics. Topics will alsoinclude past supercontinents, moderntectonically formed regions and theinfluence of tectonics on past and pre-sent climate. Through reference to clas-sic papers, students will explore howearth scientists have approached out-standing problems in the large-scaledynamics of the Earth. Students mustdemonstrate an understanding of thedevelopment of the scientific knowledgeas presented in the literature.Prerequisite: One year of undergraduateGeology or departmental permissionOn Occasion, 3 units

GLY 513 Marine GeologyThis course may be taken with or with-out laboratory. Topics covered includethe origin and nature of the crust andsediments of the ocean floor, and a sur-vey of their exploration and exploitation.On Occasion, 3 or 4 units

GLY 514 Marine SedimentaryEnvironmentsThis course studies processes and sedi-mentation in various siliciclastic, carbon-ate and evaporite coastal environmentsand deep water settings including deltas,estuaries, beaches, tidal areas, shelves,platforms, slopes and rises, oceanicridges, trenches and abyssal plains. Thecourse examines the characteristics ofbiogenic, authigenic and terrigenous sed-

iments in these environments. Topics areintroduced as aims for learning. Studentsrespond to the aims of each topic in aseminar discussion guided by a studentleader and a workbook. Not open to stu-dents who have completed GLY 512Marine Sedimentation and GLY 514Coastal Environments.Special Fee, $50On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 516 Physical OceanographyThis course is a study of tides, waves, sur-face and deep currents and water move-ments in shallow areas of the ocean.Topics covered include the hydrodynam-ic equations used in calculating anddescribing the thermohaline circulationof the ocean and the transport of conser-vative and nonconservative water prop-erties in the sea (heat, salinity, chemicalsand elements).On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 517 Geomorphic ProcessesThis course is an analysis of the processesof erosion and deposition with specialemphasis on their effects on short-termchanges in landforms. Topics include slopeprocesses and slope stability, and the geo-logic work of streams, waves and wind.On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 518 Groundwater GeologyThe course considers the factors control-ling the occurrence and movement ofgroundwater, the hydrologic cycle,ground water regimes, theories and mod-els of groundwater flow and storage,porosity and permeability, the geologicwork of ground water, exploration forground water, problems of groundwaterquality and contamination, and ground-water management techniques.Prerequisite: Physical Geology or permissionof departmentOn Occasion, 3 units

GLY 519 Coral Reef GeologyA coral reef field course, emphasizing coralreef facies, physical and chemical controlson carbonate sedimentation and diagene-sis, coral reef ecology and paleoecology,Jamaica’s stratigraphy and Caribbean tec-tonics. Two weeks of lectures, laboratorywork and field trips to modern and ancientcoral reefs: sediment and water quality sur-veys, snorkeling on coral reefs, examina-tion of cave and shoreline environments,fault line orientation measurement, fossil,mineral and rock collection and identifica-tion. Accommodations, lectures and labo-ratory work at a marine laboratory on thenorth shore of Jamaica. SCUBA diving isoptional for certified divers.On Occasion, 3 units

GLY 520 Sedimentary GeologyThe study of the classification, originand interpretation of sediments and sedi-mentary rocks. The course is concernedwith the physical, chemical and biologi-cal properties of sedimentary rocks, theprocesses responsible for these propertiesand how these characteristics provide thebasis for interpreting paleoclimatology,paleogeography and paleoecology.Students must demonstrate an under-standing of how geologists discover andorganize knowledge, as well as an abilityto communicate this understandingthrough the discursive conventions ofthe discipline.Prerequisite: ERS 514 or one semester inGeology or instructor’s permissionOn Occasion, 3 units

GLY 521 StratigraphyThis course studies sedimentary rockstrata and their age relationships, succes-sion of beds, local and worldwide correla-tion of strata, and stratigraphic order andchronological arrangement of beds in thegeologic column. Students will learn howto apply the principles of magnetostratig-raphy, seismic stratigraphy, sequencestratigraphy and chemostratigraphy (iso-tope stratigraphy) to stratigraphic prob-lems. Students must demonstrate anunderstanding of how knowledge issought and tested in geology, as well asan ability to communicate this under-standing through the discursive conven-tions of the discipline.Prerequisite: GYL 514, or an undergradu-ate course in Physical Geology or EarthScience 2, or permission of the instructorOn Occasion, 3 units

GLY 523 Environmental GeochemistryThis course is the study of the chemistryof the Earth with emphasis on the surfi-cial geologic environment. Topics includethe chemistry of crustal rocks; chemicalweathering and its products; the chem-istry of natural waters and of soils; isotopegeochemistry as a tracer of environmen-tal processes; natural bedrock-relatedhazards such as radon; global chemicalcycles especially the role of geologicfeedbacks in the carbon cycle and themoderating effects on global change.Prerequisites: At least one course inIntroductory Chemistry and IntroductoryGeology respectively or permission of theinstructorOn Occasion, 3 units

GLY 526 Earth MaterialsA course studying the materials of theEarth’s crust and surface, including theimportant rock-forming minerals;igneous rocks, igneous processes and

igneous bodies; weathering, sedimentsand sedimentary rocks; and metamorphicprocesses and metamorphic rocks.Minerals and rocks will be identified inhand specimen and under the microscope.Prerequisites: ERS 514 or equivalent andone semester of Chemistry, or permission ofinstructorOn Occasion, 3 units

Environmental ManagementConcentration

Environmental Management

ENV 501 Environmental EthicsThis course explores the ways in whichethical, social and aesthetic values areexemplified and fulfilled in the humanenvironment and in the human commu-nity. The course examines the underlyingvalues in some innovative literature inenvironmental and community planningand investigates the values exemplifiedin a variety of environmental types. Inparticular, the course searches for anunderlying fusion between the functionalrequirements and the ethical dimensionsof a community.On Occasion, 3 units

ENV 607 Industrial EnvironmentIn this study of some occupational envi-ronmental problems in marine and otherindustries, sampling procedures, particu-lates in the atmosphere, illuminationmeasurement and control, chemical haz-ards and noise are studied.On Occasion, 3 units

Biology

Economics

ECO 627 Economics of the CityThis course is an analysis of the principalproblems of the modern American citysuch as transportation, housing, the ghet-to, environmental pollution, education,fiscal problems. The course is an explo-ration of feasible economic adjustmentsto these problems.On Occasion, 3 units

ECO 631 Government and theEconomy (Economic Policy)This course discusses the role of govern-ment in the market economy with spe-cial reference to the U.S.A. and includesthe following topics: maintenance ofcompetition; conservation of resourcesand control of environmental pollution;protection of the consumer; problems ofpoverty and affluence; monetary and fis-cal policies to promote economic growth.Prerequisite: ECO 612On Occasion, 3 units

Earth Science

ERS 501 Mapping Environmental Datawith GISThis is a hands-on, introductory geo-graphic information system (GIS) courseon managing spatial data using a com-puter. The course is based on theNational Center for GeographicInformation and Analysis introductorycurriculum using ArcView software. Thecourse addresses GIS principles, creatingand querying spatial views and themes,importing and exporting data, map pro-jections, geocoding, attribute tabulardata, charts, layouts and applications. Thecourse is lecture and laboratory, and isdesigned for the practitioner and as anintroduction to practical GIS applications.Prerequisite: Familiarity with MicrosoftWindowsAnnually, 3 units

ERS 502 GIS ApplicationsThis course explores technical issues inGeographic Information Systems (GIS)and the application of GIS in addressingenvironmental problems. GIS applica-tions for environmental science andmanagement decision support mayinclude forest resource inventory, waterresources and modeling, coastal evolu-tion and sediment budget analysis, andurban planning and zoning.Prerequisite: ERS 501, equivalent, orinstructor’s permissionOn Occasion, 3 units

Geography

GGR 511 Economic GeographyThis course is a study of the human eco-nomic utilization of the physical world;the factors affecting economic develop-ment; and the development and distribu-tion of world patterns of economicactivity, including problems of the“underdeveloped” world.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

GGR 516 Urban Geography: UrbanLand Use AnalysisThis course covers the distribution ofcities and their functions; social, politicaland economic activities and their effectson the internal structure of cities; prob-lems of urban growth and decay; briefhistory of attempts to modify the urbanenvironment and the application of the-ory to urban planning; and new townsand urban renewal.On Occasion, 3 units

GGR 517 Geographical Concepts andRegional PlanningThis course is a study of the importanceof regional analysis in planning anddevelopment; types of region economic,social, political and physical; and prob-lems caused by overlapping of regionsand possible ways of resolution. Thiscourse examines the aims of regionalplanning; relationship of the growth ofthe region to other regions and thenation; development of regional plan-ning concepts with examples of differentstrategies of regional planning.On Occasion, 3 units

GGR 518 Topics in AppliedConservationThe application of geographic principlesto the problems of environmental con-servation is discussed. The course willinclude detailed studies of selectedaspects of resource conservation.Students must demonstrate an ability toexplain the various ways in which geog-raphers and other environmental scien-tists organize knowledge andcommunicate the results of their researchin their disciplines.On Occasion, 3 unitsManagement Engineering

MGE 501 Engineering EconomicAnalysis IThis course discusses the development ofquantitative foundations upon whichengineering decisions are based. Topicsinclude engineering economic analysis;developing and evaluating cost effectiveprograms; introduction to statistical deci-sion-making and hypothesis testing.Systems are carried through to the prepa-ration of financial statements as theyrelate to the technical project.Spring, 3 units

MGE 521 Project Management PrinciplesThis course presents an overview of thebasic principles of project management:planning, definition of work require-ments, quality and quantity of work, defi-nition of needed resources, progresstracking, comparison of actual to predict-

ed outcomes, analysis of impacts andchange management. Appropriate soft-ware will be introduced.Fall, 3 units

MGE 523 Quality and ProcessImprovementThis course addresses the identification,documentation and evaluation of theproject Management process, the metricsinvolved in that process, and a discussionof various models of quality management.Emphasis will be on the integration ofprocess and product improvement.Co-requisite: MGE 521Fall, 3 units

MGE 525 Human Resources andCommunications ManagementThis course examines the people-side ofthe interdisciplinary project team: lead-ership; hiring, training and evaluatingpersonnel; and technical communica-tions with the project team, with theorganization’s managers, with outsidevendors and suppliers, and with otherproject stakeholders.Prerequisite: MGE 521Spring, 3 units

MGE 621 Project Planning and ControlThis course centers around the processesand procedures involved in planning aproject (e.g., scope management, state-ment of work, requirements specification,work breakdown structure, allocation tosub-contractors, scheduling), managingthe trade-offs involved in terms of cost,time and performance, monitoring theproject’s progress in terms of both sched-uling and cost, and managing thechanges that take place at various stagesof the project life cycle. Appropriate pro-ductivity software will be introduced.Prerequisite: MGE 521Spring, 3 units

MGE 627 Project Risk ManagementThis course explains how to identify,analyze, mitigate and monitor the vari-ous risks involved in any project. Thedifferent categories of risks associatedwith a project (technical, performance,scope, schedule, cost) will be examined.Also discussed are the particular risksinvolved in procurement and sub-con-tracting. Appropriate productivity soft-ware will be introduced.Prerequisite: MGE 621Fall, 3 units

MPA 501 Principles of PublicAdministrationThis course is an introduction to thefield of Public Administration includingorganization and management concepts,

and the political process. The origin,growth and interrelationships within thepublic sector are discussed. This discus-sion falls within the broader context ofpublic policy processes with specialattention to the topics of bureaucracyand intergovernmental relations.Note: This course is a prerequisite or co-requisite for all other MPA courses withinthe concentration.Every Semester, 3 units

Management – PublicAdministration

MPA 503 Economic Environment andthe Public SectorThis course examines the role of thepublic sector in economic decision-mak-ing. The nature of public goods isdescribed as it relates to the allocation,stabilization and distribution functions ofthe economic system. The role of privateinvestment, the relations between gov-ernment and business, and the use ofnational income accounts are examined.Opposing views about the reasons, meth-ods and institutions influencing govern-mental regulation, fiscal and monetarypolicy and action are presented.Every Semester, 3 units

MPA 713 Grant Writing andAdministrationIn this highly experiential course, stu-dents locate available federal, state, localand foundation sources of funding for aspecific project, write a letter proposal toa foundation or private sector organiza-tion, and follow-up with a full grant pro-posal, following the request for proposal(RFP) guidelines to a federal, state orlocal agency. Topics addressed includeeffective research, creating a plan for theprogram, elements of a good proposal,components of the proposal package andstrategies for getting a proposal read by afoundation or corporation officer.Administration, evaluation and reportingfunctions as well as accountability aredescribed and discussed.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 714 Seminar in Politics ofEnvironmental ControlThis course is an investigation of prob-lems in the politics of environmentalcontrol including air, water and noisepollution, regional planning, transporta-tion, population growth and conserva-tion of natural resources. Field studies inthis area are included. Students produceresearch papers on different aspects ofthe man-environment relationship.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 715 Environmental PollutionThis course is a comprehensive review ofthe origin, detection and control of pollu-tants in surface and ground waters, atmos-pheres and terrestrial environments.Auditory and visual pollution are included.Conventional and advanced technologiesare covered for water supply and waste-water treatment, air pollution control, andsolid waste management. Federal, state andlocal environmental standards are reviewedalong with regulatory structures.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 716 Coastal Zone ManagementThe course deals with techniques for map-ping coastal resources; wetland zoningproblems; causes, consequences, and man-agement of storm-waters and their runoffs,and erosion problems and their impact.Field work involves projects on such prob-lems as Long Island coastal watershedmapping and development of managementguidelines, and the surveying of LongIsland wetland resources and the prepara-tion of management recommendations.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 717 Environmental ImpactAnalysisThis course reviews federal and state lawsspecifying environmental impact state-ments, procedural elements and means ofcompliance. The techniques for the eval-uation of primary and secondary impacton all components of the natural andhuman environments with methods formitigating significant adverse impact arediscussed. Environmental ecosystems,water and air quality, noise, aesthetics,historic/archeological considerations,transportation, population and land use,employment, etc. are covered.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 725 Governmental Regulationand Land UseThis course is an examination of variousforms of governmental power (zoning,eminent domain, urban renewal) to regu-late the use of land.On Occasion, 3 units

ENV 702 InternshipThis course is open only to matriculatedstudents who have completed at least 12units in courses in the EnvironmentalStudies Program with the permission of afaculty advisor and the program director.The internship involves placement for260 hours under the direction of a com-petent professional in a national, state orlocal government facility or in a privateorganization. The internship is designedto provide professional training experi-ence in dealing with environmental

problems (e.g., surface and subsurfacewaters, biological environments, U.S.Park Service). If taken during the sum-mer, all summer sessions may be requiredfor the completion of the 260 hours.Every Semester, 3 units

ENV 707-708 Research and ThesisThis course is open only to matriculatedstudents who have completed at least 12units in courses in the EnvironmentalStudies Program with the permission of afaculty advisor and the program director.Every Semester, 3 units

FOREIGNLANGUAGES

Phone: (516) 299-2385Fax: (516) 299-2997E-mail: foreign.language@cwpost.liu.eduWeb site:www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/clas/forlang/forlang.htm

Faculty

Richard AulettaAssistant Professor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., Long Island University;M.S., State University of New York atBuffalorichard.auletta@liu.edu

Albert De VivoProfessor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., Lehman College, City University ofNew York;M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers Universityalbert.devivo@liu.edu

Lajos ElkanProfessor of Foreign LanguagesLicence-es-Letters, Lausanne University(Switzerland)M.A., The City College, City University ofNew York;Ph.D., Columbia Universitylajos.elkan@liu.edu

Erica Frouman-SmithAssociate Professor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., University of Massachusetts;M.A., University of Wisconsin;Ph.D., University of New Mexicoerica.frouman-Smith@liu.edu

Sheila A. S. GuntherChair, Foreign Languages DepartmentAssociate Professor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., M.A., University of Pennsylvaniasheila.gunther@liu.edu

Steven HessGraduate Academic CounselorAssociate Professor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., The City College, City University ofNew York;M.A., Ph.D., Harvard Universitysteven.hess@liu.edu

Jorge Rosario-VélezAssistant Professor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., M.A., InterAmerican University ofPuerto Rico;Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brookjrosario@liu.edu

Department Overview

The Department of Foreign Languagesoffers a Master of Arts in Spanish. Thedepartment also offers a Master ofScience in Spanish: Middle ChildhoodEducation (5-9) and a Master of Sciencein Spanish: Adolescence Education (7-12) in conjunction with the School ofEducation. The Middle Childhood andAdolescence Education programs are forstudents who seek initial or professionalNew York State teacher certification toteach in middle or secondary schools.

Spanish: AdolescenceEducation (7-12) – M.S.

Students may enroll in the School ofEducation for the Master of Science inSpanish: Adolescence Education (7-12)degree program. Students should consultwith the program advisor in the Schoolof Education as well as the graduate advi-sor in Spanish to select the appropriatecourses. A passing grade on a compre-hensive examination in Spanish isrequired for the master’s degree. A com-prehensive examination or a thesis inEducation is required if student teachingis waived. A passing grade in a compre-hensive examination in Spanish isrequired for the master’s degree.

Degree Requirements

The Master’s Degree in SpanishEducation:Adolescence Education consists of 45

units, 27 in Education and 18 Spanish.3 units: SPA 513 Syntax and Stylistics

C.W. Post Campus

3 units: SPA 541 Linguistics3 units: SPA 665 Seminar in SpanishAmerican Literature: Special Topics

with Disciplinary Literacy in Spanish 12units: Spanish and/or Spanish AmericanLiterature and CivilizationSuccessful completion of a compre-

hensive examination in Spanish is alsorequired. Graduate students may take thecomprehensive examination no morethan twice.The student must maintain a mini-

mum average of 3.00 in Spanish in orderto remain in good standing in the mas-ter’s program. The student must maintaina cumulative G.P.A. of 3.0 in the Schoolof Education and in the Liberal Arts andSciences content area. In addition, anystudent who receives grades below B intwo graduate courses is considered tohave an academic deficiency. A studentwho earns a third grade below B may losehis or her matriculated status or may bedismissed from the graduate program.A comprehensive examination or a

thesis in education is required if studentteaching is waived.All graduate Spanish units must be

taken at the C.W. Post Campus of LongIsland University.Students must take courses (SPA 513,

SPA 541, SPA 665)when offered by theForeign Language Department in orderto assure a timely graduation.

Spanish: MiddleChildhood Education(5-9) – M.S.

Students should consult with the acad-emic advisor in the School of Educationand College of Liberal Arts and Sciencesfor degree and course requirements forthe Spanish: Middle ChildhoodEducation (5-9) degree program.

Spanish – M.A.

Admission to Degree ProgramAdmission to the Master of Arts

degree program in Spanish requires abachelor’s degree in Spanish from anyaccredited liberal arts college or theequivalent academic training. Theundergraduate major must include a min-imum of 24 semester hours above inter-

mediate Spanish (i.e., above the fourthsemester of college language). Admissionto the program also requires an averageof at least 3.00 in undergraduate Spanishcourses. A deficiency of up to six semes-ter hours will not preclude admission as alimited matriculant provided theprospective candidate compensates forhis or her deficiency by taking, withdepartmental advisement, six semesterhours of non-unit undergraduateadvanced courses. Completion of 12units with an average of 3.00 will permita limited matriculant to be consideredfor full matriculant status.An applicant with a degree from an

institution outside the United States isevaluated based on his or her backgroundand grades.

Degree Requirements

The Masters of Arts in Spanish con-sists of 36 units.3 units: SPA 513 Syntax and Stylistics3 units: SPA 541 Linguistics15 units: Spanish and/or SpanishAmerican Literature and Civilization

15 units: Electives: 500-600 level inLinguistics and Literature, not toexceed six units in LinguisticsSuccessful completion of a compre-

hensive examination is also required.Graduate students may take the compre-hensive examination no more than twice.The student must maintain a mini-

mum average of 3.00 in Spanish in orderto remain in good standing in the mas-ter’s program. Any student who receivesgrades below B in two graduate courses isconsidered to have an academic deficien-cy. A student who earns a third gradebelow B may lose his or her matriculatedstatus or may be dismissed from the grad-uate program.M.A. candidates in Spanish may trans-

fer no more than three units with priorapproval of graduate advisor.Students must take courses when

offered by the Foreign LanguageDepartment in order to assure a timelygraduation (SPA 513, SPA 541).

Additional Requirements for Master’sDegrees in Spanish

A reading knowledge of a second for-eign language is required of all candi-dates. This requirement may be satisfied

by successful completion of two years ofcollege study in the second language, orits equivalent. Passing a qualifying exam-ination in the second language adminis-tered by the Foreign LanguageDepartment in the second language mayalso satisfy this requirement. If a longperiod of time has elapsed since the stu-dent studied the second language, he orshe will have to pass the qualifyingexamination.Students must take courses when

offered by the Foreign LanguageDepartment in order to assure a timelygraduation.

Spanish CourseDescriptions

SPA 512 Intermediate Syntax andStylisticsThis course is a study of syntactical struc-tures and analysis of literary styles. Thecourse includes a review of problematicgrammatical structures. This is the firstpart of a two-semester sequence (SPA512-513).On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 513 Advanced Syntax andStylisticsThis course is a study of syntactical struc-tures and analysis of literary styles andthe examination of stylistic devices char-acteristic of several Spanish literary mas-terpieces. Credit for this course may beapplied toward the M.S. in Spanish:Adolescence Education (7-12) andtoward the M.A. in Spanish only withpermission of advisor to the Spanishgraduate program.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 514 Current Spoken Spanish:Phonetics and Practical ApplicationsThe course covers recent developmentsin spoken Spanish and includes discus-sion of articles from newspapers andmagazines. This is the first part of a two-semester sequence (SPA 514-515).On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 515 Current Spoken Spanish:Phonetics and Practical ApplicationsIn this course, the most recent develop-ments in spoken Spanish, presentedthrough phonetic analysis, are examined.The course is recommended for candi-dates for certification. The permission ofthe advisor to the Spanish GraduateProgram is required.On Occasion, 3 units

Foreign Languages

SPA 516 Literary Translation(Spanish-English)This course is the study of the theory andthe practice of the art of translation.Problems in literary translation will beaddressed.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 523 Spanish Literature of the20th Century IThis course is a concentrated study ofthe literary developments of the 20thcentury and is devoted to the authors ofthe generation of 1898.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 524 Spanish Literature of the20th Century IIThis course is a survey of writers fromthe Generation of 1914 to 1927.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 525 Spanish Literature of the20th Century IIIThis course is a survey of literary move-ments in Spain since the end of theSpanish Civil War.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 536 Medieval Spanish LiteratureThis course is a comprehensive study ofSpanish poetry, theater and prose fromtheir origins through the 14th century.Major stress is placed on the epic ofCantar de Mio Cid and the literary criti-cism concerning it.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 538 The Spanish Theatre of theGolden AgeThis course is a study of the Spanish the-atre of the Golden Age from Lope De Vegato Calderon and includes consideration ofCervantes, Alarcon and Tirso de Molina.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 541 Introduction to SpanishLinguisticsThis course is an introduction to the lin-guistic structure of contemporary Spanishphonology, morphology and syntax.Some coverage of historical develop-ments and dialectology is included.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 547 Latin American Women PoetsThis course introduces students to thefeminist discourse of women poets inLatin America from 1900 to 1940.Students will interpret and apply gendertheory in order to analyze critically thedevelopment of a new feminist voice inpoetry. Topics include: social construc-tion of gender, patriarchy, traditionalversus new woman, motherhood, andsexuality. Students will also learn how to

decode poetry and language devices, andhow to integrate both approaches inwriting. The course studies poets such asDelmira Agustini, Gabriela Mistral,Alfonsina Storni, Juana de Ibarbourou,Clara Lair and Julia de Burgos.On occasion, 3 units

SPA 551 Spanish RomanticismThis course is a study of the evolution ofthe Spanish Romantic Movement in the-atre, poetry and prose.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 552 The Spanish Novel of the19th CenturyThis course is a study of the Spanishnovel of the 19th century from romanti-cism to realism and naturalism andincludes Larra, Alarcon, Espronceda, Gily Carrasco, Pereda and Valera, and con-tinues with Galdos, Clarin, PalacioValdes, Pardo Bazan and Blasco Ibanez.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 560 Colonial Spanish-AmericanLiteratureThis course is a study of the poetry andprose of Spanish America through the16th, 17th and 18th centuries and coverscronistas plus the early poets Sor JuanaInes de la Cruz, El Inca Garcilaso,Rodriguez Freile, etc.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 561 The Novel in SpanishAmerica IThis course covers the evolution of thenovel in Spanish America through theperiods of romanticism, realism and nat-uralism.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 562 The Novel in SpanishAmerica IIThis course covers the novel in SpanishAmerica from modernism to the present.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 563 The Short Story in SpanishAmericaThis course is a study of the evolution ofthe short story in Spanish America fromthe colonial period to the present.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 567 Civilization and Culture ofSpainThis course covers the civilization and theculture of Spain from the days of the Iberosto the present and includes the culture ofthe Romans, the Visigoths, the Arabs,Medieval Spain, the Spanish Empire, etc.,up to and including the Civil War and itssocial and cultural consequences.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 568 Civilization and Culture ofSpanish AmericaThis course is a study of the civilizationand culture of Spanish America frompre-Colombian times to the present.Among the topics discussed are theIndian cultures, the colonial society, thebaroque, the 17th century and the inde-pendence movement leading to the cre-ation of the present day republics.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 569 The Caribbean: Its HispanicPeople and its CultureThe course is intended to prepare teach-ers and supervisors in communities withlarge groups of Caribbean Hispanics togain insight into the social and culturalbackgrounds. The course studiesCaribbean Hispanics through their histo-ry and sociology by focusing on problemsarising from living in another culture.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 572 The Spanish American BoomThis course is a study of the major worksand writers of the boom period includingCarlos Fuentes, Julio Cortazar andGarcia Marquez.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 574 The New Novel in LatinAmericaThis course is a study of the major worksand writers of the 1970s and 1980s. Thiscourse studies writers such as ManuelPuig, Mario Vargas Llosa, Isabel Allendeand Rosario Ferre.Given in SpanishOn Occasion, 3 units

SPA 605 Cervantes and His EpochThis course is a comprehensive study ofthe complete works of Cervantes withparticular attention to Don Quixote.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 621 Federico Garcia LorcaThis course is an intensive study ofLorca’s drama and poetry.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 624 The Modernist MovementThis course examines the modernistmovement in Spanish America with anemphasis on the poetry of Ruben Dario.The course covers the impact of thismovement on the literature of Spain.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 626 Spanish American Poetry ofthe 20th CenturyThis course is a study of the major figuresand trends in Spanish American poetrysince Modernism. The course includespoets such as Gabriela Mistral, Cesar

C.W. Post Campus

Vallejo, Pablo Neruda, Octavio Paz andRosario Castellanos.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 664 Seminar in SpanishLiterature: Special TopicsThis course is a study of a major author,genre or literary movement as determinedby the instructor. The course may be takenmore than once if the topic is different.On Occasion, 3 units

SPA 665 Seminar in Spanish AmericanLiterature: Special Topics withDisciplinary Literacy in SpanishThis course is a study of major author,genre or literary movement as deter-mined by the instructor. The course maybe taken more than once if the topic isdifferent. The course introduces studentsto the special ways of looking at textscharacteristic of the target language andgives the skills to communicate to othersincluding fundamental concepts of read-ing, writing, listening and speaking inSpanish. Applications will pertain tooriginal works, inherently multicultural.Annually, 3 units

Linguistics and WorldLiterature Courses

Courses in linguistics and world litera-ture (see also English Department courses)are available to Master of Arts candidatesin Spanish to fulfill the minimum linguis-tic requirements of the program.

LIN 511 Syntax and StylisticsAn advanced course in English grammarand syntax for writers and others whoneed a theoretical and technical knowl-edge of the field. The course will intro-duce students to various modern theoriesof grammar through intensive analysis ofthe language of English sentences. Someattention will be given to style and dis-course analysis of longer texts.Same as ENG 511On Occasion, 3 units

LIN 512 Descriptive LinguisticsCross-listed as ENG 512This course is an overview of descriptivelinguistics through the study of suchcomponents of language as phonemics,morphology, grammar and semantics.Annually, 3 units

LIN 514 Historical LinguisticsCross-listed as EDU 838 and ENG 514This historical survey of language studygiving special attention to the classical

origins, the extensive development inthe 19th century, and the current under-standing of the classification of languagesinto families. Topics include how lan-guages change by analogy, how thesounds of language change over time,and how borrowing occurs.On Occasion, 3 units

LIN 515 SociolinguisticsCross-listed as ENG 515In this course, topics covered include basicsociolinguistic concepts, social stratifica-tion of language and dialect interaction,stable and unstable bilingualism, languageplanning, sociolinguistic field methods.Spring, 3 units

LIN 516 PsycholinguisticsThe course explores linguistic aspects ofbiology and physiology, speech and lan-guage rehabilitation, optimum age forlanguage study, psychology of learningand motivation in the foreign language,the human ability to recognize andreproduce speech sounds, and the pathol-ogy of language.On Occasion, 3 units

LIN 517 Applied LinguisticsCross-listed as ENG 517This introduction to applied linguisticswill examine several ways that scholarsand educators use linguistics and relatedsciences to identify and address suchissues and problems in language and cul-ture as language and literacy, cross-cultur-al communication, language educationand academic development, foreign lan-guage education, language proficiencyassessment, bilingual and vernacular lan-guage education, language policy andplanning and linguistic public policy.On Occasion, 3 units

LIN 518 Cultural LinguisticsCross-listed as EDU 837 and ENG 518This course is an exploration of humancommunication in its cultural contextincluding the origins of language, thecreation of new language, sign and sym-bols, nonverbal communication, and con-temporary issues in language and culture.Annually, 3 units

WLT 565 Dante and Divine ComedyThis course is an in-depth study of thesources, structure and form of The DivineComedy with some reference to Dante’simpact on Western literature, Dantean bib-liography and a comparison of some note-worthy English and American translations.On Occasion, 3 units

WLT 566 Medieval LiteratureThis course covers the main currents andgenres, the outstanding figures and the

enduring masterpieces of medieval litera-ture with particular emphasis on its con-tinental evolution.On Occasion, 3 units

WLT 567 Masterpieces of ClassicalLiteratureThis course examines the enduring mas-terpieces of Greek and Roman literaturesup to the time of Seneca.On Occasion, 3 units

HISTORY

Phone: (516) 299-2407Fax: (516) 299-3943Web site:www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/clas/history/history.htm

Faculty

Jeanie AttieChair, History DepartmentAssociate Professor of HistoryB.A., University of Pittsburgh;M.A., Ph.D. Columbia Universityjattie@liu.edu

Jana BrunsAssistant Professor of HistoryB.A., M.A., Oxford University;M.A., Ph.D., Stanford Universityjana.bruns@liu.edu

Ryan GingerasAssistant Professor of HistoryB.A., University of California, San Diego;Ph.D., University of Torontoryan.gingeras@liu.edu

Sara S. GronimAssistant Professor of HistoryB.S., Boston University;M.A., Brooklyn College;Ph.D., Rutgers Universitysara.gronim@liu.edu

Neal M. RosendorfAssistant Professor of HistoryB.A., Rutgers University;M.A., University of Ohio;Ph.D., Harvard Universityneal.rosendorf@liu.edu

Adam SchorAssistant Professor of HistoryB.A., Pomana College;M.A., Ph.D., University of Michiganadam.schor@liu.edu

History

Department Overview

The Department of History offers aMaster of Arts in History. The depart-ment also offers a Master of Science inSocial Studies: Middle ChildhoodEducation (5-9) and a Master of Sciencein Social Studies: AdolescenceEducation (7-12) in conjunction withthe School of Education. The MiddleChildhood and Adolescence Educationprograms are for students who seek initialor professional New York State teachercertification to teach in middle or sec-ondary schools.Non-matriculated students who wish

to enroll in graduate history courses onan ad-hoc basis must give evidence ofsatisfactory completion of appropriatepreparatory coursework in history on theundergraduate level, and secure the per-mission of the graduate advisor. All grad-uate students need the approval of thegraduate advisor to obtain approval forall courses added and dropped.

RequirementsThe Department of History offers

courses leading to the degree of Master ofArts in History. The department alsoprovides courses that will fulfill the sub-ject requirements for the Master ofScience in Social Studies: MiddleChildhood Education and Social Studies:Adolescence Education. A candidate foradmission to the M.A. in history pro-gram, in addition to satisfying the gener-al requirements for admission to graduatestudies, may be required to take theGraduate Record Examination. Thisrequirement may be waived.An undergraduate history major seek-

ing admission to the Master of Arts pro-gram is expected to have earned at leasta 3.00 cumulative grade point average forhis or her undergraduate work.A student whose undergraduate major

field of study was not history must haveat least a 3.00 cumulative grade pointaverage and a cumulative 3.00 average inany undergraduate history courses he orshe may have taken. In addition, eachstudent should expect to make up defi-ciencies in his or her undergraduatepreparation by taking up to 24 units ofundergraduate coursework in history, theunits for which will not be appliedtoward the Master of Arts degree require-ments.

History – M.A.

Degree RequirementsA candidate who is admitted to the

Master of Arts degree program has achoice of two plans:

Plan IThis program is designed primarily for

a candidate who anticipates continuedgraduate study at the doctoral level. Itrequires 30 semester hours of courses andwriting a master’s thesis to demonstratehis or her ability to do research and eval-uate findings, organize materials and pre-sent conclusions effectively. An oraldefense of the thesis is required.The 30 semester hours of coursework

are distributed as follows:

Required Courses (30 units) UnitsHIS 601 Historiography 3Other history courses 21HIS 707 and HIS 708 Seminars 6

Plan IIThis program is designed primarily to

meet the needs of teachers in secondaryschools and others for whom the Masterof Arts is a terminal graduate degree. Itrequires 33 semester hours of courses andpassing a comprehensive examination todemonstrate the candidate’s satisfactorypreparation in a major field of history.The 33 semester hours of courses are

distributed as follows:

Required Courses (33 units) UnitsHIS 601 Historiography 3Other history courses 30

Social Studies:AdolescenceEducation (7-12) – M.S.

The program requires the completionof 39 graduate units, divided betweeneducation courses (21 unit hours) andsocial studies courses (18 unit hours)including a 3-unit literacy course, e.g.,History 601, unless such a course hasbeen completed with a B or better on theundergraduate level. Successful comple-tion of two comprehensive examinations,one in education and a second in socialstudies, is also required. All graduate stu-dents need the approval of the graduate

advisor to obtain approval for all coursesadded and dropped.

Social Studies: MiddleChildhood Education(5-9) – M.S.

Students should consult with the acad-emic advisors in the School of Educationand the College of Liberal Arts andSciences for degree and course require-ments for the Middle ChildhoodEducation program. Students take 18unit hours in social studies including a 3-unit literacy course; e.g., History 601,unless such a course has been completedwith a B or better on the undergraduatelevel. All graduate students need theapproval of the graduate advisor toobtain approval for all courses added anddropped.The student must maintain a cumula-

tive G.P.A. of 3.00 in the School ofEducation and in the Liberal Arts &Sciences content area. In addition, anystudent who receives grades below (B) intwo graduate courses is considered tohave an academic deficiency. A studentwho earns a third grade below (B) maylose his or her matriculated status or maybe dismissed from the graduate program.

History CourseDescriptions

HIS 501 Ancient HistoriansIn the study of the ancient world, nosources are more essential than the histor-ical narratives written by ancient authors.Using these sources, however, is compli-cated. Ancient narratives are not mererecordings of events, but representationsof human society, crafted by their authorsto fulfill a variety of agendas. This courseinvestigates those agendas. Discussions donot focus on actual events. Rather, stu-dents read a wide range of narratives andconsider how the authors presented theirsubjects and themselves, how theyclaimed the authority to write history, andhow their narratives were shaped by theirsocial, cultural, and religious context.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 502 Roman PoliticsBetween the 5th century BC and the 5thcentury AD, the Roman state was trans-

C.W. Post Campus

formed from a minor city-state to aMediterranean-wide empire, from a repub-lic to a monarchy, and from a polytheistto a Christian organization. During thattime it produced institutions and ideolo-gies which continue to influence themodern world. This research seminar willcover such topics as the Roman republic asa governing system, the political impact ofRoman conquest, the AugustanRevolution, the early Imperial regime, theChristianization of Roman government,the development of Roman law, and thefragmentation of the Roman empire.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 503 Ancient and MedievalEconomic LifeThis seminar looks at sources and schol-arship on a series of issues critical tounderstanding the way people in theclassical and medieval Mediterraneanmade their living and acquired wealthand social status. The course examinesthe nature of the Roman-era economy,specifically the debate between thosewho focus on the differences betweenancient and modern economic values,and those who focus on the developmentof ancient trade. Topics include: ancientagricultural methods, slavery, economicgender roles, the effects of Roman imper-ial institutions, and the impact of newreligious communities (e.g. the Christianchurch). Course will explore economictransformations during the medievalperiod, including economic aspects ofIslamic conquest, the development offeudal relationships, and the effects ofurbanization and long-distance trade.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 504 The Rise of ChristianityOf all the changes brought on by Romanrule, no development had a greater socialand cultural impact than the spread ofnew religious communities, especiallyChristianity. This course will look at thebig question: How and why did Christianchurches, and other large-scale religiouscommunities, form and spread? After sur-veying available sources, students willscrutinize the work of modern scholars,including confessional (i.e. religiouslyidentified) approaches, psychological andanthropological methodologies, explana-tions based on political or culturalchanges, and quantitative techniques,including comparative studies of thespread of Judaism and that of Islam.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 505 Saints and Heretics in LateAntiquityDuring the Roman and post-Roman peri-od, Mediterranean societies underwent astrange cultural trend. Across virtuallyall religious communities, people devel-oped a new interest in holiness – mani-festations of divine power. This courseexamines this development by focusingon the literary sources which reveal itmost: religious biographies. As an exer-cise in cultural studies, this course setsaside issues surrounding the factuality ofreligious literature. Rather the class usesreligious texts to examine perceptions ofholiness, and unholiness and to explorethe massive impact of such perceptionson Mediterranean society. Specifically,the course covers Greek and Roman wor-ship of heroes and kings, later polytheis-tic visions of holy people, biblical images

of prophets, Jewish views of holy teach-ers, Christian views of Jesus and theapostles, Christian veneration of martyrsand ascetics, and notions of unholy peo-ple in Christian and non-Christian reli-gious traditions. All along, studentsexamine the role of class, gender, politi-cal structures, religious rivalries, andauthorial agendas in shaping the wayholiness is presented.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 506 Medieval EuropeCourse will introduce students to the his-tory and culture of Medieval Europe,both West and East between 410 and1500. Topics will include: Charlemagne’sempire, agrarian and commercial revolu-tions, the Crusades, and the rise ofEuropean monarchies.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 509 The Ottoman EmpireA study of the formation of OttomanEmpire from its rise in the 13th and 14thcenturies to its collapse in the wake ofWorld War I. Course traces the history ofthe empire and its evolution as anincreasingly complex society, the impactof European imperialism, the sources ofOttoman weaknesses and the legacies ofits dissolution.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 512 The ReformationThis course is designed to introducegraduate students to current historio-graphical debates on ReformationEurope, with an emphasis on recentdevelopments in social and cultural his-tory and the diverse approaches used byearly modern historians. It will begin byfocusing on Germany, the cradle of theProtestant movement, but the course willbe pan-European in scope. It will exam-ine the religious movements begun byLuther, Zwingli, Calvin, Henry VIII andothers. The principal focus is onProtestantism, but there will be compari-son with Catholic reform as wellOn Occasion, 3 units

HIS 520 Renaissance EuropeAn exploration of the intellectual andcultural changes that defined RenaissanceEurope, an era of enormous intellectualawakening and achievement. This coursewill cover explorations of “New World,”the centralization of nation-states, andthe lives of ordinary peopleOn Occasion, 3 units

HIS 523 17th - Century EuropeThis course examines the political, eco-nomic, social and cultural structures ofEurope during the “long 17th century” of

History

1589-1715. Topics include religiousdevelopments, the Scientific Revolution,the creation of absolute monarchy inFrance and the solidification of a consti-tutional monarchy in England.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 525 The EnlightenmentTopics covered in the course include thesocial, political, cultural, and economicstructures of 18th- century Europe; thephilosophers Montesquieu, Voltaire,Diderot, Rousseau, Condorcet, and Kant;“grub street” authors of political libelsand pornography; and the nature of therelationship between the Enlightenmentand the French Revolution.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 526 The French RevolutionThis course examines the political, eco-nomic, social and cultural causes of theFrench Revolution as well as the reasonsfor the Revolution’s increasing radicaliza-tion, the de-Christianization campaignand the Reign of Terror. The class willanalyze the impact of the Revolution onFrance’s colonial possessions and the slavetrade and consider why the Revolutionended with the rise of an emperor.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 527 Early Modern FranceThis course examines the political, cul-tural and social history of France from1515 to 1789, from the FrenchRenaissance to the outbreak of theFrench Revolution. The emphasis of thiscourse will be on recent historiographicdebate over methods and approaches tostudying the past. Each week’s discussionwill involve analysis of the methods ofthe historian as well as a discussion ofthe events the authors describe.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 528 Religion and Society in EarlyModern EuropeThis course examines religion in Europeansociety from the Protestant Reformation tothe de-Christianization campaigns of theFrench Revolution. Along with studyingthe dominant Catholic and ProtestantChurches, and their interactions withJudaism, the course also looks at alterna-tive religious movements such as theRadical Reformation, Jansenism,Methodism and groups that challengedprevailing religious opinion.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 537 Race, Class and Ethnicity inAmerican HistoryThis seminar explores the intersectionsof race, class and ethnicity in 19th and20th century America. It will look at the

development of race as an ideology indefense of slavery, antebellum scientificracism, and in the development of racismthrough the eras of emancipation,Reconstruction, segregation and immi-gration. It will explore changes in“American” national identity and citi-zenship from the late 19th century to thepresent, examining scholarly debatesover the concept of “whiteness” and howimmigrant groups were accorded varied“racial” attributes as they attempted toassimilate into American society. Thecourse will examine the varieties of racistand racialist ideas as they applied toAfrican Americans, European immi-grants, Asian-Americans, and Latino-Americans, and how these weremediated through class and the dynamicsof gender politics.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 538 Colloquium in ModernEuropean HistoryThis course will be based on readings anddiscussion on selected topics.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 540 19th- Century EuropeThis course investigates the 19th centuryas the founding age of what we havecome to think of as modern Europe. Itexamines the origins and development ofmajor 19th century concepts, ideologies,and institutions that are commonlyregarded as the foundations of 20th-cen-tury European society and politics, suchas the nation state, the welfare system,capitalism, social democracy, communismand nationalism. It aims to make studentsaware of the ambiguities inherent in thenotion of progress commonly associatedwith the 19th century. If we consider thatmany 19th century developments did notreveal their full implication until thecalamitous 20th century, can we reallycall the 19th the “age of progress”?On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 542 20th- Century EuropeanIntellectual HistoryThe course examines major ideologicaldevelopments and schools of thought,such as totalitarianism, existentialism,feminism, environmentalism, postmod-ernism and the Third Way, placing themin specific socio-political and culturalcontexts. Discussions will focus on keytexts by Friedrich Nietzsche, SigmundFreud, Lenin, Jose Ortega I’Gasset,Albert Camus, Hannah Arendt, Jean-Paul Sartre, Simone de Beauvoir, KarlPopper, Isaiah Berlin and Michel Foucault.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 543 Imperialism and ColonialismCourse explores the rise of Europeanimperialism, varieties of colonial systems,cultural representation of empire, andways that Europeans employed ideologiesof race and gender to rule colonial sub-jects. Will examine imperialism andcolonialism as systems of political domi-nation and economic exploitation as wellas forms of colonial resistance.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 544 Europe 1914-1945This course is a study of Europe’s domes-tic affairs and international relationsfrom the beginning of World War Ithrough the end of World War II.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 545 World War II and PostwarEuropeThe course examines the Second WorldWar as a global conflict which profound-ly altered the course of world history.The focus will be on the conflict’s long-term consequences, such as the creationof Israel, the Cold War, the transition topost-colonial rule, the fate of displacedcommunities from Eastern Europe, andthe foundation of international peace-keeping and defense organizations.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 551 The Early Modern AtlanticWorld 1450-1800In this world history course, students willstudy the interrelated histories of Europe,Africa, the Caribbean and North andSouth America from the age of explo-ration through the late 18th centurydemocratic revolutions. The methodolo-gy is comparative. Topics will includeconquest and colonization, merchantcapitalism and coercive labor systems,interactions with the natural world, andpolitical transformations.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 552 America in the 17th and18th CenturiesThis course is an investigation of select-ed problems in the history of colonialAmerica such as Puritanism, the begin-nings of slavery, the origins of evolutionof communities, witchcraft at Salem, theGreat Awakening, and early Americanpolitics.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 553 Birth of the AmericanRepublicThis course offers a survey of salientissues in the historical interpretation ofthe American Revolution and the estab-lishment of the United States. Studentswill read historians’ treatment of such

C.W. Post Campus

topics as interactions between Britainand its North American colonies before1776, the Revolution as both a militaryand an ideological conflict, the effect ofthe war on different social groups, thepolitical and imaginative development ofa separate nation, and the initial experi-ences of nationhood.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 554 History of American ThoughtThis course explores American thoughtand culture by examining the ideas ofkey thinkers and history of intellectualmovements.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 555 Jacksonian America 1815-1850The election of Andrew Jackson in 1828signaled the shift toward Americandemocracy. With the election of the firstpresident to come from humble originsand passage of universal white manhoodsuffrage laws, the period is also known asthe “era of the common man.” Coursewill cover Jackson’s leadership in theNullification Crisis, the expulsion ofCherokees, and the Bank War. This sem-inar will investigate the spread of indus-trial capitalism and commercializedagriculture, the rise of wage labor, thefactory system, the expansion of slavery,the rise of scientific racism, feminismand new ideologies of gender.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 556 America in the Era of theCivil War and ReconstructionThis seminar will cover America duringthe era of its most cataclysmic event –the Civil War – and its most radicalexperiment in equality and democracy –Reconstruction. The course will investi-gate the forces that led to war: theexpansion of slavery; the South’s rela-tionship to the industrializing North; theemergence of ideologies of reform, aboli-tionism, and free labor; and the Southerndefense of slavery. It will analyze the ulti-mate failure of compromises over slaverythat defined American politics from theratification of the Constitution to thesecession crisis. It will explore the chang-ing military, political and social characterof the Civil War, the process of emanci-pation, the nature of the Union thatemerged from war and the triumphs andfailures of Reconstruction.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 557 Capitalism and itsDiscontents: 1870-1919This course covers U.S. history from theGilded Age through the Progressive Era.This period saw the rise of large-scalemanufacturing, growing inequalities of

wealth, large-scale immigration, and ahost of radical and reform movements toaddress the inequities and corruptionthat were pervasive. Topics include theagrarian Populist movement, anarchism,socialism and the labor movement. Thiscourse will investigate Progressivism as amiddle-class effort to stave off class war,and the varieties of Progressivism from“clean government” campaigns, anti-trust legislation, settlement houses toprohibition. This course will explore thechanging definitions of rights, liberty andcitizenship in the era of Jim Crow, impe-rialism, eugenics and the growth of anew consumer identity.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 558 Modern AmericaAn examination of the emergence ofmodern America, from the late nine-teenth century, during which the countrydeveloped from an industrializing, urban-izing society to its twentieth-century for-mation as a mass society. It will focus ourattention on themes related to the ten-sion between progress and resistance inAmerica from 1880-1945, includingtechnology and society; race relations;immigration; urbanization; and politicsand society.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 559 America Since 1945Even though by 1945 the United Stateshad assumed many of the contours ofwhat we think of as modern America,the decades since have been a time ofdramatic change on numerous fronts inthe domestic arena—for example, in thestatus of blacks in American society(from civil rights struggle to civil enfran-chisement to African-Americans occupy-ing top political positions); or in theroles of women (from life in a sharplycircumscribed and often separate sphereof social and economic activity to nearlyfull social and economic enfranchise-ment and opportunity); or in mass com-munication (from radio to TV to theInternet). We will focus on one or twothemes that will vary from semester tosemester, such as technology and society;family, gender and sexuality; politics andsociety; and race, ethnicity and immigra-tion.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 560 African-American HistoryAfrican-American history from the ori-gins of slavery to the present. Course willcover the nature of African-Americanslavery, the struggle to destroy slavery,construction of “race” and rise of racism,the black experiences in the Civil Warand Reconstruction, the Jim Crow sys-

tem, disfranchisement, lynchings andanti-lynching campaigns, the GreatMigration, the Harlem Renaissance, theCivil Rights movement, black national-ism and the Black Power movement,black urban culture and politics. Thecourse will pay special attention to theways in which diasporic Africans haveshaped American culture and the ways inwhich racism has shaped African-American lives and American society.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 562 Myth and Memory inAmericaThis course is an examination of the col-lective memories and historical mythsthat Americans have constructed aboutthemselves and their past. This courseexamines how historical memories areexpressed in (and created by) publicmonuments, historic sites, museumexhibits, textbooks, world’s fairs andpreservation projects. The course alsoreviews how public remembrances ofwars became lightning rods for compet-ing political ideologies, the differencesbetween memory and history, and therelationship of political economic powerto the shaping of memories.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 563 War, Militarism andAmerican SocietyA history of militarism in America thatexplores war from political, economic,social and cultural perspectives. Willexamine the intersection between societyand military institutions, technology andmilitary ideologies from the 18th centuryto the present. Will examine changingstyles of warfare, definitions of a “justwar”, and defensive and offensive wars.Topics may include the concept ofManifest Destiny, conquest, settlement,Indian wars, foreign wars, world wars, theCold War, the “Vietnam Syndrome,”empire, recruitment, the draft and resis-tance movements.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 565 The American WestCourse will examine the West as a placeof conquest and migrations, from the 16thcentury to the present, and as a conceptas it has played out in American culture,politics and imagination. Will addressissues including cultural contact and con-flict, human interactions with nature,relationship of western states and the fed-eral government, tourism and the shiftingdebates about frontiers and borders.On Occasion, 3 units

History

HIS 567 New Deal AmericaAn exploration of the Great Depression,the growth of the labor movement, cri-tiques of American capitalism, and thesolutions attempted by F.D.R’s govern-ment. Will analyze the impact of WorldWar II on domestic policies and foreignpriorities.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 571 American Popular CultureThis course will focus on analyses of pri-mary documents and examine both thedomestic and international aspects ofwhat is arguably the most significantendeavor of modern/contemporaryAmerica: the production and dissemina-tion of popular culture.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 572 New York City: The Makingof the “Capital of the World”This course is an inquiry into the factorsthat helped shape New York City fromits earliest incarnation as the Dutch trad-ing post of New Amsterdam to its cur-rent position as the self-proclaimedglobal capital. Students will be requiredto make use of the rich lode of availableprimary documents available at archivesand libraries in New York City.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 573 Hollywood and HistoryThis course is an inquiry, on the onehand, into Hollywood’s portrayal of his-torical events, and, on the other hand,into what we can learn about the issuesand preoccupations of American societyduring various periods through the filmsHollywood produced at various historicalmoments. Weekly film viewings.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 575 U.S. Foreign RelationsSince 1900This seminar will expose students to avariety of themes, monographs andselected documents covering UnitedStates foreign relations since the turn ofthe 20th century. Over the course of thesemester students will have the opportu-nity to read widely across an historiogra-phy that encompasses traditionaldiplomatic history and analyses of cultur-al, gender, and race/civil rights dimen-sions of foreign relations (and thushelping to establish a broad definition ofthe term). We will also view and inte-grate into our discussion several relevantAmerican film satires that are particularlyilluminating about the time in whichthey were releasedOn Occasion, 3 units

HIS 582 East Asian CivilizationsAn examination of the civilizations ofChina, Korea and Japan. Will coverforms of government authority, philo-sophical disputes, religious beliefs andpractices. Will analyze debates about thepaths to East Asian modernity.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 583 Modern Latin AmericaWill cover major events of modern LatinAmerican history including indepen-dence movements against colonial rule,revolutions, and the construction ofmodern nation-states. Will examinedevelopment of nationalism, socialmovements, populism, as well as the pol-itics and cultures of indigenous peoples.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 585 Disease and HistoryFrom the Black Death to AIDS, diseaseshave dramatically affected the course ofpeople’s lives. Simultaneously, diseasesare also human constructions, for peo-ple’s actions shape the emergence andspread of diseases. In this course we willstudy selected examples of diseases out-breaks in different times and places, withparticular attention to distinctive socialhistories of disease and distinctive cultur-al interpretations of illness and healing.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 592 History of American WomenThis course is an examination of theexperiences and identities of women overthe course of American history. Coursewill analyze shifting ideologies aboutgender relations and the consequencesfor the economic, political and social lifeof the nation. It will cover concepts ofwomanhood, female citizenship, family,sexuality and the growth of feministthought.On Occasion, 3 units

HIS 601 HistoriographyAn introduction to the variety of inter-pretive stances taken by historians in thepast century and a half. Education in his-tory at the master’s level concentrates onhow history is Interpreted, rather thefacts of history themselves. All historianswork with factual information, but histo-rians vary widely in the questions theyask, in the kinds of evidence they attendto, and the ways in which they explainwhat happened. We will study a varietyof approaches, including history influ-enced by Marx, the Annales school,structuralist and post-structuralistanthropologists, Habermas, Foucault,Hayden White, feminists, and Kuhn.Students will write a significant study ofthe historiography of some historical

topic, demonstrating that they havedeveloped a critical understanding ofmodes of historical interpretation.Once Annually, 3 units

HIS 707, 708 Thesis SeminarRequired of matriculated master’s stu-dents following Plan I. In the first semes-ter, student will work with thesis advisorto define thesis subject, identify primaryand secondary sources, produce an out-line, an annotated bibliography, and con-duct research. In the second semester,student will complete research and writethe thesis, presenting portions to advi-sor(s) in stages for critique and revision.Every Semester, 3 units

MATHEMATICS

Phone: (516) 299-2447Fax: (516) 299-4049E-mail: ncleopa@liu.eduWeb site:www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/clas/math/math.htm

Faculty

Shahla Marvizi AhdoutGraduate Academic CounselorAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.S., Arya-Mahr University of Technology;Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute ofTechnologysahdout@liu.edu

Susan AndimaAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.A., State University of New York atBinghamton;M.A., Ph.D., University of Coloradosandima@liu.edu

Geoffrey C. BerresfordProfessor of MathematicsB.A., Lawrence University;M.S., Ph.D., New York Universitygberres@liu.edu

Elliott BirdProfessor of MathematicsB.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology;M.A., University of Massachusetts;Ph.D., Adelphi Universityelliott.bird@liu.edu

Arvind BordeProfessor of MathematicsB.Sc., Bombay University;M.A., Ph.D., State University of NewYork at Stony Brookarvind.borde@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

Anne BurnsProfessor of MathematicsB.A., M.A., Long Island University;Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brookaburns@liu.edu

James ChilakaAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.S., University of Nigeria;M.A., Cornell University;Ph.D., Boston Universityjchilaka@liu.edu

Neo CleopaChair, Mathematics DepartmentAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.A., University of Arkansas;M.S., Ph.D., Adelphi Universityncleopa@liu.edu

Ralph KnopfAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.A., Ph.D., New York University;rknopf@liu.edu

Jozsef LosonczyProfessor of MathematicsB.A., New York University;Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute ofTechnologylosonczy@liu.edu

James PetersProfessor of MathematicsB.S., M.S., Polytechnic Institute of NewYork;Ph.D., Stevens Institute of Technologyjpeters@liu.edu

Andrew M. RockettProfessor of MathematicsB.A., University of Virginia;M.A., Ph.D., State University of NewYork at Stony Brookandrew.rockett@liu.edu

Sheldon N. RothmanGraduate Academic CounselorProfessor of MathematicsB.A., M.A., Queens College of the CityUniversity of New York;Ph.D., City University of New YorkGraduate Schoolsrothman@liu.edu

Mahmoud ZeinalianAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.A., Sharif University of Technology;M.A., Ph.D., City University of New YorkGraduate Centermzeinalian@liu.edu

Professors Emeriti

Robert B. McKaneAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.A., M.S., Adelphi University;Ph.D., New York University

John C. StevensonProfessor Emeritus of MathematicsB.A., M.A., New York University;Ph.D., Adelphi University

Degree Programs –Overview

The Department of Mathematics offerstwo programs of study that prepare can-didates for either the Master of Sciencein Applied Mathematics or the Master ofScience in Mathematics for SecondarySchool Teachers.The Mathematics Department also

offers a degree of Master of Science:Middle Childhood Education (5-9) and aMaster of Science: AdolescenceEducation (7-12) in conjunction withthe School of Education. The MiddleChildhood and Adolescence Educationprograms are for students who seek initialor professional New York State teachercertification to teach in middle or sec-ondary schools.At the start of graduate studies, each

student prepares a program of courseswith a graduate academic counselor.A student cannot have more than one

grade lower than a B in the mathematicscourses that are applied toward thedegree. This requirement can be satisfiedby retaking a course if necessary.

AdmissionRequirements

A bachelor’s degree, including anundergraduate calculus sequence withgrades of B or better, is required foradmission to all of the graduate programsin the Mathematics Department. A stu-dent who does not meet the minimumentrance requirements may be acceptedon a limited matriculant basis.

Applied Mathematics– M.S.

There are two options offered in thisprogram:Option I: Classical MathematicsOption II: Computer MathematicsBesides basic course requirements,

each candidate must choose one of thefollowing options:1. After completing 30 units, the studentdelivers a lecture to a committee con-sisting of three members of theMathematics Department on a topicpreviously approved by the chairper-son of the committee.

2. The student registers for six electiveunits in MTH 707-708 and writes athesis in mathematics.

Option I: Classical Mathematics

Required Courses (24 units): UnitsMTH 631* Foundations of Analysis 3MTH 632* Applications of Analysis 3MTH 543 Ordinary DifferentialEquations and Special Functions 3

MTH 553 Fourier Methods andBoundary Value Problems 3

MTH 615, 616 Linear Algebra I, II 6MTH 627 Complex Analysis I 3MTH 681 Numerical Methods I 3

*Waived for a student who has previouslyearned unit in an equivalent course. Sixapproved elective units will be substituted.

Electives (12 units)A total of 12 units, approved by the

department, is required. At least six elec-tive units must be in mathematics; othersmay be selected from one of the sciences.

Option II: Computer MathematicsWhile familiarity with at least one

major programming language is desirable,it is not required. Algorithms presentedin the required courses will be describedin C++ or Java.

Required Courses (18 units)Courses UnitsMTH 512 Mathematical Logic andInformation 3

MTH 631* Foundations of Analysis 3MTH 632* Applications of Analysis 3MTH 521 Linear Programming 3MTH 568 Statistics 3MTH 615 Linear Algebra 3

Mathematics

*Waived for a student who has reviouslyearned unit in an equivalent course. Sixapproved elective units will be substituted.

department, is required. As many as nineelective units, approved by the student’sgraduate academic counselor, may betaken in the Computer ScienceDepartment.

Mathematics forSecondary SchoolTeachers – M.S.

A student who pursues the Master ofScience in Mathematics for SecondarySchool Teachers is a teacher or prospec-tive high school mathematics teacher.

Required Courses (21 units)Courses UnitsMTH 511 Set Theory 3MTH 512 Mathematical Logic andInformation 3

MTH 513 An Introduction toAbstract Algebra 3

MTH 514 Euclidean Geometry 3MTH 524 History of Mathematics 3MTH 631 Foundations of Analysis 3MTH 632 Applications of Analysis 3

department, is required. The student can-not take more than six units of approvedelectives outside the department.

Additional RequirementsEach degree candidate may choose

from two options:1. He or she delivers a lecture on anapproved topic that interrelates gradu-ate course material suitable for presen-tation to a class of secondary schoolmathematics students. Following thetalk, the candidate answers questionson its content and on mathematicsperipheral to it.

2. The candidate registers for six electiveunits in MTH 707-708 and writes athesis in mathematics.

Note: This program does not lead to NewYork State teaching certification.

Mathematics:AdolescenceEducation (7-12)

The Master of Science degree inMathematics: Adolescence Education (7-12) is offered by the School of Educationin conjunction with the Department ofMathematics. This program leads to NewYork State teaching certification. The stu-dent must take 18 units of mathematics.The student must maintain a cumulativeG.P.A. of 3.00 in the School of Educationand a G.P.A. of 3.00 in the Liberal Artsand Sciences content area. In addition,any student who receives grades below Bin two graduate courses is considered tohave an academic deficiency. A studentwho earns a third grade below B may losehis or her matriculated status or may bedismissed from the graduate program.Twelve units of 18 units in mathemat-

ics must be earned in the followingcourses:

Required CoursesCourses UnitsMTH 511 Set Theory 3MTH 513 An Introduction toAbstract Algebra 3

MTH 514 Euclidean Geometry 3MTH 631 Foundations of Analysis 3

Mathematics ElectivesA total of six units, approved by the

department, is required.

Additional Mathematics RequirementsThe student is required to take a com-

prehensive examination consisting oftwo parts. The first part is an oral presen-tation of a mathematical topic approvedby the department. The second part is awritten examination that tests the stu-dent’s knowledge of the main conceptsstudied in his or her required mathemat-ics courses. This portion will be givenonce per semester.

Mathematics: MiddleChildhood Education(5-9)

Students should consult with the acad-emic advisors in the School of Educationand College of Liberal Arts and Sciencesfor degree and course requirements for theMiddle Childhood Education program.

Mathematics CourseDescriptions

With departmental approval, undercertain circumstances, students withoutprerequisites may take courses.

MTH 501 Mathematics for ElementarySchool Teachers IThis course is an intensive study of: 1 thestructure of the number system and sys-tems of enumeration including basesother than 10; 2 the set concept andthose set operations pertinent to the ele-mentary school curriculum; 3 the funda-mental operations of arithmetic; 4 usefultopics from number theory, including astudy of divisibility, primes, the funda-mental theorem of arithmetic, finite andinfinite decimal series.On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 502 Mathematics for ElementarySchool Teachers IIThis course covers work in finite arith-metic, modulo systems, topics in logic forthe elementary school, a look into two-and three-dimensional geometry for thegrades including topics in basic measure-ments, surface areas and volumes of geo-metric figures, experiments in geometryand topology, set theory and its relationto the languages of geometry and, finally,a look into some probability as applied tofifth and sixth grade mathematics.On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 511 Set TheoryThis course covers sets, Cartesian prod-ucts, relations, functions, binary opera-tions, finite and infinite cardinalnumbers and its application to the devel-opment of mathematical systems.Spring, 3 units

MTH 512 Mathematical Logic andInformationTopics covered in this course are thepropositional and predicate calculus,binary arithmetic and coding, error-cor-recting codes, information and entropy.Alternate Spring, 3 units

MTH 513 An Introduction to AbstractAlgebraThis course is not open to students whohave had an upper level undergraduatecourse in algebraic structures. Thiscourse is a study of the basic properties ofthe natural numbers. Construction of theintegers, rational numbers, real numbersand complex numbers is included. In theprocess of these constructions there arisethe basic algebraic structures: groups,

C.W. Post Campus

rings, fields. Also included are equiva-lence relations and isomorphisms.Fall, 3 units

MTH 514 Euclidean GeometryThis course is a careful study of the foun-dations of Euclidean geometry contrast-ing the metric and synthetic approaches.This course includes ruler and compassconstruction. Different strategies involv-ing reading, writing, talking and listeningwill be used to make sense of mathemat-ics and to develop insight into how thesestrategies can help students of varyingability levels become active participantsin learning mathematics. Thus, partici-pating students will not only improvetheir own abilities at learning with texts,but will also learn how to adapt the tech-niques to pre-college learning environ-ments. The course will actively engagestudents in learning mathematics withtexts varying in level of content back-ground and difficulty.This course satisfies the literacy require-ment in the discipline for the Master ofScience in Adolescence Education:Mathematics.Prerequisite: Permission of the MathematicsDepartmentSpring, 3 units

MTH 521 Linear ProgrammingThis course covers elementary linearalgebra, convex geometry, linear pro-gramming problems, the simplex method.Also included is Tucker and Dantzigtableaux, duality, sensitivity analysis,solutions of the transportation and theassignment problems, and computationalconsiderations.Alternate Fall, 3 units

MTH 524 History of MathematicsThis course covers the development ofmathematical concepts and methodsfrom ancient times to the present. Thecourse includes the interaction of mathe-matics and the physical sciences and theevolution of the abstract point of view.On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 543 Ordinary DifferentialEquations and Special FunctionsThis course examines the properties ofsolutions of ordinary differential equa-tions, existence and uniqueness, seriessolutions of linear differential equationsnear regular and singular points. Thecourse is a study of special functions:Bessel, Legendre and hypergeometric.Co-requisite: MTH 631Alternate Fall, 3 units

MTH 553 Fourier Methods andBoundary Value ProblemsThis course covers partial differentialequations of physics and the Fourierseries and integrals with applications toinitial and boundary value problems. Thecourse includes orthogonality and com-pleteness, series of Bessel functions,Legendre polynomials and convergence.Prerequisite: A course in ordinary differen-tial equationsCo-requisite: MTH 631Alternate Spring, 3 units

MTH 568 Mathematical StatisticsTopics include classification of data,experimental design, hypothesis testing,unbiased and maximum likelihood esti-mators, nonparametric statistics, regres-sion and correlation.Alternate Fall, 3 units

MTH 584 Automata TheoryThe course includes the theoretical basisof computer science, including discussionof finite automata, context-free gram-mars, pushdown automata, Turingmachines, computable functions, thehalting problem, incompleteness andunsolvability, and Godel numbering.Prerequisite: MTH 512On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 613 Number TheoryThis course includes the Euclidean algo-rithm, the Fundamental Theorem ofArithmetic, Euler’s function, linearDiophantine equations, congruence andmodular arithmetic, Gauss’s and Euler’stheorems, quadratic residues and reciproc-ity law, and homogeneous binary forms.On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 615 Linear Algebra IThis course includes the study of realvector spaces, linear dependence andindependence and bases. Linear transfor-mations, matrices, determinants and lin-ear equations are also included.Co-requisite: MTH 631Alternate Fall, 3 units

MTH 616 Linear Algebra IIThis course covers quadratic forms,eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonal-ization, canonical forms; also, the appli-cations to differential equationsincluding small oscillation theory.Prerequisite: MTH 615Alternate Spring, 3 units

MTH 617 Abstract AlgebraThis course studies groups, rings, fields,vector spaces and their mappings, andGalois Theory.Prerequisite: MTH 513On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 621 TopologyThis course is the study of elementarypoint set topology including notions ofopen, closed, compact and connectedsets. Continuous maps, homeomor-phisms, metrics, completeness andinduced topology are studied. Someaspects of algebraic topology are brieflyintroduced.On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 623 Algebraic ComputingThis course is an applied study of integerand polynomial arithmetic, includingEuclid’s algorithm, mod m inverses,Chinese remainder and interpolationalgorithms, computation by single and bymultiple homeomorphic images, and fastFourier transform algorithms.Prerequisite: MTH 513 or equivalentOn Occasion, 3 units

MTH 625 Operations ResearchThis course includes nonlinear program-ming; steepest ascent and the branch andbound algorithms; quadratic program-ming and the Thiel and Van der Pannealgorithm; and nondifferentiable prob-lems including dynamic programming;finite and infinite stage problems and thetheory of queues: stochastic processes(Markov and Poisson); single, multipleand infinite channel queues; and non-Markov queues.Prerequisite: MTH 521 and 568Co-requisite: MTH 631 and 615On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 627, 628 Complex Analysis I, IIThis course covers the algebra and geom-etry of complex numbers, analytic func-tions, Cauchy integral theory andapplications, Taylor and Laurent series,residue calculus and Laplace transforms.Selected applications from potential the-ory, ordinary differential equations, andFourier transforms are also included.Prerequisite: MTH 631 or permission ofinstructorAlternate Fall, Spring, 3 units per semester

MTH 631 Foundations of AnalysisThis course is an in-depth study of func-tions, continuity, limits, differentiation,sequences and series and the Riemannintegral, Euclidean spaces and metricspaces.Co-requisite: MTH 511Fall, 3 units

MTH 632 Applications of AnalysisThis course is a study of functions of sev-eral variables, including maxima andminima, Lagrange multipliers, implicitfunction theorem, Jacobians, vector alge-bra and calculus, and Green, Gauss and

Mathematics

Stokes theorems. Applications fromgeometry and physics are considered.Prerequisite: MTH 631Spring, 3 units

MTH 661 Projective and RelatedGeometriesThis course is an algebraic and syntheticapproach to projective, affine, Euclideanand non-Euclidean geometries, includingfinite geometries.On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 667 Probability TheoryThis course covers the fundamentals ofprobability theory, discrete and continu-ous random variables, the binomial, nor-mal, and Poisson laws. Moments andcharacteristic functions, derived andmultivariate distributions, and the law oflarge numbers and central limit theoremare examined. Illustrative applications tothe physical sciences is included.Prerequisite: Calculus and Elementary SetTheoryOn Occasion, 3 units

MTH 672 Topics in MathematicsThis course is a detailed treatment ofsome topic in analysis, algebra, geometry,number theory or topology not coveredby an existing course.Note: This course may be taken morethan once only with the express approvalof the chairperson.Prerequisite: Approval of the departmentchairperson or graduate academic counselorOn Occasion, 3 units

MTH 673 Calculus of Variations withApplicationsThe classical theory of the variationalcalculus along with weak solutions,Euler-Lagrange equations, Hamilton’sprinciple, multiplier methods, fixed andvariable end-point problems, direct andsemi-direct procedures for the solution ofextreme problems including Raleigh-Ritz, Galerkin, and Kantorovich methodswith applications to continuum mechan-ics are examined.Prerequisite: MTH 632On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 675 Differential GeometryThis course deals with the geometry andanalysis of manifolds. Topics include theinverse function theorem, implicit func-tion theorem, transversality, curvatureand the morse lemma.Prerequisite: MTH 631 and 615 or equiva-lentOn Occasion, 3 units

MTH 681 Numerical Methods IThe algorithms for numerical solution oflinear and nonlinear equations, approxi-mation of functions by polynomials andnumerical integration are examined.Co-requisite: MTH 631Alternate Spring, 3 units

MTH 682 Numerical Methods IIThis course examines the numerical solu-tion of differential and difference equa-tions, error analysis, and Monte Carlomethods.Prerequisite: MTH 681Alternate Fall, 3 units

MTH 687 Digital ComputerProgramming for TeachersThis course covers computer program-ming as applied to the secondary schoolmathematics curriculum. Programs relat-ed to matrices, systems of equations, lin-ear programming and calculus areconsidered. The student develops pro-gramming skills in conjunction withthese applications. The languageemployed depends on the current needsof secondary school teachers.On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 707-708 Research Methods andThesis SeminarThese courses include the use of the lit-erature, the selection of a thesis topicand writing the thesis. For the Master ofScience degree, the thesis usually con-sists of a detailed and scholarly exposi-tion on some topic in mathematics. Anoral defense of the thesis is required.These courses are open only to matricu-lated students.On Occasion, 3 units

MTH 709A Oral PresentationUnder the guidance of a faculty member,the student prepares and presents a lec-ture on an approved mathematical topicto a faculty/student audience.On Occasion, 1 unit

MTH 709B Research and OralPresentation for MathematicsEducationUnder the guidance of a faculty member,the student prepares and presents a lec-ture on an approved mathematical topicappropriate to the graduate mathematicseducation program to a faculty/studentaudience.On Occasion, 1 unit

POLITICALSCIENCE/INTERNATIONALSTUDIES

Phone: (516) 299-2407Fax: (516) 299-3943Web site:www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/clas/polsci/polsci.htm

Faculty

Jeremy A. BuchmanPre-Law AdvisorAssociate Professor of Political ScienceB.A., Columbia University;M.A., Ph.D., Stanford Universityjeremy.buchman@liu.edu

Roger N. GoldsteinChair, Department of PoliticalScience/International StudiesProfessor of Political ScienceB.A., Oberlin College;M.A., Ph.D., Columbia Universityroger.goldstein@liu.edu

Anke GrosskopfAssistant Professor of Political ScienceZwischenpruefung, University ofMannheim;M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburghanke.grosskopf@liu.edu

Stanley B. KleinProfessor of Political ScienceB.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York Universitystanley.klein@liu.edu

Muhammud MuslihProfessor of Political ScienceB.A., M.A., American University of Beirut;Ph.D., Columbia Universitymuhammud.muslih@liu.edu

Michael SoupiosGraduate Academic CounselorProfessor of Political ScienceB.A., St. Lawrence University;M.S., M.A., M.A., Long IslandUniversity;M.A., Seminary of the ImmaculateConception;Ed.D., Columbia University;Ph.D., State University of New York atBuffalo;Ph.D., Fordham University;D.Min., Seminary of the ImmaculateConceptionmichael.soupios@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

Morimichi WatanabeProfessor of Political Science and HistoryL.L.B., University of Tokyo;A.M., Ph.D., Columbia Universitymorimichi.watanabe@liu.edu

Political Science – M.A.

The Political Science/InternationalStudies Department offers the Master ofArts in Political Science with four areasof concentration: American government,comparative government, internationalrelations, and political theory. A candi-date for admission to the program, inaddition to satisfying the general require-ments for admission to graduate studies,may be required to take the GraduateRecord Examination (both the aptitudetest and the advanced political science orgovernment test). This requirement maybe waived by the department chair.

Degree RequirementsA candidate who is admitted to the

Master of Arts degree program in PoliticalScience has a choice of two options:

Option I: ThesisThis program option is designed pri-

marily for a candidate who anticipatescontinued graduate study at the doctorallevel. It requires 30 semester hours ofcourses including the writing of a mas-ter’s thesis to demonstrate the student’sability to research and evaluate findings,organize materials and present conclu-sions effectively.

Of the 30 semester hours, a total of 24units in graduate political science courses(including POL 700, 707, and 708) isrequired for degree Option I. If circum-stances warrant, the department chairmay authorize a student to take up to sixelective courses in other departments.Students interested in writing a thesismust secure departmental authorizationin advance.

Option II: Comprehensive ExaminationThis program option requires 36

semester hours of courses and the passingof a comprehensive examination todemonstrate the candidate’s satisfactorygraduate level of preparation and knowl-edge. Comprehensive examinations forOption II students are administered onceduring the Fall semester and once duringthe Spring semester. A candidate mustregister with the Department for the Fallexamination by November 1 and for theSpring examination by March 1. Noexaminations are given at any other timeof the year.

Required Courses (36 units)Courses UnitsPOL 700 Political Science:Approaches and Methodologies 3

POL 710 Seminar in Political Science 3Related graduate courses, approved by thechair (history, economics, sociology). Ifcircumstances warrant, the departmentchair may authorize a student to takeelective courses in other departments. 6Graduate political science courses 24

Social Studies: MiddleChildhood (5-9) – M.S.

Students should consult with the acad-emic advisors in the School of Educationand College of Liberal Arts and Sciencesfor degree and course requirements forthe Middle Childhood Education program.

Social Studies:AdolescenceEducation (7-12) – M.S.

The program requires completion of 36graduate units, divided between educa-tion courses (24 unit hours) and socialstudies courses (18 unit hours). Successful

completion of two comprehensive exami-nations, one in education and a second insocial studies, is also required. The 24unit hours in education courses include 6units of student teaching.The student must maintain a cumula-

tive G.P.A. of 3.00 in the School ofEducation and in the Liberal Arts andSciences content area. In addition, anystudent who receives grades below B intwo graduate courses is considered tohave an academic deficiency. A studentwho earns a third grade below B may losehis or her matriculated status or may bedismissed from the graduate program.

Political ScienceCourse Descriptions

American Government

POL 500 American ConstitutionalDevelopment and InterpretationThis course covers the problems involvedin the process of writing and developinga constitution, the meaning and inter-pretation of various approaches to consti-tutional theory and practice, thesubstance and meaning of constitutionalphraseology, the historical and legaldevelopment of constitutional ideology,and the tests that must be made of thematerials which may or may not findtheir way into a constitution.Fall, 3 units

POL 501 The Theory and Practice ofFederalismThis course covers the theory of federal-ism and the experience in federalism inthe United States, with some referenceto other federal systems.Spring, 3 units

POL 502 American Political PartiesThis course examines the nature andoperation of American national, stateand local party systems and politics relat-ed to the broad setting of the govern-mental system and prevailing politicalvalues. Special emphasis is given to sub-stantive and procedural problems.Fall, 3 units

POL 503 Interest Groups and Lobbiesin American PoliticsThis course is an analysis of group theory:nature and function of interest groups,pressure groups and lobbies; organization,functions and behavior of political interestgroups; techniques and goals of lobbying.Spring, 3 units

Political Science/International Studies

POL 507 Changes and Reforms inCurrent American PoliticsThis course is a study of recent procedur-al and substantive changes in Americanpolitics against a background of continu-ity in American political institutions.Special attention is given to the areas ofpublic opinion, political parties, the pres-idency, the Congress, and focusing onthe effects that change and reform haveon governmental policy.Spring, 3 units

POL 509 Women in Politics andAdministrationThis course is an analysis of the variousroles women have played in the academ-ic and professional development of poli-tics and public administration. Inaddition, the course is concerned withthe concept of women’s rights and therole of the public sector both as an inhi-bition and a contribution.Fall, 3 units

POL 510 The American LegislativeProcessThis course is an intensive study of theAmerican legislative process – its organi-zation, function and behavior. Specialemphasis is given to substantive and pro-cedural problems.Spring, 3 units

POL 511 Public Policy and PublicChoiceThis course is a detailed study of selectedproblems in public policy determinationwithin the American political system.Fall, 3 units

POL 517 Institute of PracticalGovernment and PoliticsThis course is a nonpartisan seminar inwhich governmental and political leadersmeet to discuss practical political issues.The seminar is organized as a dialoguebetween the guests and the students.On Occasion, 2 units, two weeks

POL 522 Concepts of the AmericanPresidencyThis course is designed to introduce stu-dents to the study of permanent andchanging factors in the American presi-dency.Fall, 3 units

POL 531 The Supreme Court as aPolitical InstitutionThis course examines the history and pre-sent status of the United States SupremeCourt as a political instrumentality, andhow it affects political, social and eco-nomic changes in American society.Spring, 3 units

POL 532 Current Problems inConstitutional LawThis course is the analysis, possible syn-thesis and ultimate evaluation ofSupreme Court approaches to 20th cen-tury problems of constitutional law con-cerning jurisdiction and judicial review,federalism, separation of powers, com-merce, taxing and spending powers, warpowers and civil liberties.Spring, 3 units

POL 541 Teaching Civil LibertiesThis course is designed for improving theteaching of constitutional freedom inpublic and private schools. Materials andmethods for teaching the Constitutionand the Bill of Rights are presented. Thecourse is primarily for secondary schoolteachers.Fall, 3 units

POL 551 MetropoliticsGovernments and politics of metropoli-tan regions: development, governmentalstructures and functions, interest andpower relations, politics and problems ofcities and metropolitan areas are consid-ered.Fall, 3 units

POL 561 Intergovernmental RelationsThis course is an examination of therelationships and cooperative functionsbetween governmental units of the feder-al, state and local levels with particularemphasis on New York State.Spring, 3 units

POL 570 Defense PolicyThis course is an analysis of the militaryand its relationship to both domestic andforeign policy. Special consideration isgiven to the United States. The areassurveyed include nuclear strategy, theconcept of the limited war, guerrilla war-fare, the military as a political force, andwar as a policy tool.Fall, 3 units

POL 581, 582 Research and FieldWork on Problems in AmericanGovernmentFirst semester: Teaching by several mem-bers of the department stresses the areasof public opinion, national, state andlocal governments as well as methodolo-gy. The approach is behaviorally orient-ed. This semester is on a seminar basisand students are required to choose atopic of interest from which they canconstruct a research design.Second semester: Students go into thefield to write a paper in accordance withtheir design. In as many cases as possible,students are placed in voluntary intern-

ship programs with local or national gov-ernments or political party organizations.The student works under the professor ofhis or her choice and any member of thedepartment is available for help.On Occasion, 3 units per semester

POL 951 Seminar on Public OpinionThis course covers research in the theoryand history of public opinion. Includedare techniques in the measurement ofpublic opinion and issues in the philoso-phy of public opinion.Fall, 3 units

Comparative Government

POL 600 British Political Theory andPracticeThis course is an analysis of the nature ofthe British constitution, the crown, theministry and cabinet, parliament andelections, the party system, law and thecourts, local government.Spring, 3 units

POL 612 Comparative Legal SystemsSystems to be considered are the Anglo-American system, the Islamic system, thejudicial system of the former U.S.S.R.,and civil law systems from the point ofview of their structure, function andphilosophical base.Spring, 3 units

POL 622 Problems in ComparativeGovernmentThis course is a thorough study andanalysis of specific issues in governmentas treated by selected world powers.Fall, 3 units

POL 635 Political Power inContemporary ChinaThis course is an analysis of the majorpolitical ideas, institutions and groups incontemporary China and their impact onpolitical decision-making.Fall, 3 units

POL 636 Political Systems inDeveloping Areas: Regional AnalysisOne semester is devoted to each region.Political modernization of the developingareas; process of transition from tradi-tionalism to modernism; developingpolitical institutions and changing politi-cal processes to be considered in the fol-lowing specific regions: South andSoutheast Asia, East Africa the MiddleEast, Africa south of the Sahara, NorthAfrica, and Latin America.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

POL 637 Seminar in the PoliticalProblems of AsiaThis course is advanced research inselected problems of Asian political insti-tutions and is primarily intended forgraduate students specializing in theregional studies of Asia.Fall, 3 units

POL 639 Seminar in the PoliticalProblems of AfricaThis course is advanced research inselected problems of African politicalinstitutions and is primarily intended forgraduate students specializing in theregional studies of Africa.Spring, 3 units

POL 640 The Dynamics of RevolutionThis course covers the backgrounds andcauses of revolutions and the assessmentand prediction of revolutionary threat orpotential. The types and stages of revolu-tion and the techniques of revolutionaryaction; the planning, organization, andconduct of revolution as a conflictinstrument in; and the prevention andsuppression of revolution are examined.Fall, 3 units

POL 644 Political Development andModernizationThis course is a comparative examinationof the cultural, social and ideologicalforces that produce political and socialchange with special emphasis on the roleof political leadership, the interrelation-ships between political development andnation-building and the preconditions forthe modernization revolution.Fall, 3 units

POL 646 Russian Government andPoliticsThis course is a study of Russian politicsand political culture from the Imperialperiod through the period of the Sovietregime to the present. Emphasis is placedon continuity and change in politicalthought and practice within Russia.On Occasion, 3 units

POL 652 Institute on Asian ProblemsThis course covers the political, econom-ic, social and cultural aspects of theAsian area with emphasis on currentproblems. Participation by representa-tives of the area is stressed.On Occasion, 3 units

POL 653 Institute on African ProblemsThis course covers the political, econom-ic, social and cultural aspects of theAfrican area with emphasis on currentproblems. Participation by representa-tives of the area is stressed.On Occasion, 3 units

POL 654 Institute on EuropeanProblemsThis course covers the political, econom-ic, social and cultural aspects of theEuropean area with an emphasis on cur-rent problems. Participation by represen-tatives of the area is stressed.On Occasion, 3 units

POL 655 Institute on Middle EastProblemsThe political, economic, social and cul-tural aspects of the Middle East area withan emphasis on current problems areexamined. Participation by representa-tives of the area is stressed.On Occasion, 3 units

POL 656 Institute on Latin-AmericanProblemsThe political, economic, social and cul-tural aspects of the Latin-American areawith an emphasis on current problemsare examined. Participation by represen-tatives of the area is stressed.On Occasion, 3 units

POL 675 The Politics of InternationalInformation and Cross CulturalCommunicationsThis course is a study of culture-basedperceptions of the media in both devel-oped and developing countries with par-ticular emphasis on the influence ofpolitics on the ownership, control andperformance of the media. The mandatestructure and function of the U.N.Department of Public Information areexamined.Spring, 3 units

POL 700 Political Science: Approachesand MethodsThis course is a study and analysis of theapproaches and methodologies used bypolitical scientists in examining theissues and problems of their discipline.Students develop research designs usingvaried approaches and methodologiesdiscussed in class. (POL 700 should betaken during a student’s first semester inthe program.)Fall, 3 units

POL 701 Quantitative Analysis ofEmpirical Data in Political ScienceThis course is a comprehensive introduc-tion to the major concepts and methodsof contemporary empirical research anddata analysis in political science.Statistical techniques and the use ofcomputers as tools for political analysisare emphasized.Spring, 3 units

POL 703 Political Science: TheDevelopment of the DisciplineThis course examines the developmentof the discipline of political science andincludes a survey of the works of thechief writers in the present scope ofpolitical science.Fall, 3 units

POL 704 Special Problems in PoliticalScienceThis course covers research on a specialproblem in political science not coveredin existing courses conducted under theguidance of a faculty member. Approvalof the department chair is required.Every Semester, 3 units

POL 707, 708 Research Methods andThesis SeminarThis course is open only to matriculatedstudents pursuing Option I.In the first semester, advanced study ofthe scientific method in the discipline ofpolitical science, together with thepreparation of a master’s thesis proposaland an outline of the thesis, is presented.In the second semester, the actual writ-ing of the thesis is covered.Every semester, 3 units

POL 710 Seminar in Political ScienceThis course is a seminar designed tofacilitate the integration of general prin-ciples, procedures and areas offered inthe Master of Arts program for Option IIM.A. students. The topic or topics of theseminar vary from semester to semester,dependent on the decision of the depart-ment. This seminar may be taken onlyonce.On Occasion, 3 units

International Relations

POL 720 Theories of InternationalRelationsThis course is an examination of theproblems raised by the study of interna-tional relations along with the functionsand types of empirical theory such as“political realism,” “peace through law,”equilibrium, strategic defense, polycen-trism and social communication.Spring, 3 units

POL 721 Current Strategies andGlobal PoliticsThis course is an examination of thedevelopment of strategic theories andtheir impact on the foreign policies ofmajor states in the contemporary world.Annually, 3 units

Political Science/International Studies

POL 722 The United Nations andWorld StabilityThe goal in this course is to examine therole that the United Nations plays inpromoting stability within and amongnations. The course evaluates the successand failure of various tools available tothis organization ranging from the use ofmilitary forces to humanitarian assis-tance, and the existing constraints andpossible directions for the future.On Occasion, 3 units

POL 731 The Sources of InternationalLawThis course is a historical and analyticalstudy of the documentary sources ofinternational law and the community ofnations.Annually, 3 units

POL 732 Public International LawThis course studies the substantive rulesof the law of nations pertaining to therelations of how public policy is formu-lated, applied, and enforced in adminis-trative organizations; also, procedural lawfor the settlement of international dis-putes.Fall, 3 units

POL 742 Problems in InternationalOrganizationThis course examines special topics ofinternational organization, particularlythose pertaining to the present scene.Every Semester, 3 units

POL 760 Demography, Populations andPoliticsThis course is a study of domestic andinternational population problems andtheir influence on the formation andimplementation of public policy.On Occasion, 3 units

POL 761 DiplomacyThis course examines the nature and for-mulation of diplomatic traditions. It is astudy of the evolving role of diplomacyin international relations.Spring, 3 units

POL 762 Foreign Policy inContemporary World PoliticsThis course is the research and discussionof selected topics in foreign policy tech-niques and decision-making processessince World War II.Fall, 3 units

POL 764 Politics of MultilateralismThis course is a study of the theory andpractice of multilateralism in the con-temporary international system.Particular attention is devoted to inter-

national organizations involved withpeace keeping, reactive and preventivediplomacy, conflict resolution and con-flict prevention.On Occasion, 3 units

POL 772 Institute on the UnitedNationsThis course is a study of the UnitedNations and its related agencies andcommissions. Students will visit theUnited Nations and benefit from theparticipation by representatives of thisinternational organization and its agencies.On Occasion, 3 units

POL 782 International Relations(Formerly Political Science 541 or 638)This course is a systematic approach tospecific problems in international rela-tions such as political nationalism, geog-raphy, population and food, naturalresources, imperialism, international lawand organization, and collective security.Spring, 3 units

POL 783 Teaching of InternationalRelationsThis course consists of lectures, readingsand discussions of fundamental concepts,principles and problems of internationalrelations with current applications. Thiscourse is primarily for secondary schoolteachers.On Occasion, 3 units

Political Theory

POL 800 Basic Problems of LegalPhilosophyThis course is an examination of selectedproblems of legal philosophy conductedthrough the study of representative worksof major schools of legal thought.Fall, 3 units

POL 801 Political Thought From Platoto the 16th CenturyThis course is an analysis of the evolu-tion of Western political thought fromancient Greece to the 16th century.Spring, 3 units

POL 802 Modern Political Thought:N. Machiavelli to J.S. MillThis course is an investigation of the evo-lution of Western political thought fromNiccolo Machiavelli to John Stuart Mill.Fall, 3 units

POL 803 Contemporary PoliticalIdeologiesThis course is a comparative study ofmajor political ideologies and their rela-tionship to political events.Spring, 3 units

POL 811 American Political TheoryThis course is an advanced historical andanalytical examination of governmenttheories in the United States.Fall, 3 units

POL 815 Law and Political Theory inAncient ChinaThis course is a critical study of selectedwriters and issues in the development oftraditional Chinese political and legalthought.Spring, 3 units

POL 822 Studies in ConstitutionalismThis course is an analysis of the rise ofconstitutionalism in medieval and earlymodern Europe and focuses a particularemphasis on the revival of Roman law,the impact of Aristotelianism, and thedevelopment of the conciliar movement.Fall, 3 units

POL 823 Democracy and DictatorshipThis course is a discussion and evalua-tion of traditional and contemporaryinterpretations of democracy and dicta-torship and takes into consideration bothpolitical and nonpolitical factors.Fall, 3 units

PSYCHOLOGY

Phone: (516) 299-2377Fax: (516) 299-3105Web site:www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/clas/psych/psych.htm

Faculty

Carol CampbellAssociate Professor of PsychologyA.B., University of North Carolina atChapel Hill;M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois;M.A., New York Universitycarol.campbell@liu.edu

Jeffrey R. CoreyProfessor of PsychologyB.S., Trinity College (Hartford);M.S., Ph.D., University of Delawarejcorey@liu.edu

Eva L. FeindlerProfessor of PsychologyB.A., Mt. Holyoke College;M.A., Ph.D., West Virginia Universityefeindler@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

Paul ForestellProfessor of PsychologyB.S., M.A., University of New Brunswick;Ph.D. University of Hawaiipaul.forestell@liu.edu

Nancy FryeAssistant Professor of PsychologyB.A., New College;M.S., Texas Tech University;Ph.D., University of Floridanancy.frye@liu.edu

Geoffrey D. GoodmanAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology;M.A., Columbia University;Ph.D., Northwestern Universityggoodman@liu.edu

Walter I. HeimerAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., Allegheny College;M.A., Ph.D., New School Universitywalter.heimer@liu.edu

Emily JonesAssistant Professor of PsychologyB.A., University of Minnesota;M.A., Ph.D., State University of NewYork at Stony Brookemily.jones@liu.edu

Lloyd KaufmanSenior Research ScientistB.A., San Diego State University;M.A., Ph.D., New School University

Robert KeisnerProfessor of PsychologyB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;Ph.D., University of Massachusettsrkeisner@liu.edu

Danielle KnafoAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., M.A., Tel Aviv University;Ph.D., City University of New Yorkdanielle.knafo@liu.edu

Gerald D. LachterChairman, Psychology DepartmentProfessor of PsychologyB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Columbia University;Ph.D., City University of New Yorkglachter@liu.edu

Ethel MatinProfessor of PsychologyB.A., Hunter College, City University ofNew York;Ph.D., Columbia Universityethel.matin@liu.edu

John C. NeillAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A. University of California at San Diego;M.A., Ph.D., Boston Universityjohn.neill@liu.edu

Camilo OrtizAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., Cornell University;M.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusettscamilo.ortiz@liu.edu

Jill H. RathusProfessor of PsychologyB.A., Cornell University;M.A., Ph.D., State University of NewYork at Stony Brookjill.rathus@liu.edu

Henry H. ReiterAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., New York University;M.A., Hofstra University;Ph.D., St. John’s Universityhenry.reiter@liu.edu

David L. RollProfessor of PsychologyB.S., M.S., Ph.D., Florida StateUniversitydavid.roll@liu.edu

Grace RossiAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., Susquehanna University;M.A., Hunter College, City University ofNew York;Ph.D., City University of New Yorkgrossi@liu.edu

Marshall L. SilversteinProfessor of PsychologyB.A., Rutgers University;M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State Universitymsilver@liu.edu

Lois TepperAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., M.A., Hofstra University;Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brooklois.tepper@liu.edu

Jerome TognoliProfessor of PsychologyB.A., University of North Carolina;M.A., Ph.D., University of Delawarejtognoli@liu.edu

Professors Emeriti

Sherman J. TatzProfessor Emeritus of PsychologyB.A., M.A., Temple University;Ph.D., Yale University

James M. WoodcockAssociate Professor Emeritus of PsychologyB.A., St. Peter’s College;M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University

In addition to the full-time faculty, anumber of well-trained and highly expe-rienced adjunct faculty actively partici-pate in the students’ training. Theseindividuals assist in teaching graduatecourses, supervise student research andclinical training, and are activelyinvolved in the Department.

Degree Programs

The Psychology Department offers twograduate degree programs, one leading tothe Doctor of Psychology (Psy.D.) inClinical Psychology, which trains doctor-al-level clinicians, and the other to theMaster of Arts (M.A.) in ExperimentalPsychology which prepares students forcareers and/or for admission to doctoralprograms. In addition, the departmentoffers an Advanced Certificate Programin Applied Behavior Analysis.

Master of Arts inPsychology

The basic entrance requirements arean undergraduate degree (not necessarilyin psychology), the general GREs, twoletters of recommendation, and a person-al statement that outlines reasons forapplying to the program. An undergradu-ate course in research methods and acourse in statistics are required.Applications are processed on a rolling

basis and are accepted until August 15.However, students who want to be con-sidered for assistantships are urged tosubmit their applications by April 1 forthe Fall semester and by November 1 forthe Spring semester. A student who doesnot satisfy all of the criteria for fullmatriculant status or whose application isincomplete may be accepted on a limitedmatriculant basis. Upon completion oftwo courses selected from PSY 606, PSY607, PSY 651 or PSY 703 with a grade of3.0 or better, the student may requestconsideration for full matriculant status.This request will be reviewed with thesame academic criteria used to evaluatenewly submitted applications. Qualifiedstudents with no intention of applying

Psychology

for full matriculant status may be permit-ted to take a limited number of coursesas Arts and Sciences non-matriculants.Application forms can be obtained bycontacting the Admissions Office. Forfurther information about the program orto arrange a site visit, contact the pro-gram’s graduate counselor or visit ourweb site at:http:myweb.cwpost.liu.edu/ematin/mapage.htmA student’s cumulative grade point

average in his or her approved programof study may be no less than 3.00. Anystudent who receives grades below B intwo graduate courses is considered tohave an academic deficiency. A studentwho earns a third grade below B may losehis or her matriculated status or may bedismissed from the graduate program.

Master of Arts Curriculum

Required Core Curriculum (24 units)Course UnitsPSY 606 Statistics in Psychology 3PSY 607 Experimental Methods inPsychology I 3

PSY 608 Experimental Methods inPsychology II 3

PSY 651 Behavior Analysis andLearning 3

PSY 652 Perception and Cognition 3PSY 703 NeuropsychologicalBases of Behavior 3

PSY 707 Thesis Tutorial I 3PSY 708 Thesis Tutorial II 3

Electives (12 units from the following)Course UnitsPSY 614 Social Psychology 3PSY 616 Personality 3PSY 653 Developmental Psychology 3PSY 655 Psychopathology 3PSY 657 Applied Behavior Analysis 3PSY 658 Practicum in AppliedBehavior Analysis 3

PSY 661 Psychological Assessment 3PSY 664 Theory and Practice ofPsychotherapy 3

PSY 666 Psychopharmacology 3PSY 704 Advanced Issues inPsychology I 3

PSY 705 Advanced Issues inPsychology II 3

Advanced Certificate in AppliedBehavior AnalysisTo apply for admission, students need

to submit an application, at least one let-ter of recommendation, and a personal

statement. Students seeking to earn theAdvanced Certificate in AppliedBehavior Analysis are required to com-plete six graduate psychology courses.Three courses are in basic AppliedBehavior Analysis (9 units), two coursesare in advanced topics in AppliedBehavior Analysis (6 units), and one isa practicum course in Applied BehaviorAnalysis (3 units), for a total of 18units. Completion of the program satis-fies the coursework requirements for eli-gibility to take the Board CertifiedBehavior Analyst™ Examination. Thefollowing courses make up the certifi-cate program:

PSY 607 Experimental Methods inPsychology I

PSY 651 Behavior Analysis and LearningPSY 657 Applied Behavior AnalysisPSY 658 Practicum in Applied BehaviorAnalysis

PSY 704 Advanced Issues IPSY 705 Advanced Issues II

Master of Arts inPsychology Courses

PSY 606 Statistics in PsychologyA graduate-level treatment of descriptiveand inferential univariate statistics. Dataanalysis using SPSS will be studied inconjunction with the theoretical material.Prerequisite: Undergraduate course inStatisticsSpring, 3 Units

PSY 607 Experimental Methods inPsychology IThe major focus of this course is on thedesign, execution and evaluation of sin-gle-case research designs. Topics to beconsidered include a discussion of thehistory and philosophy of behavioranalysis, a discussion of experimentalcontrol, and single-case research tech-niques and examples from both experi-mental and applied behavior analysis.Data presentation methods including theuse of Microsoft Excel will also be dis-cussed.Fall, 3 Units

PSY 608 Experimental Methods inPsychology IIThis course covers the design, execution,and evaluation of psychological researchusing group designs. Representative top-ics include between and within groupdesigns, random assignment, and ques-

tionnaire construction. Data collectionvia the Internet is emphasized.Prerequisite: PSY 607Fall, 3 Units

PSY 614 Social PsychologyThis course is a discussion of fundamen-tal issues in contemporary social psychol-ogy, together with an evaluation oftheory, experimental methods andresearch trends.On Occasion, 3 Units

PSY 616 PersonalityThe theories of personality are examinedfrom a dual viewpoint: the historicaldevelopment of theories of behavior anda critical evaluation of these theories inthe light of current research.On Occasion, 3 Units

PSY 651 Behavior Analysis andLearningThis course provides 1 an introduction tothe major theories dealing with condi-tioning and learning, and 2 a systematicanalysis of the current data obtainedfrom animal learning experiments in theareas of reinforcement theory, stimuluscontrol and aversive control.Fall, 3 Units

PSY 652 Perception and CognitionAn examination of the principles of per-ception and cognition, with a focus ontheir interaction.Spring, 3 Units

PSY 653 Developmental PsychologyThis course explores major theories,developmental norms and experimentalresearch on development throughout thelife span. The focus is on the psych-social development of the self in the his-torical, sociocultural and physicalenvironmental contexts. Special atten-tion is given to ethnic and cross culturalsimilarities and differences, the impact ofthe information age, and to the activerole of the individual in his/her develop-mental journey.On Occasion, 3 Units

PSY 655 PsychopathologyThe etiology, symptomatology anddynamics of major mental disorders arediscussed. Neuroses and psychoses, andthe classification and systematic presen-tation of organic and nonorganic clinicalpatterns are presented. A discussion ofcurrent literature is included.Spring, 3 Units

PSY 657 Applied Behavior AnalysisThis course examines the theory andpractice underlying the application ofprinciples of classical and operant condi-

C.W. Post Campus

tioning to the analysis and treatment ofproblems in human behavior.Spring, 3 Units

PSY 658 Practicum in AppliedBehavior AnalysisStudents will work in the field under thesupervision of a qualified behavior ana-lyst in a setting of their choice. The timeperiod will vary between six weeks(Summer) or 14 weeks (Fall or Springsemester). Practicum settings include,but are not limited to, agencies servingpeople with developmental disabilities,consulting firms, research facilities andschools.Every Semester, 3 Units

PSY 661 Psychological AssessmentThis course deals with the theories ofintelligence, the history of the intelli-gence testing movement, and the admin-istration, scoring, interpretation andreporting on the major tests of intelli-gence for all ages. Emphasis is placedupon the Stanford-Binet IntelligenceScale, WPPSI, WISC and WAIS. Theuse of specialized tests of intelligence forselect handicapped populations (blind,deaf, etc.) is explored. The courseincludes supervised practical experience.Special Fee, $60On Occasion, 3 Units

PSY 664 Theory and Practice ofPsychotherapyThis course is a survey of major theoriesof individual intervention and includesan introduction to basic techniques usedin a one-to-one counseling situation.Fall, 3 Units

PSY 666 PsychopharmacologyThis course is a study of the neurophar-macological and behavioral effects ofpsychoactive drugs including stimulantsand antidepressants, antianxiety agents,antipsychotics, hallucinogens or psy-chotomimetics, cannabis preparations,and the opiates.On Occasion, 3 Units

PSY 703 Neuropsychological Bases ofBehaviorA systematic study of the neuroanatomi-cal and neurophysiological mechanismsmediating behavior. Emphasis is placedon sensory systems and on mapping thesesystems within the brain. Neurologicaland psychological disorders are discussedwith respect to the affected brain.Methods and techniques used in the inves-tigation of neural correlates of behaviorare demonstrated in the laboratory.Fall, 3 Units

PSY 704-705 Advanced Issues inPsychology I and IIThis course deals with the advancedtreatment of topics of current theoreticalinterest.Registration by special permission only.Every Semester, 3 Units per semester

PSY 707-708 Thesis Tutorial I and IIStudent receives guidance on the selec-tion of a problem and the execution ofthe thesis experiment, followed by anoral defense of the thesis.Every Semester, 3 Units per semester

Clinical Psychology –Psy.D.

The Clinical Psychology DoctoralProgram of the C.W. Post Campus ofLong Island University has as its basicpurpose the training of doctoral levelclinical psychologists who will exhibitprofessional attitudes and apply currentknowledge and practice skills for the pre-vention and alleviation of psychologicalproblems. The program is also committedto training students who will provide ser-vices in public sector settings to tradi-tionally underserved groups. While themission is to broadly train clinical psy-chologists, the program also seeks to pro-vide each student with specialcompetencies in one of three areas: fami-ly violence, developmental disabilities, orserious and persistent mental illness. Theprogram also provides its graduates withclinical and theoretical training in twomajor orientations-psychoanalytic andcognitive-behavioral.The Clinical Psychology Doctoral

Program is fully accredited by theAmerican Psychological Association (seethe Office of Program Consultation andAccreditation, 750 First St., NEWashington, D.C. 2002-4242/ 202-336-5979), registered by the New York StateEducation Department and listed by theAssociation of State and ProvincialPsychology Boards and the NationalRegister of Health Service Providers inPsychology as a designated institutionoffering a doctoral program in psycholo-gy. The program is based on the practi-tioner-scholar model of clinical training.The program’s headquarters and class-

rooms are located at Two ExpresswayPlaza, Roslyn Heights, NY (about 15minutes by car from the C.W. PostCampus).

The Practitioner-Scholar TrainingModelThe term practitioner-scholar best

describes the primary educational modelat the C.W. Post/Long Island UniversityCPDP. The professional practice of psy-chology is the primary focus of the train-ing program. However, this practice isinformed by scholarly inquiry. All pro-gram requirements are consistent with aredefinition of a science-practice rela-tionship that includes “the productiveinteraction of theory and practice in aprimarily practice-based approach toinquiry” (Hoshmand and Polinghorne,1992). In addition, because the programfocuses on two theoretical orientations,psychodynamic and cognitive-behav-ioral, students are presented with differ-ent models of clinical knowledge. Theyare encouraged to use the scientificmethod in clinical thinking and to criti-cally assess their clinical practice. Theprogram also employs a developmentaltraining approach, where expectations ofminimum competency gradually increaseas students you proceed through thesequence of coursework, supervised clini-cal practice and the completion of otherrequirements. The program is designed sothat students assume increased responsi-bility and independence as they progressfrom the first year to completionUpon completion of the program,

graduates are expected to be able tofunction as competent and ethical psy-chologists providing psychological ser-vices to various individuals, groups andorganizations. Graduates are also expect-ed to have specialized knowledge andexperience with at least one of threepopulations: people with serious and per-sistent mental illnesses, people withdevelopmental disabilities and thoseinvolved with family violence. Theseadvanced concentration areas representone facet of our public interest mission.The competencies promoted in the

program are based on a blended versionof the National Council of Schools andPrograms of Professional PsychologyEducational Model proposed by Peterson,Peterson, Abrams and Stricker (1997)and the Competencies in ProfessionalPsychology model outlined by Kaslow(2004). This blended version reflects thegenerally accepted competencies in pro-fessional psychology training and theunique mission of the C.W. Post/LongIsland University Clinical PsychologyDoctoral Program. The goals and objec-

Psychology

tives determine the policies, curriculum,training experiences and environment ofthe program and are designed to promotefoundational competencies, core compe-tencies and specialty competencies(Kaslow, 2004). These competencies are:

Foundational1. Ethics2. Individual and cultural diversity3. Professional development

Core4. Research and evaluation5. Assessment,6. Intervention,7. Consultation and supervision and

Specialty (elective concentration)This last competency takes the form of

at least one of the three advanced train-ing electives: Serious and persistentmental illness, developmental disabilityor family violence.

Foundational Competencies1. Ethical Competence includes the fol-lowing components: knowledge of eth-ical codes, standards and legalregulations and case law relevant toprofessional practice. In particular,ethical behavior requires knowledge ofan ethical decision making model andthe ability to apply that model in thevarious roles enacted by a professionalpsychologist (Kaslow, 2004).

2. Individual and Cultural DiversityCompetence “requires self awarenessof one’s own attitudes, biases, andassumptions and knowledge about var-ious dimensions of diversity and appro-priate professional practice withpersons from diverse groups” (Daniel,Roysircir, Abeles and Boyd, 2004).This can also be identified as multicul-tural competence. It requires anunderstanding of the need to considerand include individual and culturaldifferences in clinical work, possessionof the knowledge necessary to conductculturally competent practice and theattitudes and values consistent withsuch professional activities.

3. Professional DevelopmentCompetence: Peterson, Peterson,Abrams and Stricker (1997) identifiedrelationship competence as including“a) intellectual curiosity and flexibili-ty, b) open-mindedness, c) belief inthe capacity for change in human atti-tudes and behavior, d) appreciation of

individual and cultural diversity, e)personal integrity and f) belief in thevalue self-awareness.” Kaslow (2004)refers to a similar competency as pro-fessional development. The emphasison professional development has theadvantages of being more inclusiveand consistent with a developmentalapproach to training. She includes a)“interpersonal functioning” opera-tionalized as “social and emotionalintelligence, the capacity to relateeffectively with others, developingone’s own professional approaches andpersona, internalizing professionalstandards, seeing one’s self as a culturalbeing, and understanding the impactof one’s own culture on interactionswith others”. b) “Critical thinkingimplies thinking like a psychologist,that is assuming a psychological andscientific approach to problem solvingand c) “self-assessment, or the capacityfor self-reflection, possessing an accu-rate assessment and awareness of one’sown level of knowledge and skill, andusing this information to gauge one’sreadiness to provide psychological ser-vices in specific areas of practice”(Kaslow 2004, pp 776-777). Studentsand graduates should be aware of theirown biases, limitations, and distresssignals and be capable and desirous ofcreating and maintaining safe andeffective environments when provid-ing psychological services. The pro-gram focuses not only on theapplication of professional develop-ment competency with clinical popu-lations, but also on how such changeimpacts on relationships with col-leagues, supervisors and communityprofessionals. In addition, an impor-tant aspect of professional develop-ment, or a central skill necessary forsuccessful clinical practice is whatSchon as described in Hoshmand andPolinghorne (1992), called “reflection-in-action,” or a “capacity to keepalive, in the midst of an action, a mul-tiplicity of views of the situation”.

Core Competencies4. Research and EvaluationCompetency includes the capacity tograsp psychological inquiry andresearch methodology via qualitative,quantitative or theoretical study ofpsychological phenomena relevant toclinical issues. It includes a desire toinvestigate local and/or individual psy-

chological phenomena using a system-atic mode of inquiry. This competencyarea also involves problem identifica-tion and the acquisition and interpre-tation of information concerning theproblem in a scientific manner.

5. Assessment Competence requires theability to “describe, conceptualize,characterize, and predict relevantcharacteristics of a client” (Peterson,Peterson, Abrams and Stricker, 1997,p.380) This involves the developmentof assessment, diagnostic, and clinicalinterviewing skills in cognitive, per-sonality, and behavioral domains andthe ethical use of these assessmentinstruments and methods.

6. Intervention Competence is expectedin the following areas: interventionskills related to psychodynamic psy-chotherapy, cognitive-behavioral ther-apy, and applied behavior analysiswith children, adolescents and adultsin group as well as individual formats.These skills include the formulationand conceptualization of clinical cases,the development and implementationof treatment plans, the assessment oftreatment progress and outcome, theperformance of treatment consistentwith ethical principles and relevantlegal guidelines and the ability to com-municate effectively to clients themethods to be used.

7. Consultation and SupervisionCompetence involves “the plannedcollaborative interaction between theprofessional psychologist and one ormore clients or colleagues, in relationto an identified problem area or pro-gram” (Peterson, Peterson, Abramsand Stricker, 1997, p. 380) and thecapacity to exercise supervisory skills,which include knowledge of the ethi-cal codes, laws, regulations and valuesthat determine an ethical approach topsychological practice. The ability toteach others to develop competentclinical intervention skills is also partof the competency.

8. Specialty Competence (ElectiveConcentration Competence) includesthe development of advanced knowl-edge, skills and attitudes in at leastone of three elective concentrationareas: Serious and persistent mentalillness, developmental disability orfamily violence.

C.W. Post Campus

Program RequirementsThe program requires a full-time (year-

round) commitment in each of the fouryears of residency. The fifth year is spentin completion of a full-time clinicalinternship. Students are regularly evalu-ated by the faculty and clinical supervi-sors. Evaluations reflect continuedbroadening of knowledge, personal andemotional development, and an abilityto employ increasingly sophisticated clin-ical procedures. Steady development ineach area is required for the student toprogress in the program.Specific requirements for the degree

are: satisfactory completion of 88 units ingeneral, clinical, professional and elec-tive concentration courses; evaluationsthat reflect appropriate development ofprofessional skills and judgment; satisfac-tory completion of a clinical proficiencyreview consisting of a case presentation,analysis and defense; satisfactory comple-tion of year-long externships in the sec-ond, third and fourth years, and thefull-time internship in the fifth year ofthe program; and completion of anacceptable doctoral dissertation usuallyin the student’s elective concentrationarea, including an oral presentation ofresearch findings and conclusions.Once an applicant is accepted for

admission, every effort is made to assistthe candidate in the successful and time-ly completion of the program. Each stu-dent is provided with a faculty and peeradvisor. Student support groups, instruc-tors and supervisors are available to helpintegrate the stresses and challenges ofdoctoral training into professionalgrowth. Continued and reasonableexpansion of professional knowledge,skills and values is the basic guidepost ofa student’s successful evaluation.

CurriculumThe Clinical Psychology Doctoral

Program requires four years of full-timeresidence. The total number of unitsrequired to graduate is 114. Of theseunits 88 are for academic courses and 26units are for practica/externships/ super-vision courses. There are five basic com-petency areas, each of which includes asequence of comprehensive courses.Area one deepens the student’s knowl-

edge of basic psychological concepts andprinciples. There are six required coursesin this first area.Area two is the clinical core, which

consists of courses in assessment, psy-

chopathology, psychotherapy and ethics.This area, the largest, includes 12required courses designed to train stu-dents in the basic understanding of psy-chopathology, methods of assessmentwith different groups, and the approachesfor intervening with people who haveproblems in living. The courses addressdifferent populations, modalities and the-oretical models.Area three is the research core. Three

courses in statistics and research method-ology prepare students for understandingthe role of research in clinical practiceand two independent courses aredesigned to help the student complete adoctoral dissertation.Area four is a series of six seminars

which focus on issues of professionaldevelopment, including learning aboutclinical psychology in the public interest,professional socialization, clinical super-vision and the psychological life of men-tal health organizations.The fifth area is a series of two courses

where the student receives beginninglevel training in the application of his orher clinical knowledge and skills to spe-cific client populations and their prob-lems. The three elective concentrationsare family violence, developmental dis-abilities and serious and persistent men-tal illness. In addition, students maychoose to take elective courses, such ascouples’ therapy or family therapy, usual-ly offered during summer sessions.

Clinical TrainingThe clinical externships in the second,

third and fourth years are critical to thetraining of every candidate. Sixteenhours per week are required in the sec-ond, third and fourth years of training.Students receive a total of 14 units forexternship work. The second year place-ment is fulfilled at the PsychologicalServices Center located at TwoExpressway Plaza Roslyn Heights, NewYork (about 15 minutes by car from theC.W. Post Campus). Externship sites areavailable in the three elective concentra-tion areas, as well as in more generalclinical areas. The program is currentlyaffiliated with more than 50 externshipsites in a variety of settings, includinginpatient, outpatient and communitymental health facilities.

Admission Requirements andProceduresEach applicant’s credentials are care-

fully reviewed by an admissions commit-tee. An applicant’s eligibility foradmission is based on evidence of intel-lectual aptitude, personal maturity, andcommitment to psychology in the publicinterest. The following criteria are used:(1) a baccalaureate degree from anaccredited college or university; (2) astrong undergraduate GPA; (3) comple-tion of at least 18 unit hours of under-graduate psychology courses, includingstatistics, research design, abnormal psy-chology and personality; (4) three strongletters of reference; and (5) highly com-petitive scores on the verbal, analyticalwriting, quantitative and advanced psy-chology sections of the Graduate RecordExamination (GRE). The ClinicalPsychology Doctoral Program is commit-ted to maintaining its quality of educa-tion by limiting the number of students,accepting between 12 and 15 candidatesinto each class. Approximately 17 per-cent of applicants are invited to attend.The program completion rate is 89 per-cent. Approximately 75 percent of thestudents are women, and students rangein age from early 20s to early 50s.The deadline for receipt of completed

applications is January 31. All of the fol-lowing application materials must bereceived by the deadline date: (1) a com-pleted application form; (2) two officialcopies from the ETS of test scores fromthe three general GRE taken within thelast five years; (3) two official copiesfrom the ETS of test scores from theadvanced psychology GRE taken withinthe last five years; (4) three letters of rec-ommendation from sources familiar withyour academic history and achievement;(5) a personal statement addressing theapplicant’s interest and/or experience;and (6) an application fee of $30.Completed applications should be sub-mitted to: Graduate Admissions Office,Long Island University, C.W. PostCampus, 720 Northern BoulevardBrookville, NY 11548-1300.Approximately one-third of the appli-

cants meeting the criteria for considera-tion will be invited to an interview. Theinterview is an important part of theevaluation of the applicant and involvestwo individual meetings with faculty. Atour of the facilities and an opportunityto meet with current doctoral candidatesare also arranged.

Psychology

The Clinical Psychology DoctoralProgram encourages applications fromminority groups and is committed toequal opportunity acceptance of candi-dates into the program. A diverse stu-dent body promotes equal access into theprofession and enhances the quality oftraining.

Advanced Standing and Financial AidBecause of the unique nature of the

program, transfer unit, a maximum of 12for advanced courses, will be grantedjudiciously. If a student wishes to be con-sidered for transfer unit, those units musthave been graduate courses earned with-in the last five years with at least a gradeof B.The majority of the students who

enroll in the program receive some formof financial aid. Research and practiceassistantships, which are granted basedon financial need and merit, are renew-able annually and are available to all stu-dents. Students with a master’s degreemay apply for a teaching assistantship.Fellowships for minority and economical-ly disadvantaged students provide half tofull-tuition for students who qualify.Financially eligible New York State resi-dents who are full-time students andU.S. citizens or permanent residentaliens are eligible for the TuitionAssistance Program (TAP) grants. Alsoavailable to all incoming students whoqualify are federal direct loans and alter-native loans. Students are required to fileannually the Free Application for FederalStudent Aid (FAFSA) and the CollegeScholarship Service (CSS) Profile forconsideration of any federal, state orUniversity funding. These applicationare available online at www.fafsa.ed.govand at www.collegeboard.com. Furtherinformation is available in the FinancialAid section of this bulletin and by con-tacting the Office of Financial Assistanceat (516) 299-2338.

Full-Time Clinical Faculty

Robert KeisnerPh.D., University of MassachusettsProgram Director, Psy.D. ProgramProfessor: professional licensing, ethics,issues and standards; psychoanalytic psy-chotherapy; hate violencerkeisner@liu.edu

Eva FeindlerPh.D., West Virginia UniversityDirector, Psychological Services CenterProfessor: cognitive-behavioral interventionswith children and adolescents; adolescentanger control; family violenceefeindler@liu.edu

Jill RathusPh.D., State University of New York atStony BrookProfessor: marital therapy and spouse abuse;cognitive-behavioral treatments, DialecticalBehavior Therapy for suicidal adolescentsjill.rathus@liu.edu

David RollPh.D., Florida State UniversityDirector of Clinical Training, Psy.D.ProgramProfessor: applied behavior analysis; devel-opmental disabilities; cognitive-behavioraltherapydavid.roll@liu.edu

Marshall L. SilversteinPh.D., Wayne State UniversityProfessor: Diplomate in Clinical Psychology(ABPP), neuropsychological dysfunction inschizophrenia; personaityl assessment, selfpsychologymsilver@liu.edu

Geoffrey D. GoodmanPh.D., Northwestern UniversityAssociate Professor: attachment research,intergenerational transmission ofpsychopathology; theory, research and treat-ment of serious and persistent mental illness,including borderline personality disorderggoodman@liu.edu

Danielle KnafoPh.D., City University of New York.Associate Professor: psychology of art andcreativity; psychoanalytic theory and psy-chotherapy; severe psychopathology;women’s studies and gender issues; immigra-tion and ethnic identitydknafo@liu.edu

Camilo OrtizPh.D., The University of Massachusetts,AmherstAssociate Professor: parent–training inter-ventions for the prevention and treatment ofbehavior problems in young children; theassessment of parenting and sleep refusal inyoung childrencamilo.ortiz@liu.edu

Full-Time SupplementaryPsychology Department Faculty

Nancy FryePh.D., University of FloridaAssistant Professor of Psychology: socialpsychology, marital relationships and on-linedata collectionnancy.frye@liu.edu

Emily JonesAssistant Professor of PsychologyB.A., University of Minnesota;M.A., Ph.D., State University of NewYork at Stony Brookemily.jones@liu.edu

John C. NeillAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., University of California at San Diego;M.A., Ph.D., Boston Universityjohn.neill@liu.edu

Grace RossiPh.D., City University of New York.Assistant Professor: behavioral neuro-science; psychopharmacologygrossi@liu.edu

Jerome TognoliPh.D., University of DelawareProfessor: psychology of housing; home andhomelessness; men’s role in the homejtognoli@liu.edu

Doctoral Curriculum

Schedule of Courses

FIRST YEAR

Fall Semester803 Cognitive and Neuropsychological

Assessment807 Behavioral Assessment810 Clinical Psychology in the Public

Interest824 Developmental Psychology: Life

Span861 Child and Adolescent

Psychopathology

Spring Semester804 Personality Assessment806 Advanced Psychopathology820 Behavior Analysis826 Interviewing851 Assessment of Children

SECOND YEAR

Fall Semester811 Ethical Practice I821 Cognition, Perception and

Cognitive Therapy

C.W. Post Campus

830 Professional DevelopmentSeminar: Case Supervision

837 Introduction to Clinical Research865 Treatment of Children and

Adolescents876 Group Intervention Supervision

(elective)891 Psychological Clinic Practicum

Spring Semester801 Statistics I812 Ethical Practice II822 Individual Intervention:

Psychodynamic840 Professional Development

Seminar: Case Supervision892 Psychological Clinic Practicum

Summer Semester802 Statistics II805 Integrating Test Findings/Report

Writing*863 Family Therapy (elective)893 Psychological Clinic Practicum

THIRD YEAR

Fall Semester844 Biological Basis of Behavior846, 7, 8 Elective Concentration:

Research & Theory850 Professional Development

Seminar/Benefiting fromSupervision

852 Social and Community Psychology853 Group Therapy894 Clinical Externship**

Spring Semester838 Dissertation I860 Clinical Competency Exam

Preparation856, 7, 8 Elective Concentration: Clinical

and Systems Applications862 History and Systems in Psychology864 Cultural Issues in Psychotherapy895 Clinical Externship**

Summer Semester896 Clinical Externship**

FOURTH YEAR

Fall Semester839 Dissertation II876A Couples Therapy (elective)897 Clinical Externship**

Spring Semester880 Supervision of Mental Health

Professionals898 Clinical Externship**

FIFTH YEAR

841 Full-Time Clinical Internship842 Dissertation Supervision

*This course is part of the second-yearexternship experience**Students register for clinical practicumand externship requirements

Note: All courses are required with theexception of the Elective ConcentrationCourses (PSY 846, 7, 8, and 856, 7, 8).Students are required to take the two coursesin their chosen elective concentration.

Psy.D. CourseDescriptions

PSY 801 Psychological Statistics IThis is the first course in a two-coursesequence on research and statisticalmethods. The curriculum includes basicinformation about research design, andabout descriptive and inferential statis-tics. The interpretation of SPSS comput-er outputs and the use of LOTUS 1-2-3for statistical analysis and for graphing ispresented in conjunction with the theo-retical material.Spring, Year 2, 3 units

PSY 802 Psychological Statistics IIThis course is the continuation of thestudy of research and statistics that wasbegun in PSY 801. We cover multipleregression, logistic regression, factoranalysis, PCA, meta analysis, andANOVA.Summer, Year 2, 1 unit

PSY 803 Cognitive andNeuropsychological AssessmentThis course consists of three principalareas: 1) professional standards and testtheory in psychological assessment; 2)preparation for administration, scoringand interpretation of objective testinstruments (emphasizing intellectualassessment); and 3) a general introduc-tion to clinical neuropsychology.Lectures, demonstrations, and supervisedpractice in administration/interpretationof select testing instruments is included.Laboratory session: 2 1/2 hours weekly.Fall, Year 1, 3 units

PSY 804 Personality AssessmentThis course emphasizes the administra-tion and clinical interpretation of bothprojective tests and self-report invento-ries of personality and psychopathology.Supervised practice in administration

and analysis of test findings supplementslecture and in-depth examination ofselect case studies. Another major focusis the integration of findings from severaltests and communication of results inpreparing coherent reports.Laboratory session: 2 1/2 hours weekly.Spring, Year 1, 3 units

PSY 805 Integrating TestFindings/Report WritingThis course focuses on advanced clinicalinterpretation of psychological tests ofintelligence, cognitive functioning andpersonality. Attention is directed towardintegrating findings from test batteries,formulating clinical inferences aboutadaptive functioning, and describing per-sonality functioning in depth.Laboratory session: 2 1/2 hours weekly.Summer, Year 2, 3 units

PSY 806 Advanced PsychopathologyThis course deals with the contributionof biological, familial, socio-cultural andintrapsychic factors in the etiology ofmental illness. Also examined is theinability on the part of individuals withmental illness to remember, apprehendand symbolize experience through lan-guage, especially in the presence ofstrong affective stimulation. Emphasis isplaced on diagnostic training using theDSM-III-R, and on research in currentclinical concepts. Major focus is on thepsychodynamic model of mental illness.Spring, Year 1, 3 units

PSY 807 Behavioral AssessmentThis course provides both theoreticaland practical knowledge of behavioralassessment. Distinctions between tradi-tional and behavioral assessment, psy-chometric principles, diagnosticconsiderations and treatment evaluationissues are included. Major behavioralassessment methods are reviewed andpracticed.Laboratory session: 2 1/2 hours weekly.Fall, Year 1, 3 units

PSY 810 Clinical Psychology in thePublic InterestStudents are familiarized through readingsand discussions with the program’s mis-sion. Questions are raised and discussedabout: how to define the public interest;the role of psychotherapy in clinical psy-chology; whether managed care and pre-scription privileges are in the publicinterest; and how clinical psychology fitsinto history and the cultural context.Also, it is in the first semester that candi-dates begin to examine how their ownvalues and biases enter into their rela-tionships with clients, supervisors and

Psychology

staff. Special attention is paid to subjec-tive factors like gender, age, ethnicity andsocial/economic status which often enterinto each candidate’s treatment of others.Fall, Year 1, 3 units

PSY 811 Ethical Practice in ClinicalPsychology IThis course is devoted to the develop-ment of ethical and responsible clinicalpractice. Students learn to be sensitive toethical decision-making models in thenormal course of professional practice,and are exposed to various ethical deci-sion-making models. General ethicalprinciples, such as nonmaleficence,beneficence, justice, fidelity and autono-my, through processing of ethical dilem-mas, are a central part of the course.Comparisons are made between ethical,regulatory, civil and criminal issues andviolations. Learning how to integrate eth-ical guidelines with good clinical practiceis the basic objective of the course.Fall, Year 2, 2 units

PSY 812 Ethical Practice in ClinicalPsychology IIPresents the students with understandingof relationship between good clinicalpractice and the law. Mental health lawin New York, legal liability and practice,including managed care, case law relatedto matters such as confidentiality, duty towarn and sexual misconduct and manda-tory reporting are covered.Spring, Year 2, 1 unit

PSY 820 Behavior AnalysisThe purpose of the course is to introducestudents to the theory, principles andresearch strategies in the study of animaland human learning as well as the appli-cation of behavioral analysis in clinicalpractice.Spring, Year 1, 3 units

PSY 821 Cognition, Perception andCognitive TherapyBeginning with a review of basic find-ings, theories and methodologies in cog-nition and perception, the course willdevelop their importance in both normaland abnormal behavior. Students willalso be introduced to cognitive therapyconceptualizations and empirically sup-ported cognitive therapies.Fall, Year 2, 3 units

PSY 822 Individual Intervention:PsychodynamicThis course is designed to educate stu-dents in the theory and practice of psy-choanalytic psychotherapy. Basicconcepts, such as transference, resis-tance, countertransference, working

alliance, termination and interpretation,are examined through readings, presenta-tions and examinations. Students areintroduced to object relational, interper-sonal and self-psychology approaches toFreudian treatment. Modification due topatient psychopathology and time limita-tions is also considered.Spring, Year 2, 3 units

PSY 824 Developmental Psychology:LifespanPresents an overview of the field of devel-opmental psychology with regard to histo-ry, research methods and major theoreticalapproaches. The emergence of normativebehavior in the motoric, sensory-perceptu-al, cognitive, social and emotional areas isdiscussed. Various theoretical models ofchild and adolescent development arereviewed, as well as the major researchfindings appropriate to these stages of life.Emphasis is given to exploring the devel-opmental tasks and psychosocial issuesthat accompany the various stages ofdevelopment from adolescence onward.Fall, Year 1, 3 units

PSY 825 Synthesizing PsychotherapyModelsThis is an advanced doctoral course forstudents who have already taken the basicindividual intervention (psychotherapy)courses. The course focuses on the philo-sophical, theoretical and practical similar-ities and differences between thepsychodynamic and cognitive-behavioralapproaches, the “common-factors” issues,integration or eclectic models, and otherapproaches to psychotherapy.Elective, 3 units

PSY 826 An Introduction toInterviewingThis course introduces the beginningdoctoral student to the basic elements ofthe psychological interview. The coursebegins with topics such as the first meet-ings, listening, note-taking and establish-ing rapport. Later topics include historytaking, mental status exams, specialpatients, recommendations and commu-nicating findings.Spring, Year 1, 3 units

PSY 830 Professional DevelopmentSeminar: Case Supervision IThis seminar will aim to facilitate candi-date confidence and skill as clinicians. Ituses lecturing, reading materials, casematerials from formal student presenta-tions and informal student participationto accomplish its goals. The seminardemonstrates the use of a psychoanalyticlens in the conceptualization of patientissues, the formulation of treatment

process, and the recognition of therapyas an intrapsychic/interactive processbetween patient and therapist.Fall, Year 2, 3 units

PSY 834 Theories of PersonalityThe historical development and a criticalevaluation of the major personality theo-ries are covered in this course.Commonalties and differences amongthe theories are identified in the contextof material drawn from a variety of areasincluding clinical, cognitive, learning,biological and developmental theories.Elective, 3 units

PSY 837 Introduction to ClinicalResearchThis course introduces rationales andmethods for integrating empiricalresearch with the practice of clinical psy-chology. An introduction to philosophyof science is followed by a brief history ofthe role of research in clinical training.The course then focuses on researchstrategies relevant to practitionersincluding how to assess, monitor andevaluate the progress of clients through-out psychotherapeutic and behaviorchange processes, how to critically evalu-ate the relevance of theory and pastresearch for application to current clini-cal cases, and how to conduct clinicalreplications with current clients.Fall, Year 2, 3 units

PSY 838 Doctoral Dissertation ISpring, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 839 Doctoral Dissertation IIFall, Year 4, 3 units

PSY 840 Professional DevelopmentSeminar: Case SupervisionContinuation of PSY 830Spring, Year 2, 3 units

PSY 841 Full-Time Clinical InternshipThe fifth year of the program is spent ata full-year, full-time clinical internship.Various sites are available, most oftenchosen in the student’s elective concen-tration area. Students must apply tointernship sites, which vary in deadlineand acceptance rate. PSY 841 is arequirement for completion of the pro-gram and receipt of the degree.Special fee, $60 Year 5, 0 units

PSY 842 Dissertation SupervisionAfter the student’s fourth year in theprogram or when all required programcourses excluding internship should havereasonably been completed, students arerequired to register for DissertationSupervision each fall and spring until the

C.W. Post Campus

dissertation requirement has been met.Special fee, 0 units

PSY 844 Biological Basis of BehaviorA systematic study of neuro-anatomicaland neurophysiological mechanismsmediating behavior. Methods and tech-niques used in the investigation of neuralcorrelates of behavior are demonstrated.Contemporary problems and issues arediscussed with particular emphasis onbehavioral and psychopharmacologicalaspects of mental health practice.Fall, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 846 Elective Concentration:Theory and Research in Family ViolenceThe purpose of this course is to highlighta segment of the larger topic of violenceby focusing on violence in the home.This research and theory course providesepidemiological, descriptive and theoret-ical information on the significant areasof child abuse, spouse abuse and sexualabuse. In addition to the scope of theproblem, characteristics of the offender,the victim and the witnesses will bedescribed, and the dynamics of their rela-tionships will be analyzed. Followingtheoretical explanations from psychody-namic, cognitive-behavioral and familysystems perspectives, students will reviewthe current state of clinical research inthe area of family violence as well as themethodological limitations and concep-tual inadequacies. Students will critiquecurrent clinical research and proposeinnovative and rigorous research ideas.Fall, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 847 Elective Concentration:Theory and Research in Serious andPersistent Mental IllnessThe seriously mentally ill represent aunique category of patients suffering fromexceptionally long episodes of sufferingand adjustment difficulties. These diffi-culties stem from the intensity of the ill-ness, both psychological and biological,and are manifested in social, interperson-al, family and community problems.Many such patients are treatment refrac-tory and await the continued integrationof science and clinical care for hopes ofimprovement. This course examines thepsychology of serious mental illness,exploring etiological, treatment, out-come, and mental health policy issues.Fall, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 848 Elective Concentration:Theory and Research in DevelopmentalDisabilitiesThe purpose of this concentration semi-nar is to provide solid background in the-ory, research and practice with people

who have developmental disabilities.Topics in this first course include defini-tions, classifications, and epidemiology ofdevelopmental disabilities, models ofintelligence, diagnostic procedures,strategies for research and research out-come in developmental disabilities.Fall, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 850 Professional DevelopmentSeminar/Benefiting from SupervisionThis course is designed to provide a linkbetween the doctoral program and thefirst semester of external field placementexperiences (externships). Structuredexercises and assignments are designed toproduce productive discussions about theexternship experience including adjust-ment to new work environments, newadministrative structures and require-ments, new patient populations, and newsupervisory styles. Students are also guid-ed through the process of selectingpotential clients to be the focus of theirClinical Competency Evaluation (CCE).Fall, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 851 Assessment of ChildrenThis course will cover theory and appli-cation in child assessment. In a combina-tion of classroom and laboratory(applied) settings, students learn theprinciples of assessment with children,and become familiar with the contentand administration of techniques of arange of standard child assessment tools.Students will administer, score and writea report for one child testing case.Laboratory session: 2 1/2 hours weekly.Spring, Year 1, 3 units

PSY 852 Social and CommunityPsychologyAn examination of small group processesand social problems in contexts thatinclude family, work, political, experi-mental and various community organiza-tions established to provide interventionsupport for individuals experiencing avariety of needs and problems. Theoryand its application are emphasized.Fall, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 853 Group PsychotherapyThis course focuses on methods of creat-ing and sustaining effective psychody-namically oriented groups. Group processwill be used to enable the prospectivetherapist to experience and understandthe benefits of group therapy and issueswhich arise during various stages of agroup. Combined therapy, handling resis-tances, transference and countertransfer-ence, the utilization of dreams, andspecialty focal groups will also beaddressed. The course is partially didactic

and partially a seminar. Students areexpected to use the readings to enhancediscussion of case material and the groupexperience.Fall, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 856 Elective Concentration:Clinical Applications in FamilyViolenceBuilds on theoretical foundationsacquired in PSY 846 and emphasizes psy-chotherapeutic interventions for offend-ers, victims and witnesses of familyviolence. Students learn various methodsof clinical assessment used in family vio-lence treatment and learn methods ofintervention from cognitive-behavioral,psychodynamic and family therapies.Through the use of hypothetical andactual case presentations, students imple-ment and evaluate available therapies.Spring, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 857 Elective Concentration:Clinical Applications in Serious andPersistent Mental IllnessThe chronic illness model implies a dif-ferent conception of the needs of indi-viduals suffering from schizophrenia,severe character disorders or persistentmajor affective disturbance. Severe andchronic pathology requires comprehen-sive care including treatment (psy-chotherapy, family counseling,medication, social skills training), reha-bilitation (job training, skills acquisition)and social services (housing, social sup-port, recreation, income assistance). Thesetting and the extent and intensity ofservices would be contingent upon theperson’s resources, functional and mentalstatus. The course defines the role andpurpose of each setting and the psycholo-gist’s contribution within the care deliv-ery system.Spring, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 858 Elective Concentration:Clinical Applications in DevelopmentalDisabilitiesAn introduction to intervention strate-gies with people who have developmen-tal disabilities with an emphasis on therelationship between applied researchand treatment. The course focuses on therole of the clinical psychologist in pro-viding services to individuals and smallgroups of clients as well as the families ofpeople with developmental disabilities.Spring, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 860 Professional DevelopmentSeminar/Preparation for the ClinicalCompetency Examination (CCE)This semester is a continuation of PSY850 culminating in a written and oral

Psychology

case presentation to a panel of three pro-fessional psychologists (including onefull-time faculty member). Students areevaluated on such factors as treatmentplans and progress, ethical issues, difficul-ties with the case and sensitivity tohuman diversity.Spring, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 861 Child and AdolescentPsychopathologyProvides a historical perspective andconceptual models of child and adoles-cent psychopathology and emphasizes anintegration of major developmentalissues. The course focuses on specificdiagnostic classifications pertinent tochildren and adolescents and covers clin-ical symptomatology, epidemiology, etio-logic considerations, course andprognosis, familial patterns and influ-ences and differential diagnosis.Fall, Year 1, 3 units

PSY 862 History and Systems ofPsychologyAn examination of contemporary psy-chology from a historical perspective.The major scientific and applied areas arestudied in terms of their origins in philos-ophy and physiology, the era of systems,and recent views. Attention is given tothe development of the areas concernedwith basic processes and to fields of pro-fessional application of psychology.Spring, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 863 Family Therapy (Elective)This course provides a survey of a widerange of issues related to families in theUnited States. Basic theories regardingfamily functioning are discussed, and areview of major family therapy modalitiesis presented. Throughout the course,attention is focused on the impact ofsocial class, race, gender, ethnicity, physi-cal disability and sexual orientation onthe structure and functioning of families.In addition, public policy issues areaddressed by studying the differentialimpact of family policy on the structureand functioning of various types of fami-lies. Students have the opportunity toconceptualize the use of family therapyin their own elective concentration, tofocus on a topic of particular interest,and to begin to evaluate the impact oftheir own family experiences on theirdevelopment and their work.Summer, Years 1 and 2, 3 units

PSY 864 Cultural Issues inPsychotherapyThe focus in this course is on the exami-nation of relationships between individu-als and their cultural environment, and

how that relationship influences theindividual’s perception of other cultures.The concept of a barrier between cul-tures is focused upon with the idea thatsuch barriers cause distortions in bothcognition and behavior. The therapist’sability or inability to empathically com-prehend patients from diverse culturalbackgrounds calls for the increased edu-cation around cultural issues in psy-chotherapy, which are dealt with here.Spring, Year 3, 3 units

PSY 865 Treatment of Children andAdolescentsExamines the psychodynamic and cogni-tive-behavioral approaches to dealingwith various childhood disorders.Developmental psychopathology, child-hood assessment and diagnosis, and con-sultation with school and families areincluded.Fall, Year 2, 3 units

PSY 871, 872 Clinical Issues inPsychologyThis course covers advanced treatmentof current issues in psychology chosen bythe instructor.Registration by permission of the instruc-tor and program director only.Hours Arranged, 1, 2, or 3 units

PSY 876, 877 Elective I, II: SpecialTopics I, Special Topics IIConsideration of a topic in clinical psy-chology not covered in other coursessuch as neuropsychological testing, psy-chopharmacology, relational approachesto personality development, autism, lan-guage and thought disorders, feministpsychology, psychotherapy with difficultpatients, psychology and law, and psy-chology of addictions, DBT, etc. Topic tobe selected each year.Hours Arranged, 1, 2, or 3 units

PSY 876A Elective: Couples TherapyMarital discord and dissolution are wide-ly prevalent and take an enormous psy-chological toll on partners, theirchildren, and their extended families.This course will cover the assessmentand treatment of marital discord, detail-ing the cognitive behavioral maritaltherapy (CBMT) approach (e.g.,Jacobson), which has a wealth of datasupporting its effectiveness. The cogni-tive-behavioral couples treatmentapproach covered will include conduct-ing couple intakes; emotional expressive-ness training; listening skills;problem-solving; contracting; behaviorexchange; cognitive interventionsfocused on marital assumptions, percep-tions, attributions, expectancies, and

standards; anger management, and trou-ble-shooting/relapse prevention. Thiscomponent will include frequent experi-ential components, exercises, and role-plays as well as discussion and didactics.Other treatments covered may includeemotion-focused couples therapy(Johnson & Greenberg), insight-orientedcouples therapy (Snyder), and integra-tive couples therapy (Christensen &Jacobson).Fall, Year 4, 1,2, or 3 units

PSY 880 Supervision and Managementof Mental Health ProfessionalsFocuses upon supporting advanced stu-dents in developing their skills as clinicalsupervisors and managers of psychologistsas well as of professional and administra-tive staff in mental health and other dis-ciplines. The structure includes acombination of didactic and experientiallearning with readings encompassingissues of specific technique, interpersonalrelatedness, authority and responsibility,ethics and organizational development.Spring, Year 4, 3 units

PSY 891, 892, 893 PsychologicalClinic Practicum I, II, IIIStudents serve as staff of thePsychological Services Center, locatedon the C.W. Post Campus. Services pro-vided by students include individual psy-chotherapy, marital and family therapy,and a psychoeducational group as well ascognitive and personality assessment. Inaddition to weekly individual supervisionby a licensed psychologist, students par-ticipate in weekly group supervision,clinic administrative meetings and edu-cational seminars.Year 2, 3 units

PSY 894, 895, 896, ClinicalExternshipSupervised training in clinical psycholo-gy at program-approved externship sitesfor two days per week. Students meet bi-weekly with department faculty for groupsupervision of cases and issues from thetraining site.Year 3, 1 unit

PSY 897, 898, Clinical ExternshipSupervised training in clinical psycholo-gy at program-approved externship sitesfor two days per week. Students meet bi-weekly with department faculty for groupsupervision of cases and issues from thetraining site.Year 4, 1 unit

C.W. Post Campus

InterdisciplinaryStudies

C.W. Post offers both the Master ofArts and Master of Science graduatedegree programs in InterdisciplinaryStudies (IDS) that may incorporatecourses from any of the six C.W. Postcolleges and schools. An individualizedcourse of study, subject to the approval ofthe IDS Faculty Committee, will bedeveloped by the student with the assis-tance of appropriate advisors and theprogram director. A total of 36 units isrequired for the degree, of which sixunits must be in thesis work.Although each program will vary

according to the needs and interests ofthe student, the program must be coher-ent. A clearly stated rationale for choos-ing Interdisciplinary Studies and a list ofproposed courses must be approved bythe IDS Faculty Committee beforematriculation is granted.Additional information is available by

calling the Office of the Dean of theCollege of Liberal Arts and Sciences at(516) 299-2233, or by visiting the pro-gram’s Web site at,www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/clas/ids/idsgrad.htm

IDS 707, 708 InterdisciplinaryResearch and Thesis SeminarThese courses are open only to matricu-lated students in the IDS program follow-ing formal approval of a thesis proposal.The courses cover the preparation of aninterdisciplinary thesis under supervision.The completed thesis is evaluated by athree-member committee chosen fromthe appropriate interdisciplinary fieldsand is the subject of an oral examination.On Occasion, 3 units per semester

Service CourseDescriptions

The following graduate courses inAnthropology, Economics, Geography,Philosophy ane Sociology are, ifapproved by a program’s director, avail-able electives.

Anthropology

ANT 500 General Anthropology –Physical Anthropology and ArchaeologyThis course is a comprehensive survey of

two of the four subfields of anthropology.Emphasis in the physical anthropologyportion is placed on basic concepts ofhuman development and variation in thepast, in the present and in the future.The archaeological relatedness to physi-cal anthropology as well as its ownunique methods, theories, and goals inthe field of pre-history are also explored.On Occasion, 3 units

ANT 501 General Anthropology –Cultural Anthropology and LinguisticsBased on the previous semester’s work,this course investigates the approachesemployed by cultural anthropology andlinguistics in the study of man. Thestructure, processes and theory of cultureis analyzed and cultural systems are to beexplored with the view of solving adap-tive problems in the technological andsocial areas. The linguistic focus is onperception, thought, symbols and theirinterrelatedness to culture theory andculture concepts.On Occasion, 3 units

ANT 532 Area StudiesThis course is an analysis of selectedsociocultural systems and social problemsin developing countries of Africa, LatinAmerica and the Middle East.On Occasion, 3 units

ANT 533 Contemporary AsiaThis course is an exploration of thesocial structure and cultural systems ofAsian societies – China, India, Japan,Southeast Asia – by analyzing theireffects on human behavior and personali-ty. Further emphasis is given to an inves-tigation of social change brought aboutby East-West cultural contact.On Occasion, 3 units

ANT 541 Archaeology of the OldWorldThis course is a concurrent lecture seriesin old world archaeology combined witha five-week intensive program in fieldarchaeology at selected sites. This semi-nar investigates problems in pre-historywith particular emphasis on theMediterranean region and covers thePaleolithic through the Neolithic peri-ods. Simultaneously, archaeological sur-vey, excavation and interpretationtechniques are studied and applied inconnection with the sites being investi-gated. Students are expected to con-tribute original thinking on problems oftypology, interpretation and methods asthey are encountered in the excavations.On Occasion, 3 units, 4 units when givenwith special field work

EconomicsThe requirements for admission to

graduate economics courses will includeat least six undergraduate units in basiceconomics.

ECO 612 Economic Environment ofBusinessThe determinants of national income,employment and price levels are consid-ered. Particular attention is given to therelationship of the national economy toprivate enterprise. The role of privateinvestment, the relations between gov-ernment and business (antitrust andlabor legislation), and the use of nationalincome accounts in short-run economicforecasting are reviewed. Topics coveredinclude national income accounting, fis-cal and monetary policy and their impacton business, and the determination offull employment goals.On Occasion, 3 units

ECO 615 The Economics ofManagement DecisionsThis course is designed to set the founda-tion for the effective integration of eco-nomic theory and administration. Topicsdiscussed include demand analysis, costdetermination and pricing in varyingmarket conditions, from perfectly com-petitive to monopolistic. Strategies forcompeting in oligopoly markets areinvestigated. Quantification of economicmodels is stressed through instruction inbasic econometrics.On Occasion, 3 units

ECO 620 EconometricsThis course is an introduction to the useof mathematical and statistical tech-niques for the solution of economic prob-lems. The course includes analysis ofmicro- and macroeconometric modelsand their use for design making and sim-ulation.Prerequisite: ECO 612On Occasion, 3 units

ECO 627 Economics of the CityThis course is an analysis of the principalproblems of the modern American citysuch as transportation, housing, the ghet-to, environmental pollution, education,fiscal problems. The course is an explo-ration of feasible economic adjustmentsto these problems.On Occasion, 3 units

ECO 630 Labor EconomicsThis course is an analysis of problemsand issues concerning employment in anindustrial society. Stress is placed on thedevelopment of industrial relations andpractices, and their impact on workers,

Interdisciplinary Studies/Service Courses

management and the public. Attentionis also given to underlying economic fac-tors and other problem areas.Prerequisite: ECO 612On Occasion, 3 units

ECO 631 Government and theEconomy (Economic Policy)This course covers the role of govern-ment in the market economy with spe-cial reference to the U.S.A. and includesthe following topics: maintenance ofcompetition; conservation of resourcesand control of environmental pollution;protection of the consumer; problems ofpoverty and affluence; monetary and fis-cal policies to promote economic growth.Prerequisite: ECO 612On Occasion, 3 units

ECO 636 Public Finance and FiscalPolicyThis course is a study of the impact ofgovernmental fiscal operations onresource allocation and income distribu-tion. Special attention is given to therelationship of government expendituresand taxation to employment and pricelevels, and alternative choices availableto influence the rate of economic activity.Prerequisite: ECO 612On Occasion, 3 units

ECO 641 History of AmericanBusinessThis course covers the evolution of theAmerican industrial system with empha-sis given to developments since 1870.Consideration is given to such factors aschanging entrepreneurial functions, therelationship of government to business,employment and labor conditions, andchanges in political and social attitudes.Prerequisite: ECO 612On Occasion, 3 units

ECO 646 Environmental EconomicsThis course is an economic analysis ofenvironmental issues as problems inresource allocation among competinguses. The course deals with the inherentexternalities of environmental degrada-tion and the cost-belief aspects of envi-ronmental quality.Fall, 3 units

ECO 660 Business ConditionsAnalysis and ForecastingForecasting techniques, including timeseries analysis, patterns of statistical rela-tionship and econometric models thatcan be used to provide estimates of futureoverall activity for given components ofthe economy are examined. The use offorecasting methods to help decision-making or production planning for par-

ticular industries and tests to verify fore-casts is considered.Prerequisite: ECO 612On Occasion, 3 units

Geography

GGR 511 Economic GeographyThis course is a study of human economicutilization of the physical world; the fac-tors affecting economic development; thedevelopment and distribution of worldpatterns of economic activity; and includesproblems of the “underdeveloped” world.On Occasion, 3 units

GGR 512 Political GeographyThis course examines the territorial orga-nization of the earth into political units;factors behind the existence and evolu-tion of states; interrelationships betweenstates; a consideration of political “prob-lem areas.”On Occasion, 3 units

GGR 513 The Earth Environment ICross-listed as Earth Science 513Two hours of lecture, two hours of labo-ratory for four units. Students may opt totake the course for three units withoutthe laboratory, or four units with the lab-oratory. This course is a study of theinterrelationships that exist between thevarious aspects of the natural environ-ment. Topics covered include: the Earthas a planet and Earth-Sun relationshipsas a basis for understanding the differen-tial pattern of energy-receipt on theearth; elements of meteorology; the geo-graphical pattern of world climates; rela-tionship of climate to the basicbio-geographical resources – vegetationand soils; the impact of man upon weath-er, climate, soils and vegetation; and theresultant problems of conservation.Laboratory Fee, $45Spring, 3 or 4 units

GGR 514 The Earth Environment IICross-listed as Earth Science 514Two hours of lecture; two hours of labo-ratory. Students may opt to take thecourse for three units without the labora-tory, or four units with the laboratory.Topics covered in this course includeconstitution and formation of the rocksof the earth; large-scale geological struc-tures and global tectonics; the evolutionof surface landscapes in response to inter-nal crustal agents and agents operatingexternally to the Earth’s crust – weather-ing and erosion; and topographic mapsand air photographs in the study of earthlandforms.Laboratory Fee, $45Fall, 3 or 4 units

GGR 515 Principles of MeteorologyCross-listed as Earth Science 515This course considers atmospheric energyand the composition of the atmosphere;insolation and the heat-budget of theearth; and the geographical transferenceof heat-energy. The course considersmoisture in the atmosphere and evapora-tion, condensation, and precipitation;adiabatic changes; atmospheric stabilityand instability. Also included are motionof the atmosphere; controls on horizontalair-movements; global wind-belts and thegeneral atmospheric circulation; airmasses and fronts. Weather forecasting:traditional and modern methods, and theimpact of man upon the weather areincluded.On Occasion, 3 units

GGR 516 Urban Geography: UrbanLand-Use AnalysisThis course covers the distribution ofcities and their functions; social, politicaland economic activities and their effectson the internal structure of cities; prob-lems of urban growth and decay; briefhistory of attempts to modify the urbanenvironment and the application of the-ory to urban planning; and new townand urban renewal.On Occasion, 3 units

GGR 517 Geographical Concepts andRegional PlanningThis course is a study of the importanceof regional analysis in planning anddevelopment; types of region-economic,social, political and physical; problemscaused by overlapping of regions and pos-sible ways of resolution. The courseexamines the aims of regional planning;relationship of the growth of the regionto other regions and the nation; anddevelopment of regional planning con-cepts, with examples of different strate-gies of regional planning.On Occasion, 3 units

GGR 518 Topics in AppliedConservationThe application of geographic principlesto the problems of environmental con-servation is discussed. The course willinclude detailed studies of selectedaspects of resource conservation.Students must demonstrate an ability toexplain the various ways in which geog-raphers and other environmental scien-tists organize knowledge andcommunicate the results of their researchin their disciplines.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

GGR 543 Geography of the UnitedStates: A Spatial Analysis of theHuman and Physical EnvironmentsAnalysis of the human and physical geog-raphy of the United States. The coursewill use a spatial perspective to studyinteractions among economic, social,political and physical environments.Prerequisite: Graduate standingOn Occasion, 3 units

Philosophy

PHI 510 Issues in ContemporaryAestheticsA critical examination of current ques-tions in aesthetic theory such as thenature of aesthetic experience, the rela-tion of the fine arts to the decorativearts, to craft, and to the popular and folkarts, interpretation, representation, insti-tutional theory, and the end of art. Thepractice and problems of differentmethodologies is also examined includ-ing phenomenology, hermeneutics,deconstruction and philosophical analysis.On Occasion, 3 units

PHI 511 The Interrelations of the ArtsAn examination of historical and appliedclassifications of the arts, and a compara-tive study of the various arts from thestandpoint of their materials and media,their technologies, their products andtheir experiences.On Occasion, 3 units

PHI 512 The History of AestheticsA study of the literature in the history ofaesthetics, from the classical periodthrough the rise of modern aesthetics inthe 18th century and the romantic theo-ries of the 19th to the present.On Occasion, 3 units

PHI 513 Creativity in the ArtsAn inquiry into the nature of creativityin the arts and its relationship to creativ-ity in other fields. Attention is given tothe differences, if any, between creativityand such things as originality, fashionand style.On Occasion, 3 units

PHI 514 The Aesthetic Dimensions ofthe ArtsThis course focuses on a single art whichis examined in-depth, with attention toits history, its materials and techniques,its meaning and experience, and its criti-cal literature. The course may be takenmore than once on different arts.On Occasion, 3 units

PHI 515 Criticism in ArtA study of various theories of aestheticcriticism.On Occasion, 3 units

PHI 688 Issues in the History ofAestheticsA detailed examination of a particularissue or movement or of a major work inthe history of aesthetics. The course maybe taken more than once if the contentis different.On Occasion, 3 units

Sociology

SOC 500 Topics in SociologyThis graduate course examines in-depthselect topics in Sociology. The student’sparticular topic will be determined inconsultation with faculty and withapproval by the chair. May be takenmore than once if topic is not the sameOn Occasion, 3 units

Service Courses

COLLEGE OFMANAGEMENT

The C.W. Post CampusCollege of Management

comprises three outstandingschools of study. The Schoolof Business offers AACSBInternational-accreditedMaster of BusinessAdministration degree pro-grams that reflect the diverseneeds of its student body.The School of ProfessionalAccountancy offers Masterof Science degree programsin Accountancy or Taxation.The School of Public Serviceoffers NASPAA accreditedMaster of PublicAdministration degreeprograms in PublicAdministration, Health CareAdministration or NonprofitManagement, a Master ofScience degree program inCriminal Justice, and a Masterof Social Work.

Web site: www.liu.edu/comPhone: (516) 299-3017Fax: (516) 299-2786

Matthew C. Cordaro, Ph.D.Acting Deanmatthew.cordaro@liu.edu

Andraes AlexanderAssistant Deanandraes.alexander@liu.edu

Robert J. Sanator, Ph.D.Dean Emeritus

COLLEGE OFMANAGEMENT

OVERVIEW

The College of Management preparesgraduates for successful careers in busi-ness, government, accounting, criminaljustice, social work, and public andhealth care administration. Comprisingthree distinctive schools of study –Business, Professional Accountancy andPublic Service – the College ofManagement prepares students to per-form competently, ethically and profes-sionally in the private and public sectors.Home to the Center for FinancialMarkets Research, the Center for SupplyChain Leadership, the Long IslandWomen’s Institute, the Tax andAccounting Institute, the Centers onAging and Management Analysis, C.W.Post’s College of Management is widelyrecognized as a valuable resource forresearch and information in the tri-statearea.The College of Management Business

Program is accredited by the prestigiousAACSB International – the Associationto Advance Collegiate Schools ofBusiness. Students can earn a Bachelorof Science in Business Administrationwith majors in Finance, InternationalBusiness, Marketing, Management andManagement Information Systems. TheCollege also offers a portfolio of Masterof Business Administration (M.B.A.)Programs. This includes the CampusM.B.A. Program, the Saturday M.B.A.Program, on-site Corporate Programs,the dual J.D./M.B.A. Program and anAccelerated B.S./M.B.A. Program, whichpermits qualified students to completetheir undergraduate and M.B.A. degreesin five years. There is also a bridge pro-gram designed for holders of three-yearbaccalaureate degrees who wish to earnan M.B.A. The College of Managementalso offers courses at the BrentwoodCampus of Long Island University.An integral part of the Business

Program, the School of ProfessionalAccountancy was the first in the nationto establish a separate professional schoolspecializing in the study of accounting.Many schools across the nation havesince followed this lead. The school

offers a bachelor’s and a master’s degreein Accountancy, a master’s degree inTaxation, as well as a five-year accelerat-ed B.S./M.S. in Accountancy. Many stu-dents are placed in accounting jobs andinternships through the career placementoffice while pursuing their degree studies.The School of Public Service places

an emphasis on both policy analysis andpublic management. The School offersup-to-date undergraduate and graduatecurricula and incorporates the mostadvanced ideas on a broad spectrum ofissues concerning criminal justice, securi-ty administration, health care and publicadministration, and social work. TheM.P.A. in Public Administration isaccredited by the National Associationof Schools of Public Affairs andAdministration. The Master of SocialWork (M.S.W.) degree program has beengranted candidacy status by the Councilon Social Work Education.

College ofManagement MissionStatement

Inspire and educate each student byintegrating personal attention, classroominteraction, and faculty intellectual con-tributions with contemporary businesstheory and practice, in preparing stu-dents to achieve ethically their personaland professional goals.

ACADEMICPOLICY

Transfer Unit

A maximum of six units, earned atanother AACSB-accredited college oruniversity graduate program, may betransferred to the Master of BusinessAdministration program or Master ofScience in Accountancy or Taxation. Amaximum of 12 units may be transferredto the Master of Public Administrationprogram. A maximum of 27 units may betransferred to the Master of Social Workprogram. Grades earned for transfer unitsare not included in calculation of the

cumulative grade point average. In allinstances, transfer unit will not be grant-ed where the grade is less than 3.00.Transfer units will be accepted only forcourses taken within the last five yearspreceding enrollment in a College ofManagement graduate degree program.Courses taken at another university afteradmission to the C.W. Post Campus maynot be used for transfer unit unless priorpermission is obtained from the depart-ment.

Academic Residence

A Master of Business Administrationdegree candidate must complete 30 unitsin residence. A Master of PublicAdministration candidate must complete36 units in residence. A Master ofScience candidate in Criminal Justice,Accountancy or Taxation must complete24 units in residence. To fulfill residencerequirements, the student must have reg-istered for courses offered at the C.W.Post Campus of Long Island University.

Leave of Absence

A student who chooses not to registerfor courses in a given semester mustrequest a leave of absence, in writing,from the Dean. A student who is absentfrom the program for one year or moremust reapply for admission to the pro-gram. See the beginning of this bulletinfor details of this process.

Incomplete Grades

A grade of Incomplete (INC) isassigned at the discretion of the professorand indicates that some of the courserequirements have not been completed.A student must make up the courseworkby the end of the following full semester.A student must re-register after this timeperiod has expired. An Incomplete willbe issued only by written agreementbetween the student and faculty member.

Overview/Academic Policy

Plagiarism

Plagiarism is a practice that is not onlyunacceptable, but is to be condemned inthe strongest terms possible on the basisof moral, educational and legal grounds.Under University policy, plagiarism maybe punishable by a range of penalties upto and including failure in the course andexpulsion from the University. Detailedinformation on the policy for plagiarismmay be found on the Library section ofthe C.W. Post Web site athttp://www.cwpost.liu.edu/cwis/cwp/library/exhibits/plagiarism.htm

Application for Degree

A candidate for graduation is expectedto file a degree application well inadvance of Commencement and to noti-fy the Graduate Records Office of his orher expected date of graduation by thedeadline date specified in the academiccalendar.

Academic Advisement

The College of Management providesprofessional academic advisement toassist all students in academic planningfor the various programs of the College.The advisors are available on the C.W.Post Campus and at extension locations.Students must consult an advisor prior toregistration each semester. Advisors canbe contacted by calling (516) 299-2100for Business, (516) 299-2770 forNonprofit Management, Health CareAdministration, Public Administrationand Social Work, (516) 299-2986 forCriminal Justice, or (516) 299-2098 forAccountancy.

Research Institutes

Long Island Women’s InstituteThe mission of the Long Island

Women’s Institute is to augment the aca-demic programs within the College ofManagement and to prepare women formanagement and leadership positions inevery arena of both the public and pri-

vate sectors. The Institute serves theLong Island community by creating asupportive environment to enhance thepersonal and professional development ofwomen. The Long Island Women’sInstitute is a University-based center forresearch, policy development, public edu-cation and advocacy. Further informationis available by calling (516) 299-3124.

Tax and Accounting Institute –School of ProfessionalAccountancyThe School of Professional

Accountancy Tax and AccountingInstitute is a membership organization ofcertified public accountants, publicaccountants, enrolled agents, and attor-neys who want to stay informed aboutcurrent developments within the tax andaccounting fields. The Institute offersseminars throughout the year for the pro-fessional community, and is a New YorkState sponsor of continuing professionaleducation.

Financial Markets CenterThe Financial Markets Center has

three primary functions. First, the centeris used for student instruction, especiallyin portfolio and money managementwith the objective of preparing graduatesfor careers in those areas. Second, theFinancial Markets Center is utilized byCollege of Management faculty in per-forming academic and applied researchstudies. Third, the Financial MarketsCenter serves as a forum for interactionwith financial institutions in the sur-rounding geographical area.

Center for Supply ChainLeadership – Department ofManagementAs a forum for advanced teaching,

research, and practice in supply chainstrategy and management, the mission ofthe Center for Supply Chain Leadershipat the College of Management is to con-duct and promote applied research toaddress the problems and issues intro-duced by its industry and academic mem-bers, and support educational programsrelevant to supply chain management.

Center for Management Analysis –Department of Health Care andPublic AdministrationThe Center for Management Analysis

(C.M.A.) is a multipurpose organization

designed to serve the diverse needs of busi-ness, industry, government and communitygroups of Long Island and the surroundingregion. The purpose of the C.M.A. is toprovide a climate for research, consulta-tion, problem solving, training and profes-sional development. It successfully uniteseducators and practitioners who worktogether using state-of-the-art techniquesand equipment to achieve organizationalneeds and objectives.The Center for Management Analysis

has conducted management analyses fororganizations such as the Suffolk CountyPolice Department and the Town ofIslip. It has provided training programsfor New York State under the Governor’sOffice of Employee Relations and thePublic Service Training Program. C.M.A.has also provided training programs fornumerous Nassau and Suffolk Countyjurisdictions. As an integral componentof the Department of PublicAdministration, C.M.A. seeks to unitethe world of academe with the chal-lenges confronting Long Island countiesand municipalities. The Center’s latestinitiative is to provide an academicforum for developing consensus and com-promise solutions to controversial energyissues.

Center on Aging – Department ofHealth Care and PublicAdministrationThe Center on Aging began in 1988

as a multi-faceted organization dedicatedto research, community service and edu-cation in the field of gerontology. TheCenter’s primary focus is the training andeducation of gerontological professionals.It also sponsors seminars and conferencesdesigned for the wider community andconducts research, particularly in thearea of interdisciplinary service delivery.One ongoing center activity is the spon-sorship of the GerontologicalProfessionals of Long Island – a network-ing and educational forum for interdisci-plinary gerontological professionals. Inaddition, the Center on Aging developedan Advanced Certificate program forinterdisciplinary gerontological profes-sionals and regularly offers training semi-nars in policies related toMedicare/Medicaid and long term care.In 2005, the Center on Aging became

the administrative home for the formerNassau-Suffolk Health Care EthicsNetwork, which was associated with the

C.W. Post Campus

Long Island Center for Ethics. A neworganization, HEAL - Health EthicsAction Leadership - continues the mis-sion of that group. A regional network ofinstitutional and individual memberswhose mission is to promote education inbioethics and to provide a forum forthose involved in clinical ethics inNassau and Suffolk Counties, HEALfacilitates the sharing of ideas, concernsand knowledge among members and pro-vides educational programs to enhancethe skills needed to explore ethical deci-sion-making in health care settings.

Criminal Justice Institute –Department of Criminal JusticeThe Criminal Justice Institute spon-

sors various lectures and conferencesthroughout the academic year. TheInstitute focuses on important contempo-rary issues and recognizes a sensitivity tomajor concerns in the field of justice andsecurity administration.In addition to fostering dialogue

among practitioners and academicians,the Institute publishes proceedings ofconferences and research findings as wellas articles by faculty and guest writers.

SCHOOL OFBUSINESS

Phone: (516) 299-3017Fax: (516) 299-2786

Faculty

Tolga AkcuraAssistant Professor of MarketingB.S., Bogazici University;M.B.A., Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon Universitytolga.akcura@liu.edu

G. Glenn BaigentAssociate Professor of FinanceB.Eng., Technical University of NovaScotia;M.B.A., St. Mary’s University;Ph.D., Kent State Universityglenn.baigent@liu.edu

Carol M. BoyerAssistant Professor of FinanceB.S., Trinity University;M.B.A., Texas State University;Ph.D., Florida State Universitycarol.boyer@liu.edu

T. Steven ChangChair, Marketing and InternationalBusinessProfessor of Marketing and InternationalBusinessB.S., M.B.A., National Cheng KungUniversity;Ph.D., National Chengchi University;Ph.D., George Washington Universitysteven.chang@liu.edu

Manoj DalviAssociate Professor of FinanceB. Com., Sydeham College, University ofBombay;J.D., Government Law College, Universityof Bombay;LL.M., Harvard Law School;Ph.D., Columbia Universitymanoj.dalvi@liu.edu

James FreeleyAssociate Professor of ManagementB.S., Fordham University;M.B.A., Pace University;Ph.D., Fordham Universityjames.freeley@liu.edu

Michael HadaniAssistant Professor of ManagementB.A., M.A., The Hebrew University;Ph.D., Syracuse Universitymichael.hadani@liu.edu

Costas HadjicharalambousAssistant Professor of Marketing andInternational BusinessB.S., Athens Graduate School ofEconomics and Business;M.B.A., Baruch College;M.Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate Center,City University of New Yorkchadji@liu.edu

Lorene HirisProfessor of FinanceB.S., M.B.A., Long Island University;D.P.S., Pace Universitylorene.hiris@liu.edu

David JalajasAssociate Professor of ManagementA.B., Occidental College;M.S., San Jose State University;Ph.D., Stanford Universitydavid.jalajas@liu.edu

Nada KobeissiAssistant Professor of ManagementB.S., University of Houston;M.I.M., Baylor University;Ph.D., Rutgers Universitynada@liu.edu

Vincent G. MassaroProfessor of FinanceB.S., Canisius College;M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Damevincent.massaro@liu.edu

Lalit ManralAssistant Professor of ManagementB. Tech., National Institute of Technology;M.I.B., Indian Institute of Foreign Trade;M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia Universitylmanral@liu.edu

Alan P. MurrayChair, Department of FinanceAssistant Professor of FinanceA.B., Dartmouth College;M.A., Ph.D., Columbia Universityalan.murray@liu.edu

Shailendra PalviaProfessor of ManagementB.S., Indian Institute of Technology;M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesotashailendra.palvia@liu.edu

Celik ParkanProfessor of ManagementDipl. Ing., Technical University of Istanbul;M.S., The Wharton School, University ofPennsylvania;Ph.D., University of British Columbiacelik.parkan@liu.edu

Patrizia PorriniAssociate Professor of ManagementB.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., New YorkUniversitypatrizia.porrini@liu.edu

P.M. RaoProfessor of MarketingB.A., University of Madras;M.B.A., University of Toledo;Ph.D., Stern School of Business, New YorkUniversitypmrao@liu.edu

Srikumar S. RaoProfessor of MarketingB.S., St. Stephen’s College, Delhi University;M.B.A., Indian Institute of Management,Ahmedabad;M.Ph., Ph.D., Columbia Universitysrikumar.rao@liu.edu

Shahid SiddiqiProfessor of Marketing and InternationalBusinessB.S., Calcutta University;M.B.A., Indian Institute of Management,Calcutta;Ph.D., The Wharton School, University ofPennsylvaniashahid.siddiqi@liu.edu

School of Business

Jiamin WangAssistant Professor of ManagementB.E., M.E., Ph.D., Tsinghua University,Beijing, Chinajiamin.wang@liu.edu

Baichun XiaoChair, Department of ManagementProfessor of ManagementB.S., Nanjing University, China;M.B.A., Katholiche Universiteit, Leuven,Belgium;Ph.D., The Wharton School, University ofPennsylvaniabaichun.xiao@liu.edu

Wei YangAssistant Professor of ManagementB.S., HuaZhong University of Science andTechnology, China;M.S., Tsinghua University, China;M.S., Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon Universitywei.yang@liu.edu

Zhaohui ZhangAssistant Professor of FinanceB.S., Shaanix Institute, China;M.S., Ph.D., Texas Tech Universityzhaohui.zhang@liu.edu

Professors Emeriti

James BlissB.S., Fordham University;L.L.B., New York University

Frank CancelliereB.A., Mount Saint Mary’s College;M.A., Fordham University;Ph.D., Union Graduate School

Cono CasellaB.S., A.M., Ph.D., New York University

Peter K. EwaldB.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University

George F. FreyB.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., New YorkUniversity

Harold NierenbergB.S., Long Island University;M.S., New York University;Ph.D., Columbia University

Richard RauchB.S., M.B.A., Indiana University;Ph.D., New York University

Owen T. SmithB.A., Trinity College;J.D., St. John’s University School of Law

BusinessAdministration –M.B.A.

C.W. Post’s M.B.A. is a comprehen-sive, integrated, 48-unit program, whichcombines the highest levels of academicrigor and real-world relevance. Ethics isinfused throughout the program. TheM.B.A. Portfolio is comprised of a broadrange of programs. Students may pursuetheir education on a full- or part-timebasis in the Campus Program during theweek, and/or in the Saturday Program.C.W. Post’s innovative AcceleratedB.S./M.B.A. allows qualified students tocomplete their B.S. and M.B.A. studieswithin five years. The M.B.A. Portfolioalso includes the dual J.D./M.B.A. pro-gram offered in conjunction with TouroLaw Center, and the Corporate M.B.A.Program, where classes are presented on-site at sponsoring corporate offices.

AACSB InternationalAccreditation

The College of Managements bache-lor’s and master’s degree programs inbusiness, including the M.B.A., areaccredited by AACSB International –the Association to Advance CollegiateSchools of Business, the world’s leadingbusiness school accrediting organization.AACSB accreditation represents thehighest standard of achievement for busi-ness schools worldwide; less than one-third of American schools and 15percent of international programs canclaim this distinction. Institutions withthis credential confirm their commit-ment to quality and continuous improve-ment through a rigorous and exactingpeer review process. AACSB membersmeet the most demanding standards ofacademic excellence and superior facultyresources, and ensure that the educationprovided reflects a comprehensive under-standing of today’s complex businessenvironment. For more informationabout AACSB, visit www.liu.edu/aacsb.

Business ProgramMission Statement

Inspire and educate each student byintegrating personal attention, classroominteraction, and faculty intellectual con-tributions with contemporary businesstheory and practice, in preparing stu-dents to achieve ethically their personaland professional goals.

Admission Eligibility RequirementsApplicants must hold a 4-year bache-

lor’s degree from an accredited collegeor university. Applicants who haveattended institutions outside theUnited States must hold a degreeequivalent to a U.S. bachelor’s degree.No specific undergraduate major isrequired for application. Applicantswho are in their senior year at anundergraduate institution may apply foradmission to the College, but accep-tance will be made contingent uponsubmission of final grades and receipt ofthe bachelor’s degree. The College ofManagement Business Program hasestablished the following criteria as themost critical in the evaluation of candi-dates for graduate study:1. Scholastic achievement and a desire toexcel as evidenced by previous acade-mic work.

2. Aptitude for graduate study as indicat-ed by scores on the GraduateManagement Admissions Test(GMAT).

3. Motivation, leadership potential andmaturity as evidenced by prior workexperience, extracurricular activities,letters of recommendation, and anessay.

Application ProceduresApplication forms may be obtained

from the C.W. Post Campus GraduateAdmissions Office at (516) 299-2900 orby e-mailing enroll@cwpost.liu.edu oron-line at www.liu.edu/postapp.Additional information concerning theM.B.A. program and an on-line applica-tion is available at www.liu.edu/postmba.Applications should be submitted as farin advance of the intended semester ofstudy as possible. Application deadlinedates are as follows:Fall Semester – August 15Spring Semester – December 15Summer Sessions – April 15

C.W. Post Campus

Contact the M.B.A. AdvisementOffice at (516) 299-2100 for informationon rolling admissions.All official documents must be

received by the semester’s deadline date.A complete application includes:1. Application form2. $30 application fee3. Two letters of recommendation4. Official college transcript(s) from allundergraduate, graduate and profes-sional schools previously attended.

5. Official GMAT Score Report6. Official Test of English as a ForeignLanguage (TOEFL) Score Report(international students only) or IELTSScore Report

7. Resumé8. Essay describing “How the M.B.A. willenhance my professional growth”

Matriculation PolicyA student is fully matriculated into

the College of Management BusinessProgram when all Master of BusinessAdministration (M.B.A.) admissionrequirements have been met.

Probation/Unsatisfactory GradesStudents are expected to maintain at

least a 3.00 cumulative grade pointaverage in the M.B.A. Program.Students who do not maintain thisstandard will be placed on probation.Any student who receives grades belowB minus (B-) in two graduate courses isconsidered to have an academic defi-ciency. A student who earns a thirdgrade below B minus (B-) may lose hisor her matriculated status or may bedismissed from the graduate program.The Academic Standing Committeewill make a recommendation to theDean concerning the student’s potentialto complete successfully the M.B.A.program. The Dean will make the finaldisposition of the case.

International StudentsApplicants from countries other than

the United States should file applica-tions for admission by June 1 for falladmission and November 1 for springadmission. Applicants for whomEnglish is a second language must havea level of proficiency in English asdemonstrated by submitting the resultsof the TOEFL or IELTS examinationbefore admission to the School ofBusiness. Applicants whose undergradu-ate degrees were conferred by an insti-

tution using English as the primary lan-guage of instruction may waive theTOEFL/IELTS requirement.

Prerequisites and Core Course WaiversThe way in which M.B.A. applicants

and students may waive prerequisites andcore (500-level) courses is outlinedbelow. A matriculated student who hascourses waived is excused from applicablecourses and, consequently, the totalnumber of required units to complete theprogram is reduced.The M.B.A. Core courses (500-level)

may be waived on the basis of one ormore of the following:1. Equivalent graduate courses taken atother schools with grades of at least B(3.00)

2. Equivalent undergraduate coursestaken at other schools with grades ofat least B (3.00)

3. Successful completion of a waiverexamination.

Prior courses submitted for waiver con-sideration must have been taken withinfive years of admission into the M.B.A.Program. Students may be requested tosubmit course descriptions for eachrequested waiver. Waiver examinationapplications and information on exami-nation dates are available in the M.B.A.Advisement Office.

M.B.A. PrerequisitesStudents must demonstrate compe-

tence in the areas of business communi-cations, math, and computer knowledge.Students without such evidence of profi-ciency in one or more areas at the timeof the admission decision may be admit-ted to the M.B.A. program, but must sat-isfy one or more of the following beforebeginning the second semester of M.B.A.coursework:1. Similar undergraduate or graduatecourse with grades of at least B (3.00)

2. Successful completion of a waiverexamination

3. Successful completion of a workshop.

The M.B.A. ProgramPortfolio

The College of Management offers aportfolio of AACSB-accredited Master ofBusiness Administration Programs con-sisting of courses from the departments ofFinance, Management, Marketing, andthe School of Professional Accountancy.The curriculum requires a minimum of36 and a maximum of 48 semester units.Students must also satisfy certain prereq-uisite requirements. Students may be eli-gible to waive Core courses (seePrerequisites and Core Course Waivers).Waiver of Core courses can reduce thetotal unit hours required in the programby a maximum of 12 units. In addition,up to six graduate business units may betransferred (see Transfer Unit), reducingthe requirement to a minimum of 10courses or 30 units in residence.All M.B.A. programs within the

College of Management M.B.A.Portfolio are dedicated to providing asuperb educational experience in a per-sonalized, student-friendly environmentthat is expressly designed to help stu-dents achieve their professional careergoals. All M.B.A. Portfolio curriculaintegrate the best of contemporary man-agerial theory and practice.

Campus M.B.A. ProgramThe Campus M.B.A. Program is

offered to both full-time and part-timestudents. Convenient evening classes areoffered Monday through Thursday withtwo class periods each evening beginningat 6:40 p.m. and 8:40 p.m. CampusProgram students may elect to takeSaturday classes as part of their programof study.

Saturday M.B.A. ProgramThe Saturday M.B.A. program enables

students to complete the required courseof study by attending only Saturday class-es. Courses are conducted over a five-week period on Saturdays from 9 a.m. to3:30 p.m. Students in this program mayelect to take courses in the CampusProgram as part of their program of study.

Accelerated B.S./M.B.A. ProgramThis high-value program provides an

opportunity to complete M.B.A. course-work while simultaneously completing abachelor’s degree. Qualified undergradu-

School of Business

ates are able to complete both degreeswithin a five-year period rather than thesix years it would take to complete themseparately. Cost-effective and rigorous,this program provides a more conciselearning experience prior to the pursuitof a business career. The Bachelor’sDegree component may be earned in anyof the following disciplines; Accounting,Finance, International Business,Management, Marketing or ManagementInformation Systems. The M.B.A. com-ponent is a general business degree.Undergraduate students may declaretheir intention to pursue this programduring the freshman or sophomore year;the GMAT exam is required in thefourth year, and a GPA of 3.00 or aboveis to be maintained throughout the pro-gram. A separate B.S./M.B.A. program inAccounting is also offered through theSchool of Accountancy.

J.D./M.B.A. Dual Degree ProgramThis program prepares students for

careers in law firms, corporations, not-for-profit organizations, and consultingfirms. The J.D. degree offered by TouroLaw Center is ABA-accredited. Thenumber of units required ranges from 108to 117, and up to nine units from eachprogram can be transferred to the other.The GMAT exam may be waived by pre-senting an acceptable LSAT score foradmission. The J.D. and M.B.A. degreesare awarded separately by their respectiveinstitutions upon the successful comple-tion of requirements. Students mustapply and be admitted to each institutionseparately.

Corporate, On-Site M.B.A.ProgramThe Corporate M.B.A. Program,

offered to select firms on Long Island andin Manhattan, is conducted by C.W. Postfaculty at the corporate client’s locationfor its employees. The curriculum isadaptive to the specific needs of theclient firm. Participating firms in thisprogram have included SymbolTechnologies, Verizon, NorthropGrumman and the government offices ofNassau County. Students progressthrough this program as a team. Thisstructure is intended to complement thecollaborative corporate experience andreinforces the demanding educationalexperience of the program.

M.B.A. Bridge ProgramThe M.B.A. Bridge Program is

designed to accommodate holders ofthree-year baccalaureate degrees whowish to earn an M.B.A.Bridge Program participants take

courses in either Arts and Sciences orBusiness Administration at the under-graduate level to complete the requisitefour-year graduate entry requirement.Upon successful completion of thatcourse of study, and the submission ofacceptable M.B.A. application materials,students are admitted to the M.B.A.Program. These students are typically eli-gible for a 36-unit graduate course ofstudy. Students in this program do notreceive a bachelor’s degree.

Advanced Certificate in BusinessAdministrationMany M.B.A. graduates find that in

order to further their careers, they mustupgrade their knowledge or acquire addi-tional expertise in a specific area or disci-pline. An advanced certificate program isdesigned to provide this opportunity. TheAdvanced Certificate in BusinessAdministration may be earned by success-fully completing 12 units with a minimumgrade of B or better (four 700-level cours-es) beyond the M.B.A. degree in one ofthe following areas: Accountancy,Finance, International Business,Management, Management InformationSystems, Marketing, and Taxation. Withthe approval of an advisor, students maydevelop a Plan of Study tailored to theirspecific career objectives.

The M.B.A. Curriculum(All courses are 3 units)

Core (18 units):GBA 520 Economics for BusinessDecisions

GBA 521 Financial Accounting andReporting

GBA 522 Corporate FinancialManagement (Co-requisite: GBA 521)

GBA 523 Management and Leadershipin a Global Society

GBA 524 Marketing ManagementGBA 525 Statistics for Managers

Management Perspectives (18 units)MBA 620 Managing InformationTechnology and e-Commerce(Co-requisite: GBA 520, GBA 521,GBA 524, GBA 525)

MBA 621 Financial Markets andInstitutions (Prerequisite: GBA 522)

MBA 622 Competitive MarketingStrategy (Prerequisite: GBA 524)

MBA 623 Organizational Behavior(Prerequisite: GBA 523)

MBA 624 Operations Management(Prerequisite: GBA 525)

MBA 625 Global Business: Environmentand Operations (Prerequisite: Core)

Electives (9 to 15 units)Students select courses that fit their

needs and career goals from the areas ofAccounting, Finance, InternationalBusiness, Management, ManagementInformation Systems, Marketing, andTaxation. Students who have waived 5or 6 Core courses must take 4 or 5Elective courses, respectively.

Integrative Capstone (3 units)MBA 820 Business Policy

Course Descriptions

Core Courses

GBA 520 Economics for BusinessDecisionsKey micro and macro economic conceptsand issues are used to equip students toanalyze economic problems, and appreci-ate the implications of global economicevents. The course develops key micro-economic concepts, such as the construc-tion of supply and demand curves,elasticity and marginal analysis. Thenthe course develops key macroeconomicconcepts and tools to examine key policyissues as: National Income Accounting,the aggregate supply and demand curve,the supply and demand for money, fiscaland monetary policy, international trade,and the impact of changes in exchangerates.Every Semester, 3 units

GBA 521 Financial Accounting andReportingThis course examines basic accountingconcepts and methods and their signifi-cance to management and other users offinancial statements. Topics include anintroduction to fundamental accountingconcepts; the measurement and reporting

C.W. Post Campus

of income, financial position, and cashflows; and the measurement and report-ing of assets, liabilities, and stockholders’equity. Ethical issues are consideredthroughout this course.Every Semester, 3 units

GBA 522 Corporate FinancialManagementThis course focuses on wealth maximiza-tion and managerial decision making in aglobal market setting. Basic principles bywhich the modern corporation managesits assets, controls its liabilities and raisesnew capital are addressed. Topics includethe time value of money, valuation andrates of return on securities, financialstatement analysis, capital budgetingtechniques, as well as cost of capital, cap-ital structure and leverage considerations.Prerequisite or Co-requisite: GBA 521Fall/Spring, 3 units

GBA 523 Management and Leadershipin a Global SocietyThis course addresses contemporary glob-al management challenges stemmingfrom changing organizational structures,complex environmental conditions, newtechnological developments, and increas-ingly diverse workforces. Highlighted arecritical management issues involved inplanning, organizing, controlling, andleading an organization. The coursefocuses on leadership and addresses thecomplex issue of business ethics inherentin decision making. Students will applytheoretical management concepts toorganizational situations with the use ofcurrent business headlines and case stud-ies. This synergy of theory and practicewill help students gain analytical skillsfor professional assessments. Studentswill also make research-based oral pre-sentations to further develop their com-munications skills.Every Semester, 3 units

GBA 524 Marketing ManagementThis course is an analysis of the opera-tions of marketing systems. It familiarizesstudents with marketing principles andenables them to adapt marketing opera-tions to opportunities in for-profit andnon-profit organizations. Focus is placedupon the principal decision componentsthat include market segmentation, mar-keting research, consumer behavior,product development, promotion, pricingand distribution. International and ethi-cal issues are discussed.Every Semester, 3 units

GBA 525 Statistics for ManagersThe course is designed to give a funda-mental knowledge of the principles, con-

cepts and techniques involved in theapplication of probability and statistics tobusiness research and managerial deci-sions. The range of applications coversvarious functional areas such as finance,marketing, accounting, management,economics and production. Topics cov-ered include descriptive statistics, proba-bility concepts and techniques applicablein risk assessment and decision theory,statistical inference (estimation andhypothesis testing), and some basic fore-casting models including regression.Every Semester, 3 units

Management Perspectives Courses

MBA 620 Managing InformationTechnology and e-CommerceThis course is devoted to the manage-ment of information resources in anorganization. It will emphasize manage-ment concepts and strategies essential forthe selection, development, design,implementation, use and maintenance ofinformation and e-Commerce technolo-gies and information systems in today’sorganizations. Business cases will beextensively utilized to facilitate class-room discussion.Co-requisite: GBA 520, GBA 521, GBA524, GBA 525Every Semester, 3 units

MBA 621 Financial Markets andInstitutionsThis course provides the student withknowledge of global financial markets,the institutions that operate in thosemarkets and the manner in which vari-ous markets and institutions interrelate.Topics covered include: types of marketsand of financial institutions; determi-nants of interest rates; the risk and termstructure of interest rates: money markets

and capital markets; asset-backed securi-ties; forwards, futures, options, swaps,and other derivatives; equity markets;the role of central banks in the creationof money and in the conduct of mone-tary policy; and an examination of somerecent developments in global finance.Prerequisite: GBA 522Every Semester, 3 units

MBA 622 Competitive MarketingStrategyThe course focuses on competitive mar-keting strategy, marketing planningprocesses, concepts, and methods with aglobal orientation at the product level aswell as at the corporate level. It empha-sizes the relationship between marketingand other functions and draws upon per-spectives from industrial economics, cor-porate finance and strategic managementliterature. Competitive marketing strate-gies and practices of contemporary firmsare discussed as they relate to industrialand consumer products and services. Theoverall objective of the course is to helpstudents incorporate and apply the skills,methods and insights they have acquiredin prior marketing and other businesscourses in the design and implementa-tion of marketing strategies.Prerequisite: GBA 524Every Semester, 3 units

MBA 623 Organizational BehaviorThis course examines the importantbehavioral issues facing individuals with-in organizations. Initially, focus is placedon the organizational factors that influ-ence behavior. Next, the course exam-ines the individual differences thatinfluence behavior. Topics in this sectioninclude motivation, reward systems, andvalues and ethics. The course then focus-es on the development of effective work

School of Business

groups to explore communications, nego-tiations, teams and the learning organiza-tions. Selected topics in leadershipconclude the course of study.Prerequisite: GBA 523Every Semester, 3 units

MBA 624 Operations ManagementOperations Management is concernedwith the efficient and effective transfor-mation of resources into goods and ser-vices. This course is designed to developthe ability to analyze and improve theperformance of operations processes inorganizations. Topics to be discussedinclude operations strategy, product/ser-vice selection and design, capacity plan-ning, quality management, facilitylocation and layout, inventory manage-ment, business process reengineering,and supply chain management.Prerequisites: GBA 525Every Semester, 3 units

MBA 625 Global Business:Environment and OperationsThis course introduces the student to thediscipline of international business. Itdemonstrates the uniqueness of the inter-national business environment and focuseson aspects of business necessary to competein the global arena. The first half of thecourse focuses on the environmental con-text in which international firms operate –country-specific factors (socio-cultural,political, legal and economic factors), theglobal trade and investment environmentand the global monetary system. Theoriesand concepts associated with these factorsare surveyed and the forces of regionaliza-tion and globalization are discussed, includ-ing the facilitating institutions. The secondhalf of the course examines the strategiesand structures that firms adopt, andexplains how firms can perform their keyfunctions – production, marketing, R & D,finance, human resource management –and compete successfully in the interna-tional business environment.Prerequisites: All Core CoursesEvery Semester, 3 units

Integrative Capstone

MBA 820 Business PolicyBusiness policy is an integrating coursethat prepares students for pulling togeth-er the diverse disciplines involved inorganizational decision making. Thecourse explores formal and informalaspects of policy formation, its applica-tion, and consequences. Students dealwith formal decision theory and practice,organizational theory and practice, mar-keting and personnel policies and socialconditions as they impinge upon and

require new organizational thinking.This course develops students’ capabili-ties in strategic decision making in achanging world. Issues include the rank-ing and the definition and measurementof organizational objectives; the conceptof organizational strategy; mission; theformulation and evaluation of alterna-tives; the interrelationships betweenquantitative and qualitative analyticaltechniques; the roles of personal values,ethics, and political power; product lifecycle; capital allocation; and acquisitionsand divestitures. A computer-based simu-lation, cases, lectures, and group analysesare employed.Prerequisites: Core and ManagementPerspectives CoursesEvery Semester, 3 units

Finance Electives

FIN 704 Financial Reports AnalysisCross-listed as ACC 742This course provides a survey of analyti-cal tools and techniques used to evaluatefinancial statements. Financial and cor-porate reports are analyzed for solvency,quality of earnings, investments, andforecasting implications. Emphasis isplaced on ratio and trend analysis for thedetection and interpretation of strengths,weaknesses, and problem areas of thebusiness.Prerequisites: GBA 521On Occasion, 3 units

FIN 705 Securities Analysis – EquitiesThis course focuses on security marketsand investment opportunities. Studentsare exposed to the concepts of marketefficiency and risk and return in the con-text of valuation of equities, fixedincome securities, and derivative securi-ties. The objective is to provide a sys-tematic method of analyzing investmentportfolios and the effects of diversifica-tion and risk management.Prerequisite: GBA 522 or with the permis-sion of the instructorOn Occasion, 3 units

FIN 708 Financial EngineeringThis course covers the creation of deriva-tive securities to meet financing needs.This course will explore the rapid growthof strategic financial product innovationand securitization precipitated by environ-mental and intra-firm factors. Chiefly as asolution to risk management, financialengineering will be explored from both thecorporate treasurer’s perspective and fromthe investor’s and speculator’s perspectives.Recent debt, equity, equity-related andderivative innovations will be examined.On Occasion, 3 units

FIN 710 Corporate Mergers andRestructuring StrategiesThe aim of the course is to provideunderstanding of the decisional dynamicsand valuation consequences of financial,business, and organizational restructuringby corporate units. The course preparesstudents to plan, evaluate, and executecorporate restructuring activities.On Occasion, 3 units

FIN 716 International FinanceCross-listed as IBU 702This course is an analysis of the financialopportunities and risks resulting in globalmarket investment. Topics include deter-minants of foreign exchange rate andinternational capital flows; balance ofpayments analysis techniques; foreignexchange risk management, especiallyhedging and speculation strategies; thereasons and impact from official inter-vention; and elements of country-riskanalysis.Prerequisite: GBA 522 or with the permis-sion of the instructorOn Occasion, 3 units

FIN 717 Investment Analysis FixedIncome and DerivativesThis course analyzes the activities of thefinancial intermediaries in the market-place. The course presents a rigorousquantitative and qualitative analysis ofthe money and capital markets, concen-trating on the Fixed Income andDerivatives markets. It focuses on the risksand returns associated with investments inthose markets, and on how these instru-ments can be optimally allocated to yieldsuccessful portfolio management perfor-mance. This course, when combined withFIN 705, presents a complete overview ofthe global capital markets.Prerequisite: GBA 522 or with the permis-sion of the instructorOn Occasion, 3 units

FIN 722 Real Estate InvestmentsThis course covers the theory and mea-surement of return and risk on real estateloans and equity investments, invest-ment decision making and financingalternatives, techniques of real estateinvestment financing, evaluation ofinvestment risk and unit quality onselected types of properties and loans.Topics include: site selection, incomeproperties, office buildings, shoppingcenters, industrial properties, condos andco-ops, leasing valuation and marketing.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

FIN 725 Money, Banking, and CapitalMarketsThis course’s main objective is to analyzeand understand the principal forces thatare shaping the U.S. and world moneyand capital markets. Money creation, thedemand for money, and the relation ofmoney to inflation and financial flowsare each examined. Interest rates areanalyzed in the context of portfoliochoice and their behavior is carefullyexamined. Emphasis is also placed on thechanging role of competitive financialinstitutions and the effects of thesechanges on the flow of funds and mone-tary policy.On Occasion, 3 units

FIN 726 International CorporateFinanceCross-listed as IBU 708This course is an analysis of the financialopportunities, risk, and decision-makingprocesses associated with internationaloperations. Topics include managementof translation, transaction and economicexposure; taxation issues; multinationalcapital budgeting and current asset man-agement; complexities of internationalperformance evaluation and control sys-tems; comparative financial statementanalysis; cost of capital; and internation-al financing options. The case method isutilized.Prerequisite: FIN 716/IBU 702 or permis-sion of the ChairOn Occasion, 3 units

FIN 727 Global EconomicEnvironment of BusinessThe main goal of this course is to analyzeand understand the global economy inwhich business operates today. Attentioncenters on the key policy issues andmajor economic forces that affect busi-ness activity and on the tools necessaryto evaluate these issues and forces. Thetools of analysis include the portfolioapproach, post-Keynesian and modernmonetarist approaches, rational expecta-tions, and state-of-the-art analysis of sav-ing and investment. The course alsoexplores the role played by U.S. andworld financial markets in influencingthe domestic and global economic envi-ronment. Material in the text will beheavily supplemented by, and integratedwith, current events.On Occasion, 3 units

FIN 750 Seminar in FinanceThis seminar investigates advanced andtimely topics in finance that influencecorporate and investor decision making.It also explores major issues that affectfinancial markets and intermediaries.

Topics analyzed will vary according tofinancial conditions and developments,but may include: systemic risks to thefinancial system; value at risk; corporategovernance; financial engineering; andportfolio rebalancing strategies.On Occasion, 3 units

International Business

Prerequisite for all 700-level InternationalBusiness electives: MBA 625

IBU 702 International FinanceCross-listed as FIN 716This course is an analysis of the financialopportunities and risks resulting in globalmarket investment. Topics include deter-minants of foreign exchange rate andinternational capital flows; balance ofpayments analysis techniques; foreignexchange risk management, especiallyhedging and speculation strategies; thereasons and impact from official inter-vention; and elements of country-riskanalysis.Additional Prerequisite: GBA 522 or withthe permission of the instructorOn Occasion, 3 units

IBU 703 International Trade andCompetitionCross-listed as MKT 716The main goal of this course is to analyzeand understand critical issues in interna-tional trade and competition from a busi-ness perspective. The course reviews andutilizes traditional theories of trade, butemphasizes modern concepts of dynamiccompetitive advantage – the role of firmstrategies, the role of location, countryfactors, and public policies in the con-text of the evolving systems of worldtrade. Critical business issues concerningtrade and competition arising out of theWTO system, the regional tradingarrangements, and trade regulations andindustrial policies are also examined.On Occasion, 3 units

IBU 704 Management of InternationalBusinessThis course focuses on the managementof direct international investment, com-monly known as multinational corpora-tions. The course examines the nature,growth and new directions of directinvestment, and how they are related tochanging economic, social and monetaryconditions. The interplay of business andgovernment in international manage-ment is highlighted.Additional Prerequisites: GBA 524, MBA622On Occasion, 3 units

IBU 705 International MarketingCross-listed as MKT 717This course is an analysis of both market-ing strategy and marketing managementin the international marketplace. It pro-vides students with an understanding ofthe global marketing environment andhow the environment impacts theapplicability of the marketing strategies.Students will learn theoretical founda-tions of international marketing andapply them to international marketingcampaigns based on the similarities anddifferences of international markets interms of cultural, economic, regulatoryand competitive forces. Country marketselection, market entry modes and ethi-cal issues are discussed.On Occasion, 3 units

IBU 706 Comparative InternationalManagementIn this course, comparisons are madeamong national managerial systems toemphasize contrasts and similarities. Thefunctional interrelationships betweenmanagers and their international envi-ronments as well as the problems ofcross-national cooperation are highlight-ed.On Occasion, 3 units

IBU 707 Multinational Business inDeveloping NationsThis course is an analysis and discussionof the opportunities and problems ofoperating multinational firms in develop-ing nations. Consideration is given tomarketing opportunities, national cus-toms and mores, natural resource poli-cies, tax policies, governmentaleconomic nationalism, and similar con-cepts and problems of operating in ThirdWorld nations.On Occasion, 3 units

IBU 708 International CorporateFinanceCross-listed as FIN 726This course is an analysis of the financialopportunities, risks and decision-makingprocesses associated with internationaloperations. Topics include managementof translation, transaction and economicexposure; taxation issues; multinationalcapital budgeting and current asset man-agement; complexities of internationalperformance evaluation and control sys-tems; comparative financial statementanalysis; cost of capital; and internation-al financing options. The case method isutilized.Additional Prerequisite: FIN 716/IBU 702or permission of ChairOn Occasion, 3 units

School of Business

IBU 710 IT Management in aMultinational Business EnvironmentCross-listed as MIS 710This course focuses on worldwide ITenvironments, national infrastructuresand regulatory regimes, global IT appli-cations, global IS development strategies,global management support systems, andglobal IT management strategies. Itinculcates an in-depth understanding ofmanaging information resources acrossnational borders, time zones, cultures,political philosophies, regulatory regimes,and economic infrastructures. The courseemphasizes the critical role and issues ofIT and Electronic Commerce (EC) incontributing to the success of globalfinance, marketing, manufacturing, tradeand accounting practices.Additional Prerequisite: GBA 523On Occasion, 3 units

IBU 750 International BusinessSeminarThis course is an analysis of the decision-making processes and methods for defin-ing, analyzing and resolvingcontemporary international financial andtrade problems. Emphasis is on assessinginternational developments and traderelating to business.Additional Prerequisites: IBU 702, 703On Occasion, 3 units

Management Electives

Prerequisite for all 700-level Managementcourses: GBA 523

MGT 702 Theories of the OrganizationThis course is a survey of organizationaltheories with particular emphasis on goalsetting, assessment, achievement and dis-placement. Topics include: the relation-ship of authority, role responsibility,organizational structure, design and cul-ture. Students diagnose organizationalfunctions, analyze deficiencies, anddetermine ways of adapting organization-al structure to realize goals.Additional Prerequisite: MBA 623Every Semester, 3 units

MGT 703 Project Analysis andProgram ManagementThis course provides a comprehensiveanalysis of projects in contemporaryorganizations. The course addresses thebasic nature of managing all types of pro-jects – public, business, engineering,information systems, and so on – as wellas the specific techniques for projectmanagement. Topics include: the organi-zation’s strategy and project selection,project leadership, project planning,uncertainty and risk management, pro-

ject budgeting and cost estimation, pro-ject scheduling, resource allocation, con-flict and negotiation, project monitoringand controlling, project auditing, andproject evaluation and termination.Spring, 3 units

MGT 705 Management DecisionTheoryThis course introduces the basic princi-ples and techniques of making decisionsin managerial situations. Students willlearn to develop decision models forimproving the quality of decisions; sharp-en their ability to structure problems andto perform logical analyses; translatedescriptions of decision problems intoformal models, and investigate thosemodels in an organized fashion; identifysettings in which models can be usedeffectively and apply modeling conceptsin practical situations. Emphasis will beplaced on model formulation and inter-pretation of results in diverse industriesand functional areas, including finance,operations, and marketing.On Occasion, 3 units

MGT 707 Small Business and NewVenture ManagementThis course examines the role of a smallbusiness in a dynamic, free enterpriseeconomy. The course is designed to stim-ulate a creative approach to the problemsof a small firm by entrepreneurs.Emphasis is placed upon: establishingnew enterprises, financing, organizing,planning, operating, marketing, growthand acquisitions.On Occasion, 3 units

MGT 722 Human ResourceManagementThis course is a review of the major areasof personnel administration. Topicsinclude selection and replacement, com-pensation, training and development,labor relations, and employee services.These activities are viewed from theposition of both the large and small firm.Spring, 3 units

MGT 723 Behavior Concepts Appliedto ManagementThis course covers the application ofbehavioral concept techniques to theproblems of managers and supervisors inlarge and small enterprises. Topicsinclude approaches to personnel assess-ment, the development and motivationof managers, and the fundamentals ofexecutive performance.On Occasion, 3 units

MGT 725 Work, People andProductivityThis course is an analysis of the problemsof the occupational environment insmall and large enterprises. Emphasis isplaced upon practical problem solving ofimmediate concern to the participants.Topics include: survey of new approachesto motivation, attitudes, job satisfaction,job enrichment, monotony, fatigue,working conditions and conflict resolu-tion, quality circles, and productivity.Fall, 3 units

MGT 731 Negotiation StrategyThis senior-level course requires that thestudents integrate and apply knowledgeacquired in a variety of management dis-ciplines. The course heavily emphasizesthe development of negotiation skills,problem solving, decision making, strate-gic analysis, and application and imple-mentation skills. Students will applytheoretical concepts in the managementdiscipline to current organizational situa-tions gaining analysis and negotiationskills to make better professional assess-ments. Students will also make research-based presentations developing theirpresentation and communications ability.Negotiation is considered a very impor-tant part of the business curriculum atmany top-tier business schools and is avery important aspect of daily managerialactivity-managers negotiation withemployees, suppliers, competitors, vari-ous stakeholders in the environment,and alliance partners to name but a few.Through the study and practice of nego-tiation, students develop strategic think-ing, learn about the psychology ofbargaining, broaden their ability to con-vey important points of view withrespect to analyzing complex positions,and ultimately develop their ability toapply the totality of learning throughtheir educational experience. The class ispresentation-intensive and buildsadvanced interpersonal and communica-tion skills, through the use of business-specific, knowledge intensive exercises.On Occasion, 3 units

MGT 734 Supply Chain ManagementThis course focuses on the concepts,issues, and methods in relation to theplanning, organizing, and controlling ofthe business activities in the supplychain. These activities include produc-tion, transportation, inventory mainte-nance, order processing, purchasing,warehousing, materials handling, packag-ing, and customer service, with the pur-pose to make products and servicesavailable to customers at the time, place,and in the condition and form desired, in

C.W. Post Campus

the most profitable or cost-effective way.Additional Prerequisites: GBA 525, MBA624On Occasion, 3 units

MGT 750 Management SeminarThe problems of organizational manage-ment are considered from a multi-disci-plinary point of view. Concepts andresearch from management studies areapplied to specialized problems of man-agement. Theory and technique are inte-grated by using group and individualstudy projects. The course is designed toenhance general management skills relat-ed to superiors, subordinates, staff spe-cialists and peers.On Occasion, 3 units

Management Information SystemsElectives

Prerequisite for all 700-level MIS courses:MBA 620

MIS 702 Data Base ManagementSystemsThis course examines the applications ofdata base systems in a business environ-ment. The course includes the founda-tions for data base concepts andmethodologies, data representation, datamodeling and file organization. Variousapproaches to the design of data basemanagement systems are studied, empha-sizing their data definition and structure,data access and update techniques.Fall, 3 units

MIS 703 Management DecisionSupport SystemsThis course focuses on Decision SupportSystems (DSS) and their use by man-agers in making unstructured decisionsby exploring viable alternatives in addi-tion to providing an optimal solutionwhenever possible. This course examinesthe concept of decision support in acomplex environment by surveying cur-rent decision support systems and the lat-est research in the field.Spring, 3 units

MIS 704 Management and SystemsDesign ProcessesThis course is designed to integrate theareas of MIS, Data Base and DecisionSupport Systems. Its purpose is to aid stu-dents in managing and designing large-scale information and decision systems inorganizations. Emphasis is on structuredsystems design and management tech-niques. The implementation and auditfunctions are among the topics discussed.Additional Prerequisites: MIS 702, MIS 703On Occasion, 3 units

MIS 705 Network Communication inBusinessThis course begins with an introductionto business information systems and com-munications networks. Students learnthe vital role of MIS communicationsnetworks as they relate to business orga-nizations and decision making. Thiscourse also provides students with cur-rent management and technical knowl-edge on how to evaluate, select andimplement communications systems.Students learn to effectively deal withthe rapidly changing technological envi-ronment. Forecasting future trends is alsodiscussed.Spring, 3 units

MIS 706 Advanced ProgrammingLanguagesThis course features high-level program-ming languages commonly used in busi-ness applications. Topics includestructure design, analysis and program-ming, software testing and documenta-tion.Additional Prerequisite: Previous program-ming experienceOn Occasion, 3 units

MIS 710 IT Management in aMultinational Business EnvironmentCross-listed as IBU 710This course focuses on worldwide ITenvironments, national infrastructuresand regulatory regimes, global IT appli-cations, global IS development strategies,global management support systems, andglobal IT management strategies. Itinculcates an in-depth understanding ofmanaging information resources acrossnational borders, time zones, cultures,political philosophies, regulatory regimes,and economic infrastructures. The courseemphasizes the critical role and issues ofIT and Electronic Commerce (EC) incontributing to the success of globalfinance, marketing, manufacturing, tradeand accounting practices.Additional Prerequisite: GBA 523On Occasion, 3 units

Marketing Electives

Prerequisites for all 700-level Marketingcourses: GBA 524 and MBA 622

MKT 701 Marketing Communicationand AdvertisingThis course covers the role of mass andpersonal communication and sales pro-motion in marketing management andits social and economic implications.Research findings in communication the-ory, behavioral sciences, and comprehen-

sive models of buyer behavior are partic-ularly stressed. The course surveys theplanning, implementation and measure-ment of effectiveness of marketing com-munication activities. Students arerequired to develop integrated promo-tional campaigns based on actual market-ing information.On Occasion, 3 units

MKT 702 Marketing ResearchThis course emphasizes the role of infor-mation in marketing decisions. Giventhe sheer variety and quantity of infor-mation available in today’s environment,the ability to assess the quality of infor-mation is more important than everbefore. This course will provide studentswith the tools and techniques that areessential to developing this ability. Thecourse takes a very applied, hands-onapproach to the subject, at the same timeensuring that students are exposed to thetheoretical concepts that are relevant. Itcovers two broad areas: research design,and data analysis and interpretation.Ethical issues are incorporated through-out the course. A variety of examples,cases and assignments will be used toillustrate the application of differentresearch methodologies and to providean understanding of how research can beused to make better decisions.On Occasion, 3 units

MKT 703 Sales Management andForecastingThis course emphasizes the managementof selling activities and the outside salesforce as one major phase of marketingmanagement. The course includes discus-sion of the administrative activities ofsales force managers from the districtmanager up to the top level sales execu-tive in the firm. Organization of the salesdepartment, operating the sales force,planning sales force activities, and theanalysis and control of sales operationsare covered. Major emphasis is given todetermining market and sales potentials,forecasting sales, preparing sales budgets,and establishing territories and quotas.Cases are used to stress practical applica-tions.On Occasion, 3 units

MKT 705 Consumer BehaviorThis course uses the multi-disciplinaryapproach to understanding consumerbehavior in the marketplace by integrat-ing the contributions of cultural anthro-pology, psychology, sociology andeconomics. This course reviews the roleof the behavioral sciences in marketingin such areas as determination of productchoice, brand loyalty and switching, and

School of Business

company loyalty policies. Topics includelearning theory, motivation, diffusion ofinnovation, reference group theory, role-playing, perception and attitude forma-tion. Managerial implications areexamined using case studies.On Occasion, 3 units

MKT 706 Product StrategyThe course provides a comprehensivepresentation of the product planning anddevelopment process and examinesstrategies over the product’s life cycle.Topics include idea generation, conceptdevelopment, screening criteria, concepttesting, commercialization and the devel-opment of marketing plans. Marketingmix decisions over the product life cycleare also covered. The product/brandmanager organizational structure as wellas ethical considerations is also examined.Additional Prerequisites: MBA622On Occasion, 3 units

MKT 707 Marketing DistributionSystemsThis course is an analysis of the competi-tive struggle for channel command, andthe utilization of economic, analyticaltools and behavioral models. The growthof, and innovation in, vertical systems isexamined with regard to social, econom-ic and legal constraints. The course alsosurveys the objectives and decision-mak-ing processes of individual members atvarious channel levels. Case studies thatare used stress practical applications.On Occasion, 3 units

MKT 708 Industrial MarketingThis course, also known as, “B2B mar-keting”, deals with firms’ marketing prac-tices and relationships with other firms.The course emphasizes manufacturers’marketing activities involving their prod-uct development, pricing strategies andtactics, distribution activities and theirpromotional/advertising programs withinthe context of ethical considerations. Inaddition, the course assesses suppliers ofservices to industrial and/or governmentmarkets in high tech and heavy equip-ment products.On Occasion, 3 units

MKT 712 Direct MarketingThe direct response techniques, anincreasingly important component of themarketing efforts of companies of allsizes, are studied in this course in detail.Direct marketers have developed asophisticated awareness of the exact rela-tionship of their marketing effort to salesand profits. This course familiarizes stu-dents with the entire range of direct mar-keting, media, and fulfillment strategies

with special emphasis on scientific database management.On Occasion, 3 units

MKT 716 International Trade andCompetitionCross-listed as IBU 703The main goal of this course is to analyzeand understand critical issues in interna-tional trade and competition from a busi-ness perspective. The course reviews andutilizes traditional theories of trade, butemphasizes modern concepts of dynamiccompetitive advantage – the role of firmstrategies, the role of location, countryfactors, and public policies in the con-text of the evolving system of worldtrade. Critical business issues concerningtrade and competition arising out of theWTO system, the regional tradingarrangements, and trade regulations andindustrial policies are also examined.Additional Prerequisite: MBA 625On Occasion, 3 units

MKT 717 International MarketingCross-listed as IBU 705This course is an analysis of both market-ing strategy and marketing managementin the international marketplace. It pro-vides students with an understanding ofthe global marketing environment andhow the environment impacts theapplicability of the marketing strategies.Students will learn theoretical founda-tions of international marketing andapply them to international marketingcampaigns based on the similarities anddifferences of international markets interms of cultural, economic, regulatoryand competitive forces. Country marketselection, market entry modes and ethi-cal issues are discussed.Additional Prerequisite: MBA 625On Occasion, 3 units

MKT 718 Creativity and PersonalMasteryThis is a course on creativity, about thehuman mind and its immense potential,and how to achieve your own ends andwhether those ends are worth achieving.To reach any major goal, the help of oth-ers is needed; therefore, studying leader-ship and the qualities of a leader areexamined. Mostly, this course is designedto help discover your unique purpose forexistence. At the very least, it will getyou started on this quest. Readings tran-scend business to encompass disciplinessuch as physics, psychology and philoso-phy. The course also deals explicitly withissues such as developing personal values,ethics, integrity, and achieving mastery.A particular focus is the understandingand resolving of conflicts between per-

sonal values and workplace action. Thisconflict is particularly acute in severalmarketing cases we shall study such aspredatory lending practices and decep-tive advertising by financial institutions,fast food marketing practices, tobaccoindustry promotion methods domesticallyand internationally and persuasion ormanipulation vignettes.On Occasion, 3 units

MKT 750 Marketing SeminarThis seminar offers advanced special top-ics in marketing that are relevant toincreasing the effectiveness of marketingas an organizational function. Topics willvary according to advances in the fieldand the environment in which market-ing operates. They include researchmethodology and techniques, impact oftechnology, ethics, and global marketingstrategy. The course utilizes the expertiseof guest speakers, when applicable.Additional Prerequisites: MBA 622 andMBA 625On Occasion, 3 units

MBA Electives from the School ofProfessional AccountancyGraduate courses in the School ofProfessional Accountancy are available aselectives in the MBA program. Prerequisitesfor 700-level accounting courses require abachelor’s degree in accounting or its equiva-lent. Prerequisites for 700 level taxationcourses require six units of accounting, andthree units each of taxation and businesslaw. Other prerequisites may exist. Refer tothe School of Professional Accountancy sec-tion later in this Graduate Bulletin for adescription of all courses.

The two courses below are specificallydesigned for MBA students.

BLW 701 Law for Business ManagersThis course examines the current legalenvironment of business and how itaffects the decision-making process formanagers of business enterprises. Thetopics covered include ethics, contracts,torts, intellectual property, internationaltransactions, employment agreements,real property, consumer protection, formsof business organizations, and debtor-uni-tor relations.On Occasion, 3 units

TAX 726 Tax Strategies and BusinessDecisionsThis course includes an examination ofhow taxes impact the business environ-ment and affect management decisionmaking. Using a planning approach, stu-dents learn how to adapt to constantlychanging tax rules and assess their future

C.W. Post Campus

impact. The objective of the course is toprovide the student with a framework toassess and predict how taxes affect busi-ness activities and participants, includingcustomers, suppliers, employees,investors, and competitors.On Occasion, 3 units

Student Organizations

M.B.A. AssociationThe mission of the M.B.A.

Association is to help students networkwith each other and exchange ideas andinformation that are helpful for careeradvancement in the competitive businessworld. The Association is open to allM.B.A. students regardless of full- orpart-time status.

Society for Advancement ofManagementThe Society for the Advancement of

Management is a working model of a realbusiness organization, exposing its mem-bers to the most successful managementtechniques in current use. It preparesboth undergraduate and graduate studentmembers for top management roles inevery field.

American Marketing AssociationThe American Marketing Association

is an organization that works to fosterscientific study and research in the fieldof marketing. The association’s goal is todevelop sound thinking in marketingtheory and a greater knowledge of mar-keting principles.

Financial Management AssociationThe Department of Finance sponsors a

student chapter of the FinancialManagement Association (FMA).Founded in 1970, the FinancialManagement Association is a profession-al organization that has more than 5,000members worldwide (academicians,senior executives, research analysts, etc.)and is a global leader in developing anddisseminating knowledge about financialdecision making.

Data Processing ManagementAssociationThe Data Processing Management

Association is an organization comprisedof all levels of management personnelwho have an interest in the field of

information processing. It is dedicated tothe advancement of the profession in allareas of business, industry, science, edu-cation and government.

Beta Alpha PsiBeta Alpha Psi is the national scholas-

tic and professional fraternity for finan-cial information students andprofessionals. Beta Alpha Psi was found-ed in 1919. By 2002 there were nearly238 chapters on college and universitycampuses with more than 200,000 mem-bers initiated since the fraternity’s forma-tion. Students must meet certaineligibility requirements to become amember. Beta Alpha Psi sponsors profes-sional speakers and social events, andperforms service activities on campus andin the community.

Beta Gamma SigmaBeta Gamma Sigma recognizes the

most outstanding students of businessand management. The Society’s member-ship of more than 460,000 comprises thebrightest and best of the world’s businessleaders. Beta Gamma Sigma was foundedas a national organization in 1913 at theUniversity of Wisconsin, University ofIllinois and University of California.With the global expansion of AACSBInternational, society membership is nolonger limited to those who have studiedin the U.S. or Canada. The C.W. PostCampus Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigmawas established in 2002.

Delta Sigma PiDelta Sigma Pi, an international, co-

educational, professional fraternity, spon-sors professional speakers, serves thecommunity and the University, andstrives to promote scholarship amongstfellow students. The C.W. Post CampusZeta Omicron Chapter was founded in1965.

SCHOOL OFPROFESSIONALACCOUNTANCY

Phone: (516) 299-2364Fax: (516) 299-2297Web site: www.liu.edu/msaccE-mail: professional.accountancy@liu.edu

Faculty

Michael J. AbatemarcoProfessor of AccountingB.S., J.D., State University of New Yorkat Buffalo;LL.M., New York University; CPAmichael.abatemarco@liu.edu

Charles A. BarragatoProfessor of AccountingDirector, School of Professional AccountancyB.S., M.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., Baruch College, City University ofNew York; CPA, CFEcharles.barragato@liu.edu

Robert E. BertucelliProfessor of AccountingDirector, Tax and Accounting InstituteB.S., M.S., Long Island University; CPA;CFP; CLUrobert.bertucelli@liu.edu

Christie L. ComunaleAssociate Professor of AccountingB.B.A., M.B.A., Loyola College;Ph.D., University of South Florida; CPAchristie.comunale@liu.edu

Ariel MarkelevichAssistant Professor of AccountancyB.A., Tel-Aviv, Israel;M.Sc., Tel-Aviv University;Ph.D., Baruch College, City University ofNew York; CMAariel.markelevich@liu.edu

Ilene PersoffAssociate Professor of AccountingB.A. Brandeis University;M.S., Long Island University; CPAIlene.persoff@liu.edu

Rebecca RosnerAssociate Professor of AccountingB.S., B.B.A., Brooklyn College;M.B.A., Ph.D., Baruch College, CityUniversity of New York; CPA; CISArebecca.rosner@liu.edu

Degree Programs

The School of Professional Accountancyoffers two programs leading to a Master ofScience degree: Accountancy andTaxation. The M.S. degree program inAccountancy is registered by the New YorkState Education Department as a 150-hourCPA licensure qualifying program. Thedegree also qualifies students for a one-yearreduction of the experience requirementfor CPA licensure.

School of Business

Admission Eligibility RequirementsA graduate applicant to the School of

Professional Accountancy must hold abachelor’s degree from an accredited col-lege or university. An applicant whoattended institutions outside the UnitedStates must hold a degree equivalent to aU.S. bachelor’s degree. An undergradu-ate major in accounting is required forthe M.S. in Accountancy program.Applicants for the M.S. in Taxation musthave completed six units of accountingand three units each of taxation andbusiness law. An applicant who is in hisor her senior year at an undergraduateinstitution may apply for admission, butacceptance is contingent upon submis-sion of final grades and receipt of a bach-elor’s degree. All previous courseworkwill be evaluated by the graduateaccounting advisor. Students who havenot taken necessary prerequisites may beadmitted to the program subject to thecompletion of prerequisites with a B orbetter as part of their program of study.The following criteria have been estab-lished as the most critical in the evalua-tion of the application:(1) scholastic achievement and a desire

to excel as evidenced by previousacademic work;

(2) aptitude for graduate study as indicat-ed by scores on the GMAT;

(3) leadership potential and maturity asevidenced by prior work experience,extracurricular activities, andresponses to the application formquestions.

Admission ProceduresApplication forms may be obtained

from the Graduate Admissions Office.Applications and all supporting docu-ments should be filed at the earliest pos-sible date before the beginning of thesemester for which admission is sought.A complete application includes:1. application and required $30 fee2. two letters of recommendation3. resumé4. official transcripts from all undergradu-ate, graduate and professional schoolsattended

5. official GMAT score report6. official TOEFL or IELTS score report(International applicants only).

Applicants who are licensed CPAswith two or more years of experience andan undergraduate GPA of 3.00o orgreater are waived from the GMAT.

Applicants who hold a Juris Doctorate(J.D.) are waived from the GMAT.Applicants holding a master’s degree ordoctorate (other than a J.D.) from anaccredited institution may request a per-sonal interview to determine whether awaiver from the GMAT is warranted.

Transfer Units and AcademicResidency RequirementsA maximum of six units, earned at

another AACSB-accredited college oruniversity, may be transferred to the M.S.programs. Each course will be evaluatedbefore acceptance for transfer. Onlycourses without prerequisites in the M.S.programs will be considered. The Collegeof Management transfer unit policy willapply except as stipulated in this section.

Matriculation PolicyA student is matriculated into the

School of Professional Accountancywhen he or she meets all admissionrequirements. Limited matriculation isnot available. Applicants may be admit-ted subject to the satisfactory completionof prerequisites.

Unsatisfactory GradesA student is expected to maintain a

3.00 cumulative grade point average. Ifhe or she does not maintain this stan-dard, the school’s Academic StandingCommittee will review his or her perfor-mance and will make a recommendationconcerning the student’s potential tocomplete successfully the M.S. programto the Director. The Director makes finaldisposition of such cases.

Tax and Accounting InstituteThe School of Professional

Accountancy also is home to the Taxand Accounting Institute, an organiza-tion of CPAs, attorneys and other profes-sionals who meet for the purpose ofdiscussing technical tax and accountingmatters and helping practitioners main-tain and upgrade their skills. Experiencedguest speakers from private practice andgovernment service are invited to addressthe meetings on a specific subject basedon their expertise. These speakers areoften distinguished authors, lecturers andteachers in addition to being leadingpractitioners. Generally, graduate stu-dents may attend the Institute’s programsat no cost.

Accountancy – M.S.

The M.S. in Accountancy preparesstudents for careers in public accountingor industry. The program is registered bythe New York State EducationDepartment to qualify for a one-yearreduction of the experience requirementfor CPA licensure. The one-year reduc-tion of the experience requirementapplies only to candidates who havecompleted the required prerequisites (ortheir equivalent). The New York StateEducation Department requires that cer-tain content areas be met in the areas ofprofessional accountancy, general busi-ness, and liberal arts and sciences. A stu-dent who is deficient in any prerequisitecourses normally will be required to com-plete such courses before registering forgraduate courses. In certain cases, stu-dents will be permitted to register forundergraduate prerequisite courses andgraduate courses the same semester. Thegraduate accounting advisor will assist astudent in determining his or her eligibil-ity for the program and CPA licensure.Three concentrations are available: pro-fessional accounting, information sys-tems, and taxation.

Required PrerequisitesA four-year baccalaureate degree in

accounting from an accredited institu-tion is required before formal entry intothe program. A student who lacks theappropriate prerequisites is normallyrequired to take them before registeringfor graduate courses.

Program Requirements

Required Core – All Concentrations(12 units)ACC 709 Corporate Financial Reportingor ACC 742 Financial StatementAnalysis

TAX 760 Tax Research or TAX 726 TaxStrategies and Business Decisions*

ACC 750 Advanced AccountingInformation Systems

ACC 753 Advanced Assurance Servicesand Computer Auditing

*Note: Taxation concentration studentsmust take TAX 760

C.W. Post Campus

Professional Accounting Concentration –Required Beyond the Core (18 units)Accounting or Taxation Electives (9units)Elective Courses Outside of theAccounting Discipline (9 units):

Graduate course electives with theapproval of the graduate advisor, ofwhich at least six units normally mustbe taken in other graduate businesscourses.

Information Systems Concentration –Required Beyond the Core (18 units)Accounting Electives (6 units)Information Systems Electives (12 units):MIS 702 Data Base Management SystemsMIS 703 Management Decision SupportSystems

MIS 704 Management and SystemsDesign Processes

MIS 705 Network Communication inBusiness

MIS 706 Advanced ProgrammingLanguage

MIS 710 Information TechnologyManagement in a MultinationalBusiness EnvironmentOther graduate information systems or

e-commerce courses with the approval ofthe graduate advisor.

Taxation Concentration – RequiredBeyond the Core (18 units)Taxation Electives (9 units)Elective Courses Outside of theAccounting Discipline (9 hours):Graduate course electives with theapproval of the graduate advisor, ofwhich at least six units normally mustbe taken in other graduate businesscourses.

Accounting ElectivesACC 709 Corporate Financial ReportingACC 720 Not-for-Profit EntityAccounting

ACC 742 Financial Statement AnalysisACC 754 Fraud ExaminationACC 760 International AccountingACC 790 Accounting SeminarOther 700 level accounting courses withthe approval of the graduate advisor.

Taxation ElectivesTAX 760 Tax Research (required ofstudents in the taxation concentration)

TAX 620 Tax AccountingTAX 625 Federal Taxation of Estates,Gifts, and Trusts

TAX 729 State and Local Taxation

TAX 762 Procedures and Practices inFederal Taxation

TAX 771 Corporate TaxationTAX 775 Partnership TaxationTAX 777 Estate PlanningTAX 788 International Taxation

Taxation – M.S.

The M.S. in Taxation degree programis designed to provide the student withthe technical expertise needed to suc-ceed as a tax professional. This requires ahigh level of knowledge and understand-ing of the fundamental principles andpractices of taxation. Both entry-leveland experienced professionals (i.e.,accountants and attorneys) will benefitfrom this educational experience.Emphasis is placed on tax planning,research, and Internal Revenue Servicepractice and procedures. Risk manage-ment and professional ethics are interwo-ven throughout the curriculum. Aspecialized tax library, including comput-erized research tools, is maintained tofacilitate research. The program consistsof a minimum of 30 units of coursework:18 units in required core courses and 12units in specialized elective courses.

Required PrerequisitesA four-year baccalaureate degree from

an accredited institution, including sixunits of accounting and three units eachof taxation and business law, is requiredbefore formal entry into the program. Astudent who lacks any of these prerequi-

sites is required to take them before reg-istering for graduate taxation courses.

Required Program Core (18 units)TAX 620 Tax AccountingTAX 625 Federal Taxation of Estates,Gifts and Trusts

TAX 760 Tax ResearchTAX 762 Procedures and Practices inFederal Taxation

TAX 771 Corporate TaxationTAX 775 Partnerships/LL Entities

Taxation Electives (12 units)TAX 729 State and Local TaxationTAX 772 Corporate Reorganizationsand Consolidations

TAX 773 Consolidated ReturnsTAX 776 Subchapters CorporationsTAX 777 Estate PlanningTAX 779 Tax Exempt OrganizationsTAX 780 Fundamentals of QualifiedEmployee Benefit Plans

TAX 788 International TaxationTAX 790 Seminar in CurrentDevelopments in Taxation

TAX 791 Independent Study

Note: A student may petition the programcoordinator to substitute an accounting,business or economics course as an elective.Such a substitution is limited to one coursein the student’s program of study. A mini-mum of 27 units of coursework must be inthe taxation field.

School of Professional Accountancy

Accounting SocietyThe Accounting Society is a student

organization that acts as a liaisonbetween the student body and the profes-sional accounting and business commu-nities. It also provides an informalsetting for students and faculty to inter-act. Student membership is encouraged.

Beta Alpha PsiBeta Alpha Psi is a national honors

fraternity for financial information pro-fessionals. C.W. Post’s Kappa Omicronchapter schedules formal and informalpresentations and events, and its mem-bers also perform community service.

Accounting, Taxation,and Business LawCourse Descriptions

ACC 709 Corporate FinancialReportingThis course involves the study of author-itative pronouncements on accountingprinciples that guide reporting financialposition, results of operations, andchanges in cash flow. It includes casestudies and analysis of published finan-cial reports. The purpose of this course isto attempt to bring theory and practicecloser together through application ofconcepts and methods of accounting.On Occasion, 3 units

ACC 720 Not-for-Profit EntityAccountingThis course provides an in-depth study ofthe accounting for government and othernonprofit organizations. The coursefocuses on the various governmentalfunds and group of accounts of thesepublic entities. In addition, attention isgiven to other nonprofit organizationssuch as colleges, universities and hospitals.On Occasion, 3 units

ACC 742 Financial Statement AnalysisThis course provides a survey of analyti-cal tools and techniques used to evaluatefinancial statements. Financial and cor-porate reports are analyzed for solvency,quality of earnings, investments, andforecasting implications. Emphasis isplaced on ratio and trend analysis for thedetection and interpretation of strengths,weaknesses and problems areas.Annually, 3 units

ACC 750 Advanced AccountingInformation SystemsThis course provides an advanced exami-nation of accounting information systems(AIS). It includes issues relating to thedesign and development of AIS withemphasis on the software selectionprocess, hands-on experience in design-ing accounting information systems usinga data base approach, various considera-tions during the systems development lifecycle, and the impact of new and emerg-ing technologies on AIS applications andcontrols.Bi-Annually, 3 units

ACC 753 Advanced AssuranceServices and Computer AuditingThis course provides an advanced reviewof assurance services and an in-depthanalysis of computer auditing. Studentsstudy current and emerging applicationsof assurance services, including informa-tion systems assurance. The course alsofocuses on the collection and evaluationof evidence using statistical samplingtechniques and hands-on computerassisted audit tools and techniques(CAATTs).Annually, 3 units

ACC 754 Fraud ExaminationThe nature of fraud, elements of fraud,fraud prevention, fraud detection, fraudinvestigation, design and use of controlsto prevent fraud, and methods of fraudresolution are examined in this course.The role of fraud examination to performa variety of antifraud and forensicaccounting engagements including, butnot limited to, investigating suspectedfraud, investigating assertions of fraud,developing fraud loss estimates and per-forming acquisition due diligence are alsoconsidered.On Occasion, 3 units

ACC 790 Accounting SeminarCurrent trends in accounting and theaccounting profession are analyzed. Areview of relevant pronouncements,exposure drafts and discussion memoran-da issued in accounting and auditing isconducted. New developments are exam-ined for their significance to the practic-ing accountant.Prerequisite: Completion of requiredAccounting CoreOn Occasion, 3 units

TAX 620 Tax AccountingThis course will provide the participantwith an in-depth analysis of the code,regulations, rulings and cases governingtax accounting issues. Areas coveredinclude accounting periods and methods

(including cash, accrual and installmentsales), inventory rules, debt-forgiveness,time-value of money concepts andrequired adjustments for changes inaccounting methods. Materials are intro-duced via lecture, open class discussionand review of selected case studies.Annually, 3 units

TAX 625 Federal Taxation of Estates,Gifts and TrustsA detailed study of the gift and estate taxprovisions of the Internal Revenue Codeis covered. An introduction to theincome taxation of trusts and estates isalso provided.Bi-Annually, 3 units

TAX 726 Tax Strategies and BusinessDecisionsThis course includes an examination ofhow taxes impact the business environ-ment and affect management decisionmaking. Using a planning approach, stu-dents learn how to adapt to constantlychanging tax rules and assess their futureimpact. The objective of the course is toprovide the student with a framework toassess and predict how taxes affect busi-ness activities and participants, includingcustomers, suppliers, employees,investors, and competitors. M.S. inTaxation students and M.S. inAccountancy students in the taxationconcentration may not receive credit forthis course.On Occasion, 3 units

TAX 729 State and Local TaxationIn-depth analysis of “Nexus,” UniformDivision of Income for Tax Purposes Act,the unitary principle, the multi-statetaxes compact regulations and P.L. 86-272. Various landmark Supreme Courtdecisions pertaining to multi-state taxa-tion are discussed. Emphasis is placed onNew York State Income, Franchise andSales Taxes for those entities doing busi-ness in New York State.Bi-Annually, 3 units

TAX 760 Tax ResearchSources of legislative, administrative andlegal precedents are discussed. Utilizationof IRS publications, tax reporters, andjudicial and statutory authority isexplained. An introduction to computer-based tax research tools and techniquesis included. Several research projectsusing these materials are required.Written and oral techniques for present-ing research results are discussed. Thepresentation of three written researchpapers is required. This course is taughtprimarily on a distance learning basis.Assignments are prepared on and submit-

C.W. Post Campus

ted via the Internet and weekly discus-sion board questions are discussed. Theparticipant must have access to a com-puter with Internet access.Annually, 3 units

TAX 762 Procedures and Practices inFederal TaxationAmong topics considered are preparationof tax returns, due dates and extensions,techniques for gathering information andpreparation of returns, statute of limita-tions, tax examinations, appeals proce-dures in the IRS, request for rulings,collection matters, tax fraud, and profes-sional responsibility of taxpayer’s repre-sentatives.Bi-Annually, 3 units

TAX 771 Corporate TaxationThis course reviews the tax aspects ofcorporate formations, including corpo-rate characteristics, transfers to con-trolled corporations, corporate capitalstructure, the income tax calculations forcorporate entities and elections. Topicscovered include corporate stockholderrelationships, corporate distributions,corporate redemptions and partial liqui-dation, accumulated earnings, and per-sonal holding companies.Prerequisites: TAX 620, TAX 760Annually, 3 units

TAX 772 Corporate Reorganizationsand ConsolidationsCoverage includes reorganizations, recap-italization, acquisitions and disposal ofassets, mergers, acquisitive and divisivereorganizations as well as corporate taxattributes.Prerequisite: TAX 771Bi-Annually, 3 units

TAX 773 Consolidated ReturnsThis course deals with the principles andmechanics of consolidated returnsincluding eligibility, computation of con-solidated tax liability, inter-companytransactions, inventory adjustments, basisof property, net operating losses, earningsand profits and separate return limitations.Prerequisite: TAX 771On Occasion, 3 units

TAX 775 Partnerships and LimitedLiability EntitiesA study of Subchapter K of the InternalRevenue Code and regulations pertain-ing to that Subchapter. The tax problemsassociated with partnership formation,operation, liquidation and distributionsare covered. Acquisitions of a partner-ship interest, problems associated with apartner’s guaranteed payment, optionalbasis adjustment of partnership property

and other current materials are exam-ined. The tax ramifications of LimitedLiability Companies (LLC) andPartnerships (LLP) are discussed.Prerequisites: TAX 620, TAX 760Bi-Annually, 3 units

TAX 776 Subchapter S CorporationsThis course is an in-depth study of thefederal tax ramifications of operating theS Corporation. The election, operation,termination and special rules associatedwith the S Corporation status are exam-ined. Tax planning for the S Corporationis also emphasized.Prerequisite: TAX 771Bi-Annually, 3 units

TAX 777 Estate PlanningIn general, this course covers estate plan-ning techniques for the individual. Thecourse includes study of the factors to beconsidered in planning an estate, includ-ing life insurance, trusts, specific legacies,provisions for protection of a going busi-ness, and estate and gift tax provisions ofthe Internal Revenue Code, especiallywith respect to marital deduction, powersof appointment, exemptions and jointlyowned propertyPrerequisite: TAX 625On Occasion, 3 units

TAX 779 Tax Exempt OrganizationsIn this course, the tax laws governing thecreation and operation of tax exemptorganizations are studied. Compliancerequirements governed by the InternalRevenue Service are also reviewed.Prerequisites: TAX 620, TAX 760On Occasion, 3 units

TAX 780 Fundamentals of QualifiedEmployee Benefit PlansThis course is an in-depth study ofERISA. The course is geared towards anunderstanding of the pension and profit-sharing rules required for plan qualifica-tion. Emphasis is placed upon theestablishment of a qualified plan for bothincorporated and unincorporated formsof business.On Occasion, 3 units

TAX 788 International TaxationThis course covers the taxation ofUnited States persons investing or doingbusiness abroad and nonresident aliensand foreign corporations having nexuswith the United States. Topics coveredinclude, among others, the foreign taxcredit, Subpart F income, controlled for-eign corporations, tax treaties, sourcingrules and expatriate taxation.Prerequisite: TAX 771Bi-Annually, 3 units

TAX 790 Seminar in CurrentDevelopments in TaxationCurrent trends in federal taxation areanalyzed. Tax cases, rulings and newdevelopments are examined for their sig-nificance to tax practitioners.Prerequisite: Completion of required taxa-tion core.On Occasion, 3 units

TAX 791 Independent StudyDirected independent reading andresearch projects in an area selected bythe student with the approval of a facultymember sponsor. The student is expectedto prepare a substantial integrative writtenreport at the conclusion of the semester.Prerequisite: Permission of the Director ofthe School of Professional AccountancyOn Occasion, 3 units

BLW 701 Law for Business ManagersThis course examines the current legalenvironment of business and how itaffects the decision-making process formanagers of business enterprises. Thetopics covered include ethics, contracts,torts, intellectual property, internationaltransactions, employment agreements,real property, consumer protection, formsof business organizations, and debtor-creditor relations.On Occasion, 3 units

SCHOOL OFPUBLIC SERVICEFax: (516) 299-3962

Faculty

Marietta BarrettiAssociate Professor of Social WorkA.A., Queensboro Community College;B.S.S.W., M.S.W., Adelphi University,School of Social Work;D.S.W., Hunter College, School of SocialWorkmarietta.barretti@liu.edu

Pamela BrodliebDirector of Field EducationB.A., M.S., State University of New Yorkat Albany;M.S.W., Adelphi University

Orly CalderonAssistant Professor of Social WorkB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversity;M.S., Ph.D., Hofstra University;orly.calderon@liu.edu

School of Professional Accountancy

Morrey A. FormanAssociate Professor of Health Care andPublic AdministrationA.A., Staten Island Community College,City University of New York;B.A., The City College, City University ofNew York;M.P.A., Baruch College, City Universityof New York;Ph.D., New York Universitymorrey.forman@liu.edu

Elissa D. GiffordsAssociate Professor of Social WorkA.A., Nassau Community College;B.A., Hofstra University;M.S.W., D.S.W., Adelphi Universityelissa.giffords@liu.edu

Sean A. GrennanAssociate ProfessorB.A., M.A., John Jay College of CriminalJustice;M.Ph., Ph.D., The Graduate Center, CityUniversity of New Yorksean.grennan@liu.edu

Harvey W. KushnerChair, Department of Criminal JusticeB.A., Queens College, City University ofNew York;M.A., Ph.D., New York Universityharvey.kushner@liu.edu

Roslyn MuraskinDirector, Long Island Women’s InstituteDirector, Alumni Development for theCollege of ManagementProfessor of Criminal JusticeB.A., Queens College, City University ofNew York;M.A., New York University;M.Ph., Ph.D., The Graduate Center, CityUniversity of New Yorkroslyn.muraskin@liu.edu

Ilene Nathanson, DSW, LCSWDirector, Social WorkDirector, Center on AgingProfessor of Social WorkB.S., Cornell University;M.S.W., D.S.W., Yeshiva Universityinathanson@liu.edu

Martin L. O’ConnorAssociate Professor of Criminal JusticeB.A., Long Island University;J.D., Hofstra Universitymartin.oconnor@liu.edu

Justin R. RenzAssociate Professor of Health Care andPublic AdministrationB.A., St. John’s University;M.A., D.P.A., New York Universityjustin.renz@liu.edu

Adam L. SilvermanAssistant ProfessorB.A., Emory University;M.L., University of St. Andrews;M.A., Florida International University;Ph.D., University of Floridaadam.silverman@liu.edu

Linda L. VilaChair, Department of Healthcare and PublicAdministrationAssistant Professor of Healthcare and PublicAdministrationB.A., Hunter College, City University ofNew York;J.D., Brooklyn Law Schoollinda.vila@liu.edu

Thomas C. WebsterProfessor of Health Care and PublicAdministrationA.A., B.A., Graceland University;M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State Universitythomas.webster@liu.edu

Linda WenzeAssociate Professor of Health Care andPublic AdministrationB.A., M.A., Ph.D., Hofstra University;M.B.A., Long Island Universitylinda.wenze@liu.edu

Tzipi WeissAssistant Professor of Social WorkB.A., Tel Aviv University;M.Sc., Technion Israel Institute ofTechnology, Medical School;M.A., Columbia University;M.S.W., D.S.W., Adelphi University,School of Social Worktzipi.weiss@liu.edu

Professor Emeriti

Joseph GrauB.A., Cathedral College;M.A., Fordham University;Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

Patrick RyanB.A., John Jay College of Criminal Justice;M.A., Fordham University;Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

Philip I. SchorrB.A., M.P.A., Ph.D., New YorkUniversity

Peter VolgyesM.A., University of Economic Studies;M.B.A., Ph.D., New York University

Criminal Justice

Phone: (516) 299-2467Fax: (516) 299-2587

Faculty

Harvey W. KushnerChair, Department of Criminal JusticeProfessorB.A., Queens College, City University ofNew York;M.A., Ph.D., New York Universityharvey.kushner@liu.edu

Sean A. GrennanAssociate ProfessorB.A., M.A., John Jay College of CriminalJustice;M.Ph., Ph.D., The Graduate Center, CityUniversity of New Yorksean.grennan@liu.edu

Roslyn MuraskinProfessorB.A., Queens College;M.A., New York University;M.Ph., Ph.D., The Graduate Center, CityUniversity of New Yorkroslyn.muraskin@liu.edu

Martin L. O’ConnorAssociate ProfessorB.A., Long Island University;J.D., Hofstra Universitymartin.oconnor@liu.edu

Adam L. SilvermanAssistant ProfessorB.A., Emory University;M.L., University of St. Andrews;M.A., Florida International University;Ph.D., University of Floridaadam.silverman@liu.edu

Mission Statement

The Master of Science in CriminalJustice is designed for students with vary-ing academic backgrounds interested incareers in the private or public sectors.The program offers an in-depth, 21st cen-tury curriculum geared toward forensics,technology and criminological theory. Inaddition to a concentration in traditionalcriminal justice, specializations are avail-

C.W. Post Campus

able in Fraud Examination and SecurityAdministration. These fields of study pre-pare students for modern-day careers incyberspace crime detection, law enforce-ment management systems, and securitymanagement. The major also serves as awell-planned course of study for thoseplanning to continue with their graduatework toward advanced degrees in crimi-nology and criminal justice.The department’s staff is comprised of

both full-time and adjunct faculty. Full-time faculty members are involved withmultifaceted research related to themany areas of criminal justice. Adjunctfaculty members are working criminaljustice system professionals.The complete set of rules and regula-

tions to maintain matriculation as well asother requirements to obtain the M.S.degree in Criminal Justice are availablefrom the graduate counselor in theDepartment of Criminal Justice.

Admission RequirementsA student applying for admission to the

program must have a bachelor’s degreeand a minimum of a 3.00 undergraduatecumulative grade point average. An appli-cant must also submit two letters of rec-ommendation and a personal statement.

Residence Requirements andTransfer UnitsA degree candidate must complete at

least 24 units in residence. Residency isdefined as the completion of graduatecourses offered by the department or byother graduate departments. Graduatecourses taken at other institutions beforeadmission, may, if approved by the chair-person, be applied toward the master’sdegree. Transfer credit is limited to 12semester hours of unit and granted onlyfor grades of B or better.

Matriculation PolicyA student is fully matriculated into the

Department of Criminal Justice when heor she meets all of the admission require-ments for the Master of Science inCriminal Justice degree program.

Limited MatriculationLimited matriculation indicates that

the student does not meet some require-ments for full matriculation. In caseswhere any of the supporting documentsspecified are missing, an applicant maybe granted conditional acceptance.

Permission to enroll as a limited matric-ulant will be granted by the AdmissionsCommittee of the Department of CriminalJustice only to those applicants whoappear to meet the admission standards.Such students will be required to furnishthese missing documents within the firstsemester of enrollment.

ProbationA student must maintain at least a

3.00 cumulative grade point average inthe M.S. program. Any student whosecumulative grade point average fallsbelow 3.00 will be evaluated by theAcademic Standing Committee of theDepartment of Criminal Justice, issued aletter of warning, and placed on proba-tion. A student on probation who fails tobring his or her average up to 3.00 in thesucceeding semester may be droppedfrom the program. In addition, a studentwho receives grades below B in two grad-uate courses is considered to have anacademic deficiency. A third grade belowB, after the student receives a formalwarning of the deficiency, may cause thestudent to lose matriculated status or bedropped from the program.

Incomplete GradesUnder special circumstances, a faculty

member may assign a grade ofIncomplete (I). An Incomplete in CRJ707 or CRJ 708 must be removed within18 months and an Incomplete for allother courses must be removed within sixmonths from the start of the semestersubsequent to the semester in which theIncomplete was issued.

Alternate Site LocationsThe Department also offers the Master

of Science in Criminal Justice at theBrentwood Campus of Long IslandUniversity in Suffolk County. All pro-gram and course requirements of theC.W. Post Campus are in effect for allextension facilities.

Criminal Justice – M.S.

The Master of Science degree inCriminal Justice is awarded upon success-ful completion of 36 unit hours ofcoursework. The curriculum requires 21units of required coursework and 15 unitsof electives. Students may substitute 15unit hours in a specific concentration forthe required 15 units of electives.

Degree Requirements

Required Courses (21 units)CRJ 555 Technology and the CriminalJustice System

*CRJ 675 Critical Issues in Law andSociety

CRJ 690 Theories of Crime CausationCRJ 699 Foundations of ScholarshipCRJ 700 Research Design and MethodCRJ 707 Thesis ResearchCRJ 708 Thesis Consultation*Not required by the 18-unit FraudExamination concentration

Electives (15 units)Five 3-unit elective courses

Total units – 36

ConcentrationsThe M.S. degree program offers stu-

dents the opportunity to specialize in oneof the following concentration areas.

Fraud Examination (18 units)CRJ 801 Introduction to FraudExamination

CRJ 802 Methods of Fraud ExaminationCRJ 803 Auditing Principles in FraudExamination

CRJ 804 Professional AccountingStandard in Fraud Examination

CRJ 805 Fraud Examination and the LawCRJ 806 Ethics in Fraud Examination

Security Administration (15 units)CSA 546 Theories of Private Securityand Loss Prevention

CSA 571 Private Security AdministrationCSA 581 Security of IntellectualProperty

CSA 582 Instructing Security TrainersCSA 583 Security LawCSA 587 Institutional Security PlanningCSA 593 Investigation Management

Criminal JusticeCourse Descriptions

CRJ 555 Technology and the CriminalJustice SystemThis course is an analysis of high-techsociety, the impact of advanced technol-ogy on the crime scene and its applica-tion in criminal justice management.Annually, 3 units

School of Public Service

CRJ 675 Critical Issues in Law andSocietyThis course is an analysis of the wayslaws evolve along with social change, theapplicability of laws in relation to thecriminal justice system and the structureof society and the viability of laws inrelation to changing moral standards.Annually, 3 units

CRJ 690 Theories of Crime CausationThis course is a survey of the theoreticalimplications of criminal acts in relationto behavioral systems. It is an analysis ofsociogenic, psychogenic, economic,anthropological and physical-type theories.Annually, 3 units

CRJ 699 Foundations of ScholarshipThis course must be taken in the stu-dent’s first semester of attendance inorder to develop tools for conductingresearch and for writing papers in thefield of criminal justice. The courseexplores approaches to writing a researchpaper, forms of documentation, libraryresources, data sources and computerusage.Annually, 3 units

CRJ 700 Research Design and MethodsThis course must be taken in the stu-dent’s first or second semester of atten-dance. It is a survey of research designs,analytical techniques and the prepara-tion of research papers.Annually, 3 units

Capstone

CRJ 707 and 708 Thesis and ResearchConsultationCRJ 707 and CRJ 708 must be takenconsecutively in the student’s last twosemesters of study after having main-tained a 3.00 or better G.P.A.

CRJ 707 Thesis ResearchThis course is taken prior to CRJ 708. Itis an advanced study of the scientificmethod in the discipline of CriminalJustice, together with the preparation ofa master’s thesis proposal and an outlineof the thesis.Prerequisites: CRJ 699 and CRJ 700Every Semester, 3 units

CRJ 708 Thesis ConsultationThis course is the actual writing of thethesis.Prerequisites: CRJ 699, CRJ 700 and CRJ707Every Semester, 3 units

Criminal JusticeSpecialization CourseDescriptions

Fraud Examination

CRJ 801 Introduction to FraudExaminationThis course is an analysis of the fraudproblem and its impact, both economicand social, on America. Pertinent whitecollar crime laws and the variousenforcement and prosecutorial agenciesthat deal with fraud are also discussed.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 802 Methods of FraudExaminationVarious investigative and auditing tech-niques essential to the prevention, detec-tion and resolution of fraud problems areexamined in this course.Prerequisite or Co-requisite: CRJ 801On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 803 Auditing Principles in FraudExaminationThis course studies the Detecting ofFraud through the use of auditing tech-niques, radio analysis, statistical methodsapplication, and other pertinentaccounting methods. The course includescontrols to detect and prevent fraud.Prerequisite: CRJ 802On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 804 Professional AccountingStandards in Fraud ExaminationThis course is the analysis of past andpresent professional accounting andauditing standards and their applicationto fraud problems. The changes occur-ring in the accounting profession andtheir implication on the growing threatof white collar crime are discussed.Prerequisite or Co-requisite: CRJ 803On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 805 Fraud Examination and theLawThis course discusses the application offederal and state criminal and civilstatutes and a detailed application ofthese laws to current and historical fraudcases. The rules of criminal and civil pro-cedure are studied. The course includes areview of cases from the common law todecisions of the U.S. Supreme Court thatframe the overall fraud discussion.Prerequisite: CRJ 804On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 806 Ethics in Fraud ExaminationThis course analyzes the professionalresponsibilities and limitations of audi-tors, investigators, lawyers and fraudexaminers. Ethical considerations of aconsultancy and conduct as an expertwitness are discussed. The confidentialrelationship between a fraud examinerand a client are studied.Prerequisite or Co-requisite: CRJ 805On Occasion, 3 units

Security Administration

CSA 546 Theories of Private Securityand Loss PreventionThis course is an analysis of the opera-tive principles in deterring business andindustrial crime. The concept of defensi-ble space, internal and external accesscontrol and psychological security barri-ers are all discussed.On Occasion, 3 units

CSA 571 Private SecurityAdministrationThis course is the study of the organiza-tion, administration and management ofsecurity, plant protection, and loss pre-vention. Policy and decision-making,personnel, budgeting, safety and fire pre-vention programs in business, industryand government are covered.On Occasion, 3 units

CSA 581 Security of IntellectualPropertyThis course is a discussion of the clarifi-cation and classification of intellectualproperty. Particular attention is paid tothe use of management skills in statingand implementing company security pol-icy safeguards.On Occasion, 3 units

CSA 582 Instructing Security TrainersThis course covers instructional tech-niques for security trainers in the prepa-ration and presentation of lossprevention and loss control knowledgeand skills, and is a course in training thetrainers.Prerequisite: CSA 581On Occasion, 3 units

CSA 583 Security LawThis course is a survey of the major legalissues in criminal and civil law impactingon the private security industry. Thecourse is a discussion of self-incrimina-tion, search and seizure, electronic eaves-dropping, coerced confessions, right tocounsel, illegal detention, use of decep-tion devices, interrogation techniquesand professional ethical responsibilities.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

CSA 587 Institutional Security PlanningThis course is the comparative analysis ofrelevant security problems in public andprivate institutional settings.On Occasion, 3 units

CSA 593 Investigation ManagementThis course is an examination of investi-gation techniques involved in hiringpractices, loss control, crime and regula-tory agency violations.On Occasion, 3 units

General Electives

CRJ 523 Computers and the CriminalJustice SystemThis course is an explanation of theapplication of basic computer technologyin the criminal justice system. Thiscourse includes a discussion of moreeffective and efficient use of computersystems in various aspects of agencywork.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 525 Teaching Criminal JusticeThis is a course designed primarily forsecondary school teachers that surveysthe component parts of the criminal jus-tice system. Particular attention is givento law enforcement agencies, courts, cor-rections, probation, parole and rights ofthe accused.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 529 Effectiveness of Preventionand Treatment ProgramsThis course is a review of the basic con-cepts and strategies in valuative research.Topics include topologies of treatmentand prevention programs, what works,measuring effectiveness, types of valuativeresearch designs and exemplary projects.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 530 VictimologyThe criminal justice system is discussedwith emphasis on treatment of the vic-tims as well as how criminal justice agen-cies hinder or encourage the victim inreporting a victimization and processingthe crime.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 536 Introduction to ForensicTechnologyThis course covers the technologicalaspects used by law enforcement inapprehension and prosecution of offend-ers. The course covers methods usedincluding fingerprint discovery at crimescenes, ballistic identification, documentexaminations, serology, and hair andfiber analysis.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 540 Employment DiscriminationLawThis course is an overview of variouslaws that directly impact employers,managers and supervisors in both thepublic and private sector. The coursecovers diverse viewpoints regarding out-standing employment cases pertaining topersonnel and discrimination issues.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 552 Communications and theCriminal Justice SystemThis course is a discussion of the role ofmass media in vis-à-vis the criminal justicesystem-exposing deviant behavior, commu-nicating information for arrest and crimeprevention, prejudicing court procedures,misrepresentation, libel and defamation.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 560 Funding and GrantEvaluationThis course is a survey of the sources forcriminal justice funding. The criteria andstandards for meaningful evaluation ofgrants and reporting responsibilities ofboth agencies and independent evalua-tors are examined.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 565 Interpersonal Relations inAdministrationThis course is an analysis of group behav-ior in organizations, the dynamics ofgroup membership and leadership as theyrelate to administration of businessenterprise and contributions made by thebehavioral sciences.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 570 Seminar in Criminal JusticeThe seminar focuses on the major com-ponents of the criminal justice system.Special attention is given to the func-tions and role of the police, correctionalinstitutions, courts, probation and parole.Integration of agencies, bureaucraticstructures and value systems is also studied.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 577 Police and ProfessionalismThis course is an analysis of the conceptof professionalism and its relation tosocial control with special reference tothe police. Subject matter explores howprofessionalism may be functional or dys-functional, the further accountabilityand ethical consideration in policy mak-ing, the control of police abuses and theself-regulation system.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 582 Psychiatry and the LawThis course is an examination of thelegal implications in psychiatric diagno-

sis, commitment and treatment and theutilization of psychiatric testimony byjudge and jury in the criminal justice sys-tem.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 585 Seminar in CourtAdministrationThis course is an overview of the admin-istration and management of the courtsystem. The purpose and functioning of acriminal court jurisdiction and the man-agement of intake and control of the par-ticipating parties is covered.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 600, 601 Advanced StandingCriminal JusticeThis course is an independent study in aselected area of criminal justice underthe supervision and direction of a mem-ber of the criminal justice faculty.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 630 Forensic PsychologyThis course examines the part that psy-chology plays with all facets of thepolice, courts and corrections. Thecourse probes the interaction of all com-ponents and the role of psychologicalinteraction with these components.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 631 Seminar in Organized CrimeThis seminar traces the historical roots oforganized criminality from circa 1850 tothe present. Structural models are com-pared for understanding “emerging”group; in that context, internationalaspects and transnational characteristicsare examined. Special attention is paidto dependencies and cooperation amongethnicities.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 635 The Mass Murderer and theViolent CriminalThis course studies the biological, psy-chological, and environmental causes ofthe violent criminal. An in-depth studyof individual offenders is made to analyzecausation.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 640 Seminar in theAdministrationThis course is a comprehensive study ofthe juvenile justice system. The seminardeals with apprehension, adjudication,treatment and prevention as these relatespecifically to the administration of juve-nile justice.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 647 Forensic Investigation of Fire,Arson and ExplosionsA safe and systematic investigation andanalysis of fire and explosion incidents.Specific procedures will be presented toassist in these investigations.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 650 Class and Social StructureThis seminar examines American cultur-al pluralism and social structure and theirimpact on the criminal justice system.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 652 Seminar on the Grand Juryand the Petit JuryThis course is a study of the grand andpetit juries and the present-day statutoryand constitutional mandates affectingthose institutions. Consideration is givento the alternatives to a grand jury system,the possible elimination of the grand juryas presently constituted, the waiver ofgrand jury presentment, as well as thefunctions performed and the safeguards,if any, achieved by our present system.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 655 Counseling in CriminalJusticeThis course is a survey of individual andgroup counseling techniques for use intreatment-oriented criminal justice agen-cies. The different counseling techniquesin probation, parole, corrections, anddrug and alcohol treatment agencies areall explored.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 656 Managerial SupervisionThis course is a study of the theories,methods and practices in the administra-tion of punishment. Among the topicscovered are trends in punitive policypractices on the local, state and nationallevels.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 658 Crisis Intervention inCriminal JusticeThis course is a survey of the applicationof crisis negotiation techniques as theyapply to probation, parole, correctionsand law enforcement agencies.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 660 Principles and Methods ofRehabilitation of OffendersThis course is an overview of the meth-ods used in the rehabilitative process.The synthesis of theory with primaryemphasis on social and cultural milieus isconsidered.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 665 Criminal Justice Response toDomestic ViolenceThe course deals with the historic, socialand legal forces that have shaped thecriminal justice response to domestic vio-lence.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 670 Narcotic Addiction,Alcoholism and CrimeThis course is a survey of the multi-facto-rial causes of chemical abuse; primarily,addiction to narcotics and alcohol, thecharacteristics of the addict and abuserand the legal sanctions developed for itscontrol.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 680 Graduate InternshipThis course is a planned program ofobservation and participation in selectedcriminal justice agencies. It explores thegap between the development of crimi-nological theory and the practical appli-cation of that theory.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 686 Seminar in JusticeThis course is a comprehensive examina-tion of the organization and managementof criminal justice agencies. Particularattention is paid to organization princi-ples and practices, structure, supervision,administrative communications and thefiscal management of the criminal justicebudget.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 689 Planning and ManagementThis course is a systematic analysis ofparole and probation management at theadministrative, supervisory and line levels.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 697 Workload ManagementThis course examines the workload man-agement for probation and parole staff atthe administrative, supervisory and linelevels.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 698 Crime and Criminality inCinematographyThis course is an overview of the variouscomponents of the criminal justice sys-tem as seen through the case studies pre-sented through the medium ofcinematography. Films dealing with courtprocedures, juries, police practices, prose-cutorial problems, sentencing procedures,prisons, causes of crime and correctionsare explored.On Occasion, 3 units

CRJ 734 Forensic HomicideInvestigationStudents gain knowledge of the crimeregarded as the most heinous of all crimi-nal acts. Investigative techniques used,the importance of the medical examiner’sautopsy, and the time factors involved inthe solution are discussed.On Occasion, 3 units

Criminal Justice AssociationThe Criminal Justice Association is a

student-run organization devoted toresearch and networking within thecriminal justice system. A studentnewsletter is published displaying theresults of the association’s research.

Alpha Phi SigmaThe Epsilon Beta Chapter of Alpha

Phi Sigma (the National CriminalJustice Honor Society) is located on theC.W. Post Campus. Graduate studentswho maintain a minimum overall indexof 3.50 are eligible to apply. The chapterrecognizes outstanding scholarship andthe academic ability of all CriminalJustice students.

Delta Sigma PiDelta Sigma Pi is an international co-

ed professional fraternity that sponsorsprofessional speakers, serves the commu-nity/university, and strives to promotescholarship among fellow students. TheZeta Omicron Chapter was founded in1965 on the C.W. Post Campus.

Health Care andPublic Administration

Phone: (516) 299-2716Fax: (516) 299-3912E-mail: hcpa@cwpost.liu.edu

Faculty

C.W. Post Campus

Morrey A. FormanAssociate Professor of Health Care andPublic AdministrationB.A., The City College, City University ofNew York;M.P.A., Baruch College, City Universityof New York;Ph.D., New York Universitymorrey.forman@liu.edu

Justin R. RenzAssociate Professor of Health Care andPublic AdministrationB.A., St. John’s University;M.A., D.P.A., New York Universityjustin.renz@liu.edu

Linda L. VilaChair, Department of Healthcare and PublicAdministrationAssistant Professor of Health Care andPublic AdministrationB.A., Hunter College, City University ofNew York;J.D., Brooklyn Law Schoollinda.vila@liu.edu

Thomas C. WebsterProfessor of Healthcare and PublicAdministrationA.A., B.A., Graceland University;M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State Universitythomas.webster@liu.edu

Linda WenzeAssociate Professor of Health Care andPublic AdministrationB.A., M.A., Hofstra University;M.B.A., Long Island University;Ph.D., Hofstra Universitylinda.wenze@liu.edu

Master of PublicAdministration – M.P.A.

The C.W. Post Master PublicAdministration (M.P.A.) degree programis accredited by the Commission on PeerReview and Accreditation of theNational Association of Schools ofPublic Affairs and Administration(NASPAA).The Department of Health Care and

Public Administration offers graduateprograms leading to the profession degreeof Master of Public Administration(M.P.A.) in Public Administration,Nonprofit Management, Health CareAdministration, and Health CareAdministration with the Specializationin Gerontology.

The M.P.A. program has been formu-lated to serve those seeking careers asadministrators in the public, health care,non-profit, and long-term care sectors.M.P.A. students may also take HomelandSecurity Management and Public LibraryManagement courses as electives to sup-plement the curriculum. The coursesexamine practical and theoretical prob-lems in administration. The philosophyof this program is to provide a compre-hensive understanding of organizationalstructures, administrative techniques,policy analysis and program manage-ment.The department also offers a Graduate

Certificate Program in Gerontology aswell as in Nonprofit Management thataffords the student the opportunity toconcentrate in these growing fields.The department offers a J.D./M.P.A. in

conjunction with Touro Law Center inCentral Islip, N.Y. Continuing educationin nursing home administration andhealth care leadership is offered in coop-eration with the C.W. Post Office ofContinuing Education and ProfessionalStudies.Continuing Education also offers a full

range of nonunit courses for career devel-opment, vocational training, professionaldevelopment and personal enrichment.The program is geared to meet the spe-cific needs of civic, professional and gov-ernmental agencies.

RequirementsM.P.A. in Public AdministrationM.P.A. in Health Care AdministrationM.P.A. in Health Care Administrationwith a Specialization in Gerontology

M.P.A. in Nonprofit ManagementJ.D./M.P.A. Dual Degree ProgramAdvanced Certificate in GerontologyAdvanced Certificate in NonprofitManagement

Candidates for admission to theM.P.A. and/or graduate AdvancedCertificate Programs must satisfy thegeneral admission requirements for grad-uate study at the C.W. Post Campus ofLong Island University.Applicants must have a baccalaureate

degree from an accredited institution andan acceptable record in undergraduateand other studies as reflected in officialtranscripts of all colleges and universi-ties.

Full Matriculation RequirementsFull matriculation indicates that the

student meets all requirements for admis-sion to the degree program. Thisincludes:1. official transcript reflecting award ofbaccalaureate degree with a cumula-tive grade point average of 3.00 orabove or the successful completion ofanother Master’s Degree

2. two letters of recommendation3. clear statement on the applicationindicating desire for admission andprofessional growth

4. Students whose native language is notEnglish are expected to take the Testof English as a Foreign Language(TOEFL), and may also be asked totake TOEFL’s Test of Written English(TWE) or Test of Spoken English(TSE).

Limited MatriculationRequirementsLimited matriculation indicates that

the student does not meet some require-ment(s) for full matriculation.When any of the supporting docu-

ments are missing, an applicant may begranted conditional acceptance. A limit-ed matriculated student will be requiredto furnish the missing supporting infor-mation within his or her first semester ofenrollment. After this information issubmitted, the conditional status will beresolved.Failure to meet this requirement will

prevent the student from enrolling inadditional coursework and being consid-ered for matriculation until he or she fur-nishes the missing documents.A student whose undergraduate cumu-

lative grade point average is between2.50 and 2.99 may be granted limitedmatriculation. To be classified as a FullMatriculant, the student must furnish allnecessary documentation, complete 12units with an earned grade point averageof 3.00 or above, and demonstrate oraland written English communicationskills.

Pre-M.P.A. Program RequirementsA student with an undergraduate

grade point average below 2.50, but whohas strong letters of recommendation anda statement on the application indicatingdesire for admission and professionalgrowth, may be accepted into the Pre-M.P.A. Program. The student must then

complete 18 foundation units (MPA 501,502, 503, 504, 505, 506) maintaining anaverage of 3.00 or better. The studentmust demonstrate oral and writtenEnglish communication skills and be rec-ommended by two M.P.A. program facul-ty members. The student may then applyfor matriculation in the M.P.A. programthrough his/her academic advisor.Students in the Pre-M.P.A. Programhave non-matriculated status and are noteligible for financial aid.

Degree RequirementsA Master of Public Administration

degree candidate must complete 48 unitsof study. He or she must earn a cumula-tive grade point average of 3.00 or aboveto be approved for graduation.Foundation courses will normally not bewaived. A student who exhibits excep-tional preparation in a given area may beconsidered for a waiver of a specificcourse requirement.A written request for the waiver,

accompanied by supporting documenta-tion, must be submitted to the chairper-son. If permission is granted, the studentwill receive written notification. A stu-dent who receives a waiver will berequired to substitute three units in hisor her concentration for each coursewaived.

Time Limit for Receipt of DegreeStudents are expected to complete

their M.P.A. studies within five years oftheir initial class registration. Underextenuating circumstances, such as mili-tary service, family or career responsibili-ties, or personal illness or hardship, thistime limit may be extended to sevenyears. Such an extension is initiated by astudent’s written request to theDepartment Chairperson, followed bythe Department’s Academic PolicyCommittee review and recommendationto the Chairperson. The AcademicPolicy Committee will consider such fac-tors as GPA, number of incompletestaken and outstanding, and other factorsthat the Committee deems fit to use ascriteria for evaluation.A student who does not complete his

or her degree within the specified timeperiod from the initial registration mayrequest reapplication under the prevail-ing guidelines of the program in effect atthe time of reapplication.

If the reapplication is approved:• Courses taken prior to reapplicationmust be consistent with the degreeprogram the student is reapplying forin order for credit to be applied towardthe degree.

• No course taken more than seven yearsprior to reapplication may be appliedto the degree.

• The student must have attained agrade of B or better in all eligiblecourses taken prior to reapplication, orelse the student will have to re-takethe course.

• The time period for completion of thedegree will begin with approval of thereapplication and will be the same asthat for students beginning their initialregistration as outlined above.

Transfer UnitsThe Department may accept up to 12

transfer units from an accredited gradu-ate school. Transfer courses must be rele-vant to health care or publicadministration. Transfer credit will notbe considered unless the student earned agrade of 3.00 or better for the course, andthe units were completed within fiveyears. The student must also submit a syl-labus for each course that he/she wishesto transfer. The course(s) will then bereviewed by the faculty and the studentwill be notified.

Unsatisfactory GradesA student whose grade point average

drops below 3.00 is given one semester toattain the minimum required average. Ifthe grade point average remains below3.00, the student is required to repeatthose classes in which a grade of C wasreceived until his or her grade pointaverage meets the 3.00 requirement. Astudent is not permitted to register forthe Thesis courses (707-708) unless he orshe has the minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 3.00.

Course of Study

Courses UnitsFoundation courses 21Advanced core courses 9 (15*)Electives 12 (9*)Capstone Seminar 6*Nonprofit Management

Health CareAdministration – M.P.A.

Plan of Study

Foundation Courses (21 units)MPA 501 Principles of PublicAdministration

MPA 502 Organizational Theory andBehavior in the Public Sector

MPA 503 Economic Environment andthe Public Sector

MPA 504 Computer ApplicationsMPA 505 Analytical MethodsMPA 506 Computer-based ManagementMPA 507 The Policy Process in HealthCare and Public Administration

Advanced Core Courses (9 units)HAD 602 Human ResourceAdministration in the Health Sector

HAD 603 Foundations of Budgeting andFinance in Health Administration

HAD 604 Administrative Responsibilityand the Legal Environment in theHealth Sector

Specialization (12 units)General Health AdministrationConcentrationElective unit selected in consultationwith an academic counselor

Gerontology AdministrationConcentrationHAD 709 Legal Aspects in HealthHAD 710 Gerontology: Process of AgingHAD 711 Long Term CareAdministration

HAD 712 Management of SeniorCommunity Programs

Capstone Seminar in HealthAdministration (6 units)HAD 707 Thesis Research ConsultationHAD 708 Thesis

GerontologyAdvanced CertificateProgram

The increase in the older person popu-lation has created a need for profession-als who can guide individuals, families,communities and institutions in dealingwith the special needs of the elderly.

C.W. Post Campus

With formal courses, lectures and casestudies, the Department of Health Careand Public Administration offers instruc-tion on an advanced level. Upon com-pletion of this program, Long IslandUniversity confers a graduate AdvancedCertificate in Gerontology.The Gerontology Certificate requires

successful completion of five courses. Amatriculated M.P.A. student who pursuesthis certificate may transfer up to threecourses from his or her M.P.A. curriculum.A Certificate in Gerontology candi-

date must have a bachelor’s degree froman accredited institution, and an accept-able record in undergraduate and otherstudies as reflected on official transcripts.Each candidate must also meet admissioncriteria established for the M.P.A. degreeprogram.

Plan of Study

Required Courses (3 units)*HAD 710 Gerontology: Process of Aging

Elective Courses (12 units)Select four of the following:HAD/NRS 500 Nursing and Aging HealthHSN 501 Principles of NutritionalScience

*HAD 602 Human ResourceAdministration in the Health Sector

*HAD 603 Foundation of Budgeting andFinance in Health Administration

*HAD 709 Legal Aspects*HAD 711 Long Term CareHAD 712 The Management of SeniorCommunity Programs

HAD 726 Interdisciplinary AssessmentHAD 727 Entrepreneurship inGerontology

HAD 728 Financial Estate andRetirement Planning

HAD 729 Bereavement: Psychological,Cultural and Institutional Perspectives

*As of November 27, 2000 – This is aneducational requirement for the New YorkState Nursing Home Administrator’sLicensing Examination.

NonprofitManagement – M.P.A.

Plan of Study

Foundation courses (21 units)MPA 501 Principles of PublicAdministration

MPA 504 Computer ApplicationsMPA 505 Analytical MethodsMPA 506 Computer-Based ManagementInformation Systems

MPA 507 The Policy Process in Healthand Public Administration

Nonprofit Core Courses (15 units)NPM 650 Introduction to NonprofitManagement

NPM 651 Fundraising and Developmentfor Nonprofit Organizations

NPM 652 Human Resource Managementin Nonprofit Organizations

NPM 653 Financial Management inNonprofit Organizations

NPM 654 Legal, Ethical and GovernanceIssues in Nonprofit Organizations

Electives (6 units)MPA 701 Managerial CommunicationMPA 708 Work, People and ProductivityMPA 713 Grant Writing andAdministration

MPA 721 Quality Improvement andProgram Evaluation Strategies

Capstone Seminar in NonprofitManagementNPM 707 Thesis Research ConsultationNPM 708 Thesis Seminar

Advanced Certificatein NonprofitManagement

The Advanced Certificate in NonprofitManagement provides students with anunderstanding of the issues unique tononprofit organizations and the skills tosupervise, manage and administrate innonprofit settings. The Certificaterequires successful completion of fivecourses. Candidates who already have anM.P.A. degree may apply up to threecourses (9 units) toward the Certificate.Candidates for the Advanced Certificatein Nonprofit Management must have abachelor’s degree from an accredited insti-tution, and an acceptable record in under-graduate and other studies as reflected byofficial transcripts. Each candidate mustalso meet admission criteria establishedfor the M.P.A. degree program.

Plan of Study

Required Course (3 units)NPM 650 Introduction to NonprofitManagement

Nonprofit Management Electives (9units)Select three of the following:NPM 651 Fundraising and Developmentfor Nonprofit Organizations

NPM 652 Human Resource Managementfor Nonprofit Organizations

NPM 653 Financial Management inNonprofit Organizations

NPM 654 Legal, Ethical andGovernance Issues in NonprofitOrganizations

Related MPA Electives (3 units)Select one from the following:MPA 701 Managerial CommunicationMPA 708 Work, People and ProductivityMPA 713 Grant Writing andAdministration

MPA 721 Quality Improvement andProgram Evaluation Strategies

Public Administration– M.P.A.

Plan of Study

Foundation Courses (21 units)MPA 501 Principles of PublicAdministration

MPA 504 Computer ApplicationsMPA 505 Analytical MethodsMPA 506 Computer-Based ManagementSystems

MPA 507 The Policy Process in HealthCare and Public Administration

Advanced Core Courses (9 units)PAD 602 Human ResourceAdministration in the Public Sector

PAD 603 Fundamentals of Budgetingand Finance in the Public Sector

PAD 604 Administrative Responsibilityand the Legal Environment in thePublic Sector

Specialization (12 units)Students in the Public Administration

curriculum select 12 units from the elec-tives in consultation with an academiccounselor.

Capstone Seminars in PublicAdministration (6 units)PAD 707 Thesis Research ConsultationPAD 708 Thesis

J.D./M.P.A. DualDegree Program

The dual J.D./M.P.A. Program preparesstudents for a variety of challengingcareers in law firms, health care facilities,for-profit and not-for-profit organizations,government agencies and consultingfirms. The dual degrees provide a com-prehensive understanding of the interac-tion between the fields of health and law.The J.D. Program, offered by Touro LawCenter in Central Islip, N.Y., providesfundamental legal theory and emphasizesorganization, analytical and expressionskills. The M.P.A. Program, offered bythe Department of Health Care andPublic Administration, contributes astrong theoretical grounding in the prin-ciples of health care administration.When combined, these two programsprovide a comprehensive understandingof the legal, managerial, and program-matic aspects of the interaction of thefields of health and law. The number ofunits to obtain this dual degree is 105.Up to 12 units of courses from each pro-gram can be transferred to the other pro-gram.The program’s unique strengths

include mastery of organizationalprocesses and structures, administrativeand management techniques, and policyanalysis and creation.Earning the dual degree positions stu-

dents for leadership roles in the rapidlychanging fields of health administrationand health law or business administra-tion and law.Although this is a dual program, the

J.D. and M.P.A. degrees are awarded sep-arately by their respective degree-granti-ng institutions upon successfulcompletion of graduation requirements.Students must apply and be admitted toeach institution separately.

Health Care andPublic AdministrationCourse Descriptions

All courses in the Graduate PublicAdministration Program are designatedby the major.MPA is designated for students in

either the Public Administration orHealth Care Administration programs.HAD is designated for those students

in the Health Care AdministrationProgram.PAD is designated for those in the

Public Administration Program.NPM is designated for those in the

Nonprofit Management Program.

MPA 501 Principles of PublicAdministrationThis course is a prerequisite or co-requi-site for all other courses in the program.This course is an introduction to thefield of public administration andincludes organization and managementconcepts and the political process. Theorigin, growth and interrelationshipswithin the public sector are discussed.This discussion falls within the broadercontext of public policy processes withspecial attention to the topics of bureau-cracy and intergovernmental relations.Every Semester, 3 units

MPA 502 Organizational Theory andBehavior in the Public SectorThis course examines and analyzes orga-nizational theories with emphasis on theinformal and formal aspects of the admin-istrative process. Topics include individ-ual behavior patterns, group dynamics,communication, motivation, decisionmaking, and leadership as they relate tothe public health and nonprofit sector.Every Semester, 3 units

MPA 503 Economic Environment andthe Public SectorThis course examines the role of thepublic sector in economic decision mak-ing. The nature of public goods isdescribed as it relates to the allocation,stabilization, and distribution functionsof the economic system. The role of pri-vate investment, the relations betweengovernment and business, and the use ofnational income accounts are examined.Opposing views about the reasons, meth-ods and institutions influencing govern-mental regulation, fiscal and monetarypolicy and action are presented.Every Semester, 3 units

MPA 504 Computer ApplicationsThis course equips the student to usecomputerized data base management sys-tems and statistical packages. The stu-dents gain hands-on experience. Amongthe packages used are SPSS and otherdata base management systems.Prerequisite: MPA 505, MPA 506Every Semester, 3 units

MPA 505 Analytical MethodsThis course is an introduction to themethods, tools and uses of appliedresearch. The course surveys basic datagathering, analytical concepts and tech-niques as they apply to administrativeproblems. Skills and issues related toresearch are also considered.Every Semester, 3 units

MPA 506 Computer-BasedManagement SystemsThis course is an introduction to currentconcepts in information systems designand management. The use of these sys-tems and implications for managers arecovered. Topics include the informationsystems life cycle and dimensions of com-puter-assisted management (e.g., officeautomation, electronic spreadsheets, database management and word processing).Every Semester, 3 units

MPA 507 The Policy Process inHealth Care and Public AdministrationThis course is an analysis of the policyprocess in terms of the development andimplementation of programs as theyrelate to the health care and public sec-tors. The impact of special interests isexamined as an integral part of theprocess. A variety of timely subject/casestudies are explored.Prerequisite: MPA 503Every Semester, 3 units

MPA 701 Managerial CommunicationIn this course, theory and practice inwritten and oral communication asapplied to the public, health and non-profit sectors are examined. Report writ-ing, memo writing, correspondence andoral presentations are included.On Occasion, 3 units

MPA 704 Intergovernmental RelationsThis course is an analysis of the verticaland horizontal relationships of thenational, state and local governments.Topics include the theory of federalism,intergovernmental cooperation and con-flict, municipal, state and regional rela-tionships.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

MPA 707 Training and DevelopmentThis course is devoted to the kinds ofactivities and problems encountered byan agency’s director of training anddevelopment. Such items as the role ofthe training director in organizationaldevelopment, the relationship with linemanagers, the relationship with the pres-ident, and the techniques of training areexamined by case studies, lectures andoutside speakers.On Occasion, 3 units

MPA 708 Work, People andProductivityThis course focuses on learning and prac-ticing practical management and supervi-sory techniques for improving individual,group and organizational performance.Students learn the principles of behav-ioral management which they apply in aproject at their own workplace. Theylearn and practice giving effective, posi-tive and corrective feedback, and tomanage inter-group and interpersonalconflict. Students learn to analyze theirown work style, and the styles of others,and discuss how to allocate tasks basedupon that knowledge. They learn how toconduct effective meetings, and how tolead work groups through a problem-solving process.On Occasion, 3 units

MPA 710 Labor Relations in thePublic SectorThis course examines the interaction ofthe labor movement with managementin the political setting of government.This course also examines collective bar-gaining in relation to public bodies, andthe impact of bargaining on a fiscal bud-get. Other policy processes as well as therole of the administration are coveredand include strategies of bargaining andthe role of public opinion.On Occasion, 3 units

MPA 712 Managing Diversity in theWorkplaceThis course examines the role and func-tion played by diversity, civil and humanrights, and administrative agencies at thefederal, state and local levels. The courseanalyzes the governmental response todiversity issues. Topics include a reviewof current legislation and the respectiveagencies established to address the prob-lems of discrimination.On Occasion, 3 units

MPA 713 Grant Writing andAdministrationIn this highly experiential course, stu-dents locate available federal, state, localand foundation sources of funding for a

specific project, write a letter proposal toa foundation or private sector organiza-tion, and follow-up with a full grant pro-posal, following the request for proposal(RFP) guidelines to a federal, state orlocal agency. Topics addressed includeeffective research, creating a plan for theprogram, elements of a good proposal,components of the proposal package andstrategies for getting a proposal read by afoundation or corporation officer.Administration, evaluation and reportingfunctions, as well as accountability, aredescribed and discussed.On Occasion, 3 units

MPA 721 Quality Improvement andProgram Evaluation StrategiesThis course prepares students with thetheory, knowledge and skills to imple-ment program evaluation and qualityimprovement (e.g., Total QualityManagement) strategies and measure-ments. The focus of the course is onapplications in health care human ser-vices and public sector organizations.On Occasion, 3 units

MPA 777 Critical Issues in the Publicand Private SectorsThis course reviews critical issues facingthe public and private sectors and theirinterrelationship. Noted figures from thepublic and private sectors present theissues from their perspective.On Occasion, 3 units

MPA 785 Independent StudyThe student is expected to research onespecific phase of a problem in consider-able depth under the supervision of a fac-ulty advisor, and to prepare awell-documented evaluative reportexpressing his/her own assessment of theimpact and significance of both the prob-lem and of one or more solutions.Every Semester, 3 to 6 units

MPA 788 Graduate Internship inAdministrationAn opportunity for students withoutadministrative experience to work in anorganization based upon a plan approvedby the head of the program and theagency. Students prepare a substantialresearch and/or analytical paper concern-ing their experience and participate inan internship seminar.Every Semester, 3 to 6 units

Health CareAdministration CourseDescriptions

HAD 602 Human ResourceAdministration in the Health SectorThis course explores the theories andpractices of human resource administra-tion in health service organizations suchas merit systems, unionism, bureaucratictrends, personnel recruitment, testing,and performance evaluations. Other top-ics include equal employment opportuni-ty, employee rights and occupationalsafety.Prerequisite: MPA 502Spring, 3 units

HAD 603 Foundations of Budgetingand Finance in Health AdministrationThis course familiarizes the student withthe principles of budgeting and financein the health sector. Topics include bud-getary systems, methods, processes andcycles, preparation, justification andfinancial information systems. Thecourse includes a survey of the federalprospective payment system and othercurrent developments in reimbursementmethods.Prerequisite: MPA 503Spring, 3 units

HAD 604 AdministrativeResponsibility and the LegalEnvironment in the Health SectorThis course considers the authority andprocedures utilized by health care agen-cies in the administration of their ser-vices. The course includes an analysis ofproblems of accountability and the rec-onciliation of the administrative processwith medical, political, social, statutoryand regulatory mandates.Prerequisites: MPA 502, 503, 507Fall, 3 units

HAD 701 Hospital OrganizationThis course reviews the organization andmanagement of hospitals within aregional context of primary care.Included are the elements of hospitalstructure and organization, and a focuson problem solving and development ofadministrative skills.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 702 Epidemiology and PublicHealthThis course defines and reviews the con-cept and practice of public health admin-istration in the United States. It clarifiesthe regulatory and monitoring function

derived from public health policy withspecial emphasis on the application ofepidemiological theories and methods tothe study of disease in various humanpopulations.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 707-708 Thesis ResearchConsultation and ThesisIn the first semester, advanced study ofthe scientific method in the HealthAdministration discipline together withthe preparation of a master’s thesis pro-posal, and an outline of the thesis. Thesecond semester is devoted to the actualwriting of the thesis.Prerequisites: MPA 501,502, 503,504,505, 506, 507A student must have completed at least 36units to register for 707 and at least 42 unitsto register for 708. 707 and 708 may NOTbe taken together.Every Semester, 3 units

HAD 709 Legal Aspects in HealthThis course applies legal principles to thehealth delivery system. Topics discussedinclude, but are not limited to: hospitalcode; consents; patients rights; admissionand discharge of patients; malpractice;liability of hospitals, physicians, andnurses; medical records; immunity of hos-pitals; medical staff rights and privileges;and medical ethics issues relating toabortion, sterilization and artificialinsemination.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 710 Gerontology: Processes ofAgingThis course is a survey of gerontology,including theories of aging, health andphysiological aspects of aging, psycholog-ical and psychiatric problems, family andsex roles of the aged, the middle years,retirement, and institutional placementin long-term care facilities.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 711 Long-Term CareAdministrationThis course considers the unique organi-zational and administrative aspects of thevarious types of long-term facilities asdistinct from acute-care hospitals. Thecourse includes the special federal andlocal code requirements pertinent tofacility construction, administration,medical-nursing care, and other numer-ous therapeutic modalities required bythe geriatric and convalescent patient.On Occasion, 3 unitsNote: When HAD 709, HAD 710, HAD711, HAD 602, HAD 603 are taken aspart of the total Health Care Administrationcurriculum, program graduates should meet

the educational requirements for eligibility totake the state board examination for aNursing Home Administrator’s license.

HAD 712 The Management of SeniorCommunity ProgramsThe emphasis in this course is on thebasic skills necessary to supervise andconduct programs for the majority ofolder adults who are community resi-dents. Among these are workshops andseminars on issues of retirement, nutri-tion, general health, outreach, informa-tion and referral assistance, and relatedservices. Governmental programs andrelevant laws and regulations are inte-grated with each topic.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 713 Rehabilitation andRestorative ProgramsThis course is a study of the functions ofthe various services and programs, bothfree-standing or in health facilities, thatconcern themselves with restorationfrom chronic disease, orthopedic disabili-ties, post-cardiovascular and other dis-abling conditions. The course includesfamiliarization with the workman’s com-pensation system.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 714 Planning and Marketing inHealth CareThis course examines the issues pertinentto the role of the planning and market-ing functions in a health organization.Principles of planning, the relationshipbetween health planning and the devel-opment of a marketing plan, and actionplanning are explored as a means to pro-vide coordination in meeting healthneeds and providing health services.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 715 Mental HealthAdministrationThis course is designed to acquaint thehealth administrator with the organiza-tional, legal and political issues affectingthe delivery of mental health services.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 723 Economics of HealthThis course reviews health delivery as aneconomic activity. Determinants ofdemand for health services are analyzedand the supply of resources is examined,along with the various approaches tobring the two into equilibrium. Particularattention is given to public involvementin health services in the form of licen-sure, regulation, financing and planning.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 724 Managed CareAdministrationThis course analyzes various forms ofmanaged care systems in terms of legisla-tion, organization, administration,financing, marketing and legal aspects.An analysis of the essential ingredientsin the success of prepaid systems isincluded.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 725 Financial Management ofHealth Care InstitutionsThis course is a description and analysisof financial issues on the institutionallevel. Topics include third party paymentsystems, managed care financing and thecontracting with providers and systems ofcost control.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 726 Interdisciplinary AssessmentThis course provides a collaborativeframework for comprehensively assessingthe needs of elderly clients and clientpopulations, and for the development ofbetter linkages among disciplines servingthe elderly. This course also promotes aclarification of the roles of different prac-titioners and the purposes of differenthealth, financial, legal and social serviceorganizations serving the elderly in thecommunity.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 727 Entrepreneurship inGerontologyThis course analyzes entrepreneurial con-cepts in gerontology, integrating projectplanning and marketing of aging ser-vices. Students study methods used toachieve goals and objectives in a highlycompetitive, resource restrained eldercare environment. The course exploresthe characteristics of both free and regu-lated public and private geriatrics mar-kets and life extension implications.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 728 Financial, Estate andRetirement PlanningThis course is an examination of estate,disability and financial planning toolsused by the elder law attorney withanalyses of laws, regulations and pro-grams upon which planning is based.Topics include advanced directives,power of attorney, long-term care andMedicaid, and planning for asset distrib-ution on death.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 729 Bereavement: Psychological,Cultural and Institutional PerspectivesThis course is designed to explore thestages and issues related to dying and

C.W. Post Campus

grieving. Cultural diversities in the griev-ing process are identified. Myths and ideasthat inhibit, isolate and interfere with thebereavement experience are examined.Political, medical, legal and ethical issuesare analyzed. Student’s values, attitudes,and fears are explored in order to formtheir interventions. Social, cultural andpersonal issues that govern a person’s reac-tion to death and dying are highlighted.On Occasion, 3 units

HAD 780 Current Issues in HealthAdministrationA special topics course exploring selectedthemes, current developments and emerg-ing issues in health administration. Recentsections have focused on advanced com-puter application, quality assurance, deathand dying, and program evaluation.On Occasion, 3 units

Public AdministrationCourse Descriptions

PAD 602 Human ResourceAdministration in the Public SectorThis course is an exploration of the theo-ries and practices of human resourceadministration in the public sector,including the merit system, civil serviceand unionism. Bureaucratic trends, per-sonnel, recruitment, testing, and perfor-mance evaluation are discussed. Othertopics include equal employment oppor-tunity, employee rights and occupationalsafety.Prerequisite: MPA 502On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 603 Fundamentals of Budgetingand Finance in the Public SectorThis course familiarizes the student withthe principles of budgeting, accountingand auditing in the public sector. Topicsinclude budgetary systems, methods,processes and cycles, preparation and jus-tification of financial information.Prerequisite: MPA 503On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 604 AdministrativeResponsibility and the LegalEnvironment in the Public SectorThis course considers the authority andprocedures utilized by government agen-cies in the administration of public affairs.It includes the analysis of problems ofaccountability and the reconciliation ofthe administrative process with constitu-tional, statutory, and regulatory mandates.Prerequisites: MPA 502, 503, 507On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 707-708 Thesis ResearchConsultation and ThesisIn the first semester, students completethe advanced study of the scientificmethod in the Public Administrationdiscipline, together with the preparationof a master’s thesis proposal, and an out-line of the thesis. The second semester isdevoted to the actual writing of the thesis.Prerequisites: MPA 501, 502, 503, 504,505, 506, 507A student must have completed at least 36units to register for 707 and at least 42 unitsto register for 708. 707 and 708 may NOTbe taken together.Every Semester, 3 units

PAD 712 Environmental Law andAdministrationThis course is an analysis of federal, stateand local government laws and regula-tions concerning the environment.Political and administrative problemsconcerning the implementation of suchlegislation, regulatory approaches, subsi-dies and other governmental alternativesare examined.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 714 Seminar in the Politics ofEnvironmental ControlThis course is an investigation of prob-lems in the politics of environmentalcontrol, including: air, water and noisepollution; regional planning; transporta-tion; population growth; and conserva-tion of natural resources. Field studies inthis area are included. Students produceresearch papers on different aspects ofthe man-environment relationship.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 715 Environmental PollutionThis course is a comprehensive review ofthe origin, detection and control of pol-lutants in the surface and ground waters,atmospheres and terrestrial environ-ments. Auditory and visual pollution areincluded. Conventional and advancedtechnologies are covered for water supplyand wastewater treatment, air pollutioncontrol, and solid waste management.Federal, state and local environmentalstandards are reviewed along with regula-tory structures.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 716 Coastal Zone ManagementThe course deals with the following:techniques for mapping coastal resources;wetland zoning problems; causes, conse-quences, and management of storm-waters and their runoffs; and erosionproblems and their impact. Field workinvolves projects on such problems asLong Island coastal watershed mapping

and the development of managementguidelines; and the surveying of LongIsland wetland resources and the prepara-tion of management recommendations.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 717 Environmental ImpactAnalysisThis course reviews federal and state lawsspecifying environmental impact state-ments, procedural elements and means ofcompliance. The techniques for the eval-uation of primary and secondary impacton all components of the natural andhuman environments with methods formitigating significant adverse impact arediscussed. Environmental ecosystems,water and air quality, noise, esthetics,historic/archaeological considerations,transportation, population and land use,employment, etc. are covered.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 725 Governmental Regulation ofLand UseThis course examines various forms ofgovernmental power (zoning, eminentdomain, urban renewal) to regulate theuse of land.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 729 Environmental PlanningThis is a survey course exploring thedevelopment, utilization and mainte-nance of natural and man-maderesources. The planning function and itsrelationship to the environment are cov-ered. Problems of air and water pollution,sewage, energy conservation and noiselevels are examined as they relate toplanning.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 748 Managing MetropolitanGovernmentThis course examines the politics ofchanging constituencies and their impacton community participation and citymanagement. This course surveys themanagement and organization ofAmerican metropolitan areas.On Occasion, 3 units

PAD 780 Current Issues in PublicAdministrationThis course is a special topic courseexploring selected themes, current devel-opments and emerging issues. Recentsections have focused on advanced com-puter application, quality circles, GeorgeOrwell and Sunset Legislation.On Occasion, 3 Units

NonprofitManagement CourseDescriptions

NPM 650 Introduction to NonprofitManagementThis course introduces students to non-profit management beginning with thehistory of philanthropy and the emer-gence of the nonprofit sector. Classicalorganizational theory and principles aswell as current management and supervi-sion practices are applied to the struc-ture, resources and mission of thenonprofit organization. Special attentionis focused on strategic planning.On Occasion, 3 units

NPM 651 Fundraising andDevelopment for NonprofitOrganizationsThe course provides an overview ofsources of funding for nonprofit organiza-tions. It explains the fundraising manag-er’s role in development planning andfocuses on mechanisms for raising money,including donor profiles, foundation andcorporate philanthropy, governmentgrant and contract programs, specialevents, marketing and public relationsfunctions, direct mail and membershipcampaigns, planned giving, major giftsand capital campaigns. Ethical and legalissues related to fundraising are alsoaddressed.On Occasion, 3 units

NPM 652 Human ResourceManagement in NonprofitOrganizationsThe course examines methods of recruit-ing, developing, supervising, motivatingand recognizing volunteers and staff,maximizing staff-volunteer relations, andcommunicating the mission effectivelywithin the organization. HRM topicssuch as legal employment issues, recruit-ing and hiring practices, diversity in theworkplace, compensation and benefits,performance appraisal, grievance mecha-nisms and discipline are also explored.On Occasion, 3 units

NPM 653 Financial Management inNonprofit OrganizationsThis course addresses financial manage-ment concepts and techniques requiredfor effective management of nonprofitorganizations. Topics include nonprofitaccounting, budget management, rev-enue forecasting, financialstatements/reports, tax issues, grant com-pliance, internal expenditure control,

audits, cash flow management, long-termplanning, endowment management andcapital financing.On Occasion, 3 units

NPM 654 Legal, Ethical andGovernance Issues in NonprofitOrganizationsThis course examines the laws affectingthe establishment and operation of non-profit organizations, including incorpora-tion and tax-exempt status, generalliability, regulatory compliance/reporting,and contracts. The course explores theroles, responsibilities, processes and pow-ers of boards of directors including issuesof board liability. The nonprofit agency’sadvocacy responsibilities and opportuni-ties and ethical issues are examined anddiscussed.On Occasion, 3 units

NPM 707 Thesis ResearchConsultationStudents work with a faculty mentor toformulate a research questionnaireapplied to nonprofit organizations orissues, review the relevant literature, anddevelop a methodology for collecting andanalyzing data.Prerequisites: MPA 501, 502, 503, 504,505, 506, 507 and 36 units completed.Every Semester, 3 units

NPM 708 ThesisStudents continue their NPM 707research projects by collecting and ana-lyzing data, describing the results, inter-preting and discussing the findings, anddiscussing relevant research and policyimplications.Prerequisites: MPA 501, 502, 503, 504,505, 506, 507, NPM 707 and 42 unitscompleted.Every Semester, 3 units

Pi Alpha AlphaPi Alpha Alpha is the National Honor

Society for the field of public affairs andpublic administration. Only NASPAAaccredited programs are eligible to estab-lish a local chapter of Pi Alpha Alpha.The society sponsors events such as thedistinguished speaker’s series in PublicAdministration.

Sigma Phi OmegaSigma Phi Omega, the national acade-

mic honor and professional society inGerontology has been established with

membership opened to qualified healthand public administration faculty, stu-dents and alumni.

Master of Social WorkProgram

Marietta BarrettiAssociate Professor of Social WorkA.A., Queensboro Community College;B.S.S.W., M.S.W., Adelphi University,School of Social Work;D.S.W., Hunter College, School of SocialWorkmarietta.barretti@liu.edu

Pamela BrodliebDirector of Field EducationB.A., M.S., State University of New Yorkat Albany;M.S.W., Adelphi University

Orly CalderonAssistant Professor of Social WorkB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversity;M.S., Ph.D., Hofstra University;orly.calderon@liu.edu

Elissa GiffordsAssociate Professor of Social WorkA.A., Nassau Community College;B.A., Hofstra University;M.S.W., D.S.W., Adelphi Universityelissa.giffords@liu.edu

Ilene NathansonDirector, Master of Social Work ProgramDirector, Center of AgingProfessor of Social WorkB.S., Cornell University;M.S.W., D.S.W., Yeshiva Universityilene.nathanson@liu.edu

Tzipi WeissBaccalaureate Program DirectorAssistant Professor of Social WorkBA., Tel Aviv University;Msc., Technion Israel Institute ofTechnology, Medical School;M.A., Columbia University;M.S.W., D.S.W., Adelphi University,School of Social Worktzipi.weiss@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

Criteria for Admission

The Long Island University M.S.W.program’s admission criteria and proce-dures reflect the program’s goals andobjectives and support the Long IslandUniversity philosophy of access andexcellence. The program seeks studentsfrom diverse backgrounds who reflect thediversity of the populations its graduateswill serve – encompassing both the sub-urban population of Nassau County andthe widely multi-ethnic urban populationof Brooklyn and Queens. Students whoapply to this program should be interest-ed in working with at-risk populations,including the elderly; immigrants andrefugees; the physically and mentally chal-lenged; gay, lesbian, bisexual and trans-gender populations; the suburban andurban poor; and other populations eco-nomically at-risk, through direct care orleadership roles in the field of social work.The Long Island University M.S.W.

program seeks applicants who have abroad liberal arts education consisting ofthe humanities, social and behavioralsciences, the natural sciences includingbiology, and courses reflective of a basicinterest in human services.Additional admissions requirements

include:• A bachelor’s degree from a regionallyaccredited university

• Undergraduate transcript• A minimum overall grade point aver-age of 2.8

• A B average in courses taken duringthe final four semesters of undergradu-ate study

• A minimum of three recommendations• A personal narrative/autobiographicalstatement

• Personal characteristics and qualifica-tions essential for professional workwith vulnerable individuals and at-riskpopulations.

The M.S.W. program is coherentlyintegrated to provide a step-wise progres-sion in the student’s understanding ofgeneralist and specialized practice. Thefirst-year curriculum includes content inthe eight foundation areas of policy,practice, human behavior, field, diversity,populations at risk and promotion ofsocial justice and values. The first-yearcurriculum introduces the student to thecomponents of generalist practice with

systems of all sizes and provides anunderstanding of generalist practice thatdistinguishes between generalist andadvanced content and supports the inte-gration of specialized knowledge and spe-cialized technologies into a generalistperspective. The first year curriculumalso introduces the student to principlesof interdisciplinary collaboration tobegin preparation for work in interdisci-plinary fields of practice.The second-year curriculum builds on

the first year by deepening the student’sunderstanding of psychosocial assessmentand administrative theory and practice.Students select a specific area of concen-tration – nonprofit management, sub-stance abuse or gerontology – for morespecialized education in a particular area ofpractice. The research curriculum in thesecond year supports the concentratedstudy by demonstrating application ofresearch methodology to the student’s spe-cialized area of concentration. Field expe-rience in the second year provides anopportunity for the student to apply gener-alist and specialized knowledge in theselected area of concentration. The cur-riculum is consistent with program goalsinsofar as the student receives a generalistbackground that includes a conception ofgeneralist practice, an eclectic knowledgebase and an understanding of the relation-ship of values, diversity, populations at riskand promotion of social justice to thesocial work professional role with systemsof all sizes. The advanced curriculum pro-vides the student with an integrative andinterdisciplinary theoretical and practiceframework for the combining of specializedand generalist components of practice.

Plan of Study

First-Year Fall SemesterCourse UnitsSWK 611Practice I 3SWK 601 Policy I 3SWK 621 Human Behavior In theSocial Environment I 3

SWK 798 Research I 3SWK 701 Field Instruction I 3

First-Year Spring SemesterCourse UnitsSWK 612 Practice II 3SWK 613 Practice III 3SWK 602 Policy II 3SWK 622 Human Behavior in theSocial Environment II 3

SWK 702 Field Instruction II 3

Second-Year Fall SemesterCourse UnitsSWK 650 Psychopathology 3SWK 703 Field Instruction III 3SWK 799 A, B, C* Research II(concentration specific) 3

Concentration Course (I) A, B, C 3Concentration Course (II) A, B, C 3

Second-Year Spring SemesterCourse UnitsSWK 623 Administration Behavior 3Concentration Course (III) A, B, C 3Concentration Course (IV) A, B, C 3SWK 704 Field Instruction IV – withIntegrative Paper (capstone) 3

SWK 790 Capstone 3

*Concentration courses are those includedin each area of specialized study:Gerontology; Non-Profit Management; andAlcohol and Substance Abuse Counseling.Students must complete four courses in aparticular concentration. A = Gerontology– Track I (Long Term Care) and Track II(Senior Community Service); B = Non-Profit Management Concentration; C =Alcohol and Substance Abuse Counseling.

Course Descriptions

Social Work Course Descriptions:Foundation Courses

SWK 611 Practice IThe first of three practice courses, thiscourse provides a foundation for socialwork practice on micro and mezzo levelswith diverse populations in a variety ofsettings. It provides an overview of thevalues, ethics and knowledge upon whichsocial work practice is based. The courseprovides a generalist problem solvingapproach to the understanding of socialwork practice with individuals and groups.Building upon the generalist model, thiscourse demonstrates the linkages betweena generalist perspective and an integratedtheoretical perspective for advanced prac-tice with individuals and groups. Thecourse includes historical content, personin environment and systems perspectives,communication and relationship-buildingexercises, a walk-through of a clinicalinterview and the stages of treatment, anintegrated clinical approach to individualand group practice, and an application ofgeneralist and advanced practice skillswith groups in specific settings.Annually, Fall, 3 units

SWK 612 Practice IIThe second of three courses in the prac-tice sequence, this course focuses onworking with families and the individualswithin the family through the life span.Developing an understanding of theinterplay between the developmentalissues of the individual and the life stagesof the family as a unit through the lifespan will be a primary focus of thecourse. Another primary focus of thecourse is an exploration of the work ofvarious family theorists and their variedmethods of intervention. Special empha-sis will be placed on psychodynamic sys-tems and cognitive/behavioral theoriesand techniques of intervention.Prerequisite: SWK 611, Co-requisite: SWK613Annually, Spring, 3 units

SWK 613 Practice IIIThis course will provide a generalist per-spective of the role of the social workerin the organization and the community.The course presents a generalist problemsolving approach to the understanding ofpractice with organizations and commu-nities and the application of knowledgeand skills with these two systems. Thecourse includes content on the contextsin which macro practice occurs, i.e. com-munities and neighborhoods, organiza-tions, and the legislative arena; and, thecomponents of coalition building withinan interdisciplinary theoretical frame-work.Prerequisites: SWK 611, Co-requisite:SWK 612Annually, Spring, 3 units

SWK 601 Policy IThis introductory course will presentinformation about the development ofsocial work as a profession. It providesstudents with knowledge of historicaland contemporary social welfare policies,services and institutions. The courseexamines the economic, political, andorganizational systems that influence thecreation and delivery of social services.Specific social issues are used to illustratethe link between social welfare policyand social work practice. In addition,students will gain historical and contem-porary knowledge of the various forms ofoppression and discrimination.Throughout the semester, students willalso learn about social and economic jus-tice for the well-being of at-risk/specialpopulations.Annually, Fall, 3 units

SWK 602 Policy IIThis course is the second class in thepolicy sequence. Students explore the

modern welfare state from local, state,federal and national perspectives andlearn about those factors which con-tribute to the existence of social prob-lems. Students are introduced to aframework for policy analysis and relatedconcepts such as the basis of social allo-cations, and the nature of social provi-sions. The course also provides studentswith develop a deeper understanding ofthe social work profession’s role in advo-cacy and social action for policy change.Information about government benefitsand programs including those thataddress income support, family and childwelfare, disability, aging, substance abuseand health care are also provided.Prerequisite: SWK 601Annually, Spring, 3 units

SWK 621 Human Behavior in theSocial Environment IThis course, the first of two in thissequence focuses on understandinghuman behavior via assessing the inter-action between developmental processesand environmental factors. The coursecovers biological, psychological, socialand moral development and the acquisi-tion of skills necessary to lead civil,moral, and fulfilling life. The courseexamines these developmental processesin the context of social structures such asthe family, the school, the communityand the culture. The course provides thetheoretical and empirical support for sev-eral social work values and ethical stan-dards. These values and standardsinclude respect for the dignity anduniqueness of the individual, respect of aperson’s right to self-determination, andrespect for spirituality and the religiousbeliefs of others.Annually, Fall, 3 units

SWK 622 Human Behavior in theSocial Environment IIYoung Adulthood Through LateAdulthood: This course, the second oftwo in this sequence, focuses on under-standing human behavior via assessingthe interaction between developmentalprocesses and environmental factorsthroughout adulthood and the latter partof life. The course covers biological, psy-chological, and social development, eval-uating major theories such aspsychosexual development, psychosocialdevelopment, learning theories and sys-tem theories. Developmental processesare examined in the context of socialstructures such as the family, the school,career choices, the community and theculture. The course examines the inter-action among theories of developmentand presents an integrated understanding

of human behavior in the social environ-ment. Each phase of life, from earlyadulthood to old-age, is carefully exam-ined in light of the various developmen-tal theories to provide a throughunderstanding of the reciprocal relation-ship between individuals and their envi-ronment. In addition, the theoreticalframeworks of the course are evaluated interms of their applicability to social workpractice and interventions that aregeared toward assisting clients of diversebackground in making positive changesin their lives.Prerequisite: SWK 621Annually, Spring, 3 units

SWK 798 Research I: Introduction toSocial Work ResearchResearch I, the first in a sequence of twois taught during the first semester of thefoundation year. It provides the graduategeneralist student with the basic knowl-edge and skills that are necessary in orderto appreciate the role of research in thepractice of social work. This courseintroduces the students to the ethicaland conceptual aspects of research.Further, the course introduces the stu-dents to basic qualitative and quantita-tive research designs as well as to the useof computer software programs that areoften utilized in the design and imple-mentation of research and in the com-munication of findings.Annually, Fall, 3 units

SWK 799 Research II: AdvancedResearch Methods for PracticeResearch II, the second course in thissequence, is taught during the Fallsemester of the advanced curriculumyear. It builds upon the knowledge basethat was established in Research I.Research II provides the specialist gradu-ate student with knowledge and skillsnecessary to appreciate “the applicationof scientific, analytical approach tobuilding knowledge for practice and forevaluating service delivery in all areas ofpractice” (C.S.W.E., 2000). Research IIfocuses on application of basic researchskills that were taught in Research I.Ethical principles of research are rein-forced throughout the course. Guided byethical principles, and building on skillsthat they have acquired in Research I,students have the opportunity to design ahypothetical research project that isunique and specific to their respectiveareas of concentration. Students learnhow to apply research methods and howto analyze data in order to generateknowledge about, and to systematicallyevaluate, the practice of social work intheir respective areas of concentration.

C.W. Post Campus

Students also learn to consider multicul-tural issues as they design evaluationinstruments for practice and policy ofsocial work and as they derive conclu-sions from empirical data.Prerequisite: SWK 798Annually, Fall, 3 units

SWK 701 Field Instruction IThis is the first course in a four-semesterField Instruction sequence in the Mastersin Social Work program. The first twosemesters of field instruction provide thefoundation and the second two semestersprovide the specialization. The founda-tion prepares students; to function at abeginning level of competence in a socialservice delivery system; to develop gener-alist problem-solving and relationship-building skills; and to integrate and applyknowledge from practice, policy, HBSEand research to work with clients.Co-requisites: SWK 611, SWK 601, SWK621, SWK 798Annually, Fall, 3 units

SWK 702 Field Instruction IIThis is the second course in a four-semes-ter Field Instruction sequence in theMasters in Social Work program and thefinal semester of Field Instruction in thefoundation year. Field Instruction II con-tinues to prepare students; to function ata beginning level of competence in asocial service delivery system; to developgeneralist problem-solving and relation-ship-building skills; and to integrate andapply knowledge from practice, policy,HBSE and Research to work with clients.Prerequisite: SWK 701, Co-requisites:SWK 612, SWK 613, SWK 622, SWK 602Annually, Spring, 3 units

SWK 703 Field Instruction IIIThis is the third course in a four-semesterField Instruction sequence in the Mastersin Social Work program. The first twosemesters of Field Instruction provide theFoundation and the second two semestersprovide the specialization. The specializa-tion year prepares students; to gain exper-tise in gerontology, not-for-profitmanagement or substance and alcoholabuse; to function at an advanced level ofcompetence in a social service deliverysystem; to continue to practice problem-solving and relationship-building skills;and to continue to integrate and applyknowledge from Practice, Policy, HBSEand Research to work with client systems.Prerequisites: SWK 701, SWK 702, Co-requisites: SWK 799, SWK 650 and twoconcentration courses

SWK 704 Field Instruction IVThis is the fourth course in a four-semes-

ter Field Instruction sequence in theMasters in Social Work program. Thefirst two semesters of Field Instructionprovide the foundation and the secondtwo semesters provide the specialization.The specialization year prepares students;to gain expertise in gerontology, not-for-profit management or substance andalcohol abuse; to function at anadvanced level of competence in a socialservice delivery system; to continue topractice problem-solving and relation-ship-building skills; and to further devel-op and integrate and apply knowledgefrom Practice, Policy, HBSE andResearch to work with client systems.Prerequisites: SWK 701, SWK 702, SWK703, Co-requisites: SWK 623, SWK 790and two concentration courses

SWK 650 PsychopathologyThis course provides a bio-psycho-socialperspective to a range of Diagnostic andStatistical Manual, 4th Ed. (DSM-IV)classified maladaptive behaviors that areexhibited by many social work clients. Itprovides an in-depth study of the etiology,course, prognosis, and resolution of majorpsychological and psychiatric conditions.The DSM-IV multiaxial system will serveas a backdrop and context in which theseconditions will be presented and studied.The Competency Based AssessmentModel, which follows a “process ofreviewing and understanding an individ-ual’s past in order to distinguish and inter-pret present concerns,” (Zide & Grey2001) is the theoretical and philosophicalframework through which the course’sinformation will flow. Student willbecome familiar with DSM-IV diagnosticcriteria and the empirical and epidemio-logical data that supports each diagnosis.The course will also look at the behaviorsthat are evaluated in the process of arriv-ing at a differential diagnosis. The culturalcontext will play a major role in under-standing these conditions.Prerequisites: First Year CoursesAnnually, Fall, 3 units

SWK 623 Human ServiceOrganizations and AdministrativeBehaviorA Context for Social Work: This courseprovides students with a conceptualframework for understanding human ser-vice organizations with a special empha-sis on the social work field. It exploresthe role and function of the agency-based social work practitioner and man-ager through the study of organizationalbehavior and structure. Students alsoconsider the function of human serviceorganizations within the context of eco-nomic, political, social and technological

factors and the ways in which these fac-tors influence administration and servicedelivery. The course provides anoverview of important managementfunctions and tasks that are necessary toprovide quality services to clients includ-ing how to manage information, financesand people.Prerequisites: SWK Policy I, SWK Policy II.Annually, Spring, 3 units

SWK 790 CapstoneThis course, offered in the spring semes-ter of the second year, is intended to pro-vide the students with the academicframework within which they design andimplement the capstone project.Students review their knowledge aboutrole conflict within interdisciplinarypractice related to their area of concen-tration in social work practice. Studentsthen choose a topic related to the con-centration area and design and carry outa research project that examines roleconflict within an interdisciplinary con-text of social work practice. Finally, stu-dents design a solution to the roleconflict that is embedded in interdiscipli-nary collaborative practice of socialwork. The course focuses on applicationof skills that have been taught in theprevious semesters within a particulararea of concentration. Such skills includecritical thinking, ethical practice, prac-tice skills in systems of all sizes, researchskills, communication skills, organiza-tional skills and interdisciplinary collabo-ration.Prerequisites: First Year Courses, SecondYear Fall Semester CoursesAnnually, Spring, 3 units

Gerontology, Non-Profit Managementand Substance Abuse

Course Descriptions: ConcentrationSpecific

GerontologyStudents in the Gerontology concen-

tration will learn to understand the physi-cal, psychological, social and spiritualneeds of older people and the majorissues, concepts and theories in late-stagefunctioning. Students who choose thisconcentration may focus on one of twoareas: direct client service through seniorcommunity service or leadership roles inLong-Term Care Administration. Theadvanced concentration in gerontologyincludes two tracks for specialized study:

(1) Long term care administration; and,(2) Senior community services: micro,mezzo and macro practice. These twotracks meet the advanced curriculumobjectives in providing advanced clinicaland/or administrative knowledge ingerontology; and in furthering knowledgeof the application of a collaborativeapproach in the interdisciplinary context.The courses are offered in collabora-

tion with the Department of HealthCare and Public Administration andinclude a common base of knowledge forpractice in both disciplines. Each trackprovides for the analysis of variations inrole of health care administrators, socialworkers and other members of the inter-disciplinary team and for the resolutionof interdisciplinary role conflicts. As anadded benefit, graduates of both geron-tology tracks may also qualify for a NewYork State Advanced Certificate by tak-ing just one additional course, which isoffered by Long Island University.

Gerontology – Long-Term Care(Track I)Those who take the Long-Term Care

Administration track will gain an in-depth understanding of health care facili-ty administration, health care financing,legal issues in health care, and personnelmanagement. The Long-Term CareAdministration track meets most of theacademic requirements for eligibility forthe Nursing Home Administrator’slicensing examination in New York State.

HAD 710 Gerontology: Processes ofAgingThis foundation course surveys the multi-disciplinary field of gerontology and pro-vides an overview of issues related to theaged as a population group and aging as aprocess. Theoretical approaches andresearch findings about the biological,psychological and social processes of agingare reviewed with emphasis on interven-tions to facilitate optimal functioning inolder adults. This course may be used inpartial fulfillment of the requirements fora certificate in gerontology.Prerequisites: First Year M.S.W. CoursesAnnually, Fall, 3 Units

HAD 711 Long Term CareAdministrationLong Term Care Administration mustconsider the special administrative andorganizational methods, social systemsand population that are attributable toall kinds of residential and long termcare facilities, as separate entities from

acute care hospitals. The course willinclude an overview of the long-termcare continuum, including communitycare, management issues, Medicare andMedicaid, finance, pertinent laws andregulations, and patient/residentrequirements and needs. Care and treat-ment standards will be reviewed anddiscussed, as well as policy changes andgovernment trends associated with thenew paradigm of aging in the 21st cen-tury.Prerequisites: First Year MSW CoursesAnnually, Fall, 3 units

Choose two of the following three:

HAD 602 Human ResourceAdministration in the Health SectorThis course is concerned with the cen-tral issues of the human resources man-agement function within health careinstitutions and agencies. It is orientedtoward the role of the function as aprocess that is intended to maximizecontributions to the organization by itsemployees. This orientation includesissues such as human resources develop-ment and training, recruitment andselection retention, and labor manage-ment relations. In addition, it is neces-sary to consider the characteristics ofthe talent pool and its relationship toorganization and societal needs. Theseissues include human resources plan-ning; equal employment opportunity;affirmative action; occupational healthand safety; training and developmentdiversity; and fair labor standards.Finally, the course is concerned with thereductions-in-force, personnel ceilings,the rapid expansion and contractions ofpersonnel resources, and workforcediversity and the use of contract andtemporary employees will be considered.Prerequisites: HAD 710 and HAD 711Annually, Spring, 3 units

HAD 709 Legal Aspects in HealthCare AdministrationStudents will be introduced to healthcare legal principles and provided anoverview of ways to limit the risk of law-suits while improving the quality andsafe delivery of health services. Anexamination of the myriad legal and reg-ulatory issues that confront professionalsworking in health care organizations willbe conducted.Prerequisites: HAD 710 and HAD 711Annually, Spring, 3 units

HAD 603 Foundations in Budgetingand Finance in Health CareThis course examines and pinpoints thelaws, rules, and regulations affecting

health care’s financial environment anddecision-making. In that regard, it iden-tifies general principles of accountingand the basic financial statements it pro-duces. It also isolates the basic elementsin health care’s strategic financial plan-ning, such as product cost concepts andfinancial statement analysis. All theseelements are then incorporated into athorough examination and review ofhealth care’s operating and capital bud-get process and procedures.Prerequisites: HAD 710 and HAD 711Annually, Spring, 3 units

Gerontology – Senior CommunityService (Track II)

The Senior Community Service trackincorporates both clinical and adminis-trative content areas. Students on thistrack will learn to plan and develop com-munity services for older adults; performintervention and treatment planning,and understand and manage issues ofdeath, dying, bereavement and loss.

HAD 710 Gerontology: Processes ofAgingThis foundation course surveys the multi-disciplinary field of gerontology and pro-vides an overview of issues related to theaged as a population group and aging as aprocess. Theoretical approaches andresearch findings about the biological,psychological and social processes of agingare reviewed with emphasis on interven-tions to facilitate optimal functioning inolder adults. This course may be used inpartial fulfillment of the requirements fora certificate in gerontology.Prerequisites: First Year MSW CoursesAnnually, Fall, 3 units

HAD 726 Interdisciplinary AssessmentProvides a collaborative framework forcomprehensively assessing the needs ofelderly clients and client populations,and for the development of better link-ages among disciplines serving the elder-ly. Promotes a clarification of the roles ofdifferent practitioners and the purposesof different health, financial, legal andsocial service organizations serving theelderly in the community.Prerequisites: First Year M.S.W. CoursesAnnually, Fall, 3 units

Choose two of the following three:

HAD 712 The Management of SeniorCommunity ProgramsThis course provides an understanding ofthe basic skills necessary to manage pro-

C.W. Post Campus

grams and services for older adults livingin the community. These skills include:doing outreach, assisting with informa-tion and referrals, applying the latesttechnologies to development and designof programs in the context of relevantlaws and regulations. The course distin-guishes between the role of for-profit andnot-for-profit organizations as well asgovernment and public programs, whiledemonstrating the application of man-agement strategies in various service are-nas. Study includes housing, health care,community based, long-term care, legis-lation and social services, economics,transportation, criminal justice, politics,education, religion, work and retirement.Course content emphasizes effective col-laboration among the multidisciplinaryteam members who serve community-dwelling older adults.Prerequisites: HAD 710 and HAD 726Annually, Spring, 3 units

HAD 728 Financial, Estate andRetirement PlanningThe course addresses crucial issues affect-ing the financial future of seniors. Whilethe interface of gerontology and legalestate planning issues are the areas fordiscussion, the objectives and competen-cies focus on integrating general and pro-fessional education. Thus HAD 728prepares students for successful and satis-fying careers in gerontological services bylinking scholarship and critical thinkingwith the demands of professional practiceand the challenges of fundamental careerissues. In addition, the student furtherwill develop his/her administrative andeducational skills of critical and selectivereading, coherent writing and speaking,organized and divergent thinking, andthe abilities to recognize implicationsand raise probing questions.Prerequisites: HAD 710 and HAD 726On Occasion, Spring, 3 units

HAD 729 Bereavement: Psychological,Cultural and Institutional PerspectivesThis course is designed to explore thestages and issues related to dying andgrieving. Cultural diversities in thegrieving process will be identified. Mythsand ideas that inhibit, isolate and inter-fere with the bereavement experiencewill be examined. Political, medical,legal and ethical issues will be analyzed.Students’ values, attitudes and fears willbe explored in order to inform theirinterventions. Social, cultural and per-sonal issues that govern a person’s reac-tion to death and dying will behighlighted. In addition, students willlearn to design organizational structuresfor interdisciplinary assessments and ser-

vice delivery in settings serving the dyingand bereaved.Prerequisites: HAD 710 and HAD 726Annually, Spring, 3 units

Nonprofit Management

The Long Island University M.S.W.program offers an innovative curriculumin non-profit management in collabora-tion with the Department of HealthCare and Public Administration. Itmeets the advanced curriculum objec-tives by providing knowledge and skillneeded for administering and workingwith non-profit human service organiza-tions in an interdisciplinary context.Non-profit organizations have differentgovernance structures, funding sources,missions, and staffing characteristics thanprivate for-profit or public sector organi-zations. The program provides studentswith the knowledge, values and skills towork effectively in and administer pro-grams in, virtually any segment of thesocial service community, from child wel-fare to health and mental health, and ina variety of programs addressing a broadrange of social issues from hunger andhomelessness to women at risk.

This advanced concentration is designedto provide an interdisciplinary classroomexperience and experiential learningopportunities for social work students plan-ning a career in non-profit managementand social services. Upon completion ofthe M.S.W. degree with a concentration innon-profit management, graduates mayalso qualify for an Advanced Certificate inNonprofit Management by taking just oneadditional course which is offered by LongIsland University.

The five courses in this concentrationinclude: NPM 650: Introduction toNonprofit Management; NPM 651:Fundraising and Development for Non-profit Organizations; NPM 652: HumanResource Management in Non-profitOrganizations; NPM 653: FinancialManagement in Non-profit Organizations;and NPM 654: Legal, Ethical andGovernance Issues in Non-profitOrganizations.

NPM 650 Introduction to NonprofitManagementThis course introduces students to non-profit management, beginning with thehistory of philanthropy and the emer-gence of the nonprofit sector. It providesstudents with historical and contempo-

rary understanding of the creation of andchanging structure of nonprofit organiza-tions and the nonprofit sector includingfactors that impact on individual clients,staff and the larger community. Itincludes an exploration of classical orga-nizational theory as well as current man-agement practices as they relate tononprofit organizations. Special atten-tion is focused on topical managementissues including interdisciplinary collabo-ration, mergers, and strategic planning.Prerequisites: First Year MSW CoursesAnnually, Fall, 3 units

NPM 651 Fundraising andDevelopment for Non-ProfitOrganizationsBuilding on the knowledge gained inNMP 650 on the structure and function-ing of human and social services, thiscourse provides depth of understanding inthe area of fundraising and development –an area that is critical to maintain theexistence of many social services agencies.The course provides students with anoverview of existing sources of funding fornonprofit social service organizations. Itexplains the director of development andfundraising’s roles in acquiring and devel-oping financial resources for the organiza-tions. It addresses mechanisms for raisingmoney including donor profiles, founda-tion and corporate philanthropy, govern-ment grant and contract programs, specialevents, marketing and public relationsfunctions, direct mail and membershipcampaigns, planned giving, major gifts,and capital campaigns. Ethical and legalissues related to fundraising are alsoaddressed. Students will also obtain skillsin assessing several environmental consid-erations including those related to thesocial, political and economic arenaswhere social service organizations are pre-sent.Prerequisites: First Year MSW CoursesAnnually, Fall, 3 units

NPM 652 Human ResourceManagement in Non-ProfitOrganizationsThe course provides an overview ofhuman resources management (HRM) inthe public and nonprofit sectors. It isdesigned to help students identify estab-lished traditional and contemporary(HRM) theories and suggest how theseconcepts can be incorporated into theirmanagement practice. The course alsoseeks to provide students with an under-standing of HRM methods and func-tions, such as recruitment, laborrelations, compensation, volunteer man-agement and training. Additionally, thecourse will assist students in placing

HRM in context by discussing ecologicaland cultural implications, strategic plan-ning, technology, and legal and regulato-ry issues. Students will be encouraged toidentify current challenges in public andnonprofit HRM and explore solutions tothese concerns.Prerequisite: NPM 650Annually, Spring, 3 units

NPM 653 Financial Management inNon-profit OrganizationsThis course offers students interdiscipli-nary knowledge of financial managementconcepts and techniques required foreffective management of nonprofit socialservice organizations. It provides special-ized knowledge that is fundamental tohelp future nonprofit leaders and staffadapt the organization to its ever chang-ing fiscal environment. Topics includenonprofit accounting, budget manage-ment, revenue forecasting, financialstatements/reports tax issues, grant com-pliance, internal expenditure control,audits, cash flow management, long-termplanning, endowment management, andcapital financing. Building on the foun-dation knowledge gained in NMP 650,specific applications to financial issues innon-profit and public health and humanservices are also addressed.Prerequisite: NPM 650Annually, Spring, 3 units

NPM 654 Legal, Ethical andGovernance Issues in Non-profitOrganizationsThis court examines the laws affecting theestablishment and operation of nonprofitorganizations, including incorporation andtax exempt status, general liability, regula-tory compliance/reporting and contracts.The course explores the roles, responsibil-ities, processes and powers of boards ofdirectors including issues of board liability.The nonprofit agency’s advocacy responsi-bilities and opportunities and ethicalissues are examined and discussed.Prerequisite: NPM 650On Occasion, Spring, 3 units

Alcoholism & Substance Abuse

The Long Island University M.S.W.program offers students the opportunityto acquire simultaneously the certificatein Alcoholism and Substance AbuseCounseling while earning their M.S.W.degree. The Certificate is offered in col-laboration with and through the LongIsland University-Brooklyn CampusContinuing Education Department.

Students will achieve the following:1) Identify the collaborative role forsocial work in the area of alcoholismand substance abuse.

2) Comply with New York State Officeof Alcoholism and Substance AbuseServices (NYSOASAS) standards andsignificantly contribute to the comple-tion of the required 350 clock hours ofclassroom instruction in the followingareas:a) Knowledge of alcoholism and sub-stance abuse

b) Alcoholism and substance abusecounseling

c) Assessment, clinical evaluation,treatment planning, case manage-ment, and client, family, and com-munity education

d) Professional and ethical responsi-bilities and documentation

The Alcoholism and Substance AbuseCurriculum meets the advanced curricu-lum objectives of the M.S.W. program bypreparing social workers to work collabo-ratively with other professionals, andprovides the graduate student withadvanced knowledge and skills for work-ing with a discrete population. Theprocess also leads to the CASAC, a cre-dential that is in high demand in theNew York, tri-state area. The courses inthis area of concentration include:

SWK 674 Theories and Principles ofAlcohol and Substance AbuseCounselingThis course will introduce students tothe basic theories and principles of alco-holism and substance abuse counseling,as well as techniques for motivating thechemically dependent client to engage intreatment. Emphasis will be placed onthe theories of vocational counseling andthe relationship between work, self-esteem and recovery.Prerequisites: First Year M.S.W. CoursesAnnually, Fall, 3 units

SWK 675 Introduction to theTechniques of Substance AbuseCounselingThis course provides students with a foun-dation in the basic techniques of counsel-ing the substance abuse population.Students will receive and overview ofchemical dependency treatment andexplore various counselor interventionmethods and the qualities and skills neces-sary for competent and effective practice.Prerequisites: First Year M.S.W. CoursesAnnually, Fall, 3 units

SWK 677 Sociological andPsychological Aspects of SubstanceAbuseThis course will offer students a compre-hensive view of alcohol and drug use andalcoholism and addiction from a histori-cal perspective. Utilizing cultural atti-tudes, legal sanctions and normativevalues regarding alcohol and drug use,students will analyze what addiction isand who is an addict as defined by vari-ous disciplines (i.e. medical, sociologicaland psychological etc.) and systems (i.e.family, criminal justice and social serviceetc.). Students will examine ethnicityand its role in substance abuse and coun-seling. Students should be prepared tothink critically and engage in a dialogueregarding the complex bio-psycho-socialissues that impact alcoholics and/oraddicts as well as the substance abusecounselor.Prerequisites: SWK 674 and SWK 675Annually, Spring, 3 units

SWK 678 Physical and PharmacologicalEffects of Substance AbuseThis course will examine how the abuseof alcohol and other drugs affects thebody with emphasis on the central ner-vous system, organ systems and generalphysical health. The physiological basisfor the disease concept of addiction willbe reviewed. Psychoactive drug cate-gories will be explored in relation to thehistory of use, routes of administrationand how the body processes licit andillicit substances. The effects of drugsand pharmacological interactions onmetabolic processes and neuropsycholog-ical functioning will be discussed.Prerequisites: SWK 674 and SWK 675Annually, Spring, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

The School of Education onthe C.W. Post Campus has

grown to offer one of thewidest ranges of teacher-training and administrationprograms in the region. Sevendepartments – Counseling andDevelopment, Curriculum andInstruction, EducationalLeadership and Administration,Educational Technology,Health and Physical Education,Special Education andLiteracy, and CommunicationSciences and Disorders – offera wide variety of degree pro-grams leading to the Master ofScience, the Master of Arts orthe Master of Science inEducation. In addition, theschool offers graduate-levelcertificate programs.

Web site: www.liu.edu/posteduPhone: (516) 299-3300Fax: (516) 299-4167E-mail:educate@cwpost.liu.edu

Robert Manheimer, Ed.D.Deanrobert.manheimer@liu.edu

Michael Hogan, Ph.D.Associate DeanDirector, Clinical Education andProfessional Certificationsmphogan@liu.edu

Kathryn Lusteg, Ph.D.Assistant DeanAssociate Professor of Educationkathryn.lusteg@liu.edu

Marilyn Pedalino, Ph.D.Assistant Deanmarilyn.pedalino@liu.edu

IMPORTANTNOTICE

The New York State EducationDepartment has made very significantchanges in the certification titles forteachers and in the requirements for edu-cational programs that lead to teachercertification. For additional details aboutthese programs, speak to a graduate advi-sor who will be able to direct students tothe proper sequence of courses and pro-vide them with the proper details of theprogram. Students are required to speakwith an academic counselor as theyprogress through their course of study.

SCHOOL OFEDUCATIONOVERVIEW

The School of Education at the C.W.Post Campus of Long Island University islocated in, and serves the educationalneeds of, the largest metropolitan area ofthe nation. Thus, the School ofEducation reflects the dynamic characterof urban and suburban life and concernsitself with the important role educationplays in improving the quality of thatlife. Through programs of professionalstudy, the School of Education preparesteachers, specialists and administratorswho have commitment and competenceto help young people achieve dignity,preserve individuality, develop democrat-ic values and find self-fulfillment.The School of Education is committed

to providing professional experiencesthat are important aspects of programs ofstudy for professional educators. Theseexperiences bring the prospectiveteacher, specialist or administrator face-to-face with the realities of the class-room, the school and the community, aswell as provide opportunities for partici-pation in the study, research and analysisof contemporary education issues. In ful-filling this commitment, the resources ofthe School of Education are availablenot only to its students, but also to theprofessionals and school districts of themetropolitan region.

As society is altered by such factors asthe knowledge explosion, technologicaladvances and population growth, thepurposes and processes of education havechanged. The School of Education isaware of its responsibility to society indealing with complex educational andsocial issues by providing leadership incurriculum innovation, experimentationand dissemination of information.

Academic Policy

Admission RequirementsAn applicant must have a bachelor’s

degree from an accredited college or uni-versity.Admission to most programs requires a

general undergraduate grade point aver-age of 2.50 and a 2.75 average in themajor area. Certain programs requirehigher minimum grade point averages.Grade point averages are computed on a4.00 point scale. Application for admis-sion to the program must be madethrough the Graduate Admissions Office.A student who possesses the necessarygrade point average will be admitted tothe program upon submission of two offi-cial transcripts. An applicant who doesnot meet the minimum required under-graduate grade point average may peti-tion the Dean of the School ofEducation or a delegated representative.This petition must be accompanied byevidence of ability to succeed in graduatestudy. At the Dean’s discretion, theAcademic Standing Committee of theSchool of Education may be asked toreview an individual student’s applica-tion. If accepted, this student is enrolledas a limited matriculant.For careers in Middle Childhood

Education (5-9) or AdolescenceEducation (7-12), (formerly SecondaryEducation), a concentration and distribu-tion of studies deemed essential for effec-tive performance as a teacher in a chosenfield are also required. An adolescence ormiddle child education student will takeat least six of his or her 18 semester hoursbefore applying for degree candidacy in asubject-matter specialization.Any student who does not wish to

have units applied toward a degree mayenroll with non-matriculated status withdepartmental permission. Admissionrequirements are the same for matriculat-ed and non-matriculated students.

Upon admission to the program, agraduate admissions officer will direct theaccepted student to the appropriatechairperson or specialization coordinator.Each student is assigned an academiccounselor and a faculty advisor whoassists in the development of an initialplan of 12 to 18 hours of coursework.See department sections for specificadmission requirements.Admission prerequisites for an

Advanced Certificate are as follows:1. Students are required to have complet-ed a master’s degree in an appropriatefield before admission to theAdvanced Certificate program.

2. For the Advanced Certificate inSchool Administration programs, twoletters of recommendation arerequired.

3. Students should consult with individ-ual departmental academic counselorsfor specific requirements.

Academic Status(A) Upon completion of 12 to 15 unit

hours, a matriculated student must applyfor Interim Assessment by submitting aform that is available from his or her fac-ulty advisor or academic counselor.Faculty from within the candidate’s

major will examine the InterimAssessment application, review his or herprofessional objectives, experiences andstrengths, and recommend additionalcourses and experiences for programcompletion. During interim advisement,the faculty advisor and student will joint-ly develop a culminating plan thatencompasses faculty recommendationsand student preferences. If the InterimAssessment does not lead to a positiverecommendation, the candidate maypetition the Dean for reconsideration bythe Academic Standing Committee.The Interim Assessment application

must be approved and a culminating plandeveloped before a matriculated studentmay enroll for courses beyond thoseincluded on his or her initial plan.(B) Upon admission, a limited matric-

ulated student meets with either theappropriate chairperson, coordinator oracademic counselor who advises andassists him or her in developing a maxi-mum 12-unit Plan of Study. Upon com-pletion of 12 unit hours, the advisor andstudent develop a new Plan of Study.The limited matriculated student maythen enroll for additional courses. It isimportant to note that a random collec-

C.W. Post Campus

tion of elective units does not constitutean acceptable program of study. A limit-ed matriculated student who laterrequests matriculated status must obtainapproval from the Dean of the School ofEducation or his delegated representa-tive. No more than 18 hours may betransferred from limited matriculated tomatriculated status.

Program Options for Master’sDegreeUpon successful completion of Interim

Assessment, the student, in consultationwith his or her faculty advisor, is assignedone of the culminating options listedbelow. Departmental options vary.Specific department requirements areoutlined in departmental sections.Each option provides the student theopportunity to satisfy student teachingrequirements for certification.

A. Degree with a ThesisMost programs require a minimum of

36 semester hours of coursework, includ-ing an additional three units for comple-tion of a satisfactory thesis. A MiddleChildhood Education (5-9)/AdolescenceEducation (7-12) (formerly SecondaryEducation) degree candidate must take atleast half of these hours in education,and the remaining in a discipline relatedto his or her field of teaching andapproved by the appropriate department.Early Childhood (B-2) and Childhood(1-6) (formerly Elementary Education)students may take most of the work ineducation with electives appropriate tohis or her background.The thesis or project required in the

graduate programs tests the candidate’sability to engage in original research,evaluate source materials, and communi-cate clearly and accurately. All thesisoption students must take a requiredresearch methods course.A candidate’s thesis will be accepted

for consideration only after successfulInterim Assessment and completion ofrequired courses and semester hours list-ed on his or her initial Plan of Study.A master’s degree candidate who choos-

es the thesis option will write his or herthesis under the direct supervision of acommittee chairperson. Each candidate isencouraged to recommend a chairpersonfor the committee. The Dean, in consulta-tion with the appropriate departmentchairperson, must approve the final choice.The student must file the request for

the appointment of a thesis chairpersonwith the School of Education Office atleast 30 days before the time he or sheregisters for the thesis writing course. Inpreparing the thesis, the student mustfollow approved procedures and a speci-fied manual of style.Once the thesis receives faculty com-

mittee approval, the student must defendit through an oral examination. A stu-dent who elects the thesis option isexempt from a comprehensive examina-tion.

B. Degree without a ThesisMost programs call for a minimum of

36 semester hours of coursework. ForMiddle Childhood (5-9)/AdolescenceEducation (7-12) teachers (formerlySecondary Education), at least half ofthese hours must be taken in education,and the remaining in a discipline relatedto the student’s field of teaching andapproved by the appropriate department.For Early Childhood (B-2)/Childhood(1-6) teachers (formerly ElementaryEducation), most of the work may be ineducation with electives appropriate tothe person’s background or major inter-est. Non-thesis candidates must eitherpass the comprehensive examinationdescribed below, or an approved alterna-tive (see each department for specifics).

Comprehensive ExaminationEach candidate who selects this option

will undergo a written evaluation.Professors from within the candidate’smajor field develop the examinationuniquely. The faculty reserves the rightto require subsequent assessment of thecandidate should it become necessary.The student must submit his or her

comprehensive examination applicationto the appropriate departmental officeduring the semester before, but no laterthan one month before, the administra-tion of the examination. MiddleChildhood or Adolescence Educationstudents (formerly Secondary Education)majoring in Mathematics or English willalso undergo an oral examination.Mathematics majors must register for thecomprehensive examination at leastthree months before its administration.Students majoring in Social StudiesEducation (Middle Childhood orAdolescence) and Spanish Education(Middle Childhood or Adolescence) willalso be required to complete a compre-hensive examination appropriate to the

academic discipline. Eligibility for thecomprehensive examination is contin-gent upon acceptance as a degree candi-date. The student must also complete 30appropriate semester hours of graduatestudy by the end of the semester inwhich he or she sits for the examination.Communication Sciences and

Disorders majors submit applications forthe comprehensive examination to thedepartment’s office. The comprehensiveexamination is administered in two parts.Both parts must be taken in the semesterthe student is eligible for graduation.

New York State TeacherCertificationNew York State requires teachers in

public schools to be certified. The fol-lowing are approved teacher certificationprograms:• Early Childhood (B-2)• Childhood (1-6)• Adolescence Education (7-12)Academic Subjects

• Middle Childhood Education (5-9)• Childhood/Special Ed (1-6)• Childhood/Literacy (1-6)• Special Education (B-6)• Literacy (1-6)• Music, Art, Physical Education, Health(all grades)

• TESOL

Those students who complete theabove programs are entitled to apply forcertification through the C.W. PostCertification Office; however, they mustcomplete the entire program includingstudent teaching or practica. All whoapply for the first certificate, which iscalled the Initial Certificate, are requiredto take the New York State TeacherCertification Exams. These tests consistof the Liberal Arts and Sciences Test(LAST), the Assessment of TeachingSkills-Written (ATS-W) and tests ofcontent knowledge in the certificatearea, Content Specialty Tests (CST).After Initial Certificate holders have

acquired three years of teaching experi-ence and a master’s degree, they willqualify for the Professional Certificate.The C.W. Post School of Education is

required to publish exam results annually.Pass rates for C.W. Post students takingthe New York Teacher CertificationExaminations in 2004-2005 are as fol-lows: For the Assessment of TeachingSkills-Written (ATS-W), a total of 465students took the test and 460 passed for

Important Notice/Overview

a “pass rate” of 99 percent. The statewidepass rate is 99 percent. For the Liberal Artsand Sciences Test (LAST), a total of 458students took the test and 448 passed fora “pass rate” of 98 percent. The statewidepass rate is 99 percent. The TotalSummary Pass Rate for both tests is 92%.The statewide pass rate is 94 percent.

New York Teacher CertificationExaminationsIn addition to the above requirements,

the following are additional requirementsfor initial certification.

Required WorkshopsChild Abuse Identification Seminar(Required – All Students)All persons who apply for an initial

(formerly provisional) or professional(formerly permanent) teaching certifi-cate or license and all students in SchoolCounseling and Mental HealthCounseling Programs must complete astate-approved two-hour course in theidentification and reporting of suspectedchild abuse. This requirement must bemet by attending a specially scheduled,two-hour seminar.

Violence Prevention Workshop –Project SAVE(Required of all students applying forstate certification)As of May 1, 2001, all persons who

apply for any level of school certificationmust complete a two-hour, state-approved workshop on the warning signs,classroom management techniques, refer-ral process, statutes and regulationsregarding school violence prevention andintervention.

FingerprintingAll candidates seeking New York State

Certification must be fingerprinted andsubmit to criminal background checks.Instructions and materials will be avail-able in the campus offices.

Phi Delta KappaThe international professional frater-

nity in education, Phi Delta Kappa, orig-inated in 1906. The Long IslandUniversity Chapter, Chapter 1524, waschartered on the C.W. Post Campus in1986. The purpose of PDK is to promotequality education as essential to thedevelopment and maintenance of ademocratic way of life. This is done

through leadership, research and service.Active members are eligible to nominatecandidates to membership.

Interim Assessment(Required of all degree candidates)To be considered for Interim

Assessment the student must satisfy thefollowing requirements:1. Matriculant status (depending on pro-gram area)

2. Completion of 12-15 unit hours ofgraduate courses listed on the candi-date’s initial Plan of Study with atleast a 3.00 grade index and a reviewwith faculty advisor

3. Formal application for InterimAssessment filed in the DepartmentalOffice

4. Recommendations of the faculty with-in the candidate’s major. Faculty rec-ommendation may be withheld if, inthe faculty member’s judgment, thecandidate lacks moral, emotional, per-sonality or intellectual qualities neces-sary to function at the professionallevel appropriate to the graduate pro-gram.

Unsatisfactory GradesThe average of grades attained in the

approved program of study may be noless than B (equivalent to the qualitypoint index of 3.00). A student whoreceives grades below B in two graduatecourses is considered to have an academ-ic deficiency. A third grade below B,after the student receives a formal warn-ing of the deficiency, requires formalaction on the part of the appropriatedepartment. Any such student may losehis or her matriculated status or be ineli-gible to continue in the graduate pro-gram. The Dean makes final dispositionof such cases. Individual departmentsmay impose stricter academic standards.This is especially true in cases involvinga final grade of F. In no case may a stu-dent graduate with a cumulative gradepoint average below 3.00.

COUNSELINGANDDEVELOPMENT

Phone: (516) 299-2814/2815Fax: (516) 299-3312

Faculty

Daniel AraozProfessor of EducationB.A., M.A., Gonzaga University;M.S.T., University of Santa Clara;M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University;Diplomate, Counseling Psychology;A.B.P.O., Diplomate Clinical Hypnosisdaniel.araoz@liu.edu

Terry BordanProfessor of EducationB.A., Queens College;M.S., Long Island University;Ed.D., University of Sarasotaterry.bordan@liu.edu

Paul J. CiborowskiAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., University of Dayton;M.A., New York University;Ph.D., Fordham Universitypaul.ciborowski@liu.edu

James J. ColangeloAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Manhattan College;M.S., St. John’s University;P.D., Long Island University;PsyD., Southern California Universityjames.colangelo@liu.edu

Joseph DespresAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Cathedral College;M.S., Long Island University;Ed.D., Columbia Universityjoseph.despres@liu.edu

Eugene GoldinProfessor of EducationB.A., M.S.Ed., Queens College;Ed.D., St. John’s Universityeugene.goldin@liu.edu

Melvin R. HeckProfessor of EducationB.A., University of North Dakota;M.B.A., Long Island University;M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern Universitymelvin.heck@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

Thomas D. KemptonAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., New York University;M.S., St. John’s University;Ph.D., Hofstra Universitythomas.kempton@liu.edu

Andrew Scott McGowanChair, Department of Counseling andDevelopmentProfessor of EducationB.S., University of Scranton;M.A., Niagara University;M.S., P.D., Ph.D., Fordham Universityandrew.mcgowan@liu.edu

Nishan J. NajarianAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., M.Div., Ph.D., Drew University;M.A., New York Universitynishan.najarian@liu.edu

Richard E. OvensAssociate Professor of EducationA.S., Orange County Community College;B.A., University of the State of New Yorkat Albany;M.S., Psy.D., Long Island Universityrichard.ovens@liu.edu

Kim H. RodriguezAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., M.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., Union Institute & Universitykim.rodriguez@liu.edu

Kristin D. Schaefer-SchiumoAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., Cornell University;M.S., Fordham University;Ph.D., Fordham Universitykristin.schaefer@liu.edu

Mark B. SchollAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., St. Andrews Presbyterian College;M.Ed., Ph.D., University of NorthCarolina at Greensboromark.scholl@liu.edu

June Ann SmithAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., Northern Caribbean University;M.S.W., Yeshiva University;M.A., Ph.D., Andrews Universityjuneann.smith@liu.edu

Lynn E. SwanerAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Binghamton University;M.S., Long Island University;Ed.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversitylynn.swaner@liu.edu

Professor Emeriti

Carolyn S. HewsonB.A., Furman University;M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University

Gerald KushelB.S., Rider College;M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University

Lalit K. MasihM.A., L.T., Lucknow University (India);M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University

Barbara SchwartzB.A., Brooklyn College;M.S., P.D., Long Island University;Ph.D., Union for Experimenting Collegesand Universities

Degree Programs

The Council for Accreditation ofCounseling and Related EducationalPrograms (CACREP), a specializedaccrediting body recognized by theCouncil for Higher EducationAccreditation (CHEA), has grantedaccreditation to the following programsin the Department of Counseling andDevelopment:• Mental Heath Counseling – M.S.• School Counseling – M.S.The Department of Counseling and

Development continues to evaluate pro-gram and course content in order to bein the forefront of the profession and toprovide the best and most competitiveprogram available. Consequently, materi-al contained in this section of the bul-letin may no longer be reflective of therequirements of the specialization inwhich the student is interested.Each student is required to check with

the department’s academic counselor atthe time of admission to obtain currentprogram requirements for his or her pro-gram of study.The department prepares professional

counselors and other personnel workersfor a variety of positions, including:• School counselor• Mental health counselor• Career counselor• Public or private agency counselor• Supervisor or director of guidance andcounseling• Supervisor or director in allied person-nel fields.

Liability InsuranceAll students in the Department of

Counseling and Development arerequired to obtain liability insurance atthe onset of their program of study.While lawsuits against student-coun-selors are rare, any service offered by aprofessional counselor or a graduate stu-dent in training to become a professionalcounselor is open to a lawsuit. Liabilityinsurance is available from the AmericanCounseling Association (ACA) (1-800-545-2223), the American SchoolCounseling Association (ASCA) (1-800-306-4722), other professional associa-tions and private insurance companies. Iftaken with the professional associations,the actual insurance premium is inexpen-sive, but one must generally join theassociation in order to qualify for theinsurance. The American Mental HealthCounseling Association (AMHCA) (1-800-326-2642) and the New YorkMental Health Counselors Association’sendorsed insurance provider CPH (1-800-875-1911) allows graduate studentsto obtain insurance without joining.ACA offers reduced membership fees tograduate students and provides specialreduced rates for insurance. A copy ofthe liability insurance agreement must bepresented to the academic counselor atthe initial and subsequent registration forcourses each semester.*Mental Health Counseling majors arerequired to carry health insurance when tak-ing EDC 669, 683, 684, 685 and 686.

To be considered for admission to themaster’s program, the candidate must:1. Have a baccalaureate degree (or equiv-alent)

2. Have a general undergraduate gradepoint average of 3.00 or have success-fully completed another master’sdegree. Applicants who do not meetthis academic requirement will berequired to take the Graduate RecordExamination (GRE). A score of 4.5 onthe writing assessment is required forthose taking the GRE.

3. Submit two official transcripts from allpost-secondary institutions previouslyattended

4. Submit two written recommendationsfrom personal and/or professional ref-erences

Counseling and Development

5. Appear before a faculty member orpanel, either individually or as a par-ticipant in a group situation, for assess-ment of interpersonal skills

Deadlines for receipt of completeapplications for Department ofCounseling and Development programsof study are as follows:Summer Admission-April 30Fall Admission-August 20Spring Admission-January 10

National Certificationin ProfessionalCounseling

The National Board of CertifiedCounselors (NBCC) conducts a nationalexamination for general and specialtycertifications for qualified candidates inthe field of professional counseling.Graduates from C.W. Post’s program areeligible to take the NationalCertification Examination (NCE).Requirements are subject to change. Forcurrent information on specialty certifi-cations, the applicant should contact theNBCC at (336) 547-0607.

Chi Sigma IotaChi Sigma Iota is the international

honor society of counseling professionalsand professionals-in-training dedicated toexcellence in scholarship, research andclinical practice. The purpose of ChiSigma Iota is to promote and recognizeexemplary attainment in counselor edu-cation and the practice of counseling.There are two chapters of Chi SigmaIota upsilon at C.W. Post Campus andthe Lambda Iota Beta Chapter at theBrentwood Campus.

School Counselor –M.S.

A student seeking New York StateCertification in school counseling shouldmeet with his or her faculty advisor toplan the program of study. Because theState revises certification requirementsfrom time to time, each student mustobtain current information concerningregulations governing certificates by con-tacting the Director of Clinical

Education and Professional Certificationsin the School of Education.For those completing the C.W. Post

Campus program of study culminatingwith the master’s degree and with twoyears of paid experience, permanent cer-tification is granted by the New YorkState Education Department. Upon com-pletion of the master’s degree, the stu-dent may submit an application for NewYork State initial certification to theOffice of Clinical Education, School ofEducation, C.W. Post Campus. Thisoffice will submit the application to theNew York State Education Department.As noted, initial certification canbecome permanent with two years ofexperience.The School Counselor program pro-

vides students with an opportunity todevelop understanding and competenciesappropriate to their concentration area.Each student, in consultation with theacademic counselor, develops and followsa Plan of Study. Every term, the studentalso consults with an assigned facultyadvisor for completion of the study planand course selection. Each degree candi-date will be required to complete 90hours of practicum experience in a fieldsetting (EDC 669) and 600 hours ofinternship experience (EDC 683 andEDC 684).

I. Core CoursesCourses UnitsEDC 600 Introduction toProfessional Counseling 3

EDC 610 Behavior Dynamics Overthe Life Span 3

EDC 613 Diversity and Socio-CulturalIssues in Counseling 3

EDC 615 Theories of Counseling 3EDC 668 Counseling Pre-Practicum 3EDC 687 Group Approaches:Theories and Practice 3

EDC 689 Group Counseling Lab 3EDC 702 Research Methods inCounseling 3

II. School Counseling SpecialtyCourses UnitsEDC 614 Developmental Counselingwith Children & Adolescents 3

EDC 669 Counseling Practicum 6EDC 670 Educational Tests &Measurements 3

EDC 675 Career Education 3EDC 683 Counseling Internship I 3

EDC 684 Counseling Internship II 3EDC 659 Counseling for the CollegeAdmission and Selection Process 3

III. Culminating ExperienceA. EDC 708 Thesis 3or

B. Comprehensive Examination

Program Total: 48-51 units

Mental HealthCounseling – M.S.

The sequence of studies in MentalHealth Counseling leads to the Master ofScience degree. The program is designedfor agency counselors, mental health pro-fessionals, resource counselors, careercounselors, and other non-school coun-selors in public or private agencies oroutpatient clinics and other settings.Program emphasis is on the integra-

tion of individual and group counselingtheories and approaches with supervisedpractical experience in appropriate fieldsettings. Individualized programs aim tocontribute to significant enhancement ofself-insight and to optimize professionalknowledge and demonstrated competen-cies. Each degree candidate will berequired to complete 90 hours ofPracticum Experience in a field setting(EDC 669) and 900 hours of internshipexperience (EDC 683, 684 and 685).

I. Core CoursesCourses UnitsEDC 600 Introduction to ProfessionalCounseling 3

EDC 610 Behavior Dynamics Over theLife Span 3

EDC 613 Diversity and Socio-CulturalIssues in Counseling 3

EDC 615 Theories of Counseling 3EDC 668 Counseling Pre-Practicum 3EDC 687 Group Approaches: Theoriesand Practice 3

EDC 689 Group Counseling Lab 3EDC 702 Research Methods inCounseling 3

II. Mental Health Counseling CoursesCourses UnitsEDC 607 Introduction to MentalHealth Counseling 3

C.W. Post Campus

EDC 608 Assessment andIntervention Strategies inMental Health Counseling 3

EDC 616 Family Counseling 3EDC 669 Counseling Practicum 6EDC 683 Counseling Internship I 3EDC 684 Counseling Internship II 3EDC 660 Practicum in PsychologicalTesting for Counselors 3

EDC 676 Career Development 3EDC 685 Counseling Internship III 3Elective 3Elective 3

III. Culminating ExperienceA. EDU 708 Thesis 3or

Program Total: 60-63 units

Practicum andInternship Experience

Practicum and internship courses pro-vide opportunities to conduct individualand group counseling in a mental healthagency and to observe and participate inthe agency’s activities. Students can alsoparticipate in on-going developmentalguidance and counseling activities inschools, colleges, agencies and other set-tings. The internships are taken in thelatter part of the program and carefulattention must be paid to prerequisites,especially EDC 669, CounselingPracticum.Applications must be filed in advance

for all practicum and internship courses.The University Supervisor will not sub-mit a grade until the student completesthe required number of hours and his orher permission form is on file.

Practicum and Internship ExperienceEDC 669 Counseling PracticumEDC 683 Counseling Internship IEDC 684 Counseling Internship IIEDC 685 Counseling Internship IIIProgram Planning

In some cases, a student may satisfyrequirements for two areas of specializa-tion in order to expand employmentopportunities. The student must carefullyselect electives and plan additional, spe-cially approved internships. Dual empha-sis generally requires considerably more

than the minimal hours and coursesrequired for a single specialization. Asecondary specialty should follow com-pletion of the student’s original special-ization.The student must select one specialty

of record to appear on his or her tran-script.

Summer Institutes

The Department of Counseling andDevelopment offers unique and timelyone-week summer institutes and work-shops especially designed to assist work-ing professionals and enrolled graduatestudents in understanding new develop-ments in the field of counseling.Institutes and workshops change every

year to reflect current relevant issues inthe counseling profession. These 3-unitinstitutes may also be used for profession-al certification for school counselors inNew York.For further information, contact the

Department of Counseling andDevelopment at (516) 299-2814/2815.

Counseling andDevelopment CourseDescriptions

EDC 600 Introduction to ProfessionalCounselingThis is the basic course for counseling inschools, colleges and mental healthagencies and explains the role of the pro-fessional counselor. The course focuseson the student as a person and as apotential counselor. The changing worldof the counselor is also the world of thedeveloping client. Forces contributing tothe variable, emerging culture of values,societal norms and individual choices areexamined in relation to the developmen-tal world of young persons and adults andto the practices, philosophies, and princi-ples of the institutions with which coun-selors are associated.Every Semester, 3 units

EDC 601 Introduction to MentalHealth CounselingTo be taken as the first course in theMental Health Counseling specializa-tion, within the student’s first 15 semes-ter hours of work. This course is anintroduction to preventive education and

counseling for mental and emotionalhealth as uniquely available in mentalhealth centers. The course prepares stu-dents to work on counseling teams andenrichment programs, to handle referralprocedures, community relations andteamwork, and to deal with mentalhealth problems in terms of their etiolo-gy and the innovations in the field.Fall and Spring, 3 units

EDC 608 Assessment and InterventionStrategies in Mental Health CounselingThis course is a weekly seminar focusedon, but not limited to, the following: theetiology, diagnosis, treatment, referraland prevention of disorders; psychologi-cal assessment, case conceptualization,psychopathology, utilization of currentdiagnostic tools, including the DMS-IV;use and limitations of psychopharmaco-logical medications; guidelines for con-ducting intake, mental status, biophysicaland mental health interviews; and con-sultation theory and practice.Prerequisites: EDC 610 and EDC 615Fall, 3 units

EDC 610 Behavior Dynamics Over theLife SpanThis course provides for the study of thedynamics of human behavior over thelife span. This course covers healthyadjustment versus maladjustment at eachstage of life. The major models describ-ing human behavior and the causes ofmental illness are described. The classifi-cations of mental illness and adjustmentdisorders according to the DSM-IV arediscussed and illustrated.Every Semester, 3 units

EDC 613 Diversity and Socio-CulturalIssues in CounselingMajor 21st century contributions of soci-ology and anthropology are examinedwith a view to understanding the role ofsocio-cultural factors in human develop-ment and behavior. This course alsoexamines the impact of the socio-culturalviewpoint on contemporary concepts ofadaptive and maladaptive human behav-ior and related mental health issues.Every Semester, 3 units

EDC 614 Developmental Counselingwith Children and AdolescentsThis course focuses on understanding theprinciples and rationale of developmen-tal counseling with children from a mul-ticultural perspective. Students becomefamiliar with the primary functions ofthe developmental counselor: counseling,consulting, coordinating, assessment andadvocacy. Students will be made aware ofthe kits, games, audiovisual material, and

special programs used by the develop-mental counselor. In addition to anoverview of developmental stages anddevelopmental tasks which children face,the course includes exploration andexperimentation with various and uniquemethods used in developmental counsel-ing. Students observe and interact withan individual child/adolescent from adevelopmental perspective.Prerequisite: EDC 600Fall and Spring, 3 units

EDC 615 Theories of CounselingThis is a basic course in counseling theo-ries and techniques and their applicationwithin a multicultural and diverse soci-ety. Students gain an understanding ofthe major theories of counseling and psy-chotherapy (e.g., psychoanalytic, existen-tial, person-centered, gestalt, reality,behavioral, cognitive-behavioral andfamily systems, etc.). In addition, thecounselor as a person and a professionalis explored as well as ethical issues incounseling and therapy.Prerequisites or Co-requisites: EDC 600 or601, and 610Every Semester, 3 units

EDC 616 Family CounselingThis course offers a consideration of the-ories, practices and related activities withcouples, parents and/or other relatedadults and children. Included in thecourse is a survey of some major trendsand problems associated with individualadjustments, adaptations and other reac-tions within family and social settings.Prerequisite: EDC 615Every Semester, 3 units

EDC 618 Counseling PracticumThis is a basic counseling laboratorycourse which provides a supervisedbeginning level and a practical counsel-ing experience in the college, school oragency setting through successful com-pletion of audio taped sessions with atleast three clients. Weekly seminars inwhich student interviews and analysesare evaluated is required. Demonstrationtapes, readings and faculty conferencesare used. Students are responsible forobtaining counselees with advisementand approval of instructor. The coursemust be completed with grade of B orbetter to qualify for application toward adegree.Prerequisites: EDC 600, 610, 615Every Semester, 4 units, West Point Only

EDC 668 Counseling Pre-PracticumThis is the basic counseling laboratorycourse designed to provide supervisedpractical counseling experience from a

life span and a multicultural perspectivethat can be applied in the school oragency. Students learn the basics interms of the active listening skills andthe use of appropriate counseling tech-niques through role-play and other activ-ities. Students must have three to fiveactual tape-recorded role playing sessionswith another student in the course whowill act as the client; the professor maygive permission for students to work witha client who is not a member of the class.Interview summaries, detailed analysesand other relevant counseling experi-ences are part of the course. Orientationto the role of the professional counselorand ethical concerns are discussed.Prerequisites or Co-requisites: EDC 600,610, 615Fall and Spring, 3 units

EDC 669 Counseling PracticumThis course is an in-depth counselinglaboratory course designed to providesupervised practical counseling experi-ence from a life span and multiculturalperspective through successful comple-tion of 100 hours of which: 60 hours ofobservation, interaction, and supervisionat a school or mental health agency site;30 hours of direct service via individualand group counseling to clients at thatsite; and 10 hours off site with clientswho will be audio-taped. The purpose ofthe 60 hours, which can be interspersedthroughout the semester, is to acclimatethe practicum students to the environ-ment in which the counseling experienceoccurs. Interview summaries, detailedanalyses and other relevant counselingexperiences are a part of this course.Again, it must be emphasized thatpracticum students in 669 must provide40 hours of direct service to clients ofwhich 30 hours take place at a school oragency site and 10 hours are provided tonon-site clients. With on-site clients,practicum students are to document anddescribe each individual and group coun-seling experience, which are to be sharedwith the site supervisor and reflected inthe logs given to the University profes-sor. These clients are supervised by andremain the primary responsibility of thesite supervisor. The remaining ten hourswith non-site clients are audio-recordedand shared only with the University pro-fessor and the other students in EDC669. Practicum students meet in groupseminar with the University professorevery week. In addition, the Universityprofessor provides an hour of individualor triadic supervision (i.e. professor andtwo students), the time for which is builtinto this six unit course. While the pro-fessor and the two students are interact-

ing, the other practicum students observethe supervision being given by the pro-fessor. After the triadic supervisionoccurs, the observing students will beasked to offer their comments and sug-gestions immediately after the triadicsupervision or during the group class.The appropriate roles of the professionalcounselor, based upon the EthicalGuidelines of the American CounselingAssociation, are covered. This course isalso designed to develop and extend thestudent’s understanding and competen-cies begun in EDC 668, Counseling Pre-Practicum.This course must be completed prior totaking EDC 683, Counseling Internship I.Prerequisite: EDC 668; Pre-requisite orCo-requisite: EDC 687Fall and Spring, 6 units

EDC 670 Educational Tests andMeasurementsThis is a survey course in the principlesand practices of testing and assessmentused in schools. After a quick look at theconcepts of educational statistics and theunderlying mathematical basis of stan-dardized tests, the student will examinethe most widely used tests and assess-ments that he/she will be expected toknow and understand in the K-12 set-ting: achievement tests, interest invento-ries, aptitude and intelligence measures.In addition, time will be devoted to theNew York State Learning Standards andthe assessments which will accompanythe higher graduation requirements.Every Semester, 3 units

EDC 675 Career EducationThis course is designed to provide anoverview of the field of career education,the groundwork of career development,and their various applications and possi-bilities. Emphasis is placed on the stu-dent’s understanding of current careerdevelopment theories, consideration andevaluation of resources used in counsel-ing (career, educational, andpersonal/social), and sources from whichthese are available. Technological andother trends as they relate to the coun-selor are reviewed. Multicultural andglobal perspectives are considered; issuesrevolving around gender and personswith disabilities are discussed.Every Semester, 3 units

EDC 683 Counseling Internship IThis course is designed for students inthe latter part of the graduate programafter having taken considerable theoryand course work in the counselingprocess. The student is required to attendseminar meetings and to prepare weekly

C.W. Post Campus

logs directed toward observation, insightand evaluation of activities in the fieldsetting. Related professional readings anddevelopment of an action research designare also required. The student is expect-ed to develop a counseling caseload, par-ticipate in group work, attend staffmeetings and schedule a weekly meetingwith the field supervisor for evaluation.A minimum 300 hours in a counselingsetting, appropriate to the student’s spe-cialization, is required.Prerequisites: EDC 614 (for SchoolCounseling only), EDC 618 and/or EDC668, EDC 669Fall and Spring, 3 units

EDC 684 Counseling Internship IIA second semester internship is requiredfor counseling students. Course contentand time requirements are the same asfor EDC 683.Prerequisites: EDC 683Fall and Spring, 3 units

EDC 652 Counselor’s Approach toHuman SexualityA study of human sexuality from its nor-mal manifestations and development toits dysfunctions. The student will beguided to examine his/her own attitudesand values in this area and to learncounseling approaches to problems andquestions related to sexuality.Fall, 3 units

EDC 654 The Counselor ExaminesAlcoholismAlcoholism, as a behavioral psychologicalproblem, is analyzed to enable the coun-selor to integrate current theories on thiscondition into his/her work. Approachesto the treatment will be evaluated andvaried techniques will be studied.Fall, 3 units

EDC 657 Counseling Families ofAlcoholicsConsideration of theories, practices, prob-lems and trends as they relate to counsel-ing the family affected by alcoholism.Sessions will include lectures, films androleplaying to explore the kinds of prob-lems present and the different approachesto counseling these families.Spring, 3 units

EDC 659 Counseling for the CollegeAdmission and Selection ProcessThis course is designed to provide sys-tematic training in counseling for thecollege admission and selection process.Graduate students and those who arealready in the field are introduced toconcepts and practical skills required forcompetency in working with diverse pop-

ulations: the traditionally aged collegestudent applicant, the disadvantaged, theminority student, the gifted, the learningdisabled, the student athlete, and theadult. The course consists of lectures,presentations, cooperative and grouplearning activities, video viewings, classdiscussions and hands-on types of activi-ties designed to enhance knowledge ofthe college admission and selectionprocess. College admission personnel andschool counselors are invited as guestpresenters.Fall and Spring, 3 units

EDC 660 Practicum in PsychologicalTesting for CounselorsThis course is laboratory experiencedesigned to develop adequate under-standings and competencies with respectto concerns, issues and implementationfactors related to administration, scoring,recording and interpretations of aptitudeand intelligence tests, as well as interestand personality inventories.Prerequisite: EDC 600Spring, 3 units

EDC 676 Career DevelopmentThis course is an in-depth study of theo-ries and emerging patterns in careerdevelopment counseling. Attention isgiven to psychological, sociological, eco-nomic and educational dynamics.Emphasis is placed on practical counsel-ing techniques at the various stages ofdevelopment, and on the effect thatcareer choices, problems and solutionshave on members of the family system.Data from sociology and anthropology isused to understand psychological issuesof career and employment as they makean impact on the family.Every Semester, 3 units

EDC 686 Counseling Internship IIIThis course consists of supervised experi-ence involving 300 hours in selectedschool or agency settings. Professionalreadings and an action research projectare required. However, the student atthis level is expected to be self-initiatingand able to perform both competentlyand creatively in considerable depth toachieve the objectives of the course atthe practitioner level.Prerequisites: EDC 683, 684Spring or Fall, 3 units

EDC 686 Counseling Internship IVThis course is a continuation of theadvanced internship placement and sem-inar experience.Prerequisites: EDC 685Spring or Fall, 3 units

EDC 687 Group Approaches: Theoriesand PracticeThis course will examine the dynamicspresent in a counseling group and howthese forces can be employed in the ser-vice of therapeutic change. Leadershipstyles and skills will be discussed withspecial consideration given to theirapplication and impact on members. Theprogressive stages in group developmentwill be identified. Concomitant strategiesfor addressing relevant issues within thestages will be presented. Practical consid-erations necessary for screening potentialmembers, beginning/ending groups,process interventions, discussing confi-dentiality and ethical considerations willbe included. A variety of theoretical ori-entations on groups will be explored.Fall, 3 units

EDC 688 Group CounselingLaboratoryThis course entails supervised profession-al-level, practical group counseling expe-riences and the counseling of own groupsand an analysis/evaluation of work.Weekly seminars, demonstration groupsand tapes, readings and faculty confer-ences are used.Prerequisite: EDC 687Every Semester, 4 units, West Point OnlyPass/Fail Only

EDC 689 Group CounselingLaboratoryThis course requires student demonstra-tion of accepted and appropriate practiceand procedure in supervised professionalgroup counseling methods and experi-ences. The course presumes familiarityand understanding of the dynamics oftherapeutic forces within a counselinggroup, the ability to assist in self-aware-ness and discovery, and the competenceto facilitate change. Although theorywill be reviewed, it is the practice ineffective group counseling leadershipthat will be the focus and goal of thiscourse. Professional reading, viewing ofgroup counseling videotapes, and analysisand evaluation of group sessions are used.Students will lead a minimum of two,but preferably three group sessions.Prerequisite: EDC 687Every Semester, 3 unitsPass/Fail Only

EDC 701 Counseling SupervisionThis course is designed to systematicallytrain experienced professional counselorsin counselor supervision. Both didacticand experiential instruction are included.Self-awareness, theoretical and concep-tual knowledge, and skill acquisition arestressed. Supervision trainees are

required to apply theory to actual prac-tice through weekly face to face, hour-long, individual supervision of graduatestudents enrolled in EDC 669Counseling Practicum. Department fac-ulty members, in turn, oversee traineesupervision of 669 practicum students.Prerequisite: Master’s degree in Counselingor its equivalentFall and Spring, 3 units

EDC 702 Research Methods inCounselingThis is a course in the understanding ofthe use, process and applications ofresearch findings in counseling. Studentswill examine recent research studies,explore topics of particular interest tothem, and prepare a draft research propos-al on an issue of their choosing. EDC 702is project-based, relevant and practical.Every Semester, 3 units

EDC 707 Degree SynthesisDegree synthesis is the review and integra-tion of the material covered in the variousareas of study in the M.S. in CounselingProgram offered at the West Point Campusof C.W. Post. The student is expected todemonstrate an understanding of the theo-ry and application of learning in a worksetting, whether school, college or com-munity agency. Each student is alsoexpected to demonstrate ability in writtencommunication using a clear and precisemanner in the explanation of curriculum

information; and ability in oral communi-cation in the manner of group discussion,listening, asking pertinent questions andexplaining information adequately to theprofessor and student colleagues.1 unit – West Point OnlyPass/Fail Only

EDC 708 Thesis SeminarThis seminar is available only to thosematriculated master’s degree candidateselecting to develop and write a thesisunder the supervision of approved facul-ty. Registration must be approved by thedepartment chair or designated represen-tative. Student must have received agrade of A in EDC 702.Prerequisite: EDC 702Every Semester, 3 units

EDC 700 Independent StudyOffered on rotationIndependent study involves in-depthdevelopment of a project idea as an areaof study in a previous course. Permissionto take this course is based on the meritof the proposed study and the needs andbackground of the student. Permissionrequires the signature of the facultymember sponsoring the study, theDepartment Chair and the Dean of theSchool of Education at C.W. PostCampus. Independent Study is notallowed in place of a course offered aspart of the program. Hours are arranged.Every Semester, 1, 2 or 3 units

DEPARTMENT OFCURRICULUMANDINSTRUCTION

Phone: (516) 299-2374Fax: (516) 299-3312

Faculty

Iftikhar AhmadAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., M.A., University of Peshawar(Pakistan);M.A., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;M.A., The Graduate Center, CityUniversity of New York;Ed.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversityiftikhar.ahmad@liu.edu

Nuzhat AminAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., St. Joseph’s College, KarachiPakistan;M.A., University of Karachi, Pakistan;M.A., M.Ed., B.Ed., University ofToronto;Ph.D., Ontario Institute for Studies inEducation of the University of Torontonuzhat.amin@liu.edu

Anthony DeFalcoChair, Department of Curriculum andInstructionProfessor of EducationB.A., Maryknoll College;M.A.Ed., Seton Hall University;Ed.D., Rutgers Universityanthony.defalco@liu.edu

Karleen GoubeaudAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., Bob Jones University;M.S., University of Pittsburgh;D.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvaniakarleen.goubeaud@liu.edu

Gavrielle LevineAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., Barnard College;M.A., M. Phil., Teachers College,Columbia University;Ph.D., Columbia Universityglevine@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

Andrea McLoughlinAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., State University of New York atStony Brook;M.S., City University of New York,Queens College;Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State Universityamclough@liu.edu

Karen OgulnickAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., State University of New York atPlattsburgh;M.A., Hunter College, City University ofNew York;Ph.D., New York Universitykogulnic@liu.edu

Joseph PiroAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., St Francis College;M.A., City University of New York,Queens College;M.S., Fordham University;M.A., Ph.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversityjoseph.piro@liu.edu

Shaireen RasheedAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., State University at Stony Brook;M.A., New School for Social Research;M.A., Ph.D., Columbia Universityshaireen.rasheed@liu.edu

Jeong-eun RheeAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Ewha Women’s University, SeoulKorea;M.A., West Virginia University;Ph.D., Ohio State Universityjeong-eun.rhee@liu.edu

Armin L. SchadtProfessor of EducationB.A., Youngstown University;M.A., Kent State University;M.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., The Ohio State University

Michelle SzparaAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., Pennsylvania State University;Ph.D., University of Pennsylvaniamichelle.szpara@liu.edu

Joyceln Yen Yen WooAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., National University of Singapore;PGDE National Institute of Education,Nanyang Technological University;Ed.M., Ph.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversityjoyceln.yenyenwoo@liu.edu

The Department of Curriculum andInstruction continuously seeks todevelop innovative courses, programsand experiences that foster professionalgrowth for educators. Our currentProfessional Plan for Graduate TeacherEducation, filed with the New YorkState Education Department, bringsabout some anticipated modifications ofthe courses and programs listed below.Each graduate student should consultwith his or her faculty advisor eachsemester and carefully review any bul-letin addenda set forth in subsequentpublications.

Degree Programs

Department of Curriculum andInstruction Graduate Programs

Art Education* (B-12) M.S.Biology: Middle Childhood Education*(5-9) M.S.Biology: Adolescence Education* (7-12)M.S.Childhood Education (1-6) M.S.Childhood Education/SpecialEducation* (1-6) (M.S., DualCertification)Childhood Education/Literacy* (B-6)(M.S., Dual Certification)Early Childhood Education (B-2) M.S.Earth Science: Middle ChildhoodEducation* (5-9) M.S.Earth Science: Adolescence Education*(7-12) M.S.English: Middle Childhood Education*(5-9) M.S.English: Adolescence Education* (7-12)M.S.Mathematics: Middle ChildhoodEducation* (5-9) M.S.Mathematics: Adolescence Education*(7-12) M.S.Music Education* (B-12) M.S.Social Studies: Middle ChildhoodEducation* (5-9) M.S.Social Studies: Adolescence Education*(7-12) M.S.Spanish: Middle Childhood Education*

(5-9) M.S.Spanish: Adolescence Education* (7-12)

M.S.Teaching English to Speakers of Other

Languages M.A.

*Programs offered in conjunction with rele-vant departments in other C.W. Postschools. Students must consult with bothEducation and other appropriate departmentadvisors.

The admissions procedures for theDepartment of Curriculum andInstruction are the same as those out-lined in the School of EducationAdmission Requirements section of thisbulletin. A student who does not meetthe minimum grade point average maybe accepted on a limited matriculationbasis. A student interested in theMiddle Childhood and AdolescenceEducation disciplines must satisfyadmission requirements for both theappropriate department (Biology, EarthScience, English, Mathematics, SocialStudies or Spanish) and theDepartment of Curriculum andInstruction. Students entering dual cer-tification programs must be admitted byboth departments: Curriculum andInstruction and Special Education andLiteracy. Students entering ArtEducation or Music Education must sat-isfy admission requirements of both theArt or Music Department andCurriculum and Instruction.

Graduate Admissions Policy

Early Childhood and ChildhoodEducationA candidate for admission to the

Master of Science in Childhood orEarly Childhood Education must have abaccalaureate degree from an accreditedinstitution of higher education.Undergraduate preparation mustinclude a concentration in one of theliberal arts and sciences and college-level work in English, mathematics, sci-ence, social studies and a languageother than English. An applicant whocompletes an undergraduate degree in amajor other than education or the lib-eral arts may be admitted as a fullymatriculated graduate student. His orher major must be considered appropri-ate and of sufficient breadth and depthfor continued graduate study. Thesemajors may include, but are not limitedto, fine arts, accounting, business, com-munications, engineering and the

Curriculum and Instruction

health sciences. Undergraduate prepa-ration must include at least one semesterof college-level study in a languageother than English.

Adolescence and Middle ChildhoodA candidate for admission to the

Master of Science in any of theAdolescence (Grade 7-12) and MiddleChildhood (Grade 5-9) degree programsmust have a baccalaureate degree froman accredited institution of higher educa-tion. Admission as a fully matriculatedstudent requires that his or her under-graduate preparation includes a mini-mum of 12 units in the appropriatesubject field and at least one semester ofcollege-level study in a language otherthan English. To qualify for studentteaching, the degree candidate isrequired to complete 30 units in his orher major field(s) and 18 units in educa-tion courses as outlined in the Plan ofStudy plus required student teaching.

ExceptionsShould a student decide to apply for

New York State Certification indepen-dently, it will be his or her responsibili-ty to satisfy certification requirementsin effect at that time and request fromthe department a waiver of studentteaching.

Student TeachingEach candidate for student teaching

is required to attend an applicationseminar before October 1 for placementin the following Spring or before April1 for placement in the following FallSemester. He or she must have com-pleted the appropriate departmentalprerequisites for student teaching.Student teaching is a full-time endeav-or. Therefore, the student should notregister for any additional courses dur-ing his or her clinical experiencesemester. All student teachers mustspend full days at an assigned schoolduring the entire Fall or the entireSpring semester. Students must have atleast 100 hours of field placement priorto student teaching – 150 for dual pro-grams.Applications for student teaching are

submitted to the Office of ClinicalEducation. All student teachers mustregister for EDI 709 (Supervised StudentTeaching Childhood Education, 6 units)or EDI 710 (Supervised Student

Teaching Childhood/Special Educationor Childhood/Literacy, 6 units) or EDI711 (Supervised Student TeachingMiddle Childhood Education, 6 units) orEDI 712 (Supervised Student Teachingin the Secondary Schools, 6 units) orEDI 713 (Supervised Student TeachingEarly Childhood Education, 6 units).

Secondary Education

Core B

Core B is for Provisional Certified stu-dents who are not seeking additional cer-tification, but wish to make theirprovisional certification permanent.

Required Courses (18 units)Courses UnitsEDI 603 Advanced Topics in thePsychology of Teaching 3

EDI 606 Contemporary Issues inAmerican Education 3

EDI 642 Contemporary Philosophiesof Education 3

EDI 643 Cultural Diversity 3EDI 677 Curriculum Development forTeachers 3

EDI 700 Introduction to EducationalResearch 3

Education Elective 3

Academic Field Concentration(18 units)Choose from one of the following con-

centrations: Biology, Earth Science,English, Mathematics, Social Studies orSpanish. Details are available by contact-ing the academic counselor in the specif-ic area of interest.

Degree OptionsA. Thesis (EDI 705 Thesis Seminar) 3or

B. Comprehensive ExaminationProgram Total: 36-39 units depending onselected degree option

Master of Science inEarly ChildhoodEducation Leadingto NYS InitialCertification inBirth-Grade 2

Core Courses (12 units)EDI 600 Psychological andDevelopmental Foundations ofEducation

EDI 601 Social Foundations of EducationEDI 604 Child Development: Birth toGrade 2

EDI 643 Race, Class and Gender:Teaching Diverse Populations

Co-Related Content (6 units)EDS 605 Beginning Reading andWriting: Emergent Literacy

EDS 610 Literacy Teaching andLearning: Birth to Grade 6

Pedagogical Core (15 units)EDI 639 Play in the CurriculumEDI 615 Early Childhood Curriculum:Birth to Preschool

EDI 616 Early Childhood Curriculum:Kindergarten to Grade 2

EDI 618 Creative Expression for EarlyChildhood

EDI 625 Observation and Assessment inEarly Childhood

EDI 713 Student Teaching and Seminar inEarly Childhood Education (6 units)

HE 205A Health and Substance AbuseSeminar

Culminating Experience (0-3 units,required)Choose from EDI 705-Thesis seminar(3 units)

Comprehensive Final Exam (0 units)Final Project (0 units)39-42 Unit Total

Additional New York StateCertification Requirements• Child Abuse Seminar• SAVE-Schools Against ViolenceEducation Act

• Fingerprinting• LAST• ATS-W• Content Specialty Test (CST)

C.W. Post Campus

Master of Science inChildhood EducationLeading to NYS InitialCertification inGrades 1-6

Core/Pre–Requisite Courses (15 units)EDI 600 Psychological andDevelopmental Foundations ofEducation

EDI 601 Social Foundations of EducationEDI 643 Issues of Race, Class andGender: Teaching Diverse Populations

EDI 677 Curriculum and Assessment forClassroom Teachers

EDI 700 Introduction to EducationalResearch

Co-Related Core Requirements(9 units)EDS 610 Literacy Teaching andLearning: Grades Birth-6

EDS 611 Literacy Assessment andInstruction for Diverse Populations:Birth to Grade 6

EDS 633 Accommodating Learners withSpecial Needs in Inclusive Settings(Includes Technology & Inclusion)

Pedagogical Core (9 units)EDI 612 Teaching Social Studies inGrades 1-6

EDI 613 Teaching Mathematics inGrades 1-6

EDI 614 Teaching Science in Grades 1-6EDI 709 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar for Grades 1-6 (6 units)

HE 205A Health and Substance AbuseSeminar (0 units)

Culminating Experience (0-3 units)Comprehensive Exam or Final Project orEDI 705 – Thesis = 3 units

39-42 units Total

Master of Science inAdolescenceEducation Grades 7-1245-47 units

Core Courses (12 units)EDI 551 Psychology of the AdolescentStudent

EDI 555 Social and OrganizationalFoundations of Middle and HighSchools

EDI 556 Communicating Effectivelywith Focus on the Adolescence Child(9-12)

EDI 700 Introduction to EducationalResearch: The Teacher as Researcher

Methods and Materials (9 units)EDS 641 Literacy in the Content Area(5-12)

EDI 610 Curriculum and Teaching inMiddle and High Schools

EDI 654-660 (3 units) AdvancedCurriculum and Teaching in MajorContent Area; (i.e., Biology, EarthScience, English, Mathematics, SocialStudies or Spanish)

Student TeachingEDI 712 Student Teaching and Seminar(6 units)

Culminating Experience: (0-3 units)Comprehensive Exam or Final Project orEDI 705 – Thesis = 3 units

18 units in content area

All students in Middle Childhood andAdolescence Education Programs musttake three units of Literacy as part oftheir Education Curriculum and threeunits of Literacy through their LiberalArts and Sciences major.

Note: Students who have not completed atleast 30 units in the subject area in whichthey teach must complete these units priorto graduation in order to be recommendedfor initial certification as a Middle School

(Specialist) or Adolescence Educationteacher.

New York State Certification to teachGrades 7-12 is offered in the followingareas: Biology, Earth Science, English,Mathematics, Spanish and SocialStudies.

Master of Science inMiddle ChildhoodEducation Grades 5-9

Core Courses (12 units)EDI 550 Psychology of the EarlyAdolescent Student

EDI 554 Social and OrganizationalFoundations of Middle and HighSchools

EDI 557 Communicating Effectivelywith Focus on the Middle SchoolChild (5-9)

Methods and Materials (9 units)EDS 641 Literacy in the Content Area(5-12)

EDI 610 Curriculum and Teaching inMiddle and High Schools

EDI 654-660 Advanced Curriculum andTeaching in (Major Content Area; i.e.,Biology, Earth Science, English,Mathematics, Spanish and SocialStudies)

Student TeachingEDI 711 Student Teaching and Seminarin Middle Childhood Education (6units)

Culminating Experience: (0-3 units)Comprehensive Exam or Final Projector EDI 905 – Thesis = 3 units

• Fingerprinting• LAST• ATSW• Content Specialty Test (CST)

All students in Middle Childhood andAdolescence Education Programs musttake three units of Literacy as part oftheir Education Curriculum and threeunits of Literacy through their LiberalArts and Sciences major.

Note: Students who have not completed atleast 30 units in the subject area in whichthey teach must complete these units prior tograduation in order to be recommended forinitial certification as a Middle School(Specialist) or Adolescence Educationteacher.

Leads to Middle Child SpecialistCertificationNew York State Certification to teach

grades 5-9 is offered in the followingareas: Biology, Earth Science, English,Mathematics, Spanish and SocialStudies.

Dual CertificateMaster of Science inChildhood/LiteracyLeading to NYS InitialCertification

Courses offered by Curriculum andInstruction in 48-unit programCourses UnitsEDI 600 Psychological Foundationsof Education 3

EDI 601 Social Foundations ofAmerican Education 3

EDI 612 Teaching Social Studies inSchool Grades 1-6 3

EDI 613 Teaching Mathematics inSchool Grades 1-6 3

EDI 614 Teaching Science in SchoolGrades 1-6 3

EDI 677 Curriculum and Assessmentfor the Classroom Teachers 3

EDI 710 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar in Grades 1-6 3

Sub Total units 21

Courses offered by Special Education& Literacy in 48-unit programCourses UnitsEDS 600 Introduction to the Study ofthe Exceptional Child 3

EDS 610 Literacy Teaching andLearning: Birth-Grade 6 3

EDS 619 Literacy Through LiteratureAcross the Curriculum:Birth-Grade 6 3

EDS 622 Contemporary Issues inLiteracy Research 3

EDS 640 Literacy in the ContentAreas: Birth-Grade 6 3

EDS 642 Literacy/Language ArtsInstructions: Birth-Grade 6 3

EDS 615 Practicum I. LiteracyAssessment and Intervention:Birth-Grade 6 3

EDS 616 Practicum II. OvercomingLiteracy Difficulties: Birth-Grade 6(Supervised Clinic) 3

HE 205A Health and SubstanceAbuse Seminar 0

EDS 703 Practicum III. OvercomingLiteracy Difficulties: Birth-Grade 6(Supervised Clinic) 3

Sub Total 27Total Units 48

For Curriculum and Instruction ONLY

• Fingerprinting• LAST• ATSW• Content Specialty Test (CST) Multi-subject and Literacy

Dual CertificateMaster of Science inChildhood Education/Special EducationLeading to NYS InitialCertification

Courses offered by Curriculum andInstruction in proposed 48-unitprogramCourses UnitsEDI 600 Psychological Foundationsof Education 3

EDI 612 Teaching Social Studies inSchool Grades 1-6 3

EDI 613 Teaching Mathematics inSchool Grades 1-6 3

EDI 614 Teaching Science in SchoolGrades 1-6 3

EDI 677 Curriculum and Assessmentfor the Classroom Teachers 3

EDI 710 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar in Grades 1-6 3

Sub Total units 21

Courses offered by Special Educationand Literacy in 48-unit programEDS 600 Introduction to the Study ofthe Exceptional Child 3

EDS 610 Literacy Teaching andLearning: Birth-Grade 6 3

EDS 617 Literacy for Children withDisabilities 3

EDS 630 The Assessment andInstruction of Students with MildDisabilities 3

EDS 631 The Assessment andInstruction of Students with SevereDisabilities 3

EDS 632 The Assessment, Instructionand Classroom Management forChildren with Emotional andBehavior Problems 3

EDS 633 Accommodating Learnerswith Special Needs in InclusiveSettings (Includes Technologyand Inclusion) 3

EDS 713 Supervised StudentTeaching in Special Education 3

HE 205A Health and SubstanceAbuse Seminar 0

EDS 624 Contemporary Issues andResearch in SpecialEducation/Culminating Experience 3

Sub Total Units 27Total Units 48

CASE Students: 51 unitsSPH 681 Communication Developmentand Language Disorders in Childrenwith Autism (This course will take theplace of Accommodating Learners withSpecial Needs in Inclusive Settings) 3

EDS 625 Contemporary Issues andResearch in Special Education

EDS 635 Behavior Management forChildren with Autism andDevelopmental Disabilities (Thiscourse takes the place of TheAssessment, Instruction and ClassroomManagement for Children withEmotional & Behavior Problems) 3

EDS 712 Supervised Student Teaching inSpecial Education

EDS 750 Institute: Diagnosis/Treatmentof Autism

C.W. Post Campus

• Fingerprinting• Content Specialty Test (CST) musttake Multi-subject and SpecialEducation CST

Master of Arts inTESOL (TeachingEnglish to Speakers ofOther Languages)

Program GoalsThe Master of Arts in Teaching

English to Speakers of Other Languagesdegree program:1. Trains English as a Second Languageteachers who demonstrate competenceas teachers of linguistically and cultur-ally different children

2. Provides a TESOL specialization pro-gram which takes into considerationthe special needs of a multilingual/multicultural suburban school district

3. Provides courses required for NewYork State Certification

4. Provides advanced training for experi-enced TESOL teachers and for super-visors and administrators who want togain a greater understanding of andappreciation for the programs theysupervise

5. Provides students who have not hadpractical teaching experience withfundamental TESOL skills

6. Provides professional enrichmentopportunities for field experiencedTESOL teachers

Entrance RequirementsAny candidate for admission to this

degree program must satisfy entrancerequirements as outlined in the School ofEducation Admission Requirements sec-tion of this bulletin. In addition, he orshe must:1. Demonstrate language proficiency inEnglish through a written and oralexamination administered as part ofthe NYSTCE

2. Have knowledge of a foreign languageand/or culture equivalent to that of aone-year college program. This pro-gram and New York State require 12

semester hours of a foreign language,NOT one year, which is only sixsemester hours.

Further information is available bycontacting the Director ofBilingual/TESOL Programs.

Core Courses (15 units)EDI 600 Psychological and DevelopmentalFoundations of Education

EDI 601 Social Foundations ofAmerican Education

EDI 643 Issues of Race, Class and Gender:Teaching Diverse Populations

EDS 633 Accommodating Learners withSpecial Needs in Inclusive Settings

Pedagogical Core (9 units)EDI 650 Methods and Materials inTESOL

EDI 679 Advanced Methods andEvaluation in TESOL

EDI 689 TESOL in Content Areas

Educational Theory and Practice(6 units)EDI 680 Bilingual Education and ESL:Theory and Practice

EDI 630 Second Language LiteracyAcquisition

Co-related Content Courses (9 units)Select two out of the threeLIN 515 Socio-linguisticsLIN 517 Applied LinguisticsLIN 518/EDI 687 Cultural LinguisticsStudent Teaching

OrLIN 511 Syntax and StylisticsLIN 512 Descriptive Linguistics

Practica (6 units)EDI 726 Student Teaching and SeminarEDI 620 Practicum in TESOL – (3 units)(see advisor for 3 unit elective)

Culminating Experience:Comprehensive Exam or Final Project orThesis EDI 705 = 3 units

Total units 45-48

Other Requirements: Prerequisites• 30 units in Liberal Arts including threeunits each in English Language Arts,Math, Science and Technology, andSocial Studies; 12 units in a foreign lan-guage (may be waived for bilingual stu-dents)

• Child Abuse Seminar, Health andSubstance Abuse Seminar, and SAVE(Schools Against Violence EducationAct)

• Course work will include at least 100hours of fieldwork experiences

Master of Science inMusic Education(All Grades)Leading to NYSInitial Certification

Education (pedagogy)Courses UnitsEDI 600 Psychological andDevelopmental Foundations ofEducation 3

EDI 643 Race, Class and Gender:Teaching Diverse Populations 3

EDI 610 General Methods 3EDI 700 Introduction to EducationalResearch 3

EDI 652 Methods and Materials ofTeaching Music in the SecondarySchool 3

EDI 712 Supervised Student Teaching 6HE 205A Health and SubstanceAbuse Seminar 0

Music Education (pedagogy andcontent)Courses UnitsMUS 651 Teaching Music in theElementary School 3

MUS 657W Secondary SchoolChoral Methods 3

MUS 657I General InstrumentalMusic Methods 2

MUS 635 Teaching Brass Instruments 2MUS 636 Teaching PercussionInstruments 2

MUS 637 Teaching WoodwindInstruments 2

MUS 639 Teaching String Instruments 2MUS 657D Conducting 2MUS 675E Piano for Music Teachers 2MUS 657T Basic Skills in MusicTechnology 3

MUS 675S Teaching Special Learners 3Total Units: 42

24 units in the Department ofCurriculum and Instruction, 18 units inthe Department of Music with a mini-mum of 16 units in Music Education

Culminating Experience: ComprehensiveExam or Final Project or Thesis EDI

705=3 units

• Fingerprinting• Content Specialty Test (CST)• LAST• ATS-W

Master of Science inArt Education(All Grades)Leading to NYSInitial Certification

Education (pedagogy)Courses UnitsEDI 600 Psychological andDevelopmental Foundations ofEducation 3

EDI 610 General Methods ofTeaching 3

EDI 643 Race, Class and Gender:Teaching Diverse Populations 3

EDI 700 Introduction to EducationResearch: The Teacher as Researcher 3

EDI 712 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar 6

Total units 21

Art Education (pedagogy and content)EDI 651 Methods and Materials ofTeaching Art in Secondary Schools 3

ART 660 Philosophy and CurrentPractice of Art Education 3

ART 661 Art Education Design andPractice in the Elementary School 3

Total Units 9

Art Electives 12Total 12

Department of Curriculum andInstruction 24

Department of Art 18Total units 42

Culminating Experience (0-3 units)Culminating Experience: ComprehensiveExam or Final Project or Thesis EDI705 =3 units

• Fingerprinting• Content Specialty Test (CST)

Master of Science –Secondary Education

Core BCore B is for students who have

Provisional Certification and are notseeking additional certification but wishto make their provisional certificationpermanent.

Required Courses (15 units)Courses UnitsEDI 602 Analysis of Behavior Seminar 3EDI 603 Advanced Topics in thePsychology of Teaching 3

EDI 606 Contemporary Trends inAmerican Educationor

EDI 643 Cultural Diversityor

EDI 642 Contemporary Philosophies ofEducation 3EDI 677 Curriculum Development forTeachers 3

EDI 700 Introduction to EducationalResearch 3

Education Elective 3

Eighteen content area units to beselected with content area advisor.Content area must be the same as area ofprovisional certification.

Degree OptionsA. Thesis (EDI 705 Thesis Seminar) 3or

Program Total: 36-39 units dependingupon selected degree option

Summer Institutes andWorkshops

The Department of Curriculum andInstruction offers institutes and work-shops during the summer and throughoutthe academic year. Specialized offeringshelp in-service classroom teachers, work-ing professionals and graduate studentsunderstand new trends, strategies anddevelopments within the teaching pro-fession.

Institutes and workshops vary from yearto year. Examples of past programsinclude:1. Science Minus Anxiety for ElementarySchool Teachers

2. Teaching and Learning in a DiverseWorld

3. Young Children with Special Needs(Birth to Six)

4. TESOL (Teaching English to Speakersof Other Languages)

Further information is available bycontacting:Department of Curriculum andInstructionSchool of EducationC.W. Post CampusLong Island University720 Northern Blvd.Brookville, NY 11548-1300(516) 299-2374/75/72

Curriculum andInstruction CourseDescriptions

EDI 550 Psychology of the EarlyAdolescent StudentThis course examines various aspects ofearly adolescent psychological develop-ment, including cognition, social rela-tionships, stress, self-esteem, politicaland moral development. Considerableattention is given to gender, race, ethnic-ity, the special early adolescent and theat-risk student.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 551 Psychology of the AdolescentStudentThis course examines various aspects ofadolescent psychological development,including cognition, social relationships,

C.W. Post Campus

stress, self esteem and political and moraldevelopment. Considerable attention isgiven to gender, race, ethnicity, the spe-cial adolescent and the “at risk” student.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 554 Organizational and SocialFoundations of the Middle SchoolFoundational aspects of middle schooleducation are explored in this coursewhich traces the development of themiddle school, providing theoretical andpractical examples of successful proposalsand projects. Issues and problems relatingto governance, structure, and middleschool constituencies are studied.Annually, 3 units

EDI 555 Organizational and SocialFoundation of the High SchoolThis course explores the foundationalaspects of high school education. Variousperspectives will aid the asking/answer-ing of foundational questions, such as:How do philosophy and culture informhow students at the high school levelsthink about teaching and learning? Whatis the teaching-learning connection? Islearning the same as developing? Byengaging in dialectical methods of criti-cal inquiry, students will reexamine thephilosophical, sociological, historical,political and cultural contexts of theireducational pedagogy. To this effect, tra-ditional definitions of race, class andgender will also be explored with empha-sis on issues of ethnicity, sexual orienta-tion, religious affiliation and therelationship between the public and theprivate notions of identity. This coursewill further examine the underpinningsof such belief structures and explorealternate ways of knowing.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 556 Communicating Effectivelywith All Learners: Focus on theAdolescent Child (Grades 9-12)Active listening and communicationcounseling skills provide the basis foradolescent teachers to engage in conflictresolution and mediation with otherteachers, students, and/or parents.Developmental counseling theories andtechniques and their implementationprovide an underlying theme of thecourse. Teachers are also prepared todevelop, facilitate and conduct advisor-advisee groups in the secondary settings.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 557 Communicating Effectivelywith All Learners: Focus on MiddleSchool Child (Grades 5-9)Active listening and communication coun-seling skills provide the basis for teachers to

engage in conflict resolution and mediationwith other teachers, students and/or par-ents. Developmental counseling theoriesand techniques and their implementationprovide an underlying theme of the course.Teachers are also prepared to develop,facilitate and conduct advisor-adviseegroups in the middle school.Annually, 3 units

EDI 600 Psychological Foundations ofEducationThis course is designed to introduce stu-dents to psychological theories and prin-ciples which affect teaching, learningand development. Students have theopportunity to observe student andteacher behavior as well as classroomenvironments in order to identify opera-tive psychological theories and principles.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 601 Social Foundations ofAmerican EducationThis course introduces students to thesocial, economic, political and intellectu-al foundations of American education. Itdescribes the development of theAmerican school system in a rapidlychanging environment, with emphasison the relationship between educationand society. Main topics to be exploredare the structure and purposes of school-ing, the professionalization of teaching,educational policy making and schoolsocial factors influencing teaching andlearning, and the relationship betweeneducation and work. Class discussions arebased upon both primary and secondarysources.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 602 Analysis of Behavior SeminarSmall group seminar aimed at increasingcandidates’ awareness and understandingof the behavior (personality, motivation,learning) of students, themselves as pro-fessional educators, and the interfaction-al impact of teachers and students.Findings from psychology, group dynam-ics, sociology and other behavioral sci-ences are considered as they apply tocandidates and their educational roles.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 603 Advanced Topics in thePsychology of TeachingThis course is an analysis of how schoolconditions, including teachers andbehavior, influence students‚ acquisitionand subsequent application of informa-tion and abilities. Emphasis is on settingeducational objectives and managingclassroom variables to help studentsachieve them.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 604 Child Development: Birth toGrade 2Scientific findings on the physical, intel-lectual, emotional and social develop-ment of young children, birth to gradetwo are examined. The integration ofperception, cognition and the growth ofthe total personality are stressed, andtheir significance for teaching and guid-ance processes is emphasized. Ten hoursof field work required.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 606 Contemporary Issues inAmerican EducationThe course offers analyses of selectedcontemporary issues in American educa-tion. The issues are considered in termsof their origin, present institutional man-ifestations and socio-economic policyimplications for schooling or educationat the district, state and national levelsof American society.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 608 Issues in Gender andEducationThis course investigates various issuesand theories of gender, including suchpossible areas as how gender affects waysof thinking, cognitive and emotionaldevelopment, ethics and moral develop-ment, learning, curriculum design andassessment. In all cases, there are consid-erations of how gender issues shouldaffect classroom organization and teach-ing practice.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 609 Gender and Language in theClassroomTo raise awareness of the ways genderaffects students and teachers in class-rooms, this course examines the strate-gies and approaches female and malestudents use to process their learningthrough language. Specifically, thecourse focuses on the ways males andfemales speak, write and interpret whatthey read, participate in classroom dis-cussions, and interact with male andfemale peers and teachers. Theresearch, conducted primarily in U.S.and British classrooms, looks at differ-ent racial, socio-economic, age andethnic learners.Spring, 3 units

EDI 610 Curriculum and Teaching inMiddle and High SchoolsCross-listed as LIS 625This course is a study of generic instruc-tional techniques in which the studentbegins to explore the development of arepertoire of methodologies and materialsto match instructional purposes.

Students are expected to demonstratemastery in a variety of teaching methods.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 612 Teaching Social Studies in theElementary School GradesThis course examines social studies cur-riculum development through examina-tion of theory and current practices inthe school. Inquiry approach, modeldevelopment, organizational patterns andteaching strategies are examined throughcurrent research.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 613 Teaching Mathematics in theElementary School GradesEducational and psychological dimen-sions of learning and teaching mathe-matics in grades K-6 are examined in thecontext of current trends in mathematicseducation. The development of mathe-matics concepts and understandings isexplored through relevant activities andmaterials. Model programs and teachingapproaches are discussed in light of cur-rent recommendations for mathematicseducation.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 614 Teaching Science in Nursery,Kindergarten and Elementary SchoolGradesThis course is an examination of existingprograms, materials and problems of sci-ence education in the light of currentpsychological and philosophical theories.Development of science activities withemphasis on the process of science, con-ceptual understanding, meeting individ-ual differences, discovery approach andutilization of inexpensive, easily avail-able materials for experiments anddemonstrations are covered.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 615 Early Childhood Curriculum:Birth to PreschoolModels, principles, curriculum and prac-tices of developmentally appropriateinfant, toddler and preschool care giving;emphasis on knowledge, skills and dispo-sitions necessary to plan and facilitatedevelopment of infants, toddlers andpreschoolers. Ten hours of field workrequired.Prerequisite: EDI 604Fall, 3 units

EDI 616 Early Childhood Curriculum:Kindergarten to Grade 2Models, principles, curriculum and prac-tices of developmentally appropriatekindergarten, first and second grade edu-cation, emphasis on knowledge, skillsand dispositions necessary to plan and

facilitate the development of school-agechildren. Ten hours of field work required.Prerequisite: EDI 604Fall, 3 units

EDI 618 Creative Expression for EarlyChildhoodTechniques for instructing young chil-dren to handle various art materials cre-atively and expressively are examined.Techniques of storytelling, creative dra-matics and related language activities foruse with young children are included inthis course along with the integration ofthe creative arts into the total curriculum.Spring, 3 units

EDI 623 Career Education forTeachers: An Integrated ApproachThis course acquaints teachers with cur-rent principles and practices related tocareer education. Exploration includesthe history, goals, theories and method-ologies of career education as it appliesto the K-12 school program. Emphasis isplaced on problems and processesinvolved in planning and developingcareer education curricula and develop-ing community resource files.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 625 Observation and Assessmentin Early ChildhoodDevelopmental perspective on measure-ment and evaluation in early childhoodyears. Considers standardized tests, obser-vations, checklists, rating scales, portfo-lios and teacher-designed tests andrubrics; their advantages and disadvan-tages for use with young children; andprofessional ethical issues pertaining toevaluating young children. Ten hours offield work required.Prerequisite: EDI 604Spring, 3 units

EDI 629 Social Growth in theClassroomThe focus of this course is on the class-room and its underlying dynamics. Thepractical implications of the findings andtheories of social psychology as theyrelate to learning in “social systems” areconsidered. The format of the courseinvolves the student in lecture/discussionlaboratory exercises and field experi-ences.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 639 Play in the CurriculumThis course is designed to give the stu-dent an understanding of the direct linkbetween play and early childhood devel-opment. It will explore the connectionbetween how play can support the cur-riculum and how the curriculum can sup-

port play. The focus will be on theoriesof play with the goal of developing thewhole child. There will be a synthesisbetween theory and practice. Ten hoursof field work required.Prerequisite: EDI 604Annually, 3 units

EDI 640 Comparative Education IThis course is a study of selected systemsof education in Europe and Asia withintheir respective political, cultural andeconomic contexts.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 641 Comparative Education IIThis course covers the problems andtrends of education in newly developingcountries. Emphasis is upon countries ofLatin America, Africa and southernAsia.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 642 Contemporary Philosophies ofEducationThis course is an overview of major con-temporary philosophies of education.Considerable attention is given to thepractical application of the various theo-ries of reality, knowledge and value tothe classroom situation. The student isencouraged to develop his or her ownphilosophy through dealing with educa-tional problems he or she has encoun-tered.Annually, 3 units

EDI 643 Education for CulturalDiversityThe principles and practices of multicul-tural education are studied in this course,which provides a practical approach toimplementation of a culturally diversecurriculum. Major issues covered includehuman rights, involvement of parentsand the community, criteria for multicul-tural curricula, assessment and evalua-tion strategies, global issues in education,and formulating an agenda for education-al and social action.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 644 Learning in an Urban SettingThis is a basic course for teachers andother professional personnel concernedwith the study of critical forces affectingthe organization of the inner city schooland its implications for learning.Particular attention is given to the prob-lems of the culturally different and edu-cationally disadvantaged. In addition, ananalysis of the programs shaping thefuture of urban education is explored.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

EDI 650 Methods and Materials inTeaching English to Speakers of OtherLanguages or DialectsThis is a basic course in the analysis ofthe teaching of grammar, pronunciation,reading and vocabulary development tostudents who speak other languages ornonstandard dialects of English, usingthe principles and application of descrip-tive linguistics and including problems ofcross-cultural communication, and a sur-vey of methods, materials, techniquesand media appropriate for individual andgroup instruction on the elementary, sec-ondary, adult and college levels.Annually, 3 units

EDI 651 Methods and Materials ofTeaching Art in SchoolsThis course is a consideration of theprinciples and practices of art education.The elementary through high school cur-ricula are examined and studied in rela-tion to student needs and current Artcurriculum standards. Methods, materialsand teaching aids are considered for eachdevelopmental level. Each student isrequired to make 15 hours of observa-tions of art classes in a public placement.Annually, 3 units

EDI 652 Methods and Materials ofTeaching Music in Secondary SchoolsThis course will cover the insight thatwill be necessary to teach music in thepublic schools. You will study the latestinnovations in teaching music and devel-op a reservoir of lesson plans based onthe New York State and NationalStandards for Art Education. They willreview the latest assessment instrumentdeveloped by New York State Educationand field tested in volunteer publicschools for the past three years. Studentswill develop assessment instruments formusic courses they will be teaching.Annually, 3 units

EDI 654 Methods and Materials ofTeaching Modern Languages inSecondary SchoolsThis course is a study of the currentmethods of instruction in foreign lan-guages. Curriculum materials andinstructional devices for the effectiveteaching of foreign languages in the mid-dle, junior and secondary schools are dis-cussed, examined and appraised.Materials for co-curricular programs suchas assemblies, club meetings and otheractivities are considered.Annually, 3 units

EDI 655 Methods and Materials ofTeaching Science in Secondary SchoolsExisting curricula, trends and issues in

science instruction in grades 7-12 areexamined in light of recent advances inscience content and in teaching forprocess, planning instruction, assessmentstrategies, classroom management, andthe use of easily available materials forlaboratory activities. Demonstrationlessons are taught by members of theclass. The interaction of science andtechnology and the implication for thedevelopment of values and attitudes intoday’s youth are discussed.Annually, 3 units

EDI 656 Curricula, Trends and Issuesin Science Instruction: 7-12Existing curricula, trends and issues inscience instruction in grades 7-12 areexamined and evaluated in the light ofthe conceptual structures of the variousscience disciplines, recent advances inscience content and in teaching-learningtheories. The teaching of science asinquiry, conceptual understanding, indi-vidualizing instruction, diagnosis andevaluation techniques, and the use ofinexpensive, easily available materials forlaboratory activities are demonstrated.The nature and interrelationships of sci-ence and technology and implications forthe development of values and attitudesin today’s youth are discussed.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 657 Educational Theories andPrinciples in Health Science EducationThis is a course designed to acquainthealth science majors with educationaltheories and principles relevant to theirfield. Instruction in post-high schoolinstitutions is examined in the light ofrecent learning theories. The focus is onthe following topics: verbal and nonver-bal communication skills, the place ofAudio Visual. in instruction, sequencingand simplifying abstract concepts in sci-ence, individualizing instruction, diagno-sis and evaluation of learning, and theinterpersonal dynamics in the laboratoryor classroom.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 658 Methods and Materials ofTeaching English in Secondary SchoolsThe course explores the scope andsequence of instruction in secondaryEnglish. Students have the opportunityto design and teach lessons, to videotapetheir teaching and to observe experi-enced teachers of English.Annually, 3 units

EDI 659 Method and Materials ofTeaching Mathematics in SecondarySchoolsThe psychological and educationaldimensions of teaching mathematics as asecondary school subject are explored.Detailed analysis of the content of alge-bra I, algebra II, geometry, coordinategeometry, trigonometry and other

branches of secondary school mathemat-ics are explored.Annually, 3 units

EDI 660 Methods and Materials ofTeaching Social Studies in SecondarySchoolsThis course is designed to acquaint thestudent with the content areas whichcomprise social studies and to examinethe methods relevant to its teaching. It isintended that the student become awareof a variety of approaches used in dealingwith the subject and create a methodwith which to present his or her compe-tence. In addition, the course seeks toprovide the understanding that theprocess of social studies is one of synthesisof the academic areas in the social sci-ences and that its teaching necessitatescreativity. To that end, students arerequired to enter the public schools forthe purpose of observing teaching styles.Annually, 3 units

EDI 677 Curriculum Development forthe Classroom TeacherThis course examines principles of cur-riculum construction, planning, develop-ment and justification in relationship tohistorical, theoretical and practical con-siderations of purpose, content and theorganization of educational experiences.Consideration is given to principles ofcurriculum research and evaluation. Thecourse embraces concerns of the schooland non-school settings for educationalexperiences.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 679 Advanced Methods andEvaluation in TESOLThis course focuses on the application ofESL theory and techniques to the devel-opment of specific lesson plans, ESL cur-riculum and evaluation techniques. Theuse of testing instruments for diagnosticand evaluative purposes is studied.Observations of teachers working in thefield are incorporated into the discussionand evaluation of teaching strategies. Amicrotaping with videotape is made ofstudent performance.Annually, 3 units

EDI 680 Bilingual Education and ESL:Theory and PracticeThis course covers the history of bilin-gual education and ESL in the UnitedStates. The course is a study of presenttheories and practices and of availablematerials in these fields. Discussion ofthe different types of bilingual and ESLprograms and the importance of a bicul-tural component are covered.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 681 Teaching Language Arts andReading with a Bilingual ApproachThis course is a consideration of theories,practices, and available materials in theteaching of language arts and reading tospeakers of other languages. Emphasis isplaced on a bicultural approach to beused by the classroom teacher to meetthe needs of Spanish-speaking children.Given in Spanish and English.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 683 Teaching Mathematics andScience with a Bilingual ApproachThis course covers the current principles,practices and materials in the teaching ofmathematics and science to speakers ofother languages. The course includes thedevelopment and adaptation of themathematics and science curricula tomeet the needs of Spanish-speaking chil-dren. Emphasis is placed on a bi-culturalapproach with demonstrations and evalu-ations of teaching procedures. Given inSpanish and English.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 687 Cultural LinguisticsCross-listed as LIN 518This course is an exploration of humancommunication in its cultural context,including the origins of language, thecreation of new languages, signs andsymbols, nonverbal communication andcontemporary issues in language and cul-ture.Annually, 3 units

EDI 688 Historical LinguisticsCross-listed as LIN 514 and ENG 514This course is a historical survey of lan-guage study, giving special attention tothe classical origins, the extensive devel-opment in the 19th century, and the cur-rent understanding of the classificationof languages into families. Topics includehow languages change by analogy, howthe sounds of language change over time,and how borrowing occurs.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 689 TESOL in Content Areas:Science, Humanities and Social ScienceThis course examines current principles,practices and materials in the use ofTESOL in the specific content areas.The course includes the developmentand adaptation of science, humanitiesand social science curricula to meet theneeds of the non-English speaking child.Annually, 3 units

EDI 690 Special Topics in MathematicsEducationThe focus of this course is the in-depthexamination of a special topic in mathe-

matics education. This topic is choseneach semester by a committee comprisedof faculty and graduate students.Activities include readings, discussionsand projects appropriate to the selectedtopic.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 700 Introduction to EducationalResearchThe primary purpose of this course is tohelp teachers and other education profes-sionals become more informed consumersand producers of educational researchrelative to their areas of specialization orexpertise. The course introduces themajor principles which govern the con-duct of action or evaluation research. Itexamines elements common to differenttypes of research design and criteriaappropriate to the evaluation of pub-lished research. The course also reviewsmeasurement principles relevant toteaching.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 701 Research in MathematicsEducationThis course is intended to provide aresearch-based examination of currentissues in mathematics education. Anoverview of contemporary issues inmathematics education precedes identifi-cation of a topic of current interest inmathematics education for in-depthstudy. A research-based investigation ofthe selected topic in mathematics educa-tion is the focus of this course. Successfulcompletion of EDI 700 (Introduction toEducational Research) is recommendedas a prerequisite to, or in conjunctionwith, this course.On Occasion, 3 units

EDI 705 Thesis SeminarThis course is available only to thosematriculated master’s degree candidateselecting to develop and write a thesisunder the supervision of an approved fac-ulty member. Registration must beapproved by the student’s departmentalchairperson or designated representative.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 706 Independent StudyThe course, Independent Study, involvesin-depth development of a project ideaas a result of study in a previous course.Permission to take this course is based onparticular criteria: (1) merit of proposedstudy; (2) needs and background of stu-dent; i.e., ability to carry out such astudy. Permission to take this indepen-dent course would necessitate the signa-ture of the faculty member conductingthe study and the department chairper-

C.W. Post Campus

son and Dean of the School ofEducation. It is understood that the fac-ulty member who would direct the pro-ject would be qualified in the areadesignated by the student and that thechoice of faculty (with the previous stip-ulation) would be made by the student.Hours arranged with approval of instruc-tor. Six units must be approved by thedepartment.Every Semester, 1, 2 or 3 units

EDI 709 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar in the Elementary SchoolThis course is the systematic, extendedobservation and student teaching experi-ence under supervision in a selected pri-vate or public school. Half of theexperience is in kindergarten throughgrade three, and the other half is ingrades four through six. A weekly semi-nar integrates theory with practice andprovides orientation to the teaching pro-fession.Prerequisites: EDI 600, 601, 612, 613,614, 677, 643, 700, EDS 610, 611 andEDS 633Every Semester, 6 units

EDI 710 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar for Childhood/Special Edor Childhood/LiteracyThis course is the systematic, extendedobservation and student teaching experi-ence under supervision in a selected pri-vate or public school. Half of theexperience is in kindergarten throughgrade three, and the other half is ingrades four through six. A weekly semi-nar integrates theory with practice andprovides orientation to the teaching pro-fession. For eight weeks.Prerequisites: EDI 600, 601, 612, 613,614, 677, plus coursework in either SpecialEducation or Literacy part of the dual pro-gramEvery Semester, 3 units

EDI 711 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar in the Middle SchoolStudents preparing to qualify as schoolteachers are required to spend half oftheir student teaching experience ingrades five to six, and the other half ingrades seven to nine. Students areexpected to participate in conferences,meetings, and extracurricular activities inthe schools to which they are assigned.This is for a full semester, which is from14 to 15 weeks. A weekly seminar inte-grates theory with practice and providesorientation to the teaching profession.Prerequisites: EDI 550, 554, 557, 610,700 and EDS 641, and specific methodscourse, plus 30 units in subject areaEvery Semester, 6 units

EDI 712 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar Grades 7-12Students preparing to qualify as adoles-cence school teachers are required tospend half of their student teachingexperience in grades seven to nine, andthe other half in grades 10-12. Studentsare expected to participate in confer-ences, meetings and extracurricularactivities in the schools to which theyare assigned. This is for a full semester,which is for 14 to 15 weeks. A weeklyseminar integrates theory with practiceand provides orientation to the teachingprofession.Prerequisites: EDI 551, 555, 556, 610,700, and EDS 641, and specific methodscourse, plus 30 units in subject areaEvery Semester, 6 units

EDI 713 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar in Early ChildhoodEducationThe one-semester, student teachingexperience provides an opportunity forthe teacher candidate to integrate theoryand practice through development andimplementation of learning experiencesfor young children from birth to grade 2in two settings.The teacher candidate will integrate the-ories of child development, family sys-tems, theories of learning, contentknowledge, and early childhood curricu-lum and pedagogy.The student teaching experience alsoprovides the teacher candidate withopportunities to learn how to work incollaboration with field-site staff, to workas a member of an interdisciplinary team,and to reflect on their practice in collab-orative relationships. Prerequisite:Completion of all core courses and peda-gogical core coursesEvery Semester, 6 units

EDI 714 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar in the Elementary Schoolin Bilingual EducationThis course is the systematic, extendedobservation and student teaching experi-ence under supervision in selected publicand private kindergarten and elementarygrades. A minimum of 360 hours, with aminimum of 110 hours in teaching, andparticipation in appropriate staff andschool activities are required. A weeklyseminar integrates theory with practiceand provides orientation to the teachingprofession.Prerequisites: Permission of advisor andappropriate methods coursesEvery Semester, 6 units

EDI 715 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar in Elementary School ofBilingual EducationThis course is the systematic extendedobservation and student teaching experi-ence under supervision in selected publicand private elementary school settings.This course is designed for students whoare already certified in another area andwho are seeking certification in BilingualElementary Education. A minimum of180 hours, with a minimum of 110 hoursof teaching, and participation in appro-priate staff and school activities isrequired. A weekly seminar integratestheory with practice and provides orien-tation to the teaching profession.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 716 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar in the Secondary Schoolin Bilingual EducationStudents preparing to qualify as sec-ondary school bilingual teachers arerequired to: (1) spend five complete daysper week at an assigned secondary schoolfor at least 15 weeks, or a total of 360periods; (2) to spend at least 110 of these360 periods in actual teaching, the bal-ance given to related activities. Studentsare expected to participate in confer-ences, meetings and extracurricularactivities in the schools to which theyare assigned.Prerequisite: Permission of advisor, andappropriate methods coursesEvery Semester, 6 units

EDI 717 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar in the Secondary Schoolin Bilingual EducationThis course is designed for students whoare already certified in another area andwho are seeking certification in BilingualSecondary Education. Students preparingto qualify as secondary school bilingualteachers are required to: (1) spend fivecomplete days per week at an assignedsecondary school for at least 15 weeks, ora total of 180 periods; (2) spend at least110 of these 180 periods in actual teach-ing, the balance given to related activi-ties. Students are expected to participatein conferences, meetings and extracurric-ular activities in the schools to whichthey are assigned.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 721 Practicum in Early ChildhoodEducationDesigned to give students a deeperunderstanding of the aspects of qualityearly childhood programs. Students willobserve in a variety of early childhoodsettings and will analyze their findings inkeeping with relevant research in the

field. The physical, intellectual, sensual,creative, emotional and spiritual needs ofyoung children in general education andinclusion settings will be explored indepth.Prerequisite: Completion of all core coursesand pedagogical core courses.Every Semester, 3 units

EDI 725 Advanced Seminar in ActionResearch in Early Childhood EducationThis culminating experience synthesizesstudent understanding of early childhoodeducation. Taken in the final semester ofthe program, it enables students to con-duct a field-based project in an earlychildhood setting, utilizing the body ofknowledge gained in coursework,research and field experiences.Prerequisite: Completion of all corecourses and pedagogical core coursesEvery Semester, 3 units

EDI 726 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar in Teaching English toSpeakers of Other Languages (K-12)This course is the systematic, extendedobservation and student teaching experi-ence under supervision in selected publicand private school settings. This courseis designed for students who seek certifi-cation in teaching in grades kindergartenthrough 12 (K-12). A minimum of 360hours with 110 hours in actual teachingunder supervision of certified staff inclassroom instruction and appropriateschool activities are required. Studentswho qualify would spend half a semesterstudent teaching on the elementaryschool level and the other half teachingtheir academic subject area on the sec-ondary level in a TESOL setting. Aweekly seminar integrates theory withpractice and provides orientation to theteaching profession.Prerequisite: Permission of advisor andappropriate methods coursesEvery Semester, 6 units

EDI 751 School Media CentersCross-listed as LIS 622This course is a study of the place andfunction of a media center in the schoolthat emphasizes the principles and tech-niques of administration and manage-ment, as well as a discussion of issues andtrends. This course examines problemsand practices in formulating policy,finance, budget, preparation, personnel,resource building and facility develop-ment.Prerequisites: LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512or permissionFall, 3 units

EDUCATIONALLEADERSHIPANDADMINISTRATION

Phone: (516) 299-2244Fax: (516) 299-3312

Faculty

Richard K. WhiteAssociate Professor of EducationChair, Educational Leadership andAdministrationB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;P.D., Queens College, City University ofNew York;Ed.D., New York Universityrichard.white@liu.edu

Thomas F. BowmanProfessor of EducationB.A., Western Washington State College;M.Ed., Ed.D., Washington StateUniversitytbowman@liu.edu

Estelle KamlerAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., M.A., Queens College, CityUniversity of New York;Ed.D., Hofstra Universityestelle.kamler@liu.edu

Paula E. LesterProfessor of EducationB.A., M.A., Lehman College, CityUniversity of New York;M.S., Pace University;Ph.D., New York Universityplester@liu.edu

R.H. Red OwlProfessor of EducationA.B., Erskine College;M.P.A., Georgia State University;Ph.D., University of Georgiaredowl@liu.edu

Kathryn LustegAssociate Professor of EducationAssistant Dean, School of EducationB.S., State University College at Geneseo;M.A., P.D., Long Island University;Ph.D., New York Universitykathryn.lusteg@liu.edu

Robert ManheimerDean, School of EducationAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;M.A., Ed.D., Columbia Universityrobert.manheimer@liu.edu

Degree Programs

The Master of Science in Educationand the Advanced Certificate programsare designed to prepare students in threeareas: School Building Leader (SBL),School District Leader (SDL), andSchool District Business Leader (SDBL).

Admission requirements for theDepartment of Educational Leadershipand Administration (DELA) are outlinedbelow. An applicant who does not meetthe grade point average required foradmission to the program may berequired to take the Graduate RecordExamination and be interviewed by thedepartment chairperson.

Specific Entrance RequirementsA master’s degree candidate must

have:1. Bachelor’s degree with a minimum3.00 GPA

2. Provisional/Initial state certification inteaching or an educational specialty

3. Two letters of recommendation4. Teaching experience and prior experi-ence review

5. Documentation of years of experience6. Interview

An Advanced Certificate candidatemust have:1. Master’s degree with a minimum 3.25GPA

2. Permanent/Professional state certifica-tion in teaching or an educational spe-cialty

3. Two letters of recommendation4. Teaching experience and prior experi-ence review

5. Documentation of years of experience6. Interview

C.W. Post Campus

Notice to StudentsProgram requirements are subject to

change after this bulletin is published.Current information is available by con-tacting the department chairperson oracademic counselor.The NY State Education Department

has scheduled a transition from provision-al/permanent to initial/professional certifi-cates. Students are encouraged to monitorwww.nysed.org for updates and maintaincontact with their academic advisors.The following school leadership pro-

gram information is intended for studentswho began their programs September 1,2006.

School BuildingLeader – M.S. Ed.

Completion of this curriculum mayqualify the student for New York StateCertification as a School Building Leader(SBL).

Administration Core Required Courses(9 Units)Courses UnitsEDL 630 Administrative Core I 6EDL 631 Administrative Core II 3

The administrative core sequenceincludes six interrelated areas within thefield of school administration. Core Iincludes 1) human relations; 2) leader-ship, and 3) school-community relations.Core II includes 1) research, 2) schoolbusiness, and 3) technology.The core incorporates field experi-

ences through which the student appliesconcepts acquired in class presentationsand discussions.

Required Courses (15 units)In addition to the Administrative

Core, students are required to take:

Courses UnitsEDL 632 Curricular Concerns in PublicSchool Administration 3

EDL 637 The Supervisor in the SchoolSetting 3

EDL 635 School Law 3EDL 650 Internship in SchoolAdministration – Master’s Level 6The internship, required of all students,

reintroduces the six major core areas toprovide a synthesizing experience. Untilstudents have satisfactorily completedrequired hours and competencies, the uni-versity supervisor will NOT submit a grade.Prerequisites for the internship: EDL

630 (completed) and EDL 631 (completedor in progress), or permission of theDepartment Chairperson.

Electives (12 units from the following)Courses UnitsEDL 704 Degree Synthesis 3EDL 705 Thesis Seminar 3EDL 708A Summer Institute –Restructuring Education 3

EDL 633 School BusinessAdministration 3

EDL 634 School PersonnelAdministration 3

EDL 636 Public School Finance 3EDL 640 Seminar in Youth Problems,Curricular Innovation and theAdministration of InnovativePrograms 3

EDL 641 School District Administration:Problems and Issues 3

EDL 643 School Plant Planning 3EDL 644 Collective Negotiations 3EDL 646 Special Education Law forSchool Administrators 3

EDL 647 Administration of EducationalPrograms for Exceptional Children 3

EDL 648 School Organization,Programming, and Scheduling 3

EDL 649 Leadership and Administrationin Multicultural Settings 3

EDL 652 Seminar in School BusinessOffice 3

EDL 653 Administration and Leadershipat the Middle School Level 3

Culminating Experiences• Thesis (optional)• EDL 705 Thesis Seminar (optional-3units)

• Portfolio• EDL 704 Degree Synthesis (optional-3units)

• Internship Project• SAVE Workshop• Child Abuse Workshop• NY State Fingerprinting

Program Total: 36 units

Interim AssessmentAt the end of 12 semester-hours, facul-

ty from the Department of EducationalLeadership and Administration willassess the students’ performance.

School BuildingLeader – AdvancedCertificateCompletion of this curriculum may

qualify the student for New York StateCertification as a School Building Leader(SBL).

Core, students are required to take:Courses UnitsEDL 632 Curricular Concerns inPublic School Administration 3

EDL 637 The Supervisor in theSchool Setting 3

EDL 635 School Law 3EDL 651 Internship in SchoolAdministration – CAS Level 6

The internship, required of all stu-dents, reintroduces the six major coreareas to provide a synthesizing experi-ence. Until students have satisfactorilycompleted required hours and competen-cies the university supervisor will NOTsubmit a grade.Prerequisites for the internship: EDL 630

(completed) and EDL 631 (completed or inprogress), or permission of the DepartmentChairperson.

Culminating Experiences• Portfolio• Internship Project• SAVE Workshop• Child Abuse Workshop• NY State Fingerprinting

Educational Leadership and Administration

• Satisfactory level of performance onthe New York State Assessment forSchool Building Leader (SBL)

School District Leader– Advanced Certificate

Completion of this curriculum mayqualify the student for New York Statecertification as a School District Leader(SDL) and certification as a SchoolBuilding Leader (SBL).

Core, students are required to take:Courses UnitsEDL 632 Curricular Concerns in PublicSchool Administration* 3or

EDL 637 The Supervisor in the SchoolSetting* 3

EDL 633 School BusinessAdministration* 3or

EDL 636 Public School Finance* 3or

EDL 635 School Law* 3EDL 641 School District Administration:Problems and Issues 3

EDL 651 Internship in SchoolAdministration – CAS Level 6

*EDL 637 allowed as elective when studentopts to take EDL 632 to satisfy requirementand vice versa; EDL 636 and/or EDL 635allowed as electives when student opts to

take EDL 633 to satisfy requirement andvice versa.

The internship, required of all stu-dents, reintroduces the six major coreareas to provide a synthesizing experi-ence. Until students have satisfactorilycompleted required hours and competen-cies, the university supervisor will NOTsubmit a grade.Prerequisites for the internship: EDL 630

Electives (6 units from the following)Courses UnitsEDL 704 Degree Synthesis 3EDL 708A Summer Institute –Restructuring Education 3

EDL 634 School PersonnelAdministration 3EDL 640 Seminar in Youth Problems,Curricular Innovation and theAdministration of InnovativePrograms 3

EDL 652 Seminar in SchoolBusiness Office 3

Culminating Experiences• Portfolio• Internship Project• SAVE Workshop• Child Abuse Workshop• NY State Fingerprinting• Satisfactory level of performance onthe New York State Assessment forSchool District Leader (SDL)

School DistrictBusiness Leader –Advanced Certificate

Completion of this curriculum mayqualify the student for New York Statecertification as a School District BusinessLeader (SDBL).

Required Courses (18 Units)Courses UnitsEDL 633 School BusinessAdministration 3

EDL 636 Public School Finance 3EDL 641 School District Administration:Problems and Issues 3

EDL 652 Seminar in School BusinessOffice 3

EDL 651 Internship in SchoolAdministration – CAS Level 6

The internship, required of all stu-dents, reintroduces the six major coreareas to provide a synthesizing experi-ence. Until students have satisfactorilycompleted required hours and competen-cies, the university supervisor will NOTsubmit a grade.Prerequisites for the internship: EDL 630

Elective (3 units from the following)Courses UnitsEDL 704 Degree Synthesis 3EDL 708A Summer Institute –Restructuring Education 3

C.W. Post Campus

EDL 632 Curricular Concerns in PublicSchool Administration 3

EDL 634 School PersonnelAdministration 3

EDL 635 School Law 3EDL 637 The Supervisor in theSchool Setting 3

EDL 640 Seminar in Youth Problems,Curricular Innovation and theAdministration of InnovativePrograms 3

Culminating Experiences• Portfolio• Internship Project• SAVE Workshop• Child Abuse Workshop• NY State Fingerprinting• Satisfactory level of performance onthe New York State Assessment forSchool District Leader (SDBL)

EducationalLeadership andAdministration CourseDescriptions

EDL 704 Degree SynthesisThis course is a synthesizing experiencewith eight hours of group study culminat-ing in a two-hour written examination.Every Semester, 3 units

EDL 705 Thesis SeminarThis course is available only to matricu-lated master’s degree candidates electingto develop and write a thesis under thesupervision of approved faculty.Registration must be approved by thestudent’s departmental chairperson ordesignated representative.Every Semester, 3 units

EDL 630 Administrative Core IThis course presents a balanced view-

point of theory and practice in analyzingcurrent issues in administration. Thissequence includes three interrelatedareas within the field of school adminis-tration. They are human relations, lead-ership and school-community relations.Every Semester, 6 units

EDL 631 Administrative Core IIThe goals of this course are to have stu-dents become wise consumers of educa-tional research, knowledgeable about thebusiness functions of the school districtand users of computers to solve adminis-tration problems.Core II may be taken before Core I.Every Semester, 3 units

EDL 632 Curricular Concerns inPublic School AdministrationThis course is a study of curricular con-cerns and administrator decision-making.Major topics include administering pro-grammatic change, focus on individualizedinstruction, curriculum theory, instruc-tional and curriculum issues in the 1990s.Every Semester, 3 units

EDL 633 School BusinessAdministrationThis course is a study of the basic areasof responsibility of the school businessadministrator. Major topics include therole of the school business administrator,budgeting, accounting, purchasing, insur-ance, operation and maintenance, trans-portation and food service.Alternate Semesters, 3 units

EDL 634 School PersonnelAdministrationThis is a study of the skills, attitudes andknowledge essential for effective schoolpersonnel administration. Areas of con-centration for the school personneladministrator include recruitment, certi-fication, selection, assignment, load andtransfer, orientation, salaries and sched-uling; leaves of absence; tenure; in-ser-vice education, personnel records;morale, retirement; professional associa-tions and collective bargaining.Alternate Semester, 3 units

EDL 635 School LawThis course is a study of the major topicsof law related to public schools. Areas ofconcentration include sources of the law,scope of the law; law and the organiza-tion for public education, pupils, employ-ees and school law, school officers andthe law; theory of governmental non-lia-bility; liability and individual members ofthe board; and personal liability ofschool employees.Every Semester, 3 units

EDL 636 Public School FinanceThis course is a study of public schoolfinance. Major topics include the devel-opment of public school finance in theUnited States; principles of schoolfinance; revenues; expenditures andindebtedness; fiscal problems; the foun-dation program; fiscal control; andschool support formulas.Prerequisite: EDL 631 or permission of theinstructorOn Occasion, 3 units

EDL 637 The Supervisor in the SchoolSettingThis course is a study of the major com-ponents of the school supervisor. Areasof concentration include the nature ofthe supervisory process; functions of thesupervisor; principles of supervision;leadership styles of supervisor’s proce-dures used by the supervisor; the supervi-sion of teachers; and evaluation of thesupervisor.Every Semester, 3 units

EDL 640 Seminar in Youth Problems,Curricular Innovation and theAdministration of Innovative ProgramsThis course is a study of youth problemsand innovation in the school setting.Major topics include the central role ofthe child; methods for determiningneeds; analysis of data; cooperative plan-ning of innovative programs; continuousevaluation and feedback; measurement ofgrowth; special problems involved withinnovative programs, and creativity andinnovation.On Occasion, 3 units

EDL 641 School DistrictAdministration: Problems and IssuesThis course is a study of the role andresponsibilities of the school districtadministrator in a school system. Majortopics include organizational, profession-al and legal issues in school districtadministration; the school districtadministrator and organizational decisionmaking; emerging responsibilities inworking relationships between schooldistrict administrators and the board andcommunity and critical economic, politi-cal and social issues confronting educa-tional leadership.Every Semester, 3 units

EDL 643 School Plant PlanningThis course is an analysis of needs andprogram determination for educationalfacilities The course includes the plan-ning of functional and environmentalaspects of school building design and uti-lization, demographic studies; financingof school buildings construction and

Educational Leadership and Administration

school building renovations. Also includ-ed is the use of abandoned school build-ings and the implementation ordevelopment of reduction programs.On Occasion, 3 units

EDL 644 Collective Negotiations inEducationThis course is a study of the implementa-tion and development of collective nego-tiations in the public schools. Ananalysis of principles and practicesapplied in public sector negotiations andthe study of selected topics such as thebargaining process, impasse procedures,grievance machinery, the strike contentof bargaining agreements, and the role ofthe administrator in negotiations isincluded.Spring/Weekend Session, 3 units

EDL 646 Special Education Law orSchool AdministratorsThis course is designed to acquaint thestudent with those public laws pertainingto the education of handicapped young-sters. Specifically, PL 94-142, Section504, Article 89 of the New York StateEducation Law, the concept of main-streaming, least restrictive environment,due process rights, and the role of theimpartial hearing officer are discussed.On Occasion, 3 units

EDL 647 Administration ofEducational Programs for ExceptionalChildrenThis course is an introduction to theorganization, administration and supervi-sion of special education programs;assessment of exceptional children andyouth, program options and support ser-vices; pupil referral assessment eligibilityand placement processes; individual edu-cational program introduction to dueprocess requirements, funding legislativeand legal dimensions.On Occasion, 3 units

EDL 648 School Organization,Programming and SchedulingThis is a survey course focusing onselected aspects of the school organiza-tional process up to and including thebuilding of a master schedule. Topicsinclude school organizational patterns,personnel and staffing decisions, budget-ing and programming as they relate touse of pupil personnel services, planningand building an organizational schedule,exploring some relationships that existbetween curriculum and the program-ming/scheduling processes. Although theprimary focus of this course is the mid-dle, intermediate, junior and senior highschool, attention is also given to elemen-

tary school, especially where departmen-talization patterns emerge.Alternate Semesters, 3 units

EDL 649 Leadership and Administrationin Multicultural School SettingsThis course is designed to provide specif-ic preparation for supervisors in themanagement of operational policieswhich apply particularly in multiculturalschool settings. Recent national andlocal policy trends are explored for theireffects on traditional budget allocationpractices, curriculum strategies, person-nel management, program assessment,and shared management.On Occasion, 3 units

EDL 650 Internship in SchoolAdministration-Master’s LevelDuring the internship, the six major coreareas are reintroduced, providing a syn-thesizing experience for the student.Practical applications of systematicobservation and participation in adminis-trative and supervisory activities are pro-vided at the school building level.Prerequisite: EDL 630 (completed) andEDL 631 (completed or in progress), orpermission of the department chair.Fall and Spring, 6 units

EDL 651 Intemship in SchoolAdministration-Professional DiplomaLevelDuring the intemship, the six major coreareas are reintroduced providing a syn-thesizing experience for the student.Practical applications of systematicobservation and participation in adminis-trative and supervisory activities are pro-vided at the school district level.Permission of the chairperson in theDepartment of Educational Leadershipand Administration is required to enrollin this course.Prerequisite: EDL 630 (completed) andEDL 631 (completed or in progress), orpermission of the department chair.Fall and Spring, 6 units

EDL 652 Seminar in School BusinessOfficeThis course provides the student with anin-depth knowledge and understandingof the roles and responsibilities of thedistrict school business official. Topicsinclude overview of the school businessoffice, responsibilities of the internal andexternal auditors and the district treasur-er. In addition, the course focuses onfund accounting principles, the uniformsystem of accounts, fund balance man-agement, extra classroom activity funds,tax rates and the budget process.On Occasion, 3 units

EDL 653 Administration andLeadership at the Middle School LevelThis course is a study of administrativeleadership and decision making at themiddle school level. It includes a reviewof current educational research, theoryand practice as they may apply to theoperation of a middle level school.Topics include understanding the middleschool concept, examining administra-tive decision making and the middleschool curriculum, supervision at themiddle school level; and current issues inadministering a middle school.On Occasion, 3 units

DEPARTMENT OFEDUCATIONALTECHNOLOGY

Phone: 516-299-2147Fax: 516-299-3312

Faculty

Michael M. ByrneAssociate Vice President for InformationSystems Planning and PolicyCo-Chair, Department of EducationalTechnologyAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., University of Notre Dame;M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State Universitymmb@liu.edu

Michele DornischAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Lock Haven University;M.A., West Virginia University;Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Universitymichele.dornisch@liu.edu

James DunneAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., State University of New York atStony Brook;M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College,Columbia Universitydunne@liu.edu

Bette SchneidermanCo-Chair, Department of EducationalTechnologyAssociate Professor of Education & Libraryand Information ScienceB.A., M.S., Syracuse University;Ph.D., Hofstra Universitybes@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

Admission Requirements1. B.A./B.S. degree from an accreditedcollege or university with a minimumGPA of 2.50 overall and 2.75 in themajor

2. Personal interview with departmentfaculty

3. This degree fulfills requirements forNew York State professional certifica-tion if the student already holds InitialCertification or a Certificate ofQualification. Any student who doesnot hold either of the above certifi-cates must receive written permissionto enroll from the department chair-person.

Degree Requirements1. a minimum of 36 units in graduatecoursework

2. 3.00 cumulative grade point average

Overview: M.S. inEducationalTechnology

The Department of EducationalTechnology offers a master’s degree inEducational Technology, which isnationally recognized for its innovativeand ground-breaking approach to the useof technology in teaching and learningsystems. This unique program has pro-duced graduates who are literally revolu-tionizing curriculum in K-12 schools andother educational programs.The M.S. in Educational Technology

fulfills New York State requirements forprofessional certification for those stu-dents who currently hold initial certifica-tion. In addition, it meets therequirements for state certification as anEducational Technology Specialist.The program uses a cohort approach

called T.E.A.M. (short for Technology,Education and Multimedia). T.E.A.M.sare made up of 25 to 30 students whostay together from the start of the pro-gram until its completion two years later.Students will be teamed up with otherstudents who match their experience andcareer goals and together they willemerge as teachers with expertise intelecommunications, the Internet andmulti-media. Students can use theseskills to transform and enrich a variety ofteaching and learning experiences.Students can still teach music, math, his-

tory, English, or whatever their area ofspecialty is, but they will teach it withgreater creativity and a wider knowledgeof learning applications that incorporateemerging technologies.Classes may take place on campus, in a

local museum or in the elementaryschool where students work. It alldepends on the makeup of the T.E.A.M.and the subject at hand.A pioneering aspect of the

Educational Technology Specialist pro-gram is the Electronic EducationalVillage (EEV) - an online and in-persondynamic learning community that haswon national acclaim from theSmithsonian Institution.The EEV is led by C.W. Post faculty

and T.E.A.M. members who collaboratewith school districts and cultural andcommunity resources like museums,nature preserves and businesses.

EEV participants (including T.E.A.M.students) develop projects that leadlearners through scientific, historical andliterary adventures, both in real life andon the web (see http://eev.liu.edu/). stu-dents will learn how to guide these learn-ers as they take exciting field trips, createart exhibits, convert material to anonline format, and post ideas, education-al materials and class assignments on theInternet. Village partners- likeCablevision, Newsday, the HeckscherMuseum of Art, Atlantis Marine Worldand Verizon- help bring non-traditional,hands-on learning experiences toT.E.A.M. members and the ElectronicEducational Village.

EducationalTechnology CourseDescriptions

Core CoursesStudents model the creation of learn-

ing communities as they become part oftwo in the program - a team, spendingtwo years in a cohort in the program, andthe Electronic Educational Village, link-ing in activities to K-12 students andteachers and cultural and communityresource partners. Learning for the indi-vidual in the program is differentiatedand constructivist. Each course has threedynamic focal areas, which overlap: tech-nology skills, applications, and under-

standing: professional growth and schol-arship (pedagogy and our grounding inthe literature and out in the field); andcontent/action (individual and collabora-tive activities). Students begin a devel-opmental portfolio in their first semesterin the program and end the programwith that and a polished professionalportfolio, representing their learning andtheir capstone experience in the last twosemesters. Although each course listedbelow is distinct, it includes the compo-nents here.

EDT 706 Foundations of EducationalTechnology: Learning Theories,Critical Thinking, and Technologies forTeaching and LearningThis course builds the foundation foreach student who enters the program.Students document entry skills in each ofthe three vertical threads (technology,professional growth and scholarship, andcontent/action) and identify particulareducational applications within theirteaching/professional educational set-tings. Students study learning theories(with an emphasis on critical thinkingand problem solving in constructivistlearning environments) as the basis forknowledge acquisition and knowledgebuilding and apply technology tools forproductivity, building communicationsystems, and presentations. Students alsoexamine literature in cognitive anddevelopmental psychology that bears ondesign decisions related to educationaltechnologies and their appropriate usesat different stages of development. Fromthis foundation, working with a facultymentor, students prepare personal con-tracts for the program. Based upon thecontract, each student begins growth intechnology, professional growth andscholarship, content/action via individu-alized and group instruction.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 716 UnderstandingDevelopmentally AppropriateEducational Technologies for ImprovingLearning Communities and LearningSystemsThis course examines systems thinking,organizational theory, and change theoryfor improving learning communities andlearning systems. Through the course,learners apply these approaches to theirown teaching, learning and technologydevelopment.On Occasion, 3 units

Educational Technology

EDT 726 Foundations of EducationalTechnology II: Fundamentals ofEducational Research in Technology-Enriched Learning and EvaluationThis course, usually offered in conjunc-tion with EDT 736, introduces educa-tional research for the assessment oflearning in technology-enriched, con-structivist environments. Students learnto use appropriate educational technolo-gies for synthesizing, generating, andevaluating knowledge. Constructivismand Applied Constructivist theories asmodels for developing technology-enriched learning systems are explored.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 736 Applying EducationalTechnologies for Building LearningCommunities and Learning SystemsThis course, usually offered in conjunc-tion with EDT 726, has learners extendtheir studies in knowledge acquisitionand building by applying technologies tobuild virtual and in-person learning com-munities and systems using constructivistmodels. Students are taught to develop a“Long View” of teaching and learningfrom a systemic perspective and the pos-sible roles that educational technologiescould play in building and deliveringthose future systems.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 746 Outcomes Assessment forEducational TechnologistsStudents are introduced to the designand application of outcomes assessmentin technology-enriched learning environ-

ments. Moving from a rich theoreticaland skills base, students begin to applytheir knowledge to continue scholarlyresearch that supports their personal orgroup focuses as they build greater under-standing and apply learning in designingand evaluating models of learning sys-tems in constructivist environments.This course emphasizes the criticalimportance of collaborative action andthe value of working in teams.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 756 Understanding the Role ofEducational Technologies in ChangingSchool Cultures, Organizations, andCommunitiesIn this course, usually offered in conjunc-tion with EDT 746, students begin toapply their knowledge to build learningcommunities and systems. Change mod-els are explored, school organization andcultures analyzed, and models for futuresystems developed. Students (individual-ly and in teams) design action-basedteaching and learning models and partic-ipate in technology-enriched projectssupporting educational outreach toschools, museums, and other learningcommunities.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT766 Designing and EvaluatingAssessment Plans for Technology-Enriched, Theoretically-GroundedLearning EnvironmentsIn this course, students apply learningtheories and research understandingacquired in prior courses. They plan,

design, develop, and practice innovativeteaching and learning systems and designassessments of the effectiveness of vari-ous educational technologies. Studentproducts from this course are shared withthe larger learning community throughour Electronic Education Village. A cap-stone experience resulting in an onlineprofessional portfolio is begun in thissemester, evidencing and reflection uponlearning through the entire program.On Occasion, 3 units

The final core(s)The program may be designed with eightor nine core courses. If eight, EDT 776will be the final core in the program. Ifnine, the final work will include a sixunit experience and include EDT 776Aand EDT 776B. Each has advantages,depending upon the location and make-up of the TEAM. A decision on thenumber of core courses will be deter-mined prior to the start of each team.

EDT 776 Culminating Experience:Issues, Challenges, and Opportunitiesfor Applying Technologies in LearningSystemsIn this course, students assess and diag-nose opportunities for enhancing theeffectiveness of learning systems throughthe selection, implementation, and ongo-ing evaluation of appropriate educationaltechnologies. Students identify andaddress existing and potential impedi-ments in conventional educational set-tings to the application of technologiesfor improving learning systems. Studentsalso consider technology specific impactsand applications including digital plagia-rism, digital divide and copyright.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 777 Culminating Experience:Actualizing Systemic Technology-BasedLearningThis course serves as the culminatingexperience for the core of the program, ifnine courses are designed for the team.Students are expected to finish develop-ing personal and group learning systems,professionally present and support thosesystems to peers and mentors, and syn-thesize their experience in the program.Mentors review program contracts withstudents. The capstone experience, theonline professional portfolio, is complet-ed in this semester and presented to anaudience of peers.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

Non-Core Courses

EDT 701 Technology and LearningConferencing: Attending ProfessionalConferencesThis course creates an intensive learningexperience for the student before, duringand after a major national conferencewith a strong focus on technology andlearning. One dimension of the course ishearing renowned speakers, attendingsessions, interacting directly with a broadbase of presenters, interviewingexhibitors while exploring new technolo-gies, and reading extensively in bothpeer-reviewed scholarly research papersand work on practical ideas for effectivetechnologies used purposively in K-12settings. Another is the work with thefaculty mentor who provides a frameworkfor planning, study, and initial researchprior to the conference; team buildingwith all taking the course; mentorshipand discussions during the conference;and production including communica-tions and presentation afterwards.Outcomes include discussions onlinebefore, during, and after the conference,e-mails with people around the countrywho have presented, and after the con-ference, a reflective paper and the con-struction of an interactive, multimediawebsite for others to view. Together,these constitute a personal portrait ofsubstantive learning based around theconference, in which students evidencelearning in the T.E.A.M. program frame-works and each of the three verticalthreads (technology, professional growthand scholarship, content/action).On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 601 Technology and LearningCampThis course models the creation of a con-structivist learning environment in anintensive learning experience in resi-dence for five days, preceded and fol-lowed by extensive work in preparationin pre-Camp and synthesis in post-Camp. Student-generated curriculumtied to New York State LearningStandards is presented at the end of thein-residence Camp period. The develop-ment of the curriculum and the resultingcurriculum for K-12 students is construc-tivist in design and uses best practices oftechnology integration into content.Students join cohorts from pre-Campthrough post-Camp to explore key issuesrelated to technology integration intocurriculum and developmentally appro-priate uses of technology. They acquireor refine technology skills and design,develop, produce, and assess an interac-tive multimedia website, which is their

curriculum project. Online conversationsjoin all together in the Camp experiencebefore and after residency. The content,the technology study, and the projectdevelopment build from pre-Camp studyand communications through the fivedays in residency. Work after campincludes further study and a reflectivepaper on the entire experience.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 611 Using Computers asMindtools in K-12 ClassroomsThis course focuses on the use of soft-ware applications as “mindtools” to sup-port learning in K-12 learningenvironments. Mindtools, computer soft-ware applications, enable learners to rep-resent what they have learned and knowrather than replicating a teacher’s inter-pretation. Students develop learningmodules for their classes that make use ofcomputers as mindtools. Students in thecourse develop the technology skills forseveral software applications that arenecessary for building their own knowl-edge representations of content in theirfields of expertise.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 612 Designing Internet-BasedInstruction for the K-12 ClassroomStudents enrolled in this course will cre-ate learning materials that will integratethe Internet effectively in their classes.Students create web-enhanced lessonsand develop web-based learning environ-ments based on existing instructionalmodels. As part of this course, studentsalso discuss effective searching, Internet-related safety and ethical issues, effectiveuse of Internet communication tools, andquestions to consider when evaluatingthe instructional usefulness of a website.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 625 Building Interactive WebSystemsThis course extends upon basic webdesign to include the capacity to readand write data in data bases (e.g.,Microsoft Access or SQL, Oracle, etc.).Students learn educational applicationsthat use the web for capturing user inputfor storage and analysis, for retrievingstored data based upon a particular user’sneeds, and for searching data systemsbased upon user queries. Students designapplications for their own learner con-stituencies and justify their use from apedagogical perspective.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 631 Using Computer-BasedSimulations: Astronomy EducationIn this course, the computer functions as

a virtual planetarium. By immersion in a“perfect” simulation, the student exploresand interacts with both the real andapparent motions of the solar systembodies. Special attention is paid to theEarth/Moon/Sun system to develop anunderstanding of such diverse conceptsas the seasons, “rising/setting,” lunarphases, length of day, and eclipses. Also,the interaction of the planets, comets,and other aspects of the night sky aresimulated. Relevance and applicationsto New York State Learning Standardsare explored.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 641 Electronic EducationalVillage Project: Applying TechnologyLearningIn this course, students apply theirknowledge from previous semesters aboutdevelopmental psychology, constructivistlearning environments, systems theoryand education, and educational tech-nologies to build learning communitiesand systems. Students have identifiedprojects in their previous courses thatthey will continue to building the course.Students work in groups to develop anumber of technology-based productsenhancing the teaching and learning sys-tems they worked on through the preced-ing year. Students work individually todesign technology-enhanced lessons (andsample products) based on variousinstructional design models representingboth cognitive and constructivist theo-ries. Students also study and apply mes-sage design theory to all of their productsfor this course.On Occasion, 3 units

EDT 750 Institute Assistive andInstructional Technologies forIndividuals with Disabilities: CurrentResearch and PracticeAssistive and instructional technologiesrefer to the application of technology tomeet the needs of students throughoutspecial education. IEP teams are nowrequired to consider assistive technologyfor all children in special education Thissummer institute is designed to bringsome of the leading researchers, develop-ers and practitioners in this emergingarea to Long Island University. Topicsinclude: overview of assistive technology,applications with students with learningdisabilities, recent research and develop-ment in multimedia applications for at-risk and mildly disabled students,applications for students with physicaland/or speech impairments, and integrat-ing assistive technology within the IEPand into the classroom.On Occasion, 3 units

Educational Technology

SPECIALEDUCATION ANDLITERACY

Phone (516) 299-2245Fax (516) 299-3132

Faculty

Barton S. Allen, Jr.Assistant Professor of EducationB.A., Bloomfield College, New Jersey;M.S., Long Island University;P.D., Ed.D. Fordham Universityballen@liu.edu

Rose Ellen CarterDirector of Reading, Learning &Development CenterAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., M.A., Goddard College;M.S., Ph.D., Hofstra Universityellen.carter@liu.edu

Lynn CohenAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., State University of New York at NewPaltz;M.S., ED., John Hopkins University;P.D., Long Island University;Ph.D., Fordham Universitylynn.cohen@liu.edu

Julia E. De CarloProfessor of EducationB.A., Marymount College;M.S., St. John’s University;Ph.D., Fordham Universityjulia.decarlo@liu.edu

Douglas H. DreilingerAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., Hofstra University;M.S., University of Bridgeport;Ph.D., Texas Technological Universitydouglas.dreilinger@liu.edu

Kathleen M. FeeleyAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., M.S., St. John’s University;Ph.D., University of Minnesotak.feeley@.liu.edu

George A. GiulianiProfessor of EducationB.A., State University of New York atNew Paltz;M.S., Ph.D., St. John’s Universitygeorge.giuliani@liu.edu

Ishita KhemkaAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., University of Delhi, India;M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University;ishita.khemka@liu.edu

Roberta LevittAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., University of Bridgeport;M.S., P.D., Ph.D., Hofstra University;roberta.levitt@liu.edu

Vito LoiaconoAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., St. Francis College;M.A., New York University;P.D., Long Island University;Ed.D., Fordham University

Ronald MingeProfessor of EducationB.A., Western Washington College;M.S., Ph.D., Washington State Universityronald.minge@liu.edu

Joel MittlerProfessor of EducationB.A., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;M.S., Professional Certificate, QueensCollege, City University of New York;M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College,Columbia Universityjmittler@liu.edu

Steven NathansonAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Harpur College;M.A., New York University;Ed.D., Hofstra University;P.D., St. John’s Universitysteven.nathanson@liu.edu

Anthony T. PalumboAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., M.S., St John’s University;P.D., Ed.D., Hofstra Universityanthony.palumbo@liu.edu

Roger PierangeloAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., St. John’s University;M.S., P.D., Queens College;Ph.D., Yeshiva Universityroger.pierangelo@liu.edu

John T. PruslowAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., M.S., P.D., Long Island University;ED.D., Hofstra Universityjohn.pruslow@liu.edu

Joseph SanacoreProfessor of EducationB.A., Adelphi University;M.A., New York University;M.S., Long Island University;P.D., Ed.D., Hofstra Universityjoseph.sanacore@liu.edu

James VaccaChair, Department of Special Education andLiteracyAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., State University of New York atBrockport,M.A., P.D., State University of New Yorkat Albany;Ph.D., Syracuse University of New Yorkjames.vacca@liu.edu

Degree Programs

The Department of Special Educationand Literacy offers curricula leading tothe Master of Science Degree. The pro-gram in Special Education leads to NewYork State Certification, Grades 1-6.The Literacy program leads to New YorkCertification for Reading Teachers,Birth-Grade 6.

Admission RequirementsRequirements for admission include an

undergraduate grade point average of2.75 in the candidate’s major field and a2.50 cumulative average. In addition, aprovisional or initial teaching certificateis required. Special Education applicantsmust hold provisional or initial certifica-tion in Elementary or ChildhoodEducation. A minimum grade point aver-age of B must be maintained for continu-ation in the program and eligibility forpracticum experiences.

Master’s Degree inSpecial Education(M.S.Ed.) (1-6)

Program Requirements (30 units)EDS 600 Introduction to the Study ofthe Exceptional Child

EDS 620 Assessment and Diagnosis ofChildren with Disabilities

EDS 617 Literacy for Children withDisabilities: Birth-Grade 6

EDS 624 Contemporary Issues andResearch in Special Education

C.W. Post Campus

EDS 630 Curriculum-Based Assessmentand Instruction of Students with MildDisabilities (includes 15 hours of fieldobservation)

EDS 631 Curriculum-Based Assessmentand Instruction of Students withSevere Disabilities (includes 15 hoursof field observation)

EDS 632 Instruction and ClassroomManagement for Children withEmotional and Behavior Problems(includes 10 hours of field observation)

EDS 633 Accommodating Learners withSpecial Needs in Inclusive Settings

(includes 10 hours of field observation)EDS 702 Practicum in Special EducationEDS ___ Elective in Special EducationStudents may choose a Special

Education course as an elective.

Master’s Degree inSpecial Educationwith Concentration inAutism (30 units)

EDS 600 Introduction to the Study ofthe Exceptional Child

EDS 617 Literacy for Children withDisabilities: Birth-Grade 6

EDS 620 Assessment and Diagnosis ofChildren with Disabilities

EDS 625 Contemporary Issues in AutismSpectrum Disorders

EDS 630 Curriculum-Based Assessmentand Instruction of Students with Mild

Disabilities (Includes 15 hours of fieldobservation)

EDS 631 Curriculum-based Assessmentand Instruction of Students withSevere Disabilities (includes 15 hoursof field observation)

EDS 635 Behavior Management forChildren with Autism andDevelopmental Disorders (includes 10hours of field observation)

SPH 681 Communication Developmentand Language Disorders in Childrenwith Autism

EDS 704 Practicum in SpecialEducation/Autism

EDS 750 Institute: Diagnosis andTreatment of Autism

Master’s Degree inLiteracy: Birth-Grade 6 (M.S.Ed.)

Program Requirements (30 units)EDS 600 Introduction to the Study ofthe Exceptional Child

EDS 610 Literacy Teaching andLearning: Birth-Grade 6

EDS 611 Literacy Assessment for theClassroom Teacher: Birth-Grade 6

EDS 613 Literacy and Children’sLiterature: Birth-Grade 6

EDS 615 Practicum I Literacy Assessmentand Intervention: Birth-Grade 6

EDS 616 Practicum II LiteracyIntervention: Birth-Grade 6

EDS 619 Literacy and Literature-BasedReading Instruction: Birth-Grade 6

EDS 622 Contemporary Issues inLiteracy Research: Birth-Grade 6

EDS 640 Literacy in the Content Areas:Birth-Grade 6

EDS 642 Literacy and Language ArtsInstruction: Birth-Grade 6

EDS 703 Practicum III OvercomingLiteracy Difficulties: Birth-Grade 6

For plans of study in the followingdegree programs, consult with an advisor:• M.S. in Childhood/Special Education• M.S. in Childhood/Literacy

Special Education andLiteracy CourseDescriptions

EDS 600 Introduction to the Study ofthe Exceptional ChildA basic introduction to exceptionality. Aconsideration of emotional, neurological,and physically based etiologies as theyrelate to exceptionality. Specific referencewill be given to an overview of disabilityand impairment and to a system of classi-fication and criteria of classification.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 610 Literacy Teaching andLearning: Birth-Grade 6A study of strategies and resources inchildhood language acquisition and theteaching of literacy for elementary schoolchildren. The newest techniques andresearch findings will be discussed.Students will observe, plan and instructsample literacy lessons.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 611 Literacy Assessment for theClassroom Teacher: Birth-Grade 6This course will acquaint students withcurrent assessment techniques that canbe used to evaluate elementary schoolchildren within the general educationclassroom. An emphasis will be placedon current literacy practices, techniques,and strategies used in treating problemsof the elementary school child. Effectiveintegration of technology in support ofliteracy within the classroom setting willbe explored. Students will be involved indeveloping and discussing case studies.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 613 Literacy and Children’sLiterature: Birth-Grade 6A survey of the literature for the schoolchild with emphasis on the quality andcharacteristics of reading materials suit-able for various groups. The changingcharacteristics of children’s reading inter-ests and the presentation of booksthrough various media will be included.A reading file will be developed for aparticular age group.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 615 Practicum I. LiteracyAssessment and Intervention: Birth-Grade 6Lecture: The course will stress diagnosticprocedures for reading disabilities; obser-vation and interview procedures; diag-nostic instruments; standardized andinformal tests; report writing and materi-als of instruction in these areas.Causative factors contributing to specificreading problems will also be exploredand discussed. Clinic: Students willdevelop case studies with individualclients.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 616 Practicum II. LiteracyIntervention: Birth-Grade 6The course will stress corrective proce-dures, planning and management forchildren with reading disabilities. Majorcreative techniques and clinical remedialprocedures will be included.Clinic: Students will work with individ-ual clients for a minimum of 20 hoursunder clinical supervision.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 617 Literacy for Children withDisabilities: Birth-Grade 6This course covers theory, research andeffective practices for teaching studentswith significant reading problems.Specifically, graduates will becomeimmersed in the assessment of literacyproblems and their use to provide effec-tive instruction. Both formal and infor-

Special Education and Literacy

mal instruments will be discussed fordetermining children’s strengths andneeds. A variety of instructionalapproaches will be considered for devel-oping reading strategies and skills in chil-dren with disabilities.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 619 Literacy and Literature-BasedReading Instruction: Birth-Grade 6Included are the background and descrip-tion of the various types of literature-basedreading programs. This course will be con-cerned with planning, developing andimplementing such instruction. Theassessment procedures used by the class-room teacher and the implication of litera-ture-based reading instruction upon thetotal school program will also be discussed.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 620 Assessment and Diagnosis ofChildren with DisabilitiesAn introduction to instruments and val-uation strategies used in assessing chil-dren with disabilities and theenvironmental conditions which con-tribute to their problems in learning.Practice in administration of test inter-pretation of results, with suggested reme-dial and therapeutic interventions, is animportant facet of this course.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 622 Contemporary Issues andResearch in Literacy: Birth-Grade 6(Culminating Experience)This course involves the study of criticalissues in literacy education. Theory,research and practice will be exploredthrough a vast body of knowledge andfield of inquiry related to the perspec-tives of psychology, sociology, linguistics,and other pertinent areas. Specifically, awide variety of important topics will beaddressed, including balanced readinginstruction, phonemic awareness andphonics, multicultural perspectives, liter-acy learning, basal materials and litera-ture-based resources, traditional andinvented spelling practices, process writ-ing, emergent literacy, content literacy,struggling literacy learners, and literacyassessment. Within this context, a diver-sity of positions and opinions will beconsidered as students formulate theirown views by engaging in activities thatencourage critical analysis and indepen-dent thinking.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 624, EDS 625 ContemporaryIssues and Research in SpecialEducation/Autism (CulminatingExperience)This course, an advanced seminar in cur-rent issues facing the field of special edu-cation, is designed to provide anopportunity for students to research, dis-cuss and understand the topics that areimpacting the field and its theoreticalbase.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 630 Curriculum-BasedAssessment and Instruction of Studentswith Mild DisabilitiesThe course will examine the complexityof the issues inherent in the teaching-learning process with particular referenceto students with mild disabilities ininclusive settings. The instructionaldimensions that create the conditions offailure for students with learning prob-lems will be characterized. A frameworkand practical strategies for the use ofassessment procedures that focus oneffective instructional planning and canreverse the cycle of failure for studentswith mild disabilities will be emphasized.An assessment model that generatesinformation for the design of an instruc-tional program and provides for the con-tinuous monitoring of student progress inacademic areas (such as reading, writingand math) and in content areas (such associal studies and science), will be out-lined. Effective instructional strategiesand elements of teaching practice thatsupport the learning and growth of stu-dents with mild disabilities will also beaddressed. The course also includes 15hours of field observation.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 631 Curriculum-BasedAssessment and Instruction of Studentswith Severe DisabilitiesThis course focuses on methodologies of:assessment; curriculum development;individualized educational planning; andinstructional programming for childrenwith severe developmental disabilitiesaged 6-12. Emphasis will be given to cur-riculum-based assessment as it relates toinstructional planning. Assistive tech-nology to support the learning processwill be addressed. Accommodations tofacilitate the successful inclusion of stu-dents with severe disabilities in generaleducation classrooms will also bereviewed. Attention will be directedtoward developing skill in task analysis,IEP preparation, and lesson planning.Case presentations will be utilized tohighlight team building and interdiscipli-

nary collaboration in educating childrenwith severe disabilities.The course includes 15 hours of fieldobservation.Field experiences are required.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 632 Instruction and ClassroomManagement for Children withEmotional and Behavior ProblemsFocus in this course will be on programdevelopment which will include prescrip-tive remediation based on diagnosticassessment. A consideration of instruc-tional techniques and resources will be ofcentral focus. Fundamental skills in class-room management and in dealing withmaladaptive behavior in both inclusiveand non-inclusive educational settingswill also be surveyed. The course alsoincludes 10 hours of field observation.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 633 Accommodating Learnerswith Special Needs in InclusiveSettings (Includes Technology andInclusion)Inclusion represents one of the most sig-nificant challenges facing education inrecent years. It requires critical changesin attitudes and practice for both generaland special educators. This course willexplore the concept of inclusion, discussit from both a theoretical and practicalperspective, and present strategies neces-sary for it to be successful. Included willbe discussions of historical and currentperspectives, collaboration among profes-sionals, practical classroom administra-tion, instructional adaptations, etc. Onespecific mechanism to facilitate inclusionwill be the use of assistive and instruc-tional technologies with an emphasis onthose that can assist in the integration ofstudents with disabilities. The course alsoincludes 10 hours of fieled observation.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 635 Behavior Management forChildren with Autism andDevelopmental DisabilitiesThis course provides an introduction tothe principles of applied behavior analy-sis (ABA) and its application for chil-dren with autism and otherdevelopmental disabilities. Proceduresapplicable to both individuals and groupswill be studied, with particular attentionto the area of autism. Skill-building tech-niques and strategies will be coveredwith attention devoted to data collectionfor assessment, evaluation and recordkeeping. Procedures to improve skills andbehaviors as well as to reduce maladap-tive and/or stereotypic behaviors will becovered. Opportunities to implement

C.W. Post Campus

ABA procedures will occur in class, aswell as outside of class.Fall, 3 units

EDS 640 Literacy in the ContentAreas: Birth-Grade 6This course will review expository andnarrative Materials in the content areasas well as those skills unique to eachcontent field. Readability of texts will beexplored and means of adapting instruc-tion to a variety of levels in reading willbe discussed. Schema development anddirect instruction will be emphasized.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 642 Literacy and Language ArtsInstruction: Birth-Grade 6This course will enable teachers to devel-op a conceptual framework for the teach-ing of reading and writtencommunication skills in schools, focusingon composition, syntax, writing, spelling,and handwriting as interrelated elementsof written expression. Instructional prac-tices and materials will be presented,analyzed and evaluated for classroomimplementation.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 652-Special Ed. A-Z Putting itAll TogetherChances are that in the field of specialeducation a graduate of a special educa-tion program will probably be hired as ateacher in one of three possible settings:resource room, self-contained specialclass or an inclusion setting. The firstgoal of this course will be to discuss thevarious steps that should be taken toinsure the welfare of the children, theproper educational setting, informationthat should be gathered and other areasto make the individual’s job easier andmore rewarding. This course assumesnothing and provides important informa-tion for all three settings.

The second purpose of this course is tounderstand the needs of parents of chil-dren with disabilities in today’s schools.This course will also familiarize studentswith the rights of parents in the specialeducation process, the laws governingspecial education, the legal requirementsof due process, holding responsible andpractical parent conferences, helpingparents work with their children athome, dealing and coping strategies for avariety of parent personality styles,explaining strategies to parents, workingwith parents on IEP development, andthe role of the special education teacherin assisting parents and their childrenwith transition services.Fall and Spring, 3 units

EDS 703 Practicum III OvercomingLiteracy Difficulties: Birth-Grade 6(Open only to students in Literacy spe-cialization.)Students will have full responsibility fordiagnosis, correction and remediation ofclients with various types of readingproblems. Case studies will be developedand instruction will take place undersupervision in the University clinic. Aminimum of 30 contact-hours will berequired in addition to weekly seminars.Each Semester, 3 units

EDS 713 Supervised Student Teachingand Seminar in Special Education(Autism)Student teaching in Special Educationwill require the student to spend a mini-mum of 175 hours working with studentswith disabilities at the childhood level inschool settings. Student teaching willoccur with ongoing supervision of aschool based cooperating teacher (certi-fied in special education), along withsupervision by a member of the faculty.A weekly seminar will also be required inwhich the student teaching experiencewill be discussed, along with currentissues addressing preparation to enterinto the profession.Fall, Spring, 3 units

EDS 750 Institute on Diagnosis andTreatment of Autism and RelatedDisorders Throughout the LifecycleThis course is designed to introduce thestudent to an array of psychopathologythat children with autism and relateddisorders present during the developmen-tal period. Special emphasis is placed onbuilding a working competency in differ-entiating autism from other forms ofsevere psychopathology, such as child-hood schizophrenia, severe language dis-orders, borderline syndromes ofchildhood, or severe behavior disorders.In addition, the awareness of co-morbidi-ty of other disorders with autism (e.g.,Attention Deficit HyperactivityDisorder) will be emphasized. The multi-modal and interdisciplinary approachesto treatment of these disorders will bestressed. This course will have didacticsessions, readings, video presentations,and case studies.Summer Institute, 3 units

SPH 681 Communication Developmentand Language Disorders in Childrenwith AutismThis course provides information on thepathology and communicative character-istics of children with autism or perva-sive developmental disabilities. Thecourse will cover the areas of prevalence,

identification, diagnostic assessment andintervention, as well as social, emotionaland cognitive aspects of communicationand language development in individualswho demonstrate a spectrum of symp-toms and behaviors that are collectivelyknown as autism.Spring, 3 units

COMMUNICATIONSCIENCE ANDDISORDERS

Phone: (516) 299-2436Fax: (516) 299-3151

Faculty

Dianne SlavinChair, Department of CommunicationSciences and DisordersAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., Boston University;M.A., Ph.D., New York Universitydslavin@liu.edu

John Amato, Jr.Associate Professor of EducationB.A., Hofstra University;M.S., Ithaca College;M.Ed., Ed.D., Columbia Universityjohn.amato@liu.edu

Meryl BarrowAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., State University of New York atAlbany;M.S., D.A., Adelphi Universitymeryl.barrow@liu.edu

Robert DomingoAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., State University of New York atPlattsburgh;M.S., Adelphi University;M.Phil., Ph.D., City University of NewYork Graduate School and University Centerrdomingo@liu.edu

Joseph MontanoAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., Queens College;M.S., New York University;Ed.D., Columbia Universityjmontano@liu.edu

Joyce RubensteinDirector, Ladge Speech and Hearing CenterB.A., M.A., Hofstra University;Ph.D., New York Universityjrubenst@liu.edu

Special Education and Literacy

Degree Program

The Communication Sciences andDisorders Program offers a Master of Artsin Speech-Language Pathology.This program, accredited in the area of

Speech-Language Pathology by theCouncil on Academic Accreditation(CAA) in speech language pathology,provides advanced training in speech-language pathology, that meets ASHAcertification requirements, New YorkState requirements for licensure inspeech-language pathology, and NewYork State Certificate for Teacher ofChildren with Speech and LanguageDisorders certification requirements.

Each prospective student’s academicbackground and training will be evaluat-ed to determine if he or she needs tocomplete any prerequisite courses.Prerequisite work will not count towardthe 57-unit master’s degree requirements.For admission to the program, an under-graduate degree in communication sci-ences and disorders is preferred, but abackground in other areas will be consid-ered. Prerequisite work must be complet-ed prior to full matriculation.Admission is restricted and requires a

general undergraduate grade point aver-age of 3.00 and a 3.00 average in themajor area.Admission is for the Fall semester

only. Applications must be submitted byFebruary 1 for the following Fall term.All supporting credentials (transcripts,GRE scores, three letters of recommen-dation, personal statement and resumé)must be submitted by February 15.The program requires completion of atleast 57 master’s-level units. The degreecandidate selects either a thesis (3 units)or comprehensive examination option tocomplete.During the four-semester sequence of

clinical practica, students will not beable to work full-time. These coursesrequire a minimum of three days perweek and may be a full-time commit-ment.

PrerequisitesFor students who have not had prior

coursework in speech-language patholo-gy, Speech 51, 63, 82, 84, 90, 580 andEducation 14, 15A and Education 703,and, in some instances, additional cours-es, may be prerequisites for the M.A.degree. Applications may be submittedbefore prerequisites have been complet-ed. These applicants will be consideredfor admission with a limited matriculatedstatus. Full matriculation will be grantedupon completion of the prerequisiteswith grades of B or better.

Speech-LanguagePathology – M.A.

Program RequirementsRequired CoursesCourses UnitsSPH 601 Neuroanatomy of theSpeech/Language and HearingMechanisms 3

SPH 610 Speech Science 3SPH 626 Practicum in DiagnosticEvaluation of CommunicationDisorders 1

SPH 625 Introduction to ClinicalPractice in Speech-LanguagePathology 2

SPH 627 Practicum in Audiology 1SPH 628 Clinical Practice inSpeech/Language Pathology I 2

SPH 629 Clinical Practice and Speech-Language Pathology II 1-3

SPH 631 Clinical Practice in Speech-Language Pathology IV 3

SPH 632 Practicum in aSchool Setting 3

SPH 633 Diagnostic Procedures inSpeech-Language Pathology 3SPH 680 Swallowing Disorders inChildren and Adults for the

Speech-Language Pathologist 3SPH 682 Voice Disorders 3SPH 684 Stuttering 3SPH 685 Aphasia and RelatedDisorders 3

SPH 687 Phonological and ArticulationDisorders in Children 3

SPH 689 Language Disorders inChildren and Adolescents 3

SPH 690 School-Based LanguageIntervention for the SpeechLanguage Pathologist 3

SPH 691 Motor Speech Disorders inAdults and Children 3

SPH 692 Aural Rehabilitation 3SPH 707 Research Problems in Speech-Language Pathology 3

*EDU 613 Methods & Materials inSpeech-Language Pathology 3

*SPH 634 PASS: Practical Applicationof State Standards for School BasesSpeech Language Pathologists 3

*One of these courses is required.

ElectivesCourses UnitsSPH 629 Clinical Practice in Speech-Language Pathology II 3

SPH 681 Language Characteristics inPeople with Mental Retardation and/or Autism 3

SPH 683 Craniofacial Anomalies andRelated Speech Disorders 3

SPH 694 Communication Interventionfor Infants and Toddlers 3

Culminating OptionsThesis Seminar: Speech 708 (3 units)Program Total = 60 units

Comprehensive ExaminationProgram Total = 57 units

Unsatisfactory GradesStudents who receive a grade below B

in one graduate course are considered tohave an academic deficiency and will beinformed of this in a warning letter. Asecond grade below B after the studentreceives a formal warning of the deficien-cy results in departmental action to dis-miss from the program.Demonstrated competence in clinical

skills as well as academic performance isnecessary for a successful completion ofthis program.

Academic Complaints and AppealsComplaints must first be taken to class

instructor or the Department Chair asappropriate.If not resolved, the student may bring

the grievance to the Dean of the Schoolof Education.If not resolved, the student may bring

a written grievance to the Vice Presidentof Academic Affairs.Complaints that impact on the fulfill-

ment of professional accreditation stan-dards may at this point be directed to theASHA Council of AcademicAccreditation.

C.W. Post Campus

Speech-LanguagePathology CourseDescriptions

SPH 580 Introduction to Speech-Language PathologyThis is a survey course designed to pro-vide prospective speech-language pathol-ogists with an overall perspective on thecauses, as well as principles of assessmentand management of individuals withcommunication disorders such as speech,language, voice or fluency disturbancesrelated to functional and/or organic dis-orders. Twenty-five hours of observationare required of the students. Instructionin the current ASHA Code of Ethics isoffered.Graduate level prerequisite courseFall, 4 units

SPH 601 Neuroanatomy of the Speech,Language and Hearing MechanismThis course is designed to provide thestudent with a working knowledge of theanatomical landmarks of the central ner-vous system, its physiology, and thosepathological disorders which are speech-language-hearing specific. Its goal is tofamiliarize the student with basic brainbehaviors. It is particularly useful tothose students who choose to work withneurologically impaired children andadults.Prerequisite: SPH 84Fall, 3 units

SPH 610 Speech ScienceThis course provides a basic understand-ing of speech acoustics, and its applica-tion in the study of speech productionand perception, as well as techniques ofspeech analysis and synthesis used in cur-rent speech research. Various speechinstrumentation is also studied.Laboratory exercises allow studentshands-on experience that integrates the-ories with clinical practice.Prerequisite: SPH 51, 82, 84Fall, 3 units

SPH 625 Introduction to ClinicalPractice in Speech-Language PathologyThis course provides the graduate stu-dent in speech-language pathology withan overview of the evaluation and thera-peutic process with a limited amount ofhands-on clinical experience. The coursecovers fundamental concepts in client-clinician interaction, the clinical process,clinical vocabulary and the supervisoryprocess. Students participate in lectureseminar, clinical observation and thera-

py, as well as analysis of clinical sessions.Lecture for one hour weekly plus obser-vation and directly supervised clinicalinteraction with one to three clients overthe semester in the Ladge Speech andHearing Center is included. Forty hoursof observation (15 hours must be at theLadge Speech and Hearing Center) arerequired prior to registration for this class.Every Semester, 2 units

SPH 626 Practicum in DiagnosticEvaluation of CommunicationDisordersThe purpose of this course is to provideeach student with hands-on experiencein administering, scoring, analysis andinterpretation of standardized tests aswell as report writing and referral forchildren and adults with communicationdisorders. Research relevant to evalua-tion and testing procedures and interpre-tation will be reviewed. Multi-culturalconsiderations when assessing clients willbe addressed as they affect the diagnosticprocedure.Every Semester, 1 unit

SPH 627 Practicum in AudiologyThis course is designed to fulfillAudiology Practicum hours for theSpeech Pathology Master of Arts Degree.The practicum is completed throughobservation and some participation ofthe audiology and aural rehabilitationservices conducted at the Ladge Speechand Hearing Center. A total of 35 hoursis required: at least 15 hours related toDiagnostic Audiology and at least 15hours related to Aural Rehabilitationand the remaining five hours in either ofthe two. The course focuses on audiologyand aural rehabilitation testing tech-niques, client-professional interaction,appropriate management of client cases,etc.Prerequisite: SPH 90Every Semester, 1 unit

SPH 628 Clinical Practicum in Speech-Language Pathology IThis course is a hands-on experience inproviding evaluation and treatment,directly supervised by theCommunication Sciences and Disorders

Communication Science and Disorders

faculty and staff in the C.W. PostCampus Ladge Speech and HearingCenter. Seminar once a week to discussclients, clinical procedures, and profes-sional issues includes the ASHA currentCode of Ethics, licensure and C.C.C.Prerequisites: SPH 625, SPH 685, SPH687 (1 complete, 1 concurrent), SPH 689Every Semester, 2 units

SPH 629 Clinical Practicum in Speech-Language Pathology II (optional)Additional remedial hands-on experiencein evaluation and treatment is directlysupervised by the CommunicationSciences and Disorders faculty in theLadge Speech and Hearing Center.There is a seminar once a week to discussclients and clinical procedures.Prerequisite: SPH 632Every Semester, 1 to 3 units

SPH 631 Clinical Practicum in Speech-Language Pathology IVThis course is a continuation of the workin Speech 628 with an emphasis on clin-ical practicum in speech pathology underthe supervision of staff personnel at off-campus centers that provides speech-lan-guage services for adults.Prerequisite: SPH 625, 628, 633, 685 or691Every Semester, 3 units

SPH 632/EDU 925 Practicum in aSchool SettingThis practicum is designed to fulfill par-tially requirements for the Teacher ofChildren with Speech-LanguageDisabilities. The student becomes famil-iar with all aspects of the administrationof speech-language services in a schooland gradually assumes responsibility forcaseload management.Prerequisite: SPH 628, 633Every Semester, 3 units

SPH 633 Diagnostic Procedures inSpeech-Language PathologyThis course introduces assessment modelsfor communication disorders. Assessmentprocedures, formulation of diagnosticimpressions, and development of recom-mendations are taught through a combi-nation of lecture, observation andparticipation in diagnostic sessions.Cultural perspectives related to diagnos-tic principles and procedures includinginterviewing and testing are stressed.Prerequisite: SPH 685, 687, 689 (1 com-plete, 1 concurrent)Fall and Summer, 3 units

SPH 634 PASS: Practical Applicationsfor School Speech-LanguagePathologistsThis course will be an innovative practi-cal and pragmatic course for speech-lan-guage pathologists working in schoolstoday. This course will cover the follow-ing from a practical application perspec-tive: making service delivery modelswork, collaboration, the ABCs of IEPs,parents as communication partners,preparing an in-service workshop forteachers and/or parents, legal landmarksfor the SLP, working with the hearingimpaired, working within the politicalframework of the school, and more. Thediversity of students and challenges forthe speech-language pathologist inschools are constantly changing. Thiscourse will seek to prepare School-basedSLPs to meet these challenges with prac-tical applications that can be immediate-ly applied to the administration ofspeech-language services in schools.Summer, 3 units

SPH 680 Swallowing Disorders inChildren and Adults for the Speech-Language PathologistThis course will present the anatomy andphysiology of normal and disordered oralfeeding and swallowing, in infants, pre-school, and school aged children as wellas adults. Emphasis will be on medical,cognitive and behavioral issues related tothe etiology, diagnosis and treatment ofdysphagia. Topics will include evaluationand treatment of oral feeding and swal-lowing disorders in the home, medicalsetting and the classroom. Methods oftechnological assessment including modi-fied barium swallow studies, flexibleendoscopic evaluation of swallowing willalso be presented.Prerequisites: SPH 601, 685Fall, 3 units

SPH 681 Language Disorders in SevereDevelopmental Disabilities and AutismThis course will present graduate stu-dents in special education and speech-language pathology with theneurological, cognitive and communica-tive characteristics of people with devel-opmental disabilities and/or autism. Thecourse will also address social and emo-tional aspects of language developmentacross the life span, as well as the areas ofdiagnosis, identification, assessment andintervention. Both traditional and topi-cal methods of intervention will be dis-cussed and contrasted in classdiscussions. Class participants will beencouraged to share and discuss theirwork and/or personal experiences as theypertain to course content during the

term. Case discussions will be presentedthat include principles and practices rele-vant to diagnostic and treatment proce-dures as they relate to autism spectrumdisorders and other developmental dis-abilities, consistent with ASHA guide-lines.Prerequisites: SPH 601Spring, 3 units

SPH 682 Voice DisordersThis course serves to introduce the grad-uate students of speech pathology thevarious aspects of normal and pathologi-cal voices. The structural, physiological,psychological, and cultural factors thatmay result in various forms of voice dis-orders will be discussed. Specifically, thefollowing areas will be included: reviewof anatomy and physiology of structuresinvolved in voice production; pathophys-iology of disordered voice/speech in asso-ciation with the larynx and vocal tract;diagnosis and treatment methods for dis-orders associated with the larynx andvocal tract; and anatomy and physiologyof speech mechanism, as well as speechrehabilitation, after laryngectomy. Uponcompletion of the course, the studentsare expected to develop problem-solvingskills in diagnosing and treatingvoice/speech pathologies based on theinformation learned in this and previouscourses.Fall and alternating Summers, 3 units

SPH 683 Craniofacial Anomalies andRelated Disorders of SpeechThe course aims at learning the effects ofcraniofacial anomalies on speech devel-opment. Particularly, how clefts of the lipand/or palate affect speech production isexamined in relation to resonance andvelopharyngeal functioning. Focus is onthe interdisciplinary team model forspeech assessment and treatment.Possible feeding problems in this popula-tion are also discussed. Upon completionof the course, the student should be ableto: Demonstrate a functional knowledgeof the embryological development of thecraniofacial area; identify the variousstructures of the craniofacial area thatare directly involved in speech produc-tion and swallowing; identify major caus-es of craniofacial anomalies, includingmajor syndromes, sequences and associa-tions; identify and discuss specific tech-niques used in the evaluation andtreatment of speech, resonance andvelopharyngeal dysfunction associatedwith craniofacial anomalies; and evaluateresonance problem by using nasometer.In addition, the course provides suffi-cient information to the students to dowell on the National Examinations in

C.W. Post Campus

Speech-Language Pathology andAudiology.On occasion, 3 units

SPH 684 StutteringThe course covers the major theories andresearch on the etiology and develop-ment of stuttering. Study of diagnosticand therapeutic principles and proce-dures for children and adults are stressed.Prerequisites: SPH 601Fall and Spring, 3 units

SPH 685 Aphasia and RelatedDisordersThis course presents the physical, theo-retical and etiological considerations per-taining to aphasia and related disorders,including dysarthria and cognitiveimpairments. Diagnostic and therapeuticapproaches are studied.Prerequisite: SPH 601Spring, 3 units

SPH 687 Phonological andArticulation Disorders in ChildrenThis course will familiarize the graduatestudent in speech-language pathologywith current concepts concerning thenature of normal phonological develop-ment and phonological disorders.Assessment procedures for detectingarticulatory and phonological impair-ments, motor speech disorders, and treat-ment procedures for remediating theseimpairments will be presented. Case dis-cussions will be presented that includeprinciples and practices relevant to diag-nostic and treatment procedures as theyrelate to articulatory, phonological andoral-motor disorders, consistent withASHA guidelines.Prerequisites: SPH 601, 610 (1 complete, 1concurrent)Spring, 3 units

SPH 689 Language Disorders inChildren and AdolescentsNormal acquisition of language isreviewed as a baseline for identifying lan-guage and learning disorders and delays.Characteristic features of speech and lan-guage in the language disordered childwill be covered. Assessment procedures,including standardized tests and languagesample analysis, will be emphasized.Strategies of intervention and implemen-tation of functional therapy programswill be discussed.Prerequisites: SPH 63, SPH 84, SPH 601(or concurrently)Fall and Spring, 3 units

SPH 690 School-Based LanguageIntervention for the Speech-LanguagePathologistThis course will enable graduate studentsin speech-language pathology (SLP) toapply the fundamentals learned in nor-mal and disordered processes of speech,language and hearing to the classroomsetting. SLP students will be challengedto question more traditional school-basedclinical practices, such as relying onintervention conducted in separate set-tings (e.g., “pull-out” therapy), in light ofan increased call for collaborationbetween regular and special educatorsand SLPs in the classroom. They willlearn to serve the communicative needsof their clients through curriculum-basedassessment and intervention. Case dis-cussions will be presented that includeprinciples and practices relevant to diag-nostic and treatment procedures as theyrelate to language-learning disabilitiesand related language disorders encoun-tered in the school setting, consistentwith ASHA guidelines.Fall and Spring, 3 units

SPH 691 Motor Speech Disorders inChildren and AdultsThis course will provide graduate stu-dents in speech-language pathology witha comprehensive understanding regard-ing the nature and treatment of motorspeech disorders that may result from:stroke, head trauma, progressive neuro-logical diseases, cerebral palsy, develop-mental apraxia of speech anddevelopmental dysarthria. Visual andauditory aids, including PowerPoint,overheads and slides, as well asaudio/video recordings, will be utilized.Spring, 3 units

SPH 692 Aural RehabilitationThis course provides the graduate stu-dent in speech pathology with a broadunderstanding of the principle theoriesand methodologies currently applied inaural rehabilitation of hearing impairedpersons. The hearing aid as an instru-ment of rehabilitation is described aswell as other assistive listening devices.Also included are techniques of speechreading and auditory training.Prerequisite: SPH 90Spring and alternating Summers, 3 units

SPH 694 Communication-BasedIntervention for Infants and ToddlersThis course involves students in a criticalstudy of recent trends and materials foryoung language impaired infants and tod-dlers, birth through age three. Specialattention is given to developmentalapproaches and mainstreaming.Prerequisites: SPH 601, 610, 689 (concur-rent)Summer Session I, 3 units

SPH 700 Independent Study inSpeech-Language Pathology

SPH 707 Research Problems inSpeech-Language PathologyThis course provides an understanding ofresearch design and data analysis.Developing skills for critical evaluationof scientific publications is included.Development of a research project culmi-nates in formal presentations of findings.Prerequisite: SPH 601 (complete), SPH689 (concurrent)Fall, Spring, 3 units

SPH 708 Thesis SeminarThis course covers the preparation of thethesis. The completed thesis must beapproved by a committee, and the writermust undergo an oral examination.Enrollment is restricted to studentswhose projects have been approved bythe department faculty. This course mayreplace the comprehensive examination.Fall, Spring, 3 units

EDU 613 Methods and Materials inSpeech-Language PathologyThis course will introduce school-basedspeech-language pathology practices as alearning experience. Students will learnto interface effectively with teachers andother personnel in the schools. Studentswill explore curriculum and the under-pinning components of speech-languagedevelopment and the impact of speech-language difficulties and differences onchildren’s ability to listen, speak, read,and write. Service delivery models,including classroom collaboration andconsultation, will be presented usingconstructionist techniques and authenticmaterials.Summer, 3 units

Communication Science and Disorders

SCHOOLOF HEALTH PROFESSIONS AND NURSING

The School of HealthProfessions and Nursing at

the C.W. Post Campus offersmaster of science degree pro-grams in Medical Biology,Clinical LaboratoryManagement, CardiovascularPerfusion, Nursing andNutrition. The BiomedicalSciences Department programsin Medical Biology include spe-cializations in Hematology,Immunology, MedicalChemistry and MedicalMicrobiology, as well as master’sdegree programs in ClinicalLaboratory Management andCardiovascular Perfusion. TheMaster of Science degree pro-grams in Nursing includeAdvanced Practice Nursing(Clinical Nurse Specialist),Family Nurse Practitioner and apost-master’s Family NursePractitioner Certificate Programand Nursing Education. Themaster of science program inNutrition offers concentrationsin Clinical Nutrition, Nutritionand Exercise Physiology, EatingDisorders and GeriatricNutrition. The DieteticInternship (DI) is also availablefrom the Nutrition Department.

Web site: www.liu.edu/healthPhone: (516) 299-2485Fax: (516) 299-2527E-mail: healprof@liu.edu

Theodora Grauer, Ph.D.Deantgrauer@liu.edu

Paul Dominguez, M.S.Assistant Deanpaul.dominguez@liu.edu

BIOMEDICALSCIENCESDEPARTMENT

Phone: (516) 299-3047E-mail: biomed@cwpost.liu.edu

Faculty

Ellen M. DuffyProfessor of Medical BiologyB.A., Manhattanville College;M.S., Catholic University of America;Ph.D., Cornell Universityeduffy@liu.edu

Rosario R. ModestoChair, Department of Biomedical SciencesProfessor of Medical BiologyB.A., Adelphi University;M.S., University of Illinois;Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technologyrmodesto@liu.edu

Seetha M. TammaAssociate Professor of Biomedical SciencesB.Sc., M.Sc., Andhra University;Ph.D., University College Corkseetha.tamma@liu.edu

Professor Emeritus

Doris GuidiB.A., University of Rochester;M.S., Long Island University;Ed.D., Fairleigh Dickinson University

Degree Programs andCourse Groups

Master of Science degree programs in theBiomedical Science Department include:

M.S. in Medical Biology withSpecializations in:• Hematology• Immunology• Medical Chemistry• Medical Microbiology

M.S. in Clinical LaboratoryManagement

M.S. in Cardiovascular Perfusion

The Biomedical Sciences Departmentoffers programs for candidates who have

received the baccalaureate degree froman accredited college or university andwho fulfill the academic criteriadescribed in the admission requirementssection for each degree.The Medical Biology M.S. degree pro-

gram offers the opportunity to concen-trate course work and research in one ormore areas of specialization: Hematology,Immunology, Medical Chemistry orMedical Microbiology. Each studentselects a minor concentration in one offour areas. Completion of the M.S.degree in Medical Biology and sixmonths of full-time supervised clinicallaboratory experience provide eligibilityfor a student to take a categorical tech-nologist examination given by theAmerican Society of ClinicalPathologists (ASCP).The M.S. in Clinical Laboratory

Management provides technologic andadministrative courses to prepare gradu-ates for management careers in clinicallaboratory settings. Students may alsotake an exam sponsored by ASCP fol-lowing completion of this degree as longas they possess two years of full-timeacceptable experience in clinical labora-tory supervision or management withinthe last 10 years.The M.S. in Cardiovascular Perfusion

is offered by the Department ofBiomedical Sciences and the Departmentof Surgery at North Shore UniversityHospital, Manhasset, New York.The separate admission requirements

allow students to address a graduate cur-riculum involving completion of 54 units:27 academic units taught at C.W. PostCampusand

27 hospital based course units withclinical practica

Applicants for graduate programs mustsubmit their credentials to the GraduateAdmissions Office for review by the pro-gram faculty.A candidate who meets admissions

standards (including a 2.75 in his or herundergraduate major) enters the programas a matriculated student. If the candi-date is deficient in one or more entrancerequirements, he or she may enter theprogram as a limited matriculant. Afterthe student fulfills admission and under-

graduate requirements and completes 12graduate units with an average of 3.00 orbetter, he or she may apply for matricu-lated status through the academic coun-selor. A limited matriculated student maytake no more than 12 graduate units.

Admission Requirements forMedical BiologyEach applicant must have completed

undergraduate course work, whichincludes:• 1 year of biology• 1 year of college mathematics (mayinclude one semester of statistics)

• 4 semesters (16 units) in chemistry,including an organic chemistry course

• 1 semester of introductory physics

Deficiencies in any of these qualifica-tions must be removed before 12 hours ofgraduate study are completed. The pre-requisite courses may be taken as aPass/Fail (P/F) option.

Program of StudyUpon acceptance into the graduate

program, each new student should makean appointment with the school’s acade-mic counselor to complete a tentativeplan of study and registration forms.

Master of Science inMedical Biology

This 36-unit degree program withinthe Department of Biomedical Sciencesrequires 12 units in core courses, 12 unitsin specialty courses, six units in a minorspecialty area and six units of electives.

Degree Requirements

Core Courses (12 units)Courses UnitsHSMB 513 Biochemistry orHSMB 550 Medical Chemistry orHSMB 650 Advanced ClinicalChemistry 3

HSMB 612 Pathophysiology II 3HSMB 703 Research Methods orHSMB 707 Preparation of ThesisProposal 3

HSMB 704 Clinical Research Thesisor HSMB 706 Research Project andComprehensive Examination or

Biomedical Sciences

HSMB 708 Experimental ResearchThesis 3

Specialty Courses (12 units)(Minor: 6 units; Electives: 6 units)

Twelve units of specialty coursework aretaken in the chosen area. Six unitsshould be chosen in another (minor)specialty and six units should be chosenfrom electives within or outside of thespecialty, depending upon career goals.

Hematology

Specialty Courses (12 units)Courses UnitsHSMB 561 Introduction to Hematology(or HSMB 661) 3

HSMB 562 Theories of BloodCoagulation 3

HSMB 585 Immunohematology 3HSMB 705 Selected Topics in MedicalBiology 3

Specialty Course Electives (6 units)Courses UnitsHSMB 651 Pharmacology 3HSMB 656 Diagnostic Techniques inMolecular Pathology 3

HSMB 661 Advanced Hematology 3HSMB 665 ExperimentalHematopoiesis 3

HSMB 673 Cancer Research 3

Immunology

Specialty Courses (12 units)Courses UnitsHSMB 580 or 581 Immunology 3HSMB 687 Advanced Immunology 3HSMB 688 Immunochemistry 3HSMB 705 Selected Topics inMedical Biology 3

Specialty Course Electives (6 units)Courses UnitsHSMB 585 Immunohematology 3HSMB 651 Pharmacology 3HSMB 656 Diagnostic Techniques inMolecular Pathology 3

HSMB 673 Cancer Research 3HSMB 691 Advanced MedicalMicrobiology 3

HSMB 698 Medical Virology 3HSMB 699 Laboratory Techniques inVirology 3

Medical Chemistry

Specialty Courses (12 units)Courses UnitsHSMB 550 Medical Chemistry 3HSMB 650 Advanced MedicalChemistry 3HSMB 688 Immunochemistry 3HSMB 705 Selected Topics inMedical Biology 3

Specialty Course Electives (6 units)Courses UnitsHSMB 555 Instrumentation for theClinical Laboratory 3

HSMB 574 Tissue Culture 3HSMB 651 Pharmacology 3HSMB 656 Diagnostic Techniques inMolecular Pathology 3

HSMB 655 Toxicology andTherapeutic Monitoring 3

HSMB 673 Cancer Research 3HSMB 687 Advanced Immunology 3

Medical Microbiology

Specialty Courses (12 units)Courses UnitsHSMB 591 Medical Microbiology 3HSMB 594 Medical Parasitology 3HSMB 696 Medical Mycology 3HSMB 705 Selected Topics inMedical Biology 3

Specialty Course Electives (6 units)Courses UnitsHSMB 595 Zoonoses 3HSMB 648 Microbial Physiology 3HSMB 651 Pharmacology 3HSMB 656 Diagnostic Techniques inMolecular Pathology 3

HSMB 691 Advanced MedicalMicrobiology 3

HSMB 698 Medical Virology 3HSMB 699 Laboratory Techniques inVirology 3

Categorical certification by ASCP canbe obtained if a student has had sixmonths of supervised experience withinthe M.S. degree specialty area with aJCAHO accredited clinical laboratory.The person seeking certification musthave completed recent laboratory experi-ence under the supervision of a certifiedtechnologist and director of laboratories.The M.S. in Medical Biology allows

people to work in the biotechnologyindustry, clinical setting, pharmaceuticalindustry or in a research facility.

M.S. in ClinicalLaboratoryManagement

This 36-unit degree program withinthe Department of Biomedical Sciencesis an interdisciplinary technological andadministrative program combining gradu-ate courses in medical biology with man-agement training appropriate for clinicallaboratory settings.Students completing the M.S. in

Clinical Laboratory Management willhave exposure to financial, market, oper-ations and personnel management. ASCPBoard of Registry Technologists or thosewho have specialist certification and havetwo years of full-time acceptable experi-ence in clinical laboratory supervision ormanagement within the past 10 years andwho devote 50 percent of their time tosupervisory or management responsibili-ties, are eligible to apply for theDiplomate in Laboratory Management(DLM) sponsored by the ASCP.

Degree Requirements

Core Courses (21 units)Courses UnitsHSMB 540 Biomedical Statistics 3HSMB 541 or MPA 504 ComputerApplications 3MPA 506 Computer BasedManagement Systems 3

HSMB 549 Resources Management 3HSMB 647 Quality Management forClinical Laboratory 3

HSMB 703 Research Methods andComprehensive Exam 3

HSMB 709 Clinical ManagementProject 3

Specialty Courses (6 units)Select only two coursesCourses UnitsMPA 708/MGT 725 Work, People,Productivity 3

HAD 603 Foundations of Budgeting andFinance in Health Administration 3

HAD 714 Planning and Marketing inHealth Care 3

Medical Biology Specialty Courses(9 units)Select three courses in Medical Biology. Atleast two advanced courses (600 or 700level) are required.Note: Matriculation status is required for all700 level courses

C.W. Post Campus

Biomedical Sciences

Master of ScienceDegree inCardiovascularPerfusion

The M.S. degree in CardiovascularPerfusion is offered in the Department ofBiomedical Sciences in conjunction withthe Department of Surgery, Division ofCardiothoracic Surgery at the NorthShore University Hospital (North Shore– Long Island Jewish Health CareSystem) in Manhasset, N.Y. The degreeprogram requires completion of 54 gradu-ate course units: 27 graduate units arecompleted at the C.W. Post Campus ofLong Island University in theDepartment of Biomedical Sciences and27 graduate units are completed at NorthShore University Hospital. North ShoreUniversity Hospital also provides thecompetency-based education componentand specialty courses required for entryinto the cardiovascular perfusion profes-sion program.The program is 24 months in length

and integrates didactics, clinical coursesand practica to provide the educationalbasis for entry-level skills in cardiovascu-lar perfusion. Students completing allcoursework are awarded a M.S. inCardiovascular Perfusion from the C.W.Post Campus of Long Island University,as well as a certificate of completionfrom North Shore University Hospital.A perfusionist is a highly skilled technol-ogist who is qualified by academic andclinical education to operate extracorpo-real circulation equipment during surgi-cal and medical procedures.

Admission Requirements forCardiovascular Perfusion1. Completion of a bachelor’s degreefrom an accredited college/universitywith a minimum GPA of 2.75 on a 4.0grading scale

2. Undergraduate courses that must becompleted include:

• 2 semesters of college biology (8 units)• 2 semesters of anatomy and physiology(8 units)

• 2 semesters of college chemistry (8units)

• 1 semester of college math (3 units)• 1 semester of college physics (recom-mended) (4 units)

3. Three letters of recommendation

4. Admission into the CardiovascularPerfusion Program at North ShoreUniversity Hospital in Manhasset, N.Y.

For further information regarding theprogram, contact:Richard Chan, Program DirectorNorth Shore University HospitalSchool of Cardiovascular Perfusion300 Community DriveManhasset, New York 11030(516) 562-1399

Dr. R. Ronald Modesto, ChairDepartment of Biomedical SciencesC.W. Post CampusLong Island University720 Northern BoulevardBrookville, New York 11548(516) 299-3047rmodesto@liu.edu

Advanced Standing M.S. DegreeProgramAn experienced or practicing cardio-

vascular perfusionist who desires an M.S.in Cardiovascular Perfusion may applyfor admission to this program. Their clin-ical expertise will be evaluated by NorthShore University Hospital regardingindividual competency in courses ofsurgery (6 units); perfusion technology (6units); and three clinical practicums (I,II, III) – (5 units each). The director ofthe Perfusion Program at NSUH willassign the grades for these courses. Theother admission criteria listed aboveunder 1, 2 and 3 must also be met.Students with advanced standing musttake 27 units of graduate coursework inMedical Biology in the Department ofBiomedical Sciences at the C.W. PostCampus of Long Island University.

The CurriculumThe M.S. degree in Cardiovascular

Perfusion consists of 54 graduate units:27 units are taught at the C.W. PostCampus of Long Island University and27 units are completed at North ShoreUniversity Hospital. C.W. Post Campuscourses are taught on a semester basis(Fall: Sept.-Dec.; Spring: Jan.-May;Summer I: May-June). At the hospital,modules are taught throughout the cal-endar year: Module I (Sept.-Feb., firstyear); Module II (Feb.-Aug., first year);Module III (Sept.-Feb., second year);Module IV (Feb.-Aug., second year).

Program of StudyAll clinical courses are taught during

the day, 5 days/week, 8 hours/day. AllUniversity-based courses in medical biol-ogy are taught in the evening after 6 p.m.

Core Courses: (5 courses, 3 units each= 15 units total)HSMB 550C Medical ChemistryHSMB 520C Pathophysiology IHSMB 612C Pathophysiology IIHSMB 703C Research MethodologyHSMB 704C Clinical Research Thesis orHSMB 706C Research Project andComprehensive Examination orHSMB 709C Clinical ManagementProject

Medical Biology Major Courses:(4 courses, 3 units each = 12 unitstotal)HSMB 540C Biomedical StatisticsHSMB 561C Introduction to HematologyHSMB 562C Theories of BloodCoagulation

HSMB 651 Pharmacology

The courses in medical biology aredesignated with a “C” letter followingthe course number to reflect a differentpayment schedule and to track studentsin the Cardiovascular Perfusion Program.

North Shore University Hospital BasedCourses:• Module I & II: (Sept.-Feb. and Mar.-Aug.) – First calendar year (2 courses,6 units each = 12 units)

HSMB 800C SurgeryHSMB 810C Perfusion Technology

• Module III & IV: (Sept.-Feb. and Mar.-Aug.) – Second calendar year (3 cours-es, 5 units each = 15 units total)

HSMB 820C Clinical Practicum IHSMB 822C Clinical Practicum IIHSMB 824C Clinical Practicum III

Alternative Options for GraduateDegree CompletionA student who is not able to maintain

a GPA of 3.0 to achieve an M.S. degreein Cardiovascular Perfusion may obtain acertificate of completion from theCardiovascular Perfusion Program atNorth Shore University Hospital bymeeting the following criteria:• Maintain a minimum GPA of 2.5• Completion of a minimum of 100 per-fusion cases

• Completion of all didactic courses

C.W. Post Campus

A student receiving a certificate ofcompletion will be eligible to take thenational board examination to become acertified perfusionist.A student may also elect to retake

medical biology courses to achieve satis-factory grades for an M.S. inCardiovascular Perfusion.Should a student be unsuccessful in

the cardiovascular perfusion program atthe hospital and withdraw, the graduateunits in Medical Biology toward thecompletion of an M.S. degree may beapplied in Medical Biology specializingin any one of the following areas:Hematology, Immunology, MedicalChemistry or Medical Microbiology.The following prerequisites must be

met for matriculation into the MedicalBiology degree program:1. Completion of a bachelor’s degreefrom an accredited college/university

2. Completion of 8 units (1 year) biology3. 16 units (2 years) college chemistry(inorganic or general and organic/ bio-chemistry)

4. 6 units (1 year) college math5. 4 units (1 semester) college physics6. 2 letters of reference from college pro-fessors

Medical BiologyCourse Descriptions

HSMB 511 Biomedical EthicsThis course is a general survey of theethical issues relevant to the human lifecycle. Topics such as organ transplants,termination of life, euthanasia, abortion,genetic control and medical experimen-tation are discussed. This course is gearedprimarily for individuals with a back-ground or interest in the health andmedical sciences such as medical tech-nologists, radiologic technologists, nurs-es, health care administrators and otherprofessionals in the health field.On Occasion, 3 units

HSMB 513/BIO 513 BiochemistryThis course is an inquiry into the chem-istry of biologically important com-pounds including amino acids, proteins,lipids, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, vita-mins, biological oxidation, intermediarymetabolism and enzyme systems.Fall, 3 units

HSMB 520/520C Pathophysiology IThis graduate course introduces the studentto human disease processes. The biochemi-

cal effects of the diseases as they relate tonormal metabolism are also considered.Not required of students who have had anundergraduate class in pathophysiology.Formerly HSMB 611Fall, 3 units

HSMB 540/540C/HSN 540Biomedical StatisticsThis course covers the fundamentals ofstatistics as applied to medical and bio-logical sciences, including measures ofcentral tendency and variability, theoryof sampling, theory of estimation, samplefrequency functions, confidence limits,null hypothesis, linear regression andcorrelation, chi-square test, F-Test andanalysis of variance, elements of sequen-tial analysis, statistical techniques adapt-ed to laboratory quality control anddesign of experiments.Spring, 3 units

HSMB 541/HSN 541 ComputerApplications in Health SciencesThis course is an introduction to the use ofcomputers in the various fields of thehealth sciences. Review of statistical appli-cations for data analysis is also included.Term project requiredFall, 3 units

HSMB 542 EpidemiologyThis course is an introduction to epi-demiologic principles employed in theinvestigation of disease. A review of pub-lic health statistics in relation to diseaserates and evaluation of communityefforts toward the reduction of theserates is considered. The use of epidemio-logic investigations of chronic physicaland mental disease is discussed.On Occasion, 3 units

HSMB 549 Resources ManagementResources Management is a course whichaddresses important topics in two areas ofLaboratory Management: physical andhuman resources, both of which areessential for professional maintenanceand growth of a clinical laboratory.Topics addressed in physical resourcesinclude: the accreditation process, certifi-cation and licensure of laboratory healthprofessionals, laboratory policies and pro-cedures, workload recording, budgets,purchasing and inventory control, labo-ratory design, space utilization and labo-ratory safety. Human resources topicsinvolve the actual clinical laboratoryorganization, job descriptions, recruit-ment, hiring and orientation of laborato-ry personnel, their performance appraisal,staff development and those leadershipqualities of management personnel.Alternate Spring, 3 units

HSMB 550/550C Medical ChemistryThis course is the introduction to theanalysis of analyates in body fluids.Emphasis is placed on describing normaland pathophysiologic changes in disease.Quality control, evaluation, interpreta-tion and laboratory tests used in quanti-tation are presented. The biomedicalsignificance of metabolic disorders ofproteins, carbohydrates and lipids is dis-cussed.Fall, 3 units

HSMB 555 Instrumentation for theClinical LaboratoryThis course is a study of current princi-ples of automated instrumentation analy-ses performed in the clinical laboratory.The course provides practical exposure toseveral commercially available systems.On Occasion, 3 units

HSMB 561/561C Introduction toHematologyThis course is a study of hematopoiesis(red blood cell development) in theembryo and the adult. Diseases of theblood-forming organs are stressed.Laboratory experiences emphasize proce-dures necessary for diagnosis of disease ofblood-forming tissues.Special fee, $80Fall, 3 units

HSMB 562/562C Theories of BloodCoagulationThis course covers the theoretical aspectsof blood coagulation in normal and dis-ease states, including laboratory methodswhich demonstrate various blood factors.Special fee, $80Fall, 3 units

HSMB 574 Tissue CultureThis course includes the study methodsand media for the in-vitro proliferationand maintenance of vertebrate tissue andits application to experimental methodsin histology, pharmacology and medicaltechnology.Special fee, $80On Occasion, 3 units

HSMB 580 Immunology: Theory andLaboratory ApplicationsThis course covers the principles ofimmunology, including: immunity as aprotective mechanism, immunochemistry,cells and organs of the immune system andimmunologic disease states. The laboratoryemphasizes serologic and other immuno-logic techniques for disease diagnosis.Not open to students who have completedHSMB 581.Special fee, $80On Occasion, 3 units

Biomedical Sciences

HSMB 581 Immunology LectureThis course covers the principles ofimmunology, including immunity as aprotective mechanism, immunochem-istry, cells and organs of the immune sys-tem and immunologic disease states.Current journal articles describing therole of various cell types in viral, bacteri-al, malignant, autoimmune and allergicdisease are discussed.Not open to students who have completedHSMB 580.Fall, 3 units

HSMB 585 ImmunohematologyThis course covers a historical perspec-tive of theoretical aspects and laboratorytechniques of immunohematology, withemphasis on various blood group systems.Special fee, $80Fall, 3 units

HSMB 591 Medical MicrobiologyThis course serves three purposes: (1) asa “refresher” course to those who are inthe field; (2) as a prerequisite for furtherstudy in microbiology; and (3) as prepa-ration for professional board examina-tions. The delineation of microbialspecies: bacteria, fungi, algae, viruses,rickettsiae, chlamydia, protozoa,helminths and other animal parasitesimplicated in disease is presented. Thecourse covers methods used in diagnosticmicrobiology as well as medical, clinical,epidemiological and nosocomial aspectsof microbial disease states. Additionally,computerization, instrumentation, minia-turization, and DNA recombinant stud-ies applicable to microbiology arecovered.Special fee, $80Fall, 3 units

HSMB 594 Medical ParasitologyThis course examines host-parasite rela-tionships relative to disease transmission,pathology, immunology, epidemiology,survey and control. Emphasis on labora-tory preparations and diagnosis of para-sitic diseases includes those aspects of lifecycles that are useful for clinical diagnosis.Special fee, $80Alternate Spring, 3 units

HSMB 595 ZoonosesDiseases of feral and domesticated ani-mals communicable to man, whichinclude bacterial, mycotic, rickettsial,chlamydial, viral, protozoal andhelminthic infections are examined.Vectors associated with zoonoses arereviewed. The public health and the epi-demiology of the diseases and the proce-dures used to prevent and control humanand animal infection are stressed.

Overpopulation of animals as a threat tohealth and the sociological implicationsof pet ownership are also discussed.On Occasion, 3 units

HSMB 612/612C Pathophysiology IIMolecular, biochemical and metabolicevents which identify disease of severalbody systems are presented.Prerequisite: HSMB 520 or equivalentSpring, 3 units

HSMB 647 Quality Management forthe Clinical LaboratoryThis course addresses the implementa-tion of quality improvement principlesfor the Clinical Laboratory. It beginswith a discussion of the rationale aboutcontinuous quality improvement, thegroup or teamwork approach to qualityimprovement, and the process of formu-lating flowcharts, matrices and qualitycontrol charts to analyze and quantitatequality improvement measures. It endsby discussing and responding to actualcase situations by utilizing clinical prac-tice guidelines that help to understandthe nature of disease processes and out-comes of early interventions.Alternate Spring, 3 units

HSMB 648 Microbial PhysiologyThis course examines the metabolicactivities of bacteria and fungi. Emphasisis placed on the bacterial cell, enzymes,energy, respiration, fermentation, metab-olism, synthesis, catabolic, anabolic andamphibolic pathways. Microbiologicalassays, spectrophotometry, complete fer-mentation study and other proceduresutilizing basic and advanced techniquesand equipment are included.Collateral readings and term report arerequiredSpecial fee, $80On Occasion, 3 units

HSMB 650 Advanced MedicalChemistryThis is an advanced course designed toprovide in-depth understanding of themedical approach to evaluating disorders.Several topics are presented for review,analysis and discussion. This course alsohas a laboratory component which pro-vides further emphasis about medicallysignificant analytes.Special fee, $80On Occasion, 3 units

HSMB 651/651C PharmacologyThe application of pharmacology, thestudy of drugs and poisons, is termedtherapeutics. To better understand theuse of drugs in specific disease states,therapeutics is emphasized in this course.

The student develops an understandingof the disease process being treated andany concomitant diseases the patientmay have. The consequences and expec-tations of the drugs being administered(considering its pharmacodynamics,pharmacognosy and pharmacokinetics)in that specific patient are presented.Spring, 3 units

HSMB 655 Toxicology andTherapeutic MonitoringThis course covers the instrumental meth-ods of assay. Toxicologic and pharmacolog-ic action on and by the host organism areexamined along with a review of majordrug and toxin types. Special topics ofinterest are covered in the detection andidentification of drugs in biological fluids.Fall, 3 units

HSMB 656 Diagnostic Techniques inMolecular PathologyMolecular diagnostics is the applicationof methods in biotechnology to the diag-nosis of disease. Biotechnology involvestechniques used in molecular biology asapplied to the study of cell function atthe DNA/RNA level. This course sur-veys some of the standard techniquesused in biotechnology: cell culture, poly-merase chain reaction (PCR), immuno-histochemistry, cloning and probesynthesis. Formal lectures are followed byexperiments in a laboratory equipped toperform some of the aforementionedtechniques. Most of these techniquesrepresent transferable technologies thatmay be used in various fields; i.e., foren-sic pathology, clinical laboratory medi-cine and cancer screening.Special fee, $80Fall, 3 units

HSMB 661 Advanced HematologyIn-depth coverage of concepts of cell ori-gin and differentiation, as well as themolecular concepts of disease and cur-rent trends in research are covered.Quality control experience in lab prac-tice, marrow differential counts, histo-chemical and biochemical techniques areincluded in-depth.Alternate Spring, 3 units

HSMB 665 Experimental HematopoiesisThis course includes the development oftechniques in experimentalhematopoiesis, primarily on mammalianbone marrow. Instruction of students intechniques of altering hematopoiesis andevaluation of results is also included.Special fee, $80Alternate Spring, 3 units

HSMB 673 Cancer Research:Perspectives, Prospects and ProblemsThis course covers the assessment of theeffects of various biological disciplines,i.e., genetics, biochemistry, virology,endocrinology, pathology, pharmacology,hematology and immunology, upon pastand present efforts in cancer research.Lectures and demonstrations are included.Alternate Spring, 3 units

HSMB 687 Advanced ImmunologyThis course examines immunology withemphasis on current areas of research.Isolation, chemical analysis and structureand interactions of antigens and antibod-ies are studied in conjunction with assaysof immunological activity.Prerequisite: HSMB 580 or 581 or under-graduate immunologyAlternate Spring, 3 units

HSMB 688 Laboratory Techniques inImmunochemistryLectures illustrate the quantitative andqualitative aspects of immunochemistryand state-of-the-art monoclonal develop-ments. Laboratory exercises demonstratemolecular weight sieves, ion-exchangechromatography, affinity chromatogra-phy, gel precipitation reactions, enzymat-ic cleavage of antibodies, labeling ofantibodies and enzyme immunoassay pro-cedures.Special fee, $80On Occasion, 3 units

HSMB 691 Advanced MedicalMicrobiologyIsolation, identification and significanceof microorganisms implicated in diseaseand as encountered in the clinical micro-biology laboratory are covered in-depth.The significance of saprophytes found inthe clinical specimen, unusual isolatesand findings are discussed. Proficiencytesting implemented as part of the practi-cal microbiology, computerization,instrumentation, miniaturization andDNA recombinant studies applicable tomicrobiology are reviewed.Prerequisite: HSMB 591 or by permissionof instructor based on background in micro-biologyAlternate Spring, 3 units

HSMB 696 Medical MycologyThis course is a study of the classifica-tion, identification, life cycles morpholo-gy, physiology, biochemistry andimmunology of fungi of medical and clin-ical significance. A discussion of thefungi as microbial entities and economicimportance is included. The courseemploys the use of microbiological tech-niques in the elucidation of fungi impli-

cated in disease as encountered in theclinical microbiology laboratory as wellas the identification of other fungi.Proficiency testing is discussed andimplemented as part of the practicalaspects of the course.Special fee, $80Alternate Spring, 3 units

HSMB 698 Medical VirologyIsolation, identification and classificationof the viruses in man and animals withapplication to disease states such as causes,diagnosis and prevention are examined.Prerequisite: Course in biochemistry or mol-ecular biologyAlternate Fall, 3 units

HSMB 699 Laboratory Techniques inVirologyProduction, purification and quantitationof viruses, with analysis of virion struc-ture and investigation of steps in viralreplication are covered in this course.Special fee, $80Alternate Fall, 3 units

HSMB 700 Selected Problems inLaboratory MedicineThis course examines a research problemunder the guidance of a member of theDepartment of Biomedical Sciences fac-ulty. Students may register only once forthis course.

1 or 2 units, to be determined with theapproval of the chairperson, theGraduate Committee and the mentor.Open only to matriculated students.Special fee, $55 per unit

HSMB 703/703C Research MethodsThis is a course designed to provide prac-tical tools for initiation and developmentof a research proposal. The scientificapproaches to problem-solving, data col-lection and analysis are discussed.Prerequisite: Approved course in statis-ticsSummer, 3 units

HSMB 704/704C Clinical ResearchThesisThis course is a clinical research projectdesigned to develop and enhanceresearch skills appropriate to the area ofspecialization chosen for the M.S.degree. The research data is obtainedfrom a health care facility, academic set-ting, business or industry, communityprogram or clinical research facility. Thecollected data is analyzed and a thesis iswritten and presented to the department.Open only to matriculated students withapproval by department chairperson,Graduate Committee and mentor.Prerequisite: HSMB 703Every Semester, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

Biomedical Sciences

HSMB 705 Selected Topics in MedicalBiologyThis seminar course deals with currenttopics and critiques and evaluates tech-niques used in an area of specialization inMedical Biology. These include MedicalChemistry, Hematology, Immunologyand Medical Microbiology. Different top-ics are offered during an academic year.Open only to matriculated students.Prerequisite: Approval by instructor andGraduate CommitteeAnnually, 3 units

HSMB 706/706C Research ProjectThis course provides another option forsuccessful completion of the M.S. degreein Medical Biology through the comple-tion of a research project and a compre-hensive examination in the specialty.Open only to matriculated students withapproval by department chairperson,Graduate Committee and mentor.Prerequisite: HSMB 703Every Semester, 3 units

HSMB 707 Preparation of ThesisProposalandHSMB 708 Experimental ResearchThesisOpen only to matriculated students withapproval by department chairperson,Graduate Committee and mentor.Special fee, $80 each courseEvery Semester, 3 units each

HSMB 709/709C Clinical ManagementProjectThis course is designed for the ClinicalLaboratory Management M.S. degreecandidate who will address a manage-ment problem within the clinical setting.Examples of some project topics include:motivation of co-workers, organizationand communication improvements, mea-suring group effectiveness, selection cri-teria for employees, appraisals oflaboratory personnel, staffing, develop-ment of educational activities, imple-mentation of procedures, budgeting costanalysis, workloads, inventory manage-ment and cost-containment measures.Problems should be defined, solutionssuggested and tested and a project paper(Thesis) written and defended.Open only to matriculated students withapproval of department chairperson,Graduate Committee and mentor.Prerequisite: HSMB 703Every Semester, 3 units

Hospital – BasedCourses inCardiovascularPerfusion completedat North ShoreUniversity HospitalBased Courses (27units total)

HSMB 800C SurgeryThis graduate course reviews the anatomy,physiology and pathology of the heart,emphasizing disorders caused by circulato-ry shock, pericarditis, cardiac tamponade,endocarditis, cor pulmonale and cardiacfailure. The course also identifies cardiacsurgical equipment and instruments usedin cardiac surgical procedures. Surgerieson patients experiencing coronary arterydisease, resection of left ventricularaneurysm, mitral and aortic valve repair,complex congenital cardiac malforma-tions, hypoplastic left heart syndrome,malformations resulting in left to right toleft shunts, aortic aneurysm and acute aor-tic transection are presented.First year (Modules I & II) of CVP ProgramFall, 6 units (1152 hours ClinicalInstrumentation)

HSMB 810C Perfusion TechnologyThis course combines clinical competen-cy in perfusion techniques, didacticinstruction with practical operating roomexperience and laboratory study of theextracorporeal circuit. The course beginswith a discussion of the evolution of per-fusion technology, describes the laborato-ry components needed, venous andarterial cannuli, flow limitations, anddetermination of Reynold’s number.Included also are discussions ofheater/cooler and heat exchanges, circu-lation, hypothermia, tubing, circuits,charting, pressure monitoring, arterialblood gas, electrolytes, cardiotomy reser-voirs and suction systems, cardiopul-monary bypass and safety, and myocardiacprotection delivery systems. The courseteaches techniques, procedures, laborato-ry techniques, management and evalua-tion of the total perfusion process.First year (Module I & II) of CVPProgramSpring, 6 units (1152 hours ClinicalInstrumentation)

HSMB 820C, 822C, 824C ClinicalPracticums I, II, IIIThe Clinical Practicum Courses complet-ed at North Shore University Hospital are

designed to provide perfusion studentswith an intensive opportunity to develop,practice and master the skills required toperform safe extracorporeal circulationprocedures. These clinical practice coursesrequire directed hands-on use of equip-ment and techniques that constitute thecardiopulmonary bypass procedure. Underthe direct supervision of a clinical instruc-tor, the students are exposed to increasinglevels of responsibility in the clinical con-duct of perfusion. As the students‚ abilitiespermit, they assume expanding responsi-bilities with the ultimate goal of function-ing independently as a practicingperfusionist. These clinical practice cours-es are taught in the operating room the-ater with special emphasis on developingtechnical skills in the extracorporeal pro-cedure itself. Instruction will also includecurrent adjunctive methods in autotrans-fusion, mycocardial preservation tech-niques, intra-aortic balloon support, andaseptic techniques.At course completion, the student willhave:1. Developed sufficient clinical competen-cy about the rudiments of extracorporealcircuit, its components, design, assemblyand operation of the equipment.

2. Under directed supervision, begun tosuccessfully perform those technicalmanipulations that constitute theessential part of the extracorporeal cir-cuit and other perfusion procedures

3. Been evaluated by the instructorssupervising the clinical learning expe-riences. Students are evaluated byusing an evaluation form titled“Perfusion Student Case Evaluation.”

Following the completion of PerfusionClinical Practice courses, each student isrequired to perform clinical cases forclinical competency determination. Inthese Clinical Competency Cases, eachstudent’s ability to function independent-ly as a clinical perfusionist is evaluatedfor his or her level of training. Theseclinical competency evaluations are per-formed utilizing the standard proceduresfor clinical student case evaluation. Inaddition, the clinical instructors evaluatethe entry-level clinical competency skillsas required by the American Board ofCardiovascular Perfusion.Second year (Module III & IV) of CVPProgram5 units each (960 hours each – 2880 hourstotal)Summer, I; Fall, II; Spring, IIIRespectively

NURSINGDEPARTMENT

Phone: (516) 299-2320E-mail: nursing@cwpost.liu.eduWeb site: www.liu.edu/nursing

Faculty

Lenore AbendAssistant Professor of NursingB.S., M.S., Adelphi University;Ph.D., Hofstra Universityabend@liu.edu

Theodora T. GrauerDeanProfessor of NursingDiploma, Bellevue Hospital School ofNursing;B.S., Hunter College;M.S., Ph.D., Adelphi Universitytheodora.grauer@liu.edu

Mary InfantinoAssociate Professor of NursingB.S., Molloy College;M.S., Ph.D., Adelphi University;mary.infantino@liu.edu

Minna KappChair, Nursing DepartmentAssociate Professor of NursingB.S., Hunter-Bellevue;M.B.A., Baruch College, City Universityof New York;M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College,Columbia Universityminna.kapp@liu.edu

Loretta KnappAssociate Vice President for AcademicAffairsAssociate Professor of NursingB.S.N., State University of New YorkDownstate Medical Center;M.A., Ph.D., New York Universitylori.knapp@liu.edu

Amy WysokerProfessor of NursingB.S., State University of New YorkDownstate Medical Center;M.A., New York University;Ph.D., Adelphi Universityamy.wsoker@liu.edu

Graduate Degree andCertificate Programs

The C.W. Post Department of Nursingoffers three programs leading to a Masterof Science degree in Nursing preparingthe Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP), theClinical Nurse Specialist (CNS), and theNurse Educator. The FNP and CNS pro-grams are accredited by the Commissionon Collegiate Nursing Education(CCNE). Graduates of both of theseprograms will be eligible for board certifi-cation by the American NursesCredentialing Center (ANCC), andgraduates from the FNP program will alsobe eligible for a New York StateCertificate as Family Nurse Practitioners.The M.S. in Nursing Education programwas approved by the NYS EducationDepartment in October 2005. Graduatesof this program will be prepared to teachin schools of nursing (LPN, Associateand Baccalaureate degree programs, andmaster’s programs), and as staff educatorsin health care facilities.All three programs, opened to quali-

fied baccalaureate prepared nurses, aredesigned to be completed as a part-timecourse of study in six semesters for theFNP program (46 units) and the CNSprogram (39 units), and five semestersand one summer session for the NursingEducation program (33 units). The pro-grams are in keeping with the philosophyand goals of the Department of Nursingat C.W. Post which, since its inceptionin 1972, has been geared toward provid-ing access to quality continuing profes-sional education to the RN’s of LongIsland and the metropolitan area-prepar-ing the learner for lifelong continuingprofessional learning in order to meet theincreasing demands of the expandingenvironment of nursing practice.The FNP and CNS programs serve to

increase the opportunity for nurses toobtain advanced practice preparation, aswell as serve to increase the number ofnurse practitioners and clinical nursespecialists available to deliver both pri-mary and tertiary care to families.Graduates of the FNP program will beeligible for New York State certificationas Family Nurse Practitioners and gradu-ates of both the FNP and CNS programswill be eligible for certification by theAmerican Nurses Credentialing Center.The Nursing Education program provides

nurses with the opportunity to obtainadvanced nursing education, as well as toincrease the number of nurse faculty andstaff educators who can meet the demandfor quality nursing education. A uniqueopportunity is available for nursing tomake major professional gains by increas-ing the number of nurses prepared foradvanced practice roles. Masters-levelnurses will be better prepared, both acad-emically and clinically, to meet thedemand for health care professionals whocan provide cost effective, quality healthcare.Two post-master’s certificate programs,

Family Nurse Practitioner (27 units) andNursing Education (21 units), are alsoavailable to nurses who hold a master’sdegree in nursing.

Admission andRetentionRequirements

To be considered for admission to theMaster of Science in Nursing programs, astudent must have:• A current New York State RegisteredNurse license

• A B.S. degree from an accredited nurs-ing program

• A minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0• A personal interview with faculty

There is one recommended course andone prerequisite course for the master’sprogram. The Department of Nursingrecommends having an undergraduateresearch course or workshop prior to tak-ing the graduate research course. In addi-tion, an undergraduate health assessmentcourse or workshop is required prior totaking the graduate advanced healthassessment course.Applicants with non-nursing bache-

lor’s degrees will also be considered.In order for a student to remain in good

standing in the program, he or she mustmaintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 for allgraduate work. All CNS and FNP candi-dates must successfully complete coursesin Advanced Pathophysiology, AdvancedHealth Assessment and Pharmacologybefore proceeding to the preceptoredpracticum. All master’s degree candidatesare assigned a faculty advisor and graduatecounselor who provide advice and guid-ance throughout the program.

C.W. Post Campus

Nursing

Master of Science –Family NursePractitioner Program

Core Courses (26 units)Courses UnitsNUR 501 Issues in Professional Nursingfor Advanced Practice Nurses andNurse Educators 3

NUR 601 Theoretical and ConceptualModels of Nursing 3

NUR 602 Nursing Research I 3NUR 604 Advanced Physiology andPathophysiology 3

NUR 605 Pharmacology for AdvancedPractice Nursing 4

NUR 606 Advanced HealthAssessment 2

NUR 606L Practicum (90 hours) 2NUR 621 The Family: Social, Ethicaland Policy Issues 3

NUR 702 Nursing Research II 3

Specialty Courses (20 units)Courses UnitsNUR 611 Diagnosis and Management I 4NUR 622 FNP Practicum I: PrimaryCare of Families (Adult) (270 hours) 6

NUR 622S FNP Seminar 0NUR 612 Diagnosis and Management II 4NUR 623 FNP Practicum II: PrimaryCare of Families (Child) (270 hours) 6

NUR 623S FNP Seminar 0

Program Total 46 units630 hours

FNP candidates complete three semes-ters of nurse practitioner or physicianpreceptored clinical practice; one semes-ter in association with the advancedhealth assessment course and two addi-tional semesters in settings providingprimary health care to families (adultsand children), offered in conjunctionwith the following courses: Diagnosisand Management I and II (adults andchildren).

Master of Science –Advanced PracticeNursing (ClinicalNurse Specialist)Program

NUR 602 Nursing Research I 3NUR 604 Advanced Physiology andPathophysiology 3

NUR 605 Pharmacology for AdvancedPractice Nursing 4

NUR 606 Advanced HealthAssessment 2

NUR 606L Practicum (90 hours) 2NUR 621 Family: Social, Ethical andPolicy Issues 3

NUR 702 Nursing Research II 3

Specialty Courses (13 units)Courses UnitsNUR 610 Clinical Nurse SpecialistTheory 4

NUR 632 CNS Practicum (205 hours) 4.5NUR 632S CNS Seminar 0NUR 633 CNS Practicum(205 hours) 4.5

NUR 633S CNS Seminar 0

Program Total: 39 units500 hours

CNS candidates will complete threesemesters of CNS preceptored clinicalpractice; one semester in associationwith the advanced health assessmentcourse and two semesters either in thecandidate’s area of specialization or ageneral medical surgical area. Thepracticum will be offered in conjunctionwith the Clinical Nurse SpecialistTheory course.

Master of Science -Nursing EducationProgram

NUR 602 Nursing Research I 3NUR 702 Nursing Research II 3

Specialty Courses (21 units)Courses UnitsNUR644 Curriculum Developmentin Nursing 3

NUR646 Educational Technology inNursing 3

NUR648 Teaching Strategies forEducators 3

NUR650 Assessment and Evaluation inNursing 4

NUR652 Teaching Practicum I(180 hours) 4

NUR652S Teaching Seminar I 0NUR654 Teaching Practicum II(180 hours) 4

NUR654S Teaching Seminar II 0

Total 33 units360 hours

Nursing education candidates willcomplete two semesters of preceptoredpractice in nursing education settings.The practicum provides the student withthe opportunity to apply teaching andevaluation methods in a variety of prac-tice settings including academic pro-grams and various other learningenvironments

Advanced CertificateProgram - FamilyNurse Practitioner

The post-master’s Family NursePractitioner Certificate Program is a 27-unit program offered to RNs who hold amaster’s degree in nursing and who wishto be certified as a Family NursePractitioner. The program is designed tobe completed in three semesters of part-time study. Candidates for the certificatewill be required to complete course workin pharmacology, family theory and threesemesters of preceptored clinical practicein settings providing primary health careto families. Coursework in pathophysiol-ogy and advanced health assessment arerequired for admission. Qualified candi-dates may challenge from 3 to 11 unitsfor advanced standing in the programthrough presentation of acceptable cours-es from an accredited nursing programtaken within the last five years.

Plan of StudyPrerequisite courses: AdvancedPhysiology and Pathophysiology and

Advanced Health Assessment

Specialty courses:Course UnitsNUR 605 Pharmacology for AdvancedPractice Nursing 4

NUR 621 The Family: Social, Ethicaland Policy Issues 3

NUR 611 Diagnosis and Management I 4NUR 622 FNP Practicum I: PrimaryCare of Families (Adult) 6

(270 hours)

NUR 622S FNP Seminar 0NUR 612 Diagnosis andManagement II 4

NUR 623 FNP Practicum II: PrimaryCare of Families (Child) 6

(270 hours)NUR 623S FNP Seminar 0NUR 600P Additional PracticumCourse (90 hours)

Advanced CertificateProgram-NursingEducation

The post-master’s Nursing EducationCertificate program is 21 units and isdesigned to be completed in four semes-ters of part-time study. The program isoffered to RNs who hold a master’sdegree in nursing and who wish tobecome nursing faculty in a school ofnursing or staff educators in health carefacilities. Candidates will be required tocomplete coursework in curriculumdevelopment, educational technology,teaching strategies, assessment and eval-uation methods in education, and twosemesters of preceptored practice in nurs-ing education settings. Qualified candi-dates might be eligible to transfer up tonine graduate-level nursing educationunits taken within the last five years atan accredited nursing program.

Plan of StudyCourses UnitsNUR644 Curriculum Developmentin Nursing 3

NUR646 Educational Technology inNursing 3

NUR648 Teaching Strategies forEducators 3NUR650 Assessment and Evaluationin Nursing 4

NUR652 Teaching Practicum I(180 hrs) 4

NUR652S Teaching Seminar I 0NUR654 Teaching Practicum II(180 hrs) 4

NUR654S Teaching Seminar II 0

Nursing CourseDescriptions

NUR 500 Nursing and Aging HealthThis course examines the nurse’s role inhealth promotion for older adults. Topicsinclude normal aging and the impact ofaging on health, health teaching andcompliance, pharmacology and painmanagement in older adults, elder mis-treatment, depression and suicide andelder abuse of alcohol and drugs. Thiscourse is open only to gerontology cer-tificate students or with permission fromthe nursing department.On Occasion, 3 units

NUR 501 Issues in ProfessionalNursing for Advanced Practice Nursesand Nurse EducatorsThis course addresses the current profes-sional and legal issues that influencenursing practice, nursing education andthe health care delivery system. Healthcare policy, changes in the economics ofhealth care, and their impact on nursingwill be considered.Fall, 3 units

NUR 601 Theoretical and ConceptualModels of NursingThis course provides an in-depth explo-ration of theories and the utilization andapplication of theory to nursing. Therelationships among philosophy, methodsof inquiry, and theory development areanalyzed. The utilization of theoreticaland conceptual models for nursing willbe discussed.Fall, 3 units

NUR 602 Nursing Research IThis course provides the student withthe skills to analyze the steps of theresearch process and to formulate aresearch question related to advancedpractice nursing or nursing education.Students are encouraged to work collabo-ratively with colleagues in the workplaceto identify a research problem.Spring, 3 units

NUR 604 Advanced Physiology andPathophysiologyThe pathophysiology underlying diseasesis studied to enable the student to form abasis for clinical judgment and diagnosis.The key principles and facts underlying

C.W. Post Campus

Nursing

present knowledge of tissue and organsystems, their specialized function andinterrelationships will be studied.Spring, 3 units

NUR 605 Pharmacology for AdvancedPractice NursingIn order to prescribe medication appro-priately and safely, the advanced practicenurse must have an understanding ofpharmacology, the use of therapeuticagents in specific disease states, dosage,toxicity, and monitoring parameters.This course builds on previous nursingknowledge to provide the understandingnecessary to safely and effectively pre-scribe drug therapy. Content alsoincludes both state and federal laws, andregulations relating to prescribing drugsin a managed care environment.Fall, 4 units

NUR 606 Advanced HealthAssessmentThe student will build upon basic physi-cal assessment skills in this course.Comprehensive physical examination ofthe client as well as psychosocial, spiritu-al developmental, occupational and cul-tural aspects of health assessment arestudied in depth, in order to develop anevidence-based comprehensive healthassessment and plan of care for clients,which includes the selection and inter-pretation of appropriate laboratory andother diagnostic tests.Co-requisite: NUR 606LSpring, 2 units

NUR 606L Advanced HealthAssessment Practicum (90 hours)The laboratory practicum is designed tobe taken concurrently with AdvancedHealth Assessment. The practicum expe-rience provides the opportunity foradvanced practice nursing students tointegrate theoretical content into theclinical experience. Emphasis is placedon developing an evidence-based com-prehensive and problem-oriented healthexamination of the client.Special feeCo-requisite: NUR 606Spring, 2 units

NUR 610 Clinical Nurse SpecialistTheoryStudents will have the opportunity tosynthesize, apply and build upon theknowledge and skills relevant to theprocess of advanced nursing practice thatwere acquired in previous specialty, foun-dation, research and elective courses.The traditional and emerging role of theCNS and selected functions, namely,change agent/leader, consultant/collabo-

rator, educator, clinical expert andresearcher will be explored in depth asthey specifically relate to the roles and ofthe clinical nurse specialist. Perfectingleadership skills and knowledge of plannedchange will be a focus of the course.Co-requisite: NUR 632 and NUR 632SFall, 4 units

NUR 611 Diagnosis and Management I:Primary Care of the Adult IThis course focuses on the managementof common diseases and conditions of theadult. The student is introduced to prac-tice protocols and competencies used tomanage the client’s health care problemin a primary care setting. An emphasis isplaced on a comprehensive client man-agement plan that includes health pro-motion and disease prevention, as well asevidenced-based decisions that promoteoptimal physical and mental health.Co-requisites: NUR 622 and 622SFall, 4 units

NUR 612 Diagnosis and ManagementII: Illnesses and Physical Conditions ofthe ChildThis course focuses on the diagnosis andmanagement of common acute andchronic diseases and conditions of thechild. Emphasis is placed on the rein-forcement and synthesis of clinicalknowledge from nursing and medical sci-ences as a foundation for critical think-ing and clinical reasoning in themanagement of the pediatric patient inthe primary care setting.Co-requisites: NUR 623 and NUR 623SSpring, 4 units

NUR 621 The Family: Social, Ethicaland Policy IssuesThrough the exploration of family theoryand the examination of cultural, social,ethical, legal and family policy issues, thestudent will develop a comprehensiveview of issues which need to be consid-ered in the delivery of quality health care.Fall, 3 units

NUR 622 FNP Practicum I: PrimaryCare of Families (Adult)This is the first clinical course (270 hours)of the diagnosis and managementsequence wherein students are assignedpreceptors (a nurse practitioner or a physi-cian) in a primary care setting. Studentsare introduced to practice protocols andessential competencies necessary to pro-vide primary health care to a diverse adultclient population. Comprehensive healthmanagement, including a holistic clientapproach, health promotion, disease pre-vention, and evidence-based decisions areemphasized in this course.

Co-requisites: NUR 611 and NUR 622SFall, 6 units

NUR 622S Diagnosis and ManagementI SeminarIn conjunction with the practicum expe-rience, a seminar component facilitatesthe student’s progress throughout thepracticum experience.Co-requisites: NUR 611 and NUR 622Fall, 0 units

NUR 623 FNP Practicum II: PrimaryCare of Families (Child)This is the second clinical course (270hours) of the diagnosis and managementsequence. The preceptored clinical expe-rience takes place in a primary care set-ting and provides the opportunity for thefamily nurse practitioner candidate topractice skills and develop essential com-petencies in diagnosing and managingcommon diseases and conditions ofinfants and children. Emphasis is placedon refining technical skills used in evalu-ating growth and development, and per-forming the physical examination ofinfants and children.Co-requisites: NUR 612 and NUR 623SSpring, 6 units

NUR 623S Diagnosis AndManagement II SeminarIn conjunction with the practicum expe-rience, a seminar component facilitatesstudents’ progress throughout thepracticum experience.Spring, 0 units

NUR 632 Clinical Nurse SpecialistPracticumThis practicum is to be taken concur-rently with the CNS Theory Course(NUR610). The preceptored practicumexperience (205 hrs) will provide theopportunity for the Clinical NurseSpecialist student to practice skills anddevelop competency in a selected clini-cal specialty of their choice. The tradi-tional and emerging role of the CNS andselected functions, namely changeagent/leader, consultant/collaborator,educator, direct care provider andresearcher will be developed.Co-requisite: NUR 610 and NUR 632SFall, 4.5 units

NUR 632S Clinical Nurse SpecialistSeminarThe seminar offers discussion betweenstudents and faculty members. The dis-cussion is focused upon weekly clinicalexperiences with a focus on developingprofessional attributes and competenciesinherent in the CNS role. The discus-sions should enable the students to gain

additional information, insights andapproaches to problem solving.Co-requisite: NUR 610 and NUR 632Fall, 0 units

NUR 633 Clinical Nurse SpecialistPracticumThe preceptored practicum experiencewill provide the opportunity for theClinical Nurse Specialist student toobtain an additional 205 hours to prac-tice skills and to further develop compe-tency in their selected clinical specialtyof their choosing. The traditional andemerging role of the CNS and selectedfunctions, namely, change agent/leader,consultant/collaborator, educator, directcare provider and researcher will be fur-ther developed.Co-requisite: NUR 633SSpring, 4.5 units

NUR 633S Clinical Nurse SpecialistSeminarThe seminar provides an opportunity todialogue with faculty members and otherstudents. The discussion is based uponweekly clinical experiences with a focus onfurther developing professional attributesand competencies inherent in the CNSrole. The seminar will enable students togain additional information, insights andapproaches to problem solving.Co-requisite: NUR 633Spring, 0 units

NUR 644 Curriculum Development inNursingThis course includes a study of the prin-ciples and processes of curriculum devel-opment for educational programs innursing. The student will learn the rolesand responsibilities of educators in devel-oping curricula for various educationalprograms. The forces and issues thatinfluence curriculum development willbe explored. Critical thinking will be dis-cussed as a guiding principle in curricu-lum development.Spring, 3units

NUR 646 Technology for NursingEducationThis course prepares students to incorpo-rate technology into teaching and deci-sion-making. Students will acquirehands-on skills in a variety of applica-tions and techniques.Students will come to understand andlearn these techniques within the con-text of sound pedagogical practice.Summer, 3 units

NUR 648 Teaching Strategies forEducatorsThis course focuses on teaching andlearning strategies. The role of the nurseeducator utilizing various teaching strate-gies both in academia and in a variety ofpractice settings will be explored andanalyzed.Fall, 3 units

NUR 650 Assessment and Evaluationin NursingThis course focuses on assessment strate-gies and evaluation processes that are rel-evant to nursing programs in academeand in the practice setting. The studentwill learn how to plan for, construct andanalyze classroom tests, and how to assessclinical performance in various learningenvironments. Strategies to assess learn-ing and evaluate program outcomes willbe explored.Fall, 4 units

NUR 652 Teaching Practicum IThis is one half of a two semesterpracticum that provides the student withthe opportunity to apply teaching andevaluation methods in a variety of prac-tice settings including academic pro-grams and various other learningenvironments. Traditional and nontradi-tional methods of teaching will be uti-lized by students as they meet thedemands of various settings. Studentswill complete 180 hours of preceptoredlearning experiences.Spring, 4 units

NUR 652S Teaching Practicum ISeminarThe seminar provides an opportunity fordiscussion between students and facultymembers. The discussion focuses onweekly clinical experiences with anemphasis on professional attributes andcompetencies inherent in the educatorrole. Problems and issues provide for anexchange of ideas relating to a variety ofissues. The discussions will enable thestudents to gain additional information,insights, and approaches to teaching.Spring, 0 units

NUR 654 Teaching Practicum IIThis practicum provides the student with180 hours of preceptored learning experi-ence. The student applies teaching andevaluation methods in a variety of prac-tice settings including academic pro-grams and various other learningenvironments. Traditional and nontradi-tional methods of teaching will be uti-lized by students as they meet thedemands of various settings.Fall, 4 units

NUR 654S Teaching Practicum IISeminarThe seminar offers dialogue between stu-dents and faculty members. The discus-sion focuses on weekly clinicalexperiences with an emphasis on profes-sional attributes and competencies inher-ent in the educator role. The discussionswill enable the students to refine theirapproaches to teaching as they becomecompetent educators.Fall, 0 units

NUR 702 Nursing Research IIThis course provides the student withthe opportunity to write a research pro-posal based on the research question thatwas identified in Nursing Research I.Particular emphasis will be placed on thequality and feasibility of the researchdesign. Research proposal advisementwill be provided for completion of theresearch proposal.Spring, 3 units

Additional coursesThese courses are not applied toward themaster’s degree.

NUR 600P Additional Practicum CourseStudents who meet any of the followingcriteria will need to register for NUR600P. Fee is equivalent to one unit per100 practicum hours.1) Students who require additional timebeyond the academic semester toachieve the total required practicumhours are required to register for NUR600P.

2) Students in the advanced practiceprogram who have a two semesterlapse in time between any of thepracticum graduate courses arerequired to register for NUR 600P.

3) Students who are considered by facul-ty to be borderline satisfactory compe-tency standard/s are required toregister for NUR 600P.

4) Post Master’s FNP Certificate Programstudents.

NUR 700P Research ProposalAdvisementFaculty advisement for completion of theresearch proposal is required and mayextend beyond the academic semester ifthe proposal is not completed in time. Ifadditional proposal advisement is neces-sary, students must register for NUR700P. The fee for NUR 700P is equiva-lent to one unit per semester.

C.W. Post Campus

Nutrition

NUTRITIONDEPARTMENTPhone: (516) 299-2762E-mail: nutrition@cwpost.liu.edu

Faculty

Jerrilynn D. BurrowesAssociate Professor of NutritionB.A., Fisk University;M.S., Ph.D., New York Universityjerrilynn.burrowes@liu.edu

Frances GizisChair, Department of NutritionDirector, Nutrition Graduate ProgramAssociate Professor of NutritionB.H.Sc., University of Guelph;M.S., Cornell University;Ph.D., New York Universityfrances.gizis@liu.edu

Alessandra SarconaDirector, Dietetic InternshipB.S., East Carolina University;M.S., New York Universityalessandra.sarcona@liu.edu

Barbara ShorterDirector, Undergraduate Nutrition ProgramAssistant Professor of NutritionB.S., Hunter College, City University ofNew York;M.A., New York University;M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College,Columbia Universitybshorter@liu.edu

Jack R. Thomas IIAssistant Professor of NutritionB.S., M.Ed., Bowling Green StateUniversity;Ph.D., The Ohio State Universityjack.thomas@liu.edu

Graduate Programs

Students in the graduate Nutritionprogram have the opportunity to choosea concentration in clinical nutrition,nutrition and exercise physiology, eatingdisorders or geriatric nutrition.The Dietetic Internship (DI) is part ofthe Master of Science program inNutrition. Upon successful completion ofthe Dietetic Internship, a Certificate ofAdvanced Studies is awarded, and stu-dents are eligible to apply to theAmerican Dietetic Association (ADA)to sit for the Registration Examination tobecome a Registered Dietitian.

Applicants to M.S. program must submitcredentials to the Graduate AdmissionsOffice for review by the program faculty.A candidate who meets admissions

standards (including a 2.75 in his or herundergraduate major) enters the program

as a matriculated student. If the candi-date is deficient in one or more entrancerequirements, he or she may enter theprogram as a limited matriculant. Whenundergraduate prerequisite requirementsare fulfilled and 12 graduate units withan average of 3.00 or better are complet-ed, the student may apply for matriculat-ed status through the academiccounselor. A student who is a limitedmatriculant may take no more than 12graduate units.

Admission Requirements forNutritionApplicants for admission to the Master

of Science degree program in Nutritionmust have completed undergraduatelevel coursework which includes:• 1 year of biology (to include Anatomyand Physiology)

• 4 semesters (16 units) in chemistry (toinclude an organic chemistry and abiochemistry course)

Students who have not completed anundergraduate major in Nutrition mustcomplete the following undergraduatecourses, or their equivalent, as prerequi-sites to the master’s program:HSN 100 – Concepts in NutritionHSN 101 – Contemporary NutritionStrategies

HSN 211 – Medical Nutrition Therapy IHSN 212 – Medical Nutrition Therapy IIApplicants to the Dietetic Internship

must have completed the DPD academicrequirements of the American DieteticAssociation. A separate application isrequired for the Dietetic Internship (seeprogram description).

Master of Science inNutrition

The M.S. degree in Nutrition may beearned by either of two plans:Plan I: 36 units orPlan II: 42 units, including 6 units ofsupervised practice in the DieteticInternship program

Core Courses (18 units)Courses UnitsHSN 540 Biomedical Statistics 3HSN 606 Communication & EducationSkills in Nutrition 3or

HSN 626 Advanced Counseling Skills 3HSN 609 Advanced Nutrition I 3HSN 610 Advanced Nutrition II 3HSN 703 Research Methods 3or

HSN 707 Preparation ofThesis Proposal 3

HSN 704 Clinical Research Thesis 3or

HSN 706 Research Project 3or

HSN 708 ExperimentalResearch Thesis 3

Concentration Courses (8-9 units)(Choose A, B, C, or D)

A. Clinical Nutrition:Choose 8-9 units from the followingcourses:HSN 602 Nutritional Assessment 3HSN 603 Diabetes Management 3HSN 604 Nutrition in the Life Cycle 3HSN 607 Clinical Nutrition 3HSN 611 Concepts for NutritionPractice (DI) 1

HSN 612 Enteral and ParenteralNutrition 2

HSN 615 Clinical Seminar I (DI) 1HSN 616 Clinical Seminar II (DI) 1Total units 8-9

B. Nutrition & Exercise PhysiologyHSN 617 Weight Control 3HSN 618 Advanced Energy andExercise 3

HSN 619 Sport Nutrition and ExercisePhysiology 3

Total units 9

C. Geriatric NutritionHAD 710 Gerontology: Processes ofAging 3HAD 711 Long Term CareAdministration 3or

HAD 712 The Aged in the Community 3HSN 605 Nutrition in Geriatrics 3Total units 9

D. Eating DisordersHSN 620 Eating Disorders I 3HSN 621 Eating Disorders II 3HSN 608 Field Experience 3Total units 9

Elective Courses (8-9 units)(Choose 8-9 units from this list or otherappropriate courses as approved by theProgram Director.)Courses UnitsHSN 503 Recent Trends in Nutrition 3

HSMB 513 Biochemistry 3HSMB 520 Pathophysiology I 3HSN 541 Computer Applications 3HSN 550 Medical Chemistry 3HSN 602 Nutritional Assessment 3HSN 603 Diabetes Management 3HSN 604 Maternal andChild Nutrition 3

HSN 605 Geriatric Nutrition 3HSN 606 Communication andEducation Skills in Nutrition 3

HSN 607 Clinical Nutrition 3HSN 608 Field Experience 3HSN 611 Concepts forClinical Practice (DI) 1

HSN 615 Clinical Seminar I (DI) 1HSN 616 Clinical Seminar II (DI) 1HSN 617 Weight Control 3HSN 618 Advanced Energy andExercise 3

HSN 619 Sport Nutrition andExercise Physiology 3

HSN 620 Eating Disorders I 3HSN 621 Eating Disorders II 3HSN 626 Advanced Counseling Skills 3HSN 700 Special Problems inNutrition 1-2

HSN 705 Selected Topics inNutrition 1-3

HSMB 612 Pathophysiology II 3Total units for Plan I: 36The 14 units from the Dietetic

Internship are applied to the 42 unitM.S. program.Admission to the Dietetic Internship

(see following program description)requires a separate program application.Total units for Plan II: 42

Dietetic Internship (DI)

The Dietetic Internship is an advancedcertificate program of 14 units andincludes six (6) graduate units in clinicalcoursework (900 hours), two (2) units inclinical seminar and six (6) graduateunits in classroom coursework. Studentsmay choose to complete only theadvanced certificate program and are notrequired to complete the M.S. degree.The program is accredited by the

Commission on Accreditation forDietetics Education (CADE) of theAmerican Dietetic Association (ADA).The Dietetic Internship prepares

dietetics professionals who are food andnutrition specialists who will serve com-

munities through the promotion of opti-mal nutrition, health and well-being.The need for dietetics practitioners isexpected to increase as the role of nutri-tion in health and the benefits of nutri-tion intervention in the prevention andthe treatment of diseases continue to bedocumented.Upon successful completion of this

program, students will be eligible toapply to ADA to take the RegistrationExamination for Dietitians and will alsoreceive a Certificate of AdvancedStudies from the C.W. Post Campus ofLong Island University. Upon passing theRegistration Examination for Dietitians,a student will become a RegisteredDietitian (R.D.).A separate application is required for

the Dietetic Internship and only uponacceptance into the program may a stu-dent register for HSN 611, HSN 613,HSN 614, HSN 615 and HSN 616.Deadline for submission of the applica-tion is February 15. Requirements foradmission to the Dietetic Internshipinclude prior completion of the DPDacademic requirements of the AmericanDietetic Association.

Courses UnitsHSN 611 Concepts for ClinicalPractice 1

HSN 613 DI Clinical Experience I 3HSN 614 DI Clinical Experience II 3HSN 615 Clinical Seminar I 1HSN 616 Clinical Seminar II 1HSN 626 Advanced Counseling Skills 3Total 14Academic Requirements to Becomea Registered DietitianStudents who have completed a bac-

calaureate degree in another disciplineand wish to become a Registered Dietitianmust complete the Didactic Program inDietetic (DPD) which meets the academ-ic requirements of the American DieteticAssociation. Most of these courses arecompleted at the undergraduate level.These requirements must be completed toqualify for entry to an accredited DieteticInternship (DI). Individuals must com-plete both academic (DPD) requirementsand supervised practice experience beforebeing eligible to apply to the AmericanDietetic Association to take theRegistration Examination for Dietitians.The following courses or their equiva-

lent must be completed:

C.W. Post Campus

Nutrition

Courses UnitsCHM 3 & CHM 4 Principles ofChemistry 8CHM 25 Organic Chemistry 4CHM 71 Biochemistry 4BIO 7 & BIO 8 Human Biology:Anatomy and Physiology 8HSN 100 Concepts in Nutrition 3HSN 101 Contemporary NutritionStrategies 3

HSN 211 Medical Nutrition Therapy I 3HSN 212 Medical Nutrition Therapy II 3HSN 212L Medical Nutrition TherapyLaboratory 1

MTH 19 or MTH 40 Statistics 3HSN 16 Social, Cultural & EconomicAspects of Food 3

HSN 21 & HSN 21L Introductory FoodScience & Laboratory 4

HSN 23 Institutional Food ServiceManagement I 3

HSN 24 Institutional Food ServiceManagement II 3

HSN 200 Advanced Concepts inNutrition 3

HSN 202 Research Methodologies 4HSN 206 Nutrition Communication 3HSN 210 Community and ProfessionalNutrition Issues 3

HSN 215 Energy and Exercise 3HSN 221 Food Technology Trends 3HSMB 90 Microbiology in the HealthSciences 4

CSC 6 Computer Literacy or HSMB 40Computer Applications 3

PSY 1 & PSY 2 Introduction toPsychology 6or

PSY 1 & SOC 1 Intro toPsychology/Sociology 6Students may complete DPD require-

ments as a second degree- a Bachelor ofScience degree in Nutrition (seeUndergraduate Bulletin).The Department of Nutrition also

offers a combined BS/MS degree pro-gram. Please see the undergraduateBulletin for additional information.

Nutrition CourseDescriptions

HSN 501 Principles of NutritionalScienceThis course examines the basic principlesof nutrition, including a detailed look atthe micro and macro nutrients and theirapplication to daily living.For students with no previous nutritioncourse work. Not applicable to M.S.degree in Nutrition.On Occasion, 3 units

HSN 503 Recent Trends in NutritionThis course explores current topics in

nutrition, in particular the relationshipof food and health. The role of nutrientsis discussed with reference to currentresearch issues. Focus is on developingskills necessary to make healthful foodchoices and to evaluate current researchfor validity and clinical application.Prerequisite: HSN 101 or equivalentOn Occasion, 3 units

HSN 540/HSMB 540 BiomedicalStatisticsThis course examines the fundamentals ofstatistics as applied to medical and biologi-cal sciences. Measures of central tendencyand variability; theory of sampling; theoryof estimation; sample frequency functions;confidence limits; null hypothesis; linearregression and correlation; chi-square test;F-Test and analysis of variance; elementsof sequential analysis; statistical techniquesadapted to laboratory quality control; anddesign of experiments are covered.Spring, 3 units

HSN 541/HSMB 541 ComputerApplications in Health SciencesThis course is the introduction to the useof computers in the various fields of thehealth sciences. Review of statistical appli-cations for data analysis is also included.Term project requiredOn Occasion, 3 units

HSN 602 Nutritional AssessmentThis course is grounded in the nutritioncare process with emphasis on the com-ponents of nutritional assessment.Dietary assessment methods including24-hour recall, food records, food fre-quency questionnaires, and diet historyare critiqued. Other methods germane toevaluating nutritional status are exam-ined, including clinical assessment (med-ical history and physical examination),anthropometric and body compositionassessment, and biochemical assessment(laboratory values). Nutritional assess-ment methods are applied to evaluatingnutritional status in both individual andpopulation-based assessment.Prerequisite: HSN 212 or equivalentAlternate Years, 3 units

HSN 603 Diabetes ManagementThe pathophysiology, complications andtreatment modalities of Type 1, Type 2and gestational diabetes are explored inthis course. In addition, effective meth-ods to educate individuals with diabetesare discussed.Prerequisite: HSN 212 or equivalentAlternate Spring, 3 units

HSN 604 Nutrition in the Life CycleChanges in nutrition requirements duringthe human life cycle are examined, partic-ularly as they relate to growth, develop-

ment and aging. Psychosocial aspects offood intake are included. Current under-standing of special needs, developmentalcharacteristics and risks or issues commonto various age groups are examined.Prerequisite: HSN 212 or equivalentAlternate Years, 3 units

HSN 605 Nutrition in GeriatricsThe physiological, psychological, environ-mental and sociological influences on thenutrition of older persons are covered inthis course. The food intake and nutrition-al status of older persons in institutional-ized and community settings are examined.Geriatric field experience is required.Prerequisite: HSN 211 or equivalentAlternate Years, 3 units

HSN 606 Communication andEducation Skills in NutritionThis course provides students with inter-vention skills essential for effective nutri-tion practice. The course addressesnotable theoretical frameworks forhealth/nutrition education programs andfor counseling of clients. Program com-ponents, including needs assessment, per-formance objectives, implementationstrategies and evaluation are included.The course includes interventions specif-ic to small group patient education.Prerequisite: HSN 211 or equivalentAlternate Spring, 3 units

HSN 607 Clinical NutritionThis course examines the biochemicaland medical background of a wide varietyof clinical conditions with specific appli-cation to the theory of prevention, nutri-tional treatment and management. Theprocedures followed for the nutritionalassessment, planning, implementation andevaluation of the client are presented.Prerequisite: HSN 212 or equivalent, bio-chemistryAlternate Spring, 3 units

HSN 608 Field Experience in NutritionThis course consists of on-site clinicalexperience (75 hours) to be arranged byfaculty, considering particular interests ofthe student.Prerequisite: HSN 212Annually, 3 units

HSN 609 Advanced Nutrition IThis course is a study of macronutrients:carbohydrate, fat and protein. The inter-relationships of these nutrients in humanmetabolism and a review of recently pub-lished research are included.Prerequisite: HSN 212 or equivalent, bio-chemistryFall, 3 units

HSN 610 Advanced Nutrition IIThe purpose of this course is to provide adetailed discussion of the role of vitaminsand minerals in human metabolism andhealth. A review of recently publishedresearch is incorporated into the course.Prerequisite: HSN 212 or equivalent, bio-chemistrySpring, 3 units

HSN 611 Concepts for Nutrition PracticeThis is a course to bridge theory andpractice for dietetic interns as they pre-pare for clinical practice. Included areapplication experiences in medical termi-nology, charting principles, assessmentparameters and menu preparation. Oralcommunications and writing guidelinesare reviewed with an emphasis on theintegration of computer technology toenhance presentation style.Only open to Dietetic Interns.Fall, 1 unit

HSN 612 Enteral and ParenteralNutritionThe specifics of enteral and parenteralnutrition for prevention and treatment ofundernutrition is covered in this course.The theoretical components of nutritionsupport provide a basis for the recommen-dation of appropriate feeding regimens.Prerequisite: HSN 212 or equivalentSpring, 2 units

HSN 613/614 DI Clinical ExperienceThis course is a 900-hour (30-week)supervised practical experience toinclude responsibilities in the areas ofclinical nutrition, food service manage-ment and community nutrition.Prerequisite: Acceptance into the DI pro-gram in nutritionFall/Spring, 3 units each

HSN 615/616 DI Clinical Seminar I/IIThis course is a two hour bi-monthlyseminar supplementing the clinical expe-rience provided in HSN 613/614.Only open to DI students.Co-requisite: HSN 613/614Fall/Spring, 1 unit each

HSN 617 Weight ControlThis course is an in-depth review of ener-gy metabolism and the dimensions ofobesity, including etiology, appetite regu-lation and endocrine factors; variousmethods of treatment including behav-ioral approaches, counseling and exercise.Prerequisite: HSN 211 or equivalent, bio-chemistrySpring or Summer, 3 units

HSN 618 Advanced Energy and ExerciseThis course will identify the physiologi-cal role of the macronutrients in exer-cise: aerobic and anaerobic, the energy

systems required for physical activity willbe reviewed. Nutrition and exercise pre-scriptions for athletes will be discussed,as well as techniques needed to conductbody composition and fitness testing.Annually, 3 units

HSN 619 Sports Nutrition andExercise PhysiologyTo develop a comprehensive understand-ing of the role nutrients play in athletictraining, exercise/recovery and perfor-mance. This class is designed to integratecurrent scientific knowledge of nutritionand sports with the physiology of exer-cise/training. Examined components willemphasize micronutrients (vitamin/miner-al) and water as related to wellness, physi-cal fitness and sports performance.Students learn optimum nutrition require-ments for various sports. Exploration ofcurrent peer reviewed research will showsport specific improvement trends.Additionally, performance influencingergogenic aids and their individual effi-ciency and effectiveness will be addressed.Annually, 3 units

HSN 620 Eating Disorders IThis course is designed to provide stu-dents with a comprehensive overview ofthe epidemiology, pathophysiology, pre-vention and treatment of eating disorders.The integration of nutritional, medicaland psychological treatments in outpa-tient, day treatment and inpatient settingswill be emphasized. Current research find-ings will be incorporated into course workthroughout the semester.Prerequisites: NoneAlternate Years, 3 units

HSN 621 Eating Disorders IIThis course is designed to provide stu-dents with a didactic foundation in med-ical nutrition therapy, nutritioneducation and nutrition counseling ofpatients with eating disorders. The roleof the nutritionist in a multidisciplinarytreatment team will be emphasized.Prerequisite: HSN 620, HSN 212 orequivalentAlternate Years, 3 units

HSN 626 Advanced Counseling SkillsThis course is designed to provide stu-dents with a conceptual basis for patient-centered nutrition counseling. The focusis on developing non-verbal and verbalskills to understand nutrition-relatedproblems from the patient’s perspectiveand to engage the patient in problem-solving processes. Skill development pro-gresses from exercises to simulatedpatient counseling sessions.Prerequisite: HSN 211Fall, 3 units

HSN 700 Special Problems in NutritionThis course considers a research problemunder the guidance of a member of thedepartment faculty.Students may register only once for thiscourse.Open only to matriculated students1 or 2 units, to be determined with theapproval of the chairperson, the GraduateCommittee and the mentor

HSN 703 Research MethodsThis course provides the student withpractical tools for the initiation anddevelopment of a research proposal. Thescientific approach to problem solving,data collection and analysis are discussed.Prerequisite: StatisticsFall, 3 units

HSN 704 Clinical Research ThesisA clinical research project is designed todevelop and enhance research skillsappropriate to the area of specializationchosen for the M.S. degree. The researchdata is obtained from a health care facili-ty, academic setting, business or industry,community program or clinical researchfacility. The collected data is analyzedand a thesis is written and presented tothe department.Open only to matriculated students withapproval by department chairperson,Graduate Committee and mentor.Prerequisite: HSN 703Every Semester, 3 units

HSN 705 Selected Topics in NutritionThis seminar course deals with currenttopics and critiques and evaluates tech-niques used in an area of specialization inNutrition. Different topics are offeredduring an academic year.Open only to matriculated students.Prerequisite: Approval by instructor andGraduate CommitteeOn Occasion, 1-3 units

HSN 706 Research ProjectThis course provides another option forsuccessful completion of the M.S. degreein Nutrition through the completion of alibrary research project.Open only to matriculated students withapproval of the department chairperson,Graduate Committee and mentor.Prerequisite: HSN 703Every Semester, 3 units

HSN 707 Preparation of ThesisProposal and HSN 708 ExperimentalResearch ThesisOpen only to matriculated students withapproval of the department chairperson,Graduate Committee and mentor.Special fee, $50 each courseEvery Semester, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

SCHOOL OF VISUAL ANDPERFORMING ARTS

The C.W. Post CampusSchool of Visual and

Performing Arts offers graduatedegrees in Fine Arts (M.A.;M.F.A.), Clinical Art Therapy(M.A.), Art Education (M.S.),Music (M.A.), MusicEducation (M.S.), Theatre(M.A.) and InteractiveMultimedia Arts (M.A.). Ourgraduate programs, enhancedby an eclectic group of graduatestudents who come not onlyfrom all over the UnitedStates, but also Europe, theMiddle East, and Asia, studyand create art with a distin-guished faculty of workingartists. The proximity of thecampus to New York Cityprovides graduate students theopportunity to use the vast artand media resources of thecity’s world-famous museums,galleries, theatres and concerthalls. Exhibition and perfor-mance opportunities for gradu-ate students on the C.W. PostCampus are available in theHillwood Art Museum, theArt League Student Gallery,the Little Theatre, the RifleRange Theatre and variousless formal venues around thecampus. In addition, ourstudents exhibit and performtheir work in New York Cityand on tours to other parts ofthe country and the world.

Web site: www.liu.edu/svpaPhone: (516) 299-2395Fax: (516) 299-4180E-mail: vparts@liu.edu

Rhoda Grauer, B.A.Deanrhoda.grauer@liu.edu

Jon Fraser, M.F.A.Senior Associate Deanjfraser@liu.edu

Phyllis Kudder Sullivan, M.F.A.Assistant Deanphyllis.kuddersullivan@liu.edu

Overview

The School of Visual and PerformingArts is one of the largest and mostvibrant schools on the C.W. PostCampus of Long Island University. Morethan 1,000 undergraduate and graduatestudents are taught by some 40 full-timefaculty, as well as dozens of adjunct facul-ty, in 35 different degree programs. In itsmore than 30 years of operation, theschool has graduated thousands of artists,musicians, actors, singers, dancers, film-makers, journalists and media producers,as well as teachers of music and art,many of whom have achieved promi-nence in their field.The School’s degree programs are

organized into four departments: Art,Media Arts, Music, Theatre, Film andDance. In addition, interdisciplinary pro-grams in Arts Management (undergradu-ate) and Interactive Multimedia Arts(graduate) combine the talents of teach-ers in several areas. For graduate studentswho wish to combine an interest in thearts with an interest in other areas, C.W.Post also offers a degree inInterdisciplinary Studies.Faculty in the School of Visual and

Performing Arts are artists, media produc-ers and scholars who are all active in theirprofessional fields. Our visual artistsexhibit artwork in galleries both national-ly and internationally; our musicians playin noted New York area ensembles andorchestras; our singers perform in recitalslocally and nationally; and our theatreartists perform, write and design for pro-fessional theatre companies both in NewYork City and in regional theatres. Ourjournalists and other media artists workfor the major television networks andnewspapers in the New York metropolitanregion. Our faculty in film include docu-mentary filmmakers, as well as the filmcritic for the Christian Science Monitor.In addition, our art historians and scholarsin music, dance, film and graphic designpublish esteemed articles and books on aregular basis. Students are afforded theopportunity to work not only with someof the brightest minds in their field ofstudy, but with people who are intimatelyconnected with the professional world.Students in the School of Visual and

Performing Arts come from all 50 statesand around the world. The proximity ofthe School to New York City allows stu-dents to connect directly to this major

world center of art, performance andmedia. Each program in the School ofVisual and Performing Arts utilizes thevast resources of New York City so thatits students obtain the most sophisticatededucation in their field. In addition, stu-dents have access to Tilles Center for thePerforming Arts on campus, which pre-sents major symphony orchestras, dancecompanies and other performing artists,and offers Master Classes by many ofthese artists exclusively for our majors.Performance and exhibition opportu-

nities, on campus, regionally and abroad– further enrich the lives of our students.On campus, the Little Theatre, the RifleRange Theatre, Hillwood Lecture Hall,Tilles Center, Hillwood Art Museum, atelevision station, two radio stations,including one affiliated with NationalPublic Radio, state-of the-art digitaldesign and journalism laboratories, andnumerous recital venues, provide amplefacilities for student work. Off campus,our students exhibit in group shows inNew York City, and our singers, actors,and dancers perform on tour locally,regionally and internationally.Our talented faculty, superb facilities,

excellent location and multiple opportu-nities for artistic and scholarly self-expres-sion make the school a vital and excitingcenter for students seeking a warm, sup-portive environment in which to exploreand pursue their future aspirations in thevisual, performing and media arts.

Faculty

Patrick AievoliProgram Director, Interactive MultimediaArts ProgramAssociate Professor of ArtA.A.S., State University of New York atFarmingdale;B.S., State University of New York atBuffalo;M.A. Empire State Collegepatrick.aievoli@liu.edu

Genevieve ChinnProgram Director, Music History StudiesProfessor of MusicB.S., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia Universitygenevieve.chinn@liu.edu

Charles ConoverProgram Director, Digital Art and DesignAssociate Professor of ArtB.F.A., New York Institute of Technology;M.A., New York Universitycharles.conover@liu.edu

Lynn CrotonDean EmeritusProfessor of ArtB.A., Lake Forest College;M.A., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversitylynn.croton@liu.edu

Lex DashnawProgram Director, Choral ActivitiesProfessor of MusicB.S., Crane School of Music, StateUniversity of New York at Potsdam;M.M., Northwestern Universityalexander.dashnaw@liu.edu

Richard Del RossoAssistant Professor of ArtB.F.A., M.A., Long Island Universityrichard.delrosso@liu.edu

Rick DesRochersAssistant Professor of FilmB.A., Arizona State University;M.F.A., University of Massachusetts atAmherstrick.desrochers@liu.edu

John FeknerProfessor of ArtB.F.A., New York Institute of Technology;M.F.A., Lehman College, City Universityof New Yorkjohn.fekner@liu.edu

Jon FraserSenior Associate Dean, School of Visualand Performing ArtsProfessor of TheatreB.A., Columbia University;M.F.A., New York Universityjfraser@liu.edu

Cara GarganoChair, Department of Theatre, Film andDanceProfessor of Dance and TheatreB.A., M.A., University of Rochester;Ph.D., Graduate Center, City Universityof New York;New York School of Balletcara.gargano@liu.edu

David C. GildProfessor of TheatreB.F.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology;M.F.A., D.F.A., Yale Universitydavid.gild@liu.edu

Ruth GoldenProgram Director, Vocal StudiesAssociate Professor of MusicB.A., University of California, Berkeley;M.M., University of Southern California;M.B.A., University of California, LosAngelesruth.golden@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

Marilyn GoldsteinProgram Director, Art HistoryProfessor of ArtB.S., M.S., Queens College, CityUniversity of New York;M.S., Ph.D., Columbia Universitymarilyn.goldste@liu.edu

Cheryl Halliburton-BeattyProgram Director, DanceAssociate Professor of DanceB.A., Boston University;M.A., Long Island Universitycheryl.halliburton-beatty@liu.edu

Joan HarrisonProfessor of ArtB.A., M.A., Long Island Universityjoan.harrison@liu.edu

David Henley, A.T.R.Professor of ArtB.A., Kean College of New Jersey;M.A., New York University;Ph.D., Union Institutedavid.henley@liu.edu

Christine Kerr, A.T.R.Program Director, Art TherapyAssociate Professor of ArtB.A., Finch College;M.A., University of San Francisco;Ph.D., Saybrook Research Centerchristine.kerr@liu.edu

John KoshelAssociate Professor of FilmB.A., Hamilton College;M.F.A., New York Universityjohn.koshel@liu.edu

Seung LeeProgram Director, Graduate Studies andFine ArtAssociate Professor of ArtB.F.A., Maryland Institute College of Art;M.F.A., Pratt Instituteslee@liu.edu

Carter Anne McGowanProgram Director, Arts ManagementAssociate Professor of TheatreB.A., St. John’s University;M.F.A., New York University;M.F.A., Brooklyn College, City Universityof New York;J.D., Cornell Universitycarter.mcgowan@liu.edu

James W. McRoyProgram Director, BandsProgram Director, Brass StudiesAssociate Professor of MusicB.A., M.S., Queens College, CityUniversity of New York;D.A., Ball State Universityjames.mcroy@liu.edu

Jennifer Scott MiceliProgram Director, Music EducationAssociate Professor of MusicB.M., Hartt School of Music, University ofHartford;M.M., Ph.D., Eastman School of Music,University of Rochesterjennifer.miceli@liu.edu

Richard MillsProfessor of ArtB.A., M.F.A., City College, CityUniversity of New Yorkrichard.mills@liu.edu

Raymond NeufeldCoordinator, Freshman Art FoundationAssistant Professor of ArtB.A., Williams College;M.F.A., Long Island Universityray.newfeld@liu.edu

Terrence O’DalyAssistant Professor of ArtB.F.A., Long Island University;M.A., New York Institute of Technologyterrence.odaly@liu.edu

Frank OltProgram Director, CeramicsProfessor of ArtB.F.A., M.F.A., Long Island Universityfrank.olt@liu.edu

Maria PorterProfessor of TheatreB.A., M.F.A., University of California,San Diegomaria.porter@liu.edu

Joan PowersProgram Director, PhotographyProfessor of ArtB.A., M.F.A., Brooklyn College, CityUniversity of New Yorkjoan.powers@liu.edu

Neill G. SlaughterProfessor of ArtB.F.A., University of Georgia;M.F.A., Indiana Universityneill.slaughter@liu.edu

Soopum SohnAssistant Professor of FilmB.F.A., Art Center College of Design;M.F.A., American Film Institutesoopum.sohn@liu.edu

Phyllis Kudder SullivanAssistant Dean, School of Visual andPerforming ArtsProfessor of ArtB.S., Hofstra University;M.F.A., Long Island Universityphyllis.kuddersullivan@liu.edu

Donna TumanChair, Art DepartmentProgram Director, Art EducationAssociate Professor of ArtB.S., M.S., Queens College, CityUniversity of New York;Ed.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversitydtuman@liu.edu

Carol VeneziaAssociate Professor of ArtB.A., Antioch College;M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technologycarol.venezia@liu.edu

Stephanie WattProgram Director, Piano StudiesProgram Director, Theory StudiesAssociate Professor of MusicB.F.A., M.A., M.S., Long IslandUniversitystephanie.watt@liu.edu

Vincent WrightAssociate Professor of MusicB.A., City College of New Yorkvwright@liu.edu

Susan ZeigProgram Director, FilmProfessor of FilmB.S., Empire State College, StateUniversity of New Yorksusan.zeig@liu.edu

Academic Policy

Master of ArtsIn the School of Visual and

Performing Arts, a candidate must com-plete a minimum of 36 semester hours ofgraduate units, including a graduate the-sis. Specific requirements are available bycontacting individual departments.

Master of ScienceA candidate must complete a mini-

mum of 36-42 semester hours of graduateunits. Of these units, 18-24 must be inthe School of Education. This programmust include a thesis, comprehensiveexamination or Teaching PortfolioExamination.

Master of Fine ArtsA candidate must complete a mini-

mum of 60 semester hours of graduateunits, including a fine arts studio thesis.

School of Visual and Performing Arts

Thesis or ProjectThe thesis or project required in most

of the graduate programs is intended totest the candidate’s ability to engage inoriginal research, organize and evaluatesource materials and to show creativeexpression in the area of specialization.The prerequisites that must be met

before a candidate’s thesis will be accept-ed for consideration include:• Completion of the required semesterhours of unit in residence in appropri-ate courses

• Matriculated status• Successful completion of the qualifyingor comprehensive examination

• Sponsorship and approval by the facul-ty committee of the thesis proposal

Each master’s degree candidate willcreate his or her thesis under the directsupervision of a faculty mentor. Thementor is selected by the student in con-sultation with and approval by the pro-gram director and departmentchairperson. In general, students will berequired to meet weekly with the facultymentor as the thesis progresses.Most programs require an oral defense

of the completed thesis. The oral defenseis conducted at the end of the thesissemester in front of a faculty committeeincluding, but not limited to, the facultymentor, a “reader” and the programand/or department chairperson. Thedefense usually takes the form of a ques-tion and answer session or discussionabout the student’s methods, techniquesand research, as well as a critique of thefinal product. As a result of this defense,the thesis will be formally accepted, orthe students may be asked to revise orrework their thesis before final accep-tance. Students are asked to revise orrework their thesis may not be grantedtheir degree before the revision is com-pleted and should refer to the“Maintenance of Matriculation” sectionof this bulletin for further information.

Course NumbersCourses numbered 600 and above are

generally open only to those who qualifyfor graduate standing. Courses numbered500 to 599 are designed primarily forthose who qualify for graduate standing,but they may be taken by advancedundergraduate students.

Unsatisfactory GradesThe average of grades attained in the

approved program of study may be noless than B (equivalent to a quality pointindex of 3.00). Students who receivegrades below B in two graduate coursesare considered to have an academic defi-ciency. A third grade below B, after thestudent receives a formal warning of thedeficiency, may cause the student to losematriculated status or be dropped fromthe graduate program altogether. Finaldisposition of such cases is made by theDean. Individual departments mayimpose even more stringent academicstandards, especially in cases involvingthe final grade of F.

Teacher CertificationThe graduate programs of the School

of Education offer approved programsleading to permanent certification forteachers of art and music.Students should inform their advisor at

the initial conference that they are seek-ing certification in a specific area. Thenecessary requirements for certificationwill be included in their Plan of Study.Students eligible for New York State

Teacher Certification recommendationby C.W. Post upon completion of theFall semester must apply by December15. Students eligible upon completion ofthe Spring semester must apply by May16. Students eligible upon completion ofthe Summer sessions must apply byAugust 15.Applications for certification are avail-

able from the Office of TeacherCertification. Any questions regarding cer-tification requirements should be directedto the teacher certification officer.

School of Visual and PerformingArts Program in EducationStudents may enroll in School of

Education courses for pursuit of any com-bination of the following objectives:• Master of Science degree• Professional New York State certifica-tion

• Eligibility for New York certification• Professional advancement and personalenrichment

Program Concentrations Offered bythe School of Education in Art andMusicA degree candidate for the M.S. in

Art Education (All Grades) or M.S. in

Music Education (All Grades) must ful-fill satisfactorily the basic requirementsof the School of Education and the spe-cific requirements of the particular grad-uate program in which he or she ismajoring.It is imperative for the student to meet

with a coordinator of student advisementupon acceptance by the School ofEducation.

Plans of StudyEach student is required to file an ini-

tial Plan of Study after admission to thegraduate program of the School of Visualand Performing Arts and School ofEducation. The initial Plan of Study isdeveloped with help from a faculty advi-sor assigned to work with the student.The Plan of Study should be determinedwithin the first nine unit hours. No stu-dent may register without an official Planof Study. Upon careful advisement,depending on grades, evaluations andexamination results, the student may beadvised to complete courses to remedydeficiencies.

Interactive MultimediaArts – M.A.

The master’s degree program inInteractive Multimedia Arts is an inter-disciplinary program utilizing the talentand resources of the various departmentsin the School of Visual and PerformingArts. It is designed for graduate studentswith an undergraduate degree or profes-sional experience in the diverse disci-plines of the visual and performing artswho wish to further their creative workin an interactive, digital environment.Multimedia production opportunities willbe informed by critical analysis, theory andhistory, as well as study of legal and ethicalissues relevant to these emerging art forms.Aesthetics and content development arestressed throughout the program.

Admission RequirementsExamples of creative work and a per-

sonal interview will be required.Candidates for entrance to the programmust have a basic level of computer liter-acy. They should be familiar with theP.C. or Macintosh platform and haveexperience with two or more of the fol-lowing: word-processing, desktop pub-

C.W. Post Campus

lishing, HTML, digital imaging, digitalillustration, digital video or MIDI.Applicants to the program without thisbasic level of computer literacy will berequired to take either a special summerworkshop at C.W. Post Campus or acomparable college-level course atanother institution with the approval ofthe department to enhance their existingcomputer skills. Units earned in suchpreparation for admission to the pro-gram, whether on a graduate or under-graduate level, may not be used as partof, or in substitution for, programrequirements. Applications are acceptedfor the Fall term only.

Plan of Study for the Master ofArts Degree in InteractiveMultimedia ArtsCandidates for this degree program

will take eight required courses thatcover the broad spectrum of fundamen-tal, theoretical and practical informationabout interactive multimedia. The pro-gram is designed to provide one theoreti-cal and two practical application coursesper semester.Following these eight courses, students

will choose two elective courses inadvanced studies. These will be specializedcourse offerings in video, film, imaging,digital sound, performing arts and interac-tive design. The choice of which electivesto take will be made in consultation withthe student’s advisor. At the advancedlevel, students may work individually,but are encouraged to work within a col-laborative team, since this model is typi-cal of most multimedia workplaces today.Creative collaboration, as the preferredapproach to multimedia work, will bestressed in each course throughout theprogram, as will aesthetics and contentdevelopment. Final thesis projects will becomprised of research and developmentcomponents, each of which may be doneindividually or in teams.

Required Courses (24 units)IMA 501: Overview of InteractiveMultimedia Technology

IMA 502: Writing, Research andEvaluation for Multimedia

IMA 503: Multimedia Lab IIMA 504: Social, Ethical and LegalContexts of CommunicationsTechnologies and Multimedia

IMA 505: Multimedia History, Theoryand Criticism

IMA 601: Moving Image in MultimediaIMA 602: Sound in MultimediaIMA 603: Multimedia Lab II

Elective Courses (6 units)Two courses from the following:IMA 604: Internet and Web DesignIMA 605: 3-D Modeling and ImagingIMA 701: Special Topics in MultimediaIMA 702: Advanced Digital Imaging

Thesis (6 units)Each thesis will be directed by a men-

tor. In interdisciplinary theses, two men-tors may be chosen by the student. Thethesis is split into two semesters as follows:IMA 707: Thesis ResearchIMA 708: Thesis Final Project

Interactive MultimediaCourse Descriptions

IMA 501 Overview of InteractiveMultimedia TechnologyThis course introduces the student tointeractive multimedia technologies,both standard and newly developed.Technologies and their applications arediscussed in the context of a rigorousintellectual framework, including mediatheory and human factors, which enablethe student to develop skills and evaluatethe potential of new multimedia tech-nologies.Studio fee per semester, $70Fall, 3 units

IMA 502 Writing, Research andEvaluation for MultimediaThis course examines the ways in whichwriters of electronic, often interactive,texts must adapt to computers and alliedtechnologies. It also provides studentswith the special skills needed to writeand think creatively in this demandingenvironment. In addition, this courseconducts formative evaluation of messagedesign and revises presentations inresponse to audience feedback.Studio fee per semester, $70Fall, 3 units

IMA 503 Interactive MultimediaLaboratoryThis course examines the principles andissues in design applicable to interactivemedia. Visual organization of digitalimages and motion graphic elements,typography, storyboarding, flow-chartingand choices of technological options areexplored. Students may choose to workindependently; however, collaborative

projects are highly encouraged.Studio fee per semester, $70Fall, 3 units

IMA 504 Social, Ethical and LegalContexts of CommunicationsTechnologies and MultimediaThis course traces the evolution of elec-tronic communications technologies andtheir social, cultural and intellectualimpact on individuals and communities.Ethical, legal and policy issues related tothe development and application of thenew multimedia technologies in today’scomplex regulatory environment aregiven particular emphasis with specialattention to copyright law, intellectualproperty, privacy, free speech and inde-cency.Spring, 3 units

IMA 505 Multimedia History, Theoryand CriticismThis class presents a historical and criti-cal context within which the field ofmultimedia and interactivity can be stud-ied. It moves toward developing ways ofanalyzing the relationship of the newinteractive work to the rich history ofmultimedia art forms. Subjects to beintroduced include photography, cinema,radio, television, computers and theInternet, as well as study of the impact ofnew technologies on the field of culturalstudies.Spring, 3 units

IMA 601 Moving Image in MultimediaThis workshop on film and video produc-tion techniques is targeted to multimediaproducers. Specific aesthetic concernsinclude shot composition for use on acomputer screen and creation of imagesthat are used at less than full screenframing. Also covered are television stu-dio techniques such as chroma and lumi-nance keys which assist and expeditework in computer environments.Students learn to incorporate archivalmedia and stock footage from varioussources into their multimedia projects.Experience is gained in visual conceptdevelopment, script and storyboard cre-ation, camera operation, art direction,lighting, sound and importing images fordigital editing.Studio fee per semester, $70Fall, 3 units

IMA 602 Sound in MultimediaThis course provides a theoretical andconceptual foundation for the student,while providing a strong hands-on com-ponent in which the hardware and soft-ware of sound used in multimedia areexplored. Although the primary tool is

School of Visual and Performing Arts

the computer, students work with record-ing media such as analog tape, DAT,multi-track recorders and allied equip-ment. Sound design software such asSAW Plus and Sound Forge are used inconjunction with multimedia software.Studio fee per semester, $70Spring, 3 units

IMA 603 Interactive MultimediaLaboratory IIThis course covers advanced team-ori-ented skills needed to explore, conceptu-alize and produce interactive multimediawork. Students work within a team envi-ronment using presentation graphics soft-ware to create 3D animations andinteractive presentations. Discussionsand critiques include the role of eachparticipant, the integrating of design andcomputing and production challengeswithin a digital environment.Prerequisite: IMA 503 or Permission ofProgram DirectorSpring, 3 units

IMA 604 Internet and Web DesignThis course gives students advancedknowledge in creating artwork and com-munications for viewing in internetbrowsers. Students create their own orig-inal artwork and gain knowledge inimportant aspects of production ofimages for displaying in HTML format,as well as creating home pages and set-ting up Internet connections.Studio fee per semester, $70Spring, 3 units

IMA 605 3D Modeling and ImagingThis course examines aspects of 3D designand animation including 3D model build-ing, scene building, lighting, texture cre-ation and mapping, as well as animationtechniques. The focus is on the develop-ment of an original personal aesthetic.Studio fee per semester, $70Spring, 3 units

IMA 701 Special Topics in InteractiveMultimediaThis is an umbrella course which servesto bring specialized and innovative topicsto students in this program. The coursemay be taught by outside experts or regu-lar faculty as appropriate. Cutting edgetechnologies and applications arestressed. The goal is to familiarize stu-dents with new developments and waysof thinking in the multimedia field.Spring, 3 units

IMA 702 Advanced Digital EditingThis course is a workshop in the digitalediting of motion pictures and sound.Beginning with a history of conceptual

developments in the theory and practiceof editing, students proceed to exploreand implement editing techniquesthrough exercises in rhythm, pacing,continuity, montage, psychological vs.real-time, induced vs. real-movement,cutting dialogue, interview scenes, split-ting tracks, mixing music and effects, dis-solves, wipes and digital transitions.Prerequisites: IMA 601, 602Spring, 3 units

IMA 707 Thesis: Research SeminarStudents define the objectives of theirthesis/final project as well as the method-ology they plan to utilize. Primary thesisresearch is presented in a creative con-text (i.e., storyboarding), thereby demon-strating their understanding of structure,form and the utilization of the tools nec-essary for eventual integration directlyinto their final thesis project.Prerequisite: Permission of Program DirectorStudio fee per semester, $70Fall, 3 units

IMA 708 Thesis: Final ProjectThis is a culminating course for all stu-dents within the Interactive MultimediaArts program. Within the candidate’smajor area of specialization, students areexpected to successfully present theirthesis in the form of an interactive work,video or film to be shown within anexhibition setting.Prerequisite: IMA 707Spring, 3 units

ARTDEPARTMENT

Phone: (516) 299-2464Fax: (516) 299-2858Web site: www.liu.edu/svpa/art

Faculty

Patrick J. AievoliAssociate Professor of ArtDirector, Interactive Multimedia ArtsProgramA.A.S., State University of New York atFarmingdale;B.S., State University of New York atBuffalo;M.A., Empire State Collegepaievoli@liu.edu

Charles ConoverAssociate Professor of ArtProgram Director, Digital Art and DesignB.F.A., New York Institute of Technology;M.A., New York Universitycharles.conover@liu.edu

Lynn CrotonDean EmeritusProfessor of ArtB.A., Lake Forest College;M.A., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversitylynn.croton@liu.edu

Richard Del RossoAssistant Professor of ArtB.F.A., M.A., Long Island Universityrichard.delrosso@liu.edu

John FeknerProfessor of ArtB.F.A., New York Institute of Technology;M.F.A., Lehman College, City Universityof New Yorkjfekner@liu.edu

Marilyn GoldsteinDirector, Art History ProgramProfessor of ArtB.S., M.S., Queens College, CityUniversity of New York;M.S., Ph.D., Columbia Universitymgoldste@liu.edu

Joan HarrisonProfessor of ArtB.A., M.A., Long Island Universityjoan.harrison@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

David Henley, A.T.R.Professor of ArtB.A., Kean College of New Jersey;M.A., New York University;Ph.D., Union Institutedavid.henley@liu.edu

Christine Kerr, A.T.R.Associate Professor of ArtDirector, Art Therapy ProgramB.A., Finch College;M.A., University of San Francisco;Ph.D., Saybrook Research Centerchristine.kerr@liu.edu

Seung LeeAssociate Professor of ArtDirector, Graduate Studies and Fine ArtsB.F.A., Maryland Institute of Art;M.F.A., Pratt Instituteslee@liu.edu

Richard K. MillsProfessor of ArtB.A., M.F.A., City College of New Yorkrmills@liu.edu

Raymond NeufeldAssistant Professor of ArtCoordinator, Freshman Art FoundationB.A., Williams College;M.F.A., Long Island Universityray.nuefeld@liu.edu

Terrence O’DalyAssistant Professor of ArtB.F.A., Long Island University;M.A., New York Institute of Technologyterry.odaly@liu.edu

Frank OltProfessor of ArtB.F.A., M.F.A., Long Island Universityfrank.olt@liu.edu

Joan PowersProfessor of ArtB.A., M.F.A., Brooklyn College, CityUniversity of New Yorkjoan.powers@liu.edu

Neill G. SlaughterProfessor of ArtB.F.A., University of Georgia;M.F.A., Indiana Universityneill.slaughter@liu.edu

Phyllis Kudder SullivanAssistant Dean, School of Visual andPerforming ArtsProfessor of ArtB.S., Hofstra University;M.F.A., Long Island Universityphyllis.kuddersullivan@liu.edu

Donna TumanChair, Art DepartmentAssociate Professor of ArtDirector, Art Education ProgramB.S., M.S., Queens College, CityUniversity of New York;Ed.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversitydtuman@liu.edu

Carol VeneziaAssociate Professor of ArtB.A., Antioch College;M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technologycarol.venezia@liu.edu

Professors Emeriti

Stanley BrodskyM.F.A., State University of Iowa;Ed.D., Columbia University

Howard LaMarcaCert. Cooper Union;B.F.A., Columbia University;M.F.A., Syracuse University

Arthur LeipzigPhoto League

Joyce RosaB.A., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;M.A., New School of Social Research;Ph.D., New York University

Harold StevensB.S., B.F.A., M.F.A., Temple University

Robert YasudaM.F.A., Pratt Insitiute

Jerome ZimmermanB.S., Hofstra University;M.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design

Degree Programs

The Art Department offers four gradu-ate degrees: an M.F.A. degree in Fine Artand Design, an M.A. degree in Art, anM.A. degree in Clinical Art Therapy andcurricula for the M.S. degree in ArtEducation (All Grades).The graduate Art program is con-

ceived and structured to provide the stu-dent with a professional orientation toart. The primary focus of the program ison studio art. The art faculty recognizesthe creation of art as a profound andexciting experience and endeavors to

reveal new avenues of expression andunderstanding of traditional and contem-porary modes. In every phase of work,emphasis will be placed on the originali-ty and substance of artistic concepts,scholarly comprehension of problems,knowledge of materials and craftsman-ship.

Art – M.A.

Admission RequirementsApplicants must hold a bachelor’s

degree from an accredited school. Thecandidate must have completed anundergraduate major in Art or must havea minimum of 36 units in studio artclasses. A portfolio evaluation by the ArtDepartment faculty is required for admis-sion and is the substitution for theGraduate Record Examination.

Degree RequirementsStudents must:

1. Complete with an average grade of Ban approved program of at least 36semester hours of unit, including atleast 18 hours in courses on the 600-and 700-level

2. Complete ART 707 and ART 708,Master’s Studio Thesis

3. Complete a program of study in Artwith a major concentration chosenfrom one of the following areas of spe-cialization: Painting, Printmaking,Sculpture, Ceramics, Digital Graphicsor Photography

Students will be required to completeART 503, 517, and 611* before takingcourses in their main area of concentra-tion. At least six units in Art Historymust also be completed prior to gradua-tion.

*Art 6ll not required for photography majors

Program of Study for Major inStudio ArtCourses UnitsART 503 Creative Concepts 3ART 517 Design I 3ART 611 Drawing 3Art History Elective 6Major Concentration*Painting, Printmaking, Sculpture,Ceramics, Photographyor Digital Arts 9

Directed Electives** 6

ART 707-708 Master’s Studio Thesis 6Total units 36

*Special permission may be granted to pur-sue a major other than Painting,Printmaking, Sculpture, Ceramics,Photography or Digital Arts. For example:Graphic Design or Mixed Media.**Directed Electives: All directed electivesmust be approved by the graduate counselorbefore registration for the courses. ArtStudio, Art History and Art Educationcourses are acceptable. Students whose grad-uate work shows weakness or deficiencieswill be directed to strengthen their programin these areas. Courses in humanities, sci-ences and education may be acceptable uponreview.

Program of Study for Major inPhotographyCourses UnitsART 605, 606 Photo Studio I & II 6ART 602 Photo Workshop 3ART 503 Creative Concepts 3ART 679 History of Photography 3ART 517 Design I 3ART 603 Color Printing 3ART 604 Current Ideas in Photography 3Directed Electives** 6ART 707, 708 Thesis 6Total units 36

Two Year Plan of Study

First SemesterCourses UnitsART 605 Photo Studio I 3ART 602 Photo Workshop 3ART 679 History of Photography 3ART 517 Design I 3

Second SemesterCourses UnitsART 605 Photo Studio II 3ART 604 Current Ideas in Photography 3ART 503 Creative Concepts 3ART 603 Color Printing 3

Third and Fourth SemestersCourses UnitsDirected Electives** 6ART 707, 708 Thesis 6

**All directed electives must be approved byDirector of Photography program.

Transfer UnitsIf pertinent to the applicant’s Plan of

Study, a maximum of 12 graduate unitswith a grade of B (3.00) or better may begranted after satisfactory completion of15 units at the University. Request for

transfer units must be made at the timeof original application to the degree pro-gram and must be approved by the gradu-ate art advisor.

Thesis RequirementsEvery candidate is expected to under-

take and submit an acceptable thesis pro-ject. Only students who have beenaccepted as degree candidates may applyfor the thesis courses. Degree candidatestatus is granted only after a review ofthe candidate’s academic record, a reviewof his/her portfolio, fulfillment of anyspecial requirements and completion ofall studio art courses in the candidate’sarea of specialization.The thesis shall be a creative project

in the area of the student’s major con-centration, such as Painting, Sculpture,Ceramics, Photography, Digital Art,Graphic Design, Multimedia, etc.Application for thesis courses must bemade in writing prior to registration forthe course. This statement of intentshould outline the concepts and describethe aesthetic goals and the technicalmeans to be used in the completion ofthe project.A thesis advisor is chosen after consul-

tation between the student and the grad-uate art advisor. Candidates will berequired to exhibit the project. The can-didate shall design the announcement,prepare the catalogue and personallysupervise the mounting of the exhibitionafter approval of each by the advisor. Inaddition, the student must have theentire project photographed or video-taped so that a record of the project maybe placed on file. The School of Visualand Performing Arts reserves the right toselect at least one sample from the pro-ject for its collection.

Clinical Art Therapy –M.A.

Admission RequirementsApplicants must hold a bachelor’s

degree from an accredited school. Thecandidate must have fulfilled the prereq-uisite of 12 units in psychology and aminimum of 15 units in studio art. Aportfolio evaluation, student profile withstatement of philosophy and an inter-view with the director of the ArtTherapy program are required. Students

who do not meet the minimum gradepoint average (3.00) or who are in needof prerequisites may be accepted on alimited matriculation basis. The studentwith serious deficiencies in preparation,but holds promise as a student, may begiven non-matriculated status with one-year probationary review. All limitedmatriculated students have one year tocomplete the requirements for fullmatriculation. See the director of the arttherapy program for further information.

Degree RequirementsStudents must:

1. Complete all courses with an averagegrade of B or better and complete atleast 48 units as prescribed in the Planof Study

2. Complete ARTH 707 and ARTH 708Master’s Thesis

Plan of StudyAll students are required to file an ini-

tial Plan of Study after admission to thegraduate program in Art Therapy. Theinitial Plan of Study is developed withthe director of art therapy. No studentwill be permitted to register without anofficial Plan of Study. Students may com-plete the program on a full-time or part-time basis. Options are available tocomplete the program in three years, twoyears or two years plus one summer. Asample plan is shown below.

Two Year Plan of Study for M.A.in Clinical Art Therapy

First YearFallARTH 600 Theories of Art Therapy 3ARTH 605 History & Philosophy ofArt Therapy 3

ARTH 602 Drawing & Painting forthe Art Therapist 3

PSY 664 Individual Intervention(or Psychology elective) 3

SpringARTH 607 Interactive Group ArtTherapy & Clinical Projectives 3

ARTH 609 Special Populations inArt Therapy 3

PSY 655 Psychopathology 3Studio Elective 3

Second YearFallARTH 611 Therapeutic Systems:Family Art Therapy 3

C.W. Post Campus

ARTH 614 Internship I and Seminar 3ARTH 707 Thesis Research 3Psychology elective 3

SpringARTH 604 Studio: Clayworks for theArt Therapist 3

ARTH 615 Internship II and Seminar 3ARTH 708 Thesis 3PSY 666 Psychopharmacology 3Total units 48

Required CoursesStudents who have had equivalent

academic work at another approvedinstitution may apply for a waiver of oneor more of the required courses. If theequivalent courses also meet the require-ments for transfer unit, a separate appli-cation for such credit may be made;otherwise students must add an equalnumber of courses to their Plan of Studyto maintain the required total semesterhours of unit.

Transfer UnitsTransfer credit (up to nine semester

hours) may be granted for graduatecourses taken at other approved institu-tions prior to registration in this depart-ment provided that:1. Such courses have not been appliedtoward another degree

2. The specific courses are deemed equiv-alent by a department advisor

3. Grades of B or better were obtained insuch courses

4. Such courses were completed no morethan five years prior to registration forgraduate work

Thesis RequirementsEvery candidate is expected to under-

take and submit an acceptable thesis pro-ject. Only students who have beenaccepted as degree candidates may applyfor the thesis research and thesis course.Degree candidate status is granted after areview of the student’s academic recordand completion of all studio courses. Thestudent has the responsibility of selectinga topic, of securing the agreement of afaculty member to serve as a thesis advi-sor and of obtaining the approval of thedepartment chairperson. These stepsmust be completed at least 30 days priorto registration in the thesis researchcourse. The student must submit a copyof the completed thesis to the ArtDepartment.

Art Education(All Grades) – M.S.

The graduate Art Education program(All Grades) offers qualified students theopportunity to complete requirements forthe Master of Science degree with amajor concentration in art education.This program also leads to the comple-tion of the New York State EducationDepartment’s professional certificationrequirements. A portfolio evaluation bythe Art Department faculty is requiredfor admission and is the substitute for theGraduate Record Examination.

Students with ProfessionalCertification must:1. Complete with an average of B anapproved program of 36-42 semesterhours of unit in Core B (Core B is forthose students who have ProvisionalCertification from New York State andare seeking Permanent Certification)

2. Complete comprehensive exam or anacceptable thesis

3. Have a Plan of Study on file in boththe Art Department and the School ofEducation

Plans of StudyStudent without Provisional or

Permanent Certification

Required Art Courses (18 units)ART 517 or 611 Design or DrawingART 660 Philosophy of Art EducationART 661 Elementary Art StudioWorkshop

One Art History ElectiveTwo Studio Electives

Required Education Courses (24 units)EDI 600 Psychological and DevelopmentFoundations of Education

EDI 601 Social Foundations of EducationEDI 610 General Methods of TeachingEDI 643 Education for Cultural DiversityEDI 651 Methods and Materials:Teaching Art-Secondary

EDI 700 Intro to Educational ResearchEDI 711 Student Teaching of Art; K-12

Total units: 42

CORE B (Student holding validProvisional Certification)Subject to new NYS Department ofEducation regulation changes

Required Art Courses (18 units)ART 517 or 611 Design or DrawingART 660 Philosophy of Art EducationART 661 Art Ed Studio WorkshopOne Art History ElectiveTwo Studio Electives

Required Education Courses (18 units)EDI 602 Analysis of Behavior SeminarEDI 603 Advanced Topics in Psychologyof Teaching

EDI 606 Contemporary Issues inAmerican Education

EDI 677 Curriculum Development forTeachers

EDI 700 Introduction to EducationalResearch

One Education Elective (Choose one ofthe courses listed below):EDI 640 Comparative Education IEDI 642 Contemporary Philosophies inEducationTotal units: 36*

*In lieu of student teaching, CORE B stu-dents are required to take a comprehensiveexam or apply to have a Teaching PortfolioExamination.

Fine Arts – M.F.A.

Applicants must hold a bachelor’sdegree from an accredited school. Thecandidate must have completed anundergraduate major in Art or must havea minimum of 57 units plus 12 units inArt History. A portfolio evaluation bythe Art Department faculty is requiredfor admission and is the substitute for theGraduate Record Examination.All photography M.F.A. applicants

must have a working knowledge of digi-tal imaging upon entering the program.

Degree Requirements1. Grades of B or better in all studio cours-es and completion of at least 60 units asprescribed in the Plan of Study.

2. Master’s Thesis: A creative projecttaken in the area of specialization andan exhibition of project. A writtenstatement supporting the master’s pro-ject must be submitted prior to regis-tration for the thesis (FTHE 708). A

photographic record of the completedthesis must be turned in to the ArtDepartment.

3. The total of studio and related profes-sional requirements taken during thecombination of the undergraduate andgraduate years shall be 129 semesterhours or more. Art history coursestaken during undergraduate years musttotal 12 semester hours or more, andthe sum of general studies, undergradu-ate and graduate, must be 30 semesterhours or more. These requirements arebased on the recommendation of theNational Association of Schools of Art.

4. An M.F.A. degree is not granted for thetechnical or academic fulfillment of for-mal requirements alone. The graduateArt faculty’s primary concern is the can-didate’s grasp of the subject and distin-guished accomplishment. Periodic reviewof student’s work and interviews to deter-mine candidate’s progress and ascertainpossible deficiencies will be held.

5. The program can be completed in twoyears, but must be completed in nomore than five. Students have theoption of enrolling in a two-or three-year program of study for Fine Arts.

Two-Year Plan of Study for Fine Arts

First SemesterCourses UnitsSTSP 601 Studio Specialization andResearch I 9

Art History 3SEM 600A MFA Seminar 3Total 15

Second SemesterCourses UnitsSTSP 602 Studio Specialization andResearch II 9

Art History 3SEM 600B MFA Seminar 3Total 15

Third SemesterCourses UnitsSTSP 603 Studio Specialization III 9Art History 3ART 642 New Media in Art 3Total 15

Fourth SemesterCourses UnitsFTHE 708 Fine Art Thesis 9Art History 3SEM 600C MFA Seminar 3Total 15

Total units: 60

Three-Year Plan of Study for Fine Arts

First SemesterCourses UnitsSTSP 601A Studio Specialization andResearch I 6

Art History 3SEM 600A MFA Seminar 3Total 12

Second SemesterCourses UnitsSTSP 601B Studio Specialization andResearch II 6

Art History 3SEM 600B MFA Seminar 3Total 12

Third SemesterCourses UnitsSTSP 602A Studio Specialization andResearch III 3

Art History 3ART 642 New Media in Art 3Total 9

Fourth SemesterCourses UnitsSTSP 602B Studio Specialization andResearch IV 6

Art History 3Total 9

Fifth SemesterCourses UnitsSTSP 603A Studio Specialization V 6SEM 600C MFA Seminar 3Total

Sixth SemesterCourses UnitsFTHE 708 Fine Art Thesis 9

Total 9

Total units: 60

InterdisciplinaryStudies – M.A.

Students interested in furthering theirstudies in Art History on the graduatelevel may enroll in the InterdisciplinaryStudies Program. Additional informationis available by contacting the ArtDepartment at (516) 299-2464.

Art CourseDescriptions

Studio Courses (M.A., M.S.Ed.)The department may require certain pre-requisites for these courses depending onthe individual student’s record, back-ground and performance.

ART 503 Creative ConceptsThis is an exploratory course of basicideas in the creative experience dealingwith content and concepts in contempo-rary visual art. Through readings, lecturesand projects the student discusses andanalyzes these ideas in relation to his/herpersonal view and creative output.Every Semester, 3 units

ART 517 Design IThis is a studio course intended to relatethe vocabulary of form and language of

C.W. Post Campus

art to the student’s personal visual state-ments. Students are expected to producea related series of works with concentra-tion on experimentation, change andsynthesis involved in the creative processof producing visual statements that com-municate personal ideas.Every Semester, 3 units

ART 590, 591, 592, 593 GraduateProjectsThis course is comprised of advancedprojects in art in an area of special inter-est to the student which is not availablein existing courses or goes beyond thecurrent art offerings. The project is cho-sen after consultation with the majorprofessor. Approval by the art chairper-son or graduate art advisor is requiredprior to registration. The student worksindependently under the guidance of theprofessor in the area of specialization.Special fee per semester, $60Every Semester, 3 units per semester

ART 601, A, B, C, D ExperimentalArt WorkshopThis course is a studio course in unusualtechniques, concepts or combinations ofthe above. Subjects covered depend onthe artists chosen and differ from semes-ter to semester. Instruction may takeplace off campus. Specific subjects arelisted in the graduate semester schedule.On Occasion, 3 units per semester

ART 611, 612 DrawingThis course is a critical analysis of draw-ings executed by students enrolled in theclass. Students are required to be activeparticipants in this studio class. Newthemes are assigned each week. The stu-dent, in consultation with the facultymember, selects the appropriate drawingmaterial and technique based on the stu-dent’s major field of interest. Specialemphasis is placed on drawing tech-niques and furthering critique skills ofthe student.Every Semester, 3 units per semester

ART 613, 614, 615, 616 PaintingThis course is the study and experimen-tation of various painting concepts,media and techniques in a studio envi-ronment. Students concentrate on inde-pendent creative projects and thedevelopment of a personal concept andstyle. Criticism and discussion areemphasized.Every Semester, 3 units per semester

ART 621, 622, 623, 624 PrintmakingThis course is the experimental explo-ration of diverse techniques, conceptsand interrelationships involving intaglio,

collograph, screen-printing, lithographyand photo process. Students are encour-aged to develop a personal visionthrough independent projects.Special fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units per semester

ART 635, 636, 637, 638 SculptureThis course offers students the opportu-nity to experiment in all sculpturalmedia and concepts while clarifying theirpersonal sculptural objectives. Studentswork on independent projects in mediaand concepts stemming from the stu-dent’s interests.Special fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units per semester

ART 642 New Media in ArtThis course introduces students to theuse of electronic media in studio arts.Through both a hands-on and an analyt-ical approach, students create worksusing video, computer, sound and light astools. These media are developed in con-junction with the students’ prior interest(photo, sculpture, installation and perfor-mance art). The critical dialogue sur-rounding the use of various media areaddressed through readings and the view-ing of films and videos. Emphasis isplaced on the relationship between indi-vidual art practice and its implicationsfor social and aesthetic issues.Special fee per semester, $70Fall, 3 units

ART 643 Teaching MultimediaMethods and approaches to the teachingof multimedia at the secondary level.Designed to equip the secondary artteacher with skills in developing projectsthat integrate the use of video, soundand animation, including traditional anddigital work in the classroom.Prerequisite: CGPH 601Every Semester, 3 units

ART 690, 691, 692, 693 AdvancedGraduate ProjectsThis course focuses on art studio projectsin a specialized area. Students select aproject of special interest after consulta-tion with the chairperson of the ArtDepartment or graduate art advisor.Special permission must be securedbefore registering for the course.Special fee per semester, $60Every Semester, 3 units per semester

CGPH 601 Graduate ComputerGraphicsDigital Paint is intended to provide stu-dents with advanced knowledge andexpertise in the creation of digital art-work. Students explore new methods of

manipulating their own artistic creationsand photos using digital imaging softwaretechniques. Students develop a personalaesthetic and use it within their own art-work. Production techniques concerningoutput are discussed. Students have theirown computer workstations and access tocolor scanners and printers.Special fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units

CGPH 602 Graduate Digital DesignDigital Design is intended for artists andgraphic designers who want to combinedigital illustration, image editing andpage layout techniques within a profes-sional design environment. Students useappropriate design and computer graph-ics software to create effective visualcommunication artwork. The interactionamong digital graphics, text and illustra-tion are thoroughly examined, presentedand discussed within a critique setting.Students use digital cameras, CD-ROMand printers to create an advanced suiteof digital and printed portfolio pieces.Special fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units

CGPH 603 Motion GraphicsMotion Graphics is a hands-on computerclass intended for students interested inthe computation, creation and productionof a multimedia artwork. Students learnhow to create and develop storyboards andintegrate their images by constructing amulti-level digital production with graph-ics, imaging, sound, text and animation.Special fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units

CGPH 604 Web Design Portfolio forArtistsThis course explores the Internet as anexhibition space for artists and designers.Students will build and create their ownWeb site to showcase their fine art,design, photography and new media pro-jects. Students will learn the basic funda-mentals of HTML, Web-based tools andthe use of Internet resources as they applyto artistic creativity. Emphasis will be onunderstanding the architecture and theo-ry of interface aesthetics. Projects will becentered around the individual’s ownexpression and his or her source material,including traditional and digital art.Spring, 3 units

JEWL 501 JewelryThis course explores the methods of fab-rication, such as soldering, polishing,engraving and the surface texturing ofcopper, brass and silver.Special fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units

JEWL 502 Intermediate JewelryEmphasis in Jewelry 2 is placed onexploring jewelry as a form of personalexpression. Students develop skills usedin the process of lost wax casting.Prerequisite: JEWL 501 or permission ofinstructorSpecial fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units

Photography CourseDescriptions (M.A.)

ART 519 PhotographyThis course is an introduction to themechanics and aesthetics of photography.This is a studio course in basic photo-graphic processes, principles and tech-niques, and examines the use of thecamera as an art medium.Special fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units

ART 520 Advanced PhotographyThis course is independent study andwork in advanced techniques andprocesses with emphasis on compositionand creativity. Seminars, individual criti-cism and instruction is included.Prerequisite: Art 519 or permission ofinstructorSpecial fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units

ART 602 Photo WorkshopThis course is an advanced photo work-shop. Students attempt to define theirpersonal direction and style.Photography is accepted in any format ineither black and white, color or digital.Intense group critiques evaluate students’work.Special fee per semester, $70Fall, 3 units

ART 603 Color Photography PrintingThis is an advanced course whichexplores the techniques and aestheticproblems of printing color.Special fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units

ART 604 Current Ideas inPhotographyThe class explores the work of leadingphotographers with special emphasis onnew directions and new ways of seeing. Italso includes direct contact with profes-sional photographers.Special fee per semester, $70Spring, 3 units

ART 605 Photo Studio IExplores intricacies of the view camera,including a historical examination ofimportant photographers who have usedit, correcting perspective, lenses and fun-damental principles of lighting, as well aslandscape and portraiture photographywith large format. Course work includesthe Scheimpflug Rule, the Bellow’sFormula and an examination of the ZoneSystem.Special fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units

ART 606 Photo Studio IIAn intensive exploration of a variety oflighting techniques, including glassware,solid and clear objects. Handling filtra-tion for daylight-rated film and manipu-lating strobe lighting is also covered.Students produce 4” X 5” chromes in aportfolio of work.Prerequisite: ART 605Special fee per semester, $70Every Semester, 3 units

ART 679 History of PhotographyThis course is an historical survey ofphotography from its pre-camera originsto its modern practice in the 1950s.Students will examine concepts andissues affecting the photographic mediumfrom artistic, historical, sociological andtechnological perspectives and its impacton society.Fall, 3 units

ART 680 Concepts and Issues inContemporary PhotographyThis course is a survey of post-1950 pho-tography: the historical, sociological andartistic concepts and issues in contempo-rary photography.Prerequisite: ART 679 or permission ofinstructorSpring, 3 units

ART 707, 708 Master’s Studio Thesis(M.A., M.S.)This course is open only to matriculatedstudents. It is intended for graduate stu-dents who have elected to do a creativethesis in a particular area of studio art.The course includes presentation, analy-sis, and discussion of thesis projects withregard to purpose, concept, material, andexecution. Exhibition of thesis isrequired. Registration must be approvedby the graduate counselor or designatedrepresentative.Every Semester, 3 units per semester

Art Education Course Descriptions

ART 660 Philosophy of Art EducationThis course is the study of past and cur-rent philosophies of art education includ-ing the work of Pestalozzi, Froebel,Dewey, Lowenfeld, D’Amico, Eisner,Gardner and others. Students have theopportunity to compare current literatureto the work of past generations in arteducation in order to construct strategiesfor teaching art in the schools.Fall, 3 units

ART 661 Elementary Art EducationStudio WorkshopThis course is an examination of thevalue and function of art education as itrelates to the artistic development ofchildren through early adolescence.Students experiment with a variety ofstudio methods, strategies and techniquesin teaching and assessing the visual artsand develop original curriculum materials.Special fee per semester, $70Spring, 3 units

ART 662 Seminar in Art EducationThis course is open only to graduate stu-dents who have completed the studentteaching requirements in art or are cur-rently teaching art. An examination ofthe values, resources and importance ofart education and its function in thecontemporary curriculum on the elemen-tary, secondary and college levels areincluded. Special consideration is givento individual teaching problems, currentpractices, conditions, concepts and expe-riences in the classroom. The objective isto consider practical solutions and offerguidance toward the realization of maxi-mum teaching.On Occasion, 3 units

Art History Course Descriptions

ART 561 Topics in Ancient ArtThis course covers topics in the develop-ment of architecture, sculpture andpainting from their origins in prehistorictimes to the cultures of ancient Egypt,Mesopotamia, Greece and Rome. Thehistorical implications of new archaeo-logical finds are explored. The culturallyinterrelated rise of civilization is stressed.The influence of religion and socialstructure on the development of art isexamined.On Occasion, 3 units

ART 567 Topics in Baroque ArtSpecific topics related to iconography,style, individual masters, patrons or deco-rative programs from the 17th and 18thcenturies are discussed and analyzed.

C.W. Post Campus

Topics are chosen from the art of Italy,Spain, France, the Netherlands,Germany and England. Subjects varyfrom semester to semester.On Occasion, 3 units

ART 575 Topics in American Art:1650-1940This course is a study of American paint-ing and sculpture from colonial times tothe eve of World War II. Emphasis is puton the art in historical context, and thesocial and philosophical forces thatshaped it are examined. From the 17thcentury anonymous limners to the gener-ation of realists of the 1930s, all impor-tant artists are considered, such asCopley, Charles Wilson Peale, Cole,Eakins, Ryder, Sheeler, Benton, Soyer,Davis and others. Individual issues inAmerican art are addressed in semesterswhen offered.On Occasion, 3 units

ART 581A, B, C, D Art HistoryColloquiumThe course of study or topic for each col-loquium is determined at the time thecourse is offered, and is determined bythe needs of the students and the timeli-ness of the topic.Every Semester, 3 units

ART 585 Art HistorySeminar/Independent StudyIndividual study and projects based onresearch in art galleries, museums, pri-vate collections and other historicalsources are included in this course.Students select a topic, project or subjectof special interest to their teaching needsor artistic goals and work independentlyunder the guidance of the course instruc-tor. Study in art centers in the U.S. orabroad can be arranged by special per-mission.On Occasion, 3 units

ART 663 Problems in Medieval ArtStudents study problems related to theo-ry and methods in the interpretation ofpainting, sculpture, architecture and theminor arts of the Middle Ages. Subjectsvary from semester to semester.On Occasion, 3 units

ART 665 Problems in Renaissance ArtA number of artists or problems areselected for detailed study from among agroup of topics. Artists include Massacio,Donatello, Michaelangelo, Raphael,Corregio and patrons such as Lorenzo deMedici or programs such as the decora-tion of the Sistine Chapel. Specialemphasis is placed on innovations in fig-ural conceptions, space, light, color and

iconography, and their relationship tocurrent art theory. Subjects vary fromsemester to semester.On Occasion, 3 units

ART 671 History of Contemporary ArtThis course begins with the art of thepost-World War II period and ends, asnearly as possible, with the art of the pre-sent moment. Movements discussedinclude Abstract Expressionism, Post-Painterly Abstraction, Minimalism, PopArt, Op Art, Art Povera, Conceptual Art,Performance Art, Neo-Expressionism,Neo-Geo, Po-Mo, Neo-Conceptualismand other recent picture-theoryapproaches to art making. The coursefocuses on contemporary developmentsin painting and sculpture along withtheir associated theories of criticism.Fall, 3 units

ART 672 Problems in ContemporaryArtThis course covers the development ofnew approaches to form and creativeexperience in the decades from mid-cen-tury until the present. Among the manymovements studied are AbstractExpressionism, Pop Art, Earth Art,Conceptual Art, Performance Art andNeo-Expressionism. Readings related tocontemporary practices and problemsand to the aesthetics of both modernismand post-modernism are included.On Occasion, 3 units

ART 677 Problems in Pre-ColumbianArtThis course is an extensive study ofselected art styles from the Pre-Columbian world. The arts studied rangefrom body painting and simple dwellingsto elaborate ceremonial centers withcomplex mask and sculpture traditions asseen in the advanced civilizations of theMaya, Aztec and Inca. Stress is placed onthe interrelationship of art and ritual.The historical implications of newarchaeological finds are explored. Thestudents have available for study a finecollection of Pre-Columbian objects inthe C.W. Post Campus permanent artcollection.On Occasion, 3 units

M.F.A. Course Descriptions

SEM 600 A, B, C M.F.A. SeminarThis course is open only to matriculatedM.F.A. students. The seminar focuses onthe topics drawn from the philosophicaland aesthetic interests of the partici-pants. The format incorporates critiques,readings and discussions, as well as theparticipation of visiting artists.

Contemporary problems as they relate tothe making of art are examined.Every Semester, 3 units

STSP 601, 602 Studio Specializationand Research I, IIThis course is the concentrated develop-ment in an area of specialization underthe guidance of two or more facultymembers. All students are required toexplore at least one area of studio artother than their area of concentration.Each month all graduate students meetin order to present their work that is inprogress. Discussion and criticism underthe direction of a graduate faculty mem-ber are emphasized during these informalseminars.Every Semester, 9 units per semester

STSP 601 A+B, 602 A+B StudioSpecialization and ResearchThis course is the concentrated develop-ment in an area of specialization underthe guidance of two or more facultymembers. All students are required toexplore at least one area of studio artother than the student’s area of concen-tration. Each month all graduate stu-dents meet in order to present their workthat is in progress. Discussion and criti-cism under the direction of a graduatefaculty member is emphasized duringthese informal seminars.Every SemesterSTSP 601 A+B, 6 unitsSTSP 602 A, 3 unitsSTSP 602 B, 6 units

STSP 603 Studio Specialization andResearch IIIThis course is advanced work in the areaof specialization, preparing the candidatefor the thesis. The student works underthe supervision of a major faculty advisorand in consultation with professionalspecialists in an area outside of thedepartment.Every Semester, 9 units

STSP 603A Studio Specialization andResearch VThis course is advanced work in the areaof specialization, preparing the candidatefor the thesis. The student works underthe supervision of a major faculty advisorand in consultation with professionalspecialists in an area outside of thedepartment.Every Semester, 6 units

FTHE 708 Fine Art ThesisIn this course, a creative studio project isundertaken in the candidate’s major areaof specialization. The thesis project isunder the supervision of a Master’s

Thesis Committee, consisting of a chair-person and two faculty members. In cer-tain circumstances, a member ormembers of the committee may beselected from outside the college faculty.The thesis project must be accompaniedby a written statement and bibliography.An exhibition of the thesis is required,and the project must be photographedfor the college records.Spring, 9 units

Art Therapy Course Descriptions

ARTH 600 Theories in Art TherapyThis course is the study and experimen-tation of the theoretical framework ofthe field of art therapy, the technicalqualities of art media and the develop-ment of therapeutic responses.On Occasion, 3 units

ARTH 602 Studio: Drawing andPainting for the Art TherapistVarious drawing and painting media areintroduced to the students in a sequen-tial fashion in order to show the studentsthe progression from restrictive to expan-sive self-expression. The media’s applica-bility and relationship to the emotionalrealm are explored.Special fee per semester, $55On Occasion, 3 units

ARTH 604 Studio: Clayworks for theArt TherapistThis course is the study and experimen-tation of the various concepts, media andtechniques of clay. Discussion of the rela-tionship of the powers of creating artsand its direct application to the humanpsyche are covered.Special fee per semester, $55On Occasion, 3 units

ARTH 605 History and Philosophy ofArt TherapyA critical examination of the history ofart therapy as it developed in the UnitedStates and Great Britain from 1940 topresent, including an in-depth explo-ration of the different philosophieswhich have emerged and which continueto evolve in contemporary practice.On Occasion, 3 units

ARTH 607 Interactive Group ArtTherapy and Clinical ProjectivesThis course is the exploration of thepractice of group art psychotherapy.Major theories, methods, projectiveassessments and research findings areaddressed as they apply to group andfamily practice in the field of art therapy.On Occasion, 3 units

ARTH 609 Special Populations in ArtTherapyThis course is a detailed examination ofdifferent populations being served by arttherapists including those populationswith autism, schizophrenia, bi-polar, bor-derline, depression, sensory deficits,orthopedics, developmental disabilities,intact or artistic clients and others.On Occasion, 3 units

ARTH 611 Therapeutic Systems:Family Art TherapyThis course is the exploration of thepractice of family art psychotherapy. Inthis course, major family system theories,methods and treatment interventions areaddressed as they apply to family arttherapy.On Occasion, 3 units

ARTH 614 Internship I and SeminarThe art therapy intern explores an in-depth field experience under directsupervision of a registered art therapist.The seminar provides an atmosphere forinterns to gather experience that leads tofurther integration and synthesis.Students must present a case study on anindividual or group process.On Occasion, 3 units

ARTH 615 Internship II and SeminarThis course is a continuation of ARTH614.On Occasion, 3 units

ARTH 707 Thesis ResearchThis course focuses on research methodsand the preparation of the thesis. Thestudent has the responsibility of selectinga topic in agreement with the director ofthe Art Therapy program.On Occasion, 3 units

ARTH 708 ThesisThis course is the preparation of the fullmaster’s thesis. The completed thesismust be approved by a full-time facultymember. An oral examination before thefaculty may also be required.On Occasion, 3 units

Phone: (516) 299-2474Fax: (516) 299-2884Web site: www.liu.edu/svpa/music

Faculty

Harris BeckerDirector of Guitar StudiesAdjunct Professor of MusicB.A., M.A., Long Island Universityhbecker@liu.edu

Frank CassaraDirector of Percussion StudiesAdjunct Professor of MusicB.M., M.M., Manhattan School of Musicfcassara@liu.edu

Genevieve ChinnDirector of Music History StudiesProfessor of MusicB.S., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia Universitygenevieve.chinn@liu.edu

Alexander DashnawDirector of Choral ActivitiesProfessor of MusicB.S., Crane School of Music, StateUniversity of New York at Potsdam;M.M., Northwestern Universityadashnaw@liu.edu

Ruth GoldenDirector of Vocal StudiesProfessor of MusicA.B., University of California, Berkeley;M.M., University of Southern California;M.B.A., University of California, LosAngelesruth.golden@liu.edu

Maureen HynesDirector of String StudiesAdjunct Professor of MusicB.M., M.M., Manhattan School of Musicmaureen.hynes@liu.edu

James W. McRoyDirector of BandsDirector of Brass StudiesProfessor of MusicB.A., M.S., Queens College, CityUniversity of New Yorkjmcroy@liu.edu

John MeschiGraduate AdvisorDirector of Music TechnologyAdjunct Professor of MusicB.S., New York University;M.A., Long Island Universityjmeschi@liu.edu

C.W. Post Campus

Jennifer Scott MiceliDirector of Music EducationAssociate Professor of MusicB.M., Hartt School of Music;M.M., Ph.D., Eastman School of Musicjmiceli@liu.edu

Joseph SugarAdjunct Professor of MusicB.A., Long Island University;M.A., S.M.E., Columbia Universityjsugar@liu.edu

Stephanie WattActing Chair, Department of MusicDirector of Piano StudiesDirector of Theory StudiesAssociate Professor of MusicB.F.A., M.A., M.S., Long IslandUniversitystephanie.watt@liu.edu

Vincent WrightAssociate Professor of MusicB.A., City College of New Yorkvwright@liu.edu

Professors Emeriti

Walter KlaussM.A., Case Western Reserve University

Raoul PleskowB.A., Queens College;M.A., Columbia University

Howard RovicsM.A., Manhattan School of Music

More than 70 faculty members teachspecialized courses such as vocal coach-ing, Alexander Technique, performanceclasses and jazz, in addition to individu-alized instruction in all instruments andvoice.

Degree Programs

The Department of Music offers coursesleading toward the Master of Arts degree(with concentrations in Music Theoryand Composition, and in Music Historyand Literature) and the Master of Sciencedegree in Music Education (All Grades).In addition to their academic involve-ment, graduate students are encouraged toparticipate in the rich performance andconcert life of the department.More information about the C.W. Post

Department of Music can be found atwww.liu.edu/svpa/music

Admission RequirementsCandidates for admission to the

Master of Arts degree program must havecompleted an undergraduate major inmusic or must have a minimum of 36units in music classes.Candidates for admission to the

Master of Science degree program inMusic Education (All Grades) areexpected to have completed an under-graduate major in music or music educa-tion or have a minimum of 36 units inmusic classes.Candidates for admission to either

program must meet the followingrequirements:1. Have a general undergraduate gradepoint average of 3.00. Applicants whodo not meet this academic require-ment will be reviewed individually bythe program director. Based on areview of all credentials, students maybe offered limited matriculated status.

2. Submit Graduate RecordExaminations (GRE) scores.

3. Submit official transcripts from allother institutions attended, includingother graduate programs.

4. Submit two professional and/or acade-mic letters of recommendation thataddress the applicant’s potential in theprofession and ability to complete agraduate program.

5. Submit a current resumé, including anE-mail address.

6. Appear before a faculty member orpanel, either individually or as a partici-pant in a group situation, for assessmentof interpersonal and musical skills.

Music – M.A.

A candidate for the Master of Artsdegree must complete at least 36 semes-ter hours of unit, including Music 608(Musicology), Music 707 (ResearchMethods) and Music 708 (ThesisSeminar). Two areas of concentration areoffered.

Plan of Study for Master of Artswith a Concentration in MusicHistory and LiteratureA candidate in the Music History and

Literature concentration must completea minimum of 12 semester hours of unitin Music History and Literature Corecourses, a minimum of six semester hoursof unit in Music Theory andComposition Core courses and 6 semes-ter hours in thesis and thesis preparation.The remaining semester hours of unitmay be taken in other music courses orrelated courses.

Area of Study UnitsMusic History and Literature CoreCourses 12

Music Theory and CompositionCore Courses 6

Music Electives/Related Courses 12Thesis Preparation and Thesis 6Total units 36

A performance-oriented Plan of Studyis available by audition in the MusicHistory and Literature concentration.

Plan of Study for Master of Artswith a Concentration in MusicTheory and CompositionA candidate in the Music Theory and

Composition concentration must com-plete a minimum of 12 semester hours ofunit in Music Theory and CompositionCore courses, a minimum of six semesterhours of unit in Music History andLiterature Core courses and six6 semesterhours in thesis and thesis preparation.The remaining semester hours of unitmay be taken in other music courses orrelated courses. An acceptable musicalcomposition may be submitted to satisfythe thesis requirement.

Area of Study UnitsMusic Theory and CompositionCore Courses 12

Music History and LiteratureCore Courses 6

Music Electives/Related Courses 12Thesis Preparation and Thesis 6Total units 36

Music Education (AllGrades) – M.S.

The graduate Music Education pro-gram (Birth-Grade 12) offers qualifiedstudents the opportunity to completerequirements for the Master of Sciencedegree in Music Education. This programalso leads to the completion of the NewYork State Education Department’steaching certification requirements. Twoplans of study are offered.

Plan of Study for Master of Sciencein Music Education

CORE A (Student does not have anactive Initial Teaching Certificate)The candidate in this program is

required to complete a minimum of 42semester hours of unit in education,music education and music classes andan exit portfolio.This plan consists of a minimum of 24

semester hours of unit in educationcourses (including supervised StudentTeaching) as required by the Departmentof Curriculum and Instruction of theSchool of Education and 18 semesterhours in music education and musicclasses.

Required CoursesArea of Study UnitsEducation Courses 24Music Courses (courses in classroom 18instrumental and vocal teachingmethodology) and Music (History/Literature, Theory/Composition,Applied Music, or other music courses)

Total units: 42

Graduate Skills CompetencyStudents enrolled in the Core A pro-

gram are required to complete theGraduate Skills Competency whichserves as the final examination inMusicianship for Music Teachers (MUS633). The Graduate Skills Competencyrequires that students demonstrate profi-ciency in: 1) basic piano skills includingkeyboard harmonization;2) basic improvisation teaching; 3)solfege; and 4) peer teaching.

Department of Music Requirementsfor Student Teaching EligibilityStudents enrolled in the Core A pro-

gram are required to complete: the Pre-Student Teaching Portfolio Review; andEligibility Interview during the semesterprior to student teaching.

1) Pre-Student Teaching Portfolio requiredsections

• Photocopy of the Student TeachingApplication

• Graduate transcript• Philosophy of Music Education• 9 Lesson Plans, with Peer-TeachingEvaluation Instruments when possible, asfollows:(3) Elementary: general music, instru-

mental, choral(3) Middle School: general music,

instrumental, choral(3) High School: general music (Music

in Our Lives), instrumental, choral• Samples of significant work, includingwriting sample with references

2) Pre-Student Teaching Eligibility InterviewProspective student teachers are

required to schedule a Pre-StudentTeaching Interview to be conductedwhen the Pre-Student TeachingPortfolios are submitted. Students areexpected to dress appropriately for thePre-Student Teaching Interview. Duringthe interview, students will be expectedto discuss the contents of the Pre-Student Teaching Portfolio; and answerquestions pertaining to academic, musi-cal, professional and personal readinessto student teach.

CORE B (For students who have a sig-nificant background in education,determined by faculty advisement andstudent evaluation)The candidate who qualifies for this

degree program is required to complete aminimum of 36 semester hours of unit inEducation, Music Education and Musiccourses including a comprehensive exam-ination or an acceptable thesis.This plan consists of a minimum of 18

semester hours of unit in advancedEducation courses as required by theDepartment of Curriculum andInstruction of the School of Education, aminimum of nine semester hours of creditin Music Education courses and 9 semes-ter hours in Music History/Literature,Music Theory/Composition, AppliedMusic or other Music courses.

Area of Study UnitsEducation Courses 18Music Education (courses in classroom,instrumental and vocal teachingmethodology) 9

Music (History/Literature,Theory/Composition, AppliedMusic, or other Music courses) 9

Total units: 36*

*If the candidate opts to write a thesis, thetotal number of units may increase to 39, asdetermined by the Department ofCurriculum and Instruction of the School ofEducation.

Music CourseDescriptions

Music History and Literature

MUS 540 Criteria for MusicalPerformanceThis course includes the history of musi-cal performance in relation to musicalcomposition, the analytical evaluation ofpast and present day performers, and theidentification of present day standards ofperformance.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 541 History of PerformancePracticesThis course is a seminar based on obser-vation and participation in the prepara-tion and performance of music from thepre-Baroque to the present.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 600 The Role of Opera in theHistory of MusicThis course is an intensive study andanalysis of opera including the historicalrole of opera in western music.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 601, 602, 603, 604 Seminar inthe History of Music I, II, III, IVMUS 601 explores the history of musicfrom antiquity through theMedieval/Renaissance; MUS 602, theBaroque and Classical eras; MUS 603,the 19th century; Music 604, the 20thcentury.On Occasion, 3 units per semester

MUS 605 The Role of the Symphonyin the History of MusicThis course examines the history of thesymphony from its origin in the 17thcentury to the present.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

MUS 606 History of MusicalInstrumentsThis course is an exploration of musicalinstruments and their development fromantiquity to the present from a multicul-tural perspective.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 607, 608 Seminar in MusicologyThis course is a discussion of such prob-lems of musicology as musical bibliography,musical historiography, ethnomusicology,musical notation and performance prac-tice. Individual research projects areassigned.Every Semester, 3 units per semester

Music Theory, Composition andTechnology

MUS 518 The Study of Musical FormsThis course is a study of the formal pro-cedures used by composers from the 17thcentury to the present.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 520 Jazz Composition andArrangingThis course is an introduction to con-cepts and techniques used in jazz arrang-ing and composing through the study ofexamples taken from the works ofEllington, Thad Jones, Gil Evans andothers. The student learns instrumentalranges and transpositions, rhythm sec-tion notation and reharmonization tech-niques. Four- and five-part writing isexplored in a project for octet. Moreadvanced students write a big bandarrangement.Spring, 3 units

MUS 611 Polyphonic and HarmonicAnalysisThis course covers the analysis of musicas it pertains to horizontal, vertical,structural and rhythmic elements. Musicfrom various historical periods is studied.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 613 Seminar in Harmony andCounterpointThis course is a review of counterpointand harmony, allied with a study of musi-cal form. Pertinent examples from litera-ture are analyzed.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 616 Analysis of 20th CenturyMusicThis course is a study of structural, pro-portional and organizational techniquesin the 20th century from Debussy to thepresent.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 618, 619 Seminar inComposition I, IIThis course includes practical ideas andprocedures of composing from a modernperspective. Both tonality and atonalityare explored each semester with anemphasis on executing original composi-tions.Every Semester, 3 units per semester

MUS 645 OrchestrationThis course is a study of the techniquesof orchestration and instrumentationwith special attention given to the prop-erties and capabilities of the individualinstruments. This course includes someexposure to the use of music notationsoftware and a reading by a symphonicorchestra of student-orchestrated material.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 714A An Introduction to MusicTechnologyThis is an introductory course designedfor students who are new to music tech-nology. Students learn to use MIDI key-boards and computers to compose,arrange, perform and print music.Fall, 3 units

MUS 714B Music Notation at theComputerUsing an advanced software system suchas Finale, students notate music forinstrumental and vocal combinationsfrom solo to orchestral. Several methodsof information input are explored. Therelationship between established musicalsyntax and that of the software is studied.The course results in an audible, profes-sional-looking score with performable,extracted parts.Spring, 3 units

Vocal/Choral Music

MUS 548 Vocal PedagogyThis survey of pedagogical sources ofsinging begins with 17th century “belcanto” Italian technique and continuesup through the 20th century art and sci-ence of voice. A thorough overview ofthe physiology and anatomy of thesinging voice; discussion of acoustics forphonation and articulation and its inte-gration with vocal diction to comprise asolid singing technique is presented. Thecourse includes an in-depth discussion ofcomparative schools of thought in peda-gogy and relevance to modern voiceinstruction.Prerequisite: Previous vocal trainingCo-requisite: Private voice lessonsSpring, 2 units

MUS 550A, 550B, 550C, 550D VocalDictionThis is a four course sequence that pro-vides instruction in the proper pronunci-ation of Italian, English, French andGerman in song literature. In-depthwork with the International PhoneticAlphabet is featured together with itsapplication to the vocal repertory of therespective languages. Individual clinicalanalysis and practice are emphasized.These courses are primarily designed forgraduate music students. Open to otherson a space-available basis.Prerequisite: Previous vocal trainingCo-requisite: Voice lessons

MUS 550A Vocal Diction: ItalianMUS 550B Vocal Diction: EnglishMUS 550C Vocal Diction: FrenchMUS 550D Vocal Diction: GermanEvery Semester, 2 units

MUS 626 Choral LiteratureThis course presents the study of choralliterature from the Renaissance to thepresent.On Occasion, 3 units

Instrumental Music

MUS 500D, 500E FingerboardHarmony I, IIThese courses enable intermediate-levelguitarists to acquire the knowledge nec-essary to bring the principles of theoryand harmony to life on the fingerboard.Prerequisites: Previous guitar studyEvery Semester, 1 unit per semester

MUS 543 Piano AccompanimentThis course is a study in the art ofaccompanying singers and instrumental-ists. The course deals with a familiaritywith the basic vocal repertoire, sightreading and transposition, as well aslearning how to phrase with and “count”with other performers. Voice and instru-mental students (volunteers) areemployed in workshop presentations.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 544 Piano PedagogyThis course is a study of the methods andmaterials of piano instruction.On Occasion, 3 units

Conducting

MUS 621 Choral Conducting andInterpretationThis course is the study of conductingand rehearsal techniques.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 641 Instrumental Conductingand Score ReadingThis course is the development of con-ducting and rehearsal techniques andincludes the study of band and orchestrascores.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 679A, 679B AdvancedConductingThis course is individual instruction inadvanced conducting techniques.Special fee per semesterEvery Semester, 1 or 2 units

Performance Workshops andCoaching

MUS 539 Performance Workshop forInstrumentalistsThis course is a weekly forum for perfor-mance and discussion of the art of inter-pretation. Emphasis is placed on studentperformances, comparative listening,score analysis and selected readings onstyle and performance practice.Prerequisite: Permission of instructorEvery Semester, 2 units

MUS 545 Alexander TechniqueThis course is an introduction to theAlexander Technique, an internationallyacclaimed discipline combining mentaland physical exercises, postural educa-tion and movement to enhance learningfor performing artists. The course aidssingers and instrumentalists with thecoordination of producing sound, pro-moting efficient breathing techniquesand flexibility for the stage.On Occasion, 2 units

MUS 545A, 545B AlexanderTechnique – Private InstructionThis course is individual instruction inthe Alexander Technique.Special fee per semesterEvery Semester, 1 or 2 units

MUS 549 Vocal PerformanceWorkshopThis workshop is open to music majorsand voice students. Its purpose is torehearse and perform selections from thevocal repertoire, including song, oratorioand opera. May be repeated once forunit.Prerequisite: Permission of instructorEvery Semester, 2 units

MUS 557A, 557B Vocal CoachingPrivate vocal coaching lessons supple-ment the technical work of voice lessons,allowing the student to go in-depth intorepertoire, language and issues of inter-pretations of poetic texts, and refinement

of performance skills.Special fee per semesterEvery Semester, 1 or 2 units

MUS 557C, 557D InstrumentalCoachingTo supplement the work of individualinstrumental lessons, private instrumen-tal coaching allows the student to pre-pare in-depth standard repertoire forperformance with accompaniment.Special fee per semesterEvery Semester, 1 or 2 units

MUS 710A, 711A PerformanceWorkshop: Chamber Music EnsemblesAdvanced instrumentalists and selectvocalists are assigned to chamber musicensembles based on their level of abilityand experience. Students study and per-form standard chamber music from theBaroque period to the 20th century inensemble combinations of trios, quartets,quintets and octets. Each chamber musicensemble meets weekly for a one-hourcoaching session with a music facultymember.Prerequisite: Permission of instructorSpecial fee per semesterEvery Semester, 1 unit per semester

Music Education

MUS 633 Musicianship for MusicTeachersThis music skills class is designed to pre-pare students for success as public schoolmusic teachers. Students will gain confi-dence with tonal and rhythm solfege,basic improvisation, and functionalpiano skills. Special emphasis is placedon keyboard harmonization, music read-ing and accompaniment. The GraduateSkills Competency will serve as the finalexamination for this course.Fall, 2 units

MUS 635 Brass MethodsGroup lessons in playing and teachingbrass instruments. Special attention isplaced on teaching problems, ensembles,methods, literature and materials.Special fee per semesterSpring, 1 unit

MUS 636 Percussion MethodsGroup lessons in playing and teachingpercussion instruments. Special attentionis placed on teaching problems, ensem-bles, methods, literature and materials.Special fee per semesterSpring, 1 unit

MUS 637 Woodwind MethodsGroup lessons in playing and teachingwoodwind instruments. Special attention

is placed on teaching problems, ensem-bles, methods, literature and materials.Special fee per semesterFall, 1 unit

MUS 639 String MethodsGroup lessons in playing and teachingstring instruments. Special attention isplaced on teaching problems, ensembles,methods, literature and materials.Special fee per semesterFall, 1 unit

MUS 651 Teaching Music in theElementary SchoolAn examination of materials and tech-niques needed for teaching childrenmusic at the elementary level. Musiceducation approaches including Orff,Kodaly, Gordon and Dalcroze will beexplored.*Spring, 2 units

MUS 652 Teaching General Music inthe Middle School and High SchoolThis course investigates methods andmaterials appropriate for general musicclasses. Emphasis is placed on teachingand learning music through singing, lis-tening and creative work. Advancedmusic classes appropriate for secondarystudents are considered.Fall, 3 units

MUS 653 Pedagogy of TheoryAn examination of the methods andmaterials – traditional and electronic –needed to teach the principles of musictheory on the elementary, middle, highschool and college levels.**On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 657 Workshops in MusicEducationWorkshops of immediate concern forschool music programs, such as innova-tive classroom, instrumental, or choralmethods, instrument repair and the rela-tionship of music to other subject areas.On Occasion, 1, 2 or 3 units

MUS 657A Arranging for the PublicSchool Band and Choral Director IThis course is designed to introduce themusic teacher to the basics of instrumen-tal and choral arranging. Emphasis willbe placed on instrumental and choralranges, transpositions, notation and scorepreparation. Students will prepare a scoredesigned to accommodate their area(instrumental or choral) and level (ele-mentary through secondary).Summer, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

MUS 657B Arranging for the PublicSchool Band and Choral Director IIThis course is designed as a continuationof Arranging for the Public School Bandand Choral Director I.Prerequisite: MUS 657A or interview withinstructorSummer, 3 units

MUS 657D ConductingThis course is designed to provide thestudent with a thorough foundation inbeginning conducting. Through thestudy of traditional conducting patterns,hand independence and stylistic gestures,the student will begin to explore howmusic and physical motion can combineto create a causative instructional forcefrom the podium. Application of con-ducting skills will take place through in-class lab work, with members of the classforming the lab ensemble. Students willbe encouraged to develop a traditionalstyle of conducting with emphasis on theuse of the baton.Fall, 2 units

MUS 657I Instrumental MusicMethodsThis course covers the organization,administration and implementation ofinstrumental activities, programs andperforming groups in grades 4 to 12.Methods and materials for instrumentalensembles, band, orchestra, wind and jazzensembles are included. Special atten-tion is paid to rehearsal techniques, les-son planning and outcome assessment. Afield-based experience that includes con-ducting is required.**Spring, 2 units

MUS 657N Teaching General Music inthe Middle/Junior High SchoolThis course explores best practices forthe secondary general music classroom.Students will create lesson plans in com-pliance with the national and state stan-dards for learning.Summer, 3 units

MUS 657S Enhancing LiteracyThrough Teaching Music in SpecialEducationThis course focuses on the knowledge oflearning styles and multiple intelligencethrough a multisensory technique thatwill insure the successful inclusion of stu-dents with specific learning disabilities;children from diverse backgrounds andcultures; those who are physically, men-tally, psychologically, socially or emo-tionally challenged; the twiceexceptional and the talented and gifted.Students will be asked to write insightson assigned articles, books or films as

well as construct sample lessons to reachthe different categories of special learnerswhile meeting the national and statestandards for learning. Methods, materi-als and resources will be selected for eacheducational level, and assessment andevaluation techniques will be shared. Inaddition, a brief look will be given toprominent musical personalities whohave championed their challenges andwho serve as inspiration for excellence inthe field.**Spring, 3 units

MUS 657T Basic Skills in MusicTechnology: Electronic Keyboards,MIDI Sequencing and NotationThis is an introductory course designedfor students who are new to music tech-nology. The course will cover basic skillsin electronic keyboards, MIDI sequenc-ing and music notation in K-12 educa-tion. Participants will explore many waysto incorporate these tools into the cur-riculum. The course will be taught in ahands-on environment. Maximum of oneperson per computer station, 14 studentsmaximum. Software used in the course iscompatible with both PC and Macintoshcomputers.Summer, 3 units

MUS 657U Advanced SequencingThis hands-on course is designed tomake participants more proficient in theart of sequencing. The material willinclude explanations and demonstrationsof specific recording, editing and arrang-ing techniques for creating dynamic,musical sequences in any musical style.These techniques can also be used toimprove the sound of standard MIDIfiles. Topics to be covered include: tech-

niques for making individual trackssound more musical; creating a balancedstereo image; creating/editing drum parts;using effects devices; using quantization;creating tempo maps; adding vocals/acoustic instruments to sequences; andhow to create CDs. Software used in thecourse is compatible with both PC andMacintosh computers. Participants shouldbring music (piano music, choral accom-paniments, orchestra and band scores,etc.) to use for sequencing projects.Summer, 3 units

MUS 657W Choral Music MethodsThis course covers the organization andimplementation of vocal music activities,programs and performing groups ingrades 7 to 12. Methods and materials forvocal ensembles and group lessons areexplored. Special attention is paid torehearsal techniques, lesson planningand outcome assessment. A field-basedexperience that includes conducting isrequired.**Spring, 2 units

MUS 657X Marching Band TechniquesCross listed with MUS 16TDesigned to provide the student withthorough knowledge in all aspects of theschool marching band program. Studentswill learn program administration,including budgeting, scheduling, humanresource management, and school andcommunity relationships; show designconcepts and application; visual instruc-tional techniques; unique and specificoutdoor musical instructional techniques;and support group utilization. **Every other Fall, 2 units

MUS 661 History and Philosophy ofMusic EducationThis course explores the historical,philosophical and cultural factors thatinfluence the development of schoolmusic programs in America. Currenttrends and problems in music educationare investigated. Students in the seminardevelop individual projects.On Occasion, 3 units

MUS 663 String Literature,Techniques and PracticesCross listed with MUS 36This course is designed to provide thestudent with a detailed and comprehen-sive study of string literature, techniques,instructional practices and administrativeprocedures. The primary focus will be areview of string literature appropriate forelementary and secondary school ensem-bles. Major publishers, composers,arrangers and common performance andteaching problems will be considered.Fall, 2 units

MUS 664 Band Literature, Techniquesand PracticesCross-listed with MUS 35This course is a detailed and comprehen-sive study of wind and percussion tech-niques, instructional practices andadministrative procedures that pertain topublic school instrumental music prob-lems.Every Other Fall, 2 units

MUS 668 Graduate Music Teachingand Learning SeminarThis course develops a comprehensiveunderstanding of the way children learnwhen they learn music. Students applyEdwin E. Gordon’s Music LearningTheory to choral, general, special needs,and instrumental music teaching andlearning situations. Strategies for meet-ing state and national standards areincluded. This course is required for stu-dents seeking New York State initialteaching certification.Every Other Fall, 1 unit

MUS 671 Administration andSupervision of Music EducationA study of the organization, mainte-nance and operation of music programsin elementary, middle and high schools,including budgeting, scheduling, select-ing personnel, developing courses ofstudy, public relations and the value ofpublic performance. Special emphasiswill be given to guidelines recommendedfor all music education teachers by theNew York State Education Department.Summer, 3 units

MUS 673 Technology in MusicEducationThis is an introductory course designedfor Music Education majors who are newto music technology. Students learn tointegrate MIDI instruments and comput-ers at every level of music instruction.The course focuses on the applications ofmusic technology in performance as wellas in the classroom at the K-12 level.Spring, 2 units

Music EnsemblesPrerequisite: Audition or director interviewEvery Semester, 0 or 1 unit

MUS 538A Long IslandUniversity/C.W. Post Chorus

MUS 538B Long Island UniversityChamber Singers

MUS 538C C.W. Post Madrigal SingersMUS 538D Long Island Sound –Vocal Jazz

MUS 538E C.W. Post Symphonic BandMUS 538F C.W. Post OrchestraMUS 538G C.W. Post Jazz EnsembleMUS 538H Merriweather ConsortMUS 538I C.W. Post PercussionEnsemble

MUS 538J C.W. Post Guitar EnsembleMUS 538K C.W. Post Brass EnsembleMUS 538L C.W. Post Flute EnsembleMUS 538M C.W. Post String EnsembleMUS 538N C.W. Post Wind EnsembleMUS 538O C.W Post Jazz ComboMUS 538P Vocal Jazz ComboMUS 538Q Opera Ensemble

Applied MusicIndividual instruction in the areas indi-catedSpecial studio fee per semesterEvery Semester, 1 or 2 units

MUS 750 A, B ViolinMUS 751 A, B ViolaMUS 752 A, B CelloMUS 753 A, B BassMUS 753 C, D Jazz BassMUS 754 A, B GuitarMUS 754 C, D Jazz GuitarMUS 760 A, B FluteMUS 760 C, D Jazz FluteMUS 761 A, B OboeMUS 762 A, B ClarinetMUS 762 C, D Jazz ClarinetMUS 763 A, B BassoonMUS 764 A, B SaxophoneMUS 764 C, D Jazz SaxophoneMUS 765 A, B RecorderMUS 770 A, B TrumpetMUS 770 C, D Jazz TrumpetMUS 771 A, B Horn

MUS 772 A, B TromboneMUS 772 C, D Jazz TromboneMUS 773 A, B TubaMUS 774 A, B EuphoniumMUS 780 A, B PercussionMUS 780 C, D Jazz PercussionMUS 783 A, B PianoMUS 783 C, D Jazz PianoMUS 784 A, B OrganMUS 785 A, B SynthesizerMUS 788 A, B Voice

Thesis Courses

MUS 707 Research MethodsThis course is open to matriculated stu-dents only. The course is designed todevelop research techniques and the useof music reference and research materi-als. The selection of a thesis topic andthe completion of an approved thesisproposal are required.Every Semester, 3 units

MUS 708 Thesis SeminarThis course is open to matriculated stu-dents only. The preparation of the thesisis taken under the guidance of the candi-date’s approved committee. The com-pleted thesis is the subject of an oralexamination.Prerequisite: MUS 707Every Semester, 3 units

*Four hours of participation in theRompertunes Early Childhood Teaching andLearning Program, which is conducted at theUniversity Child Care Center on campus, isrequired. The Rompertunes program takesplace on Fridays between the hours of 11:15a.m. and 12:30 p.m. Six hours of fieldexperience and observations in an approvedschool environment are also required.**Ten hours of field experience and observa-tions in an approved school environment arerequired.

C.W. Post Campus

THEATRE, FILMAND DANCE

Phone: (516) 299-2353Fax: (516) 299-3824Web site: www.liu.edu/svpa/theatre

Faculty

Cara GarganoChair, Department of Theatre, Film andDanceProfessor of Theatre and DanceB.A., M.A., University of Rochester;New York School of Ballet;Ph.D., Graduate Center, City Universityof New Yorkcgargano@liu.edu

David C. GildProfessor of TheatreB.F.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology;M.F.A., D.F.A., Yale Universitydavid.gild@liu.edu

Cheryl Halliburton-BeattyProgram Director, DanceAssociate Professor of DanceB.A., Boston University;M.A., Long Island Universitycheryl.halliburton-beatty@liu.edu

Rick DesRochersAssistant Professor of FilmB.A., Arizona State University;M.F.A., University of Massachusetts atAmherstrick.desrochers@liu.edu

Heather DrastalGeneral Manager, Post Theatre CompanyB.F.A., Long Island University;M.A., New York Universityheather.drastal@liu.edu

Jon FraserSenior Associate Dean, School of Visualand Performing ArtsProfessor of TheatreB.A., Columbia University;M.F.A., New York Universityjfraser@liu.edu

John J. KoshelAssociate Professor of FilmB.A., Hamilton College;M.F.A., New York Universityjkoshel@liu.edu

John W. MainenteTechnical Director, FilmB.F.A., Long Island University;M.F.A., Columbia Universityjohn.mainente@liu.edu

Carter Anne McGowanProgram Director, Arts ManagementAssociate Professor of TheatreB.A., St. John’s University;M.F.A., New York University;M.F.A., Brooklyn College, City Universityof New York;J.D., Cornell Universitycarter.mcgowan@liu.edu

Bill MotykaDirector, Design and ProductionB.A., Rutgers University;M.F.A., New York Universitybill.motyka@liu.edu

Maria PorterProfessor of TheatreB.A., M.F.A., University of California,San Diegomaria.porter@liu.edu

Jennifer RiceCostume Shop SupervisorB.A., Dickinson College

Soopum SohnAssistant Professor of FilmB.F.A., Art Center College of Design;M.F.A., American Film Institutesoopum.sohn@liu.edu

Susan ZeigProfessor of FilmB.S., Empire State College, StateUniversity of New Yorkszeig@liu.edu

Degree Program

The Department of Theatre, Film andDances offers a degree program leadingto a Master of Arts in Theatre with anemphasis on contemporary theory, peda-gogy and practice. It is designed to helpnurture and create theatre artists whomay work as actors, directors, designersor other creative participants in today’stheatre, or prepare students to continuewith further study in a doctoral program,or to prepare for a Master of Fine Artsprogram in performance or design.The degree program involves a core of

courses in post-modern theatre theoryand history, as well as studios in Suzuki,Viewpoints, and other contemporary per-formance techniques. All students are

required to spend an experiential summerwith a current practitioner of contempo-rary theatre.

Applicants must hold a bachelor’sdegree in theatre or a related field withan overall and major minimum gradepoint average of 3.00. Preparation for theprogram, in addition to theatre courses,would include coursework in art andmusic history, photography and design.In addition, applicants are expected tohave practical experience in theatre aseither an actor, director, playwright ordesigner.The application process will include a

completed application, two letters of rec-ommendation from theatre instructors orprofessionals familiar with the applicant’stheatre training and work, and a one-page written statement concerning theapplicant’s goals in theatre. All appli-cants must interview with the chairper-son, and may be asked for an audition.Admission to the program is for the Fallsemester only.The Graduate Admissions Office and

the Department of Theatre, Film andDance must give approval for all poten-tial students in this program. In the caseof international students for whomEnglish is a second language, a minimumTOEFL score of 550 (paper test) or 213(computer test) PLUS a minimum scoreof 55 or above on the Test of SpokenEnglish (TSE) or the SpeakingProficiency English Assessment Kit(SPEAK) is required.Students admitted to this program are

reviewed by the department after com-pletion of one year of study (18 units),and must be invited by the faculty tocontinue the program. Criteria for main-taining matriculation in the programinclude an acceptable grade point aver-age, along with evidence of seriousnessand professionalism about the course ofstudy. Students are required to successful-ly complete a comprehensive examina-tion on classical and modern plays at theend of their first year.

Residency RequirementIn most cases, all 36 units required for

the degree must be taken in the depart-

Theatre, Film and Dance

ment. Exceptions may be made for amaximum of six units taken at othergraduate schools provided the courses arethe equivalent of those required for thedegree. Life experience, while acceptablefor admissions requirements as describedabove, will not satisfy degree requirements.

Degree Requirements

Required CoursesThe following courses are required for

the degree:Courses UnitsTHA 501 Performance Theory I:Research & Writing 3

THA 515 Performance Theory II:Practitioners 3

THA 525 Performance Theory III: TheMagnitude of Performance 3

THA 500 Post-Modern Theatre inNew York 3

THA 505 Design Concepts forVisual Artists 3

THA 534, 535 Production Laboratory 2THA 599 Internship 1THA 707 Thesis Seminar 3THA 708 Thesis Project 3Total 24

Twelve additional units will be chosenby the student in consultation with, andthe approval of, the Director of GraduateStudies. 12

Comprehensive ExaminationEach student is required to complete

successfully a comprehensive examina-tion at the end of the first year of study(18 units). This examination will coverthe student’s knowledge of the classicaland modern canon. The student isexpected to prepare for this examinationduring the first year in addition tocoursework. The list of plays to be readby students will be distributed at thebeginning of the Fall semester by theDirector of Graduate Studies. Studentswho do not pass this examination mayneed to take or audit additional courses,or may be dismissed from the program.

The Experiential Term (THA 599:Internship)Each student is required to spend a termstudying or working with a major practi-tioner of contemporary theatre. Theremay be additional costs involved in this

experience, including, but not limited to,separate fees or tuition, travel and livingexpenses, etc. Experiential plans must beapproved in advance by the Director ofGraduate Studies.

Theatre CourseDescriptions

THA 500 Post-Modern Theatre inNew YorkVisits to theatrical productions of post-modern work in New York City.Discussion and analysis of the theatricalexperience, and an understanding of thecircumstances and problems specific tothe creation, production and marketingof post-modern work.Special ticket charge.Every semester, 1 unit

THA 501 Performance Theory andCritical Thinking Part I: ResearchMethods and Writing AboutPerformanceThis is a two-part core graduate course.The first part will introduce the seriousgraduate student to the methods andmaterials of intensive theatre research.The class will focus on how to watch,analyze and think about performancewith a performance studies perspective.The course will culminate in an annotat-ed bibliography and the student will turnhis/her research into a paper in Part II ofthe class.Fall, 3 units

THA 502 Seminar in Classical TheatreThis course is a seminar focusing onresearch in classical theatre history anddramatic literature. Emphasis is onresearching specific topics related toreadings.Prerequisite: THA 590 or chairperson’s per-missionSummer, 3 units

THA 503 Seminar in Modern TheatreThis course is a seminar focusing onresearch in modern and contemporarytheatre and drama. Emphasis is onresearching specific topics related toreadings.Prerequisite: THA 590 or chairperson’s per-mission.Spring, 3 units

THA 504 Technical Theatre PracticesThis course is an introduction to thematerials, processes and techniques forscenic construction, painting and rigging,stage lighting, sound, costumes and prop-

erties. The course includes practicalexperience in laboratory exercises andproduction.Crew requirementFall, 3 units

THA 505 Design Concepts for VisualArtistsThis course presents a conceptualapproach to lighting, scenic, and cos-tume design for the actor/director andincludes an analysis of the designer’sdrawings. Communication skills inexpressing concepts to designers is cov-ered. Class projects are required.Spring, 3 units

THA 508 Drafting for Designers andTechniciansThis course covers engineering drawing,with special emphasis on the specifics oftheatrical drafting. Floor plans, designelevations, shop drawings, sections, pic-torial drawings are examined.Prerequisite: Permission of the instructorEvery Other Spring, 3 units

THA 510 Stage ManagementThis course covers the principles andskills of stage management, includinganalysis of script, preparation of promptbook, rehearsal organization, productioncoordination and the running of produc-tions. Practical crew requirement.Prerequisite: Permission of the instructorSpring, 3 units

THA 511 Theatre Management andAdministrationThis course is an in-depth study of man-agement and administration principlesfor theatre organizations: commercial,nonprofit, educational, repertory andtouring. Includes production guidelines,budgeting, development, promotion,business records and resources. Individualprojects are required.Prerequisite: Department approvalOn Occasion, 3 units

THA 512 Contracts, Unions and Lawin TheatreThis course is a seminar approach to thestudy of legal aspects of working in the-atre. The course includes the study ofactual contracts and their components aswell as investigation of unions governingall aspects of professional theatre andtheir rules and admission requirements.The course includes the examination ofthe interrelations of various unionsthrough the study of the total productionprocess and legal case histories.Extensive reading and individual projectsare required.On Occasion, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

THA 515 Performance Theory andCritical Thinking Part II: PractitionersThis course consists of examining andanalyzing actual performances of manypost-modern artists. Weekly viewing offilmed performances, followed by discus-sion, will culminate in written and oralprojects on individual artists, studied inboth class and independently.Spring, 3 units

THA 521 Acting: Theory, Pedagogyand PracticeExplores methodologies of actor trainingthrough practice, observation and discus-sion. The practice of pedagogy will beexamined through the lens of the under-graduate course of study for B.F.A. stu-dents. While the methodology andpractice of Constantine Stanislovsky willbe a primary source, the course alsotouches on alternative methodologiesincluding Tadashi Suzuki, Anne Bogart,Eugenio Barba and Christina Castrillo.May be repeated for unit.Fall, 3 units

THA 525 Performance Theory andCritical Thinking Part III: TheMagnitudes of PerformanceThe magnitude of performance will beexplored, including the relationshipbetween performance and the social sci-ences, feminism, queer theory, new his-toricism, performance art, race and dailylife. Building on the student’s knowledgeof performance theory, the course willilluminate the significant manifestationsof the complex field of performance.Fall, 3 units

THA 531 DirectingThis course is a study and practicum indirecting for the theatre. Students con-centrate on blocking, stage movement,and the creation of theatrical images invarious kinds of spaces. Course workinvolves directing scenes and short plays,and focusing on work with the actors.May be repeated for unit.Fall, 3 units

THA 533 Theories of DirectingIn this seminar, students will read theoriginal writings of many influential con-temporary directors as well as importantcommentary and analysis of their cre-ative process. The goal of the class is tounderstand the enormous contributionsthat each individual has made to theworld of performance.Fall, 3 units

THA 534, 535, 536, 537 ProductionLaboratoryThis course is an intensive experience intheatrical production for public perfor-mance. Students act, direct, or fulfill staffresponsibilities in the productions of thePost Theatre Company. May be repeatedfor credit.Every Semester, 1 unit

THA 540 Beginning Suzuki TechniqueA studio course on Suzuki movementtechnique and theory (focus, stillness,creating an inner world and an intensephysical life on stage), with specialemphasis on connecting the training topreparation for rehearsal and perfor-mance.Every Semester, 3 units

THA 541A SpeechA studio course focusing on the practiceof American Stage Standard Speechincluding the study of the InternationalPhonetic Alphabet and dialect work.Fall, 3 units

THA 541B VoiceThis course focuses on the use of thevocal instrument. Through exercises,based primarily on Linklater technique,the student explores the relationship ofbreath to the text and acquires theknowledge to care for and maintainvocal health and production.Spring, 3 units

THA 542 Advanced SuzukiThe goals of this class are to find andsynthesize approaches to the generationof new theatrical material which areguided by the physical, aided by theintellect, and inspired by the emotive; touse the voice as an extension of the bodyand sound as a physical impulse insteadof the means to convey thought and, toexplore individual expression of thehuman experience, firstly by means ofthe physical self, and then adding thespoken word. The primary physical tech-nique employed is the Suzuki Methodcomplemented by other techniques.Focus on physical vocal training andcompositional work.Prerequisite: THA 540 or UndergraduateCourse THA 51Fall, 3 units

THA 544 Acting for Film &TelevisionThis advanced-level acting course pre-pares the actor for the many demandsplaced on the performer by the camera.Prerequisite: THA 521Every Other Fall, 3 units

THA 549 History of StyleThis course included a survey of cos-tume, architecture and décor of themajor periods of western civilization frompre-history to the present time with anemphasis on the source of research need-ed for design. Visits to galleries, muse-ums, libraries and historical sites.Extensive research required.Fall, 3 units

THA 561 Lighting DesignThis course is a practical approach toproblems in design and emphasizes pro-duction experience. The course includesportfolio development and criticism.Design assignment is required.Prerequisites: Department approvalEvery Other Fall, 3 units

THA 563 Advanced Scene DesignThis course presents a practical approachto problems in design by emphasizingproduction experience. Portfolio devel-opment and criticism is included. Designassignment is required.Prerequisite: Department approvalEvery Other Fall, 3 units

THA 564 Scene PaintingThis course is a practical approach toscene painting, and includes techniquesfrom the simplest to trompe l’oeil.Every Other Spring, 3 units

THA 580 Contemporary MusicalTheatre SeminarThis course offers opportunities for prac-tical work in musical theatre.Every Other Fall, 3 units

THA 565 Advanced Costume DesignAn advanced exploration of the principlesand procedures of costume design for thetheatre. Includes examination and practi-cal application of the process of scriptanalysis for the designer through designprojects, with sketch development, colorcontrol, presentation and construction ofcostumes. A study of the history of cloth-ing is included. Extensive reading, researchand individual projects are required.Prerequisites: THA 504, 505Fall, 3 units

THA 566 Advanced Make-up and MaskThis course explores practical instructionin make-up techniques in theatre, filmand television. The function of make-upis initially explored through mask work.Design process, production styles, sketchdevelopment and make-up techniquesare then studied through demonstrationand individual application.Prerequisites: THA 504, 505Spring, 3 units

Theatre, Film and Dance

THA 589C Advanced Individual Studyin TheatreThis course is for individual faculty-guid-ed projects. May be repeated for credit.Prerequisite: Approval of departmentchairperson.Every Semester, 3 units

THA 599 Theatre InternshipThis course provides practical hands-onexperience under the guidance of profes-sionals in active theatre companies offcampus. Internship assignments are madein consultation with graduate faculty andmust fulfill specific criteria.On Occasion, 1-3 units

THA 605 Theatre as a Learning ToolThis course includes drama techniquesfor classroom use. A one-week intensiveworkshop introducing the philosophiesunderlying drama/theatre education andthe tools with which classroom teacherscan implement that philosophy into theclassroom.Summer, 3 units

THA 707, 708 ThesisThis course covers the completion of anindependently designed project approvedby the graduate faculty. Students maychoose to do a thesis in directing, acting,design, management, research or play-writing.Every Semester, 3 units

ARM 589C Advanced IndependentStudy in Arts ManagementThis course is for individual faculty-guid-ed projects. May be repeated for credit.Prerequisites: Approval of departmentchairEvery Semester, 3 units

CIN 555 Media EducationThis course is a hands-on approach tofilm and video production tailored toindividual needs. Most appropriate forteachers, librarians, and those wishing tocreate and understand the rudiments ofproduction and editing.On Occasion, 3 units

CIN 589C Advanced Individual Studyin FilmThis course is for individual faculty-guid-ed projects.Approval of department chair. May berepeated for credit.Every Semester, 3 units

DAN 589C Advanced Individual Studyin DanceThis course is for individual faculty-guid-ed projects.Approval of department chair isrequired. May be repeated for credit.Every Semester, 3 units

C.W. Post Campus

Approved Programs

College of Liberal Arts & SciencesMajor Hegis Degree

American Studies 0313 BAApplied Behavior Analysis 2099 Adv. Cert.Applied Mathematics 1703 MSApplied Mathematics withComputer Science 1703 BS

Biology 0401 BA, BS,BS/MS, MS

Biology: Adoles Ed 0401.01 BSBiology: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 0401.01/

0802 BS/MABiology: Adoles Ed/Literacy 0401.01/

0830 BA/MSBiology: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 0401.01/

0808 BS/MSEDChemistry 1905 BA, BSChemistry: Adoles Ed 1905.01 BSChemistry: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1905.01/

0802 BS/MAChemistry: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1905.01/

0830 BA/MSChemistry: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 1905.01/

0808 BS/MSEDClinical Psychology 2003 Psy.D.Comparative Languages 1101 BAEarth Science 1917 MSEarth Science: Adoles Ed 1917.01 BSEarth Sci: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1917.01/

0802 BS/MAEarth Sci: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1917.01/

0830 BA/MSEarth Sci: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 1917.01/

0808 BS/MSEDEconomics 2204 BAEnglish 1501 BA, MAEnglish: Adoles Ed 1501.01 BSEnglish: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1501.01/

0802 BS/MAEnglish: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1501/0830 BA/MSEnglish: Adoles Ed/Special Adolescence Ed 1501.01/

0808 BS/MSEDEnvironmental Studies 0420 MSForensic Science 1999.20 BSFrench 1102 BAFrench: Adoles Ed 1102.01 BSFrench: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1102.01/

0802 BS/MAFrench: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1102.01/

0830 BA/MSFrench: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 1102.01/

0808 BS/MSED

General Studies 5699 AAGeography 2206 BAGeology 1914 BA, BSGerman 1103 BAHistory 2205 BA, MAInterdisciplinary Studies 4901 BA, BS,

MA, MSInternational Studies 2210 BAInternational Studies/Business Administration 2210/0506 BA/MBA

Italian 1104 BAItalian: Adoles Ed 1109.01 BSItalian: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1109.01/

0802 BS/MAItalian: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1109.01/

0830 BA/MSItalian: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 1109.01/

0808 BS/MSEDMathematics 1701 BA, BSMathematics: Adoles Ed 1701.01 BSMathematics: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1701.01/

0802 BS/MAMathematics: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1701.01/

0830 BA/MSMathematics: Adolescence Ed/Special Adolescence Ed 1701.01/

0808 BS/MSEDMathematics/Physics 1799 BSMiddle Childhood Education:English, Spanish, Biology,Earth Science, Mathematicsor Social Studies 0804.00 MS

Molecular Biology 0416 BSPhilosophy 1509 BAPolitical Science 2207 BA, MA,

BA/MAPolitical Science/Public Administration 2207/2102 BA/MPA

Psychology 2001 BA, BS,MA

Physics 1902 BASociology 2208 BASoc Studies: Adoles Ed 2201.01 BSSoc Studies: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 2201.01/

0802 BS/MASoc Studies: Adoles Ed/Literacy 2201.01/

0830 BA/MSSoc Studies: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 2201.01/

0808 BS/MSEDSpanish 1105 BA, MASpanish: Adoles Ed 1105.01 BSSpanish: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1105.01/

0802 BS/MASpanish: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1105.01/

0830 BA/MSSpanish: Adolescence Ed/Special Adolescence Ed 1105.01/

0808 BS/MSED

APPROVED PROGRAMS – C.W. POST

New York State Education DepartmentInventory of Registered Programs

Enrollment in other than registered or otherwise approved programs may jeopardize a student’s eligibility for certain student aid awards.

College of ManagementMajor Hegis Degree

Accountancy 0502 BS, MS,BS/MS

Business 0506 Adv. Cert.Business Administration 0506 BS, MBA,

Adv. Cert.Business Administration & Law(with Touro Law Center) 0506/1401 MBA/JD

Criminal Justice 2105 BA, MS,BA/MS

Criminal Justice –Security Administration 2105 MS

Gerontology 2299.10 Adv. Cert.Health Care Administration 1202 BS, MPA,

BS/MPAHealth Care Administration & Law(with Touro Law Center) 1202/1401 MPA/JD

International Studies/Business Administration 2210/0506 BA/MBA

Non-Profit Management 2102.00 Adv. Cert.Political Science/PublicAdministration 2207/2102 BA/MPA

Public Administration 2102 BS, MPA,BS/MPA

Social Work 2104 BS, MSWTaxation 0502.10 MS

College of Information andComputer ScienceMajor Hegis Degree

Archives & Records Management 1699 Adv. Cert.Computer Science 0702 BSComputer Science Education 0799 MSInformation Management &Technology 0799 BS

Information Studies 0702 Ph.D.Information Systems 0702 BS, MSLibrary and Information Science 1601 MSLibrary and Information Science/School Library Media 0899.01 MS

Management Engineering 0913 MSPublic Library Director 1601 Adv. Cert.

School of EducationMajor Hegis Degree

Adolescence Education: 0803.00 MSEnglish, Spanish, 5-6 Ext,Biology, Earth ScienceMathematics, or Social Studies

Biology: Adoles Ed 0401.01 BSBiology: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 0401.01/

0802 BS/MABiology: Adoles Ed/Literacy 0404.01/

0830 BA/MS

Biology: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 0401.01/

0808 BS/MSEDChemistry: Adoles Ed 1905.01 BSChemistry: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1905.01/

0802 BS/MAChemistry: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1905.01/

0830 BA/MSChemistry: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 1905.01/

0808 BS/MSEDChildhood Ed/Adolescence Ed:Biology 0802/0401.01 BS/MS

Childhood Ed/Adolescence Ed:Chemistry 0802/1905.01 BS/MS

Childhood Ed/Adolescence Ed:Earth Science 0802/1917.01 BS/MS

Childhood Ed/Adolescence Ed:English 0802/1501.01 BS/MS

Childhood Ed/Adolescence Ed:French 0802/1102.01 BS/MS

Childhood Ed/Adolescence Ed:Italian 0802/1109.01 BS/MS

Childhood Ed/Adolescence Ed:Mathematics 0802/1701.01 BS/MS

Childhood Ed/Adolescence Ed:Social Studies 0802/2201.01 BS/MS

Childhood Ed/Adolescence Ed:Spanish 0802/1105.01 BS/MS

Childhood Ed/Early Childhood 0802/0823 BS/MAChildhood Ed (Internship) 0802.00 MSChildhood Ed/Literacy 0802/0830 BS/MSChildhood Ed/Special Education 0802/0808 BS/MSEDChildhood/Special Education 0808.00 MSChildhood TeachingLiteracy B-6 0830.00 MS

College Student Development 0826.00 MSComputers in Education 0899 MSEarly Childhood Ed/Childhood Ed 0823/0802 BS/MAEarly Childhood Ed (Internships) 0823.00 MSEarly Childhood Ed/Literacy 0823/0830 BS/MSEarth Science: Adoles Ed 1917.01 BSEarth Science: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1917.01/

0802 BS/MAEarth Science: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1917.01/

0830 BA/MSEarth Science: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 1917.01/

0808 BS/MSEDEducator in Non-SchoolSettings 0899 BS

English: Adoles Ed 1501.01 BSEnglish: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1501.01/

0802 BS/MAEnglish: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1501/0830 BA/MSEnglish: Adoles Ed/Special Adolescence Ed 1501.01/

0808 BS/MSEDFrench: Adoles Ed 1102.01 BSFrench: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1102.01/

0802 BS/MAFrench: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1102.01/

0830 BA/MSFrench: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 1102.01/

0808 BS/MSEDHealth Education 0835 BSHealth Education andPhysical Education 0837 BS

C.W. Post Campus

Approved Programs

Higher Education 0805 Adv. Cert.Higher Education 0805 Adv. Dip.Initial Certification Childhood 0802 BSInitial Certification Early Childhood 0823 BSItalian: Adoles Ed 1109.01 BSItalian: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1109.01/

0802 BS/MAItalian: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1109.01/

0830 BA/MSItalian: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 1109.01/

0808 BS/MSEDLiteracy – Birth-Grade 6 0830 MSEDMathematics: Adoles Ed 1701.01 BSMath: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1701.01/

0802 BS/MAMath: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1701.01/

0830 BA/MSMath: Special Adolescence Ed 1701.01/

0808 BS/MSEDMental Health Counseling 2104.10 MSMiddle Childhood Education: 0804.00 MSEnglish, Spanish, Biology,Earth Science, Mathematics,or Social Studies

Non Certification Childhood 1-6 0802 BSNon Certification Early Childhood 0823 BSPhysical Education 0835.00 BSPhysical Ed. & Health Ed. 0835 BSSchool Building Leader 0828 Adv. Cert.School Building Leader 0828 MSEDSchool Counselor 0826.01 MSSchool District Building Leader 0827 Adv. Cert.School District Leader 0828 Adv. Cert.Soc Studies: Adoles Ed 2201.01 BSSoc Studies: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 2201.01/

0802 BS/MASoc Studies: Adoles Ed/Literacy 2201.01/

0830 BA/MSSoc Studies: Adoles Ed/Special Adoles Ed 2201.01/

0808 BS/MSEDSpanish: Adoles Ed 1105.01 BSSpanish: Adoles Ed/Childhd Ed 1105.01/

0802 BS/MASpanish: Adoles Ed/Literacy 1105.01/

0830 BA/MSSpanish: Special Adolescence Ed 1105.01/

0808 BS/MSEDSpecial Education 0808.00 MSEDSpeech-Language Pathology 1220 MASpeech-Language Pathologyand Audiology 1220 BS

Teaching English to Speakersof Other Languages 1508 MA

Teaching Students withSpeech/Language Disability 1220 MA

School of Health Professionsand NursingMajor Hegis Degree

Advanced Practice Nursing 1203.10 BS/MS, MSBiomedical Science: ClinicalLab Science, Categ. Lab. 1299 BS

Biomedical Science: ClinicalLab Science, Generalist 1299 BS

Biomedical Sciences:Cytotechnology 0417 BS

Biomedical Technology 1299 BSCardiovascular Perfusion 1223 MSClinical Laboratory Mgmt. 1299 MSDietetics – Dietetic Internship 1306 Adv. Cert.Family Nurse Practitioner 1203.10, BS/MS, MS,

1203.12 Adv. Cert.Health InformationManagement 1215, 5213 BS, Cert.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging 5207 Cert.Medical Biology 1299 MSNursing (RNs) 1203.10 BSNursing Education 1203.10 MSNursing Education 1203.12 Adv. Cert.Nutrition 1299/0424 BS, BS/MSRadiologic Technology 1225 BS

School of Visual and Performing ArtsMajor Hegis Degree

Art 1002 BFA, MAArt Education “B-12” 0831 BA, BFAArt Education (Internship) 0831 MSArt History and Theory 1003 BAArt Therapy 1099 BSArts Management 1099 BFACreative Art Studio 1009 BAClinical Art Therapy 1099 MADance Studies 1008 BFADigital Art and Design 1002 BFAElectronic Media 0605 BFAFilm 1010 BFAFine Arts & Design 1001 MFAInstrumental Performance 1004 BMInteractive Multimedia 0605 MAMusic 1004 BA, BFA,

MAMusic Education “B-12” 0832 BS, BMMusic Education (Internship) 0832 MSMusic Education “N-12” 0832 BFAPhotography 1011 BFAPrint and ElectronicJournalism 0602 BFA

Public Relations 0604 BFATheatre 1007 MATheatre Arts 1007 BA, BFAVocal Performance 1004 BM

C.W. Post Campus

C.W. POST FULL-TIME FACULTY

Michael J. AbatemarcoProfessor of AccountingB.S., J.D., State University of New York atBuffalo;L.L.M., New York University; CPA

Donna AbbondandoloCo-Associate Director, Health InformationManagement ProgramRegistered Health Information AdministratorB.S., Long Island University;M.B.A., Hofstra University

Nassima Abdelli-BeruhVisiting Assistant Professor of EducationM.A., Ph.D., City University of New York

Lenore AbendAssociate Professor of NursingB.S., M.S., Adelphi University;B.A., Brooklyn College, City University of NewYork;Ph.D., Hofstra University

Shahla Marvizi AhdoutAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.S., Arya-Mahr University of Technology(Tehran, Iran);Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Iftikhar AhmadAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., M.A., University of Peshawar, Pakistan;M.A., Brooklyn College, City University of NewYork;M.A., The Graduate Center, City University ofNew York;Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University

Patrick J. AievoliProgram Director, Interactive Multimedia ArtAssociate Professor of ArtA.A.S., State University of New York atFarmingdale;B.S., State University of New York at Buffalo;M.A., Empire State College

Barton AllenAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Bloomfield College;M.S., Long Island University;P.D., Ed.D., Fordham University

John Amato, Jr.Associate Professor of EducationB.A., Hofstra University;M.S., Ithaca College;M.Ed., Ed.D., Columbia University

Nuzhat AminAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., St. Joseph’s College, Karachi, Pakistan;M.A., University of Karachi, Karachi, Pakistan;B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Toronto

Susan AndimaAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.A., State University of New York atBinghamton;M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado

Daniel L. AraozProfessor of EducationB.A., M.A., Gonzaga University;M.S.T., University of Santa Clara;M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University;Fellow, American Institute of Psychotherapy andPsychoanalysisA.B.P.P., Diplomate in Counseling Psychologyand Family Psychology;National Certified Counselor, NBCC;A.B.P.H., Diplomate in Clinical Hypnosis;Honorary Professor, Universidad PeruanaCayetano Heredia

Jennifer AstutoAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., M.S., New York University;Ph.D., City University of New York

Jeanie AttieChair, History DepartmentAssociate Professor of HistoryB.A., University of Pittsburgh;M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University

Richard AulettaAssistant Professor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., Long Island University;M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo

Beatrice BaadenAssistant Professor of Library and InformationScienceB.S., St. John’s University;M.S., Long Island University;C.A.S., P.D., Ed.D., Hofstra University

G. Glenn BaigentAssociate Professor of FinanceB.Eng., Technical University of Nova Scotia;M.B.A., St. Mary’s University;Ph.D., Kent State University

Donald G. BakerProfessor of Political ScienceB.A., University of Denver;M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University

Tavis BarrAssistant Professor of EconomicsB.A., M.A., Boston University;M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University

Charles A. BarragatoDirector, School of Professional AccountancyProfessor of AccountingB.S., M.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., Baruch College, City University of NewYork; CPA, CFE

Marietta BarrettiAssociate Professor of Social WorkA.A., Queensboro Community College;B.S.S.W., M.S.W., Adelphi University, Schoolof Social Work;D.S.W., Hunter College, School of Social Work

Meryl BarrowAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., State University of New York at Albany;M.S., D.A., Adelphi University

James D. BasileProfessor of Computer ScienceB.A., State University of New York at New Paltz;M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brook

Robert L. BattenfeldProfessorHead, Periodicals DepartmentB.A., State University of New York at New Paltz;M.L.A., Queens College, City University ofNew York;M.S., Long Island University

James P. BednarzProfessor of EnglishB.A., M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., ColumbiaUniversity

Geoffrey C. BerresfordProfessor of MathematicsB.A., Lawrence University;M.S., Ph.D., New York University

Robert E. BertucelliDirector, Tax and Accounting InstituteProfessor of AccountingB.S., M.S., Long Island University; CPA;CFP; CLU

Elliott BirdProfessor of MathematicsB.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology;M.A., University of Massachusetts;M.Ed., Washington State University;Ph.D., Adelphi University

Orland J. Blanchard, Jr.Professor of BiologyA.B., Clark University;Ph.D., Cornell University

Margaret F. BoorsteinChair, Earth and Environmental ScienceProfessor of GeographyB.A., Barnard College of Columbia University;M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University

Terry BordanProfessor of EducationB.A., Queens College, City University of NewYork;M.S., Long Island University;Ed.D., University of Sarasota

Arvind BordeProfessor of MathematicsB.Sc., Bombay University;M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brook

Thomas F. BowmanProfessor of EducationB.A., Western Washington State College;M.Ed., Ed.D., Washington State University

Mary Kathleen Boyd-ByrnesAssociate Professor Library, Reference ServicesDepartmentB.A., State University of New York at Geneseo;M.L.S., Long Island University

Carol M. BoyerAssistant Professor of FinanceB.S., Trinity University;M.B.A., Texas State University;Ph.D., Florida State University

Frank BradyChair, Department of Health, Physical Educationand Movement ScienceAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., H.D.E., D.P.E., St. Patrick’s College(Dublin, Ireland);M.A., Ed.D., New York University

Pamela BrodliebDirector, Field EducationB.A., M.S., State University of New York atAlbany;M.S.W., Adelphi University

Jana BrunsAssistant Professor of HistoryB.A, M.A., Oxford University;M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University

Jeremy A. BuchmanAssociate Professor of Political ScienceB.A., Columbia University;M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University

Rosemary Burgos-MiraInstructor, Library, Acquisitions DepartmentA.A., B.A., New York University;M.S., Long Island University

Anne BurnsProfessor of MathematicsB.A., M.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., State University of New York at StonyBrook

Jerrilynn BurrowesAssistant Professor of NutritionB.A., Fisk University;M.S., Ph.D., New York University

Michael ByrneCo-Chair, Department of Educational TechnologyAssociate Professor of Education, Library andInformation ScienceB.A., University of Notre Dame;M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University

Orly CalderonAssistant Professor of Social WorkB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University;M.S., Psy.D., Hofstra University

Carol CampbellAssociate Professor of PsychologyA.B., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois;M.A., New York University

Scott CarlinAssociate Professor of GeographyB.A., Brandeis University;Ph.D., Clark University, Graduate School ofGeography

Jean CarlomustoAssociate Professor of Media ArtsB.F.A., Long Island University;M.P.S., New York University

Rose Ellen CarterAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., M.A., Goddard College;M.S., Ph.D., Hofstra University

Isaac CatesAssistant Professor of EnglishB.A., University of Texas at Austin;M.A., Johns Hopkins University;Ph.D., Yale University

T. Steven ChangChair, Marketing and International BusinessProfessor of Marketing and International BusinessB.S., M.S., National Cheng Kung University;Ph.D., National Chengchi University;Ph.D., George Washington University

James ChilakaAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.S., University of Nigeria;M.A., Cornell University;Ph.D., Boston University

Genevieve ChinnProgram Director, Music History StudiesProfessor of MusicB.S., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University

Haeryun ChoiAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Seoul National University;M.Ed., State University of New York at Buffalo;Ph.D., University of Buffalo

Heting ChuProfessor of Library and Information ScienceB.A., Peking University;M.L.I.S., McGill University;Ph.D., Drexel University

Paul J. CiborowskiAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., University of Dayton;M.A., New York University;Ph.D., Fordham University

Neo CleopaChair, Mathematics Department;Associate Professor of MathematicsB.A., University of Arkansas;M.S., Ph.D., Adelphi University

Lynn CohenAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., SUNY New Paltz;M.S.Ed., Johns Hopkins University;P.D., Long Island University;Ph.D., Fordham University

James J. ColangeloAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Manhattan College;M.S., St. John’s University;P.D., Long Island University;PsyD., Southern California University

Arthur ColemanProfessor of EnglishB.B.A., Manhattan College;M.A., Ph.D., New York University

Christie L. ComunaleAssociate Professor of AccountingB.B.A., M.B.A., Loyola College;Ph.D., University of Florida; CPA

Charles ConoverProgram Director, Digital Art and DesignAssociate Professor of ArtB.F.A., New York Institute of Technology;M.A., New York University

Martha CooneyAssociate Professor, LibraryAssistant Dean, User ServicesB.A., Syracuse University;M.L.S., Pratt Institute;M.S., Long Island University

Matthew CordaroActing Dean, College of ManagementB.S., Long Island University;M.E., New York UniversityPh.D., Cooper Union

Jeffrey R. CoreyProfessor of PsychologyB.S., Trinity College (Hartford);M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware

Lynn CrotonDean EmeritusProfessor of ArtB.A., Lake Forest College;M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University

Manoj DalviAssociate Professor of FinanceB.Com., Sydeham College, University of Bombay;J.D., Government Law College, University ofBombay;L.L.M., Harvard Law School;Ph.D., Columbia University

Alexander DashnawProgram Director, Choral StudiesProfessor of MusicB.S., State University of New York at Potsdam;M.M., Northwestern University

Julia E. De CarloProfessor of EducationB.A., Marymount College;M.S., St. John’s University;Ph.D., Fordham University

Anthony A. DeFalcoChair, Department of Curriculum & InstructionProfessor of EducationB.A., Maryknoll College;M.A.Ed., Seton Hall University;Ed.D., Rutgers University

Richard Del RossoAssistant Professor of ArtB.F.A., M.A., Long Island University

Rick DesRochersAssistant Professor of FilmB.A., Arizona State University;M.F.A., University of Massachusetts at Amherst

Albert De VivoProfessor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., Lehman College, City University of NewYork;M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University

Joseph A. DespresAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Cathedral College;M.S., Long Island University;Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University

Faculty

Joan DigbyDirector, Honors ProgramProfessor of EnglishB.A., New York University;M.A., University of Delaware;Ph.D., New York University

Phyllis T. DircksProfessor of EnglishB.A., St. John’s University;M.A., Brown University;Ph.D., New York University

Victor J. DiVenereAssociate Professor of GeologyB.A., B.S., M.S., University of Florida;Ph.D., Columbia University

Christopher F. DodrillProfessor of Media ArtsB.A., Long Island University;M.S., Brooklyn College, City University of NewYork

Robert DomingoAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., State University of New York at Plattsburgh;M.S., Adelphi University;M.Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate School, CityUniversity of New York and University Center

Michele M. DornishAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Lockhaven University;M.A., West Virginia University;Ph.D., Penn State University

Matthew J. DraudChair, Biology DepartmentAssociate Professor of BiologyB.A., Thomas More College;M.S., University of Southwestern Louisiana;Ph.D., Lehigh University

Douglas H. DreilingerAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., Hofstra University;M.S., University of Bridgeport;Ph.D., Texas Technological College

Abby DressAssociate Professor of Media ArtsB.F.A., Hofstra University;M.B.A., Dowling College

James DunneAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., State University of New York at Stony Brook;M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College,Columbia University

Lajos ElkanProfessor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., Petofi Gymnasium (Budapest);Licence-és-Letters, Lausanne University(Switzerland);M.A., City College, City University of New York;Ph.D., Columbia University

Jacqueline ElsasAssistant Dean, Reference ServicesAssociate Professor, LibraryB.A., Long Island University;M.L.S., Pratt Institute

Thomas R. FahyAssistant Professor of EnglishB.A., University of California at Davis;M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina atChapel Hill

Vladimir E. FainzilbergProfessor of ChemistryM.S., Moscow Institute of Physics and Technology;Ph.D., Kishinev State University

Kathleen M. FeeleyAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., M.S., St. John’s University;Ph.D., University of Minnesota

Eva L. FeindlerProfessor of PsychologyB.A., Mt. Holyoke College;M.A., Ph.D., West Virginia University

John FeknerProfessor of ArtB.F.A., New York Institute of Technology;M.F.A., Lehman College, City University ofNew York

Chantal FerraroAssociate Professor of AnthropologyB.A., Queens College, City University of New York;M.Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate School, CityUniversity of New York;Diplome d’Etat d’Infirmiere, Ecole d’Infirmieresdu Centre Hospitalier de Bourg-en-Bresse;Baccalaureat es Sciences Economiques etSociales, Lycee Monge (France)

Susan Fife-DorchakCo-chair, Computer Science/ManagementEngineering DepartmentProfessor of Computer ScienceB.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology;M.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., Nova Southeastern University

Carl L. FigliolaProfessor of Health Care and Public AdministrationB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Ph.D., New York University

Paul ForestellAssociate Dean, College of Liberal Arts and SciencesProfessor of PsychologyB.A., M.A., University of New Brunswick;Ph.D., University of Hawaii

Morrey A. FormanAssociate Professor of Health Care and PublicAdministrationA.A., Staten Island Community College, CityUniversity of New York;B.A., City College, City University of New York;M.P.A., Baruch College, City University ofNew York;Ph.D., New York University

Barbara R. FowlesChair, Media ArtsProfessor of Media ArtsB.A., Barnard College;M.A., Ph.D., Yeshiva University

Jon FraserSenior Associate Dean, School of Visual andPerforming ArtsProfessor of TheatreB.A., Columbia University;M.F.A., New York University

James FreeleyAssociate Professor of ManagementB.S., Fordham University;M.B.A., Pace University;Ph.D., Fordham University

Erica Frouman-SmithAssociate Professor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., University of Massachusetts;M.A., University of Wisconsin;Ph.D., University of New Mexico

Nancy FryeAssistant Professor of PsychologyB.A., New College;M.S., Texas Tech University;Ph.D., University of Florida

John S. GafarChair, Economics DepartmentProfessor of EconomicsB.A., University of Guyana;M.A., University of California;M.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., University of West Indies

Cara GarganoChair, Theatre, Film and Dance DepartmentProfessor of Theatre and DanceB.A., M.A., University of Rochester;New York School of Ballet;Ph.D., City University of New York

Donald GelmanChair, Physics DepartmentProfessor of PhysicsB.S., Brooklyn College, City University of NewYork;M.S., Ph.D., New York University

Elissa GiffordsAssociate Professor of Social WorkA.A., Nassau Community College;B.A., Hofstra University;M.S.W., D.S.W., Adelphi University

David C. GildProfessor of Theatre and FilmB.F.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology;M.F.A., D.F.A., Yale University

Ryan S. GingerasAssistant Professor of HistoryB.A., University of California at San Diego;M.A., Ph.D., University of Toronto

George GiulianiProfessor of EducationB.S., State University of New York at New Paltz;M.S., Ph.D., St. John’s University

Frances GizisChair, Nutrition DepartmentAssociate Professor of NutritionB.H.Sc., University of Guelph;M.S., Cornell University;Ph.D., New York University

C.W. Post Campus

Arthur S. GoldbergProfessor of ChemistryB.A., M.S., New York University;Ph.D., University of Hawaii

Ruth GoldenProgram Director, Vocal StudiesAssociate Professor of MusicB.A., University of California at Berkeley;M.M., University of Southern California;M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles

Eugene GoldinProfessor of EducationB.A., M.S.Ed., Queens College, CityUniversity of New York;Ed.D., St. John’s University

Marilyn GoldsteinProfessor of ArtB.S., M.S., Queens College, City University ofNew York;M.S., Ph.D., Columbia University

Roger N. GoldsteinChair, Political Science/International StudiesProfessor of Political ScienceB.A., Oberlin College;M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University

Geoffrey GoodmanAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology;M.A., Columbia University;D.Ed., Northwestern University

Karleen GoubeaudAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., Bob Jones University;M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh;Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Elizabeth GranitzAssociate Professor of EconomicsB.A., Cornell University;M.A., Ph.D., University of California at LosAngeles

Theodora T. GrauerDean, School of Health Professions and NursingProfessor of NursingDiploma, Bellevue Hospital School of Nursing;B.S., Hunter College;M.S., Ph.D., Adelphi University

Sean A. GrennanAssociate Professor of Criminal JusticeB.A., M.A., John Jay College of Criminal Justice;M.Ph., Ph.D., Graduate Center, CityUniversity of New York

Sara S. GronimAssistant Professor of HistoryB.S.N., Boston University;M.A., Brooklyn College;Ph.D., Rutgers University

Anke GrosskopfAssistant Professor of Political Science andInternational StudiesZwischenpruefung, University of Mannheim;M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

Sheila A. GuntherChair, Foreign Languages DepartmentAssociate Professor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., M.A., University of Pennsylvania

Michael HadaniAssistant Professor of ManagementB.A., M.A., The Hebrew University;Ph.D., Syracuse University

Costas HadjicharalambousAssistant Professor of Marketing andInternational BusinessB.Sc., Athens Graduate School of Economicsand Business Sciences;M.B.A., Baruch College, New York;M.Phil., The Graduate Center, City Universityof New York;Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City University ofNew York

Michael P. HaleyAssistant Professor of BiologyB.Sc., University of the West Indies;M.S., Lehigh University;Ph.D., University of California at Santa Cruz

Cheryl Halliburton-BeattyProgram Director, DanceAssociate Professor of DanceB.A., Boston University;M.A., Long Island University

Margaret HallissyProfessor of EnglishB.A., St. John’s University;M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University

Joan HarrisonProfessor of ArtB.A., M.A., Long Island University

Christopher L. HayesProfessor of GerontologyB.A., M.A., Duquesne University Pittsburgh;Ph.D., The Fielding Institute, Santa BarbaraCalifornia

Melvin R. HeckProfessor of EducationB.A., University of North Dakota;M.B.A., Long Island University;M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University

Steven G. HeimAssociate Professor of Computer ScienceB.A., M.S., Long Island University;D.M.A., State University of New York at StonyBrook

David Henley, A.T.R.,Professor of ArtB.A., Kean College of New Jersey;M.A., New York University;Ph.D., Union Institute

Steven HessAssociate Professor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., City College, City University of New York;M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University

Katherine C. Hill-MillerDean, College of Liberal Arts and SciencesProfessor of EnglishB.A., Fordham University;M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University

Mellissa J. HintonAssociate Professor, LibraryHead, Acquisitions DepartmentB.A., State University of New York at Oswego;M.S.L.S., M.A., Long Island University

Lorene HirisProfessor of FinanceB.S., M.B.A., Long Island University;D.P.S., Pace University

A. Hoyt HobbsProfessor of PhilosophyB.A., University of Pennsylvania;Ph.D., Brandeis University

Michael P. HoganAssociate Dean, School of EducationDirector, Clinical Education and ProfessionalCertificationsB.A., Spring Hill College;M.A., University of South Alabama;Ph.D., University of Alabama

Steven HollanderAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., M.S., Brooklyn College, City Universityof New York;Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University

Joann HongAssociate Professor, LibraryCataloging DepartmentB.A., M.A., Ewha Women’s University (Korea);M.L.S., Pratt Institute

Barbara HorwitzProfessor of EnglishB.A., Barnard College of Columbia University;M.A., Brooklyn College, City University of NewYork;Ph.D., State University of New York at StonyBrook

Carol Huebner-VeneziaProfessor of ArtB.A., Antioch College;M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technology

Gregory HunterProfessor of Library and Information ScienceB.A., St. John’s University;M.A., M.Phil, Ph.D., New York University

Mary InfantinoAssistant Professor of NursingB.S.N., Molloy College;M.S.N., Ph.D., Adelphi University

Iris IrwinAssociate Professor, LibraryPeriodicals DepartmentB.A., Hofstra University;M.S.L.S., Long Island University

Bethany Eden JacobsonAssistant Professor of FilmB.F.A., Cooper Union;M.F.A., New York University

David JalajasAssociate Professor of ManagementA.B., Occidental College;M.S., San Jose State University;Ph.D., Stanford University

David A. JasenProfessor of Media ArtsB.A., American University;M.S., Long Island University

Faculty

Emily A. JonesAssistant Professor of PsychologyB.A., University of Minnesota;M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brook

James F. JoyceDirector, Radiologic TechnologyB.S., State University of New York DownstateMedical Center;M.S., Long Island UniversityRegistered Radiologic Technologist

Estelle KamlerAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., M.A., Queens College;P.D., Ed.D., Hofstra University

Alfred KanyuruAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., M.S., Kenyatta University, Nairobi,Kenya;Doctoral Candidate, Syracuse University

Minna KappChair, Department of NursingAssociate Professor of NursingB.S., Hunter-Bellevue, City University of NewYork;M.B.A., Baruch College, City University ofNew York;M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College,Columbia University

Stewart KarpProfessor of ChemistryB.S., Queens College,City University of New York;M.S., Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute of New York

Robert KeisnerDirector, Psy.D. ProgramProfessor of PsychologyB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Brooklyn College, City University of NewYork;Ph.D., University of Massachusetts

Thomas KemptonAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., New York University;M.S., St. John’s University;Ph.D., Hofstra University

Patrick J. KennellyAssistant Professor of GeographyB.S., Allegheny College;M.S., University of Arizona;Ph.D., Oregon State University

Christine Kerr, A.T.R.Director, Art Therapy ProgramAssociate Professor of ArtB.A., Finch College;M.A., University of San Francisco;Ph.D., Saybrook Research Center

Susan KetchamProfessorLibrarian, Brentwood CampusB.S., Slippery Rock University;M.S., M.L.S., Long Island University

Ishita KhemkaAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Hindu College, Delhi University;M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University

Joong KimProfessor, Brentwood Library HeadB.A., Seoul National University (Korea);M.S.Ed., M.S.L.S., Long Island University

Kerry KimminsCo-Director, Health Information ManagementProgramB.S., Ithaca College;M.H.A., Hofstra UniversityRegistered Health Information Administrator

Lawrence KirschenbaumAssociate Professor, LibraryPeriodicals DepartmentsB.S., City College of New York;M.L.S., Columbia University;M.S., Brooklyn College, City University of NewYork;M.S., Manhattan College

Stanley KleinProfessor of Political ScienceB.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University

Danielle KnafoAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., Tel Aviv University (Israel);Ph.D., City University of New York

Loretta KnappAssociate Vice President for Academic AffairsAssociate Professor of NursingB.S.N., State University of New YorkDownstate Medical Center;M.A., Ph.D., New York University

Ralph KnopfAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.A., Ph.D., New York University

Nada KobeissiAssistant Professor of ManagementB.S., University of Houston;M.I.M., Baylor University;M.B.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University

Nana KochAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., M.A., Adelphi University;M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversity

Michael E.D. KoenigProfessor of Library and Information ScienceB.A., Yale University;M.A., M.B.A., University of Chicago;Ph.D., Drexel University

John J. KoshelAssociate Professor of FilmB.A., Hamilton College;M.F.A., New York University

Thomas KrichelAssistant Professor of Library and InformationScienceDiplome, Université des SciencesSociales de Toulouáe;Magistre, Université de Paris, Sorbonne;M.A., University of Exeter;Ph.D., University of Surrey

Harvey W. KushnerChair, Department of Criminal JusticeProfessor of Criminal JusticeB.A., Queens College, City University of NewYork;M.A., Ph.D., New York University

Catherine LarkinAssistant Professor, LibraryDigital Services and Slide LibrarianB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Queens College, City University of NewYork

Fung Har LeeAssociate Professor, Library CatalogingDepartmentB.A., University of Hong Kong;M.S.L.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee;M.A., St. John’s University College of Arts;M.S., Long Island University

Seung LeeProgram Director, Graduate StudiesAssociate Professor of ArtB.F.A., Maryland Institute, College of Arts;M.F.A., Pratt Institute

Paula E. LesterProfessor of EducationB.A., M.A., Lehman College, City Universityof New York;M.S., Pace University;Ph.D., New York University

Gavrielle LevineAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., Barnard College;M.A., M.Phil., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversity;Ph.D., Columbia University

Roberta LevittAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., University of Bridgeport, Connecticut;M.S., P.D., Ph.D., Hofstra University

Lee Yuen LewAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., Dip. Ed., M.Ed., University of Malaya;Ph.D., University of Iowa

Eric LichtenChair, Sociology/Anthropology DepartmentProfessor of SociologyB.A., Queens College, City University of NewYork;M.Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate School, CityUniversity of New York

Steven LieblingAssociate Professor of PhysicsB.A., Brown University;M.A., Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin

Jozsef LosonczyProfessor of MathematicsB.A., New York University;Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Arthur LothsteinProfessor of PhilosophyB.A., Queens College, City University of NewYork;M.A., Ph.D., New York University

C.W. Post Campus

Kathryn LustegAssistant Dean, School of EducationAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., State University College at Geneseo;M.A., P.D., Long Island University;Ph.D., New York University

Deborah LutzAssistant Professor of EnglishB.A., University of Colorado at Boulder;Ph.D., The Graduate Center of the CityUniversity of New York

Amrita MadrayAssistant ProfessorReference Services DepartmentB.A., Adelphi University;M.S.L.S., Long Island University

Glenn MageeAssistant Professor of PhilosophyB.A., George Mason University;M.A., Ph.D., Emory University

Seth MagotCo-chair, Computer Science/ManagementEngineering DepartmentAssociate Professor of Computer ScienceB.S., Ricker College;M.L.S., M.S., Long Island University;M.Ph., Ph.D., St. John’s University

Lucienne MailletProfessor of Library and Information ScienceB.S., Bates College;M.S., George Washington University;M.B.A., Long Island University;M.S., Catholic University of America;D.L.S., Columbia University

Christopher MalinowskiAssociate Professor of ComputerScience/Management EngineeringB.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice;M.S., Long Island University

Robert ManheimerDean of Education, School of EducationAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., Brooklyn College, City University of NewYork;M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversity

Laura ManzariAssociate Professor, LibraryLibrary and Information Science LibraryB.A., M.L.S., Queens College, City Universityof New York;J.D., St. John’s University

Fausto MarincioniAssistant Professor of GeographyM.S., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts atAmherst;Laurea in Scienze Geologiche Cum Laude –University of Urbino, Italy

Ariel MarkelevichAssistant Professor of AccountingB.A., M.Sc., Tel-Aviv University;Ph.D., Baruch College, City University of NewYork; CMA

Vincent G. MassaroProfessor of FinanceB.S., Canisius College;M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame

Ethel MatinProfessor of PsychologyB.A., Hunter College, City University of NewYork;Ph.D., Columbia University

Russell Lawrence McCannProfessor of EducationB.S., State University of New York atPlattsburgh;M.S., P.D., Hofstra University;Ed.D., Indiana University

Ellen McCartneyAssociate Professor, LibraryBrentwood Campus LibraryB.A., St. Joseph’s College;M.A., State University of New York at StonyBrook;M.L.S., Long Island University

Dona McDermottAssociate Professor, Library Instructional ServicesB.A., Marymount College;M.L.S., St. John’s University;M.B.A., Long Island University

Sheila McDonaldAssociate Professor of EnglishB.A., Howard University;M.A., City College, City University of New York;Ph.D., State University of New York at StonyBrook

A. Scott McGowanChair, Department of Counseling andDevelopmentProfessor of EducationB.S., University of Scranton;M.A., Niagara University;M.S., P.D., Ph.D., Fordham University

Carter Anne McGowanProgram Director, Arts ManagementAssociate Professor of TheatreB.A., St. John’s University;M.F.A., New York University;M.F.A., Brooklyn College, City University ofNew York;J.D., Cornell University

Patrick McGuire, Ed.D.Associate Dean of The College of Informationand Computer ScienceB.A., St. John’s University;M.S., Fordham University;Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University

Suzanne McGuirkClinical Instructor, Radiologic TechnologyB.A., State University of New York at Albany;M.S., Long Island University;Registered Radiologic Technologist

Sheila McKennaAssociate Professor of EnglishB.A., M.A., Long Island University;M.Ed., Teachers College, Columbia University;M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University

Andrea Sabatini McLoughlinAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., State University of New York at Stony Brook;M.S., Queens College, City University of NewYork;Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University

Richard McNabbAssociate Professor of EnglishB.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of ArizonaLori McNeilAssistant Professor of SociologyB.A., Indiana University South Bend;M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University

James W. McRoyProgram Director, BandsAssociate Professor of MusicB.A., M.S., Queens College, City University ofNew York;D.A., Ball State University

Angela MeisseProgram Director, Clinical Laboratory ScienceB.S., M.P.A., Long Island UniversityRegistered Medical Technologist, Specialist inBlood Banking

Karin A. MelkonianAssistant Professor of BiologyB.A., Connecticut College;Ph.D., State University of New York at StonyBrook

Elizabeth MezickAssistant Professor, Library;Business & Reference ServicesB.B.A., Adelphi University;M.S.L.S., Long Island University

Jennifer Scott MiceliProgram Director, Music EducationAssociate Professor of MusicB.M., Hartt School of Music, University ofHartford;M.M., Ph.D., Eastman School of Music,University of Rochester

Edmund MillerChair, English DepartmentProfessor of EnglishB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Ohio State University;Ph.D., State University of New York at StonyBrook

Richard K. MillsProfessor of ArtB.A., M.F.A., City College, City University ofNew York

Ronald MingeProfessor of EducationB.A., Western Washington College;M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University

Joel MittlerProfessor of EducationB.A., Brooklyn College, City University of NewYork;M.S., Professional Certificate, Queens College,City University of New York;M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversity

Faculty

Rosario R. ModestoChair, Department of Biomedical SciencesProfessor of Medical BiologyB.A., Adelphi University;M.S., University of Illinois;Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology

Joseph J. MontanoAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., Queens College;M.A., New York University;Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University

Panos MourdoukoutasProfessor of EconomicsB.A., University of Salonica (Greece);M.A., Florida Atlantic University;Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook

Roslyn MuraskinProfessor of Criminal JusticeDirector, Long Island Women’s InstituteDirector, Alumni Development for the College ofManagementB.A., Queens College, City University of NewYork;M.A., New York University;M.Ph., Ph.D., The Graduate Center, CityUniversity of New York

Alan P. MurrayChair, Finance DepartmentAssistant Professor of FinanceA.B., Dartmouth College;M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University

Muhammad MuslihProfessor of Political ScienceB.A., St. Lawrence University;M.A., American University at Beirut;Ph.D., Columbia University

Nishan NajarianAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., M.Div., Ph.D., Drew University;M.A., New York University

Suzanne NalbantianProfessor of EnglishB.A., Barnard College at Columbia University;M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University

Ilene L. NathansonDirector, Master of Social Work ProgramDirector, Center on AgingChair, Social Work ProgramProfessor of Social WorkB.S., Cornell University;M.S.W., D.S.W., Yeshiva University

Steven NathansonAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Harper College;M.A., New York University;Ed.D., Hofstra University;P.D., St. John’s University

John C. NeillAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., University of California at San Diego;M.A., Ph.D., Boston University

Raymond J. NeufeldCoordinator, Freshmen Art FoundationAssistant Professor of ArtB.A., Williams College;M.F.A., Long Island University

Martin O’ConnorAssociate Professor of Criminal JusticeB.A., Long Island University;J.D., Hofstra University

Terence O’DalyAssistant Professor of ArtB.F.A., Long Island University;M.A., New York Institute of Technology

Karen OgulnickAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., State University of New York atPlattsburgh;M.A., Hunter College, City University of NewYork;Ph.D., New York University

Frank OltProgram Director, CeramicsProfessor of ArtB.F.A., M.F.A., Long Island University

Camilo OrtizAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., Cornell University;M.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts

Richard OvensAssociate Professor of EducationA.S., Orange County Community College;B.A., State University of New York at Albany;M.S., Psy.D., Long Island University

Dennis A. PahlProfessor of EnglishB.A., State University of New York at Albany;M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York atBuffalo

Shailendra PalviaProfessor of Management Information SystemsB.S., Indian Institute of Technology;M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota

Celik ParkanProfessor of ManagementStephen P. Kaufmann Professor for Logistics &Supply Chain ManagementDipl. Eng. Technical University of Istanbul(Turkey);M.S., University of Pennsylvania;Ph.D., University of British Columbia (Canada)

Marilyn PedalinoAssistant Dean, School of EducationB.A., St. John’s University;M.S., Emerson College;Ph.D., Boston College

Dwight E. PeltzerDirector, Institute for Advanced Technology inSystems InteroperabilityB.M., MacPhail College;M.A., University of West Berlin

Glynis PereyraAssistant Professor of BiologyB.A., Kutztown State University ofPennsylvania;Ph.D., University of Maryland

Ilene L. PersoffAssociate Professor of AccountingB.A., Brandeis University;M.S., Long Island University; CPA

James PetersProfessor of Mathematics, PhysicsB.S., M.S., Polytechnic Institute;Ph.D., Stevens Institute of Technology

Nancy J.S. PetersProfessor of ChemistryB.A., Cornell University;M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University

Roger PierangeloAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., St. John’s University;M.S., P.D., Queens College;Board Certified Diplomate – Fellow in ForensicSciences,International College of ProfessionalPsychologists;Ph.D., Yeshiva University

E. Mark PiresAssociate Professor of GeographyB.A., University of Vermont;M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University

Joseph PiroAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., St. Francis College;M.A., Queens College, City University of NewYork;M.S., Fordham University;M.S., Ph.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversity

Louis PishaAssociate Professor, LibraryHead, Interlibrary LoanA.A., Rockland Community College;B.A., State University of New York at Geneseo;M.L.S., Rutgers University;D.L.S., Columbia University

Diane PodellProfessor, LibraryPeriodicals DepartmentB.S., City College of New York, City Universityof New York;M.L.S., Queens College, City University ofNew York;C.A.S., Long Island University

Patrizia PorriniAssociate Professor of ManagementB.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., New York University

Maria PorterProfessor of TheatreB.A., M.F.A., University of California,San Diego

Joan PowersProgram Director, PhotographyProfessor of ArtB.A., M.F.A., Brooklyn College, CityUniversity of New York

Manju Prasad-RaoAssociate Professor, LibraryHead, Instructional Media CenterB.A., Mount Carmel College (India);M.A., Central College (India);M.S., Indiana University;M.S.L.S., M.S., Long Island University

C.W. Post Campus

John T. PruslowAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., M.S., P.D., Long Island University;Ed.D., Hofstra University

Nicholas RamerAssistant Dean, College of Liberal Arts andSciencesAssociate Professor of ChemistryB.S., B.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

P.M. RaoProfessor of Marketing and International BusinessB.A., University of Madras;M.B.A., University of Toledo;Ph.D., New York University, Leonard N. SternSchool of Business

Srikumar S. RaoProfessor of Marketing and International BusinessLouis and Johanna Vorzimer Professor ofMarketingB.S., St. Stephen’s College, Delhi University;M.B.A., Indian Institute of Management,Ahmedabed;M.Ph., Ph.D., Columbia University

Shaireen RasheedAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., State University of New York at StonyBrook;M.A., The Graduate Faculty, New School ofSocial Research;M.Phil., Ph.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversity

Jill H. RathusProfessor of PsychologyB.A., Cornell University;M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brook

R.H. Red OwlProfessor of EducationA.B., Erskine College;M.P.A., Georgia State University;Ph.D., University of Georgia

Dorothy ReedAssistant Professor of Media ArtsB.A., Howard University;M.A., University of San Francisco

Henry H. ReiterAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., New York University;M.A., Hofstra University;Ph.D., St. John’s University

Justin R. RenzAssociate Professor of Health Care and PublicAdministrationB.A., St. John’s University;M.A., D.P.A., New York University

Jeong-eun RheeAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Ewha Women’s University;M.A., West Virginia University;Ph.D., The Ohio State University

Howard M. RiesmanProfessor of BiologyA.B., M.S., Syracuse University;Ph.D., University of California at Santa Barbara

William RobersonProfessorHead Librarian, Brentwood CampusB.A., M.S., State University of New York atStony Brook;Advanced Certificate in Library and InformationScience, St. John’s University;M.S.L.S., Long Island University

Wendy RobertsAssistant Professor, LibraryReference ServicesB.A., M.L.S., State University of New York atBuffalo

Andrew M. RockettProfessor of MathematicsB.A., University of Virginia;M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brook

Lawrence RocksProfessor of ChemistryB.S., Queens College, City University of NewYork;M.S., Purdue University;D.Sc., Technische Hochschule (Vienna)

Kim H. RodriguezAssistant Professor of EducationB.S., M.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., Union Institute and University

David L. RollProfessor of PsychologyB.S., M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University

Jorge Rosario-ValezAssistant Professor of Foreign LanguagesB.A., M.A., InterAmerican University ofPuerto Rico;Ph.D., State University of New York at StonyBrook

Neal RosendorfAssistant Professor of HistoryB.A., Rutgers University;M.A., Ohio University;Ph.D., Harvard University

Marilyn RosenthalAssociate Professor, Library Reference ServicesB.A., State University of New York at StonyBrook;M.S.L.S., M.S., Long Island University

Rebecca RosnerAssociate Professor of AccountancyB.S., Brooklyn College;M.B.A., Ph.D., Baruch College, CityUniversity New York; CPA; CISA

Grace RossiAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., Susquehanna University;M.A., Ph.D., Hunter College, City UniversityNew York

Sheldon N. RothmanProfessor of MathematicsB.A., Queens College, City University NewYork;M.A., Ph.D., The Graduate School, CityUniversity of New York

Udayan RoyProfessor of EconomicsB.Sc., Calcutta University;Ph.D., State University of New York at StonyBrook

David RozenshteinAssociate Professor of Computer ScienceB.S., Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brook

Joyce RubensteinDirector, Ladge Speech and Hearing CenterB.A., M.A., Hofstra University;Ph.D., New York University

Wendy A. RydenAssistant Professor of EnglishCoordinator, Writing Across the CurriculumB.A., Drew University;M.F.A., Brooklyn College;Ph.D., City University of New York GraduateSchool

Joelle Saad-LesslerAssistant Professor of EconomicsB.A., M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., ColumbiaUniversity

William SaffadyProfessor of Library and Information ScienceB.A., Central Michigan State University;M.A., M.S.L.S., Ph.D., Wayne StateUniversity

Joseph SanacoreAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., Adelphi University;M.A., New York University;M.S., Long Island University;P.D., Ed.D., Hofstra University

Alessandra SarconaDirector, Dietetic InternshipB.S., East Carolina University;M.S., New York University;R.D., Yale-New Haven Hospital

Beth SavickeyChair, Philosophy DepartmentAssociate Professor of PhilosophyB.A., University of Winnipeg;M.Litt., University of Cambridge, EnglandD.Phil., York College (England)

Armin L. SchadtProfessor of EducationB.A., Youngstown University;M.A., Kent State University;M.S., Long Island University;Ph.D., The Ohio State University

Kristin Schaefer-SchiumoAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., Cornell University;M.S., Ph.D., Fordham University

John ScheckterProfessor of EnglishA.B., Grinnell College;M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa

Maithili Schmidt-RaghavanProfessor of PhilosophyB.A., M.A., Nagpur University;A.M., Ph.D., University of Michigan at AnnArbor

Faculty

Bette SchneidermanCo-Chair, Department of Educational TechnologyAssociate Professor of EducationLibrary and Information ScienceB.A., M.S., Syracuse University;Ph.D., Hofstra University

Conrad SchoefflingAssociate Professor, LibraryHead, Special CollectionsB.A., Iona College;M.S.L.S., M.A., Long Island University

Mark B. SchollAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., St. Andrew’s Presbyterian College;M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina atGreensboro

Adam M. SchorAssistant Professor of HistoryB.A., Pomona College;Ph.D., M.A., University of Michigan

William A. Schutt, Jr.Associate Professor of BiologyB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Geneseo State College;Ph.D., Cornell University

Jonna SemeiksAssociate Professor of EnglishB.A., Hunter College, City University of NewYork;Ph.D., Rutgers University

Susan ShenkerVisiting Assistant Professor of EducationB.A., Beaver College;M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University

Michael ShodellProfessor of BiologyB.S., State University of New York at Stony Brook;Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley

Barbara ShorterAssistant Professor of NutritionB.S., Hunter College, City University of New York;M.A., New York University;M.Ed., Ed.D., Columbia University

Shahid SiddiqiProfessor of Marketing and International BusinessB.S., Calcutta University;M.B.A., Indian Institute of Management;Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Adam L. SilvermanAssistant ProfessorB.A., Emory University;M.L., University of St. Andrews;M.A., Florida International University;Ph.D., University of Florida

Marshall L. SilversteinProfessor of PsychologyB.A., Rutgers University;M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University

Neill G. SlaughterProfessor of ArtB.F.A., University of Georgia;M.F.A., Indiana University

Dianne SlavinChair, Department of Communication Sciencesand DisordersAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., Boston University;M.A., Ph.D., New York University

Richard P. SmiragliaProfessor of Library and Information ScienceB.A., Lewis & Clark College;M.L.S., Indiana University;M.Div., General Theological Seminary;Ph.D., University of Chicago

June Ann SmithAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., West Indies College (Jamaica);M.S.W., Yeshiva University;M.A., Ph.D., Andrews University

Soopum SohnAssistant Professor of FilmB.F.A., Art Center College of Design;M.F.A., American Film Institute

Madelon SoloweyDirector, Long Island University Center forGifted YouthB.A., Hunter College, City University of New York;M.S., Ed.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversity

Michael SoupiosProfessor of Political ScienceB.A., St. Lawrence University;M.A., M.S., M.A., Long Island University;M.A., Seminary of the Immaculate Conception;Ed.D., Columbia University;Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo;Ph.D., Fordham University

Amy E. SpauldingProfessor of Library and Information ScienceB.A., Williamette University;M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh;D.L.S., Columbia University

Deirdre StamAssociate Professor of Library and InformationScienceB.A., Harvard University;M.S., New York University;M.L.S., Catholic University;D.L.S., Columbia University

Phyllis Kudder SullivanAssistant Dean, School of Visual and PerformingArtsProfessor of ArtB.S., Hofstra University;M.F.A., Long Island University

Rachel SullivanAssistant Professor of SociologyB.A., University of Detroit;M.A., Bowling Green State University;Ph.D., University of Connecticut

Lynn SwanerAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., Binghamton University;M.S., Long Island University;Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University

Michelle Y. SzparaAssociate Professor of EducationB.S., Pennsylvania State University;Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Seetha M. TammaAssociate Professor of Biomedical SciencesB.Sc., M.Sc., Andhra University;Ph.D., University College, Cork, Ireland

Lillian Hess TanguayDirector, Environmental Studies ProgramAssociate Professor of GeologyB.A., New York State University College atBuffalo;M.A., Brooklyn College, City University of NewYork;Ph.D., The Graduate School, City University ofNew York

Lois TepperAssociate Professor of PsychologyB.A., M.A., Hofstra University;Ph.D., State University of New York at StonyBrook

Stephen T. TettelbachProfessor of BiologyB.S., University of Miami;M.S., University of Washington;Ph.D., University of Connecticut

Jack R. Thomas, IIAssistant Professor of NutritionB.S., M.Ed., Bowling Green State University;Ph.D., The Ohio State University

Jerome TognoliProfessor of PsychologyB.A., University of North Carolina;M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware

William TornowAssociate Professor, LibraryHead, Cataloging DepartmentB.S., M.L.S., Long Island University

Scott TornsAssistant Professor of EducationDoctor of Chiropractic, New York ChiropracticCollege

Donna M. TumanChair, Art DepartmentProgram Director, Art EducationAssociate Professor of ArtB.S., M.S., Queens College, City University ofNew York;Ed.D., Columbia University

Jean UhlAssistant Professor, LibraryInstructional Media CenterB.A., M.L.S., M.S., Long Island University

Donald L. UngarelliDean, University LibrariesProfessorB.A., M.S.L.S., M.S.Ed., Long IslandUniversity;D.A.L.M., Simmons College

C.W. Post Campus

James VaccaChair, Department of Special Education andLiteracyAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., State University of New York at Brockport;M.A., State University of New York at Albany;Ph.D., Syracuse University

Carol VeneziaAssociate Professor of ArtB.A., Antioch College;M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technology

Linda L. VilaChair, Department of Healthcare and PublicAdministrationAssistant Professor of Healthcare and PublicAdministrationB.A., Hunter College, City University of NewYork;J.D., Brooklyn Law School

Joan T. WalkerAssistant Professor of EducationB.M.Ed., University of Kentucky;M.M.Ed., Arkansas State University;M.S., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University

Emily WalsheAssociate Professor, LibraryReference ServicesB.A., Kalamazoo College;M.S.L.S., M.A., Long Island University

Jiamin WangAssistant Professor of ManagementB.E., M.E., Ph.D., Tsinghua University

Morimichi WatanabeProfessor of Political Science and HistoryLL.B., University of Tokyo;A.M., Ph.D., Columbia University

Stephanie WattActing Chair, Music DepartmentProgram Director, Piano StudiesProgram Director, Theory StudiesAssociate Professor of MusicB.F.A., M.A., M.S., Long Island University

Thomas C. WebsterProfessor of Health Care and PublicAdministration;A.A., B.A., Graceland College;M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University

Tzipi WeissBaccalaureate Program DirectorAssistant Professor of Social WorkB.A., Tel Aviv University;M.Sc., Technion Israel Institute of Technology,Medical School;M.A., Columbia University;M.S.W., D.S.W., Adelphi University

Linda WenzeAssociate Professor of Health Care and PublicAdministrationB.A., M.A., Hofstra University;M.B.A., Long Island University;Ph.D., Hofstra University

Mary Westermann-CicioAssistant Dean, Palmer School of Library andInformation ScienceAssociate Professor of Library and InformationSciencesB.A., M.S.L.S., M.P.A., Long IslandUniversity;M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York atStony Brook

Richard K. WhiteChair, Educational Leadership & AdministrationAssociate Professor of EducationB.A., Long Island University;M.A., Brooklyn College, City University of NewYork;P.D., Queens College, City University of NewYork;Ed.D., New York University

Stephanie WhiteProfessor of Computer ScienceB.A., Hunter College;M.S., New York University;M.S., Ph.D., Polytechnic University of New York

Joyceln Yen Yen WooAssistant Professor of EducationB.A., National University of Singapore;P.D., National Institute of Education, NaxyangTechnical University;Ed.M., Ed.D., Teachers College, ColumbiaUniversity

Vincent WrightAssociate Professor of MusicB.A., City College, City University of New York

Amy WysokerProfessor of NursingB.S.N., State University of New YorkDownstate Medical Center;M.A., New York University;Ph.D., Adelphi University

Baichun XiaoChair, Department of ManagementProfessor of ManagementB.S., Nanjing University (China);M.B.A., Katholieke Universiteit Leuven(Belgium);Ph.D., The Wharton School, University ofPennsylvania

Kathi L. YanatosClinical Coordinator, Radiologic TechnologyB.S., M.S., Long Island University;Registered Radiologic Technologist

Wei YangAssistant Professor of ManagementB.S., HuaZhong University of Science andTechnology;M.S., Tsinghua University;M.S., Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University;

Maria ZaryckyAssociate Professor, LibraryInstructional Media CenterB.A., M.L.S., State University of New York atBuffalo;M.S., Long Island University

Susan ZeigProgram Director, FilmProfessor of FilmB.S., Empire State College, State University ofNew York

Mohmoud ZeinalianAssociate Professor of MathematicsB.A., Sharif University of Technology;M.A., City University of New York GraduateCenter;Ph.D., City University of New York GraduateCenter

Qiping ZhangAssistant Professor of Library and InformationScienceB.S., M.S., Peking University, China;M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan

Zhaohui ZhangAssistant Professor of FinanceB.S., Shaanxi Institute;M.S., Ph.D., Texas Tech University

Todd L. ZimmermanAssistant Professor of BiologyB.A., Wittenburg University;M.S., University of Southwestern Louisiana;M.S., University of Southern California;Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles

Faculty

C.W. Post Campus

C.W. POST CAMPUS ADMINISTRATORSDebra J. AnnibellB.A.Director of Personnel

Cheryl A. BaldwinB.A., M.S.Executive Director of Continuing Educationand Professional Studies

Chester N. Barkan ’79, ’81B.A., M.A.Registrar

Gary R. BergmanB.S., M.S.Associate Provost for Enrollment Services

Edward A. Boss, Jr.B.A.Bursar

Fr. Ted BrownB.S., M.A., M.Div.Director of Religious Life

Beth Carson ’91B.A., M.S.Director of Graduate and InternationalAdmissions

William Clyde, Jr. ’86B.S., M.S.Director of HEOP/MLK/EAP

Sherri N. Coe-PerkinsB.A., M.S., Ph.D.Associate Provost for Student Affairs

Bryan CollinsB.S.Director of Athletics and Head Football Coach

Matthew Cordaro ’65B.S., M.E., Ph.D.,Acting Dean of College of Management

Theresa DugganB.S.Director of Conference Services

Thomas EmberleyB.S.Director of Sports Information

Paul ForestellB.A., M.A., Ph.D.Dean of Undergraduate Programs,Southampton College at C.W. PostAssociate Dean of College of Liberal Artsand Sciences

Peter FreedmanB.A., M.S.Director of Information Technology

Rhoda GrauerB.A.Dean of School of Visual and Performing Arts

Theodora T. GrauerB.S., M.S., Ph.D.Dean of School of Health Professions andNursing

Joseph GranittoB.A., M.A.Director of English Language Institute

Joanne Graziano ’93B.S., M.B.A.Executive Director of Admissions andRecruitment

Jeanette GrillB.A., M.S.Director of Professional Experience andCareer Planning

Adam Grohman ’00B.F.A.Director of Student Conduct andCommunity Education

Jessica Hayes ’96, ’01B.S., M.S., Ed.D.Director of Residence Life

Katherine Hill-MillerB.A., M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.Dean of College of Liberal Arts and Sciences

Rita Jorgensen ’74, ’78, ’86B.F.A., M.A., M.S.Director of Transfer Center/Adult StudentServices

Lee KellyB.A., M.B.A.Assistant Provost for Enrollment Services

William KirkerB.S.Director of Facilities Services

Rita Langdon ’91, ’95B.S., M.A.Associate Provost and Director of PublicRelations

Pamela LennoxB.A., M.A., Ed.D.Associate Provost for Campus Services

Robert ManheimerB.A., M.A., Ed.D.Dean of School of Education

William MilfordB.A., M.S.W., C.S.W., B.C.D.Director of Student Health and Counseling

Theresa Mall MullarkeyB.S.Chancellor

Lisa L. Mulvey ’94B.S.Director of Development,Capital Campaign Manager

James P. NewellB.A., M.A., J.D.Director of Financial Assistance

Mary Nigro ’86, ’96B.S., M.S.Director of Recreational Sports

Dianna M. PennettiB.S.Director of Public Safety

John R. RegazziB.A., M.A., M.S., Ph.D.Dean of College of Information andComputer Science

Susan RockB.A., M.A.Director of Learning Support Center

Joseph ShenkerB.A., M.A., Ed.D.Provost

Frank Smisek ’79, ’82A.A.S., B.S., M.B.A.Director of Audio/Visual

Elliott SrokaB.A., M.A., Ph.D.Executive Director of Tilles Center for thePerforming ArtsDirector of Institute for Arts & Culture

Donald L. Ungarelli ’60, ’62, ’73B.A., M.S.L.S., M.S.Ed., D.A.L.M.Dean of University Libraries

Amy L. Urquhart ’76, ’79B.S., M.S.Assistant Provost for Student Affairs

Dana Weiss ’95, ’05B.A., M.S., M.B.A.Assistant Provost for Campus Services

Ian WrightB.S., M.S.EdDirector of Academic Counseling

University Trustees and Administration

LONG ISLAND UNIVERSITYTRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATION

Board of Trustees

CHAIRMANEdward Travaglianti*

SENIOR VICE CHAIRThomas L. Pulling*

SECRETARYSteven J. Kumble H’90*

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEEDonald H. Elliott H’85Michael N. Emmerman ’67George L. Engelke, Jr.Msgr. Thomas J. HartmanAlfred R. Kahn ’84, H’05Eric KrasnoffByron E. Lewis ’53Howard M. Lorber ’70, ’91, H’01Theresa Mall MullarkeyRichard P. Nespola ’67, ’73Joseph A. O’Hare, S.J.David Pinter ’72Edward E. Shorin H’99Ronald J. Sylvestri ’66Rosalind P. Walter H’83

MEMBERSStanley F. Barshay ’60Mark A. Boyar ’65John R. Bransfield, Jr.James P. BreslawskiRoland DeSilva ’62Les GoodsteinSalvatore IannuzziJohn A. Kanas ’68Steven A. KlarWilliam Lynch, Jr.Brian Madocks ’79Angelo MangiaMichael MelnickeSalvatore Naro ’83Joel Press ’68Bruce C. RatnerHarvey SimpsonHoward M. SmithMartin L. SperberSharon SternheimEric Tveter ’80Richard O. Ullman ’67Dan K. Wassong H’92William Lie Zeckendorf

TRUSTEES EMERITIWilliam F. de Neergaard ’47, H’98Arthur I. Goldberg ’53, H’94Eugene H. Luntey H’98John M. MayRichard StarkWilliam Zeckendorf, Jr. H’92

EX OFFICIODavid J. Steinberg*

*also on Executive CommitteeH-indicates honorary doctorate fromLong Island University

C.W. Post Campus

University Officers

David J. SteinbergB.A., M.A., Ph.D.,Litt.D., LL.D.President

Robert N. AltholzB.A., M.B.A.Vice President for Financeand Treasurer

Richard W. GormanB.A., M.S.W.Vice President for University Relations

Gale Stevens Haynes ’72, ’76 (M.S.)B.A., M.S., J.D., LL.D.ProvostBrooklyn Campus

Jeffrey KaneB.A., M.A., Ph.D.Vice President for Academic Affairs

Mary M. Lai ’42, H’86B.S., M.S., D.H.L.Senior Advisor & Treasurer Emerita

Daniel J. RodasB.A., Ed.M., M.B.A., Ph.D.Vice President for Planning

Joseph ShenkerB.A., M.A., Ed.D.ProvostC.W. Post Campus

George S. SuttonA.B., J.D.Vice President for Legal Servicesand University Counsel

UniversityAdministration

B. George BaroudiB.S.University Chief Information Officer

Gordon BergskaugDirector of Network Operations Center

Cynthia Cromer BoehlkeB.A., M.A., C.F.R.E.Associate Vice President for CapitalCampaigns and Planned Giving

Kathleen A. CampoExecutive Assistant to the President

Fred L. Cavalieri ’94B.S., M.S.Deputy CIO - Special Projects

Claude CheekB.A., M.A., M.B.A.Director of Institutional Research

Elizabeth CiabocchiB.S., D.C., Ed.D.Assistant Vice President for AcademicPlanning and Instructional Development

Lisa ConzaB.S.Associate Vice President forHuman Resources

Elaine M. CrossonB.A., J.D.Associate Vice President and DeputyCounsel

Paola Curcio-KleinmanB.F.A., M.F.A.Associate Vice President forMarketing and Public Relations

Frederick J. ForanB.B.A.Associate Vice President for Finance,University Budgets and Business Operations

Melodee A. Gandia ’00B.S., M.S.Associate Vice President for Developmentand Annual Fund

Heather Gibbs ’03B.A., M.S.Assistant Vice President,Office of the President

Robert GlassB.A., M.A., Ph.D.University Dean of International Education

Jennifer S. GoodwinB.A., C.F.R.E.University Director ofMajor Gifts and Planned Giving

Salvatore GrecoB.S., M.S.Associate Vice President for InformationSystems

Louis Grimaldi ’76, ’81B.A., M.S., M.S., C.P.A.University Director of Internal Auditing

Linda Hanssler-GraziosoDirector of Information Technology

Phyllis P. HeinickeB.S.Director of University Payroll

Loretta KnappB.S.N., M.A., Ph.D.Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs

Janine H. Kyritsis ’78B.A., M.S.University Director of Financial AidExecutive Director of Financial Assistance -C.W. Post

Kamel LechehebB.S., M.S., Ph.D.Deputy CIO

Debra A. Minett ’91, ’95B.S., M.S.University Director of Foundation Relations

Catherine MurphyB.A., J.D.Associate Counsel

Margaret J. NatalieA.S., B.S.Director of Purchasing

Linda NoyesC.C.P.Associate Controller for CompensationOperations and Tax Compliance

Joseph Pelio Jr. ’93B.S., M.S.Associate Controller for Accounting Services

Penelope Reddan ’03B.S., M.S.University Director of DevelopmentDatabase and Information

M. Peggy Riggs ’89B.S.Academic Budget Officer

Anthony J. RisoB.S., M.B.A.Assistant Controller

Kathryn S. Rockett ’82B.S., M.A., M.B.A.Assistant Vice President for SponsoredResearch

Jeanne M. Schlosser ’03A.A., B.A., M.B.A.University Bursar

Mark SchmotzerB.S., M.B.A., C.P.A.Associate Vice President/Controller

Suzanne ShaneB.A., J.D.Associate Counsel

Susan Shebar ’96B.A., M.A.Director of Development Services/CapitalCampaign Associate

University Trustees and Administration

Spencer S. SimonB.S., M.B.A.Director of Academic Workload

Nancy SissonsA.A.S.Director of University Fringe BenefitsPrograms

Wallace A. SmithA.B., M.A., M.Div., Ph.D.Associate Vice President and Director of theLong Island University Public RadioNetwork

Elliott SrokaB.F.A., M.F.A., Ph.D.Executive Director, Tilles Center; Director,Institute for Arts and Culture

Matilda TazziDirector of University Printingand Duplicating Services

Peter TymusB.E.Associate Vice President for Capital Projects

Donald L. Ungarelli ’60, ’62, ’73B.A., M.S.L.S., M.S.Ed., D.A.L.M.Dean of University Libraries

Paola Villatoro-Ragusa ’00B.A., M.A.Staff to the Board of Trustees

Howard J. WhiteB.S., M.Ed.Associate Vice President for Labor Relationsand Equal Opportunity Employment

Christopher A. Williams, Esq.B.A., J.D.Associate Vice President for GovernmentRelations & Public Policy

C.W. Post Campus

AACSB InternationalAccreditation 110

Abrams, Benjamin and ElizabethCommunication Center 28

Academic Calendar 3Academic Conduct 16Academic Grading 15Academic Policy 15Accountancy, M.S. 119Accounting, Taxation andBusiness Law CourseDescriptions 120

Accreditations ii, 241AdministrationC.W. Post Campus 234Long Island University 236

Admissions 11Admission Procedures(Graduate) 11

Admissions Procedures(Undergraduate) 12

Adolescence Education(7-12), M.S.

58, 62, 66, 76, 80, 86, 89, 155Advisement 13Approved Programs 221Archives and RecordsManagement, AdvancedCertificate 34

Art, M.A. 203Art, Department of 202Course Descriptions 206Degree Programs 203Faculty 202

Art Education (All Grades),M.S. 158, 205

Art Therapy, Clinical, M.A. 204Arts and Culture, Institute for 29Attendance 15Audit 14

Benjamin and Elizabeth AbramsCommunication Center 28

Biology, M.S. 56Biomedical Sciences,Department of 181Admissions Procedures 181Degree Programs 181Faculty 181

Brentwood Campus 2Business Course Descriptions 112Business, School of 109Business Administration 110

Business Administration,Advanced Certificate 112

Calendar, Academic 3Campuses of Long IslandUniversity 1Arnold & Marie SchwartzCollege of Pharmacy andHealth Sciences 1

Brentwood Campus 2Brooklyn Campus 1C.W. Post Campus 1Rockland Campus 2Westchester Campus 2

Cardiovascular Perfusion, M.S. 187Change of Major 16Childhood Education (1-6),M.S. 155

Childhood/Literacy, M.S. 156Childhood/Special Education,M.S. 156

Class Size 14Class Schedules 14Clinical Art Therapy, M.A. 204Clinical Laboratory Management,M.S. 182

College of Information andComputer Science 30

College of Liberal Arts andSciences 55Academic Policy 56Biology, M.S. 57Biology Education, M.S. 58Earth and EnvironmentalScience 61

Earth Science Education,M.S. 62

English, M.A. 65English Education, M.S. 66Environmental Studies, M.S. 69History, M.A. 80Interdisciplinary Studies,M.A., M.S. 103

Mathematics, M.S. 85Mathematics Education, M.S. 86Mathematics for SecondarySchool Teachers 86

Political Science, M.A. 89Psychology, M.A. 93Psychology, Clinical Psy.D. 95Service Course Descriptions 103Social Studies Education,M.S. 80

Spanish, M.A. 77Spanish Education, M.S. 76Thesis or Project 56

College of Management 106

AACSB InternationalAccreditation 110

Academic Policy 107Business AdministrationAdvanced Certificate 112

J.D./M.B.A. Dual Degree 112J.D./M.P.A. Dual Degree 132Master of BusinessAdministration M.B.A. 110

Mission Statements 107Research Institutes 108School of Business 109School of ProfessionalAccountancy 120

School of Public Service 123Student Organizations 119

Communication Science andDisorders, Department of 175Admission Requirements 176Course Descriptions 177Degree Program 176Faculty 175

Computer Science/ManagementEngineering, Department of 44Academic Policy 45Computer Science Education,M.S. 46

Course Descriptions 48Degree Programs 45Faculty 46Information Systems, M.S. 47Management EngineeringM.S. 46

Continuing Education &Professional Studies 9

Contract Programs 10Counseling and Development 146Admission Procedures 147Course Descriptions 149Degree Programs 148Faculty 146National Certification inProfessional Counseling 148

Practicum and InternshipExperience 149

Summer Institutes 149Criminal Justice, Department of 124Course Descriptions 126Student Organizations 128

Criminal Justice, M.S. 125Curriculum and Instruction 152Admission Procedures 153Adolescence Education(7-12), M.S. 155

Course Descriptions 158Degree Programs 153Faculty 152

Middle Childhood Education(5-9), M.S. 155

Summer Institutes andWorkshops 158

C.W. Post CampusAdministrators 234Campus Overview 1, 7

Deferred Payment Plan 20Dietetic Internship 194Disabilities, Students with 24Doctoral ProgramsClinical Psychology, Psy.D. 95Information Studies, Ph.D. 32

Early Childhood Education(B-2), M.S. 154

Earth and EnvironmentalScience, Department of 61

Earth Science Education, M.S. 62Education, School of 143Educational Leadership andAdministration 164Admissions Procedures 164Course Descriptions 167Degree Programs 164Faculty 164

Educational Technology 168Computers in Education M.S.T.E.A.M. 169

Course Descriptions 169Faculty 168

Emergencies – Public Safety 23, 24English, M.A. 65English Education, M.S. 66English Program for InternationalStudents 11

Enrollment Services 9Environmental Studies, M.S. 68Evening Programs 10

Faculty 7, 224Financial Aid 20Application Process 20Federal Aid Programs 21Graduate Student Grants,Scholarships andFellowships 22

Monthly InstallmentPayment Plans 20

University Limited DeferredPayment Plan 20

Fine Arts, M.F.A. 205

Gerontology, AdvancedCertificate 130

Grading 15

Graduate Programs 8Graduation and Diplomas 17

Health Care and PublicAdministration,Department of 128Course Descriptions 132Health Care Administration,M.P.A. 129

Student Organizations 136Health Professions and Nursing,School of 180

Hillwood Art Museum 29Hillwood Commons 23History, M.A. 80Housing Applications/Deposits 23

Information and ComputerScience, College of 30

Information Studies, Ph.D. 32Information Systems, M.S. 47Information Technology,Office of 27

Institute for Arts and Culture 28Intensive English Programfor International Students 11

Interactive Multimedia Arts,M.A. 200

Interdisciplinary Studies 103International Students 12, 111International Business 115International Student Services 24

J.D./M.B.A. Dual Degree 112J.D./M.P.A. Dual Degree 132

Ladge Speech and HearingCenter 28

Leave of Absence 13Liberal Arts and Sciences,College of 55

Library 25Library Faculty 26Library and Information Science,M.S. 33

Long Island University iiBoard of Trustees 235Mission Statement 7University Administration 236University Officers 246

Maintenance of Matriculation 13Management, College of 106Management Engineering, M.S. 46Management InformationSystems 117

Marketing 117

Mathematics, M.S. 85Mathematics Education, M.S. 86Mathematics for SecondarySchool Teachers 86

Map of C.W. Post Campus 242University Campuses 241

M.B.A. Concentrations 111Medical Biology, M.S. 181Medical Biology CourseDescriptions 184

Medical Leave of Absence 14Mental Health Counseling,M.S. 148

Middle Childhood Education (5-9)58, 62, 66, 77, 80, 86, 89, 155

Mission StatementC.W. Post Campus 7Long Island University 6

Monthly Installment PaymentPlans 20

Music, M.A. 211Music, Department of 210Course Descriptions 212Degree Programs 211

Music Education (All Grades),M.S. 157, 212

Music Technology Lab 28

New York State TeacherCertification – ImportantNotice 144

Nonprofit ManagementAdvanced Certificate 131

Nursing, Department of 188Admission Requirements 188Course Descriptions 190Faculty 188Graduate Programs 188

Nutrition, Department of 193Admission Procedures 193Course Descriptions 195Degree Program 193Faculty 193

Nutrition, M.S. 193

Oral Qualifying orComprehensive Examination 17

Palmer School of Library andInformation Science 31

Admissions Requirementsfor M.S. 34

Academic Requirements andPolicies for M.S. 34

Archives and RecordsManagement, AdvancedCertificate 34

C.W. Post Campus

Course Descriptions 38Faculty 31Information Studies, Ph.D. 32Library and InformationScience, M.S. 33

Manhattan Program 35Rare Books and SpecialCollections Concentration 34

School Library MediaSpecialist 34

Student Associations 38Westchester Program 33

Psychology, Clinical Psy.D. 95Policy of Nondiscrimination 241Political Science, M.A. 89Political Science/InternationalStudies Faculty 88

Professional Accountancy,School of 119

Psychology 92Psychological Services Center 28Public Administration, M.P.A. 129Public Safety Information 24

Quality Point Index 15

Rare Books and SpecialCollections 34

Readmission 14Registration 13Registered Degree and CertificatePrograms (NYSED) 221

Residence Life 23Rockland Graduate Campus 2

Scholarships and Grants 22School Building Leader,Advanced Certificate 165

School Building Leader,M.S.Ed. 165

School Counselor, M.S. 148School District Business Leader,Advanced Certificate 166

School District Leader,Advanced Certificate 166

School of Business 106School of Education 143Academic Policy 144Communication Sciencesand Disorders 175

Counseling andDevelopment 146

Curriculum and Instruction 152Educational Leadership andAdministration 164

Educational Technology 168

Special Education andLiteracy 172

Teacher Certification 200School of Health Professionsand Nursing 180Biomedical Sciences 181Nursing 188Nutrition 193

School of ProfessionalAccountancy 119

School of Public Service 123School of Visual andPerforming Arts 197Academic Policy 199Art 202Media Lab 28Music 210Theatre, Film and Dance 217

Secondary Education(see Adolescence Education)

Security Report 9, 24Senior Adult Programs 10Service Course Descriptions 103Social Studies Education,M.S. 80, 89

Spanish, M.A. 77Spanish Education, M.S. 76Special Education (1-6),M.S.Ed. 172

Special Education withConcentration in Autism 173

Special Education and Literacy 173Course Descriptions 173Degree Programs 172Faculty 172

Specialized and ProfessionalAccreditations 241

Speech-Language Pathology,M.A. 176

Speech-Language PathologyCourse Descriptions 177

Student Life and LeadershipDevelopment 23

Student Affairs, Division of 23Student Health and CounselingServices 23

Students with Disabilities 24Summer Session 10

Taxation, M.S. 122Teacher Certification,New York State 145

TESOL, M.A. 157Theatre, Film and Dance 212Admission Requirements 217Course Descriptions 218Degree Requirements 218

Faculty 217Tilles Center for thePerforming Arts 29

Time Limit for Master’s Degree 17Transcript Requests 17Transfer Credit 16Tuition and Fees 18Tuition Refunds 19

Visiting Students 13Visual and Performing Arts,School of 197

Weekend College 10Westchester Graduate Campus 2Withdrawal 14

Policy of Nondiscrimination

Policy ofNondiscrimination

Long Island University does not dis-criminate on the basis of sex, race, color,creed, national origin, religion, age,handicap, political belief, or sexual ori-entation in any of its educational pro-grams and activities, includingemployment practices and its policiesrelating to recruitment and admission ofstudents. In addition, Long IslandUniversity takes affirmative action torecruit applicants from among women,members of protected minority groups,handicapped individuals and veterans,including disabled veterans andVietnam-era veterans.

Long Island University’s Campuses

Specialized and Professional Accreditations

The academic programs of C.W. Post are registered with the New York StateEducation Department and accredited by the Commission of Higher Education of theMiddle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. In addition, variousother academic programs have received professional and specialized accreditation.They include:• AACSB International – The Association to Advance Collegiate Schoolsof Business

• American Art Therapy Association• American Chemical Society• Commission on Accreditation for Dietetics Education, AmericanDietetic Association (ADA)

• American Library Association (ALA)• American Psychological Association (APA)• American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)• Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs(in cooperation with the Council on Accreditation of the American HealthInformation Management Association [AHIMA])

• Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)• Council on Social Work Education (CSWE)• Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Programs (CACREP)• Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic Technology (JRCERT)• National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS)• National Association of Schools of Public Affairs & Administration (NASPAA)• National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission (NLNAC)

Long IslandUniversity atRiverhead

Southampton Campus

RocklandCampus

WestchesterCampus

New Jersey

C.W. PostCampus

Brentwood Campus

East Gate

1 Administration/Winnick House/GreatHall

2 Admissions3 Baseball Field4 Basketball Courts(Outdoors)

5 Bookstore6 Brookville ResidenceHall

7 Central Heating Plant8 Chipmunk Trail9 Crafts Center10 Dollhouse11 Facilities Services12 Field House13 Fine Arts Center14 Gold Coast Room15 Graduate Admissions16 Greenhouse (Miracle-

Gro)17 Greenhouse Terrace18 Hickox Field/Football,

Track, Lacrosse, FieldHockey

19 Hillwood Commons20 Hoxie Hall21 Humanities Hall22 Information Guard

Booths23 Interfaith Center,

Chapel24 Intramural Fields25 Kahn Discovery Center26 Kings Residence Hall27 Klar Intercultural Center28 Kumble Hall

(Student ServicesBuilding)

29 Labyrinth30 Ladge Speech & Hearing

Center

31 Library (B. DavisSchwartz Memorial)

32 Life Science/Pell Hall33 Little Theatre34 Lodge A Residence Hall35 Lodge B Residence Hall36 Lorber Hall/

School of Accountancy37 McGrath House38 Music Rehearsal Building39 Nassau Residence Hall40 Post Residence Hall41 Pratt Recreation Center42 Printmaking Studio43 Public Safety44 Queens Residence Hall45 Radio Station WCWP

(AbramsCommunication Center)

46 Riggs Park47 Riggs Residence Hall48 Roth Hall49 Sculpture Studios50 Sewage Treatment Plant51 Soccer Field (Men’s)52 Soccer Field (Women’s)53 Softball Field54 South Residence Halls

(Red, Green)55 South Residence Halls

(Yellow, Blue)56 Stables/Equestrian

Center57 Stecklow Gardens58 Suffolk Residence Hall59 Tennis Courts60 Theatre, Film and Dance

Building61 Tilles Center62 Winnick Student Center

B Long Island BusP Parking Areas

West Gate

To NYC

P i o n e e r B o u l e v a r d

U n i v e r s i t y D r i v e

S c h o l a rC o u

N o r t h e r n B o u l e v a r d ( R o u t e 2 5 A )

C.W. Post CampusLong Island University

NASSAU

BROOKLYN

WESTCHESTER

QUEENS

BELTPKWY.

SOUTHERN STATE PKWY.

NORTHERN BLVD.

NORTHERN STATE PKWY

SEYC Y

✈ JFK

✈ LAG

azano N s Bridge

Brooklyn Battery Tunnel

Holland Tunnel

Lincoln Tunnel

Queens Midtown Tunnel

GRAND CENTRAL PKWY.

BELT PKWY.

JFK EXPWY.BELT PKWY.

Triboro Bridge C

LONG ISLAND EXPWY.

C ROSSISLA

D. NORTHERN

STATEPKW

C.W. Post Campus

Williamsburg Bridge

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

BROOKLYN QUEE NSEX

Whitestone Bridge

George Washington Bridge

CROSSBRONX EXPWY.

JERICHO TPK.

Throgs Neck Bridge

59th St. Bridge

CW Post Campus Long Island University

Documents

Transcript of CW Post Campus Long Island University

islamabad campus - isra university

FM-CW laser radar at 10.6 microns

Island Sun

rockland graduate campus long island university

Mountlake Terrace Civic Campus

GMRIT CAMPUS NEWS

1pxl strip cw/ww/dw - Traxon Technologies

Health and Safety Law CW 1 of 1

A Thesis - e-Campus

Miter bend polarizers in CW ECRH systems - Research Square

SKRIPSI - e-Campus

Guide for North Campus

Name - KD Campus

Campus Journalism 101: Augmenting Campus Journalism Proficiency - A Catalyst for Change

CSR GIMPA TAKORADI CAMPUS

MAY 2020 - CW Stevenson

kata pengantar - e-Campus

DEWEYxBEECH - Campus Educativo

SPEC-PPL-CW-01-07-Specification-Irrigation-Capital-Works ...

DXCC CW - 06 Sep 2022 - ARRL